Digital_Systems_and_Options_Catalog_Nov96 Digital Systems And Options Catalog Nov96
Digital_Systems_and_Options_Catalog_Nov96 Digital_Systems_and_Options_Catalog_Nov96
User Manual: Digital_Systems_and_Options_Catalog_Nov96
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 581
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
mamaoma Systems and Options Catalog November 1996 November 1996 Contents Chapter I-Alpha Workstations Chapter 2-Alpha Servers Chapter 3--VAX Workstations/Servers Chapter 4--Upgrades TradeIn '96 Chapter 5-Clustering Information Chapter 6-Storage Devices Chapter 7-Printers Chapter 8-Digital Network Applications Support (NAS) Customers: , , Individual country product ()fferi"gs, parfnumbers, alldsystemv~idalltSltUlydif~ fer •. Consult your·local Digital.·sales representative for furtber·informatiori. .......•.•.•. .·.i, ···.·..i }' i. i.; ':; . . . : Internet .accC$s to~onfigltra.ti9Ilinforll1atio~:'.·.·. '.. .' . jji~itai~)'~telft~.llltd9pti~"~.~Ca?alogfiles..are. ~p~a~e,.; .• · · ; '. ". . ·j)igitai.Conjigllraii('ltUiil;ty,·,a·Wlndows-basedPC appiication~" tbafautomajI~lIy:ti: (!ollfigures.A.111h.~$i3jIQ~:~ijd:AlphaS~rvef~,is~yail~"ble,a# ...' '.;.<.; . ,;; .... ,' 4t1P:/lwww., ,' '":, ~ .,',,;; <~ Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option Resources Used IAlphaStation SOO/400 Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT PBS6A-AA PBS6A-BA PBS6A-CA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 2Mbyte 2Mbyte Y Y Y 2Mbyte Y Y Y 1 3 2 3xl" or 1 x I" and 1 x 1.6" 1 3 2 3xl" or 1 x I" and 1 x 1.6" 1 3 2 3xl"or 1 x I" and 1 x 1.6" 1 1 1 Operates at 120V1240V CPU Alpha microprocessor Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB 21164400-MHz Dedicated bay 5.25" SCSI bay CD-ROM 600 MB Ethernet, Sound, Headset, Microphone, Mouse Cache Integration Service Operating System User Documentation - English Y Y Y Y Y Y Remaining available resources I/O slots PCI-64 bit PCI-32 bit (c) Memory banks SCSI bays Three 3.5 x I" or One 3.5 x I" and One 3.5 x 1.6" bays 1. Country Options Select (d) Select 1 ,M LK47W-xx LK46W-xx LK47W-xx (e) Select 1 BN19P-xx BN19P-xx BN19P-xx M Note: LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately. Keyboard Power Cord 2. Memory Memory Required Optional Available 1 1 Select 32-Mbyte 64-Mbyte 128-Mbyte 256-Mbyte 512 Mbyte 3. Hard drive required 1.05 Gbyte 2.1 Gbyte 4.3 Gbyte 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 Select S. Graphics required (f) (f) Minimum Required 32-Mbyte 1 MSPOI-FA MSPOI-FB MSPOI-FC MSPOI-FD MSPOl-FE MSPOI-FA MSPOI-FB MSPOI-FC MSPOI-FD MSPOl-FE MSPOI-FA MSPOI-FB MSPOI-FC MSPOI-FD MSPOl-FE lor2 I lor2 lor 2 PBXRW-EB PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA 1 1 1 M M VRT17-WAlWl'W4 VRC21-WAlWl'W4 VRT17-WAlWl'W4 VRC21-WAlWl'W4 VRT17-WAlWl'W4 VRC21-WAlWl'W4 1 1 M 1M 1M PBXGB-AA PBXGB-CA 1M 1M PBXGB-AA PBXGB-CA PBXGI-AA PBXGI-AB PBXGI-AC 1M 1M PBXGC-AA PBXGC-BA PBXGC-AA PBXGC-BA PBXGB-AA PBXGB-CA PBXGI-AA PBXGI-AB PBXGI-AC PBXGC-AN PBXGC-BN 1 Select 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot 2 PCI slots 2 PCI slots 2 PCI slots 1 PCI Slot 2 PCI Slots Minimum Required 32-Mbyte 1 PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA Select (b) PowerStorm 3D30 (b) PowerStorm 4D20 (b) PowerStorm 4D40T (b) PowerStorm 4D50T (b) PowerStorm 4D60T ZLXp-LI 24-plane Pixelvision(b ZLXp-L2 24-plane Pixelvision(b 1.20 Alpha Workstations I 1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay M 1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay M (g) 1.6" SCSI bay M 4. Color Monitors 17" Color Monitor 21" Color Monitor M M M M M Minimum Required 32-Mbyte 1 1 I AlphaStation 500 AlphaStation 500/400 BASE CONFIGURATIONS (continued) Y =in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option AlphaStation 500/400 Resources Used Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT PB56A-AA PB56A-BA PB56A-CA Operates at 120V/240V 5a. PowerStorm Texture Memory Upgrades-supported on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics options only 4-Mbyte Texture memory 16-Mbyte Texture memory 32-Mbyte Texture memory 0 0 0 PBXGI-GA PBXGI-GB PBXGI-GC 0 0 0 0 QA-Mf4AA-HS 0 PCP3H-AG PBXGI-GA PBXGI-GB PBXGI-GC 6. Software MediaIDocumentation Digital UNIX OpenVMS V6.2 (h) OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl Windows NT Documentation set QA-MflAA-HS QA-MTlAG-HS QA-OQRAA-GZ 7. Hardware System Lock Kensington Lock PCP3H-AG PCP3H-AG S. Additional Options Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options. (j) (a) Eight DIMM slots support two memory options (4 DIMMs per option). Memory options can be mixed. (b)Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 and/or 4D20 graphics options and 3 monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT systems. Graphics options require Digital Open3D media, included in factory installed software (FIS). Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support Services Software license, media and documentation. Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three PowerStorm 3D30 options or three PowerStorm 4D20 options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for Windows NT. Graphics options are supported in the following combinations on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT systems: • Three PowerStorm 3D30 options, or • Three PowerStorm 4D20 options, or Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous. • One PowerStorm 4D40T, 4DSOT, or 4D60T, or PowerStorm 4D40T, 4DSOT, and 4D60T require minimum of Digital UNIX V4.0 or Windows NT 3.S1, and Digital Open3D V 4.0A) PowerStorm 4D40T, 4DSOT, and 4D60T options cannot be mixed with any other graphics option and are supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems only. Note: PowerStorm 4DxOT graphics options change system to FCC Class A • One ZLXp-Ll, or • One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots) (c)Bottom PCI slot supports 112 length PCI options only (d) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options section. LK46W-xx = OpenVMS style; LK47W-xx = Digital UNIX, Windows NT style. (e) Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options section. (f) -WA = NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power cord, -W3 =NH monitor without power cord, -W 4 =SH (Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select country specific power cord for -W3 and -W 4 variants. (g) Maximum of one 1.6" disk drive supported. (h)OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl kit is required for AlphaStation SOO. It must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading operating system (j) Check availability of PCI slots before adding additional options (initially 4 PCI). Alpha Workstations 1.21 AlphaStation 500 Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option AlphaStation 500/500 Digital UNIXI OpenVMS Resources Used Digital UNIX 1 Windows NT Digital UNIX Windows NT Application Profile 2DCAD 3D CAD 3D CAD 3D Operates at 120V/240V PB571-AA1 PB571-BA PB571-ABI PB571-CA PB571-AD PB571-CC CPU Alpha microprocessor 21164500-MHz Y Y Y Y Y Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB Dedicated bay CD-ROM 600 Mbyte Ethernet, Sound, Headset, Microphone, Mouse 5.25" SCSI bay Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Operating system Memory (a) 1 bank Cache Internal storage Graphics I" SCSI bay (b) 1 PCI slot 2 PCI slots 4 MB Texture Memory User Documentation-English Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 64MB 8MB 128MB 128MB 8MB 8MB 128MB 8MB Y 2GB 2GB 2GB 2GB Y PowerStorm 3D30 Y Y PowerStorm 4D50T PowerStorm 4D60T PowerStorm 4D601 PBXGI-GA PBXGI-GA y Y Y A vailable resources after configuration I/O slots PCI-64 bit PCI-32 bit Memory banks (c) SCSI bays Two 3.5 x I" or One 3.5 x 1.6" bay 1. Country Options Select 1 2 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 1 2xl" or Ix 1.6" 2xl" or Ix 1.6" 1 2xl" or Ix 1.6" 1 2xl" or lxl.6" 1 1 1 1 (d) LK47W-xx LK47W-xx LK47W-xx 1M (e) BN19P-xx BN19P-xx Power Cord BN19P-xx 1M Note: LK47W-AA English keyboard, includes U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately. Keyboard 2. Color Monitor ISelect 17" Color Monitor (I) 21" Color Monitor (I) I 1 1 BN19P-xx 1 1M VRT17-WAlW31W4 VRT17-WAlW31W4 VRT17-WA/W31W4 VRT17-WAlW31W4 1M VRC21-WAlW31W4 VRC21-WAlW31W4 VRC21-WAlW31W4 VRC21-WAlW3IW4 3. Additional Memory Select 32-Mbyte 64-Mbyte 1 bank 1 bank 128-Mbyte 1 bank 256-Mbyte 512 Mbyte 1 bank 1 bank 4. Additional hard drive ISelect 1.05 Gbyte 2.1 Gbyte 1" or 1.6" SCSI bay 0 1" or 1.6" SCSI bay 0 4.3 Gbyte 1 LK47W-xx (g) 1.6" SCSI bay 0 0 0 0 I oor 1 oor 1 MSPOI-FA MSPOI-FB MSPOI-FC MSrol-FA MSPOI-FA MSPOI-FA MSPOI-FB MSPOI-FB MSrol-FC MSPOI-FC MSPOI-FB MSPOI-FC MSPOI-FD MSPOl-FE MSPOI-FD MSPOl-FE MSPOI-FD MSPOl-FE MSPOI-FD MSPOl-FE I 1\vo I" or One 1.6" oor 1 I oor 1 1\vo I" or One 1.6" 1\vo P' or One 1.6" PBXRW-EB PBXRW-EB PBXRW-EB PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA I Tho I" or One 1.6" 0 I 5. Software Media and Documentation 0 0 0 0 Digital UNIX OpenVMS V6.2 (h) OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl Windows NT Documentation QA-Mf4AA-H8 QA-Mf4AA-H8 QA-MflAA-H8 QA-MTlAG-H8 QA-OQRAA-GZ QA-OQRAA-GZ 6. Hardware System Lock Kensington Lock I 101 PCP3H-AG I PCP3H-AG I PCP3H-AG 7. Additional Options: Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (j) 1.22 Alpha Workstations I PCP3H-AG AlphaStation 500 AlphaStation 500/500 BASE CONFIGURATIONS Y =in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option AlphaStation 500/500 Resources Used Operates at 120V1240V CPU Alpha microprocessor Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB CD-ROM 600 MB Ethernet, Sound, Headset, Microphone, Mouse Cache Integration Service Operating System User Documentation - English 2l164500-MHz Dedicated bay 5.25" SCSI bay Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT PB57A-AA PB57A-BA PB57A-CA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y y 5Mbyte Y Y Y 5Mbyte Y Y Y 5Mbyte Y Y Y I 3 2 3xl" or Ixl" andIxl.6' I 3 2 3xl" or Ixl" andIxl.6' I 3 2 3xl" or Ixl" and IxL6' I I I Y Y Remaining available resources 110 slots (c) PCI-64 bit PCI-32 bit Memory banks SCSI bays Three 3.5 x I" or One 3.5 x I" and One 3.5 x 1.6" bays 1. Country Options Select (d) Select 1 LK47W-xx LK46W-xx LK47W-xx 1M (e) Select 1 BN19P-xx BN19P-xx BN19P-xx 1M Note: LK47W-AA and LK46W-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately. Keyboard Power Cord 2. Memory Memory Required Optional Available I I Select 32-Mbyte 64-Mbyte 128-Mbyte 256-Mbyte 512 Mbyte 3. Hard drive required 1.05 Gbyte 2.1 Gbyte 4.3 Gbyte 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 5. Graphics required 1M 1M 1M 1M I Select 1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay 1M 1.0" or 1.6" SCSI bay 1M (g) 1.6" SCSI bay 1M 4. Color Monitors 17" Color Monitor 21" Color Monitor 1M Select (0 (0 Minimum Required 32-Mbyte I Minimum Required 32-Mbyte I l\1SPOI-FA l\1SPOI-FB MSPOI-FC MSPOI-FD MSPOI-FE MSPOI-FA MSPOI-FB MSPOI-FC MSPOI-FD MSPOI-FE l\1SPOI-FA MSPOI-FB l\1SPOI-FC l\1SPOI-FD MSPOI-FE lor 2 lor 2 lor2 PBXRW-EB PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA I I I 1M 1M VRT17-WAlWl'W4 VRC2I-WAlWl'W4 VRT17-WAlWl'W4 VRC2I-WAlWl'W4 VRT17-WAlWl'W4 VRC2I-WAlWl'W4 I I I ~M PBXGB-AA PBXGB-CA PBXGI-AA PBXGI-AB PBXGI-AC PBXGC-AA PBXGC-BA PBXGB-AA PBXGB-CA PBXGB-AA PBXGB-CA PBXGI-AA PBXGI-AB PBXGI-AC PBXGC-AN PBXGC-BN I Select (b) 1 PCI slot PowerStorm 3D30 (b) 1 PCI slot PowerStorm 4D20 (b) 2 PCI slots PowerStorm 4D40T (b) 2 PCI slots PowerStorm 4D50T (b) 2 PCI slots PowerStorm 4D60T ZLXp-LI 24-plane Pixelvision(b 1 PCI Slot ZLXp-L2 24-plane Pixelvision(b' 2 PCI Slots Minimum Required 32-Mbyte I :M ;M 1M 1M 1M 1M PBXGC-AA PBXGC-BA Alpha Workstations 1.23 AlphaStation 500 Y =in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option iAlphaStation 500/500 Resources Used Digital UNIX Operates at 120V1240V PBS7A-AA I OpenVMS Windows NT PBS7A-BA PBS7A-CA 5a. PowerStorm Texture Memory Upgrades-supported on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics options only 4-Mbyte Texture memory 16-Mbyte Texture memory 32-Mbyte Texture memory 0 0 0 PBXGI-GA PBXGI-GB PBXGI-GC 0 0 0 0 QA-MT4AA-HS 0 PCP3H-AG PBXGI-GA PBXGI-GB PBXGI-GC 6. Software MediaIDocumentation Digital UNIX OpenVMS V6.2 (h) OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl Windows NT Documentation set QA-MTIAA-HS QA-MflAG-HS QA-OQRAA-GZ 7. Hardware System Lock Kensington Lock PCP3H-AG PCP3H-AG S. Additional Options Refer to AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options. (j) (a) Eight DIMM slots support two memory options (4 DIMMs per option). Memory options can be mixed. (b)Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 and/or 4D20 graphics options and 3 monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, Open VMS and Windows NT systems. Graphics options require Digital Open3D media, included in factory installed software (PIS). Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support Services Software license, media and documentation. Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three PowerStorm 3D30 options or three PowerStorm 4D20 options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for Windows NT. Graphics options are supported in the following combinations on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT systems: • Three PowerStorm 3D30 options, or • Three PowerStorm 4D20 options, or Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous. • One PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, or 4D60T, or PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T require minimum of Digital UNIX V4.0 or Windows NT 3.51, and Digital Open3D V4.0A) 1.24 Alpha Workstations PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T options cannot be mixed with any other graphics option and are supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems only. Note: PowerStorm 4DxOT graphics options change system to FCC Class A • One ZLXp-Ll, or • One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots) (c)Bottom PCI slot supports 112 length PCI options only. (d) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options section. LK46W-xx =OpenVMS style; LK47W-xx =Digital UNIX, Windows NT style. (e) Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options section. (f) -W A = NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power cord, -W3 = NH monitor without power cord, -W4 = SH (Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select country specific power cord for -W3 and -W4 variants. (g) Maximum of one 1.6" disk drive supported. (h)OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl kit is required for AlphaStation 500. It must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading operating system 0) Check availability of PCI slots before adding additional options (initially 4 PCI). AlphaStation 500 Front Controls, Indicators, and Drive Bay Locations i-~-=I ~\]"o~_ u~~l '------t!~ MLD-013185 1 2 3 4 5 Floppy drive bay Diskette eject button CD drive bay CD-ROM eject button HaltlReset button 6 7 8 LED Indicator LED Indicator Louvered air intake Location of external bay for 3.5-inch Floppy diskette device. Releases a 3.5-inch diskette from the diskette drive. Location of 5.25-inch CD-ROM device. Opens the CD loading drawer Jumper Selectable. When halt is pressed, system halts immediately. When reset is pressed, resets system and causes self-test to run. DC On, lights when system is on. Lights to indicate SCSI activity. Passageway for cooling air to enter system. Do not block air intake. AlphaStation 500 system unit components 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Riser Card for PCI (peripheral component interconnect option cards) Media adapter unit (MAU). Provides twisted pair and ThinWire Ethernet connections. Audio Card Memory modules (two banks with four DIMMs in each bank) Power supply and fan Right upper external drive bay for 5.25-inch x 1.6 inch device (CD-ROM) Customer Configuration Label Right lower internal drive bay for: one 3.5-inch x 1.6 inch device (optional) or one 3.5-inch x 1 inch device (optional) or two 3.5-inch x 1 inch devices (optional) Left upper external drive bay for 3.5-inch x 1 inch device (Floppy) Left lower internal drive bay for 3.5-inch x 1 inch device (optional) System cooling fan System board PCI expansion slots, three 32-bit slots; one full length and two half length PCI expansion slot, one 64-bit slot, one full length slot Alpha Workstations 1.25 AlphaStation 500 Rear Connectors MA00995 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. OnlOff Switch Voltage selection switch Lock Slot System (chassis) lock Sound card stereo LINE OUT connector Sound card stereo headphone jack Top Cover Screw Sound card microphone jack Sound card stereo LINE IN connector Twisted Pair connector ThinWire connector 64-bit PCI expansion slot 14, 15 32-bit PCI expansion slots interface 16. Enhanced bi-directional parallel port 17. Wide SCSI connector - 68-pin 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. Keyboard connector Mouse connector COMI - Serial port connector COM2 - Serial port connector AC power connector 1.26 Alpha Workstations Power Allows user to set voltage from factory set 230V to 115 VAC power Use with optional Kensington type security lock Provides security for internal components Routes audio signals to an external amplifier Connects headphones, or amplified speakers Secures top cover Connects microphone. (2.20hm to 2.5V) Brings audio signals into card (for example, from a stereo amplifier) Connection to the embedded Ethernet controller Connection to the embedded Ethernet controller Used for PCI expansion options Example shows PCI graphics adapter in bottom slot. Provides connection between video/graphics expansion module (option) and supported monitor. Connects industry-standard parallel printer or other parallel device. 25 pin subminiature D parallel port female connector Provides interface between system unit and external SCSI devices. 68 pin high-density port (single-ended P cable) Connects a VMS or PS/2 style keyboard Connects a PS/2-compatible mouse. Miniature six position, circular DIN receptacle. Connects serial devices. Nine position sub-miniature D series male connectors. Connects serial devices. Nine position sub-miniature D series male connectors. Connects the system to AC power. AlphaStation 500 Specifications PCI Fast SCSI-2 bus 264-Mbyte/second (64-bit PCI) 20-Mbyte/s transfer rate Power Requirements Line voltage Voltage tolerance Frequency single phase Frequency tolerance Maximum running current Maximum power consumption 1201240 V 90-128/190-25f6 V 50/60 Hz 47-63 Hz 7.0Al3.3A with monitor 5.OAl2.3A without monitor 320W Operating Environment Operating temperature Temperature change rate Operating humidity Maximum wet bulb Minimum dew point Storage temperature Storage humidity Maximum wet bulb Maximum altitude Physical shock 10 0 to 40 0 C (50 0 to 104 0 F) 11 0 C/hour (20 0 F/hour) 10% to 90% relative humidity 28 0 C (82 0 F) 2 0 C (36 0 F) -40 0 C to 66 0 C (-40 0 F to 149 0 F) 10% to 90% relative humidity 46 0 C (114 0 F) 2438 m (8,000 ft) 10 G, 10 ms (+/- 3 ms) duration Vibration 5-10 Hz @ 0.02"DA, 10-500 Hz @ O.OIG peak Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight 13.0 cm ( 5.12 inches) 44.6 cm (17.56 inches) 48.4 cm (19.06 inches) 32lb Regulatory Approvals Safety TUV -GS, EN60950, IEC-950, CSA 22.2 #950, UL 1950, EMC: FCC part 15 class "A", CISPR-22, VCCI, CE Alpha Workstations 1.27 Product Description The AlphaStation 600 high performance deskside Workstation series delivers premium performance and excellent expandability, providing access to tens of thousands of applications running on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Windows NT Workstation systems. The AlphaStation 600 uses the Alpha microprocessor 21164: • AlphaStation 600 5/266 MHz CPU performance measures 7.9 SPECint95, and 11.4 SPECfp95 with 2 Mbytes third level cache. • AlphaStation 600 5/333 MHz CPU performance measures 9.8 SPECint95, and 13.3 SPECfp95 with 4 Mbyte third level cache. The system is housed in a deskside enclosure with capacity for up to 1 Gbyte of ECC memory, 256-bit wide memory bus, six storage slots, and eight option slots. The high performance 64-bit PCI I/O bus, running at 267 Mbytes/second peak, provides expansion for options such as high performance graphics, networking, and SCSI adapters. Lower performance options are supported on the EISA bus. The system supports a wide variety of industry-standard peripherals and PCI and EISA options. Other standard features include Thick wire, Twisted Pair, ThinWire Ethernet, stereo-quality audio, an array of external ports for serial/parallel communications, and external SCSI connectors. This combination of standard features allows multiple in-box configurations without the need for additional tabletop options or expansion boxes. All AlphaStation 600 systems come with the best hardware warranty in the industry-a three-year warranty. Digital's Trade-In '96 program provides a costeffective upgrade path for users of older workstations. 1.28 Alpha Workstations AlphaStation 600 Systems • Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems include factory-installed software (PIS). • Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares. AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 systems include • Alpha microprocessor 21164 with 266-MHz CPU, or • Alpha microprocessor 21164 with 333-MHz CPU • Deskside enclosure which includes: - Eight expansion slots Three 64-bit PCI* One 32-bit PCI One 32-bit PCIJEISA combination Three EISA - Four memory options (thirty-two SIMM memory slots) - Six storage slots: One dedicated diskette drive slot Two removable media slots (CD-ROM included in one slot) Three 3.5-inch hard disk drive slots for 1- and 1.6inch (16-bit) wide ready drives - 400-Watt power supply - Two serial ports, support full modem control - One parallel port - Keyboard port and mouse port • PCI-based option card with Fast Wide single ended SCSI-2 controller with two external SCSI-2 connectors, and high performance Thick wire, Twisted Pairt, ThinWire Ethernet-uses one 32-bit PCI slot • Memory (Advantage Configurations only) * t • Cache (Advantage Configurations only) • Hard Disk (Advantage Configurations only) • Graphics (Advantage Configurations only) 1.44 Mbyte diskette drive • 600 Mbyte CD-ROM drive • Audio, headset, and microphone • 3-button mouse • Hardware documentation • Hardware Warranty: Three-year on-site Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with advisory telephone support* • Digital UNIX V 3.2C 2-user base license Digital Open3D license Multimedia Services license Digital NAS Client 150 license Communique! starter license, and CD-ROM or OpenVMS V6.2 base license plus concurrent use license Digital Open3D license Multimedia Services license Digital NAS Client 150 license or • Windows NT Workstation 3.51 media kit, Communique! starter license and CD-ROM, Digital Light & Sound license and CD-ROM 32-bit PCI option can be installed in 64-bit PCI slot. Option will run at 32-bit speed of 133 Mbyte/seconds instead of 64-bit speed of 267 Mbytes/seconds. lOBaseT connection requires shielded twisted pair cable BN26M-xx, see AlphaStation Options for additional cabling information. Ordering menus that follows include • AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 Advantage Configurations and Base Configurations. Menus are streamlined for ease of ordering. Select Advantage Configurations to meet application and performance needs. To configure a customized system, use Base Configuration menus. • 2DCAD • 3D Solids CAD System options are in a separate section. Warranty Statement AlphaStations are sold with specific warranty response times, hours of coverage, warranty duration, and a specific manner by which the warranty service will be delivered. Digital also makes available extended coverage offerings to uplift or extend the service coverage andlor response time: See Supplemental Services in AlphaStation Options section. Alpha Workstations 1.29 AIphaStation 600 Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option AlphaStation 600 5/266 Application Profile 120V I 240V CPU Alpha microprocessor Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB CD-ROM 600 MB Headset, microphone, mouse Ethernet Operating System (a) Memory Cache Internal storage (b) Graphics Resources Used 21164266-MHz Dedicated bay 5.25" SCSI bay 1 EISA slot 1 32-bit PCI slot 1 option I" SCSI bay 1 PCI slot 2 PCI slots User documentation-English Digital UNIX 2D EDA PB621-AC OpenVMS 2D EDA PB621-BC Digital UNIX 3D Solids CAD PB621-AD Windows NT 3D Solids CAD PB621-CD y y y y Y Y Y Y Y y y y y Y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y 128MB 2MB 2GB ZLXp-El 128MB 2MB 2GB ZLXp-El 128MB 4MB 2GB 128MB 2MB 2GB ZLXp-L2 ZLXp-L2 Y Y y y y y y Remaining available resources I/O slots PCI 64-bit wide 2 2 1 1 PCI 32-bit wide 0 0 0 0 EISA 2 2 2 2 PCI I EISA Combo 1 1 1 1 3 Memory options 3 3 3 Occupied 0 0 0 Cache 0 SCSI bays Internal 5.25" 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Internal 3.5" 2 (c) SCSI External Note: 3.5-inch hard disk drive supported in 5.25-inch CD-ROM bay, brackets are included. Brackets support 3.5 x I-inch disk drive only 1 1 1. Country Options Select 1 1 I (d) LK471-xx LK471-xx PS/2 style keyboard LK47l-xx M LK461-xx VMS I VT style keyboard LK461-xx LK461-xx LK461-xx LK461-xx (e) BNxxx-xx Power Cord M BNxxx-xx BNxxx-xx BNxxx-xx Note: LK471-AA and LK461-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord, power cord does not need to be ordered separately. 2. Monitors Select 1 1 1 21" Color Monitor NWSH (f) 17" Color Monitor NWSH (f) M M 3. Additional Memory Select 32MB 64MB 128MB 256MB 1 option 1 option 1 option 1 option 4. Wide hard drive Select 1.05 GB drive 5400 RPM (g) I" bay 1 SCSI 2.1 GB drive 7200 RPM (g) I" bay 1 SCSI 4.3 GB drive 7200 RPM (g) 1.6" bay 1 SCSI 5. Removable media Select 8 GB 4mmDATTLZ09 2.0 GB QIC TZKll 5.25" bay 1 SCSI 5.25" bay 1 SCSI VRC21-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 0,1,2, or 3 0,1,2, or 3 0,1,2, or 3 0,1,2, or 3 0 0 0 0 MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD 0,1 or 2 0,1 or 2 0,1 or 2 0,1 or 2 0 0 0 PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA Oor 1 oor 1 oor 1 oorl PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA 0 0 I 6. Software Media and Documentation kits Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT QA-MT4AA-H8 0 QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MTIAA-H8 0 0 7. Additional Options: See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (h) 1.30 Alpha Workstations QA-OQRAA-GZ AlphaStation 600 AlphaStation 600 5/333 ADVANTAGE CONFIGURATIONS Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option AlphaStation 600 5/333 Resources Used Application Profile 120 V / 240 V CPU Alpha microprocessor 21164333-MHz Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB Dedicated bay CD-ROM 600 MB 5.25" SCSI bay Headset, microphone, mouse 1 EISA slot Ethernet 1 32-bit PCI slot Operating System (a) 1 option Memory Fast Cache Internal storage I" SCSI bay (b) 1 PCI slot Graphics 2 PCI slots User documentation-English Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Digital UNIX 2D EDA PB641-AC Y Y Y Y Y Y 128MB 4MB 2GB 3D30 OpenVMS 2D EDA PB641-BC Y Y Y Y Y Y 128MB 4MB 2GB 3D30 Y Y Y Digital UNIX 3D Solids CAD PB641-AE Y Y Y Y Y Y 128MB 4MB 2GB Digital UNIX 3D Solids MCAD PB641-AF Y Y 128MB 4MB 2GB 128MB 4MB 2GB 4D60T Y 4DSOT Y 4DSOT Y y Y Y y Windows NT 3D Solids MCAD PB641-CF Y y Y Y Y Y Remaining available resources 110 slots PCI 64-bit wide 2 2 1 1 1 PCI 32-bit wide 0 0 0 0 0 EISA 2 2 2 2 2 PCIlEISA Combo 1 1 1 1 1 Memory options 3 3 3 3 3 Occupied Cache 0 0 0 0 0 SCSI bays Internal 5.25" 1 1 1 1 1 Internal 3.5" 2 2 2 2 2 (c) SCSI External Note: 3.5-inch hard disk drive supported in 5.25-inch CD-ROM bay, brackets are included. Brackets support 3.5 x I-inch disk drive only 1. Country Options Select 1 1 1 1 1 (d) PS/2 style keyboard LK471-xx LK471-xx LK471-xx LK471-xx LK471-xx M VMS / VT style keyboard LK461-xx LK461-xx LK461-xx LK461-xx LK461-xx (e) Power Cord BNxxx-xx BNxxx-xx BNxxx-xx BNxxx-xx BNxxx-xx M Note: LK471-AA and LK461-AA, English keyboards, include U.S. power cord, power cord does not need to be ordered separately. 2. Monitors Select 1 1 1 1 21" Color monitor NHlSH (f) M VRC21-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4 VRC21-PAlP4 17" Color monitor NHlSH (f) M VRTI7-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 VRTI7-PAlP4 3. Additional Memory Select 0,1,2, or 3 0,1,2, or 3 0,1,2, or 3 0,1,2, or 3 0,1,2, or 3 32MB 64MB 128MB 256MB 1 option 1 option 1 option 1 option 4. Wide hard drives Select 1.05 GB drive 5400 RPM (g) I" bay 1 SCSI 2.1 GB drive 7200 RPM (g) I" bay 1 SCSI 4.3 GB drive 7200 RPM (g) 1.6" bay 1 SCSI 5. Removable media Select 8 GB 4 mmDATTLZ09 2.0 GB QIC TZKll 5.25" bay 1 SCSI 5.25" bay 1 SCSI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD 0,1 or 2 0,1 or 2 0,1 or 2 0,1 or 2 0,1 or 2 PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXRW-EB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA o or 1 Oor 1 oor 1 o or 1 oor 1 PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA 6. Software Media and Documentation kits Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT o QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT1AA-H8 0 QA-OQRAA-G2 0 7. Additional Options: See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (h) Alpha Workstations 1.31 AlphaStation 600 Footnotes for AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 ADVANTAGE Configurations (a) Thirty-two SIMM slots support four memory options (8 SIMMs per option). Memory options can be mixed. (b) Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 and/or 4D20 graphics options and 3 monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT systems. Graphics options require Digital Open3D media, included in factory installed software (FIS). Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support Services Software license, media and documentation. Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three PowerStorm 3D30 options or three PowerStorm 4D20 options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for Windows NT. Graphics options are supported in the following combinations on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT systems: • Three PowerStorm 3D30 options, or • Three PowerStorm 4D20 options, or Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous. • One PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, or 4D60T, or - PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T require minimum of Digital UNIX V4.0 or Windows NT 3.51, and Digital Open3D V4.0A) - PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T options cannot be mixed with any other graphics option and are supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems only. - Note: PowerStorm 4DxOT graphics options change system to FCC Class A • One ZLXp-Ll, or • One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) See External Expansion for additional external storage options. Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options section. Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options section. Monitors include video cable and 120V power cord, order country specific power cord for 240 V use from AlphaStation Options section. Internal SCSI uses a wide 68-pin connector. To add a narrow drive, order PBXKP-BA (wide to narrow adapter). Order one adapter for each additional drive. (h) Check availability of slots (initially 4 PCI, 1 PCIlEISA combination, 3 EISA). 1.32 Alpha Workstations AlphaStation 600 AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 BASE CONFIGURATIONS Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option AlphaStation 600 51266 Resources Used 120V1240V CPU Alpha microprocessor 21164266-MHz Y Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB CD-ROM 600 MB Headset, microphone, mouse Ethernet Integration Service Operating system User Documentation-English Dedicated bay 5.25" SCSI bay 1 EISA slot 1 32-bit PCI slot Y Y Y y AlphaStation 600 51333 120V1240V CPU Alpha microprocessor Floppy Disk Drive 1.44 MB CD-ROM 600 MB Headset, microphone, mouse Ethernet Integration Service Operating system User Documentation-English Digital UNIX Open VMS Windows NT PB62A-AA Y PB62A-BA Y PB62A-CA y Y Y Y y y y Y Y Y y y y y y y y y y y y y Resources Used Digital UNIX Open VMS Windows NT 21164333-MHz Y PB64A-AA y PB64A-BA y PB64A-CA y Dedicated bay 5.25" SCSI bay 1 EISA slot 1 32-bit PCI slot Y y y y Y Y y Y Y y y y y y y y y Y y y Y y y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Remaining available resources I/O slots PCI-64-bit wide 3 3 3 0 0 PCI 32-bit wide 0 EISA 2 2 2 1 1 PCI / EISA Combo. 1 (a) 4 4 Memory options 4 1 1 Cache 1 1 1 SCSI bays Internal 5.25" 1 3 3 3 Internal 3.50" Note: 3.5-inch hard disk drive supported in 5.25-inch CD-ROM bay, brackets are included. Brackets support 3.5 x I-inch disk drive only 1. Country Options Select 1 (b) PSI2 style keyboard M VMS / VT style keyboard (c) Power Cord M Note: LK471-AA and LK461-AA, include English keyboards and U.S. 2. Memory Memory Required Optional Available 1 2,3, or 4 Select 32MB 1 option M 64MB 1 option M 128MB 1 option M 256MB 1 option M Note: To reach 1 GB maximum memory order MSPOI-CD options 3. Cache 2 MB cache for 51266 only 4 MB cache for 5/266 only 4 MB fast cache for 5/333 only Select M M M 1 1 LK471-xx LK471-xx LK471-xx LK461-xx LK461-xx LK461-xx BNxxx-xx BNxxx-xx BNxxx-xx power cord. Power cord does not need to be ordered separately Minimum Required Minimum Required Minimum Required 64MB 32MB 64MB 1,2,3 or 4 1,2,3 or 4 1,2,3, or 4 MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD MSPOI-CD MSPOI-CD 1 1 1 MSPOI-EA MSPOI-EB MSPOI-EC MSPOI-EA MSPOI-EB MSPOI-EC MSPOI-EA MSPOI-EB MSPOI-EC Alpha Workstations 1.33 AlphaStation 600 ·.~,plil,lSta~i()I1·.§OQ"$/~§6ar.4··.··.,5j333BASE,.,.C()NFIGURAttoNs'(€:qnii~tt~tl):)'?:::;':'l Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option AlphaStation 600 5/266 Resources Used 120V/240V 21164 266-MHz AlphaStation 600 5/333 Resources Used 120V/240V 21164333-MHz 5. Graphics Select Digital UNIX PB62A-AA Open VMS PB62A-BA Windows NT PB62A-CA Digital UNIX PB64A-AA Open VMS PB64A-BA Windows NT PB64A-CA 1 PBXGB-AA PBXGB-CA PBXGI-AA PBXGI-AB PBXGI-AC PBXGA-AA PBXGA-BA PBXGA-CA PBXGC-AA PBXGC-BA 1 PBXGB-AA PBXGB-CA 1 PBXGB-AA PBXGB-CA PBXGI-AA PBXGI-AB PBXGI-AC PBXGA-AN PBXGA-BN PBXGA-CN PBXGC-AN PBXGC-BN PowerStorm 3D30 8-plane PowerStorm 4D20 24-plane PowerStorm 4D40T PowerStorm 4D50T PowerStorm 4D60T ZLXp-E1 8-plane ZLXp-E2 24-plane ZLXp-E3 24-plane Z-buffer ZLXp-L1 24-plane Pixelvision ZLXp-L2 24-plane Pixelvision (e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e) 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot 2 PCI slots 2 PCI slots 2 PCI slots 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot 2 PCI slots E&S Freedom Series 3150 3 Performance Modules 1 MB texture memory E&S Freedom Series 3250 5 Performance Modules 1 MB texture memory E&S Freedom Series 3400 8 Performance Modules 4 MB texture memory (0 1 PCI slot M M M M M M M M M M M (0 1 PCI slot M PBXGE-BD (0 1 PCI slot M PBXGE-BG PBXGA-AA PBXGA-BA PBXGA-CA PBXGC-AA PBXGC-BA PBXGE-BB Sa. PowerStorm Texture Memory Upgrades-supported on PowcrStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics options only 0 PBXGI-GA PBXGI-GA 4 MB Texture memory module PBXGI-GB PBXGI-GB 0 16 MB Texture memory module PBXGI-GC 0 PBXGI-GC 32 MB Texture memory module 5b. E&S Graphics Memory Upgrade 4 MB Texture memory module 16 MB Texture memory module 6. Monitors 21" Color Monitor NHISH 17" Color Monitor NHISH 7. Removable media 8 GB 4 mm DAT TLZ09 2.0 GB QIC TZKll 0 0 PBXGE-CB PBXGE-CC 0 0 1 VRC21-LAlP4 VRT17-PAlP4 1 VRC21-LAlP4 VRT17-PAlP4 1 VRC21-LAlP4 VRT17-PAlP4 0 0 oor 1 PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA oor 1 PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA o or 1 PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA 0 0 0 0 DE425-AA DE435-AA DEFPA-AA KZPAA-AA DE425-AA DE435-AA DEFPA-AA KZPAA-AA DE425-AA DE435-AA DEFPA-AA KZPAA-AA Select (g) (g) Select 5.25" SCSI bay 5.25" SCSI bay 8. Communication Options EISA Ethernet 1 EISA slot PCI High-performance Ethernet 1 PCI slot PCI FDDI controller (fiber) 1 PCI slot PCI Fast SCSI-2 controller* 1 PCI slot * Maximum two Fast SCSI-2 controllers per system 1.34 Alpha Workstations AlphaStation 600 AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 BASE CONFIGURATIONS (contillued) Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option AlphaStation 600 5/266 Resources Used Windows NT 21164266-MHz Digital UNIX PB62A-AA Open VMS 120V/240V PB62A-BA PB62A-CA AlphaStation 600 5/333 Resources Used Digital UNIX 120V/240V 21164333-MHz PB64A-AA Open VMS PB64A-BA Windows NT PB64A-CA 9. Software Media and Documentation kits 0 QA-MT4AA-H8 Digital UNIX QA-MT1AA-H8 0 OpenVMS 0 Windows NT EK-AS800-UI* EK-AS800-UI* 0 AlphaStation 600 User Documentation 0 EK-AS800-IN* EK-AS800-IN* AlphaStation 600 Installation Guide * English User Documentation and Installation Guide are included with Advantage and Base Configurations. QA-OQRAA-GZ EK-AS800-UI* EK-AS800-IN* 10. 333 MHz CPU Upgrade with 4 MB Cache PB62U-BA PB62U-BA 0 AlphaStation 5/266 to 5/333 MHz CPU upgrade Note: Installation is not included with CPU upgrade, order FM-WSDSD-IN separately 11. Additional Options: See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (h) PB62U-BA Footnotes for AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 BASE Configurations (a) Thirty-two SIMM slots support four memory options (8 SIMMs per option). Memory options can be mixed. (b) Select country-specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options section. (c) Select country-specific power cord from AlphaStation Options section. (d) Internal SCSI uses a wide 68-pin connector. To add a narrow drive, order PBXKP-BA (wide to narrow adapter). Order one adapter for each additional drive. (e) Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 and/or 4D20 graphics options and 3 monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT systems. Graphics options require Digital Open3D media, included in factory installed software (FIS). Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support Services Software license, media and documentation. Windows NT graphics options must be homogeneous, (three PowerStorm 3D30 options or three PowerStorm 4D20 options). 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for Windows NT. Graphics options are supported in the following combinations on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT systems: • Three PowerStorm 3D30 options, or • Three PowerStorm 4D20 options, or Any combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and PowerStorm 4D20 options are supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Support for Windows NT must be homogeneous. • One PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, or 4D60T, or PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T require minimum of Digital UNIX V4.0 or Windows NT 3.51, and Digital Open3D V4.0A) - PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T options cannot be mixed with any other graphics option and are supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems only. Note: PowerStorm 4DxOT graphics options change system to FCC Class A • One ZLXp-Ll, or • One ZLXp-L2 (uses two PCI slots) (f) E&S Freedom Series graphics are packaged in a deskside pedestal and connect to PCI interface card in AlphaStation system box by aW foot interface cable. Graphics options include graphics subsystem, PCI interface card, interface cable, and video cable for a VRC21-PAlP4 monitor. Country specific power cord is required for each Freedom Series graphics option. Texture memory module upgrades are available for E&S Freedom Series graphics. Note: E&S graphics cards are supported in both 64-bit and 32-bit PCI slots; 64-bit slots are recommended for best performance. (g) Monitors include video cable and 120V power cord, order country specific power cord for 240V use from AlphaStation Options section. (h) For PCI or EISA cards, check the availability of slots (initially 4 PCI, 1 PCIlEISA combination, 3 EISA). Alpha Workstations 1.35 AlphaStation 600 ;.">'.:;'; External Expansion Resources Used BA353 Narrow expansion box (3) Ext.SCSI Bus 1 (1) BA353-AA BA353-AA BA353-AA BA356 Wide expansion box Ext.SCSI Bus 2 (2) BA356-KC BA356-KC BA356-KC Fast Narrow Single Ended SCSI-2 Controller (4) 32- or 64-bit PCI slot KZPAA-AA KZPAA-AA KZPAA-AA * Maximum two Fast SCSI-2 controllers per system AlphaStation 600 systems include 2 external SCSI buses (1) First FWSE SCSI-2 controller supports five internal wide or narrow devices and two external narrow SCSI devices. Total external bus length for first FWSE SCSI-2 controller is 1.2 meters, bus connector on rear bulkhead is a high density 50 pin narrow connector. (2) Second FWSE SCSI-2 controller supports seven external wide or narrow SCSI devices. Total external bus length for second external FWSE SCSI-2 controller is 2.2 meters, requires BN21K-Ol for right angle connection to BA356-KC. (3) To run narrow devices/enclosures off the Wide external SCSI bus, order a BN36A-OB, a 68-pin HD to 50-pin HD hi-byte terminator adapter, and 50-pin HD to 50-pin HD BN21H-Ol SCSI cable. (4) If additional external narrow storage is required, select KZPAA-AA Fast SCSI-2 controller (maximum two supported per system). See AlphaStation Options for a comprehensive list of additional qualified options. System Diagram Removable Media Drives ~::::+:Tf--- Floppy Drive MLOl1831 1.36 Alpha Workstations AlphaStation 600 Specifications PCI -64 bit PCI -32 bit Fast Wide SCSI-2 bus Ethernet 264 MB/second 132 MB/second 20 MB/s transfer rate 10 MBitis Twisted PairlThin Wire standard Power Requirements Line voltage Voltage tolerance Frequency single phase Frequency tolerance Maximum running current Maximum power consumption 120 V/240 V 90-128 V/190-256 V 50 HzI 60 Hz 47-63 Hz 8.0Al4.0A A.C. without monitor 400WD.C. Operating Environment Operating temperature Operating humidity Maximum wet bulb Storage temperature Storage humidity Maximum wet bulb Maximum altitude Operating Nonoperating Nonoperating shock 100 to 40 0 C (50 0 to 104 0 F) 20% to 80% relative humidity 40 0 C (104 0 F) -200 C to 65 0 C (_40 F to 149 0 F) 10% to 90% relative humidity 65 0 C (149 0 F) 2,438 m (8,000 ft) maximum 4,876 m (16,000 ft) maximum 30G, 25 ms halfsine Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight 469.9 mm (18.5 inches) 241.3 mm (9.5 inches) 660.4 mm (26.0 inches) 31.8 kg (70 lb) Regulatory Agency Approval AlphaStation 600 51266 is FCC Class B AlphaStation 6005/333 is FCC Class A (system and upgrade) Alpha Workstations 1.37 AlphaStation 600 Rackmount I' ··~.!pba~tatiQIi.•·.(j()O.···Ilac1{riiotint··'····· Product Description The AlphaStation 600 Rackmount Workstation is housed in a rackmountable tower enclosure ready for integration into a 19" ANSIlEIA standard cabinet enclosure. It offers the same functionality and footprint as the deskside system. Configuration flexibility and storage expansion is easily obtainable through many rackmounted options. The AlphaStation 600 uses the DECchip 21164 processor. . AlphaStation 600 5/266 MHz CPU perfonnance measures 288 SPECint92 and 428 SPECfp92 with 2 MB third level cache. • AlphaStation 600 5/333 MHz CPU perfonnance measures 412 SPECint92 and 535 SPECfp92 with 4 MB third level cache. The AlphaStation 600 workstation has capacity for up to 1 GB ofECC memory, six internal storage cavities and eight total option slots. High perfonnance options are supported on the 64-bit PCI 110 bus. Lower perfonnance options are supported on the EISA bus. The AlphaStation 600 workstation is sold with specific warranty response times, hours of coverage, warranty duration, and a specific manner by which the warranty service will be delivered. digital also makes available extended coverage offerings to uplift or extend the service coverage and/or response time. See Supplemental Services in AlphaStation Option Section. 1.38 Alpha Workstations AlphaStation 6UU Kack.mount Step l-System Building Blocks • • • • AlphaStation 600 rackmount systems are available as System Building Blocks .. Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS system include factory-installed software (FIS). For full functionality systems require: - Minimum of one 64 MB memory option for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems - Minimum of one 32 MB memory option for Windows NT systems - 2 or 4 MB cache - One hard disk drive - Graphics option - Keyboard and 120V or 240V power cord, see AlphaStation Options Section for country specific options Note:For a comprehensive list of qualified options, see AlphaStation Options Section Note:Minimum required options must be on purchase order at initial order acceptence. Rackmount AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 systems include • Rackmountable AlphaStation 600 enclosure with • 1.44 MB diskette drive (in dedicated slot) rackmount shelf and slide assembly which includes • 600 MB CD-ROM (uses one 5.25" removable media - Alpha microprocessor 21164 with 266-MHz CPU or slot) Alpha microprocessor 21164 with 333-MHz CPU • Audio, headset, and microphone (uses one EISA slot) Eight option slots • 3-button mouse Three 64-bit PCI* • Video/KeyboardJMouse extension cables One 32-bit PCI • Rackmount Installation Guide One 32-bit PCIlEISA combination • Hardware documentation Three EISA slots • Hardware Warranty: Three year - Four memory options (32 SIMM memory slots) • Software Warranty: 90 day SPD confonnance with - Six internal storage slots advisory telephone support One dedicated diskette drive slot Two removable media slots • Digital UNIX V3.2C two-user base license, Three 3.5-inch hard disk drive slots for Digital Open3D license, Multimedia Services license, I" and 1.6" 16-bit wide drives Digital NAS Client 150 license, Communique! starter license and CD-ROM or - 400 Watt power supply • OpenVMS V6.2 base license plus I-user license, - Two serial ports, supports full modem control Digital Open3D license, Multimedia Services license, - One parallel port Digital NAS Client 150 license, or - Keyboard port and mouse port • Windows NT Workstation 3.51 media kit, • PCI based Fast Wide Single Ended SCSI-2 controller Communique! starter license and CD-ROM, with two external SCSI-2 connectors, and high Digital Light and Sound license and CD-ROM perfonnance Thickwire, Twisted Pairt, ThinWire Ethernet (uses one 32-bit PCI slot) * 32-bit PCI option can be installed in 64-bit PCI slot. Option will run at 32-bit speed of 133 MB/seconds instead of 64bit speed of 267 MBs/seconds. t 10BaseT connection requires shielded twisted pair cable BN26M-xx, see Step 7 for additional cabling information. Note: Available remaining resources: Three 64-bit PCI slots, One PCIlEISA slot, 2 EISA slots AlphaStation 600 5/266 Rackmount Workstations Order Number Operating System Memory Cache CT·PB62A·AA Digital UNIX Recommended Recommended CT·PB62A·BA OpenVMS Recommended Recommended CT·PB62A·CA Windows NT Recommended Recommended AlphaStation 600 5/333 Rackmount Workstations Hard Drive Recommended Recommended Recommended Monitor Graphics Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional PB64S·AA PB64S·BA PB64S·CA Recommended Recommended Recommended Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Alpha Workstations 1.39 AlphaStation 600 Rackmount Step2--~ennory • • • • Minimum of one 64 MB (MSP01-CB) memory for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems Minimum of one 32 MB (MSP01-CA) memory for Windows NT systems System supports four memory options (8 SIMMS per option). Memory options can be mixed. System maximum of 1 GB can only be obtained by selecting four (MSP01-CD) 264 MB memory options. MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB MSPOI-CC MSPOI-CD 32-MB 64-MB 128-MB 264-MB (8 x 4 MB 70 ns SIMMs) ECC (8 x 8 MB 70 ns SIMMs) ECC (8 x 16 MB 60 ns SIMMs) ECC (8 x 32 MB 60 ns SIMMs) ECC Step 3-Cache ~ennory • One cache option must be on initial order. • One cache memory option supported per system. MSPOI-EA MSPOI-EB MSPOI-EC 2-MB cache for AlphaStation 5/266 systems only 4-MB cache for AlphaStation 51266 systems only 4-MB fast cache for AlphaStation 5/333 systems only Step 4-Storage • One hard disk drive must be on initial order. • First Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI-2 controller supports five internal wide or narrow devices. If external storage is required, select KZPAA-AA Fast SCSI-2 controller. • Internal SCSI cable is 68-pin Wide SCSI connector. To add 8-bit narrow SCSI drives, order PBXKP-BA (Wide to Narrow SCSI adapter). One adapter required for each narrow drive installed in system chassis. • Three 3.5" x I" or 1.6" 16-bit Wide SCSI hard disk drives are supported in system chassis. One 5.25" removable media slot supports one 3.5" xl" hard disk drive, brackets are included. Note: Brackets support 3.5 x I" disk drive only 16-bit Wide SCSI Drives PBXRW-EB PRXRW-JB PBXRW-NA 1.05 GB 3.5" x I" 5400 RPM Wide SCSI disk drive 2.1 GB 3.5" x I" 7200 RPM Wide SCSI disk drive 4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6" 7200 RPM Wide SCSI disk drive External Storage • 1st FWSE SCSI-2 controller supports five internal wide or narrow devices. Total external bus length is limited to 1.2 meters and is not recommended for external storage. • 2nd FWSE SCSI-2 controller supports seven external wide or narrow devices. Total external bus length is limited to 2.2 meters. 2nd FWSE SCSI-2 controller should be limited to external narrow SCSI-2 devices. • If additional external storage is required, select KZPAA-AA 8-bit Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller. Maximum two per system. Rackmountable StorageWorks Shelves • Each rackmounted StorageWorks shelf requires seven inches of vertical rackmount space. Two shelves can occupy the same space by using front and rear mounted shelves. BA3SR-SF BA3SR-SR BA3SR-AF BA3SR-AR Rackmountable BA350 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for narrow 8-bit disks Rackmountable BA350 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for narrow 8-bit disks Rackmountable BA356 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for wide 16-bit disks Rackmountable BA356 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for wide 16-bit disks 1.40 Alpha Workstations AlphaStation 6UU Kaclilllount Step 4-Storage SCSI cables BN21M-02/03 BN21N-02 BN21K-02 68-pin high density to 50-pin low density (wide to narrow) for tape applications. 68-pin high density to 50-pin high density for BA35R connection with tape and CD-ROM. Shelf must be located directly above or below rackmount system chassis. 68-pin high density to BA36R wide StorageWorks shelf. Shelf must be located directly above or below rackmount system chassis. Step 5-Monitors • Monitors include 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. If purchased in North America, -PA and -LA variants include 120V power cord, otherwise power cords are not included, order separately from AlphaStation Options Section. • Rackmount system include video, keyboard, and mouse extension cables. Note: If additional monitor cable lentth is required, order 2T-45KM-AA (video, keyboard, mouse extention cable kit). VRT17-PAlP4 VRC21-LAlL4 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with 0.26 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-I1, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA andP4 not included, order separately from AlphaStation Options Section. 21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-I1, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately from AlphaStation Options Section. Step 6-Graphics Adapters • Up to three ZLXp-Ex graphics options and three monitors are supported on Digital UNIX, Open VMS and Windows NT systems. - Windows NT graphics must be homogeneous (three - Digital UNIX and OpenVMS support any ZLXp-E1, or three -E2, or three -E3 graphics) combination of ZLXp -E1, -E2 and -E3 graphics. Options require Digital Open3D media included in Options include Graphics Support Services Software license, media and documentation. 3D multi screen factory installed software (FIS) on Digital UNIX and not hardware accelerated for Windows NT. OpenVMS systems. • Up to three PowerStorm graphics options are supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT systems. - Windows NT graphics must be homogeneous (three - Digital UNIX and OpenVMS support any PowerStorm 3D30 or three PowerStorm 4D20 combination of PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20 graphics. Options require Digital Open3D media graphics). Options include Graphics Support included in factory installed software (FIS) on Services Software license, media and documentation. 3D multi screen not hardware Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. accelerated for Windows NT. • ZLXp-Ex and PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20 graphics options cannot be mixed in same system. • One ZLXp-Lx graphics option supported per system; -Lx graphics cannot be mixed with any other graphics option. • E&S Freedom Series graphics are packaged in a deskside pedestal and connect to PCI interface card in AlphaStation system box by a 10-foot interface cable. Graphics options include graphics subsystem, PCI interface card, interface cable, and video cable for a VRC21-PAlP4 monitor. Country specific power cord is required. Texture memory module upgrades are available for E&S Freedom Series graphics. • To upgrade E&S Freedom Series graphics memory, select one texture memory module for each performance module. PBXGA-AA ZLXp-El 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 256 colors for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, uses 1 PCI slot Alpha Workstations 1.41 AlphaStation 600 Rackmount Step 6-Graphics Adapters (continued) PBXGA-BA PBXGA-CA PBXGC-AA PBXGC-BA PBXGA-AN PBXGA-BN PBXGA-CN PBXGC-AN ZLXp-E2 2D/3D 24~plane PCI graphics accelerator, 8 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 16.7M colors for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, uses 1 PCI slot ZLXp-E3 3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, plus 24 bit Z-buffer, 16-MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 16.7M colors for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, uses 1 PCI slot ZLXp-L1 24-plane supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, uses 1 PCI slot ZLXp-L2 24-plane supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, uses 2 PCI slot ZLXp-E1 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 256 colors for Windows NT ZLXp-E2 2D/3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 8 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 16.7M colors for Windows NT ZLXp-E3 3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, plus 24 bit Z-buffer, 16-MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 16.7M colors for Windows NT ZLXp-L1 24-plane supported on Windows NT, uses 1 PCI slot PBXGB-CA PowerStorm 3D30 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 256 colors for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Windows NT, uses 1 PCI slot PowerStorm 4D20 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 16 MB memory, 1280x1024, 75 Hz (1600x1200 75 Hz 12 planes double buffered plus 24-bit Z-buffer) for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Windows NT, uses 1 PCI slot PBXGE-BB PBXGE-BD PBXGE-BG PBXGE-CB PBXGE-CC E&S Freedom Series 3150, 3 Performance Modules, 1 MB texture memory E&S Freedom Series 3250, 5 Performance Modules, 1 MB texture memory E&S Freedom Series 3400, 8 Performance Modules, 4 MB texture memory 4 MB Texture memory module upgrade for E&S Freedom Series graphics 16 MB Texture memory module upgrade for E&S Freedom Series graphics PBXGB-AA Step 7-Networks and Communications Rackmount systems include PCI-based Ethernet controller(DE435-AA), uses one PCI slot. • Select networking cable for DE435-AA: - BNE4G-02 for AUI - BN26M-xx for 10BaseT (twisted pair) - BC16M-xx for ThinWire DE425-AA DE435-AA DEFPA-AA EISA Ethernet, uses 1 EISA slot High-performance Ethernet. Supported by Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT, uses one PCI slot PCI-based Digital FDDI-SASIPCI (MMF) controller, Single attachment, uses one PCI slot Step 9-Cabinet Enclosure H9AIO-CE/CF H9AII-BAIBB H9A15-BAlBB Digital Rackmount Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions: 66.93-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.84-inches deep Usable rackmount dimensions: 56-inches high, 19-inches wide 30.8-inches deep 120 V contains (2) H7600-AA power controllers @ 24 amps each 240 V contains (2) H7600-AB power controllers @ 16 amps each. Maximum load 1,000 lbs Digital Rackmount Cabinet Enclosure Dimension: 43.31-inches high x 23.62-inches wide x 33.86-inches deep Useable rackmount dimensions: 35-inches high, x 19-inches wide x 30.8-inches deep 120 V contains (1) H7600-AA power controller @ 24 amps each 240 V contains (1) H7600-AB power controller @ 16 amps each. Maximum load 750 lbs Digital Rackmount Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions: 78.74-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.42-inches deep Usable rackmount dimensions: 68.25-inches high, 19-inches wide 29.75-inches deep 120 V contains (2) H7600-AA power controllers @ 24 amps each 240 V contains (2) H7600-AB power controllers @ 16 amps each. Maximum load 1,000 lbs Note: For cabinet enclosures without power controllers use H9A10-AB, H9All-BE or H9A15-BE 1.42 Alpha Workstations AlphaStation 6UU KacKmounl Step 8-Power Cords and Keyboards Power Cords Select either 120V or 240V power cord for connection within the rackmount cabinet enclosure from system to power distribution panel or outlet. BN20Z-4E BN20Q-4E 120 V 60 HZ power cord, 15 foot terminal 3-18 SJT 125 V, 1781N NEMA connects system to 5-15R outlet 60 HZ rackmounted power distribution unit 240 V 50 HZ power cord, 15 foot terminal 3-14 SJT 250 V, 1781N NEMA connects system to 6-15R outlet 50 HZ rackmounted power distribution unit Keyboards LK471-A2 and LK461-A2 are English keyboards. Select country specific keyboard from AlphaStation Options section. Note:lf additional monitor cable lentth is required, order 2T-45KM-AA (video, keyboard, mouse extention cable kit). PS/2 style keyboard OpenVMS / VT style keyboard LK471-xx LK461-xx Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight 26.7 cm (10.5 in.) 48.2 cm (19.0 in.) 73.7 cm (29.0 in.) system chassis and shelf assembly 63.5 cm (25.0 in.) system chassis only 3l.5 kg (70 lb) approximately Clearances Front Rear 124.04 cm (50 in.) 61 cm (24 in.) Power Requirements Line voltage Voltage tolerance Frequency single phase Frequency tolerance Maximum running current Maximum power consumption 120 V1240 V 90-128 V/190-256 V 50 Hz/ 60 Hz 47-63 Hz 8.0N4.0A AC without monitor 400WauDC Operating Environment Operating temperature Operating humidity Maximum wet bulb Storage temperature Storage humidity Maximum wet bulb Maximum altitude Operating Nonoperating Nonoperating shock 10° to 40° C (50° to 104° F) 20% to 80% relative humidity 40° C (104° F) -20° C to 65° C (_4° F to 149° F) 10% to 90% relative humidity 65° C (149° F) 2,438 m (8,000 ft) maximum 4,876 m (16,000 ft) maximum 30G, 25 ms halfsine Recommended UPS for AlphaStation 600 4N-AEABF-CA 4N-AEABF -BG 4N-AEAEO-RA 4N-AEAEO-RB 1.5kVA Rackmount UPS for 120V 1.5kVA Rackmount UPS for 240V Rackmount kit for 240 V systems 22 through 27-inches deep Rackmount kit for 240 V systems 28 through 34-inches deep Alpha Workstations 1.43 AlphaStation Options Country Specific Keyboards and Power Cords Monitors Graphics 2D and 3D Input Devices System Memory Cache Memory Internal SCSI Storage SCSI Controllers and Adapters External SCSI Storage Communications Multimedia UPS Software User Documentation Hardware Supplemental Services Software Supplemental Services Warranty Attributes 1.44 Alpha Workstations AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Country Specific Keyboards and Power Cords • LK47W and LK46W are Frost White keyboards for AlphaStation 255 and 500 Systems only. • LK471 and LK461 are Light Gray keyboards for all other AlphaStations. Required option Keyboard Country Table North AmericaJEnglish Arabic Belgian CanadianlFrench Cyrillic Czech Danish Finnish French German Dutch Greek Hebrew Hungarian Icelandic Italian Latin American Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romanian Slovak Spanish Swiss/Generic Swiss/French Swiss/German Swedish SwedishlFinnish Taiwanese Thai Turkish Turkish F. United KingdomlEnglish Yugoslavia Select 1011102 Key-PC style keyboard 1 LK471-AA * LK471-BR LK471-AB LK471-AC LK471-BT LK471-BV LK471-AD LK47W-AA * LK47W-BR LK47W-AB LK47W-AC LK47W-BT LK47W-BV LK47W-AD LK471-AP LK471-AG LK471-AH LK471-BH LK471-AT LK471-BQ LK471-CQ LK471-AI LK471-AR LK471-AN LK471-PB LK471-AV LK47W-AP LK47W-AG LK47W-AH LK47W-BH LK47W-AT LK47W-BQ LK47W-CQ LK47W-AI LK47W-AR LK47W-AN LK47W-PB LK47W-AV LK471-CZ LK471-AS LK471-AK LK47W-CZ LK47W-AS LK47W-AK LK471-AF LK471-BI LK471-CB LK471-BU LK471-BW ~K471-AE rLK471-BY LK47W-AF LK47W-BI LK47W-CB LK47W-BU LK47W-BW LK47W-AE LK47W-BY 108 Key-VT style keyboard 1 LK46W-AA* LK461-AA * LK461-AB LK461-AC LK461-BT LK461-BV LK461-AD LK461-AF LK461-AP LK461-AG LK461-AH LK461-BH LK461-AT LK461-BQ LK46W-AB LK46W-AC LK46W-BT LK46W-BV LK46W-AD LK46W-AF LK46W-AP LK46W-AG LK46W-AH LK46W-BH LK46W-AT LK46W-BQ LK461-AI LK46W-AI LK461-AN LK461-BP LK461-AV LK461-BL LK461-CZ LK461-AS LK46W-AN LK46W-BP LK46W-AV LK46W-BL LK46W-CZ LK46W-AS LK461-AK LK461-AL LK461-AM LK46W-AK LK46W-AL LK46W-AM LK461-BU LK461-BW LK461-A2 LK461-BY LK46W-BU LK46W-BW LK46W-A2 LK46W-BY * LK471-AA, LK461-AA, LK471W, and LK461W English keyboards, include U.S. power cord; power cord does not need to be ordered separately. Power Cord AfricalIndia Australia, NZ Denmark Italy Israel North America Central Europe Switzerland UK, Ireland Select 1 System BN19S-2E BN19H-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN18L-2E BN19P-1K BN03A-2E BN19E-2E BN26D-2E Monitor BN19S-2E BN19H-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN18L-2E BN19P-1K BN03A-2E BN19E-2E BN26D-2E Alpha Workstations 1.45 Alpna~tation Uptions AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications Refer to System Sections for allowable option configurations.All options will be factory installed unless specified as Spares on original order. 200 4/100 200 4/166, 4/233 2504/266 255/233 255/300 4004/233 500/266, 500/33 500/400, 500/50 6005/266 6005/333 VRCI5-KAlK4 Y N N N N N N VRCI5-WAlW31W4 N N N Y N N N VRTI7-PAlP4 Y Y Y N Y N Y VRTI7-WAlW31W4 N N N y N Y N VRC21-LAlL4 Y Y Y N Y N Y VRC21-WAlW31W4 N N N Y N Y N Used On !Monitors Graphics PB2GA-JA (a) Y YIN N YIN Y N N PBXGA-AA (b) Y Y Y N Y N Y PBXGA-BA (b) Y Y Y N Y N Y ~BXGA-CA (b) Y Y Y N Y N Y (a) Embedded in AlphaStation 2551233 Case Advantage Configuration, and orderable for 2551233 Base systems. Not orderable for AlphaStation 255/300 systems. (b) Up to 3 ZLXp-Ex, or any combination of up to three ZLXp -El, -E2 and -E3 graphics options and three monitors are 1.46 Alpha Workstations supported on Digital UNIX and Open VMS systems. Options require Digital Open3D media which is included in factory installed software (PIS) on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications Refer to System Sections for allowable option configurations. All options will be factory installed unless specified as Spares on original order. Monitors 15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flat-square VRC15-KAlK4 CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes lA-meter HD15 male-to-male video cable. - Select-KA for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. - If purchased in North America, -KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 not included, order separately. 15" (13.9" viewable image size) high resolution color monitor with Frost White enclosure. Flat-square VRC15·WAJW31W4 CRT with 0.28mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024x768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes lA-meter HD15 male-to-male video cable. The -WA and -W3 are for Northern Hemisphere operation. The -W4 is for Southern Hemisphere operation. The -WA includes 120V power cord. Power cords for -W3 and -W4 not included, order separately. 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron VRT17·PAlP4 aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0-meter HD15 male-to-BNC video cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 not included, order separately. 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high resolution color monitor with Frost White enclosure. Trinitron VRT17·WAJW31W4 aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. On Screen Display (OSD). Auto-scanning from VGA to 1280x1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 1.8-meter HD15 male-to-male video cable. The -WA and -W3 are for Northern Hemisphere operation. The -W4 is for Southern Hemisphere operation. The -WA includes 120V powe cord. Power cords for -W3 and -W 4 not included, order separately. 21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. VRC21·LAlL4 Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0-meter HD15 male-to-BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately. 21 inch (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high resolution color monitor with Frost White enclosure. VRC21·WAJW31W4 Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600x1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On screen Display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0-meter HD15 male-to-male video cable. The -WA and -W3 are for Northerr Hemisphere operation. The -W4 is for Southern Hemisphere operation. The -WA includes 120V power cord. Power cords for -W3 and -W4 not included, order separately. Graphics 1 PCl slot 1 PCl slot 1 PCl slot 1 PCl slot ** ** PowerStorm 3D10 8-plane, PCI graphics accelerator, 1280x1024, 72Hz, 256 PB2GA·JA colors for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT ZLXp-E1 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 PBXGA·AA ** Hz, 256 colors for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS ** ZLXp-E2 2D/3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 8 MB memory, 1280x1024, PBXGA·BA 72 Hz, 16.7M colors for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS ZLXp-E3 3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, plus 24 bit Z-buffer, 16 MB PBXGA·CA ** memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 16.7M colors for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS ZLXp-Ex graphics options and PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20 graphics options cannot be mixed in same system. Alpha Workstations 1.47 AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications I Used On 200 41100 200 41166,4/233 2504/266 255/233 255/300 4004/233 500/266, 500/33 500/400, 500/50 6005/266 6005/333 Graphics PBXGA-AN (c) Y Y Y N y N y PBXGA-BN (c) Y y y N y N y PBXGA-CN (c) Y Y y N y N Y PBXGI-AA N N N N N y y PBXGI-AB N N N N N Y Y PBXGI-AC N N N N N Y (d) Y PBXGI-GA N N N N N Y (d) Y PBXGI-GB N N N N N Y (d) Y PBXGI-GC N N N N N Y Y PBXGB-AA (e) N N N Y N Y Y PBXGB-CA (e) N N N Y N Y Y PBXGC-AA (I) N Y Y Y Y Y (g) Y PBXGC-AN (I) N Y Y Y Y Y Y PBXGC-BA (0 N Y Y Y Y Y (g) Y PBXGC-BN (0 N Y Y N Y Y Y PBXGE-BB PBXGE-BD PBXGE-BG PBXGE-CB PBXGE-CC MSPOI-DA (h) (h) (h) (j) (j) (j) N N N N N Y N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N Y (c) Multi screen support for Windows NT must be homogeneous (Three ZLXp -El, three -E2 or three -E3). Graphics options include Graphics Support Services Software license, media and documentation. 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for Windows NT. (d) Supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems only. (e) Up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30 or 3 PowerStorm 4D20, or any combination of up to 3 PowerStorm 3D30/4D20 graphics options and 3 monitors are supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Note: AlphaStation 255 support 2 PowerStorm graphics options and 2 monitors on OpenVMS systems. Graphics options require Digital Open3D media, included in factory installed software (PIS) on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Multi screen support for Windows NT must be homogeneous (3 PowerStorm 3D30 options or 3 PowerStorm 4D20). Windows NT graphics options include Graphics Support Services Software license, media and documentation. 3D multi screen not hardware accelerated for Windows NT. PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20 graphics options 1.48 Alpha Workstations (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) Y Y Y Y Y (i) (i) (i) (i) (i) N Y Y Y Y Y N and ZLXp-Ex graphics options cannot be mixed in same system. One ZLXp-Lx graphics option supported per system; -Lx graphics cannot be mixed with any other graphics option. Currently supported on AlphaStation 5001500 Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only. E&S Freedom Series graphics are packaged in a deskside pedestal and connect to PCI interface card in AlphaStation system box by a lO-foot interface cable. Graphics options include graphics subsystem, PCI interface card, interface cable, and video cable for a VRC21-LA1L4 monitor. Country specific power cord required. Texture memory module upgrades are available for E&S Freedom Series graphics. Note: E&S 64-bit graphics supported in both 64-bit and 32bit PCI slots; 64-bit slots recommended for best performance. Currently supported on AlphaStation 500/266 and 500/300 systems only. To upgrade E&S Freedom Series graphics memory, select one texture memory module for each performance module. AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications Bus I Slots Required Graphics 1 PCI slot Description ** ZLXp-E1 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 256 1 PCI slot ** 1 PCI slot ** 1 PCI slot ** 1 PCI slot ** 2 PCI slots (t) ** 2 PCI slots (t) ** 2 PCI slots (t) ** 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot 2 PCI slots 2 PCI slots 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot ** . PBXGA-AN colors for Windows NT ZLXp-E2 2D/3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 8 MB memory, 1280x1024, 72 Hz, PBXGA-BN 16.7M colors for Windows NT ZLXp-E3 3D 24-plane PCI graphics accelerator, plus 24 bit Z-buffer, 16 MB memory, PBXGA-CN 1280x1024, 72 Hz, 16.7M colors for Windows NT PowerStorm 3D30 2D 8-plane PCI graphics accelerator, 2 MB memory, 1280xl024, PBXGI-AA 72 Hz, 256 colors for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT PowerStorm 4D20 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, PBXGI-AB 16 MB memory, 1280xl024 75Hz (1600x1200 75Hz 12 planes double buffered plus 24-bi Z-buffer) for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT PowerStorm 4D40T Advanced 3D graphics accelerator with 16 MB video memory, 1280 PBXGI-AC x 1024 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered, 24 bit Z-buffer, hardware accelerated 3D shading and texture mapping. PowerStorm 4D50T Advanced 3D graphics accelerator with enhanced performance, PBXGI-GA 16 MB video memory, 1280 x 1024 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered, 24 bit Z-buffer, hardware accelerated 3D shading and texture mapping. PowerStorm 4D60T Advanced 3D Graphics accelerator with enhanced performance, PBXGI-GB 32 MB video memory, 1600 x 1280 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered 32 bit Z buffer, hardware accelerated 3D shading and texture mapping. PBXGI-GC 4 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics accelerators. 16 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on PBXGB-AA PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics accelerators. PBXGB-CA 32 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T Graphics Accelerators. ZLXp-L1 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 16 MB PBXGC-AA memory, 1280x1024 72 Hz, 1 rendering engine, for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS ZLXp-LI 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 16 MB PBXGC-AN memory, 1280x1024 72 Hz, 1 rendering engine, for Windows NT ZLXp-L2 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 32 MB PBXGC-BA memory, 1280xl024 72 Hz, 2 rendering engines, for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS ZLXp-L2 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 32 MB PBXGC-BN memory, 1280xl024 72 Hz, 2 rendering engines, for Windows NT PBXGE-BB E&S Freedom Series 3150, 3 Performance Modules, 1 MB texture memory PBXGE-BD E&S Freedom Series 3250, 5 Performance Modules, 1 MB texture memory PBXGE-BG E&S Freedom Series 3400, 8 Performance Modules, 4 MB texture memory PBXGE-CB 4 MB Texture memory module upgrade for E&S Freedom Series graphics PBXGE-CC 16 MB Texture memory module upgrade for E&S Freedom Series graphics MSPOI-DA 2 MB DRAM upgrade for PBXGA-JA ZLXp-Ex graphics options and PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20 graphics options cannot be mixed in same system. t Support on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems. Minimum operating software required is: Digital UNIX V4.0, and Windows NT 3.51. Hardware-accelerated texturing requires Texture Memory Module. Alpha Workstations 1.49 AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications 200 41100 4/166, 4/233 2504/266 255/233 255/300 4004/233 500/266, 500/33 500/400, 500/50 6005/266 6005/333 PBXWA-AA y Y Y Y Y Y Y PBXWB-AA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y PBXWT-AA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y PBXWT-AB Y Y Y Y Y Y Y PBXWT-AC Y Y Y Y Y Y Y PBXWT-AD Y Y Y Y Y Y Y PBXWT-BA PBXWS-AA PBXWS-WA Y Y N Y y' N Y Y N Y N Y Y Y N Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Used On 200 2D and 3D Input Devices System Memory y MSP01-AA MSP01-AB MSP01-AC MSP01-AD MSP01-AE MSP01-BA MSP01-BB MSP01·BC MSP01-BD MSP01-FA MSP01-FB MSP01-FC MSP01-FD MSP01-FE MSP01-CA MSP01-CB MSP01-CC MSP01-CD Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Cache Memory MSP01-EA MSP01-EB I 1 1.50 Alpha Workstations N N I l N N I I N N I I N N I I N N I I N N I I Y y AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications Description 2D and 3D Input Devices Spaceball Model 3003 3D Motion Control Device. Full simultaneous six-degree-of-freedom control with dynamic pan, zoom, and rotation of models (X,Y,Z translations and rotations) instantly. Serial port interface. Includes Spaceware device driver on CD-ROM. Supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT. Check with ISV for application support status. 3-button Trackball. Replaces standard AlphaStation mouse as an alternative pointing device. Plugs into AlphaStation mouse port. No special device drivers required. Supported on Digital UNIX, Open VMS and Windows NT. 12" x 12" Digitizing Tablet with Opaque surface, user selectable resolution up to 2,540 lpi, 16 button cordless cursor, serial interface cable, 9 to 25 pin adapter cable, Digital UNIX driver, Windows NT (WinTab compliant) driver, OpenVMS driver, 120V North American wall mounted power supply. 12" x 12" Digitizing Tablet with Opaque surface, user selectable resolution up to 2,540 lpi, 16 button cordless cursor, serial interface cable, 9 to 25 pin adapter cable, Digital UNIX driver, Windows NT (WinTab compliant) driver, OpenVMS driver, 220V European wall mounted power supply. 12" x 12" Digitizing Tablet with Opaque surface, user selectable resolution up to 2,540 lpi, 16 button cordless cursor, serial interface cable, 9 to 25 pin adapter cable, Digital UNIX driver, Windows NT (WinTab compliant) driver, OpenVMS driver, 240V U.K. wall mounted power supply. 12" x 12" Digitizing Tablet with Opaque surface, user selectable resolution up to 2,540 lpi, 16 button cordless cursor, serial interface cable, 9 to 25 pin adapter cable, Digital UNIX driver, Windows NT (WinTab compliant) driver, OpenVMS driver, 100V Japan wall mounted power supply. Two button click tip pen for PBXWT-Ax Digitizing Tablet Spare 3-button mouse, Light Gray enclosure Spare 3-button mouse, Frost White enclosure PBXWA-AA PBXWB-AA PBXWT-AA PBXWT-AB PBXWT-AC PBXWT-AD PBXWT-BA PBXWS-AA PBXWS-WA System Memory 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 8 MB 16 MB 32 MB 64 MB 128 MB 32 MB 64 MB 128 MB 256 MB 32 MB 64 MB 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB 32 MB 64 MB 128 MB 256 MB (2 x 4 MB SIMMs) 1Mx33 (2 x 8 MB SIMMs) 2Mx33 (2 x 16 MB SIMMs) 4Mx33 (2 x 32 MB SIMMs) 8Mx33 (2 x 64 MB SIMMs) 16Mx33 (4 x 8 MB SIMMs) 2Mx33 (4 x 16 MB SIMMs) 4Mx33 (4 x 32 MB SIMMs) 8Mx33 (4 x 64 MB SIMMs) 16Mx33 (4 x 8 MB DIMMs) 1Mx72 (4 x 16 MB DIMMs) 2Mx72 (4 x 32 MB DIMMs) 4Mx72 (4 x 64 MB DIMMs) 8Mx72 (4 x 128 MB DIMMs) 16Mx72 (8 x 4 MB SIMMs) 1Mx36 (8 x 8 MB SIMMs) 2Mx36 (8 x 16 MB SIMMs) 4Mx36 (8 x 32 MB SIMMs) 8Mx36 MSPOI-AA MSPOI-AB MSPOI-AC MSPOI-AD MSPOI-AE MSPOI-BA MSPOI-BB MSPOI-BC MSPOI-BD MSPOI-FA MSPOI-FB MSPOI-FC MSPOI-FD MSPOI-FE MSPOI-CA MSPOI-CB I ~SPOI-CC ~SPOI-CD ICache Memory -'2 MB 3 x .667 MB SIMMs 14 MB 3 x 1.33 MB SIMMs JMSPOI-EA IMSPoI-EB Alpha Workstations 1.51 AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications Used On 200 41100 200 4/166,4/233 2504/266 255/233 255/300 4004/233 500/266, 500/33 500/400, 500/50 6005/266 6005/333 y Y N Y N y N y y N N y N Y N Y Internal SCSI Storage PBXRX-AA PBXRX-AB PBXRD-CA N Y Y N Y PBXRD-CB N N N y N y N Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N Y (c, d) Y (c) Y (c, e) Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N Y (c, d) Y (c) Y (c, e) N Y N Y Y Y N N N N Y (c, d) Y (c) Y (c, e) N Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N Y N Y Y Y N N N N Y (d) Y Y (e) N Y (b) N Y (b) Y (b) Y (b) Y Y Y Y N N N N Y (b) N Y (b) Y (b) Y (b) Y Y Y Y Y (d) Y Y (e) PBXRZ-BB PBXRZ-EB PBXRZ-ED PBXRZ-HB PBXRZ-JB PBXRZ-NA PBXRW-EB PBXR\V-HB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA PBXTZ-CA (a) (a) SCSI Controllers and Adapter KZPAA-AA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y KZPSA-BB Y (f, g) Y (f, g) Y (g) N Y N Y (g) KZPDA-AA N N N N Y Y (h) N DWZZB Y Y Y N Y N Y KZPSC-AA KZPSC-BA N N N N Y (i) Y (i) Y (f, i) Y (f, i) Y (i) Y (i) Y (i, j) Y (i, j) Y (i, j) Y (i, j) N N N N N Y Y PBXKP-BA (k) (a) Does not support Tag Command Queuing, Seek Reordering, Spindle Sync, Variable Sector Size, or OpenVMS SCSI clusters. (b) To add a narrow SCSI drive to AlphaStation 500 and 600 systems, order wide to narrow adapter (PBXKP-BA) for each drive. (c) Supported as embedded only in place of CD-ROM drive (d) Supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Windows NT 4.0. For use with Windows NT 3.51, obtain upgrade kit part number QC-OOLAC-UC, which includes driver and installation instructions. Driver and instructions are also available at Web Site http://www.storage.digital.com under, the "Technomania" section. (e) Supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only. Windows NT requires 4.0 minimum. (f) Digital UNIX V3.2D and OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 both require SRM console V6.1-2 minimum, which support bootable versions of ARC/Alphabios, and V3.6 or V3.7 firmware CD- 1.52 Alpha Workstations (g) (h) (i) U) (k) ROM which contains ARC/Alphabios images required to build a bootable floppy (V3.6) or boot directly from the CDROM (V3.7). This allows user to configure referenced adapters without re-flashing the SRM console. Refer to Web Site: http://ftp.digital.comlpublDigital/Alphalfirmware/utilities/ Not supported on OpenVMS SCSI clusters. Supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT only. Boot support of RAID set under OpenVMS requires minimum of OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, previous versions support data device RAID set only. Digital UNIX support requires minimum of V3.2D, and requires patch OSF350-135. KZPSC hardware Rev C or greater requires console firmware upgrade to V6.0-21 or later. Access Website: http://ftp.digital.com:80/publDigitallAlphalfirmware/interiml To add a narrow SCSI drive to AlphaStation 500 and 600 systems, order a wide to narrow adapter (PBXKP-BA) for each drive. AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications Bus / Slots Required Description Internal SCSI Storage 3.5" x 1" bay 3.5" x 1" bay 5.25" bay 1.44 MB 3.5" diskette drive, included in most systems (FDI), Light Gray 1.44 MB 3.5" x 1 diskette drive, Frost White 600 MB 5.25" half-height quad-speed CD-ROM drive, included in most systems, Light Gray 5.25" bay 600 MB 5.25" half-height quad-speed CD-ROM drive, included in most systems Frost White 3.5 xl" or 1.6" bay 535 MB 3.5" xl" narrow hard disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5 x 1" or 1.6" bay 1.05 GB 3.5" x 1" narrow hard disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5 x 1" or 1.6" bay 1.05 GB 3.5" x 1", narrow hard disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" bay 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1.6" narrow hard disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5 x 1" or 1.6" bay 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1.6", narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM 4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6", narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" bay 3.5 x 1" or 1.6" bay 1.05 GB 3.5" x 1", wide hard disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5 x 1" or 1.6" bay 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1" wide hard disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5 xl" or 1.6" bay 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1", wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM 4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6", wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" bay 5.25" bay 4.0/8.0 GB 5.25" x 1.6" 4-mm DAT drive 5.25" bay 2.0 GB 5.25" half-height QIC tape drive 5.25" bay 2.3 GB 5.25" half-height mini-cartridge QIC tape drive PBXRX-AA PBXRX-AB PBXRD-CA PBXRD-CB PBXRZ-BB PBXRZ-EB PBXRZ-ED PBXRZ-HB PBXRZ-JB PBXRZ-NA PBXRW-EB PBXRW-HB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA PBXTL-DA PBXTZ-AA PBXTZ-CA SCSI Controllers and Adapter 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot External 1 PCI slot 112 PCI slot internal adapter PCI-based Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller, maximum 2 per system, requires BN21H-02 SCSI cable. PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 controller, requires DWZZB-AA adapter PCI-based one port Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI-2 controller, requires BN21K-02 SCSI cable. SCSI bus extender and converter, Fast Wide Differential on one end to Fast Wide Single Ended on other, requires BN21K-xx SCSI cable. PCI-based one port RAID controller, requires BN31S-1E SCSI cable PCI-based three port RAID controller, requires three BN31S-1E and one BN31K-OE bulkhead kit adapter for third port connection (third port requires one additional PCI bulkhead slot) Wide to Narrow SCSI adapter KZPAA-AA KZPSA-BB KZPDA-AA DWZZB KZPSC-AA KZPSC-BA PBXKP-BA Alpha Workstations 1.53 AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications 200 41166,4/233 2504/266 255/233 255/300 4004/233 500/266, 500/33 500/400, 500/50 6005/266 6005/333 Y Y Y Y y y (c) (c, e) BA356-KC Y (1) Y (1) Y (1) Y (1) Y (1) Y (1) Y (1) BA362-AAIAB BA364-AAIAB TLZ09-DB Y (g) Y (g) Y (h) Y (g) Y (g) Y (h) Y (g) Y (g) Y (h) Y (g) Y (g) Y (h) Y (g) Y (g) Y (h) Y (g) Y (g) N Y (g) Y (g) Y (h) TLZ09-DC N N N N N Y (h) N TZ87-TA Y Y Y Y Y Y (c, i) Y (c) TZ88N-TA Y Y Y Y Y Y (c, i) Y (c) TZ875-TA N N Y N Y N N TZ885-NT Y Y Y N Y Y (c, i) Y (c) TZ887-NT Y Y Y N Y Y (c, i) Y (c) TZK20-DB TZK20-DC TZKll-DA RRD45-DA Y (j) N Y Y Y (j) N Y Y Y (j) N Y Y Y (j) N Y Y Y (j) N Y Y N Y (j) Y (c) Y (c) Y (j) N Y (c) Y (c) 200 41100 Used On External SCSI Storage (a, b) BA353-AA (d) (a) For more than 7 internal or external devices, a fast SCSI-2 controller, which supports 7 devices, is required. (b) Each external device requires a 3-foot SCSI cable. (c) To run narrow devices/enclosures off the Wide external SCSI bus, order BN36A-OB, 68-pin HD to 50-pin HD hi-byte terminator adapter, and either 50-pin HD to 50-pin LD BN23G-Ol one-meter cable for tabletop devices, or 50-pin HD to 50-pin HD BN21H-Ol one-meter cable for BA3501BA353. (d) Supports 5400 RPM drives only. (e) See AlphaStation 600 external expansion in order menu. (f) For narrow connection to BA356-KC with AlphaStation 200, 250, 255, and 400, order a KZPAA-AA controller and BN21N-02 SCSI cable. For wide connection off the external wide bus on AlphaStations 500 and 600, order a BN21K-01. 1.54 Alpha Workstations (g) For narrow device support from external 8-bit narrow SCSI port on AlphaStations 200, 250, 255 and 400, order a onemeter 68-pin HD to 50-pin HD external SCSI cable BN31 V01. For wide device support from external 16-bit wide SCSI port on AlphaStations 500 and 600, order a I-meter 68-pin HD to 68-pin HD external SCSI cable BN31G-Ol. (h) Supported on Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Windows NT 4.0. For use with Windows NT 3.51, obtain upgrade kit part number QC-OOLAC-UC, which includes driver and installation instructions. Driver and instructions are also available at Web Site http://www.storage.digital.com under, the "Technomania" section. (i) Supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only. (j) Supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only. Windows NT requires 4.0 minimum. AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications Bus 1 Slots Required Description External SCSI Storage (e) (e) external external external external external external external external external external external external external StorageWorks desktop expansion box (up to three devices). Requires BN2lH-01 off external BA353-AA SCSI bus, or BN2lH-02 offKZPAA-AA SCSI controller BA356-KC Deskside unit with BA356 shelf and power supply BA35X-HF, pedestal kit BA35X-V A, dual-speed blowers, l6-bit 110 module BA35X-MH, and North American power cord. Supports up to seven Narrow and Wide device StorageWorks desktop expansion for Narrow and Wide devices, supports up to two devices BA362·AAlAB StorageWorks desktop expansion for Narrow and Wide devices, supports up to four devices BA364·AAlAB 8.0 GB 4-mm DAT tape drive, Tabletop, Frost White (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS, see note TLZ09·DB (h) for Windows NT); includes SCSI cable 8.0 GB 4-mm DAT tape drive, Tabletop with wide to narrow SCSI adapter and cable, Frost TLZ09·DC White (Digital UNIX, OpenVMS support, see note (h) for Windows NT) 20/10 GB DLT cartridge tape drive, single slot, Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable TZ87·TA (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only) 40120 GB DLT cartridge tape drive, single slot, Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable TZ88N·TA (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only) 100/50 GB TZ87 (5 cartridge loader) Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable (Digital TZ875·TA UNIX and Open VMS only) 2001100 GB DLT (5 cartridge loader) Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable (Digital TZ885·NT PNIX and OpenVMS only) 2801140 GB DLT (7 cartridge loader) Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable (Digital TZ887·NT UNIX and OpenVMS only) TZK20·DB 2.3 GB QIC tape drive, Tabletop, includes SCSI cable, Frost White 2.3 GB QIC tape drive, Tabletop with wide to narrow SCSI adapter and cable, Frost White TZK20·DC TZKll·DA 2.0 GB QIC tape, Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI cable 600 MB 5.25" half-height quad-speed CD-ROM drive, Tabletop, requires BN23G-Ol SCSI RRD45·DA cable (e) See AlphaStation 600 external expansion in order menu. Alpha Workstations 1.55 AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications 200 4/100 Used On 200 4/166, 4/233 2504/266 4004/233 500/266, 500/33 500/400, 500/50 6005/266 6005/333 N y N y N y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y y y y y Y Y N N y 255/233 255/300 Communication Options-Check availability of PCI, EISA, and ISA slots N Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y (c) Y Y N Y Y Y (c) Y Y y y Y y ~BXDI-AA Y Y N Y Y Y (c) Y YIN (d) Y Y (c) N N N N N N PBXDI-AB Y (c) Y (c) Y (c) Y IN ,(d) Y (c) N N PBXDI-AC Y (c) Y (c) Y (c) YIN (d) Y (c) N N PBXDP-AA N N N N I Y (e, f) N Y N (e) DE425-AA DE450-CA DE450-TA ~E500-XA DE205-AC DGLPB-AB DIIAA-AA DIIAA-AB PBXDC-DA PBXDF-AA PBXDF-BA (a) (b) (b) N y N Y N lPBXNP-AA DEFPA-AA DEFPA-DA !DEFPA-UA DEFPA-MA DETTR-BAIBB (e) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y N DNSES-AA (e) N N N N N N Y (e) Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y Y N N Y Y N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y CXIOI-AA CXIOI-AD DJ-ML200-AA PCP3H-AG Multimedia and Audio AVHOI-AA ~VP20-AA AVPOO-AN AVP23-CA AVP03-CA AV301-AA AV321-AA AV201-AA AVCOO-AA AVCOO-AE AVCOO-AJ AVCOO-CA (a) Supported on Digital UNIX and Windows NT systems only. (b) Supported on Windows NT systems only. (c) Supported in ISAlcombination slot only. 1.56 Alpha Workstations (d) Supported on AlphaStation 2551233 systems only. (e) Supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only. (f) Supported on AlphaStation 255/300 systems only. AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications Bus / Slots Required Description Communication Options 1 EISA 1 PCI 1 PCI 1 PCI lISA 1 PCI lISA lISA lISA lISA IISAI Combo slot IISAI Combo slot 1 IS AI Combo slot 1 PCI 1 PCI 1 PCI 1 PCI 1 PCI 1 PCI 1 EISA lISA lISA 1 PCI external EISA Ethernet PCI Ethernet, Twisted Pair, ThinWire, Thick wire PCI Ethernet, Twisted Pair PCI Fast Ethernet, 100 MB ISA Ethernet for Digital UNIX and Windows NT PCI to ATM adapter features multi-mode fiber cable interface and SONET/SDH framing, for Digital UNIX and Windows NT ISA ISDN adapter/network interface card for Windows NT. U interface for U.S. and Canada ISA ISDN adapter/network interface card for Windows NT. SIT interface for Europe, APA Ethernet Halo AUI Card, ThinWire ISA modem 14.4K (U.S. only) ISA modem 28.8K (U.S. only) 2-port ISA Synchronous communication controller, X.25/SNA V.24N.28 equivalent to EIA 232, supported in ISAlCombo slot only 2-port ISA Synchronous communication controller, X.25/SNA V 35, supported in ISAlCombo slot only 2-port ISA Synchronous communication controller, X25/SNA V 21IEIA-530, supported in ISAlCombo slot only 2 port PCI synchronous communications controller, EIA-232, -422, -423, -449, -485, -530,V.35, and or X.21 PCI Token Ring Network Adapter for all operating systems PCI-based Digital FDDI-SASIPCI (MMF) controller, Single attachment PCI-based Digital FDDI-DASIPCI (MMF) controller, Dual attachment PCI-based Digital FDDI-SASIPCI (UTP) controller PCI-based Digital FDDI-DASIPCI (UTP) controller, Dual attachment 10BaseT to AUI (UTP to thick wire) single port adapter/repeater, 1201240V, 120V variant includes North American power cord; order country specific power cord for 240V variant. Supported on all systems. 2 port EISA Synchronous communication controller, X.25/SNA V.24N.28 Equivalent to EIA-232 16-64 Port Asynchronous Multiplexer for Digital UNIX and Windows NT 16-224 Port Asynchronous Multiplexer for Digital UNIX and Windows NT PCI Prestoserve 2 MB Digital UNIX Kensington lock for added security DE42S-AA DE4S0-CA DE4S0-TA DESOO-XA DE20S-AC DGLPB-AB DlIAA-AA DIIAA-AB PBXDC-DA PBXDF-AA PBXDF-BA PBXDI-AA PBXDI-AB PBXDI-AC PBXDP-AA PBXNP-AA DEFPA-AA DEFPA-DA DEFPA-UA DEFPA-MA DETTR-BAIBB DNSES-AA CXIOI-AA CXIOI-AD DJ-ML200-AA PCP3H-AG MultiMedia and Audio 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot Replacement headphones and microphone Video conferencing upgrade kit with camera for Digital UNIX Video conferencing upgrade kit with camera for Windows NT Video conferencing upgrade kit without camera for Digital UNIX Video conferencing upgrade kit without camera for Windows NT FullVideo Supreme for all systems FullVideo Supreme JPEG for all systems FullVideo Basic for Digital UNIX and Windows NT Toshiba camera, North America Toshiba camera, UK Toshiba camera, Japan Toshiba camera, Europe AVHOI-AA AVP20-AA AVPOO-AN AVP23-CA AVP03-CA AV301-AA AV321-AA AV201-AA AVCOO-AA AVCOO-AE AVCOO-AJ AVCOO-CA Alpha Workstations 1.57 AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications 200 4/100 200 41166,4/233 2504/266 255/233 255/300 4004/233 500/266, 500/33 500/400, 500/50 6005/266 6005/333 4N-AEABC-AF 120V 4N-AEABC-BF 240V 4N-AEABD-AF 120V 4N-AEABD-BF 240V 4N-AEABF-AA 120V Y Y N N N Y Y N N N Y Y N N N N N N N N N N Y Y N N N N N Y N N N N Y 4N-AEABF-BF 240V N N N N N Y Y y y y y y y Used On Recommended UPS Data Line Surge protectors (For complete protection select surge protectors for UPS products) 4N-GA249-AB 4N-GA249-CA 4N-GA249-BF 1.58 Alpha Workstations y Y Y Y Y Y I I I y y y y y y AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Options and Technical Specifications Description Recommended UPS Prestige Model 650 for 120V systems Prestige Model 650 for 240V systems Prestige Model 800 for 120V systems Prestige Model 800 for 240V systems Prestige Model 1250 EXT for 120V systems. Unit includes plug-in battery extension provisions to over 2 hours at full load Prestige Model 1250 EXT for 240V systems. Unit includes plug-in battery extension provisions to over 2 hours at full load 4N-AEABC-AF 4N-AEABC-BF 4N-AEABD-AF 4N-AEABD-BF 4N-AEABF-AA 4N-AEABF-BF Data Line Surge protectors-Surge protectors for UPS products Data line surge protector for two wire modem Data line surge protector for 10BaseT Data line surge protector for ThinWire 4N-GA249-AB 4N-GA249-CA 4N-GA249-BF Alpha Workstations 1.59 AlphaStation Options Operating System and Layered Software Used On Processor Code 200 4/100 200 4/166, 4/233 2504/266 255/233 255/300 4004/233 500/266, 500/333 500/400, 500/50~ 6005/266 6005/333 E E E E E E G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y Y Y Y Y Y Y Digital UNIX Media and Documentation QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ QA-MT4AB-GZ QA-MT5AA-GZ QA-MT6AA-GZ y Y Y Y Y Digital UNIX Layered Products CD· ROM QA·054AA·H8 y Digital Open3D for Digital UNIX QA-OAFAA·H8 y Digital NAS Client 150 for Digital UNIX Included with operating system y OpenVMS Media and Documentation QA·MTIAA-H8 (a) Y QA·MTIAG-H8 QA·MTIAH·GZ y QA-OOIAA·GZ Y Y y y y y y y y y OpenVMS Layered Products CD·ROM y QA.03XAA-H8 y y y y y y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Digital Open 3D for OpenVMS QA-OADAA-H8 Y Digital NAS Client 150 for OpenVMS Included with operating system Y Media for Microsoft Windows NT QB.OQRAA-SA Y QB-4LTAA-SA Y Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT QM-356AA-AA QB-356AA·SA QA-356AA-GZ Y Y Y Y Y Y Y y y y y y y y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y y y y y y y y Layered Software QA-4DEAA·GZ QM-4DFAA·BA QB-4DFAA-WA (a) OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl kit is required for AlphaStation 255 and AlphaStation 500. It must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading operating system 1.60 Alpha Workstations AlphaStation UptlOns Operating System and Layered Software Digital UNIX Media and Documentation Digital UNIX media and documentation on CD-ROM Digital UNIX base hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX End User Documentation Digital UNIX Developer's Documentation Digital UNIX Server Extension documentation QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ QA-MT4AB-GZ QA-MT5AA-GZ QA-MT6AA-GZ Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM Layered products media and documentation for on CD-ROM IQA-054AA-H8 Digital Open3D for Digital UNIX Digital Open3D for Digital UNIX media and documentation IQA-OAFAA-H8 Digital NAS Client 150 for Digital UNIX Digital NAS Client 150 license is included with Digital UNIX systems. Media available on layered products CD-ROM. IIncluded with loperating system OpenVMS Media and Documentation OpenVMS V6.2 media and documentation on CD-ROM OpenVMS V62-1Hl media and documentation on CD-ROM OpenVMS Base hardcopy documentation OpenVMS Full hardcopy documentation QA-MTIAA-H8 QA-MTIAG-H8 QA-MTIAH-GZ QA-OOIAA-GZ OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM IQA-03XAA-H8 Digital Open 3D for OpenVMS Digital Open3D for OpenVMS media and documentation on CD IQA-OADAA-H8 Digital NAS Client 150 for OpenVMS Digital NAS Client 150 license is included with OpenVMS systems. Media available on layered products CD-ROM. IIncluded with loperating system Media for Microsoft Windows NT Windows NT Media Kit (CD-ROM) Digital Light & Sound Pack (License and CD-ROM) IQB-OQRAA-SA IQB-4LTAA-SA Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT QM-356AA-AA License for Graphics Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT Graphics Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT, license, media (diskette), and documentation QB-356AA-SA Graphics Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT (documentation only) QA-356AA-GZ Layered Software Communique! Administrators Guide and documentation kit for Digital UNIX Communique! Starter license for Digital UNIX Communique! Starter kit for Digital UNIX and Windows NT (License and CD-ROM) QA-4DEAA-GZ QM-4DFAA-BA QB-4DFAA-WA Alpha Workstations 1.61 AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Concurrent Use Licenses Used On Processor Code 200 41100 E 200 4/166,4/233 E 2504/266 E 255/233 255/300 E 4004/233 E 500/266, 500/333 500/400, 500/50~ E 6005/266 6005/333 G Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Note: Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion. QL-MT7AM-3B QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D QL-MT7AM-3E QL-MT7AM-3F QL-MT7A *-AA QL-MT6AE-AA QL-MT5AE-AA y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y *=E *=E *=E *=E *=E *=E *=G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses Note: OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster.. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-MT2A *-AA 1.62 Alpha Workstations y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y *=E *=E *=E *=E *=E *=E *=G AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Concurrent Use Licenses Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Note:Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion. QL-MT7AM-3B Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license QL-MT7AM-3C Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license QL-MT7AM-3D Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license QL-MT7AM-3E Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license QL-MT7AM-3F Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I6-user license QL-MT7A*-AA Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license QL-MT6AE-AA Digital UNIX server extension license QL-MTSAE-AA Digital UNIX developer's extension license OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses Note: OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license QL-MT3AA-3C OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license QL-MT3AA-3D OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license QL-MT3AA-3E OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license QL-MT3AA-3F OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license QL-MT3AA-3G OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license QL-MT3AA-3H OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license QL-MT3AA-3J OpenVMS Concurrent Use I28-user license QL-MT3AA-3K OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license QL-MT2A *-AA OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license Alpha Workstations 1.63 AJPha~tation Uptions User Documentation Used On 200 4/100 200 4/166, 4/233 2504/266 y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 255/233 255/300 4004/233 500/266, 500/33 500/400, 500/50 6005/266 6005/333 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N y y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N User Documentation EK-PCDTA-UI EK-PCDTA-UP EK-PCDTA-UG EK-PCDTA-UU EK-PCDTA-US EK-PCDTA-UH EK-PCCTA-UI EK-PCDSA-TI EK-PCDSA-UI EK-PCDSA-CI EK-PCDSP-UI EK-PCDSP-CI EK-PCDSG-UI EK-PCDSG-CI EK-PCDSI-UI EK-PCDSI-CI EK-PCDSS-UI EK-PCDSS-CI EK-PCDSH-UI EK-PCDSH-CI EK-PCDSY-UI EK-PCDSY-CI EK-AS800-UI EK-AS800-IN EK-VLLXA-UI EK-VLLXS-ID EK-VLLXF -UI EK-VLLXG-ID EK-VLLXI-UI EK-VLLXD-UI EK-VLLXJ-UI EK-VLLXA-TI EK-VLLXA-II AK-QUBKA-CA EK-A0864-UG EK-A0865-UG EK-A0866-UG EK-A0867-UG EK-A0868-UG EK-A0869-UG EK-ALPH5-UI 1.64 Alpha Workstations Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N y y Y Y Y Y y Y y y N N N N N N N N N N N N N y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y y AlphaStation Options User Documentation User Documentation User Documentation - English User Documentation - French User Documentation - German User Documentation - Italian User Documentation - Spanish User Documentation - Dutch User Documentation - English - Alpha Station 250 4/266 Technical Documentation User Documentation - English CPU Documentation - English User Documentation - French CPU Documentation - French User Documentation - German CPU Documentation - German User Documentation - Italian CPU Documentation - Italian User Documentation - Spanish CPU Documentation - Spanish User Documentation - Dutch CPU Documentation - Dutch User Documentation - Japanese CPU Documentation - Japanese User Documentation - English Installation Guide - English AlphaStation 255 User Information - English AlphaStation 255 User Information - Spanish AlphaStation 255 User Information - French AlphaStation 255 User Information - German AlphaStation 255 User Information - Italian AlphaStation 255 User Information - Dutch AlphaStation 255 User Information - Japanese AlphaStation 255 Technical Information AlphaStation 255 Installation Information AlphaStation 255 Service Guide Floppy AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - German AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - French AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - Spanish AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - Italian AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - Dutch· AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - Japanese AlphaStation 500 Series User Information - English EK-PCDTA-UI EK-PCDTA-UP EK-PCDTA-UG EK-PCDTA-UU EK-PCDTA-US EK-PCDTA-UH EK-PCCTA-UI EK-PCDSA-TI EK-PCDSA-UI EK-PCDSA-CI EK-PCDSP-UI EK-PCDSP-CI EK-PCDSG-UI EK-PCDSG-CI EK-PCDSI-UI EK-PCDSI-CI EK-PCDSS-UI EK-PCDSS-CI EK-PCDSH-UI EK-PCDSH-CI EK-PCDSY-UI EK-PCDSY-CI EK-AS800-UI EK-AS800-IN EK-VLLXA-UI EK-VLLXS-UI EK-VLLXF-UI EK-VLLXG-UI EK-VLLXI-UI IEK-VLLXD-UI EK-VLLXJ-UI EK-VLLXA-TI EK-VLLXA-II AK-QUBKA-CA EK-A0864-UG EK-A086S-UG EK-A0866-UG EK-A0867-UG EK-A0868-UG EK-A0869-UG EK-ALPHS-UI Alpha Workstations 1.65 ! AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Service Options Hardware Supplemental Services Year 2&3, 5x9, next day Year 1-3, 5x9, 4 hour Year 1-3, 5x12, 4 hour Year 1-3, 6x16, 4 hour Year 1-3, 7x24, 4 hour Year 2-4, 5x9, next day Year 1-4, 5x9, 4 hour Year 1-4, 5x12, 4 hour Year 1-4, 6x16, 4 hour Year 1-4, 7x24, 4 hour Year 2-5, 5x9, next day on site Year 1-5, 5x9, 4 hour Year 1-5, 5x12, 4 hour Year 1-5, 6x16, 4 hour Year 1-5, 7x24, 4 hour 2004/100 FM-AFXHW-36 FM-AF4HR-36 FM-AF512-36 FM-AF616-36 FM-AF724-36 FM-AFXHW-48 FM-AF4HR-48 FM-AF512-48 FM-AF616-48 FM-AF724-48 FM-AFXHW-60 FM-AF4HR-60 ,M-AF512-60 FM-AF616-60 FM-AF724-60 200 4/166,4/233 FM-AFXHW-36 FM-AF4HR-36 FM-AF512-36 FM-AF616-36 FM-AF724-36 FM-AFXHW-48 FM-AF4HR-48 IFM-AF512-48 FM-AF616-48 FM-AF724-48 FM-AFXHW-60 FM-AF4HR-60 FM-AF512-60 FM-AF616-60 FM-AF724-60 2504/266 FM-AFXHW-36 FM-AF4HR-36 FM-AF512-36 FM-AF616-36 FM-AF724-36 FM-AFXHW-48 FM-AF4HR-48 FM-AF512-48 FM-AF616-48 FM-AF724-48 FM-AFXHW-60 FM-AF4HR-60 FM-AF512-60 FM-AF616-60 FM-AF724-60 255/233 255/300 FM-AFXHW-36 FM-AF4HR-36 FM-AF512-36 FM-AF616-36 FM-AF724-36 FM-AFXHW-48 FM-AF4HR-48 FM-AF512-48 FM-AF616-48 FM-AF724-48 FM-AFXHW -60 FM-AF4HR-60 FM-AF512-60 FM-AF616-60 FM-AF724-60 4002/233 FM-ACXHW-36 FM-AC4HR-36 FM-ACSI2-36 FM-AC616-36 FM-AC724-36 FM-ACXH2-48 FM-AC4HR-48 FM-AC512-48 FM-AC616-48 FM-AC724-48 FM-ACHXW-60 FM-AC4HR-60 FM-AC512-60 FM-AC616-60 FM-AC724-60 Software Supplemental Services 12-month - Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT 36-month - Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT 60-month - Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT FM-A40SF-12 FM-A4VMS-12 FM-A4NTS-12 FM-A40SF-36 FM-A4VMS-36 IFM-A4NTS-36 FM-A40SF-60 FM-A4VMS-60 FM-A4NTS-60 IFM-A20SF-12 FM-A2VMS-12 FM-A2NTS-12 FM-A20SF-36 FM-A2VMS-36 FM-A2NTS-36 FM-A20SF-60 FM-A2VMS-60 FM-A2NTS-60 FM-M30SF-12 FM-M3VMS-12 FM-M3NTS-12 FM-M30SF-36 FM-M3VMS-36 FM-M3NTS-36 FM-M30SF -60 FM-M3VMS-60 FM-M3NTS-60 FM-M30SF-12 FM-M3VMS-12 FM-M3NTS-12 FM-M30SF-36 FM-M3VMS-36 FM-M3NTS-36 FM-M30SF-60 FM-M3VMS-60 FM-M3NTS-60 FM-A40SF-12 FM-A4VMS-12 FM-A4NTS-12 FM-A40SF-36 FM-A4VMS-36 FM-A4NTS-12 FM-A40SF-60 FM-A4VMS-60 FM-A4NTS-60 Monitor Supplemental Services Year 2&3, 5x9, next day Year 1-3, 5x9, 4 hour Year 1-3, 5x12, 4 hour Year 1-3, 6x16, 4 hour Year 1-3, 7x24, 4 hour FM-MNXHW-36 FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN512-36 FM-MN616-36 FM-MN724-36 FM-MNXHW-36 FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN512-36 FM-MN616-36 FM-MN724-36 FM-MNXHW-36 FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN512-36 FM-MN616-36 FM-MN724-36 FM-MNXHW-36 FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN512-36 FM-MN616-36 FM-MN724-36 IFM-MNXHW-36 FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN512-36 FM-MN616-36 FM -MN724-36 Warranty Attributes The above extended coverage offerings can be purchased at any time during the warranty duration. Supplemental Service commencement date is the same as warranty commencement date. Digital honors the warranty worldwide where Digital maintains a direct service presence. For orders placed with ultimate destination in a country where Digital has an indirect presence, warranty is not available except with the express written consent of the country distributor, and when Digital provides parts, parts replacement and training. Contact Digital Services for additional Warranty information. AlphaStations are covered by a three (3) year warranty • One (1) year hardware service 8am - 5pm, Monday through Friday, next business day response. • Years two (2) and three (3) Return-To-Digital support for hardware. • Ninety (90) days software advisory level telephone support, 8am-5pm, Monday through Friday, for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Multimedia Services (MMS), Open 3D, and NAS purchased and shipped with the hardware. • In the case of distributor shipments to end users, Digital AlphaStation options integrated with the base hardware system, including graphics, storage disks, keyboards and mouse will be covered by the three (3) year warranty. • Monitor are covered by a 3-year Customer Returnable Unit (CRU) warranty. 1.66 Alpha Workstations AlphaStation Options AlphaStation Service Options 500/266, 500/333 500/400, 500/500 FM-AF4HR-36 FM-AFXHW-36 FM-AF512-36 FM-AF616-36 FM-AF724-36 FM-AFXHW -48 FM-AF4HR-48 FM-AF512-48 FM-AF616-48 FM-AF724-48 FM-AFXHW-60 FM-AF4HR-60 FM-AF512-60 FM-AF616-60 FM-AF724-60 6005/266 6005/333 FM-PBXHW-36 FM-PB4HR-36 FM-PB512-36 FM-PB616-36 FM-PB724-36 FM-PBXHW -48 FM-PB4HR-48 FM-PB512-48 FM-PB616-48 FM-PB724-48 FM-PBXHW -60 FM-PB4HR-60 FM-PB512-60 FM-PB616-60 FM-PB724-60 500/266, 500/333 6005/266 500/400 6005/333 FM-M30SF-12 FM-PB6UX-12 FM-M3VMS-12 FM-PB6VM-12 FM-M3NTS-12 FM-PB6NT-12 FM-M30SF -36 FM-PB6UX-36 FM-M3VMS-36 FM-PB6VM-36 FM-M3NTS-36 FM-PB6NT -36 FM-M30SF -60 FM-PB6UX-60 FM-M3VMS-60 FM-PB6VM-60 FM-M3NTS-36 FM-PB6NT -60 500/266, 500/333 6005/266 500/400 FM-MNXHW -36 FM-MNXHW-36 FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN4HR-36 FM-MN512-36 FM-MN512-36 FM-MN616-36 FM-MN616-36 FM-MN724-36 FM-MN724-36 Hardware Supplemental Services Years 2 and 3,5 x 9, next day response time Years 1 to 3, 5 x 9, 4 hour response time Years 1 to 3, 5 x 12, 4 hour response time Years 1 to 3, 6 x 16,4 hour response time Years 1 to 3, 7 x 24, 4 hour response time Years 2 to 4,5 x 9, next day response time Years 1 to 4, 5 x 9, 4 hour response time Years 1 to 4, 5 x 12, 4 hour response time Years 1 to 4, 6 x 16, 4 hour response time Years 1 to 4, 7 x 24, 4 hour response time Year 2-5, 5x9, next day on site Years 1 to 5, 5 x 9, 4 hour response time Years 1 to 5, 5 x 12,4 hour response time Years 1 to 5, 6 x 16,4 hour response time Years 1 to 5, 7 x 24, 4 hour response time Software Supplemental Services 12 Month 36 Month 60 Month Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Monitor Supplemental Services Years Years Years Years Years 2 and 3, 5 x 9, next day response time 1 to 3, 5 x 9, 4 hour response time 1 to 3, 5 x 12,4 hour response time 1 to 3, 6 x 16,4 hour response time 1 to 3, 7 x 24, 4 hour response time I Alpha Workstations 1.67 l-upna AL yersonaJ Workstation for Windows NT t,,'····Alp6a.··•.··~L.··p,~~s:9iiaI.·•. Wor~t3ti6n·.·.·for'WilldOWS· •. NT··. Product Description "",1 Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT family is targeted at the rapidly expanding market of Windows NT based workstations. The 64-bit Alpha microprocessors accommodate demanding technical applications such as 2D CAD and 3D CAD. New 3D graphics options significantly improve productivity for demanding, floating point intensive, graphics applications, such as MCAD, ECAD, GIS and animation. Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT is available in three models: • Alpha XL 300-Alpha microprocessor 21164 300 MHz CPU • Alpha XL 366-Alpha microprocessor 21164366 MHz CPU • Alpha XL 433 Upgrade-Alpha microprocessor 21164 433 MHz CPU All variants support Windows NT V3.51, or later. The operating system is factory installed on Alpha XL Advantage Configurations. The system enclosure supports integral Fast narrow SCSI-2 controller with one external port, two PCI slots, one PCIIISA combination slot, and two ISA slots for industry standard options. Storage bays support one 5.25" half height CDROM, one 3.5" floppy diskette, one internal 3.5" bay for hard disk drive, and two front accessible bays for S.2S-inch or 3.S-inch devices. Other standard features include integrated network adapter, two serial and one bi-directional, enhanced parallel ports for serial/parallel communications, and external SCSI connectors. Alpha XL models come standard with a three-year limited warranty. Year one features on-site service; years two and three are return to Digital service. This warranty represents one of the most comprehensive in the industry and includes product lifetime toll-free technical assistance. 1.68 Alpha Workstation Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT Alpha XL ADVANTAGE CONFIGURATIONS Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option Alpha XL Workstation Resources Used Alpha XL 300 Alpha XL 366 21164300 MHz 120 V U.S. North America (a) SN-A22AA-NM SN-A23AA-NM 240 V Worldwide (b) SN-A22WW -CM y SN-A23WW-CM CPU Alpha microprocessor Y Y y 32MB Y 32MB 21164366 MHz Memory 1 bank Y 1.44 MB Floppy disk drive 3.5" x 1" bay Y Y Y Y 600 MB 4 x SCSI CD-ROM 5.25" x 1.6" SCSI bay Y Y Y Y Internal storage 3.5" x 1.6" SCSI bay Y 1.05 GB Y 1.05 GB Matrox Millennium 2D/3D graphics 1 PCI slot Y Y Y Y Ethernet Integrated on-board Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Windows NT Operating System (c) Included in country kit Remaining available resources IIO Slots: PCIIISAlCombination 1 I 2/1 1 12/1 1 5.25" x 1.6" bays 2 1 2 3.5" x 1.6" bays 0 0 5 5 Memory banks SCSI Devices 1. Color Monitors (d) Select IS" (l3.9" viewable) Color monitor 17" (16.0" viewable) Color monitor 21" (19.6" viewable) Color monitor 2. Additional Memory Select 32MB 1 bank 64MB 1 bank 128MB 1 bank 3. Additional Hard Drives 1 0 0 0 SN-PCXBV-YA/YaID 0 0 0 SN-PC77M-AK 1.0 GB SCSI 1.6" bay 1.6" bay 4.3 GB SCSI 1.6" bay 4. Network Connection Select PCI EtherWORKS adapter 1 PCI slot PCI 10/100 mb FastEthernet 1 PCI slot SN-PCXAV-ZIVZC SN-PCXBV-YA/YaID 0 0 0 SN-PC77M-AK 1 (e) Select 2.1 GB SCSI SN-PCXAV-YWYC 1 0 0 0 SN-PC77M-AL SN-PC77M-AM 0 SN-PCXRE-AB SN-PCXAR-AY SN-PCXAR-AZ SN-PCXAV-ZIVZC 1 lor2 0 0 0 SN-PCXAV-YWYC SN-PC77M-AL SN-PC77M-AM lor 2 0 0 0 SN-PCXRE-AB SN-PCXAR-AY SN-PCXAR-AZ 1 1 Integrated Integrated DE500-XA 0 DE500-XA 5. Country Kits include keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord, Windows NT media and license, Alpha XL User Guide 120V system (a) Y Y Y Y 240V system (b) See Options list M SN-PCAIN-xx M SN-PCAIN-xx 6. Additional Options: See Alpha XL Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (a) 120 V U.S. North America systems include country kit (SNPCAIN-AA) with keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord, Windows NT media and license, and Alpha XL User Guide. (b) Country kit ordered for 240 V Worldwide systems determines language variant of Windows NT and user documentation. See Options list. (c) Windows NT is factory-installed on all Advantage Systems. (d) Monitors include video cable and 120 V power cord, order country-specific power cord for 240 V use. See Option List. (e) Integrated Fast SCSI-2 controller supports up to seven internal and external SCSI devices. For more than seven, a second PCI Fast SCSI-2 controller is required. See Options List. (f) Network options (DE450, DE500) ordered for Europe, Australia, and New Zealand are not factory integrated, options ship as spares. Alpha Workstations 1.69 1\.Jpna XL Yersonal Workstation for Windows NT Y =in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option Alpha XL Workstation Resources Used Alpha XL 300 Alpha XL 300 Alpha XL 300 SN-A22AA-AH SN-A22AA-AJ 120 V U.S. North America (a) SN-A22AA-AG 240 V Worldwide (b) SN-A22WW-AG SN-A22WW-AH SN-A22WW-AJ CPU Alpha microprocessor 21164300 MHz Y Y Y Y Y Y Memory 1 bank Y 32 MB Y 64 MB Y 128 MB 1.44 MB Floppy disk drive 3.5" x I" disk bay Y Y Y Y Y Y 600 MB 4 x SCSI CD-ROM 5.25" x 1.6" SCSI bay Y Y Y Y Y Y Ethernet Integrated on-board Y Y Y Y Y Y Windows NT Operating System Included in country kit Y Y Y Y Y Y Remaining available resources VO Slots: PCUISNCombination Memory banks 5.25" x 1.6" bays 3.5" x 1.6" bays SCSI Devices 1. Color Monitors (c) Select IS" (13.9" viewable) Color monitor 2/2/1 2/2/1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 6 6 6 1 1 1 0 SN-PCXBV-YA/YmD 0 SN-PCXBV-YA/YaID 0 SN-PCXBV-YA/YCJrn 0 SN-PCXAV-YM'C 0 SN-PCXAV-YB'\'C 0 SN-PCXAV-YM'C 0 SN-PCXAV-ZIVZC 0 SN-PCXAV-ZIVZC 0 SN-PCXAV-ZWZC 17" (16.0" viewable) Color monitor 21" (19.6" viewable) Color monitor 2. Additional Memory Options Select I I 1 I I 1 32MB 1 bank 1 bank 1 bank 0 0 0 SN-PC77M-AK 128MB 0 0 0 SN-PC77M-AK 64MB 3. Additional Hard Drives 2/2/1 (d) Select 1.0 GB SCSI 1.6" bay 2.1 GB SCSI 1.6" bay 4.3 GB SCSI 1.6" bay SN-PC77M-AL SN-PC77M-AM SN-PC77M-AL SN-PC77M-AM 1,2 or 3 0 0 0 SN-PCXRE-AB SN-PCXAR-AY SN-PCXAR-AZ 1 0 0 0 1,2 or 3 0 0 0 SN-PCXRE-AB SN-PCXAR-AY SN-PCXAR-AZ SN-PC77M-AK SN-PC77M-AL SN-PC77M-AM 1,2 or 3 0 0 0 SN-PCXRE-AB SN-PCXAR-AY SN-PCXAR-AZ 4. Country Kits includes keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord, Windows NT media and license, and Alpha XL User Guide 120V system (a) Y Y Y Y Y Y 240V system (b) See Options List M SN-PCA1N-xx M SN-PCA1N-xx M SN-PCA1N-xx S. Graphics Accelerator Select 1 Matrox Millennium 2D/3D Graphics 1 PCI slot SN-PCXAG-AQ PowerStorm 4D20 3D, 16MB SN-PBXGB-CN PowerStorm 4D40T 3D, 16 MB PowerStorm 4D50T 3D, 16 MB PowerStorm 4D60T 3D, 32 MB Digital ZLXp-LI 3D, 16MB Digital ZLXp-L2 3D, 32MB AccelGraphics AG300 3D 0 0 1 PCI slot 0 1 PCI slot 0 1 PCI slot 0 1 PCI slot 0 1 PCI slot 0 1 PCI slot & 1 ISA slot 0 1 PCI slot SN-PBXGI-AA SN-PBXGI-AB SN-PBXGI-AC SN-PBXGC-AN SN-PBXGC-BN SN-PCXAG-AU 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SN-PCXAG-AQ SN-PBXGB-CN SN-PBXGI-AA SN-PBXGI-AB SN-PBXGI-AC SN-PBXGC-AN SN-PBXGC-BN SN-PCXAG-AU 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SN-PCXAG-AQ SN-PBXGB-CN SN-PBXGI-AA SN-PBXGI-AB SN-PBXGI-AC SN-PBXGC-AN SN-PBXGC-BN SN-PCXAG-AU 6. Additional Options: See Alpha XL Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (a) 120 V U.S. North America systems include country kit (SNPCAIN-AA) with keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord, Windows NT media and license, and Alpha XL User Guide. (b) Country Kit ordered for 240 V Worldwide systems determines language variant of Windows NT and user documentation. See Options List. 1.70 Alpha Workstations (c) Monitors include video cable and 120 V power cord, order country-specific power cord for 240 V use. See Options List. (d) Integrated Fast SCSI-2 controller supports up to seven internal and external SCSI devices. For more than seven, a second PCI Fast SCSI-2 controller is required. See Options List. Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT Alpha XL 366 BASE SYSTEMS Y=in base configuration; M=mandatory option; O=option Alpha XL Workstation Resources Used Alpha XL 366 Alpha XL 366 Alpha XL 366 120 V U.S. North America (a) SN-A23AA-AG SN-A23AA-AH SN-A23AA-AJ 240 V Worldwide (b) SN-A23WW -AG SN-A23WW -AH SN-A23WW-AJ CPU Alpha microprocessor 21164366 MHz Y Y Memory 1 bank Y 1.44 MB Floppy disk drive 3.5" x I" disk bay Y Y Y 32 MB Y Y Y Y Y 64 MB Y 128 MB Y Y Y Y 600 MB 4 x SCSI CD-ROM 5.25" x 1.6" SCSI bay Y Y Y Y Y Ethernet Integrated on-board Y Y Y Y Y Y Windows NT Operating System Included in country kit Y Y Y Y Y Y Remaining available resources 2/2/1 2/2/1 2/2/1 Memory banks 1 1 1 5.25" x 1.6" bays 2 2 2 3.5" x 1.6" bays 1 1 1 110 Slots: PCIIISNCombination SCSI Devices 1. Color Monitors (c) Select o 15" (13.9" viewable) Color monitor 6 6 6 1 1 1 SN-PCXBV-YNYmD 0 SN-PCXBV-YNYmD 0 SN-PCXBV-YNYanJ 17" (16.0" viewable) Color monitor 0 SN-PCXAV-YB'YC 0 21" (19.6" viewable) Color monitor 0 SN-PCXAV-ZWLC 2. Additional Memory Options Select 0 SN-PCXAV-YBJYC 0 SN-PCXAV-YBJYC 0 SN-PCXAV-ZWZC SN-PCXAV-ZWZC 1 1 32MB 1 bank SN-PC77M-AL 0 0 SN-PC77M-AK 1 bank 0 0 SN-PC77M-AK 64MB 128MB 1 bank 0 SN-PC77M-AM 0 SN-PC77M-AM 3. Additional Hard Drives (d) Select SN-PC77M-AL 1,2 or 3 1 0 0 0 1,2 or 3 SN-PC77M-AK SN-PC77M-AL SN-PC77M-AM 1,2 or 3 1.0 GB SCSI 1.6" bay 2.1 GB SCSI 1.6" bay 0 0 SN-PCXAR-AY 0 0 SN-PCXAR-AY 0 0 SN-PCXAR-AY 4.3 GB SCSI 1.6" bay 0 SN-PCXAR-AZ 0 SN-PCXAR-AZ 0 SN-PCXAR-AZ SN-PCXRE-AB SN-PCXRE-AB SN-PCXRE-AB 5. Country Kit includes keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord, Windows NT media and license, and Alpha XL User Guide 120V system (a) Y Y Y Y Y Y 240V system (b) See Options List M SN-PCA1N-xx M SN-PCA1N-xx M SN-PCA1N-xx SN-PCXAG-AQ SN-PCXAG-AQ SN-PCXAG-AQ SN-PBXGI-AA 0 0 0 SN-PBXGI-AB 0 SN-PBXGI-AB SN-PBXGI-AC SN-PBXGI-AC SN-PCXAG-AU 0 0 0 0 5. Graphics Accelerator Select Matrox Millennium 2D/3D Graphics 1 PCI slot 1 PowerStorm 4D20 3D, 16MB 1 PCI slot PowerStorm 4D40T 3D, 16 MB 1 PCI slot 0 0 0 1 PowerStorm 4D50T 3D, 16 MB 1 PCI slot 0 SN-PBXGI-AB PowerStorm 4D60T 3D, 32 MB 1 PCI slot SN-PBXGI-AC Digital ZLXp-LI 3D, 16MB 1 PCI slot SN-PBXGC-AN Digital ZLXp-L2 3D, 32MB 1 PCI slot 0 0 0 SN-PBXGC-BN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 AccelGraphics AG300 3D 1 PCI slot & lISA slot 0 SN-PCXAG-AU 0 SN-PBXGB-CN SN-PBXGI-AA SN-PBXGB-CN SN-PBXGC-AN SN-PBXGC-BN 1 SN-PBXGB-CN SN-PBXGI-AA SN-PBXGC-AN SN-PBXGC-BN SN-PCXAG-AU 6. Additional Options: See Alpha XL Options for a comprehensive list of qualified options (a) 120 V U.S. North America systems include country kit (SNPCAIN-AA) with keyboard, 3-button mouse, power cord, Windows NT media and license, and Alpha XL User Guide. (b) Country Kit ordered for 240 V Worldwide systems determines language variant of Windows NT and user documentation. See Options List. (c) Monitors include video cable and 120 V power cord, order country-specific power cord for 240 V use. See Options List. (d) Integrated Fast SCSI-2 controller supports up to seven internal and external SCSI devices. For more than seven, a second PCI Fast SCSI-2 controller is required. See Options List. Alpha Workstations 1.71 Alpna AL yersonal Workstation for Windows NT ~·. : ,.,."'< :..·:":: . ~:;,. ;·:•. •. · :·.:•'·::·l Specifications Height Width Depth Color Monitors 43 cm (17 inches) 18 mm (7 inches) 43 mm (17 inches) Description SN-PCXBV-YA/YCIID 15" (13.9" viewable) high-resolution auto-scanning color monitor, flat-square invar CRT, 0.28 dot pitch, refresh rates up to 75Hz non-interlaced from VGA through 1024x768 resolution modes, MPRII, Energy Star compliant, 120/240V universal power supply, includes video cable. Select -YA for Northern Hemisphere operation, variant includes 120V North American power cord. Select -TD for Northern HemispherelEurope, and -YC for Southern Hemisphere operation. -TD and -YC variants require country specific power cords for 240V use. 17" (16.0" viewable) high-resolution auto-scanning color monitor, cylindrical aperature grill CRT, 0.26 dot SN-PCXAV-YBlYC ~itch, refresh rates up to 75Hz non-interlaced from VGA through 1280x1024 resolution modes, MPRII, IEnergy Star compliant, 120/240V universal power supply, includes video cable. Select -YB for Northern Hemisphere, or -YC for Southern Hemisphere operation. Order country-specific power cords for 240V use. SN-PCXAV-ZBfZC 21" (19.6" viewable) high-resolution auto-scanning color monitor, cylindrical aperature grill CRT, 0.31 dot pitch, refresh rates up to 75Hz non-interlaced from VGA through 1280x1024 resolution modes, MPRII, Energy Star compliant, 120/240V universal power supply, includes video cable. Select -ZB for Northern Hemisphere, or -ZC for Southern Hemisphere operation. Order country specific power cords for 240V use. Monitor Power Cords BN22X-2E BN19H-2E BN19K-2E BN18L-2E BN24X-2E BN19P-IK BN03A-2E BN19E-2E BN26D-2E Africa, India Australia, New,Zealand Denmark Israel Italy North America Other Europe Switzerland UK, Ireland Graphics Options Slots Required SN-PCXAG-AQ SN-PBXGB-CN 1 PCI slot 1 PCI slot SN-PBXGI-AA 1 PCI slot SN-PBXGI-AB 1 PCI slot SN-PBXGI-AC 1 PCI slot ~escription Matrox Millennium PCI 2D/3D adapter, 2 MB WRAM PowerStorm 4D20 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 16MB VRAM PowerStorm 4D40T Advanced 3D graphics accelerator with 16 MB video memory, 1280 x 1024 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered, 24 bit Z-buffer, hardware accelerated 3[ shading and texture mapping. PowerStorm 4D50T Advanced 3D graphics accelerator with enhanced performance, 16 MB video memory, 1280 x 1024 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered, 24 bit Z[buffer, hardware accelerated 3D shading and texture mapping. PowerStorm 4D60T Advanced 3D Graphics accelerator with enhanced performance, 32 MB video memory, 1600 x 1280 resolution, 24 bit true color, double buffered 32 bit Z ~uffer, hardware accelerated 3D shading and texture mapping. SN-PBXGI-GA 4 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics accelerators. SN-PBXGI-GB 16 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T graphics accelerators. SN-PBXGI-GC 32 MB Texture Memory Module. Supports hardware accelerated texture mapping on PowerStorm 4D40T, 4D50T, and 4D60T Graphics Accelerators. 1.72 Alpha Workstations Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT Alpha XL Workstation Options (continued) Graphics Options SN·PCXAG·AU SN·PBXGC·AN SN·PBXGC·BN SN·PCCAM·CA SN·PCCAM·CB Slots Required Description 1 PCI and lISA AccelGraphics AG300 PCI 3D adapter, 7.5 MB RAM ZLXp-LI 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 16 MB 1 PCI slot VRAM ZLXp-L2 3D 24-plane double buffered PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 32 MB 1 PCI slot VRAM 2 MB WRAM upgrade for Matrox Millennium adapter 6 MB WRAM upgrade for Matrox Millennium adapter SN·PC77M·AK SN·PC77M·AL SN·PC77M·AM Slots Required 1 slot 1 slot 1 slot Description 32 MB (4 x 8 MB 70 ns SIMMs, 36-bit) 64 MB (4 x 16 MB 70 ns SIMMs, 36-bit) 128 MB (4 x 32 MB 70 ns SIMMs, 36-bit) Storage Controller Slots Required IDescription IPCI-based Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller Memory KZPAA·AA Storage SN·PCXRE·AB SN·PCXAR·AY SN·PCXAR·AZ SN·PCXAT·AF 1 PCI slot Slots Required 1.6" bay 1.6" bay 1.6" bay 5.25 x 1.6" bay II II Description 1.05 Gbyte 3.5" x I" hard disk drive 5400 RPM 2.0 Gbyte 3.5" x 1.6", hard disk drive 7200 RPM 4.0 Gbyte 3.5" x 1.6", hard disk drive 7200 RPM ~.0/8.0 Gbyte 5.25" half-height 4mm SCSI DAT drive Networks and Communications DE4S0·CA 1 PCI slot DESOO·XA SN·PCXHF·AA 1 PCI slot lISA slot High-performance Ethernet. Select BNE4G-02 for AUI BN26K-xx for 10BaseT (twisted pair) BCI6M-xx for ThinWire 10/100mbs Fast Ethernet ISA Fax/Data Modem 28.8 baud User Documentation EK·ALXLA·UG EK·ALXLF·UG EK·ALXLG·UG EK·ALXLJ·UG EK·ALXLS·UG EK·ALXLA·CG EK·ALXLA·WI Alpha XL User's Guide (English) Alpha XL User's Guide (French) Alpha XL User's Guide (Gennan) Alpha XL User's Guide (Japanese) Alpha XL User's Guide (Spanish) Alpha XL CPU Guide Alpha XL Warranty and Service Infonnation Hardware Supplemental Services FM·PCXHW·36 FM·PC4HR·12 FM·PC4HR·36 FM·PC724·12 FM·PC724·36 Years 2 and 3,5 x 9, Next day response time Year 1, 5 x 9, 4 Hour Response time Years 1 to 3, 5 x 9, 4 Hour Response time Year 1, 7 x 24,4 Hour Response time Years 1 to 3, 7 x 24, 4 Hour Response time Software Supplemental Services FM·PCXSW·12 FM·PCXSW·24 FM·PCXSW·36 12 Month Software Supplemental Support Services 36 Month Software Supplemental Support Services 60 Month Software Supplemental Support Services Alpha Workstations 1.73 u. ..I" .... u .L1.LJ.I. ~.I.~UJlUl nurKSlauon lor WIndows NT CPU Upgrades From SN-A230U-AA Alpha XL 233 Alpha XL 366 Alpha XL 266 Celebris XL 5100,5120, 5133,6150,6180,6200 366 MHz CPU and motherboard upgrade kit SN-A230U-AB Alpha XL 300 Alpha XL 366 Alpha XL 233, 266, 300 Alpha XL 433 Celebris XL 5100,5120, 5133,6150,6180,6200 366 MHz CPU upgrade kit 433 MHz CPU and motherboard upgrade kit Alpha XL 366 Alpha XL 433 Celebris XL 5100,5120, 5133,6150,6180,6200 433 MHz CPU upgrade kit SN-A2S0U-AA SN-A2S0U-AB 1.74 Alpha Workstations To Includes Order Number Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT Alpha XL Workstation Options Alpha XL Country Kits Note: Country Kit must be order for system to be operational. Windows NT Country Kit includes: country keyboard and power cord, 3-button mouse, user documentation, and Windows NT operating system license and media. Availability of local language Windows NT is dependent upon Microsoft's release schedule. Order Number Area Power Cord Keyboard Country Keyboard Language SN·PCAIN·AA SN·PCAIN·AB SN·PCAIN·AC SN·PCAIN·AD SN·PCAIN·AE SN·PCAIN·AF SN·PCAIN·AG SN·PCAIN·AH SN·PCAIN·AI SN·PCAIN·AJ SN·PCAIN-AK SN·PCAIN·AL SN·PCAIN·AM SN·PCAIN·AN SN·PCAIN·AP SN-PCAIN-AQ SN·PCAIN·AS SN-PCAIN·AT SN·PCAIN·AV SN·PCAIN·AZ SN·PCAIN·BH SN·PCAIN·BI SN·PCAIN·BK SN·PCAIN·BL SN·PCAIN·BP SN·PCAIN·BQ SN·PCAIN-BR SN·PCAIN·BT SN·PCAIN·BU SN-PCAIN·BY SN·PCAIN·CA SN·PCAIN-CE SN·PCAIN·CG SN·PCAIN·CP SN·PCAIN·CQ SN·PCAIN-CS SN·PCAIN-CV SN·PCAIN-CZ SN·PCAIN·EC America Europe America Europe Europe Europe Europe Europe Europe APA Europe Europe Europe Europe Europe America Europe Europe Europe APA Europe APA APA Europe Europe Europe Europe Europe Europe Europe APA APA APA APA Europe America APA Europe Europe PC7XC·AA BN19C·2E PC7XC-AA BN19K·2E BN19A·2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E PC7XC·AA BN24T·2E BN24T·2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E PC7XC·AA BN19C·2E BN18L·2E BN19C·2E BN19H-2E BN19C·2E PC7XC·AA BN19C·2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E BN19C-2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E PC7XC·AE PC7XC·AA BN19C·2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E PC7XC·AA BN19A·2E BN19C·2E BN19C·2E PCXLA·GA PCXLA·GB PCXLA·GC PCXLA-GD PCXLA-GE PCXLA·GF PCXLA-GG PCXLA·GH PCXLA-GI PCXJA·NA PCXLA·GK PCXLA-GL PCXLA-GF PCXLA·GN PCXLA·GP PCXAL·TB PCXLA-GS PCXLA·GT PCXLA·GV PCXLA·GA PCXLA·HH PCXLA·HI PCXLA·HK PCXLA·HL PCXLA·GA PCXLA·HQ PCXLA·HR PCXLA·HT PCXLA·HU PCXLA·HY PCXLA·GA PCXLA-GA PCXLA·GA PCXLA-GA PCXLA·JQ PCXLA·GR PCXLA·GA PCXLA·JZ PCXLA·GA U.S. Belgium Canada Denmark U.K.lIreland Finland Germany / Austria Holland Italy Japan Switzerland Switzerland Sweden Norway France/Belgium Canada Spain Israel Portugal AustralialNewZealand Greece Taiwan Korea Romania Poland Hungary Arabic Russia Turkey Serbia Far East Phillipines Vietnam Thailand Iceland Latin America China Czechoslavakia Europe English Flemish French Danish English Swami German Dutch Italian Windows NT User Language Documentatior English French French Danish English Finish German Dutch Italian Japanese ~apanese French French German German Swedish English Norwegian English French French French French Spanish English Hebrew English Portuguese Portuguese English English Greek English Tiawanese English Korean English Romanian English Polish English Hugararian English English English Russian English Turkish English Serbian English English English Filipino English Vietnamese English Thai English Icelandic English Spanish Spanish English English Slovak English English English English French French English English English German English Italian Japanese French German English English French French English English English English English English English English English English English English English English English English English English English Spanish English English English Alpha Workstations 1.75 AlphaServer 400 AlphaServer 400 Product Description The AlphaServer 400 Mini Tower System is an Alpha microprocessor 233 MHz CPU system. This highly reliable product offers many server specific features, including management and security, with remote management possible via a simple serial link. For investment protection, customers get a choice of three popular operating systems: Digital UNIX (V3.2C), OpenVMS (V6.2) and Microsoft Windows NT Server (V3.51). The product also has been designed to allow for future, seamless upgrades to faster Alpha processors. The server supports up to 384 MB of industry-standard SIMM memory and has an integrated Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller. The system enclosure supports five storage devices including a floppy diskette drive, CD-ROM, and hard drives. Six industry standard 110 expansion slots (two PCI, three ISA, and one PCIIISA slot provide for options such as high-performance graphics, networking and SCSI adapters. Advanced server management features are provided with all AlphaServer 1000A shipments via the bundled ServerWORKS Manager kit. The kit includes Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agents for Windows NT 3.51 and Digital UNIX V3.2D. The SNMP agents for OpenVMS will be available with the next release of TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS. The management console software runs on a Windows PC and the SNMP agents are installed on the AlphaServer. The SNMP agents collect critical server information including system status, 110 information, storage and disk information and network status information. Thresholds can be set to monitor key server events and alarms are forwarded to the ServerWORKS console. Additionally, remote management can be handled via a simple serial link. All AlphaServer 400 systems come with a three year on-site warranty. Digital's ADVANTAGE-UPGRADE Program provides a cost-effective upgrade path for investment protection. Alpha Servers 2.1 AlphaServer 400 Step l-Systems • Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Packaged and Base systems ordered with one 1.05 GB disk include factory-installed software (PIS). • Windows NT Packaged and Base systems include Windows NT Server 3.51 plus 5-client media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. • Options that are factory installable, will be installed unless specified as spares. AlphaServer 400 Systems include • Alpha microprocessor 21064A 233-MHz CPU • 512-Kbyte onboard secondary cache • Mini tower enclosure which includes: - Six expansion slots: 2 PCI, 3 ISA, and 1 PCIIISA combination slot - Integrated PCI-based Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller with DMA and external SCSI-2 connector - Six SIMM memory slots - Five storage slots, including: One dedicated diskette drive slot, Three 5.25-inch slots for removable media or hard disk drives, and One interna13.5-inch hard disk drive slot 300-Watt power supply - Two serial ports, support full duplex asynchronous modem control - One bi-directional enhanced parallel port • • • • • • • • - PS/2 style keyboard port and mouse port 32 MB of memory (Packaged systems only) 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot High-performance Ethernet adapter-uses one PCI slot (included in Packaged systems only) 3-button mouse Hardware documentation (Americas and AP orders only) Hardware Warranty: Three-year on-site* Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with advisory telephone support* Windows NT Server plus 5-client access, V3.51 media kit or Digital UNIX 2-user base license and Digital NAS Base Server 200 license, and Server Extension License or OpenVMS base license with System Manager license and Digital NAS Base Server 200 license * Service upgrades are available; see Step 11, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services. Packaged Systems • Packaged systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific (AP) include 120 V power cord packaged with keyboard, and English hardware documentation. • Select country-specific power cord, keyboard and hardware documentation for all Packaged systems ordered in Europe. Order Number Operating System Memory PBS23·AAJAB PBS24·AAJAB PBS2S·AAJAB Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Server 32MB 32MB 32MB Note: xA = 120V and xB = 240V 2.2 Alpha Servers • All Packaged systems include high-performance PCIbased Ethernet adapter-uses one PCI slot • Windows NT Packaged systems include entry level graphics (PB2GA) 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hzuses one PCI slot 1.05 GB Monitor Graphics Hard Drive Recommended Recommended Included Recommended Recommended Included Required Included Included 600MB CD-ROM Included Included Included Ethernet Included Included Included AlphaServer 400 Step 1-Systems (continued) Base Systems • Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Base systems require: - Minimum of 32 MB memory - One hard disk drive - Country-specific power cord • Windows NT base systems require: - Minimum of 32 MB memory - One hard disk drive, one CD-ROM Drive - Graphics Option - Monitor and keyboard - Country-specific power cord • Graphics option, monitor, and keyboard for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS base systems are available as options if required Note:Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance. Order Number PB51C-AA PB51C-BA PB51C-CA 1.05 GB 600 MB Operating System Memory Graphics Monitor Hard Drive CD-ROM Ethernet Digital UNIX Mandatory Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended OpenVMS Mandatory Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended Optional Windows NT Server Mandatory Required Required Mandatory Mandatory Optional Step 2-Memory • Six SIMM slots support 3 memory options (3 SIMM pairs) for maximum of 384 MB. Memory pairs can be mixed. • Packaged systems include 32 MB memory, one MSPOI-AC. Base systems require minimum of 32 MB • System maximum of 384 MB can only be obtained by starting with Base system and three MSPOI-AE 128 MB memory options. MSPOI-AA MSPOI-AB MSPOI-AC MSPOI-AD MSPOI-AE DJ-ML200-AA 8 MB (2 x 4 MB 70ns SIMMs) 16 MB (2 x 8 MB 70ns SIMMs) 32 MB (2 x 16 MB 70ns SIMMs) 64 MB (2 x 32 MB 70ns SIMMs) 128 MB (2 x 64 MB 70ns SIMMs) PCI-based 2-MB PrestoServe I/O Performance Enhancement Option; 1 per system only. Step 3-Monitors • Windows NT Packaged systems include video adapter that support 1024 x 768 and 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72 Hz monitors. Systems require a graphics monitor to run all functions. VRC15-KAlK4 15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flat-square CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable. Select -KA for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 must be ordered separately. VRT17-PAlP4 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to,BNC video cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 must be ordered separately. VRC21-LAlL4 21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 must be ordered separately. Alpha Servers 2.3 AlphaServer 400 Step 4-Storage • Select storage devices if required. • Integrated Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of seven narrow devices, four of which may be internal. • Maximum Integrated SCSI bus length cannot exceed 3.0 meters. Step 4a-Internal Storage • System enclosure supports five narrow SCSI storage devices: One dedicated diskette drive slot, three front accessible 5.25-inch slots for removable media (tapes or CD-ROM) or hard drives, and one internal 3.5-inch hard drive slot. See system diagram. • Packaged systems include: one 1.44 MB diskette drive, one 1.05 GB narrow SCSI hard drive, and one CD-ROM. • • • • Base systems include one 1.44 MB diskette drive. Base systems require a minimum of one hard disk drive. Windows NT Base systems require one CD-ROM drive. Software distribution is only available on CD-ROM. Removable Media Devices PBXRD-CA PBXTZ·AA PBXTL·DA 600 MB 5.2S-inch half-height dual-speed CD-ROM drive (RRD45) 2.0 MB 5.2S-inch half-height QIC tape drive (TZKll) 8.0 MB 5.2S-inch half-height 4-mm DAT drive (TLZ09) Internally Supported Hard Drives PBXRZ·BB PBXRZ·EB PBXRZ·HB PBXRZ·JB PBXRZ·NA 540 MB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.S x I" SCSI hard disk drive (RZ25F-E) 1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive (RZ26N-E) 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive (RZ28M-E) 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.S xl" SCSI disk drive (RZ28D-E) 4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive (RZ29B-E) Note: Wide drives installed in system enclosure require a wide SCSI controller and BC25V-IA cable. PBXR'V·EA PBXRW·EB PBXRW·HB PBXRW·JB PBXRW·NA LOS GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" half-height disk drive (RZ26L-W) 1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" half-height disk drive (RZ26N-W) 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI disk drive (RZ28M-W) 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI disk drive (RZ28D-W) 4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 X 1.6" SCSI disk drive (RZ29B-W Step 4b-External Expansion • Systems support three external devices on integrated PCI-based Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller when four devices are installed in system enclosure. • Seven external narrow SCSI devices are supported on integrated Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller if storage devices are not installed in system enclosure. • Select additional PCI-based wide or narrow SCSI-2 controllers if additional external storage is required. • System supports a maximum of three PCI-based SCSI-2 controllers (Note: Packaged systems have only two PCI slots available, due to embedded PCI-based Ethernet controller.) • PCI-based SCSI-2 controllers supports 7 additional external devices. Controllers KZPAA·AA BN21H·xx KZPSA·BB BN21K·Ol 2.4 Alpha Servers PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller Connects from KZPAA-AA to BA353 narrow storage enclosure PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller. Supports external disks only. Connects from KZPSA to DWZZA-V A in narrow BA353, or DWZZB-VW in wide BA356IBA346 storage enclosure AlphaServer 400 Step 4b-External Expansion (continued) Controllers KZPSC-AA* BN31S-1E BN31L-IE KZPSC-BA* BN31K-OE BN31S-1E BN31L-IE KZPSM-AA BC25V-IA BN21K-xx KFPSA-AA One-port PCI backplane RAID Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Supports external disks only. Connects from KZPSC-AA to BA346IBA356 wide storage enclosure Connects from KZPSC-AA to BA353 narrow storage enclosure Three-port PCI backplane RAID (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Supports external disks only. SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSC-BA; required for connection to third port; uses one PCI bulkhead slot Connects from KZPSC-BA to BA346IBA356 wide storage enclosures Connects from KZPSC-BA to BA353 narrow storage enclosure PCI-based SCSI Ethernet combination controller. (FWSE) SCSI controller, 10 Mbit Ethernet SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSM-AA; connects from KZPSM-AA to bulkhead for external storage; requires BN21K-xx Connects from KZPSM-AA to bulkhead assembly kit to BA346IBA356 wide storage enclosure PCI-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only). See Step 4d DSSI cables. * See Storage Devices for additional information on StorageWorks RAID Array 230 systems. External Tabletop Tape Expansion • Tabletop expansion units include North American power cord; order country-specific power cord for 240 V use. • Each tabletop expansion unit requires 3-foot SCSI cable (BC09D-03) TLZ09-DA RRD45-FA 8.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height 4 mm DAT tape drive 600 MB 5.25-inch half-height quad-speed CD-ROM External Disk Expansion • BA353 expansion units are supported on wide and narrow SCSI controllers. Devices operate in narrow mode when BA353 is connected to a Fast Wide SCSI controller. • BA356 and BA346 expansion units are supported on Fast Wide SCSI controllers. StorageWorks Modular Storage Options BA353-AA BA356-KC BA346-KB DWZZA-VA DWZZB-VW StorageWorks 8-bit Narrow Desktop expansion unit includes enclosure and 120 V power cord. Supports up to three 3.5" narrow hard disk drives. Not supported with RAID controllers. StorageWorks 16-bit Wide Pedestal expansion unit includes BA356 basic shelf, BA35X-HA universal ac power supply, pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord. Supports up to seven 3.5" wide or narrow drives; narrow drives operate in narrow mode. StorageWorks 16-bit Wide Pedestal expansion unit includes BA356 basic shelf, BA35X-HA universal ac power supply, pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord. Supports up to nine devices, two 5.25" narrow and seven 3.5" wide or narrow drives; narrow drives operate in narrow mode. Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one end and 8 bit Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one end and 8 or 16 bit Fast Wide or Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Externally supported SCSI devices SCSI devices may be purchased separately and are customer installable. RZ26N-VA RZ28M-VA RZ28D-VA RZ29B-VA 1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 xl" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI disk drive 4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive Alpha Servers 2.5 AIphaServer 400 Step 4b-ExternaI Expansion (continued) Externally supported SCSI devices RZ26N-VW RZ2SM-VW RZ2SD-VW RZ29B-VW RRD4S-VA RRD4S-VV* 1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" half-height disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1;; SCSI disk drive 4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 X 1.6" SCSI disk drive 600 MB 5.25-inch half-height compact disk drive 600 MB 5.25-inch half-height compact disk drive I * 600 MB CD-ROM drive can be added to RRD45-VA or TZKll-VA for a total of two 5.25-inch drives in one carrier. Step 5-Graphics Adapters and Multimedia Options Windows NT systems include entry-level (PB2GA-JB) graphics adapter. Order Number PBXGA-AA 1 PBXGA-BA1 PBXGA-CA1 PBXGA-AN2 PBXGA-BN2 PBXGA-CN2 PB2GA-JB Description ZLXp-EI 8-plane, PCI graphics accelerator, 2 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz ZLXp-E2 24-plane, PCI graphics accelerator. 2 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz ZLXp-E3 24-plane, PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 4 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz ZLXp-EI 8-plane, PCI graphics accelerator, 2 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz ZLXp-E2 24-plane, PCI graphics accelerator, 2 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz ZLXp-E3 24-plane, PCI graphics accelerator, 24-bit Z-buffer, 4 Mpixels, 1280 x 1024 x 256 colors, 72 Hz TRI064 S3 PCI graphics accelerator, 1 MB DRAM 1280 x 1024 x 256, 72 Hz Supported Operating System Digital UNIX OpenVMS Digital UNIX OpenVMS Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Bus Slots Required! Recommended Slot One PClll, 2, 3a Windows NT One PClll, 2, 3a Windows NT One PClll, 2, 3a Digital UNIX OpenVMS 3 Windows NT One PClll, 2, 3a One PClll, 2, 3a One PClll, 2, 3a One PClll, 2, 3a 1 Multi-screen graphics options for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Options require Digital Open3D media which is included in factory installed software (FIS) 2 Graphics options include Graphics Support Services Software for Windows NT license, media, and documentation. 3 PB2GA-JB graphics accelerator is included in Windows NT Packaged systems Multimedia Options AVAOI-AA Window sound system; compatible sound card, headset and microphone AVHOI-AA Headset and microphone for A V AO 1 sound card AV301-AA FullVideo Supreme for all systems AV321-AA FullVideo Supreme JPEG for all systems AVCOO-AA Toshiba camera, North America 2.6 Alpha Servers Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT One PClll, 2, 3a One PClll, 2, 3a AlphaServer 400 Step 7-Communications and Miscellaneous Adapters • Packaged systems include high-performance Ethernet-Thick wire, Twisted Pair, ThinWire) Order Number DE20S-AC Description ISA-based EtherWORKS 3 Network Interface Card DE43S-AA DESOO-XA PCI based High-performance Ethernet. Select AUI (Thick wire), IOBaseT (Twisted Pair) or ThinWire networking cableBNE4G-02 for AUI BN26K-xx for 10BaseT (twisted pair) BCI6M-xx for ThinWire PCI-based Fast Ethernet network interface card DEFPA-AA1 PCI-based DEC FDDI controller, Single Attachment DEFPA-DA1 PCI-based DEC FDDI controller, Dual Attachment DEFPA-UA1 PCI-based DEC FDDI (UTP) controller DGLPB-AB PCI-based ATMworks 350 adapter PBXNP-AA1 PCI-based Token Ring adapter, no boot support. CXIOI-AA ISA Asynchronous MUX Adapter, 16 lines. Expandable to 64 lines. ISA Asynchronous MUX Adapter, 16 lines. Expandable to 224 lines. ISA Token Ring adapter CXIOI-AD DWllO-AA PBXDI-AA PBXDI-AB PBXDI-AC DIIAA-AA DIIAA-AB PBXDF-AA IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for EIA232N.24N.28, IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for V.35 IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for X.2I and EIA-530 ISA-based ISDN terminal adapter (U.S.) IS A-based ISDN terminal adapter (non-U.S.) Modem I4.4K Supported Operating Systems Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Bus Slots Required 1 Recommended Slot One ISN3a, 4, 5, 6 Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX V3.2d-I Windows NT 3.51 Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Digital UNIX Windows NT Digital UNIX Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT Windows NT One PCIII, 2, 3a One PCIII, 2, 3a One PCIII, 2, 3a One PCIII, 2, 3a One PCIII, 2, 3a One PClII, 2, 3a One PCIII, 2, 3a OneISN3b,4,5,6 OneISN3b,4,5,6 One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6 One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6 Windows NT One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6 Windows NT One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6 Windows NT Windows NT Windows NT One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6 OneISN3b,4,5,6 One ISN3b, 4, 5, 6 1 Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems require driver floppy. Step 8-Printers The AlphaServer 400 4/233 includes two serial ports and one bi-directional parallel port on rear of system enclosure. Either port may be used as a printer port depending on printer type. Alpha Servers 2.7 AlphaServer 400 Step 9-Software Windows NT Servers • Windows NT packaged and Base systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access V3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. Order documentation kit if required. QA-23CAA-GZ Windows NT Server documentation kit Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Software Processor Code =E Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation is recommended for first system on site. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license QL-MT7AM-3B Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license QL-MT7AM-3E Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 16-user license QL-MT7AM-3F Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license QL-MT7AE-AA Digital UNIX server extension license QL-MT6AE-AA Digital UNIX C developer's extension license QL-MTSAE-AA Digital UNIX Media and Documentation QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ QA-MT4AB-GZ QA-MTSAA-GZ QA-MT6AA-GZ Digital UNIX media and documentation (end user, developer, server) on CD-ROM Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX end user documentation Digital UNIX developer's documentation Digital UNIX server extension documentation Digital UNIX Layered Products (CD-ROM) Digital UNIX systems include Multimedia Services License, order media and documentation separately. Media and documentation for Multimedia Services is included in Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM. QA-OS4AA-H8 Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM Internet for AlphaServers QB-4GQAA-KA QB-4GQAA-KB Internet AlphaServer Software (USA and Canada Only) Internet AlphaServer Software (International) Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manger QL-2GVAE-AA QT-2GVAE-AA Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manager License Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manger Product Support Services POLY CENTER NetWorker Save and Restore Licenses QL-2ALAE-AA QL-3P2AE-AA 2.8 Alpha Servers POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore Server License POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore Archive Server Add-on License. Note: NetWorker Server License is a requirement for Archive License. AlphaServer 4UU Step 9-Software (continued) DECsafe Available Server for Digital UNIX QL-OSSAE-AA QB-OSSAE-AA DECsafe ASE UIA Traditional license DECsafe ASE UIA Traditional license and configuration guide Server Extension License QL-MT6AE-AA QL-MTSAE-AA Digital UNIX server extension license Digital UNIX C developer's extension license Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX QL-36MAE-RA QT-36MAE-L9 Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX Update license Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX Layered Product Support Service DECnet for Digital UNIX QL-MTJAE-AA QL-MTKAE-AA DECnetlOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX DECnetlOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and Open VMS Alpha cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-MT2AE-AA OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license Concurrent Use 2-user license Concurrent Use 4-user license Concurrent Use 8-user license Concurrent Use I6-user license Concurrent Use 32-user license Concurrent Use 64-user license Concurrent Use I28-user license Concurrent Use 256-user license Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA-MTIAA-H8 QA-MTIAP-H8 QA-MTIAH-GZ OpenVMS V6.2 media and documentation on CD-ROM OpenVMS V6.I-IH2 media and documentation on CD-ROM OpenVMS hardcopy documentation OpenVMS Layered Products (CD-ROM) QA-03XAA-H8 Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM Digital NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS QL-23EAE-RA QT-23EAE-L9 Digital NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS upgrade license Digital NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS Layered Product Support Service DECnet for OpenVMS QL-MTGAE-AA QL-MTHAE-AA DECnet extended function license for OpenVMS DECnet end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS Alpha Servers 2.9 AlphaServer 400 Step 9-Software (continued) Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT ZLXp-Ex graphics options for Windows NT servers include the following license, media and documentation. QM-356AA-AA QB-356AA-SA QA-356AA-GZ License for ZLXp-Ex Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT ZLXp-Ex Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT-license, media (diskette) and documentation ZLXp-Ex Support Services Software for Microsoft Windows NT (documentation only) Step lO-Power Cords, Keyboards, and Documentation • Packaged systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific (AP) include 120 V V.S. power cord packaged with keyboard, and English hardware documentation. Select country-specific power cord, keyboard and documentation for all Packaged systems ordered in Europe. • Base systems require country-specific power cord • Windows NT Base systems require a keyboard. Selection of keyboard is optional for Digital VNIX and OpenVMS Base systems. • Packaged and Base systems include mouse. • LK471-xx are 1011102 key PC style keyboards. LK461-xx are 108 key VT style keyboards. Power Cord PC style keyboards VT style keyboards Country BN19P-IK LK471-A2 LK461-A2 BN19C-2E LK471-AB LK461-AB BN19K-2E LK471-AD LK461-AD BN19C-2E LK471-AP LK461-AP BN19C-2E LK471-AM LK461-AM BN19C-2E LK471-AG LK461-AG BN19M-2E LK471-AI LK461-AI BN19C-2E LK471-AN LK461-AN BN19C-2E LK471-AV LK461-AV BN19C-2E LK471-AS LK461-AS BN19E-2E LK471-AK LK461-AK BN19A-2E LK471-AE LK461-AE BN18L-2E LK471-AT LK461-AT BN19S-2E LK471-AA LK461-AA BN19H-2E LK471-AA LK461-AA North America, Japan (English) Belgium (French) Denmark France Sweden (Finnish) Germany Italy Norway Portugal Spain Switzerland (French) VK, Ireland Israel (Hebrew) Africa, India (English) Australia, New Zealand (English) Mouse-included in all Packaged and Base systems PCXAS-AA PS/2 compatible 3-button Mouse User Documentation-select for 240 V systems User Documentation EK-PCSVA-UI EK-PCSVF-UI EK-PCSVG-UI EK-PCSVI-UI EK-PCSVS-UI EK-PCSVD-UI EK-PCSVJ-UI 2.10 Alpha Servers V ser Documentation-English V ser Documentation-French V ser Documentation-German V ser Documentation-Italian V ser Documentation-Spanish Vser Documentation-Dutch V ser Documentation-Japanese AlphaServer 400 Step 11-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services Hardware-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include three-year, on-site, 24 hr. response hardware warranty. • Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required. FM-CH4HR-36 FM-CH512 -36 FM-CH616 -36 FM-CH724 -36 FM-CHXHW-48 FM-CH512-48 FM-CH616-48 FM-CH724-48 FM-CHXHW-60 FM-CH4HR-60 FM-CH512 -60 FM-CH616 -60 FM-CH724 -60 Years 1-3,5 x 9,4 hour response Years 1-3,5 x 12,4 hour response Years 1-3,6 x 16,4 hour response Years 1-3, 7 x 24, 4 hour response Year 4, 5x9, next day, On-site Years 1-4, 5x9, 4 hour response Years 1-4, 6x16, 4 hour response Years 1-4, 7x24, 4 hour response Years 1-5, next day, On-site Years 1-5,5 x 9,4 hour response Years 1-5,5 x 12,4 hour response Years 1-5,6 x 16,4 hour response Years 1-5, 7 x 24, 4 hour response Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental Support Services, if required. • Software Supplemental Support Service options upgrade 90-day service to time period indicated below. • Software Supplemental Support Services for Digital UNIX includes advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for Digital UNIX and NAS 200. • Software Supplemental Support Services for OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for Open VMS and NAS 200. • Software Supplemental Support Services for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period indicated FM-CHOSF-12 FM-CHOSF-36 FM-CHOSF-60 1 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Digital UNIX systems 3 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Digital UNIX systems 5 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Digital UNIX systems FM-CHVMS-12 FM-CHVMS-36 FM-CHVMS-60 1 year Software Supplemental Support Services for OpenVMS systems 3 year Software Supplemental Support Services for OpenVMS systems 5 year Software Supplemental Support Services for OpenVMS systems 1 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Windows NT systems 3 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Windows NT systems 5 year Software Supplemental Support Services for Windows NT systems FM-CHNTS-12 FM-CHNTS-36 FM-CHNTS-60 Step lla-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only) Eur:ope does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Alpha Servers 2.11 AlphaServer 400 AlphaServer 400 System Diagram 3.5- or 5.25-inch Removable Media BU-3464 Enclosure - Rear Specifications pel ISA Fast SeSI-2 bus Ethernet 132 MB/second 16 MB/second 10 MB/s transfer rate DE435-xx 10-Mbitls Twisted PairIThin Wire and AUI thick wire Power Requirements Line voltage V oltage tolerance Frequency single phase Frequency tolerance Maximum running current Maximum power consumption Operating Environment Operating temperature Operating humidity Maximum wet bulb Storage temperature Storage Humidity Maximum wet bulb Maximum altitude Operating Nonoperating Nonoperating shock 120/240 V 88-1321176-264 V 50/60 Hz 47-63 Hz 8.0Al4.0A 300W 10° to 40° e (50° to 104° F) 20% to 80% relative humidity 40° e (104° F) -20° e to 65° e (_4° F to 149° F) 10% to 90% relative humidity 65° e (149° F) 2,438 m (8,000 ft) maximum 4,876 m (16,000 ft) maximum 30G, 25 ms halfsine Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight 2.12 Alpha Servers 43 cm (17 inches) 18 cm (7 inches) 43 cm (17 inches) 12+ kg (28+ lb) AlphaServer 400 Prestige Model 800 "On-line" UPS For complete protection, UPS products should be used with data line surge protectors. 4N-AEABD-AF 4N-AEABD-BF 4N-GA249-AB For 120 Vac, 50 or 60 Hz systems Includes detachable 6-foot input power cord with 5-15P plug and four NEMA 5-15R output receptacles. For 240 Vac, 50 or 60 Hz systems Selectable 220,230 or 240V ac output. Uses system power cord for detachable IEC 320 input connection at UPS. Unit has 3 IEC 320 receptacles and includes two output jumpers with IEC 320 connectors to connect to system. Surge Protectors for 2 wire modem Surge Protectors for 10BaseT Surge Protectors for ThinWire 4N-AEAEO-PAlPB Optional hot-swap power pass with built in surge protected outlets including one extra off-line for laser' printer. -PA for 120 V, -PB for 220 V models. 4N-AEWAR-G1 5 year vendor on-site exchange warranty upgrade (available in Intercontinental U.S. only at time of purchase). 4N-GA249-CA 4N-GA510-BF Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software for above UPS systems only • Include cables, media and documentation. • SNMP Network connectivity adapters (4N-AEAEO-DAlDC) Twisted Pair/ThinWire are available. 4N-AEAES-AAIAB Windows NT for Alpha and Intel x86 4N-AEAES-AK Digital UNIX 4N-AEAES-EM OpenVMS Alpha Servers 2.13 Alpha:server 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet .. 'AlpltaSefv~r.:l000 • ·.I?~destal--Rack,mo:u ~-~~bil1et Product Description The AlphaServer 1000 5/300 system is a 300 MHz Alpha microprocessor server, with 2 MB ECC cache. For investment protection, customers get a choice of three popular operating systems: Digital UNIX, Open VMS, and Microsoft Windows NT Server. Integrated on system motherboard are SVGA controller, diskette controller, two serial ports, one parallel port, and keyboard and mouse controller. Advanced server management features are provided with all AlphaServer 1000 shipments via the bundled ServerWORKS Manager kit. The kit includes Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agents for Windows NT 3.51 and Digital UNIX V3.2D. The SNMP agents for OpenVMS will be available with the next release of TCP/IP Services for OpenVMS. The management console software runs on a Windows PC and the SNMP agents are installed on the AlphaServer. The SNMP agents collect critical server information including system status, I/O information, storage and disk information and network status information. Thresholds can be set to monitor key server events and alarms are forwarded to the ServerWORKS console. AlphaServer 1000 5/300 Pedestal System offers up to 10 internal storage devices including a floppy diskette drive, a CD-ROM drive and provision for an additional removable media device. Pedestal systems support up to 1 GB of memory and over 30 GB of internal storage with seven 4.3 GB narrow StorageWorks disk drives. The AlphaServer 1000 pedestal enclosure offers high-reliability features such as fully redundant power supplies, internal RAID, hot swap disk, dual Fast NarrowlWide SCSI backplane, and ECC memory. AlphaServer 1000 5/300 Rackmount and Cabinet Systems offer up to six internal storage devices including a floppy diskette drive, a CD-ROM drive and provision for an additional removable media device. Rackmount systems support up to 1 GB of memory and over 12.9 GB of internal storage with three 4.3 GB narrow disk drives. Rackmount systems support additional storage through four SCSI expansion ports located on rear panel of system for connecting StorageWorks shelves, each external expansion port requires a SCSI controller. Rackmount and Cabinet systems do not offer redundant power supplies or hot swap internal disk support, hot swap disk are supported in rackmount StorageWorks shelves. 2.14 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Lalllnet Step 1-AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal Systems • Windows NT systems include Windows NT Server plus S-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English. • Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Packaged systems and Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.0S GB disk, include factory installed software. • Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS Information following System Specifications. • Options ordered that are factory installable, will be factory installed unless specified as spares. Pedestal Systems include • Alpha microprocessor 21164 300-MHz CPU with 2 MB ECC onboard cache • Pedestal enclosure which includes: - 10 expansion slots: Seven EISA slots, two PCI slots and one PCIlEISA combination slot - Integrated Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller with DMA and external SCSI-2 connector - Integrated SVGA graphics controller 20 industry-standard SIMM slots 10 storage slots: One diskette drive slot One CD-ROM drive slot One additional removable media slot Seven StorageWorks hard drive slots - 4S0-Watt self-sensing, self-switching (120/240V, 60/S0Hz) power supply - Two serial ports, support full duplex asynchronous modem control - One bi-directional enhanced parallel port - PS/2 style keyboard port and mouse port • 1.44 MB diskette drive (RX23L) in dedicated slot • 3-button mouse North American variants include 120V power cord (North America, Japan). Mandatory selection of country-specific power cord for all non-North American variants, see Step 10. • English language documentation. Certain language selections are available, see Step · EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) • Integrated Server Management • Hardware Warranty • Three-year on-site* • Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with advisory telephone support* • Windows NT Server plus S-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kit, or • Digital UNIX 2-user base license, Digital NAS 200 Base Server license and Server Extension license or · OpenVMS base license with System Manager license and Digital NAS 200 license Pedestal Packaged Systems include • • • • • North American variants include a 101-key, PC style North American English keyboard. Select countrysepcific keyboard for non-North American variants, see Step 10. PCI-based Ethernet-uses one PCI slot. 600 MB CD-ROM-uses one removable media slot. One hard drive, see below One memory option, see below * Service upgrades are available; see Step 12, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services. 5/300 Pedestal Packaged Systems Keyboard Memory Hard Drive Monitor 120 V Included 64MB 2.1GB Required Mandatory Required 64MB 2.1GB Required Included Included 64MB 2.1GB Recommended FIS Mandatory Recommended 64MB 2.1GB Recommended FIS Inc!uded Included 64MB 2.1GB Recommended FIS Mandatory Recommended 64MB 2.1GB Recommended Order Number Operating System PB75B-AA Windows NT Included* PB75B-AB Windows NT Mandatory PB75B-FA Ditital UNIX FIS PB75B-FB Ditital UNIX PB75B-MA OpenVMS PB75B-MB OpenVMS * O/S Media Power cord Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English. KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance Required items are essential for full system operation. Recommended items enhance system functionality FIS = Factory Installed Software Alpha Servers 2.15 Alpna~erver IUUU Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Pedestal Base systems 5/300 Pedestal Base systems Order Number Operating System OIS Media Power cord Included) I20V PB75C·AA Windows NT PB75C·AB Windows NT PB75C·FA Digital UNIX FIS 3 PB75C·FB Digital UNIX FIS 3 PB75C·MA OpenVMS FIS 3 FIS 3 PB75C·MB OpenVMS Memory Hard Drive CD·ROM Included 2 Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Included Required Required RecorrrrnendedRecorrrrnended Mandatory Recommended Required Required RecorrrrnendedReconunended Mandatory Mandatory I20V I20V Keyboard Included Monitor Required Required ReconunendedReconunended Mandatory Recorrrrnended Required Required RecorrrrnendedReconunended 1. Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English. 2. lOI-key, PC style, North American English, keyboard. 3. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software (FIS). KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance Required items are essential for full system operation Reconunended items enhance system functionality FIS =Factory Installed Software 2.16 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Kackmount-Lamnel Step 1~-AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount Systems • Windows NT North American variants include Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit, North American English - Selection of language specific Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit is mandatory for all non-North American variants. • Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Packaged systems include factory installed software (FIS) on hard disk drive. Base systems ordered with minimum of LOS Gbyte hard disk drive include factory installed software. • See Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) information following System Specifications. • Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares. Note: AlphaServer 1000 rackmount systems do not support dual power supply configurations Rackmount Systems include • Alpha microprocessor 21164 300 MHz CPU with 2 MB ECC on-board cache • Rackmountable enclosure with - Ten expansion slots: Seven EISA slots, two PCI slots and one PCIlEISA combination slot - Integrated Fast Narrow Single Ended SCSI-2 controller with DMA and external SCSI-2 connector. Integrated SVGA graphics controller 20 industry-standard SIMM slots 6 internal storage slots: One dedicated diskette slot One CD-ROM slot One additional removable media slot Three fixed hard disk drive slots - 4S0-Watt self-sensing, self-switching (1201240V, 60/S0Hz) power supply - Two serial ports, support full duplex asynchronous modem control - One bi-directional enhanced parallel port * • • • • • • • • - PS/2 style keyboard port and mouse port 1.44 Mbyte diskette drive (RX23L) in dedicated slot. Three-button mouse. IS-foot Power cord (120V1240V as appropriate). Rackmount hardware (shelf and rails) English Language documentation kit. EISA Configuration Utility Integrated Server Management. Hardware Warranty: Three-year on-site* Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with advisory telephone support* Windows NT Server plus S-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kit ort Digital UNIX 2-user base license, Digital NAS Base Server 200 license, or OpenVMS base license with System Manager license, Digital NAS Base Server 200 license. Service upgrades are available; see Step 12, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services on AlphaServer 10004/266 deskside system menu. t Windows NT language specific media kit is mandatory for non-North American variants; see Step 9. Rackmount Packaged Systems include • • • • PCI based Ethernet (DE43S-AA)-uses one PCI slot. One 2.1 Gbyte narrow hard disk drive 64 MB memory 600 Mbyte CD-ROM-uses one removable media slot. • North American variants include a 101-key, PC style North American English keyboard. Select countrysepcific keyboard for non-North American variants, see Step 10. Cabinet enclosure available separately, see Step 11. 5/300 Rackmount Packaged systems Order Number Operating System PB75P-AA Windows NT Included* PB75P-AB Windows NT Mandatory PB75P-FA Digital UNIX FIS PB75P-FB Digital UNIX PB75P-MA OpenVMS PB75P-MB OpenVMS FIS * Keyboard Memory Hard Drive Monitor 120V Included 64MB 2.1 GB Required 240 V Required 64MB 2.1 GB Required 120V Included 64MB 2.1 GB Recommended FIS 240 V Recommended 64MB 2.1 GB Recommended FIS 120V Included 64MB 2.1 GB Recommended 240 V Recommended 64MB 2.1 GB Recommended OIS Media Power cord Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English. KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance Required items are essential for full system operation Recommended items enhance system functionality FIS = Factory Installed Software Alpha Servers 2.17 AtphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Rackmount Base System • Base systems include 120V or 240V power cord depending on variant chosen. • Cabinet enclosure available separately, see Step 11. 5/300 Rackmount Base Systems Order Number Operating System O/S Media Power cord l PB75S-AA Windows NT Included PB75S-AB Windows NT Mandatory PB75S-FA Digital UNIX Keyboard Memory Hard Drive I20V Included 2 Required 240 V Required Required CD-ROM Monitor Required Required Required Required Required Required FIS 3 I20V Recommended Required Required Recommended Recommended 3 PB75S-FB Digital UNIX FIS 240 V Recommended Required Required Recommended Recommended PB75S-MA OpenVMS FrS 3 120 V Recommended Required Required Recommended Recommended OpenVMS 3 240 V Recommended Required Required Recommended Recommended PB75S-MB FIS 1. Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English 2. 1OI-key, PC style, North American English, keyboard. 3. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software (FIS). KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance Required items are essential for full system operation Recommended items enhance system functionality FIS =Factory Installed Software 5/300 Cabinet Packaged systems include Cabinet enclosure (H9AI0-CE/-CF, 120 V or 240 V) with AlphaServer 1000 5/300 Rackmount Packaged System, plus - One BA36R-AF front-mounted StorageWorks shelf* AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount Cabinet Systems ship with dual (2) H7600-xx cabinet power distribution units and the following power cords. - 120 V systems (H7600-AA) =2 x 24A terminated with NEMA L5-30P (plugs) and require NEMA L530R (receptacles) - 240 V systems (H7600-AB) =2 x 16A terminated with NEMA L6-20P (plugs) and require NEMA L620R (receptacles) • H9AI0-CE/-CF Cabinet Dimensions - Outside: 66.9-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.8-inches deep - Usable internal rackmount: 56-inches high, 19-inches wide, 32.2-inches deep * BA36R-SF StorageWorks wide shelf requires a Fast Wide SCSI controller and SCSI cable, see Step 4b. Select SCSI devices for installation in BA36R-SF StorageWorks shelf from Step 4e. 5/300 Cabinet Packaged systems Order Number Description PB75R-AA* Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB75P-AA) Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB75P-AB) Digital UNIX Rackmount Packaged system (PB75P-Fx) OpenVMS Rackmount Packaged system (PB75P-Mx) PB75R-AB PB75R-FAlFB PB75R-MAIMB * Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English. 2.18 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Lanmet Step 2-Memory • Packaged Systems include 64 MB memory (one PB7MA-AC) memory kit. • System supports up to four memory kits (each kit includes five industry-standard SIMMs, the fifth SIMM in each kit is for ECC support. • System maximum of 1 GB can be obtained by selecting Base System and four PB7MA-CE 256 MB memory kits. PB7MA-CB PB7MA-CC PB7MA-CD PB7MA-CE DJ-ML200-BA 32 MB 70ns (8 MB SIMMs) memory kit 64 MB 70ns (16 MB SIMMs) memory kit 128 MB 70ns (32 MB SIMMs) memory kit 256 MB 70ns (64 MB SIMMs) memory kit PCI-based 4 MB PrestoServe 110 Performance Enhancement Option; maximum one per system. Step 3-Monitors · Windows NT systems require a graphics monitor to run all functions. • EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) is accessible via the console port for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Optional graphics capability is available. Select graphics adapter, monitor, and country specific keyboard for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems if required. • Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter included with system. - OpenVMS supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60Hz - Digital UNIX supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60Hz - Windows NT supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60 Hz, 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 56 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 72 Hz. Note: Higher resolution available with optional EISA or PCI graphics adapters (see Step 5). VRClS-KAlK4 15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flat-square CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable. Select-KA for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 must be ordered separately, see Step 10. VRT17-PAlP4 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with 0.26 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 must be ordered separately, see Step 10. VRC21-LAlL4 21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 must be ordered separately, see Step 10. Alpha Servers 2.19 AJpna~erver IUUU Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4-Storage Configuration rules for Pedestal Internal Storage • Integral Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of seven devices: - Two internaI5.25-inch removable media devices - Four 3.5-inch hard disk drives in internal storage assembly - One external storage device. • Pedestal enclosure supports seven 3.5-inch narrow disk drives in internal storage assembly • Internal storage assembly is nonnally configured for split-bus with four drives on first bus and three drives on second bus. By attaching the jumper cable and moving the tenninator internal storage assembly can be reconfigured for single-bus mode with support for a maximum of seven disk drives on one additional SCSI adapter. • An additional SCSI-2 controller is required to support internal storage assembly if set for split-bus mode. Configuration rules for Rackmount Internal Storage • Integral Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of seven devices: - Two internaI5.25-inch removable media devices - Three internal 3.5-inch disk drives - Two external storage devices. Maximum external cable length cannot exceed 1.5 meters. • Rackmount enclosure supports three 3.5-inch narrow disk drives. Step 4a-Internal Storage All Pedestal and Rackmount systems include 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot. • Pedestal and Rackmount Packaged systems include: - One CD-ROM drive - One 2.1 GB narrow hard drive Removable Media Devices PBXRD-CA PBXTZ-AA PBXTL·DA 600 MB 5.25 inch half-height dual-speed CD-ROM drive (RRD45) 2.0 GB 5.2S-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape drive (TZKll) 8.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI 4 mm DAT drive (TLZ09) Pedestal System Hard Drives Wide disk drives require wide SCSI-2 controllers to operate in 16-bit wide mode. RZ26N·VA RZ28D·VA RZ28M·VA RZ29B·VA RZ26N·VW RZ28D·VW RZ28M·VW RZ29B·VW 1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive 1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive Pedestal system internal SCSI cables and terminators PB7HA·AA PB7HA·BB PB7HA·BA 2.20 Alpha Servers Internal SCSI cable and terminator for FNSE SCSI controllers and 8-bit narrow devices (50 pin) Internal SCSI cable and terminator for FNSE SCSI controllers and 16-bit wide devices (68-pin) Internal SCSI cable and terminator for FWSE SCSI controllers and 16-bit wide devices (68-pin) AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4a-Internal Storage (continued) Rackmount System Hard Disk Drives (internal only) • Order -EJ variants when configuring initial order • Order PBXR*-xx variants when ordering as spares and/or for field installation Note: Rackmount systems support "VA" and "VW" variants only when installed in external narrow BA35R or wide BA36R StorageWorks Shelves. RZ26N-EJ RZ28M-EJ RZ28D-EJ RZ29B-EJ 1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive (PBXRZ-EB for field installation) 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive (PBXRZ-HB for field installation) 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive (PBXRZ-JB for field installation) 4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" hard disk drive (PBXRZ-NA for field installation) Step 4b-Storage Controllers • Maximum two KZESC-xx one- and three-port EISAbased RAID controllers supported per system. - KZESC-xx StorageWorks RAID Array 210 includes EISA backplane RAID controller and StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT. - KZESC-xx controller installed in Pedestal system requires a PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf, two kits required for split bus mode. - Maximum number of EISA-based controllers of all types is limited by the total number of available EISA slots and available IRQs. • Maximum of three KZPSC-xx one- and three port PCIbased RAID controllers supported per system. Note: Packaged systems have two PCI slots available due to installed PCI-based Ethernet controller. KZPSC-xx controllers are supported in PCI slots 0, 1 and 2 only KZPSC-xx StorageWorks RAID Array 230 includes PCI backplane RAID controller and StorageWorks • • • • RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT. - KZPSC-AA controller installed in Pedestal system requires a PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf, two kits required for split bus mode. KZPSA-BB PCI-based one-port Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller supports externally connected wide disks in StorageWorks enclosures and Rackmount shelves with DWZZB signal converter, or narrow disks in narrow StorageWorks enclosures and Rackmount shelves with DWZZA signal converter. Internal storage assembly hard drives are not supported on Fast Wide Differential Controller. Each controller requires one bus slot, except KFESB which requires two bulkhead slots when system is middle node in an OpenVMS cluster. SCSI cables are not included and must be ordered separately. External DSSI cables are not included and must be ordered separately. SCSI Controllers Note: Pedestal systems require SCSI terminator and cable kit to connect SCSI controller to internal storage assembly: • PB7HA-AA from FNSE SCSI-2 controller to 8-bit narrow devices in internal storage assembly(50 pin) • PB7HA-BA from FWSE SCSI-2 controller to 16-bit wide devices in internal storage assembly(68-pin) • PB7HA-BB from FNSE SCSI-2 controller to 16-bit wide devices in internal storage assembly (68-pin) Rackmount Cabinet systems include KZPAA FNSE SCSI-2 controller and one BN21H-02 SCSI cable to connect to BA35R-SF StorageWorks shelf. KZPAA-AA BN21H-xx KZPDA-AA BN21K-02 PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller Connects from KZPAA-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmount shelves. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf PCI-based one-port Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI controller Connects from KZPDA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves. Alpha Servers 2.21 AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4b-Storage Controllers (continued) KZPSA·BB BN21K·Ol KZESC·AA* BN21H·02 BN21N·02 KZESC-BA* CK·SWX:CR·AA BN21H·02 BN21N·02 KZPSC·AA* BN31S·1E BN31L·IE KZPSC·BA* BN31K.OE BN31S·1E BN31L·IE KZPSM·AA BC25V·IA BN21K·xx * PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller. Supports external disks only. Connects from KZPSA to DWZZA-VA in narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmount shelves, or DWZZB-VW in wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves One-port EISA backplane RAID (FNSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf Connects from KZPAA-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmount shelves Connects from KZESC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves Three-port EISA backplane RAID controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf. SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZESC-BA, required for connecting second and third ports to builkhead slot Connects from KZESC-BA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount ., shelves Connects from KZESC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves One-port PCI backplane RAID Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf. Connects from KZPSC-AA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves Connects from KZPSC-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmount shelves Three-port PCI backplane RAID (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf. SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSC-BA; required for connection to third port; uses one PCI bulkhead slot. Connects from KZPSC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves Connects from KZPSC-BA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmount shelves PCI-based SCSI Ethernet combination controller. (FWSE) SCSI controller, 10 Mbit Ethernet. SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSM-AA; connects from KZPSM-AA to bulkhead for external storage; requires BN21K-xx SCSI cable Connects from KZPSM-AA bulkhead assembly kit wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves See Storage Devices for additional information on StorageWorks RAID Array 2xO Subsystems DSSI Controllers KFPSA·AA PCI-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only). See Step 4f DSSI cables. KFESB·AA EISA-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only). Uses one EISA slot if system is end node in OpenVMS cluster, or two slots if system is middle node in OpenVMS cluster. Maximum two (if end node in cluster) or maximum of one (if middle node in cluster). See Step 4f DSSI cables. 2.22 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4c-External Tape Expansion • Integral Fast Narrow SCSI-2 controller can be extended outside the system enclosure via the SCSI-out port to support external SCSI devices. Maximum external bus length including cable and device cannot exceed 1.0 meter. • External tape drives are also supported on optional PCIbased high-performance SCSI controllers; KZPAA-AA (maximum external bus length including cable and tape device cannot exceed 3.0 meter) and KZPSA-BB (maximum external bus length including cable and tape device cannot exceed 25.0 meters). • External tape drives are not supported on one- and threeport (KZESC-xx) high performance Fast-SCSI-2 controllers. • External tape drives supported on one- and three-port (KZPSC-xx) high performance SCSI controllers on Windows NT only. • Each tabletop tape device requires a three-foot high density 50-pin to low density 50-pin SCSI cable (BN23G-OE). External Tapes supported on Windows NT servers 8.0 GB 4 mm DAT tape drive 32.0 GB 4 mm DAT autoloader 2.0 GB 5.25-inch tabletop QIC tape drive 20 GB, DLT tape drive 100 GB, DLT tape autoloader 140 GB, DLT tape autoloader 3 Foot Molded SCSI Cable, required for each tabletop tape device TLZ09 TLZ7L 1,2 TZKll-DA 2 TZ87 2 TZ87S 2 TZ877 BN23G-OE External Tapes supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS servers 3 TLZ09 TLZ7L 1,2,3 TZKll-DA3 TKZ60-FAfFC 3 TKZ60-EA TKZ61 TKZ61-AC 3 TKZ62 TKZ62-AC 3 TKZlS-TA TKZlS-VA3,5 TSZ07-CA 3 TSZ07-AA 2 TZ87 3 TZ87-VA 2 TZ87S TZ877 TZ88 2 2 TKZ9E-TA 4 TKZ9E-VA3 BN23G-OE 8.0 GB 4 ffiffi DAT tape drive 32.0 GB 4 mm DAT autoloader 2.0 GB 5.25-inch tabletop QIC tape drive 400 MB IBM 3480/3490 compatible tabletop tape drive 400 MB IBM 3480/3490 compatible tabletop tape drive 400 MB IBM compatible tape autoloader 400 MB IBM compatible tape autoloader 2.4 GB IBM compatible tape autoloader 2.4 GB IBM compatible tape autoloader 10 GB, 8 ffiffi, tabletop tape drive 10 GB, 8 mm, tabletop tape drive 40/140 MB, reel/reel, tabletop tape drive 401140 MB, reel/reel, tabletop tape drive 20 GB, DLT tape drive 20 GB, DLT tape drive 100 GB, DLT tape autoloader 140 GB, DLT tape autoloader 20/40 GB, DLT tape drive 2/517/10/14GB 8mm helical scan tape drive, tabletop 2/517/10/14GB 8mm helical scan tape drive in StorageWorks SBB carrier 3 Foot Molded SCSI Cable, required for each tabletop tape device. I Includes four cartridge loader. Larger magazines are supported. 2 Base operating systems support sequential back-up mode only; additional software is required for random access backup. See Storage Devices for details. 3 Variants for use in Rackmount systems 4 8mm drive requires OpenVMS MK-driver patch when connected to KZPSA controller in OpenVMS system. 5 Windows NT require layered driver software QB-4STAA-SA Alpha Servers 2.23 AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4d-External Disk Expansion for Pedestal Systems • BA353 expansion units are supported on wide and narrow SCSI controllers. Devices operate in narrow mode when BA353 is connected to a Fast Wide SCSI controller. • BA356 and BA346 expansion units are supported on Fast Wide SCSI controllers. StorageWorks Modular Storage Options BA353·AA BA356·KC BA346·KB DWZZA·VA DWZZB·VW StorageWorks 8-bit Narrow Desktop expansion unit includes enclosure and 120 V power cord. Supports up to three 3.5" narrow hard disk drives. Not supported with RAID controllers. StorageWorks 16-bit Wide Pedestal expansion unit includes BA356 basic shelf, BA35X-HA universal ac power supply, pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord. Supports up to seven 3.5" wide or narrow drives; narrow drives operate in narrow mode. StorageWorks 16-bit Wide Pedestal expansion unit includes BA356 basic shelf, BA35X-HA universal ac power supply, pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord. Supports up to nine devices, two 5.25" narrow and seven 3.5" wide or narrow drives; narrow drives operate in narrow mode. Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one end and 8 bit Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one end and 8 or 16 bit Fast Wide or Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. See Storage Device for additional ordering information for StorageWorks modular storage expansion and supported devices. Step 4e-External Disk Expansion for Rackmount and Cabinet Systems • • • • • External BA35R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves are supported on all Fast SCSI-2 controllers. External BA36R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves are supported on Fast Wide SCSI controller. AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount systems provide four SCSI expansion ports on rear panel of system. Order BN21H-02 cable to connect a single BA35R StorageWorks shelf to controllers. Order BN31 *-xx cable to connect a single BA36R StorageWorks shelf to controllers. Rackmount StorageWorks Shelves BA35R·SF BA35R·SR BA36R·AF BA36R·AR DWZZA·VA DWZZB·VW Rackmounted BA350 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for Narrow SCSI disks Rackmounted BA350 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for Narrow SCSI disks Rackmounted BA356 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for Wide SCSI disks Rackmounted BA356 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for Wide SCSI disks Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one end and 8 bit Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Requires BN21K-** cable. Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one end and 8 or 16 bit Fast Wide Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Requires BN21K-** cable. Hard Disk Drives for Rackmount StorageWorks Shelves (External only) • Wide drives require wide controller to operate in 16-bit wide mode. • Wide drives are supported in BA36R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves • Narrow drives are supported in BA35R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves RZ26N·VA RZ28M·VA RZ28D·VA RZ29B·VA 2.24 Alpha Servers 1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 xI" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4e-External Disk Expansion for Rackmount and Cabinet Systems (continued) Hard Disk Drives for Rackmount StorageWorks Shelves (External only) RZ26N-VW RZ2SM-VW RZ2SD-VW RZ29B-VW * 1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive Wide drives operate in 8-bit narrow mode when connected to integral Fast Narrow Single Ended SCSI-2 controller Step 4f-DSSI Cables • EISA-based DSSI controller (KFESB-AA) uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection. • KFESB to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI connection (V AX 4000s, R400X) requires BC22Q-xx DSSI cable. • KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI straight connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices requiring straight connection) requires BC21Q-xx DSSI cable. • KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI right-angle connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices requiring right-angle connection) requires BC29S-xx DSSI cable. Step 5-Graphics Adapters · Integrated SVGA graphics controller supports the following monitors: - Digital UNIX supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60 Hz monitors, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60 Hz monitors - OpenVMS supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60 Hz monitors, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60 Hz monitors - Windows NT supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 60 Hz, 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 56 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 72 Hz • EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) is accessible via the console port for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Optional graphics capability is available. Select graphics adapter, monitor, and country specific keyboard for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems if required. PB2GA-JB PBXGA-AA PBXGA-AN PBXGA-BA PBXGA-BN PCI TRI064 S3 1-MB DRAM graphics accelerator, 1280 x 1024 x 256, 72 Hz (Windows NT, Digital UNIX, OpenVMS systems) PCI-based ZPXp-El 8-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS) PCI-based ZPXp-El 8-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Windows NT) PCI-based ZPXp-E2 24-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS) PCI-based ZPXp-E2 24-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Windows NT) Step 6-Networks and Communications • Packaged systems include PCI-based Ethernet controller, uses one PCI slot • Two additional PCI-based controllers supported per system. • Select networking cable for Ethernet controller - BNE4G-02 for AUI DE43S-AA DESOO-XA DEFPA-AA* DEFPA-DA* DEFPA-UA* DGLPB-AB PBXNP-AA - BN26K-xx for 10BaseT (twisted pair) - BC16M-xx for ThinWire Maximum number of each EISA-based network controllers supported per system: - Three DE425-AA, Three DEFEA-xA - Four DW300-AA, Four DNSES PCI-based Digital Etherworks 32-bit high-performance network interface card PCI-based Fast Ethernet network interface card (see PCI Option Slot Table) PCI-based DEC FDDIcontroller, Single Attachment PCI-based DEC FDDlcontroller, Dual Attachments PCI-based DEC FDDI (UTP) controller PCI-based ATMworks 350 adapter PCI-based Token Ring adapter, no boot support. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems require driver floppy. Alpha Servers 2.25 AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 6-Networks and Communications (continued) EISA-based Ethernet, OpenVMS and Digital UNIX only EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller, Single Attachment EISA-based DEC FDDI (UTP) controller EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller, Dual Attachment (requires two slots) EISA-based Token-Ring adapter includes NetWare V2.15 driver, LAN Manager Driver, and documentation (Not supported by DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS) EISA-based synchronous communications controller, Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only DE425-AA DEFEA-AA DEFEA-UA DEFEA-DA DW300-AA DNSES-AA CXIOI-AA CXIOI-AD PBXDI-AA PBXDI-AB PBXDI-AC DlIAA-AA DlIAA-AB * ISA Asynchronous MUX Adapter, 16 lines. Expandable to 64 lines. Supported on Windows NT and Digital UNIX only. ISA Asynchronous MUX Adapter, 16 lines. Expandable to 224 lines. Supported on Windows NT and Digital UNIX only. IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for EIA232N.24N.28, Windows NT only IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for V.35, Windows NT only IS A-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for X.21 and EIA-530, Windows NT only ISA-based ISDN terminal adapter (U.S.); Windows NT only ISA-based ISDN terminal adapter (non-U.S.); Windows NT only Supported as data device only. Step 7-Additional Power Supply-Pedestal Systems Only Note: AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount and Cabinet systems do not support dual power supply configurations • Additional power supply may be added to AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal system for n+1 redundancy. • Country specific power cord must be ordered separately, see Step 10. H7290-AA 450-Watt Redundant Power Supply Option See UPS infonnation following System Specifications. Step 8-Terminals and Printers Systems include two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors. Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H8571-J) is required for each connection. A cable must be ordered unless otherwise provided. Step 9-Software • North American variants of Windows NT Packaged and Base systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English. Selection of language specific Windows NT media kit is mandatory for non-North American variants. Windows NT Server plus 5-c1ient access license, media (CD-ROM) kits QB-23CAA-SB QB-23C8A-SB QB-23CPA-SB QB-23CGA-SB QB-23CSA-SB QB-23CUA-SB 2.26 Alpha Servers Windows NT Server license, media kit AmericanINorth American English Windows NT Server license, media kit International English Windows NT Server license, media kit French Windows NT Server license, media kit German Windows NT Server license, media kit Spanish Windows NT Server license, media kit Italian AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 9-Software (continued) Windows NT Server plus 5-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kits QB-23CJA-SB QB-23CDA-SB QB-23CMA-SB QB-23CNA-SB QB-23CFA-SB QB-23CHA-SB QB-23CVA-SB QB-23C4A-SB QB-23C3A-SB QB-23C2A-SB Windows NT Server license, media kit Japanese Windows NT Server license, media kit Danish Windows NT Server license, media kit Swedish Windows NT Server license, media kit Norwegian Windows NT Server license, media kit Finnish Windows NT Server license, media kit Dutch Windows NT Server license, media kit Portuguese Windows NT Server license, media kit Korean Windows NT Server license, media kit Taiwanese Windows NT Server license, media kit PRC Chinese Windows NT Server Optional software and documentation QA-23CAA-GZ QA-23C8A-GZ QB-4G45A-AA Windows NT Server documentation kit Windows NT International Server documentation kit Purveyor Web Server Software Vl.l for Process Software Corp. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Software Processor Code =E • Digital UNIX Packaged and Base systems require operating system media and documentation for first system on site. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion. QL-MT7AM-3B QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D QL-MT7AM-3E QL-MT7AM-3F QL-MT7AE-AA QL-MT5AE-AA Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use l6-user license Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license Digital UNIX developer's extension license Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM QA-054AA-H8 Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM DECnet for Digital UNIX QL-MTJAE-AA QL-MTKAE-AA DECnet/OSI end-system license for Digital UNIX DECnet/OSI extended function license for Digital UNIX Internet AlphaServer Software for Digital UNIX • Internet AlphaServer Software consists of license, CD-ROM media, and documentation for software listed below. • Please reference the Internet AlphaServer 100041233 menu for complete list of available Internet software and services. QB-4GQAA-KA QB-4GQAA-KB Internet AlphaServer Software (USA and Canada only) Internet AlphaServer Software (International) Alpha Servers 2.27 AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 9-Software (continued) OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses Software Processor Code =E • OpenVMS Packaged and Base systems require operating system media and documentation for first system on site. OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between systems at user discretion. OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses can also be shared in a mixed OpenVMS V AX and OpenVMS Alpha Cluster. QL.MT3AA·3B QL·MT3AA·3C QL.MT3AA·3D QL·MT3AA·3E QL.MT3AA·3F QL·MT3AA·3G QL·MT3AA·3H QL·MT3AA·3J QL·MT3AA·3K QL·MT2AE·AA OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license Concurrent Use 2-user license Concurrent Use 4-user license Concurrent Use 8-user license Concurrent Use I6-user license Concurrent Use 32-user license Concurrent Use 64-user license Concurrent Use 128-user license Concurrent Use 256-user license Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA·MTIAA·H8 QA·OOIAA·GZ OpenVMS media and on-line documentation CD-ROM OpenVMS hardcopy documentation OpenVMS Layered Products CD·ROM QA·03XAA·H8 Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM DECnet for OpenVMS QL·MTGAE·AA QL.MTHAE·AA DEC net extended function license for OpenVMS DECnet end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS DSSI Information EK·410AB·MG EK·D4AXP· TS DSSI VMS cluster Installation Guide DSSI VMS cluster Troubleshooting Guide Step lO-Power Cords, Keyboards, and Documentation Pedestal and Monitor Power Cords • North American variants include BN26J-IK 120 V (North American, Japan) power cord. If an other power cord is selected, both power cords ship with system. BN26J·IK BN19H·2E BN19C·2E BN19A·2E BN19E·2E BN19K·2E BN19N·2E BN19S·2E BN18L·2E 2.28 Alpha Servers North American, Japan, 120 V Australia, New Zealand, 2.5 meters long Central Europe, 2.5 meters long U.K., Ireland, 2.5 meters long Switzerland, 2.5 meters long Denmark, 2.5 meters long Italy, 2.5 meters long Egypt, India, South Africa, 2.5 meters long Israel, 2.5 meters long AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step to-Power Cords, Keyboards, and Documentation (continued) Rackmount Power Cords • 120V and 240V 15 foot power cords are included with all systems, variant designates power cord voltage (See Step 1). Note: AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal system power cords are less then 15-feet long and are not supported in Rackmount cabinet enclosure BN20Q-4E BN20Z-4E 15-feet 50Hz power cord connects system to power distribution unit located inside cabinet 15-feet 60Hz power cord connects system to power distribution unit located inside cabinet Keyboards • North American variants include LK471-AA keyboard (see Step 1). For these variants, if an additional keyboard is ordered, both keyboards ship with system. • LK471-xx are 101 key PC style keyboards. LK461-xx are 108 key VT style keyboards. LK471-A2 LK461-A2* LK471-AB LK461-AB LK471-AD LK461-AD LK471-AE LK461-AE LK471-AG LK461-AG LK471-AI LK461-AI LK471-AK LK461-AK LK471-AN LK461-AN LK471-AP LK461-AP LK471-AS LK461-AS LK471-AV LK461-AV LK471-AQ LK461-AQ LK471-AC LK461-AC LK461-AL LK461-AM North American, Japan (English) Belgium (French Denmark United Kingdom (English) Germany Italy Switzerland (Generic) Norway France Spain Portugal Canada (English) Canada (French) Switzerland (German) Sweden Mouse and Extension Cable Kit PBXWS-AA 2T-4S0KM-AA 3-button mouse (included with all systems, order as spare or replacement) Extension cable kit for VGA, PC style keyboard, and mouse, for use with Rackmount systems. Pedestal Documentation: Customer and Service Kit Customer Kit Service Kit QZ-OOMAA-GZ QZ-OOMPA-GZ QZ-OOMSA-GA QZ-OOMJA-GZ QZ-OOMUA-GZ QZ-OOMGA-GZ AG-Q9SHA-BE QA-OOMAB-GZ QA-OOMPB-GZ QZ-OOMSB-GZ QZ-OOMJB-GZ QZ-OOMUB-GZ QZ-OOMGB-GZ Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 4/266-English Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 41266-French Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 4/266-Spanish Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 4/266-Japanese Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 41266-Italian Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000 4/266-German Customer and Service kit On-line documentation-English Alpha Servers 2.29 AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step II-Cabinet Enclosure Select cabinet enclosure for Packaged and Base AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount systems, if required. • H9A10 19-inch EIA Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions - Outside: 66.9-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.8-inches deep - Internal usable rackmountable space: 56-inches high, 19-inches wide, 32.2-inches deep H9AIO-CE H9AIO-CF H9AIO-CG H9AIO-CH H9AIO-AB H9AIO-AD 120V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller 240V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller 120V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller and front door 240V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller and front door Retma Cabinet assembly with no power controller Retma Cabinet assembly with front door, with no power controller Step 12-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services Hardware-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include three-year hardware warranty, on-site with 5 x 9, 24-hour response time. • Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required. FM-MK4HR-36 FM-MKS12-36 FM-MK616-36 FM-MK724-36 FM-MKXHW-60 FM-MK4HR-60 FM-MKS12-60 FM-MK616-60 FM-MK724-60 5 x 9, 4-hour response time 5 x 12, 4-hour response time 6 x 16, 4-hour response time 7 x 24, 4-hour response time Years 1-5, next day, Onsite Years 1-5, 5x9, 4-hour response time Years 1-5, 5x12, 4-hour response time Years 1-5, 6x16, 4-hour response time Years 1-5, 7x24, 4-hour response time Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental Support Services, if required. • Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period indicated. • Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS 200 for the time period indicated. FM-MKNTS-12 FM-MKNTS-36 FM-MKNTS-60 FM-MKOSF-12 FM-MKOSF-36 FM-MKOSF -60 FM-MKVMS-12 FM-MKVMS-36 FM-MKVMS-60 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 10004/266 systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 1000 41266 systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 10004/266 systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 10004/266 systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 100041266 systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 10004/266 systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 10004/266 systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 100041266 systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 1000 4/266 systems Step 12a-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only) Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. 2.30 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-LaOmet Specifications Shipping Dimensions Height l Width Depth l Pedestal 60 em (23.8 in.) 43 em (16.9 in) 65 em (25.6 in) Weight 43 kg (95 lb) typical 71 kg (156lb) maximum Installed Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Clearances Front Rear Sides Environmental Temperature Operating2 Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Relative humidity Operating Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Maximum wet bulb temperature operating Storage (60 days) Minimum dew point temperature operating Maximum heat dissipation Single supply Dual supply Air flow and quality Intake location Exhaust location Altitude Operating Nonoperating Mechanical shock Operating Nonoperating Vibration Operating Acoustics A verageDec1ared Operating Idle 2 3 Rackmount 26.7 em (10.5 in.) 48.2 em (19.0 in.) 73.7 em (29.0 in.) system chassis & rackmount hardware 63.5 em (25.0 in.) system chassis 29 kg (65 lb) typical 44.2 em (18.1 in.) 35.8 em (14.1 in.) 53.3 em (23 in.) 39 kg (86 lb) typical 51 kg (113 lb) maximum 75 em (29.5 in.) 15 em (6 in.) None Pedestal Service clearance 124.04 em (50.0 in.) 61.00 em (24.0 in.) None Rackmount 10-40° C (50-104° F) Not tested -40-66° C (-40-151 ° F) 11 ° Clhr (20° Flhr) 10-35° C (50-95° F) Not tested -40-66° C (-40-151° F) 11 ° Clhr (20° Flhr) 20-80% 20-80% 10-95% 20%lhr 20-80% 20-80% 10-95% 20%lhr 28° C (82° F) 39° C (115°F) Current 2390 Btulhr 4097 Btulhr Front Rear Front Rear 2000 m (6562 ft) 3600 m (12,000 ft) 2000 m (6562 ft) 3600 m (12,000 ft) 7.5GlOms 20 G peak 30 ms 20 G peak 30 ms 10-500 Hz .1 G peak 10-500 Hz .1 G peak 6.2 LwA, B6.5 LwAd, B 6.0 LwA, B6.3 LwAd, B 6.2 LwA, B6.5 LwAd, B 6.0 LwA, B6.3 LwAd, B Dimensions of shipping pallet; fork-lift access is on the width dimension. Maximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduce by 1 C (1.8 F) for each 600 m (2000 ft) above Sea Level. Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see Temperature, above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissible altitude for hard drive. Alpha Servers 2.31 i\.lpna~erver 1UUU Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Specifications (continued) Electrical-Universal Power Supplies are 120/240 Vac Pedestal Rackmount 120 Vac / 220-240 Vac 100-120 Vac / 220-240 Vac Nominal ac voltage Operating Voltage range 90-128 Vac /180-264 Vac 90-132 Vac /180-264 Vac Single Single Power source phase 50-60 Hz Nominal frequency 60Hz 59-61 Hz / 47-53 Hz 47-53 Hz Frequency range Maximum inrush current 50 Amps / 50 Amps 50 Amps RMS current at nominal Voltage (steady state) Single power supply 8.0 Amps /4.0 Amps Dual power supply 4.6 Amps each supply / 2.2 Amps each supply Power cord Type IEC 320 C13 4.57 m (15 ft.) 190 cm (75 in.) Length NEMAL5-30P NEMA5-15 U.S. plug Socket NEMA L5-30R NEMAL6-20P 240 V plug Socket NEMA L6-20R Regulatory UL Listed to UL1950 (2nd UL Listed to UL1950 (2nd Agency approvals edition) edition) CSA Certified to CAN/CSACSA Certified to CAN/CSAC22.2 No. 950-M89 C22.2 No. 950-M89 TUV EN 60950 VDE 0805 GS TUV EN 60950 VDE 0805 GS marked ZH1I618 marked ZH1I618 FCC 15J Part 15 Class B VerifiedEMKO-TSE (74-SEC), summary CE Class B Verified of Nordic deviations VCCI Class II ITE FCC 15J Part 15 Verified Class A Verified CE Class A verified VCCI Class II ITE Reviewed to EN 60 950/A1, JAN. 1993 AS 3260 Australian Standard SS 436 1450 Swedish Standard European norm, January 1993 IEC950 (2nd edition) NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard EN 60 950: 1992 European Norm IEC 950 (2nd edition) Prestige 1250EXT UPS offerings include EIA232 port for local or netowrk monitoring. For complete protection, UPS products should be used with data line surge protectors and UPS monitoring software. Pedestal UPS 4N-AEABF-AA Prestige 1250EXT, 1250 VN900W, 1 phase, 60 Hz, 120V 6-foot cord with 5-15P plug, (4) 5-15R receptacle, 9 minutes battery at full UPS load. 4N-AEABF-BF Prestige 1250EXT, 1250 V N900W, 1 phase, 50 Hz, 200-240V in/out selectable. Uses system power cord for detachable IEC320 input connection at UPS. Includes (3) IEC320 lOA output receptacles, (2) output jumpers with IEC320 connectors to system. 4N-AEAEO-PA 4N-AEAEO-PB Hot-swap Power-Pass Module for 60 Hz UPS with (7) 5-15R Surge Protected outlets. Hot-swap Power-Pass Module for 50 Hz UPS with (6) IEC320, lOA surge protected outlets. 4N-AEWAR-Gl Prestige 5 year on-site exchange warranty upgrade (U.S. only). 2.32 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Specifications (continued) Rackmount UPS 4N-AEABF-CA 1.5k va Rackmount 120V UPS. Rackmount kit included for mounting dimensions 6.17inches high x 17-inches wide x 24-inches deep, Weight 811bs. 4N-AEABF-BG 1.5k va Rackmount 240V UPS. Requires rackmount kit for dimensions 9.6-inches high x 5.6-inches wide x 15.8-inches deep, Weight 33 lbs 4N-AEAEO-RA Rackmount kit for dimensions 22-27-inches deep 4N-AEAEO-RB Rackmount kit for dimensions 28-34-inches deep Data Surge Protection 4N-GA249-AB* Surge potector, modem connection, wall plug-in 4N-GA249-CA * Surge protector, 10BaseT connection, wall plug-in 4N-GASI0-BF Surge Protector, ThinWire connection, device port 4N-GA24S-xx Surge Protector, mUlti-port connection, din raiUrackmount * Additional plug-in data modules (4N-GA240-xx) available. Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software for above UPS systems only • Include cables, media and documentation 4N-AEAES-AA Single system shutdown for Windows NT 4N-AEAES-BA NW management and multi system shutdown for Windows NT* 4N-AEAES-AK Single system shutdown for Digital UNIX 4N-AEAES-BK NW management and multi system shutdown for Digital UNIX* 4N-AEAES-EM Single system shutdown for OpenVMS * Require network adapters: 4N-AEAEO-DAIDC for 120V 60 Hz; or 4N-AEAEO-DBIDD for 220V 50 Hz -DA and -DB = Twisted Pair; -DC and -DD = ThinWire Alpha Servers 2.33 AlphaServer lOOOA Product Description The AlphaServer 1000A is an Alpha microprocessor server, available in 333 MHz and 400 MHz versions, with 2 MB ECC cache, available in three packages, Pedestal, Rackmount, and Cabinet systems .. Customers have a choice of three popular operating systems: Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, and Microsoft Windows NT Server. The AlphaServer 1000A offers the following high-reliability features: heat sensor, fan failure and power supply sensors, and ECC memory. Integrated on system motherboard are fast wide single-ended SCSI-2 controller, diskette controller, two serial ports, one parallel port, and keyboard and mouse controller. Advanced server management features are provided with all AlphaServer 1000A shipments via the bundled ServerWORKS Manager kit. The kit includes Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) agents for Windows NT 3.51 and Digital UNIX V3.2D. The SNMP agents for OpenVMS will be available with the next release of TCP/IP Services for OpenVMS. The management console software runs on a Windows PC and the SNMP agents are installed on the AlphaServer. The SNMP agents collect critical server information including system status, I/O information, storage and disk information and network status information. Thresholds can be set to monitor key server events and alarms are forwarded to the ServerWORKS console. Additionally, remote management can be handled via a simple serial link. The AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal System offers up to 10 internal storage devices including a floppy diskette drive and a CD-ROM, one 5.25-inch bay for an optional removable media drive, and seven hot swap StorageWorks wide or narrow disk drives. The system supports up to 1 GB of memory and over 30 GB of internal storage with seven 4.3 GB disks. The AlphaServer lOOOA Rackmount System offers up to 6 internal storage devices including a floppy diskette drive and a CD-ROM, one 5.25-inch bay for an optional removable media drive, and three wide and/or narrow disk drives. The system supports up to 1 GB of memory and over 12.9 GB 'of internal storage with three 4.3 GB disks. Cabinet systems are rackmount systems mounted with front facing StorageWorks shelf and two power distribution units into a standard 19" EIA Cabinet. 2.34 Alpha Servers AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step l-AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal Systems • Windows NT Packaged and Base systems - North American variants include Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English - Selection of language specific Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit is mandatory for all non-North American variants, see Step 9. • Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Packaged systems include factory installed (FIS) software on hard disk drive. Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software. • Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS Information following System Specifications. • Options ordered that are factory installable, will be factory installed unless specified as spares. Pedestal Systems include • Alpha microprocessor 21164 - 333 MHz CPU with 2 MB ECC onboard cache, or • Alpha microprocessor 21164 - 400-MHz CPU with 2 MB ECC onboard cache • Pedestal enclosure with: - Seven PCI slots Two EISA slots - Integral Fast Wide Single-Ended SCSI-2 controller supports wide and narrow devices - 20 SIMM memory slots support 4 memory options - 10 storage slots: One diskette drive slot One CD-ROM drive slot One additional removable media slot Seven StorageWorks wide and/or narrow hard drive slots - 450-Watt self-sensing, self-switching (1201240V, 60/50Hz) power supply - Two serial ports, support full duplex asynchronous modem control - One bi-directional enhanced parallel port - PS/2 style keyboard port and mouse port * • 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot • 3-button mouse • North American variants include 120V power cord (North America, Japan). Mandatory selection of country-specific power cord for all non-North American variants, see Step 10. English language documentation. Certain language selections are available; see Step 10. EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) • Integrated Advanced Server Management features, including ServerWorks Manager kit Hardware Warranty: Three-year on-site* • Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with advisory telephone support* • Windows NT Server plus 5-c1ient access license, media (CD-ROM) kit ort • Digital UNIX 2-user base license, Internet AlphaServer System Software kit, Digital NAS Base Server 200 license or • OpenVMS base license with System Manager license and Digital NAS Base Server 200 license Service upgrades are available; see Step 12, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services t Windows NT language specific media kit is mandatory for non-North American variants; see Step 9. Pedestal Packaged Systems include • PCI-based Fast 100 Ethernet (Twisted Pair) -uses one PCI slot • 600 MB CD-RaM-uses one removable media slot One hard drive, see below • One memory option, see below • North American Windows NT and Digital UNIX variants include a 101-key, PC style U.S. English keyboard. • North American OpenVMS variants include a 108 key, VT style U.S. English keyboard. • Select country-specific keyboard for all non-U.S. variants, see Step 10. Note: Selection of graphics option is mandatory for Windows NT Pedestal Packaged Systems . !S/333 .petlestalipack~ged Systems. with' 1.05 GB hard"disk drive Order Number PB76B-AA PB76B-AB Operating System OIS Media Power cord Windows NT Included* 120V Mandatory Mandatory IWindows NT ' "., . Keyboard ........ Memory Disk Included Required 64MB 1.05 GB 64MB 1.05 GB . . .... , '.' ... ..... ..•. < " .... ..... , ". Graphics Monitor Mandatory Mandatory Required Required Alpha Servers 2.35 AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Pedestal Packaged Systems ~/333pedestalpackagedSystems. with2XGBh~rd • diskdHve , .: :". .... ". '. : Order Number Operating System OIS Media Power cord Keyboard PB76B-FA Digital UNIX PIS Included PB76B-FB Digital UNIX PIS PB76B-MA OpenVMS PIS PB76B-MB OpenVMS PIS 120V Memory Disk ... .,;:.: Graphics :." .; .. ..... Monitor 64MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended 64MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended 120V Included 64MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended 64MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended : ..... s1400PedestalPackaged Systems with 2.1GB l1arddiskdrive Order Number Operating System OIS Media Power cord PB78B-AA Windows NT Included* PB78B-AB Windows NT Mandatory Mandatory PB78B-FA Digital UNIX PIS PB78B-FB Digital UNIX PIS PB78B-MA OpenVMS PIS PB78B-MB OpenVMS PIS * .. .......••. .,,:, ~ 120V 120V Keyboard Memory Disk .... .. .. .....: ....... : ... Graphics Monitor Included 128MB 2.1 GB Mandatory Required Required 128MB 2.1 GB Mandatory Required Included 128MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended 128MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended 120V Included 128MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended 128MB 2.1 GB Recommended Recommended Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English. KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance. Required items are essential for full system operation. Recommended items enhance system functionality. FIS = Factory Installed Software Pedestal Base Systems Note: Selection of graphics option is mandatory for Windows NT Pedestal Base Systems . . . : ~/333 Pedestal' Base Systems Order Number Operating System PB76C-AA Windows NT PB76C-AB Windows NT PB76C-FA Digital UNIX .. ' .. :';':. .... .... .,. Included! FIS 2 PB76C-FB Digital UNIX FIS Open VMS FIS 2 FIS 2 Open VMS 120V Windows NT Windows NT PB78 C-FA Digital UNIX FIS2 PB78C-FB Digital UNIX FIS2 PB78C-MA Open VMS PIS:.! Open VMS FIS2 Included .. .'.: Keyboard .' ::;." :.' . . :: ..' Memory & Hard Drive .: .: .... .. Graphics CD-ROM Monitor Required Mandatory Mandatory Required Required Required Mandatory Mandatory Required Required Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended 120 V Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended l u,,,, :.. ···Y. .. ' ;: 120V Mandatory Mandatory 120V .' ':.'.:.. : . . .: :: ....:: .': :': ::::::,:·.·I::::· • . . . . . . :.:.. .. . ..:::.:: . :\:..::.... , ... ":.'. . :::.:: : 2 Mandatory Mandatory Required Required Required Mandatory Mandatory Required Required Included .. .::: Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended 120V Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended Mandatory Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended 1. Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English. 2. Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software (FIS). KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance. Required items are essential for full system operation. Recommended items enhance system functionality. FIS = Factory Installed Software 2.36 Alpha Servers . Mandatory Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended ,., PB78C-AA PB78C-MB .': 120V .,' "~d"~; ~ " PB78C-AB : ..... ..... Mandatory Mandatory iPB76C-MA ~/4QqP~~~~~t]J:~S~:~y~te~ .:: OISMedia Power cord 2 PB76C-MB :: AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step l-AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal Systems (continued) PCI Option Slot Table • Use table for options restricted to slots 0, 1 and 2 only. Order Number KZPSC-AA KZPSC-BA DJ-ML200-BA DESOO-XA PBXGA-JB Description One-port PCI-based RAID Controller Three port PCI-based RAID Controller 4 MB PCI Prestoserve option PCI-based Fast Ethernet network interface card PCI based S3 TRIO Graphics Adapter Max # 3 3 1 2 1 Restriction applies to Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT Windows NT only Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT OpenVMS only Step la-AlphaServer lOOOA Rackmount Systems • Windows NT Packaged and Base systems - North American variants include Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English - Selection of language specific Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kit is mandatory for all non-North American variants, see Step 9. · Digital UNIX and OpenVMS Packaged systems include factory installed (FIS) software on hard disk drive. Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software. • Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS Information following System Specifications. · Options ordered that are factory installable, will be factory installed unless specified as spares. Note: AlphaServer 1000A rackmount systems do not support dual power supply configurations Rackmount Systems include • Alpha microprocessor 21164 333-MHz CPU with 2 MB ECC onboard cache, or • Alpha microprocessor 21164 400-MHz CPU with 2 MB ECC onboard cache • Rackmount enclosure with: - Seven PCI slots Two EISA slots Integral Fast Wide Single-Ended SCSI-2 controller supports wide and narrow devices - 20 SIMM memory slots support 4 memory options 6 storage slots: One diskette drive slot One CD-ROM drive slot One additional removable media slot Three fixed wide and/or narrow hard disk drive slots - 450-Watt self-sensing, self-switching (120/240V, 60/50Hz) power supply - Two serial ports, support full duplex asynchronous modem control - One bi-directional enhanced parallel port - PS/2 style keyboard port and mouse port • 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot Three-button mouse • IS-foot power cord (120V/240V as appropriate) • Rackmount hardware (shelf and rails) • English language documentation kit. • EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) • Integrated Advanced Server Management features, including ServerWorks Manager kit . ! • Hardware Warranty: Three-year on-sIte • Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with advisory telephone support! • Windows NT Ser~er plus 5-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kit or Digital UNIX 2-user base license, Digital NAS Base Server 200 license or OpenVMS base license with System Manager license and Digital NAS Base Server 200 license. 1 Service upgrades are available; see Step 12, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services 2 Windows NT language specific media kit is mandatory for non-North American variants; see Step 9. Alpha Servers 2.37 AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet I Rackmount Packaged Systems include • PCI-based Fast 100 Ethernet (Twisted Pair)-uses one PCI slot • One hard disk drive, see below • Memory, see below 600 MB CD-ROM-uses one removable media slot • North American Windows NT and Digital UNIX variants include a 101-key, PC style U.S. English keyboard. • North American OpenVMS variants include a 108 key, VT style U.S. English keyboard. • Select country-specific keyboard for non-North American variants, see Step 10. • Systems include 120V or 240V power cord depending on variant chosen. • Cabinet enclosure available separately, see Step II. Note: Selection of graphics option is mandatory for Windows NT Rackmount Packaged Systems .'. ~j333 RackfuotintPackagedSYstemsWithi.05 'GB harddiskdri~e . . Order Number Operating System OIS Media Power cord Keyboard Included PB76P-AA Windows NT Included* 120V PB76P-AB PB76P-FA PB76P-FB PB76P-MA PB76P-MB Windows NT Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS : '. " Mandatory 240 V Required PIS PIS PIS 120V 240 V Included Recommended Included 120V Recommended 240 V .. '... :. ,<' 5/400.RacklllountPackagedsystelllswith·2~iGB·liard.aiskdrive " Order Number Operating System OIS Media Power cord Keyboard Included PB78P·AA Windows NT Included* 120V PB78p·AB Mandatory Required 240 V lWindows NT '. '.' PB78p·MB * Digital UNIX Digital UNIX PIS PIS 120V 240 V OpenVMS OpenVMS PIS PIS 120V 240 V Included Recommended Included Recommended Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English. KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance. Required items are essential for full system operation. Recommended items enhance system functionality. PIS = Factory Installed Software 2.38 Alpha Servers .... ...•.; . ; . ; . ... . ......... Monitor Required 64MB Mandatory Required Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended 64MB Recommended Recommended ...:, .. .' '" PB78p·FA PB78p·FB PB78p·MA . Mandatory 64MB 64MB 64MB PIS ... Graphics Memory 64MB Memory 128MB .;: .: .......... Graphics Mandatory ., ".", ' ' . . ..........: ... Monitor Required 128MB 128MB Mandatory Required Recommended Recommended 128MB 128MB Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended 128MB AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step l-AlphaServer lOOOA Rackmount Systems (continued) Rackmount Base System • Base systems include 120V or 240V power cord depending on variant chosen. • Cabinet enclosure available separately, see Step 11. Note: Selection of graphics option is mandatory for Windows NT Rackmount Base Systems 5/333 Rackmount Base Systems Keyboard Memory & Hard Drive Graphics CD-ROM Monitor 120V Required Mandatory Mandatory Required Required 240 V Required Mandatory Mandatory Required Required Digital UNIX Mandatory PIS:.! 120V Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended Digital UNIX PIS:.! 240 V Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended OpenVMS PIS2 120V Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended OpenVMS PIS:.! 240 V Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended Order Number Operating System PB76S-AA Windows NT Included PB76S-AB Windows NT PB76S-FA PB76S-FB PB76S-MA PB76S-MB OIS Media Power cord 1 5/400 Rackmount Base Systems 1 Required Mandatory Mandatory Required Required Required Mandatory Mandatory Required Required PB78S-AA Windows NT Included PB78S-AB Windows NT Digital UNIX Mandatory PIS:.! 240 V PB78S-FA 120V Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended PB78S-FB Digital UNIX PIS2 240 V Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended PB78S-MA OpenVMS PIS2 120 V Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended PB78S-MB OpenVMS PIS:.! 240 V Recommended Mandatory Recommended Recommended Recommended 120 V 1. Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English 2. Base systems ordered with a minimum of a 1.05 GB disk, include factory installed software (FIS). KEY: Mandatory items must be on purchase order at initial order acceptance. Required items are essential for full system operation. Recommended items enhance system functionality. FIS = Factory Installed Software PCI Option Slot Table • Use table for options restricted to slots 0, 1 and 2 only. Order Number KZPSC-AA KZPSC-BA DJ-ML200-BA DE500-XA PBXGA-JB Description One-port PCI-based RAID Controller Three port PCI-based RAID Controller 4 MB PCI Presto serve option PCI-based Fast Ethernet network interface card PCI based S3 TRIO Graphics Adapter Max # 3 3 1 2 1 Restriction applies to Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT Windows NT only Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT OpenVMS only Alpha Servers 2.39 AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step ·. ·1 b__Alplt~Server •.l()OOA·CaijillefSY~~~~s .• •· .· " Cabinet Packaged Systems include • AlphaServer 1000A Cabinet Systems ship with dual (2) H7600-xx cabinet power distribution units and the following power cords. - 120 V systems (H7600-AA) =2 x 24A terminated with NEMA L5-30P (plugs) and require NEMA L6-20R (receptacles) - 240 V systems (H7600-AB) =2 x 16A terminated with NEMA L6-20P (plugs) and require NEMA L6-20R (receptacles) • H9AI0-CE/-CF Cabinet Dimensions - Outside: 66.9-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.8-inches deep - Usable internal rackmount: 59.5-inches high, 19-inches wide, 30.83-inches deep. 5/333 and 5/400 Cabinet Packaged Systems include • Cabinet enclosure (H9AI0-CE/-CF, 120 V or 240 V) with AlphaServer 1000A Rackmount Packaged System, plus - One BA36R-AF front-mounted StorageWorks shelf. Note: BA36R-AF StorageWorks wide shelf requires a Fast wide SCSI controller, SCSI disk drive, and SCSI cable, see Step 4b. Select SCSI devices for installation in BA36RAF StorageWorks shelf from Step 4e. . .. 5/333 Cabinet Packaged Systems .'. ... '. ~ .. .~ . ........ PB76R-AA* Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB76P-AA) PB76R-AB Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB76P-AB) PB76R-FAlFB Digital UNIX Rackmount Packaged system (PB76P-FAIFB) rB76R-MAIMB Open VMS Rackmount Packaged system (PB 76P-MAlMB) 5/400CabilletPackaged Systems " . '.' . Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB78P-AA) Windows NT Rackmount Packaged system (PB78P-AB) PB78R-FAlFB Digital UNIX Rackmount Packaged system (PB78P-FAlFB) PB78R-MAIMB OpenVMS Rackmount Packaged system (PB78P-MAlMB) * ...................... .. PB78R-AB PB78R-AA* . . . . '., " .. .: .............. .. . < . '·:·c . ... ." .... Windows NT Server license, media (CD-ROM) kit North American English .. Step 2-Memory • Packaged Systems include one 64 MB or one 128 MB memory kit. • System supports up to four memory kits (each kit includes industry-standard SIMMs and ECC support). • System maximum of 1 GB can be obtained by selecting Base System and four PB7MA-AE/CE 256 MB memory kits. Memory kits for 5/333 and 5/400 systems iDescription PB7MA-CB PB7MA-CC PB7MA-CD PB7MA-CE DJ-ML200-BA 2.40 Alpha Servers 32 MB 70ns (8 MB SIMMs) memory kit 64 MB 70ns (16 MB SIMMs) memory kit 128 MB 70ns (32 MB SIMMs) memory kit 256 MB 70ns (64 MB SIMMs) memory kit PCI-based 4 MB PrestoServe I/O Performance Enhancement Option; maximum one per system. AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 3-Monitors • Windows NT systems require a graphics monitor to run all functions. • EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) is accessible via the console port for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Optional graphics capability is available. Select graphics adapter, monitor, and country specific keyboard for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems if required. • Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter included with system. - OpenVMS supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 72Hz - Digital UNIX supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 72Hz - Windows NT supports 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72Hz, 640 x 480 x 256 @ 72 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 56 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 60 Hz, 800 x 600 x 256 @ 72 Hz. Note: Higher resolution available with optional EISA or PCI graphics adapters (see Step 5). VRC15-KAlK4 15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flat-square CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable. Select -KA for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 must be ordered separately, see Step 10. VRT17-PAlP4 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 must be ordered separately, see Step 10. VRC21-LAlL4 21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 must be ordered separately, see Step 10. Step 4-Storage Configuration rules for Pedestal Internal Storage • Integral Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of seven wide and/or narrow devices: - Two internal narrow 5.25-inch removable media devices - Six narrow or wide 3.5-inch hard disk drives in internal storage assembly - One external narrow storage device. Maximum external SCSI cable length cannot exceed .5 meters • Pedestal enclosure supports ten storage devices: one dedicated diskette drive slot, two removable media slots, seven 3.5-inch internal hard disk drives. • Pedestal system internal storage assembly is configured in single-bus mode and can be reconfigured in split bus mode. • An additional SCSI-2 controller is required to support internal storage assembly if set for split-bus mode. Configuration rules for Rackmount Internal Storage • Integral Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of five wide and/or narrow devices: - Two internal narrow 5.25-inch removable media devices. - Three narrow or wide 3.5-inch internal hard disk drives (each narrow drive ordered requires a wide to narrow SCSI adapter (PBXKP-BA). • Rackmount enclosure supports six storage devices: one dedicated diskette drive slot, two removable media slots, three 3.5-inch internal hard disk drives. Alpha Servers 2.41 AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4a-Internal Storage All Pedestal and Rackmount systems include 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot. • Pedestal and Rackmount Packaged systems include: - One CD-ROM drive - One 1.05 GB or 2.1 GB wide hard drive (see Step 1) Removable Media Devices PBXRD-CA PBXTZ-AA PBXTL-DA 600 MB 5.25 inch half-height dual-speed CD-ROM drive (RRD45) 2.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape drive (TZKll) 8.0 GB 5.25-inch x 1.6-inch SCSI 4 mm DAT drive (TLZ09) Pedestal System Hard Drives RZ26N-VW RZ28D-VW RZ28M-VW RZ29B-VW 1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive Pedestal system internal SCSI Cable Kits PB7HA-AA PB7HA-BA BC25V-IH Includes 50 conductor cable from 8-bit narrow SCSI controller to internal storage assembly, cable from internal storage assembly to external bulkhead, and external terminator. Includes 68 conductor cable from 16-bit wide SCSI controller to internal storage assembly, cable from internal storage assembly to wide SCSI external bulkhead, jumper cable to put internal storage assembly into single bus mode, and external single-ended wide SCSI terminator. Includes one 68 conductor cable from 16-bit wide SCSI controller to wide SCSI external bulkhead. Rackmount System Hard Disk Drives (internal only) • Order -W variants when configuring initial order • Order PBXRW-xx variants when ordering as spares and/or for field installation • Order -VA and -VW variants when adding external storage to Narrow BA35R or Wide BA36R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves Rackmount Hard Disk Drives (Internal only) RZ26N-W RZ28M-W RZ28D-W RZ29B-W PBXRW-EB PBXRW-HB PBXRW-JB PBXRW-NA 2.42 Alpha Servers 1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive 4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5-inch half-height disk drive AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4b-Storage Controllers • Maximum three PCI-based KZPSC-xx SCSI controllers supported per system. KZPSC-xx controllers are supported in PCI slots 0, I and 2 only. • Maximum two EISA-based KZESC-xx SCSI controllers supported per system. Maximum number of EISA-based controllers of all types is limited by the total number of available EISA slots and available IRQs. • KZPSC-xx StorageWorks RAID Array 230 includes PCI backplane RAID controller and StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT. - KZPSC-AA one-port controller installed in Pedestal system requires a PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf, two kits required for split bus mode. - KZPSC-BA three-port controller installed in Pedestal system requires one PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf, split-bus mode requires two SCSI cable kits. Note: If all three ports on KZPSC-BA controller are used, third external port blocks an additional PCI bulkhead slot. • KZESC-xx StorageWorks RAID Array 210 includes EISA backplane RAID controller and StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT. - KZESC-AA one-port controller installed in Pedestal system requires one PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf, split-bus mode requires two SCSI cable kits. - KZESC-BA three-port controller installed in Pedestal system requires one PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf, split-bus mode requires two SCSI cable kits. Note: If all three ports on KZESC-BA controller are used for external storage, third external port blocks an additional PCI bulkhead slot. • KZPSA-BB PCI-based one-port Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller supports externally connected wide disks in BA356IBA36R with DWZZB signal converter, or narrow disks in BA35R with DWZZA signal converter. Internal hard disk drives are not supported on FWD controller. • SCSI cables are not included and must be ordered separately. • External DSSI cables are not included and must be ordered separately. SCSI Controllers KZPAA-AA BN21H-xx KZPSA-BB BN21K-Ol KZPDA-AA BN21K-02 KZPSC-AA* BN31S-1E BN31L-IE KZPSC-BA* BN31K-OE BN31S-1E BN31L-IE PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Narrow Single Ended (FNSE) SCSI-2 controller Connects from KZPAA-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmount shelves. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf PCI-based one-port high-performance Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller. Supports external disks only. Connects from KZPSA to DWZZA-VA in narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmount shelves, or DWZZB-VW in wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves PCI-based one-port Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI controller Connects from KZPDA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves. One-port PCI backplane RAID Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf. Connects from KZPSC-AA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves Connects from KZPSC-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmountshelves Three-port PCI backplane RAID (FWSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-BA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf. SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSC-BA; required for connection to third port; uses one PCI bulkhead slot. Connects from KZPSC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves Connects from KZPSC-BA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmount shelves Alpha Servers 2.43 Alpna~erver lUUUA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4b-Storage Controllers (continued) SCSI Controllers KZESC-AA* BN21H-02 BN21N-02 KZESC-BA* CK-SWXCR-AA BN21H-02 BN21N-02 KZPSM-AA BC25V-IA BN21K-xx * One-port EISA backplane RAID (FNSE) controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf Connects from KZPAA-AA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and narrow StorageWorks rackmountshelves Connects from KZESC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves Three-port EISA backplane RAID controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem family software and documentation kit. Pedestal system requires PB7HA-AA SCSI cable kit for connection to internal StorageWorks shelf. SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZESC-BA, required for connecting second and third ports to builkhead slot Connects from KZESC-BA to narrow StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves Connects from KZESC-BA to wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves PCI-based SCSI Ethernet combination controller. (FWSE) SCSI controller, 10 Mbit Ethernet. SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSM-AA; connects from KZPSM-AA to bulkhead for external storage; requires BN21K-xx SCSI cable Connects from KZPSM-AA bulkhead assembly kit wide StorageWorks enclosures and wide StorageWorks rackmount shelves See Storage Devices for additional information on StorageWorks RAID Array 2xO Subsystems DSSI Controllers KFPSA-AA PCI-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only). See Step 4fDSSI cables. KFESB-AA EISA-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only). Uses one EISA slot if system is end node in OpenVMS cluster, or two slots if system is middle node in OpenVMS cluster. Maximum two (if end node in cluster) or maximum of one (if middle node in cluster). See Step 4f DSSI cables. Step 4c-External Tape Expansion • Integral Fast Wide Single Ended SCSI-2 controller installed in Pedestal systems can be extended outside the system enclosure for narrow devices only. - 0.5 meters when internal narrow device is connected and StorageWorks assembly is configured in singlebus mode in Pedestal enclosure only. - 1.0 meters when internal narrow device is connected and StorageWorks assembly is configured in split-bus mode in Pedestal enclosure only. • External tape drives are also supported on optional PCIbased SCSI controllers. - KZPAA-AA-maximum bus length including cable and tape device cannot exceed 3.0 meters. - KZPSA-BB-maximum bus length including cable and tape device cannot exceed 25.0 meters. • External tape drives supported on one- and three-port (KZPSC-xx) SCSI controllers on Windows NT systems only. • External tape drives are not supported on one- and threeport (KZESC-xx) Fast-SCSI-2 controllers. Each tabletop tape device requires high density 50-pin to low density 50-pin SCSI cable (BN23G-OE). External Tapes supported on Windows NT Servers TLZ09 TLZ7e,2 TZKll-DA TZ872 2 TZ875 2 TZ877 BN23G-OE 2.44 Alpha Servers 8.0 GB 4 mm DAT tape drive 32.0 GB 4 mm DAT autoloader 2.0 GB 5.25-inch tabletop QIC tape drive 20 GB, DLT tape drive 100 GB, DLT tape autoloader 140 GB, DLT tape autoloader 3 Foot Molded SCSI Cable, required for each tabletop tape device AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4c-External Tape Expansion (continued) External Tapes supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS servers 3 TLZ09 12 3 TLZ7L • • TZKll.DA 3 TKZ60·FAlFC TKZ60.EA TKZ61 3 TKZ61.AC 3 TKZ62 TKZ62.AC TKZlS·TA TKZlS.VA 3 35 • TSZ07·CA TSZ07.AA TZ87 TZ87.VA TZ87S TZ877 TZ88 3 2 3 2 2 2 TKZ9E.TA 4 TKZ9E.VA 3 BN23G·OE 8.0 GB 4 mm DAT tape drive 32.0 GB 4 mm DAT autoloader 2.0 GB 5.25-inch tabletop QIC tape drive 400 MB IBM 3480/3490 compatible tabletop tape drive 400 MB IBM 3480/3490 compatible tabletop tape drive 400 MB IBM compatible tape autoloader 400 MB IBM compatible tape autoloader 2.4 GB IBM compatible tape autoloader 2.4 GB IBM compatible tape autoloader 10 GB, 8 mm, tabletop tape drive 10 GB, 8 mm, tabletop tape drive 401140 MB, reeVreel, tabletop tape drive 401140 MB, reeVreel, tabletop tape drive 20 GB, DLT tape drive 20 GB, DLT tape drive 100 GB, DLT tape autoloader 140 GB, DLT tape autoloader 20/40 GB, DLT tape drive 2/517110/14 GB 8 mm helical scan tape drive, tabletop 2/517/10/14 GB 8 mm helical scan tape drive in StorageWorks SBB carrier 3 Foot Molded SCSI Cable, required for each tabletop tape device. 1 Includes four cartridge loader. Larger magazines are supported. 2 Base operating systems support sequential back-up mode only; additional software is required for random access backup. See Storage Devices for details. 3. Variants for use in Rackmount systems 4. 8 mm drive requires OpenVMS MK-driver patch when connected to KZPSA controller in OpenVMS system. 5. Windows NT require layered driver software QB-4STAA-SA Step 4d-External Disk Expansion for Pedestal Systems • BA353 expansion units are supported on wide and narrow SCSI controllers. Devices operate in narrow mode when BA353 is connected to a Fast Wide SCSI controller. • BA356 and BA346 expansion units are supported on Fast Wide SCSI controllers. StorageWorks Modular Storage Options BA3S3·AA BA3S6·KC BA346·KB DWZZA·VA DWZZB·VW StorageWorks 8-bit Narrow Desktop expansion unit includes enclosure and 120 V power cord. Supports up to three 3.5" narrow hard disk drives. Not supported with RAID controllers. StorageWorks 16-bit Wide Pedestal expansion unit includes BA356 basic shelf, BA35X-HA universal ac power supply, pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord. Supports up to seven 3.5" wide or narrow drives; narrow drives operate in narrow mode. StorageWorks 16-bit Wide Pedestal expansion unit includes BA356 basic shelf, BA35X-HA universal ac power supply, pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord. Supports up to nine devices, two 5.25" narrow and seven 3.5" wide or narrow drives; narrow drives operate in narrow mode. Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one end and 8 bit Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one end and 8 or 16 bit Fast Wide or Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. See Storage Device for additional ordering infonnation for StorageWorks modular storage expansion and supported devices. Alpha Servers 2.45 AJPba~erver IUUUA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 4e-External Disk Expansion for Cabinet Systems • External BA35R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves are supported on all Fast SCSI-2 controllers. • External BA36R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves are supported on Fast Wide SCSI controller. • AlphaServer 1000 Rackmount systems provide four SCSI expansion ports on rear panel of system. • Order BN21H-02 cable to connect a single BA35R StorageWorks shelf to controllers. • Order BN31 *-xx cable to connect a single BA36R StorageWorks shelf to controllers. Rackmount StorageWorks Shelves BA36R-AF BA36R-AR BA35R-SF BA35R·SR DWZZA-VA DWZZB-VW Rackmounted BA356 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for Wide SCSI disks Rackmounted BA356 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for Wide SCSI disks Rackmounted BA350 front mounted StorageWorks shelf for Narrow SCSI disks Rackmounted BA350 rear mounted StorageWorks shelf for Narrow SCSI disks Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one end and 8 bit Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Requires BN21K-** cable. Bi-directional SCSI signal converter and bus extender kit. 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 on one end and 8 or 16 bit Fast Wide Single-Ended SCSI-2 on other end. Requires BN21K-** cable. See Storage Devices for additional ordering information for StorageWorks modular storage expansion and supported devices. Hard Disk Drives for Rackmount StorageWorks Shelves (External only) • Wide drives require wide controller to operate in 16-bit wide mode. • Wide drives are supported in BA36R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves • Narrow drives are supported in BA35R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves RZ26N·VA RZ28M·VA RZ28D·VA RZ29B-VA RZ26N-VW RZ28M·VW RZ28D·VW RZ29B-VW * 1.05 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 xI" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 xI" SCSI hard disk drive 4.3 GB 8-bit narrow 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive 1.05 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 5400 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x I" SCSI hard disk drive 4.3 GB 16-bit wide 7200 RPM 3.5 x 1.6" SCSI hard disk drive Wide drives operate in 8-bit narrow mode when connected to integral Fast Narrow Single Ended SCSI-2 controller Step 4f-DSSI Cables • EISA-based DSSI controller (KFESB-AA) uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection. • KFESB to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI connection (VAX 4000s, R400X) requires BC22Q-xx DSSI cable. • KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI straight connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices requiring straight connection) requires BC21Q-xx DSSI cable. • KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI right-angle connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices requiring right-angle connection) requires BC29S-xx DSSI cable. 2.46 Alpha Servers AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-t;abinet Step 5-Graphics Adapters Note: Selection of graphics option is mandatory for Windows NT Pedestal Packaged Systems EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) is accessible via the console port for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems. Optional graphics capability is available. Select graphics adapter, monitor, and country specific keyboard for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems if required. PB2GA-JB PB2GA-FB PBXGA-AA PBXGA-AN PBXGA-BA PBXGA-BN PB2GA-JA PCI based Tri064 S3 1 MB DRAM graphics adapter 1024 x 768 (Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT) ISA based ATI Mach64 2 MB DRAM graphics adapter 1280 x 1024 (Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT) PCI based ZPXp-El 8-plane 1024 x 768 graphics ac~apter (Digital UNIX) PCI based ZPXp-El 8-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Windows NT) PCI based ZPXp-E2 24-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Digital UNIX) PCI based ZPXp-E2 24-plane 1024 x 768 graphics adapter (Windows NT) PCI based PowerStorm 3D10 8-plane 1280x1024 graphics, (Digital UNIX, OpenVMS, Windows NT) Step 6-Networks and Communications • Packaged systems include PCI-based Fast 100 Ethernet (Twisted Pair) controller (DE500-XA), uses one PCI slot. • All options use one slot except DEFEA-DA which uses two slots • Select networking cable for Ethernet controller - BN26K-xx for 10BaseT (twisted pair) • Maximum number of each EISA-based network controllers supported per system: - Two DE425-AA, Two DEFEA-xA, Two DW300-AA, Two DNSES DESOO-XA DE42S-AA DE4S0-CA DEFPA-AA* DEFPA-DA* DEFPA-UA* DGLPB-AB PBXNP-AA * PCI-based Fast Ethernet network interface card (see PCI Option Slot Table) EISA-based Ethernet; OpenVMS and Digital UNIX only PCI based Digital Etherworks 32-bit network interface card (twisted pair, Thick wire, ThinWire) PCI-based DEC FDDlcontroller, Single Attachment; maximum seven on OpenVMS and Windows NT, four on Digital UNIX. PCI-based DEC FDDlcontroller, Dual Attachment, maximum seven on OpenVMS and Windows NT, four on Digital UNIX. PCI-based DEC FDDI (UTP) controller; maximum seven on OpenVMS and Windows NT, four on Digital UNIX. PCI-based ATMworks 350 adapter PCI-based Token Ring adapter, no boot support. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems require driver floppy. Supported as data device only. DEFEA-AA DEFEA-DA DEFEA-UA DW300-AA DNSES-AA CXIOI-AA CXIOI-AD PBXDI-AA PBXDI-AB PBXDI-AC DlIAA-AA DllAA-AB EISA-based DEC FDDlcontroller, Single Attachment EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller, Dual Attachment (requires two slots) EISA-based DEC FDDI (UTP) controller EISA-based Token-Ring adapter includes NetWare V2.15 driver, LAN Manager Driver, and documentation (Not supported by DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS) EISA-based synchronous communications controller; Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only ISA Async MUX Adapter, 16lines-expandable to 64lines; Windows NT and Digital UNIX only ISA Async MUX Adapter, 16lines-expandable to 224 lines; Windows NT and Digital UNIX only ISA-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for EIA232N.24N.28; Windows NT only ISA-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for V.35; Windows NT only ISA-based Two Port Synchronous Communications controller with interface support for X.21 and EIA-530; Windows NT only ISA-based ISDN terminal adapter (U.S.); Windows NT only ISA-based ISDN terminal adapter (non-U.S.); Windows NT only Alpha Servers 2.47 Alpha~erver IUUUA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 7-Additional Power Supply-Pedestal Systems Only Note: AlphaServer 1000A Rackmount and Cabinet systems do not support dual power supply configurations • Additional power supply may be added to AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal system for n+ 1 redundancy. • Country specific power cord must be ordered separately, see Step 10. 450-Watt Redundant Power Supply Option H7290-AA See UPS information following System Specifications. Step 8-Printers and Remote Console The KCRCM is an EISA form-factor card that enables a remote user to gain access to the system's console terminal port, and reset, halt, and power cycle the system. It functions independently of the operating system. KCRCM-AA KCRCM-BA KCRCM-CA KCRCM-DA Remote System access for IIOV North American Remote System access for 220V Europe Remote System access for 220V U.K. Remote System access for 240V AustralialNew Zealand Systems include two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors. Select serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H857I-J) is required for each connection. A cable must be ordered unless otherwise provided. Step 9-Software • North American variants of Windows NT Packaged and Base systems include Windows NT license, media (CD-ROM) kits (see Step 1). Note: Selection of language specific Windows NT media kit is mandatory for non North American variants. • Order documentation kit if required. Windows NT Server plus S-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kits QB-23CAA-SB QB-23C8A-SB QB-23CPA-SB QB-23CGA-SB QB-23CSA-SB QB-23CUA-SB QB-23CJA-SB QB-23CDA-SB Windows NT Server license, media kit North American English Windows NT Server license, media kit International English Windows NT Server license, media kit French Windows NT Server license, media kit German Windows NT Server license, media kit Spanish Windows NT Server license, media kit Italian Windows NT Server license, media kit Japanese Windows NT Server license, media kit Danish Windows NT Server plus S-client access license, media (CD-ROM) kits QB-23CMA-SB QB-23CNA-SB QB-23CFA-SB QB-23CHA-SB QB-23CVA-SB QB-23C4A-SB QB-23C3A-SB QB-23C2A-SB Windows NT Server license, media kit Swedish Windows NT Server license, media kit Norwegian Windows NT Server license, media kit Finnish Windows NT Server license, media kit Dutch Windows NT Server license, media kit Portuguese Windows NT Server license, media kit Korean Windows NT Server license, media kit Taiwanese Windows NT Server license, media kit PRC Chinese Windows NT Server Optional software and documentation QA-23CAA-GZ QA-23C8A-GZ QB-4G45A-AA 2.48 Alpha Servers Windows NT Server documentation kit Windows NT International English Server documentation kit Purveyor Web Server Software Vl.l for Process Software Corp. AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 9-Software (continued) Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Software Processor Code =E • Digital UNIX Packaged and Base systems require operating system media and documentation for first system on site. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion. QL-MT7AM-3B QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D QL-MT7AM-3E QL-MT7AM-3F QL-MT7AE-AA QL-MT5AE-AA Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use S-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 16-user license Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license Digital UNIX developer's extension license Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM QA-054AA-H8 Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM DECnet for Digital UNIX QL-MTJAE-AA QL-MTKAE-AA DECnetJOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX DECnetJOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses Software Processor Code =E • OpenVMS Packaged and Base systems include OpenVMS V6.2-IH2 kit (QA-MTIAG-HS), it must be installed over OpenVMS V6.2 media when reloading operating system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between systems at user discretion. OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses can also be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha Cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-MT2AE-AA OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license Concurrent Use 2-user license Concurrent Use 4-user license Concurrent Use S-user license Concurrent Use 16-user license Concurrent Use 32-user license Concurrent Use 64-user license Concurrent Use 12S-user license Concurrent Use 256-user license Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS Media and Documentation QA-MTIAA-H8 QA-MTIAG-H8 QA-OOIAA-GZ OpenVMS V6.2 media and on-line documentation CD-ROM OpenVMS V6.2-IH2 media and on-line documentation CD-ROM OpenVMS hardcopy documentation Alpha Servers 2.49 AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 9-Software (continued) OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM QA-03XAA-H8 Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM DECnet for OpenVMS QL-MTGAE-AA QL-MTHAE-AA DECnet extended function license for OpenVMS DEC net end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS DSSI Information EK-4l0AB-MG EK-D4AXP-TS DSSI VMS cluster Installation Guide DSSI VMS cluster Troubleshooting Guide Step lO-Power Cords, Keyboards, and Documentation Pedestal and Monitor Power Cords • North American variants include BN26J-IK 120 V (North American, Japan) power cord. If an other power cord is selected, both power cords ship with system. North American, Japan, 120 V, 75-inches long Australia, New Zealand, 2.5 meters long Central Europe, 2.5 meters long U.K., Ireland, 2.5 meters long Switzerland, 2.5 meters long Denmark, 2.5 meters long Italy, 2.5 meters long Egypt, India, South Africa, 2.5 meters long Israel, 2.5 meters long BN26J-1K BN19H-2E BN19C-2E BN19A-2E BN19E-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN19S-2E BN18L-2E Rackmount Power Cords • 120V and 240V 15 foot power cords are included with all systems, variant designates power cord voltage (see Step 1). Note: AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal system power cords are less then 15-feet long and are not supported in cabinet enclosures. 15-feet 240 V, 50Hz power cord connects system to power distribution unit located inside cabinet 15-feet 120 V, 60Hz power cord connects system to power distribution unit located inside cabinet BN20Q-4E BN20Z-4E Keyboards • Some variants include a keyboard (see Step 1). For these variants, if an additional keyboard is ordered, both keyboards ship with system. 101 key PC style keyboard Windows NT LK47l-A2 LK47l-AB LK47l-AC LK47l-AD LK47l-AE LK47l-AF LK47l-AG LK47l-AH * Digital UNIX LK47l-A2 LK471-AB LK47l-AC * LK47l-AD LK47l-AE LK47l-AF LK47l-AG LK47l-AH Requires Digital UNIX V4.0 or hig~er 2.50 Alpha Servers Language U.S.lEnglish Belgian CanadianlFrench Danish United Kingdom Finnish German Dutch 108 key VT style keyboard OpenVMS LK46l-A2 LK46l-AB LK46l-AC LK46l-AD LK46l-A2 LK46l-AF LK46l-AG LK46l-AH Digital UNIX LK46l-A2 LK46l-AB LK46l-AC LK46l-AD LK46l-A2 LK46l-AF LK46l-AG LK46l-AH AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 10-Power Cords, Keyboards, and Documentation (continued) Keyboards 101 key PC style keyboard * Windows NT LK471-AI Digital UNIX LK471-AI LK471-AK LK471-AF LK471-AN LK471-AP LK471-AK LK471-AF LK471-AN LK471-AP LK471-AS LK471-AV LK471-AS LK471-AV Language Italian Swiss/French Swiss/Gennan Swiss/Generic Swedish Norwegian French CanadianlEnglish Spanish Portuguese 108 key VT style keyboard OpenVMS LK461-AI LK461-AK LK461-AL Digital UNIX LK461-AI LK461-AK LK461-AL LK461-AM LK461-AN LK461-AP LK461-AM LK461-AN LK461-AP LK641-AQ * LK461-AS LK461-AV LK461-AS LK461-AV Requires Digital UNIX V4.0 or higher Mouse and Extension Cable Kit PBXWS-AA 2T-4S0KM-AA 3-button mouse (included with all systems, order as spare or replacement) Extension cable kit for VGA, PC style keyboard, and mouse, for use with Rackmount systems. Pedestal Documentation: Customer and Service Kits • All variants include (QZ-OOMAA-GZ) English customer kit documentation. Select other language customer kits if required. If an other customer kit is selected, both will ship. • Select service kits for all systems if required. Customer Kit Service Kit QZ-OOMAA-GZ QA-OOMAB-GZ QZ-OOMPA-GZ QZ-OOMSA-GA QZ-OOMJA-GZ QZ-OOMUA-GZ QZ-OOMGA-GZ AG-Q9SHA-BE Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer IOOOA-English Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer IOOOA-French Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer IOOOA-Spanish Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1OOOA-Japanese Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer IOOOA-Italian Customer and Service kit for AlphaServer 1000A-Gennan Customer and Service kit On-line documentation-English Step II-Cabinet Enclosure Select cabinet enclosure for Packaged and Base AlphaServer IOOOA Rackmount systems, if required. • H9AIO 19-inch EIA Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions - Outside: 66.9-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.8-inches deep - Intemalusable rackmountable space: 59.5-inches high, 19-inches wide, 30.83-inches deep H9A10-CE H9A10·CF H9A10·CG H9A10·CH H9A10-AB H9A10·AD 120V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller 240V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller 120V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller and front door 240V Retma Cabinet assembly with dual power controller and front door Retma Cabinet assembly with no power controller Retma Cabinet assembly with front door, with no power controller Alpha Servers 2.51 AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step II-Cabinet Enclosure (continued) H9AIO Cabinets for Europe Select H9AI0-CJ/CKICT/CU/GGIGH • Variants denote depth dimensions, as well as door placement (front or rear and lift or swing) • European geography cabinets contain H7600-DB IEC 309 power distribution unit (200V-240V, SO-60HZ, 16A 12 IEC 320 C13 outlets) H9A15 Cabinets for U.S. • For applications requiring additional internal cabinet rackmount space H9AlS-BAlBB H9AlS-BCIBD H9A1 S-CAICB H9AlS-CC/CD H9AlS-BE 120 V EIA Cabinet 71.7S" high x door 120 V EIA Cabinet 71.87" high x rear swing doors 120 V EIA Cabinet 71.7S" high x door 120 V EIA Cabinet 71.7S" high x rear swing doors 120 V EIA Cabinet 71.87" high x rear swing doors 19" wide x 29.7S" deep, with dual power controllers, rear swing 19" wide x 29.7S" deep, with dual power controllers, front and 19" wide x 37-12" deep, with dual power controllers, rear swing 19" wide x 37-12" deep, with dual power controllers, front and 19" wide x 29.7S" deep, with dual power controllers, front and H9A15 Cabinets for Europe H9AlS-BE H9AlS-CE H7600-DB EIA Cabinet 71.87" high x 19" wide x 29.7S" deep, requires H7600-DB power controllers, rear swing doors EIA Cabinet 71.7S" high x 19" wide x 37-12" deep, requires H7600-DB power controllers, rear swing door Power Distribution Unit, 2 pole 16A circuit breaker, 200V-240V, SO-60HZ, 16A for use in 19 inch cabinets, 12 IEC 320 C13 outlets, with EINANSI (RETMA) rails, IEC 309 power plug Step I2-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services Hardware-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include three-year hardware warranty, on-site with S x 9, 24-hour response time. • Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required. FM-MK4HR-36 FM-MKS12-36 FM-MK616-36 FM-MK724-36 FM-MKXHW-60 FM-MK4HR-60 FM-MKS12-60 FM-MK616-60 FM-MK724-60 2.52 Alpha Servers S x 9, 4-hour response time S x 12, 4-hour response time 6 x 16, 4-hour response time 7 x 24, 4-hour response time· Years I-S, next day, Onsite Years I-S, Sx9, 4-hourresponse time Years I-S, Sx12, 4-hour response time Years I-S, 6x16, 4-hour response time Years I-S, 7x24, 4-hour response time AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet Step 12-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (continued) Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include gO-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental Support Services, if required. • Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period indicated. • Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS 200 for the time period indicated. FM-MKNTS-12 FM-MKNTS-36 FM-MKNTS-60 FM-MKOSF-12 FM-MKOSF -36 FM-MKOSF-60 FM-MKVMS-12 FM-MKVMS-36 FM-MKVMS-60 l2-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer lOOOA systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer lOOOA systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer lOOOA systems l2-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer lOOOA systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer lOOOA systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer lOOOA systems l2-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer lOOOA systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer lOOOA systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer lOOOA systems Step 12a-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only) Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Alpha Servers 2.53 AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal System Specifications Shipping Dimension Height Width Depth Weight 60 cm (23.8 in.) 43 cm (16.9 in) 65 cm (25.6 in) 43 kg (95 lb) typical 71 kg (156Ib) maximum Installed Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 46 cm (18.1 in.) 35.8 cm (14.1 in.) 58.6 cm (23.1 in.) 39 kg (86Ib) typical 51 kg (113 lb) maximum Clearances Operating Service Front Rear Sides 75 cm (29.5 in.) 15 cm (6 in.) None 75 cm (29.5 in.) 75 cm (29.5 in.) 75 cm (29.5 in.) Operating * Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Operating Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Operating Storage (60 days) Operating Storage (60 days) Current 2390 Btulhr 4097 Btulhr Intake location Exhaust location Particle size Concentration Operating! Nonoperating Operating Nonoperating Operating 10-40° C (50-104° F) Not tested -40-66° C (-40-151° F) 11 ° Clhr (20° Flhr) 20-80% 20-80% 10-95% 20%lhr 28° C (82° F) 39° C (115°F) 12° C (36° F) Not tested Environmental Temperature Relative humidity Maximum wet bulb temperature Minimum dew point temperature Maximum heat dissipation Single supply Dual supply Air flow and quality Altitude Mechanical shock Vibration Acoustics Operating Idle Front Rear NIA NIA 2000 m (6562 ft) 3600 m (12,000 ft) 7.5 G IOms 20 G peak 30 ms 10-500 Hz.l G peak AverageDeclared 6.2 L WA, B6.5 LWAd , B 6.0 L WA, B6.3 L WAd , B Electrical-Power Supplies are universal 120/240 Vac Nominal ac voltage Operating Voltage range Power source phase Nominal frequency Frequency range Maximum inrush current RMS current at nominal voltage (steady state) Single power supply Dual power supply Power cord 100-120 Vac 90-128 Vac Single 60 Hz 59-61 Hz 50 Amps 220-240 Vac 180-256 Vac Single 50Hz 49-51 Hz 50 Amps 8.0 Amps 4.0 Amps 4.6 Amps each supply 2.2 Amps each supply Type IEC 320 C13 190 cm (75 in.) Length U.S. plug NEMA 5:15 * Maximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduce by 1 C (1.8 F) for each 600 m (2000 ft) above Sea Level. t Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see Temperature, above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissible altitude for hard drives. Alpha Servers 2.54 AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal System Specifications (continued) Regulatory Agency approvals Reviewed to UL Listed to UL1950 (2nd edition) CSA Certified to CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M89 TUV EN 60950 VDE 0805 GS marked ZH1I618 FCC 15J Part 15 Class B Verified CE Class B Verified VCCl Class II lTE AS 3260 Australian Standard SS 436 1450 Swedish Standard NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard EN 60 950: 1992 European Norm IEC 950 (2nd edition) AlphaServer lOOOA Rackmount System Specifications Shipping Dimension Height Width Depth 26.7 cm (10.5 in.) 48.2 cm (19.0 in) 63.5 cm (25.0 in) system chassis 73.7 cm (29.0 in) system chassis & rackmount hardware 29 kg (65 lb) Service 124.04 cm (50.0 in) 61.0 em (24.0 in) None Weight Clearances Front Rear Sides Environmental Temperature Operating 10-35° C (50-95° F) Nonoperating Not tested -40-66° C (-40-151 ° F) Storage (60 days) Relative humidity 20-80% Operating 20-80% Nonoperating 10-95% Storage (60 days) 20%lhr Rate of change Air flow and quality Front Intake location Exhaust location Rear Electrical-Power Supplies are universal 120/240 Vac Nominal ac voltage 100-120 Vac 220-240 Vac Operating Voltage range 90-128 Vac 180-256 Vac Power source phase Single Single Nominal frequency 60 Hz 50Hz 49-51 Hz Frequency range 59-61 Hz 50 Amps 50 Amps Maximum inrush current RMS current at nominal voltage (steady state) 4.0 Amps Single power supply 8.0 Amps Power cord Type IEC 320 C13 Length 4.57 m (15 ft.) NEMA5-15 U.S. plug Regulatory Agency approvals UL Listed to UL1950 (2nd edition) CSA Certified to CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M89 TUV EN 60950 VDE 0805 GS marked ZHl/618 EMCO-TSE (74-SEC), Summary of Nordic deviations FCC 15J Part 15 Class A verified CE Class A verified VCCI Class II lTE Reviewed to AD 3260 Australian Standard ASINZS 3260:1963, AustralianlNew Zealand Standard EN 60 950: January 1993 European Norm nd lEC 950 (2 edition) Alpha Servers 2.55 AlphaServer lOOOA Pedestal-Rackmount-Cabinet AlphaServer lOOOA System Specifications (continued) Prestige 1250EXT UPS offerings include EIA232 port for local or netowrk monitoring. For complete protection, UPS products should be used with data line surge protectors and UPS monitoring software. 4N-AEABF-AA 4N-AEABF-BF 4N-AEAEO-PA 4N-AEAEO-PB 4N-AEWAR-Gl Prestige 1250EXT, 1250 V N900W, 1 phase, 60 Hz, 120V 6-foot cord with 5-15P plug, (4) 5-15R receptacle, 9 minutes battery at full UPS load. Prestige 1250EXT, 1250 V N900W, 1 phase, 50 Hz, 200-240V in/out selectable. Uses system power cord for detachable IEC320 input connection at UPS. Includes (3) IEC320 lOA output receptacles, (2) output jumpers with IEC320 connectors to system. Hot-swap Power-Pass Module for 60 Hz UPS with (7) 5-15R Surge Protected outlets. Hot-swap Power-Pass Module for 50 Hz UPS with (6) IEC320, lOA surge protected outlets. Prestige 5 year on-site exchange warranty upgrade (U.S. only). Data Surge Protection 4N-GA249-AB* 4N-GA249-CA* 4N-GASIO-BF 4N-GA24S-xx * Surge protector, modem connection, wall plug-in Surge protector, 10BaseT connection, wall plug-in Surge Protector, ThinWire connection, device port Surge Protector, mUlti-port connection, din raiUrackmount Additional plug-in data modules (4N-GA240-xx) available. Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software for above UPS systems only (Include cables, media and documentation) 4N-AEAES-AA 4N-AEAES-BA 4N-AEAES-AK 4N-AEAES-BK 4N-AEAES-EM * Single system shutdown for Windows NT NW management and multi system shutdown for Windows NT* Single system shutdown for Digital UNIX NW management and multi system shutdown for Digital UNIX* Single system shutdown for OpenVMS Require network adapters: 4N-AEAEO-DAIDC for 120V 60 Hz; or 4N-AEAEO-DBIDD for 220V 50 Hz -DA and -DB = Twisted Pair; -DC and -DD = ThinWire Alpha Servers 2.56 AlphaServer 2UUU Systems AlphaServer 2000 Product Description The AlphaServer 2000 systems are low-cost Alpha symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) PCIlEISA-based servers. They offer support for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT, and are suitable for general-purpose commercial, highperformance application and database, and PC LAN Superserver computing environments. The AlphaServer 2000 family consists of: • AlphaServer 20005/300 (21164 microprocessor) features a 291 MHz CPU with 4 MB cache • AlphaServer 20005/375 (21164A microprocessor) features a 375 MHz CPU with 8 MB cache. Each can be configured with up to two processors with symmetric mUltiprocessing. They also support up to 1 GB of memory and 32 GB of internal disk storage. The system bus bandwidth is 667 MB/second and the high-performance PCI I/O subsystem has a peak bandwidth of 132 MB/second. The 33 MB/ second EISA I/O bus supports a variety of industry-standard EISA options. The AlphaServer 2000 systems support StorageWorks storage devices. Highavailability features, including internal RAID and hot swap of disks, offer data security in mission-critical environments. RAID levels supported are 0 (striping), 1 (shadowing), 0+ 1 (striped shadowing), and 5 (striping with parity). AlphaServer 2000 systems are offered in a compact pedestal enclosure that easily fits beneath a desk. Alpha Servers 2. 57 AlphaServer 2000 Step I-Systems • Digital UNIX and OpenVMS operating system media and documentation kit is required for first system on site; see Step 9 • Windows NT system includes Windows NT Server plus 5-client access V3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. • Systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific (AP) include 120 V power cord and U.S. keyboard unless alternate is specified. Select country specific power cord and keyboard for all systems ordered in Europe. • Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS Information in System Specifications. • Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares. AlphaServer 2000 5/300, and 5/375 Systems include • Alpha microprocessor 21164 - 291 MHz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache or • Alpha microprocessor 21164A - 375 MHz CPU with 8 MB onboard cache • BA720 pedestal enclosure which includes: - Integral 10 MB/s Fast SCSI-2 controller (8-bit) - Two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports, 9-pin D-subminiature connectors - One bi-directional enhanced parallel port, 25-pin D-subminiature connector - Keyboard port and mouse port - 8-s10t RZxx storage assembly supports 8-bit (narrow) or 16-bit (wide) disk drives Two 5.25-inch, half-height removable media slots - Seven EISA slots - Three PCI slots - 400-Watt power supply * • • • • • • • • • • • • 2.88 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot 600 MB CD-ROM (uses one removable media slot) 4.3 GB hard drive (uses one storage assembly slot) Video Graphics Adapter (uses one EISA slot) - 1280 x 1024 graphics resolution Ethernet DE435-AA Card (uses one PCI slot) Memory indicated below 3-button mouse Keyboard (Americas and AP orders only) Power cord (Americas and AP orders only) Customer documentation EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) Hardware Warranty: Three-year, on-site, with 5 x 9, 24-hour response time* Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with advisory telephone support* Service upgrades are available; see Step 11, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services. Windows NT systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access V3.5 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package Order Number CPU's Memory Storage Slots available for additional options 1 x 4.3 GB 1 x 4.3 GB 6 EISAl2 PCI 6 EISAl2 PCI 1 x4.3 GB 1 x4.3 GB 6EISAl2PCI 6 EISAl2 PCI AlphaServer 2000 5/300-291 MHz Windows NT Systems DN-244DI-B9 DN-244DI-D9* 1 2 128 MB 128 MB AlphaServer 2000 5/375-375 MHz Windows NT Systems DN-245DI-S9 DN-245DI-D9* * Includes 2nd Power Supply 2.58 Alpha Servers 1 2 128 MB 128 MB AlphaServer ~uuu Step l-Systems (continued) Digital UNIX systems include • Digital UNIX operating system base license. • Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX license (QL-306AG-AA) includes the following layered products: (order media and documentation separately). - PrintServer Software (Licensed with appropriate Digital Printer) - DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX Run-Time only - Digital DCE Run-Time Services for Digital UNIX - Objectbroker for Digital UNIX Run-Time only Order Number CPU's Memory - POLYCENTER Advanced File System utilities - POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore for Digital UNIX (Server) - PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX LAN Manager PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX Netware - Digital UNIX Server Extensions - Logical Storage Manager • Digital UNIX operating system is factory installed. Storage Slots available for additional options AlphaServer 2000 5/300-291 MHz Digital UNIX Systems DA-244D1-B9 1 128 MB 1 x 4.3 GB DA-244D1-D9* 2 128 MB 1 x 4.3 GB 6 EISAl2 PCI 6 EISAl2 PCI AlphaServer 20005/375-375 MHz Digital UNIX Systems DA-245D1-S9 1 128 MB 1 x 4.3 GB DA-245D1-D9* 2 128 MB 1 x 4.3 GB 6 EISAl2 PCI 6 EISAl2 PCI * Includes 2nd Power Supply OpenVMS systems include • OpenVMS operating system base license. • Digital NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS license (QL-23EAG-AA) includes the following layered products: (order media and documentation separately). - DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha - DECwindows Motif Worldwide support for OpenVMS Alpha - DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha, (Base, Plus, Open) - PrintServer Software (Licensed with appropriate Digital printer) DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Alpha Run-time option only Order Number CPU's Memory - Objectbroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-time option only - Polycenter Software Distribution for OpenVMS Alpha (Client) - DEC net for OpenVMS Alpha End System - DECnetiOSI for OpenVMS Alpha End System - DEC TCP/IP services for OpenVMS Alpha PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager) - PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Macintosh) - PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware) • OpenVMS operating system is factory installed. Storage Slots available for additional options 1 x4.3 GB 1 x4.3 GB 6 EISAl2 PCI 6 EISAl2 PCI 1 x4.3 GB 1 x4.3 GB 6 EISAl2 PCI 6 EISAl2 PCI AlphaServer 2000 5/300-291 MHz OpenVMS Systems DY -244D1-B9 DY -244D1-D9* 1 2 128 MB 128 MB AlphaServer 2000 5/375-375 MHz OpenVMS Systems DY-245D1-S9 DY -245D1-D9* * 1 2 128 MB 128 MB Includes 2nd Power Supply Alpha Servers 2.59 AJphaServer 2000 Step 2-Additional CPUs (Symmetrical Multiprocessing (SMP) Upgrades) Order up to one additional CPU, for a maximum of two. • Additional CPU must match the speed of CPU in system. • Two CPU systems require additional power supply (see Step 7). Windows NT Server upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required. Windows NT Server upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required. 480NR·AA 490NR·AA Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license. Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license. 480AR·AA 490AR·AA OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor, OpenVMS SMP license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor, OpenVMS SMP license. 480YR·AA 490YR·AA Step 3-Memory • Select memory from Step 3a for 128 MB systems Step 3a-Memory for 128 MB systems • D*-24*DI-J9 system include 128 MB memory (MS-452-BA); order additional memory using the following table. No other combinations are supported. Table for system maximum of 1.0 GB Total Memory Required Order Quantities Shown MS452·BA MS452·UB 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 4 6 256MB 384MB 512MB 640MB 768MB 1.0GB MS452·BA MS452·UB 128 MB memory board (carrier with 8 x 16 MB SIMMs) 128 MB add-on memory (8 x 16 MB SIMMs) for MS452-BA Step 3b-Prestoserve Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) • Supported on Digital UNIX systems only. Requires Digital UNIX V3.0b or above operating system software. • Maximum one Prestoserve option per system. Dj·ML200·AA Dj·ML200·BA Dj·ML200·CA 2.60 Alpha Servers 2-MB PCI Prestoserve option 4-MB PCI Prestoserve option 8-MB PCI Prestoserve option AlphaServer 2000 Step 4-Monitors Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter included with system. Windows NT systems • Windows NT systems require a graphics monitor to run all system functions. • Video adapter included in system supports up to 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72-Hz monitors. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems • All console functions, including the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) and the RAID Configuration Utility (RCU) can be performed using a standard video terminal (VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xx, VT5xx) connected to one of the system's serial ports (See Step 8). • For graphics console functionality, order a graphics monitor. • Video adapter included in system supports up to 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72-Hz monitors. VRC15·KAlK4 VRT17·PAlP4 VRC21·LAJL4 15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flatsquare CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable. Select -KA for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 not included, order separately. 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 not included, order separately. 21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Ligh Gray enclosure. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately. Step 5-Storage Internal Disk Storage Assembly • Included storage assembly supports eight 3.5-inch disk drives. • Internal storage assembly is normally configured for split-bus (two SCSI buses), four drives per bus. By reversing the positions of the terminator and jumper. plugs, internal storage assembly can be reconfigured for single-bus operation with a maximum of seven disk drives per storage assembly. • Manufacturing normally configures internal storage assembly in split-bus mode. If there are not enough storage controllers to support the number of internal disk drives ordered, manufacturing will configure the internal storage assembly for single-bus mode. • Internal storage assembly drive slots are physically interleaved with electrically contiguous drives in every other slot. Internal storage assembly supports 8-bit (narrow) and 16-bit (wide) modes of operation. For Wide mode, select controllers and disks from Step 5a. - For Narrow mode, select controllers and disks from Step 5b. • Integral Fast SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of seven devices in system enclosure (two 5.25-inch removable media devices and five 3.5-inch disk drives). All disk drives connected to this controller will operate in narrow mode. • Note: Wide disk drives configured on a narrow bus will operate in narrow mode. Narrow disk drives configured on a wide bus will operate in narrow mode. Wide and narrow devices can be mixed on a single bus. Alpha Servers 2.61 AlphaServer 2000 Step 5a-Controllers and Storage Devices for 16-bit (Wide) Mode • Wide Storage Assembly Shelf - 16-bit devices require wide (l6-bit) shelves. - System has wide-ready shelf. Internal StorageWorks shelf is electrically compatible with 16-bit drives. • PCI-based one- and three-port (KZPSC-AAlAB) controllers, and one-port Fast Wide Differential (KZPSA-BB) controller allow wide devices to operate in 16-bit mode. Wide drives operate in narrow (8-bit) mode when connected to narrow SCSI controllers, such as Integral Internal Fast SCSI-2 controller, PCI-based Fast SCSI-2 controller (KZPAA-AA), and EISA-based controller (KZESC-xx). • Maximum of two PCI-based one- and three-port KZPSC-xx controllers supported per system. • One- and three-port StorageWorks RAID Array 230 controllers (KZPSC-xx) support hard drives only; tape drives not supported. Three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 (KZPSC-BA) supports up to 21 disk drives in up to eight logical groups. RAID slots must be created to support more than eight physical disk drives. • PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller (KZPSA-BB) supports externally connected wide disks in BA356 using DWZZB wide differential to wide single-ended converter, or narrow disks using DWZZA wide differential to narrow single-ended converter in BA356. • KZPSA-BB controller on Windows NT systems support supports up to 15 disks. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems support 7 disks. • Cabling information for Fast-SCSI-2 controllers - Internal cables are supplied as needed for factory installed configurations. BC25U-2H cable is used from KZPSC-xx controller to internal shelf. - External cables are not included and must be ordered separately. - KZPSA-BB External cables: BN21K-xx from KZPSA to DWZZA, DWZZB and HSZ40 (straight to right angle) BN21W-OB Y SCSI-2 cable 68-pin for KZPSA in mid-bus configurations - KZPSC-xx External cables: BN31S-1E from KZPSC-xx to BA356 - If all three ports on KZPSC-BA controller are used, use SCSI cable BN31K-OE for third port external connection. Note: Third external port blocks one EISA slot. Storage Controllers for Wide Mode KZPSC·AA KZPSC·BA KZPSA·BB KZPSM·AA One-port PCI backplane RAID controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT Three-port PCI backplane RAID controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controllers PCI-based combination Ethernet and Fast Wide Single-Ended (FWSE) SCSI controller Hard Drives for Wide Mode RZ26N·VW RZ28D·VW RZ29B·VW 1.05 GB, 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 2.1 GB, 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 4.3 GB, 3.5-inch half-height disk drive External Disk Expansion for Wide Mode • External BA356 StorageWorks modular storage pedestals are supported on all Fast Wide SCSI-2 controllers listed above. • External BA356 is not supported on integral Fast SCSI-2 controller due to insufficient remaining external bus length. • SCSI cable BN21K-xx for KZPSA, and BN31S-1E for KZPSC, is required to connect an external BA356 modular storage pedestal to controller. BA356·KC 2.62 Alpha Servers Modular storage pedestal includes BA356-xx basic shelf, BA35X-HA universal ac power supply, pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord; requires SCSI cable (BN31S-1E) ) for KZPSC-xx controllers. Order country specific power cord for 240 V use from Step 10. AlphaServer zuuu Step Sb-Internal Removable Media Devices • Systems include 600 MB CD-ROM; system supports one additionaIS.2S-inch half-height removable media device. Removable Media Devices RRD45-AC TLZ09-LG TZKll-LG 600 MB, S.2S-inch half-height Quad-Speed CD-ROM S.O GB, S.25-inch half-height SCSI 4-mm DAT drive 2.0 GB, S.2S-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape drive Step Sc-External Storage Tabletop Tape Expansion • Integral Fast SCSI-2 controller, if not connected to internal storage assembly, can be extended outside the system enclosure via the SCSI-out port to support external SCSI devices. If not used for external expansion, SCSI-out port must be terminated with external terminator (12-37004-04) included with system. • External tape drives are also supported on optional KZPAA Fast SCSI-2 (Narrow) controllers only; maximum external bus length, including cable and tape device cannot exceed 3.0 meters. External tape drives not supported on KZESC-xx or KZPSC-xx controllers. • Each tabletop tape device requires three-foot SCSI cable (BC09D-03). TLZ09-DA TLZ7L-DA 1,2 TZS7-TA SZl07-AA TSZ07-BAICA TKZ15-TA S.O GB, 4mm DAT tabletop tape drive 32.0-96.0 GB 4-mm DAT autoloader 20.0 GB S.2S-inch tabletop tape drive 140.0 GB loader(Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only) 1600/62S0-bitlinch 9-track tabletop magtape drive (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only) S.O GB Smm tabletop tape drive (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only) 1 Includes four cartridge loader. Twelve cartridge magazine supported (TLZ7L-12). 2 Windows NT operating system does not support unattended back-up mode without third-party software. Step Sd-DSSI Storage (OpenVMS systems only) • System supports up to two KFESA or four KFESB EISAJDSSI adapters; KFESA and KFESB adapters can be mixed on the same system. - Maximum of two adapters if all KFESA. - Maximum of two adapters if one is KFESA. - Maximum of four adapters if all KFESB. - Maximum of three KFPSA adapters. • Maximum number of EISA-based controllers of all types in combination is governed by EISA bus IRQ address assignments; see EISA Bus IRQ Address Table. • Each internal storage assembly in system in single/splitbus mode supports one/two HSD10 DSSIISCSI converters. Disk drives installed "behind" HSD10 must be narrow. Cabling information for DSSI controllers: - DSSI devices supported on OpenVMS only. - DSSI cables must be ordered separately. - KFESB/KFPSA uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection. - KFESB/KFPSA to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI connection requires BC22Q-xx. - KFESB/KFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI straight connection requires BC21Q-xx. - KFESB/KFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI right-angle connection requires BC29S-xx DSSI cable. - KFESB/KFPSA to HSD10 requires BC29S-xx. If HSD 10 is factory installed, BC29S-06 cable is included. - HSD10 to HSD10 (inside system) requires BC29U-02. - BC29U-06 (KFESB to HSD10) is provided if factory installed. - HSD10 to HSD10 (between systems) requires BC29T-09. - HSD10 to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices) requires BC29S-xx for straight connection to external device; or BC29T-09 for right-angle connection to external device. Alpha Servers 2.63 AIPba~erver 2000 Step Sd-DSSI Storage (OpenVMS systems only) continued DSSI Adapters KFESB-AA KFPSA-AA HSDIO-AA EISA-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only); maximum four per system PCI-to-DSSI controller (OpenVMS Systems only); maximum three per system. StorageWorks Array Controller mounts in BA350-xx shelf; supports up to seven SCSI-2 disks, see Storage section for additional devices supported. Step Se-PCI to CI Storage Host Adapter (OpenVMS Systems only) CIPCA-AA BNCIA-IO BNCIA-20 BNCIA-45 PCI-to-CI adapter Maximum two per system; requires one PCI slot and one EISA slot. Minimum Operating System Version: OpenVMS 6.2-IH2 Minimum Console Revision: V4.4 Requires one of the following CI cables per adapter: IO-meter CI cable 20-meter CI cable 45-meter CI cable Step 6-Networks and Communications • Systems include integral Ethernet controller (AUI, ThinWire, IOBaseT selectable). • Select networking cable: - BNE4G-xx for AUI - BCI6M-xx for ThinWire (H8255-00 terminator cable required) - BN25G-xx for IOBaseT (twisted pair) Order Number DEFEA-AA DEFEA-DA DEFEA-UA DW300-AA DNSES-AA CXIOI-AAIAD DIIAA-AA DIIAA-AB DE500-XA DE435-AA iDEFPA-AA* DEFPA-DA* PEFPA-UA* PBXNP-AA * • Maximum of three PCI-based network controllers supported. • See EISA Bus IRQ Address Table for maximum number of each EISA-based network controller, and total number of EISA-based controllers of all types in combination, supported per system. Description EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller Single Attachment EISA-based DEC FDDlcontroller Dual Attachment (requires 2 EISA slots) EISA-based DEC FDDlcontroller UTP Attachment EISA-based Token-Ring adapter includes NetWare V2.15 driver, LAN Manager Driver, and documentation (Not supported by DECnetJOSI for Open VMS) EISA-based synchronous communications controller EISA-based asynchronous mUltiplexer Digiboard ISA Datafire-U ISDN controller (available as spare only) Digiboard ISA Datafire-ST ISDN controller (available as spare only) PCI -based Fast Ethernet controller PCI-based Digital Etherworks 32-bit high-performance network interface card PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, MMF, SC PCI to FDDI Adapter, DAS, MMF, SC PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, TP-PMD PCI Token Ring Adapter Maximum # supported Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT 2 I 2 I 2 I 2 4 2 4 2 I 3 2 0 3 2 0 0 2 I 0 0 I 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 I 2 2 2 I 2 2 2 0 Cables: Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "MIC" (concentrator): BN34D-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "SC": BN34B-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "ST": BN34A-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired pin-pin: BN26M-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired cross-over: BN26S-03. 2.64 Alpha Servers "sc" to AlphaServer 2000 Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect Digital UNIX Systems • Require Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver software). • Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license. • Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License. • Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX. OpenVMS Systems • Require OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster license MEMORY CHANNEL requirements for currently installed AlphaServer 2000' s: - Console firmware at revision 4.4 or higher. - B2111-AA module at revision H or higher; if not at this level order H3095-AA option. Note: Since systems with MEMORY CHANNEL typically employ robust disk storage arrays that benefit from multiple high-performance controllers, new customers should consider AlphaServer 2100A systems which include eight PCI slots. Check installed AlphaServer 2000 for MEMORY CHANNEL readiness: • POO»> examine -b econfig:20008 - At the console prompt, enter examine -b econfig:2000S • econfig: 20008 04 - If a hexidecimal value, 04 or greater is returned, I/O module supports MEMORY CHANNEL. - If a hexidecimal value is less than 04 is returned, order the following: H3095-AA CPU backplane, Revision H Note: New AlphaServer 2000's systems shipped from the factory are MEMORY CHANNEL ready. • For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-I0 cable to connect them. • For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-AA and one BCI2N10 cable per system node. • CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards. CCMAA-BA CCMHA-AA CCMLA-AA BC12N-IO QB-3RLAG-AA QB-4ZCAG-AA QL-MUZAG-AA PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller -Maximum two supported on AlphaServer 2000 MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA) MEMORY CHANNEL Cable TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license OpenVMS Cluster license CCMHA-AA, MEMORY CHANNEL Hub, includes BNI9P-2E line cord for Canada, Japan, US operation. For other regions, order one of the following: BN19A-2E BN19S-2E BN19C-2E BN18L-2E BN19E-2E BN24X-2E BN19K-2E BN19H-2E Ireland, United Kingdom Egypt, India Central Europe Israel Switzerland Italy Denmark Australia, New Zealand Alpha Servers 2.65 Alpna~erver 2UUU Step 7-Additional Power Supply • Additional power supply required if configured system includes two CPUs. In single CPU configurations, the additional power supply may be added for n+l redundancy. • Americas and Asia Pacific orders: - If additional power supply is factory installed, 120 V U.S. power cord is included when alternate is not selected. - If additional power supply is ordered as spare, power cord must be ordered separately, see Step 10. H7895-AA • European orders: - If additional power supply is factory installed or ordered as spare, country specific power cord must be ordered separately, see Step 10. • See UPS information following System Specifications 400-Watt power supply Step 8-Terminals and Printers Systems include two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems Console terminals can either be graphics monitor connected to the included video graphics adapter (See Step 4), or a serial video terminal. If a serial video terminal is used as the console terminal, it must be VT220, VT320, VT420, or VT520 compatible. These terminals have the graphics capability required for the EISA Configuration Utility. Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H8571-J) is required for each connection. A cable must be ordered unless otherwise provided. Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H8571-J) is required for each connection. A cable must be ordered unless otherwise provided. Step 9-Software Windows NT systems System includes Windows NT Server plus 5-client access V3.5 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. Order documentation kit if required. QA-23CAA-GZ Windows NT Server documentation kit Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site. Software Processor Code =G for all software, 1-2 processors Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion. QL-MT7AM-3B QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D QL-MT7AM-3E QL-MT7AM-3F QL-MT7AG-AA QL-MT5AG-AA 2.66 Alpha Servers Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 16-user license Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license Digital UNIX developer's extension license AlphaServer 2000 Step 9-Software (continued) Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM QA-054AA-H8 Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM DECnet Licenses QL-MTJAG-AA QL-MTKAG-AA DECnetlOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX DECnetlOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX OpenVMS Concurrent Use User Licenses Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site. Software Processor Code =G for all software, 1-4 processors OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS V AX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-MT2AG-AA OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license Concurrent Use 2-user license Concurrent Use 4-user license Concurrent Use 8-user license Concurrent Use I6-user license Concurrent Use 32-user license Concurrent Use 64-user license Concurrent Use 128-user license Concurrent Use 256-user license Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA-MTIAA-H8 QA-MTIAG-H8 QA-OOIAA-GZ OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM OpenVMS V6.2-IHI media and documentation on CD-ROM, included with system OpenVMS hardcopy documentation OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM QA-03XAA-H8 Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM DECnet Licenses QL-MTGAG-AA QL-MTHAG-AA DEC net extended function license for OpenVMS DEC net end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS DSSI Information EK-410AB-MG EK-D4AXP-TS DSSI VMScluster Installation Guide DSSI VMS cluster Troubleshooting Guide Alpha Servers 2.67 AlphaServer 2000 Step to-Keyboards and Power Cords Systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific include 120 V U.S. power cord and keyboard unless alternate is specified. Select country specific power cord and keyboard for all systems ordered in Europe. Keyboards WindowsNTI Digital UNIX OpenVMS LK471-A2 LK461-A2 LK471-AB LK461-AB LK461-AC LK471-AD LK461-AD LK471-AE LK461-AE LK461-AF LK471-AG LK461-AG LK461-AH LK471-AI LK461-AI LK471-AK LK461-AK LK461-AL LK461-AM LK471-AN LK461-AN LK471-AP LK461-AP LK461-AQ LK471-AS LK461-AS LK471-AV LK461-AV U.S.lEnglish Belgian CanadianlFrench Danish United Kingdom Finnish German Dutch Italian Swiss/Generic Swiss/German Swedish Norwegian French CanadianlEnglish Spanish Portuguese Power Cords BN09A-IK* BN19H-2E BN19C-2E BN19A-2E BN19E-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN19S-2E BN18L-2E * U.S., Canada, Japan, 120 V AustralialNew Zealand Central Europe U .K.IIrel and Switzerland Denmark Italy India/South Africa Israel Orderable as 17-00083-09 2.68 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 2000 Step II-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services Hardware-Americas and Asia Pacific only • System includes three-year hardware warranty, on-site with 5 x 9, 24-hour response time. Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required. AlphaServer 2000 Systems 5/300 Systems FM-S64HR-36 FM-S64HR-60 FM-S6S12-36 FM-S6S12-60 FM-S6616-36 FM-S6616-60 FM -S6724-36 FM -S6724-60 Years 1-3,5 x 9, 4-hour response time Years 1-5,5 x 9, 4-hour response time Years 1-3,5 x 12, 4-hour response time Years 1-5,5 x 12, 4-hour response time Years 1-3,6 x 16, 4-hour response time Years 1-5,6 x 16, 4-hour response time Years 1-3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time Years 1-5,5 x 24, 4-hour response time AlphaServer 2000 Systems 5/375 Systems FM-S84HR-36 FM-S84HR-60 FM-S8S12-36 FM-S8S12-60 FM-S8616-36 FM-S8616-60 FM-S8724-36 FM-S8724-60 Years 1-3,5 x 9, 4-hour response time Years 1-5,5 x 9, 4-hour response time Years 1-3, 5 x 12, 4-hour response time Years 1-5,5 x 12, 4-hour response time Years 1-3,6 x 16, 4-hour response time Years 1-5,6 x 16, 4-hourresponse time Years 1-3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time Years 1-5,5 x 24, 4-hour response time Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental Support Services, if required. • Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period indicated. • Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated. • Software service upgrades for OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated. AlphaServer 2000 Systems FM-4SNTS-12 FM-4SNTS-36 FM-4SNTS-60 FM-DSOSF-12 FM-DSOSF -36 FM-DSOSF -60 FM-DSVMS-12 FM-DSVMS-36 FM-DSVMS-60 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2000 systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2000 systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2000 systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2000 systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2000 systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2000 systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2000 systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2000 systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2000 systems Alpha Servers 2.69 AlphaServer 2000 Step lla-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services-Europe only Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. AlphaServer 2000 System EISA Bus IRQ Address Table Option DE422 PB2GA - DEFEA DNSES - DW300·AA KZESC KFESA KFESB PB2SX 0 CXIOI 5 0 - 7 - EISA Bus IRQ Addresses 9 10 11 12 8 - N 0 0 - 0 N N N - - 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - 0 - - N N 0 0 0 0 - - - - - - Maximum of Each Supported Digital UNIX Windows NT OpenVMS 14 15 - - - 3 3 3 1 1 1 - 0 0 2 5 2 5 - - 0 0 0 4 4 2 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 - - - 2 2 4 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 Table Codes: o=address is available for device - =address not available for device N in address location 9 =address is assigned, but its use is precluded due to presence of PB2GA-xx Video Graphics Adapter Configuration Rules and Information • EISA Bus IRQ address assignments are for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only. • Video Graphics Adapter is included in all systems listed in Step 1. It occupies one EISA bus slot, leaving seven physical slots for all other EISA-based controllers. • In some cases, the maximum each [device] supported is less than the number of EISA bus addresses available; this is due to other limitations. Only one device can occupy any given IRQ address; if multiples of a device are configured, each device occupies a separate address. 2.70 Alpha Servers • Match each device to be configured to one available address. (Note: With the table as a worksheet, use a pencil to fill in an "0" for each device; fill in only one "0" per column.) • The actual IRQ address assignment will be made by the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) which is run during system manufacture, or in the installed system if the EISA bus is re-configured. • Prestoserve option (PB2SX) does not require an IRQ address. PB2SX is supported on Digital UNIX systems only. AlphaServer 2000 Specifications Shipping Dimension Height Width· Depth· Weight 109 cm (43.3 in.) 102 cm (40.0 in.) 61 cm (24.0 in.) 79 kg (174 lb) typical 97 kg (213 lb) maximum Installed Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 60.5 cm (23.8 in.) 43 cm (16.9 in.) 65 cm (25.6 in.) 54 kg (109 lb) typical 71 kg (156Ib) maximum Clearances Operating Service Front Rear Sides 75 cm (29.5 in.) 15 cm (6 in.) None 75 cm (29.5 in.) 75 cm (29.5 in.) 75 cm (20/5 in.) Environmental Temperature Relative humidity Maximum wet bulb temperature Minimum dew point temperature Maximum heat dissipation Single supply Dual supply Air flow and quality Altitude Mechanical shock Vibration Acoustics Z Operating Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Operating Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Operating Storage (60 days) Operating Storage (60 days) Current 2390 Btuthr 4097 Btuthr Intake location Exhaust location Particle size Concentration J Operating Nonoperating Operating Nonoperating Operating Operating Idle 10 0 - 40 0 C (50 0 - 1040 F) Not tested -40 0 - 66 0 C (-40 0 - 151 0 F) 11 0 Clhr (20 0 Flhr) 20-80% 20-80% 10-95% 20%lhr 28 0 C (82 0 F)" 46 0 C (115 0 F) 2 0 C (36 0 F) Not tested Front Rear N/A N/A 2000 m (6562 ft) 3600 m (12,000 ft) 7.5GlOms 20 G peak 30 ms 10-500 Hz.1 G peak AverageDeclared 6.2 LwA, B6.5 LwAd, B 6.0 LwA, B6.3 LwAd, B Regulatory Agency approvals Reviewed to UL Listed to UL1950 (2nd edition) CSA Certified to CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M89 TUV EN 60950 VDE 0805 GS marked ZHl/618 FCC 15J Part 15 Class B Verified CE Class B Verified VCCI Class II ITE AS 3260 Australian Standard SS 436 14 50 Swedish Standard NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard EN 60950: 1992 European Norm IEC 950 (2nd edition) 1 Dimensions of shipping pallet; fork-lift access is on the width dimension 2 Maximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduce by 1 C (1.8 F) for each 600 m (2000 ft) above Sea Level. 3 Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see Temperature, above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissible altitude for hard drives. Alpha Servers 2.71 AlphaServer 2000 Recommended Power ProtectionlUPS Solutions for AlphaServer 2000 systems Digital's UPS offerings feature robust On-line design and include EIA232 port for local or network monitoring and plug & play battery extentions. U.S.models feature 3 year hot-swap warranty. Note: For complete protection all UPS products should be used with data line surge protector. Prestige UPS - North American Model 4N-AEABG-AF Prestige 2kVA (1.3kW), single phase, 60HZ, 120V with 6 ft. cord, 5-20P and (4) 5-15R and (1) 5-20R receptacle; internal 4 minute battery at full UPS load. For unit with extended battery substitute -AG (7 minutes) or -AH (14 minutes). 4N-AEABF-BAIBB HalflFull add-on battery pack for above UPS. Adds 7/15min per pack. Prestige UPS - International Model 4N-AEAAH-AS 4N-AEAAH-AB 4N-AEWAR-Gl Prestige 2.5kVA (1750W) single phase, 50 HZ, 200-240V inlout selectable, 2 module design. 6 ft. input cord with VDE stripped pigtail connection for attachment of country specific plug (by customer). Unit includes (1) IEC320, 20A output receptacle which can be optionally extended to choice of Schuko, French,Brittish or Australian (4N-AEACH-DA - DD) receptacle modules; 8 minute battery at full UPS load. Add on battery pack for above UPS. Adds 15 minute per pack. Prestige five year on-site exchange warranty upgrade, U.S. only Companion Data Surge Protection 4N-GA249-AB 4N-GA249-CA 4N-GA510-BF 4N-GA245-xx 4N-GA240-xx Modem connection (wa11 plug-in unit) 10BaseT connection (wall plug-in unit) ThinWire connection (device port) Multi-port connection (din raillrackmount) Additional plug-in data modules for 4N-GA249 series devices. All devices include 5 year hot-swap warranty. UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only) Includes cable, media and documentation. Monitoring Software Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Single system shutdown 4N-AEAES-AA 4N-AEAES-AK Network Management and multiple system shutdown* 4N-AEAES-BA 4N-AEAES-BK 4N-AEAES-EM Call for information * Connect-UPS Adapter required: DAlDB=twisted pair, DCIDD=ThinWire 4N-AEAEO-DAIDC 4N-AEAEO-DBIDD 2.72 Alpha Servers Connect UPS Adapter 120V (North American) Connect UPS Adapter 220V (International) AlphaServer 2100A . AlphaServer 2100A Product Description AlphaServer 2100A systems are low-cost Alpha symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) PCIlEISA-based servers. They offer support for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT, and are suitable for general-purpose commercial, high-performance application and database, and PC LAN Superserver computing environments. AlphaServer 2100A 41275 (Alpha 21064A microprocessor) features a 275-MHz CPU with 4 MB cache; AlphaServer 2100A 5/250 (Alpha 21164 microprocessor) features a 250-MHz CPU with 4 MB cache; AlphaServer 2100A 5/300 (Alpha 21164 microprocessor) features a 291-MHz CPU with 4 MB cache. Each can be configured with up to four processors of the same speed for symmetric multiprocessing. The systems support up to 2 GB of memory and 64 GB of internal disk storage. The system bus bandwidth is 667 MB/second and the high-performance PCIIIO subsystem has a peak bandwidth of 132 MB/second. The 33 MBI second EISA 110 bus supports a variety of industry-standard EISA options. The AlphaServer 2100A is configured with 8 PCI slots and 3 EISA slots. AlphaServer 2100A systems supports StorageWorks storage devices. Highavailability features, including optional internal RAID and hot swap of disks, offer data security in mission-critical environments. RAID levels supported are 0 (striping), 1 (shadowing), 0+ 1 (striped shadowing), and 5 (striping with parity). AlphaServer 2100A systems are also offered in a rackmountable enclosure. Alpha Servers 2. 73 AlphaServer 2100A Step 1-Systems See System Bus Slot Table and PCI Option Slot Chart for slot configuration rules. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems require operating system media and documentation kit for first system on site; see Step 9. Windows NT systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access V3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. o o o o o o Systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific (AP) include 120 V U.S. power cord and keyboard unless alternate is specified. Select country specific power cord and keyboard for all systems ordered in Europe. Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS Information following System Specifications. Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares. AlphaServer 2100A 4/275, 5/250, and 5/300 Systems include Alpha microprocessor 21064 - 275-MHz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache or Alpha microprocessor 21164 - 250 MHz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache or - 291 MHz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache BA740 large pedestal enclosure which includes - Integral 10 MB/s Fast SCSI-2 controller, 8-bit (narrow) Ethernet Card (uses 1 PCI slot) Two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports, 9-pin D-subminiature connectors - One parallel port, 25-pin D-subminiature connectors - Keyboard port and mouse port - 8-slot RZxx storage assembly, 8-bit (narrow) or 16-bit (wide) - Three 5.25-inch, half-height removable media slots - Eight PCI slots - Three EISA slots o o o * o o o o o o o o o o o o - 602-Watt power supply 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot 600 MB Quad-Speed CD-ROM (uses one removable media slot) 2.1 GB 7200 RPM disk drive (uses one storage assembly slot) Video Graphics Adapter (uses 1 PCI slot) Memory (indicated below) 3-button mouse Keyboard (Americas and AP only) Power cord (Americas and AP only) Customer documentation EISA Configuration Utility Hardware Warranty: Three-year, on-site, with 5 x 9, 24-hour response time* Software Warranty: 90-day SPD conformance with advisory telephone support* Service upgrades are available; see Step 11, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services. Windows NT Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. o Order Number Memory Hard Drive PCI !EISA slots available for additional options AlphaServer 2100A 4/275-275 MHz Windows NT Systems DN-252S1-J9 DN-252S1-K9 128 MB 512 MB 1 x 2.1 GB 1 x 2.1 GB 6 PCI 1 3 EISA 6 PCI 13 EISA AlphaServer 2100A 5/250-250 MHz Windows NT Systems DN-253S1-J9 DN-253S1-K9 128 MB 512 MB 1 x 2.1 GB 1 x 2.1 GB 6 PCI 1 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA AlphaServer 2100A 5/300-291 MHz Windows NT Systems DN-254S1-J9 DN-254S1-K9 2.74 Alpha Servers ".: 128 MB 512 MB 1 x 2.1 GB 1 x 2.1 GB 6 PCI 1 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA AlphaServer 2100A Step 1-Systems (continued) Digital UNIX Systems include • Digital UNIX operating system base license (V3.2D-2) • Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX license (QL-306AG-AA) includes the following layered products (order media and documentation separately). - PrintServer Software (Licensed with appropriate Digital Printer) - DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX Run-Time only - Digital DCE Run-Time Services for Digital UNIX - Objectbroker for Digital UNIX Run-Time only Order Number Memory - POLYCENTER Advanced File System utilities - POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore for Digital UNIX (Server) - PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX LAN Manager PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX Netware - Digital UNIXServer Extensions - Logical Storage Manager • Digital UNIX operating system is factory installed. Hard Drive AlphaServer 2100A 4/275-275 MHz Digital UNIX systems DA-252S1-J9 128 MB 1 x 2.1 GB DA-252S1-K9 512 MB 1 x 2.1 GB AlphaServer 2100A 5/250-250 MHz Digital UNIX systems DA-253S1-J9 128 MB 1 x 2.1 DA-253S1-K9 512 MB 1 x 2.1 AlphaServer 2100A 5/300-291 MHz Digital UNIX systems DA-254S1-J9 128 MB 1 x 2.1 DA-254S1-K9 512 MB 1 x 2.1 PCIlEISA slots available for additional options 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCI I 3 EISA GB GB 6PCI/3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA GB GB 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA OpenVMS Systems include · OpenVMS operating system base license. (V6.2-1Hl) • NAS 200 for OpenVMS license (QL-23EAG-AA), includes the following layered products (order media and documentation separately). - DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha - DECwindows Motif Worldwide support for OpenVMS Alpha - DEC print Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha, (Base, Plus, Open) - PrintServer Software (Licensed with appropriate Digital printer) DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Alpha Run-time option only - Objectbroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-time option only - Polycenter Software Distribution for OpenVMS Alpha (Client) - DECnet for OpenVMS Alpha End System - DECnetiOSI for OpenVMS Alpha End System - DEC TCP/IP services for OpenVMS Alpha PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager) - PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Macintosh) - PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware) • OpenVMS operating system is factory installed. • OpenVMS V6.21-1Hl media on CD (QA-MTIAG-H8) included. Order Number Memory Hard Drive AlphaServer 2100A 4/275-275 MHz OpenVMS systems PCIlEISA slots available for additional options 1 x 2.1 GB 1 x 2.1 GB 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA AlphaServer 2100A 5/250-250 MHz OpenVMS systems DY-253S1-J9 128 MB 1 x 2.1 GB DY-253S1-K9 512 MB 1 x 2.1 GB 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA AlphaServer 2100A 5/300-291 MHz OpenVMS systems DY-254S1-J9 128 MB 1 x 2.1 GB DY-254S1-K9 512 MB 1 x 2.1 GB 6 PCI/3 EISA 6 PCI I 3 EISA DY-252S1-J9 DY-252S1-K9 128 MB 512 MB Alpha Servers 2.75 AlphaServer 2100A Step 1-Systems (continued) • Use System Bus Slot Table for slot configuration rules when adding additional CPUs and memory. • See PCI Option Slot Table for options supported in specific PCI slots. System Bus Slot Table Recommended Slots Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 - Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Memory 0 Memory 1 Memory 2 1 CPU system - CPU 0 2 CPUs system 3 CPUs system - CPU 0 CPU 1 Memory 0 Memory 1 Memory 2 Memory 3 Memory 3 CPU 2 CPU 0 CPU 1 Memory 0 Memory 1 Memory 2 Memory 4 4 CPUs system CPU 3 CPU 0 CPU 1 Not available CPU 2 Memory 0 Memory 1 PCI Option Slot Table • Some PCI options are not supported behind a PCI-PCI bridge on specific operating systems. Use the following table for options restricted to slots 4, 5, 6 and 7 only. All other options supported on the AlphaServer 2100A not listed here are supported in any PCI slot (0, 1,2,3,4,5,6, 7). Order Number KZPSA-BB PB2GA-JBl Description One-port Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller CCMAA-BA PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller S3-Tri064 Graphics option 1MB Max Supported in PCI slots only # 4,5,6,7 3 4,5,6,7 1 2 4,5,6,7 Operating System Windows NT Windows NT Digital UNIX 1 Graphics option standard in all systems Step 2-Additional CPUs (Symmetrical Multiprocessing (SMP) Upgrades) Order up to three additional CPUs, for a maximum of four-See System Bus Slot Table for configuration rules. • Additional CPUs must match the speed of CPU in system. • Four-CPU systems are restricted to two memory slots. Note: Adding CPUs may require an additional power supply (see Step 7). Additional CPUs 460NR-AA 470NR-AA 4S0NR-AA Windows NT SMP upgrade, includes one 4/275 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required. Windows NT SMP upgrade, includes one 51250 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required. Windows NT SMP upgrade, includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required. 460AR-AA 470AR-AA 4S0AR-AA Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 4/275 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license. Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/250 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license. Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHx CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license. 460YR-AA 470YR-AA 4S0YR-AA OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 41275 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 51250 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license. 2.76 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 2100A Step 3-Memory See System Bus Slot Table for slot configuration rules. • • • • • One, two, and three CPU systems support a total of four memory boards in any combination. Four CPU systems support total of two memory boards in any combination. Windows NT 3.51 supports up to 2 GB of memory, requires Windows NT 3.51 Service Pack 4 Digital UNIX V3.2D-2 supports up to 2 GB of memory. OpenVMS V6.2 1-lH1 supports up to 2 GB of memory. MS450-BA MS451·DA MS451·FA 64 MB memory module (AlphaServer 2100A 41275 systems only) 128 MB memory module 512 MB memory module Step 3a-Prestoserve Nonvolatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) • Supported on Digital UNIX systems only • Maximum one Prestoserve option per system DJ-ML200-AA DJ·ML200·BA DJ·ML200·CA 2 MB PCI Presto serve option 4 MB PCI Presto serve option 8 MB PCI Prestoserve option Step 4-Monitors Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter included with system. Windows NT systems • Windows NT systems require a graphics monitor to run all system functions. • Video adapter included in system supports 1024 x 768 resolution, 72-Hz monitors. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems • All console functions, including the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) and the Standalone Configuration Utility can be performed using a standard video terminal (VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xx, VT5xx) connected to one of the system's serial ports (See Step 8). • For graphics console functionality, order a graphics monitor. • Video adapter included in system supports 1024 x 768 resolution, 72-Hz monitors. VRC15·KAlK4 15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flatsquare CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable. Select -KA for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 not included, order separately. VRT17·PAJP4 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -P A for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 not included, order separately. VRC21·LAlL4 21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Ligh Gray enclosure. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately. Alpha Servers 2. 77 AlphaServer 2100A Step 5-Storage Internal Disk Storage Assembly • Included storage assembly supports eight 3.5-inch disk drives. • Integral8-bit Fast SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of seven devices in system enclosure (three 5.25-inch removable media devices and four 3.5-inch disk drives). All disk drives connected to this controller operate in narrow mode. • One additional storage assembly in system enclosure supports eight additionaI3.5-inch disk drives. Additional storage assembly requires an additional power supply (see Step 7). • Internal storage assemblies are normally configured for split-bus (two buses), four drives per bus. By reversing the positions of the terminator and jumper plugs, internal storage assemblies can be reconfigured for single-bus operation with a maximum of seven disk drives per storage assembly. • Manufacturing normally configures internal storage assemblies in split-bus mode. If there are not enough storage controllers to support the number of internal disk drives ordered, Manufacturing will configure the internal storage assemblies for single-bus mode. • Internal storage assembly drive slots are physically interleaved with electrically contiguous drives in every other slot. • Note: Wide disk drives configured on a narrow bus will operate in narrow mode. Narrow disk drives configured on a wide bus will operate in narrow mode. Wide and narrow devices can be mixed on a single bus. Additional Storage Assembly for Internal Disk Storage • Storage assembly supports 16-bit (wide) and/or 8-bit (narrow) modes. • Requires an additional power supply (see Step 7). • Includes SCSI cables for factory integration and for field installation if ordered as spare. BA3SE-SA Storage assembly supports eight 3.5-inch, half-height hard drives Step Sa-Controllers and Storage Devices for 16-bit (Wide) Mode • Internal StorageWorks 16-bit Wide Shelves: - 16-bit devices require 16-bit (wide) shelves. - Internal StorageWorks shelf is electrically compatible with 16-bit (wide) drives. • Wide Storage Controllers allow wide devices to operate in 16-bit mode. KZPSC-xx PCI-based one- and three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 controllers support hard drives only; tapes are not supported. - Three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 controller KZPSC-BA supports up to 21 disk drives in up to eight logical groups. RAID sets must be created to support more than eight physical disk drives. Maximum of four KZPSC-xx controllers supported per system. KZPSA-BB PCI-based one-port Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller supports externally connected wide disks in BA356 using DWZZB fast wide differential to wide single-ended converter, or narrow disks using DWZZA fast wide differential to narrow single-ended converter in BA356. KZPSA-BB controller on Windows NT systems support supports up to 15 disks. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems support 7 disks. • Maximum of four PCI- or EISA-based RAID controllers supported per system. • Note: Wide drives operate in narrow (8-bit) mode when connected to narrow SCSI controllers, such as Integral Fast SCSI-2 controller. • Cabling information for Fast SCSI-2/3 controllers - Internal cables are supplied as needed for factory installed configurations. BC25T-3L cable is used from KZPSC-xx or KZPSM-AA controllers to internal shelf. - External cables are not included and must be ordered separately. - KZPSA-BB External cables: BN21K-xx from KZPSA to DWZZA, DWZZB and HSZ40 (straight to right angle) BN21 W-OB Y SCSI-3 cable 68-pin for KZPSA in mid-bus configurations - KZPSC-xx External cables: BN31S-1E from KZPSC-xx to BA356 - If all three ports on KZPSC-BA controller are used, use SCSI cable BN31K-OE for third port external connection. Note: Third external port blocks one PCI or EISA bulkhead. Storage Controllers for Wide Mode KZPSC-AA KZPSC-BA 2.78 Alpha Servers One-port PCI backplane RAID controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT Three-port PCI backplane RAID controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX and Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A Step Sa-Controllers and Storage Devices for 16-bit (Wide) Mode (continued) Storage Controllers for Wide Mode KZPSA-BB KZPSM-AA One-port PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller PCI-based Combination Ethernet and Fast Wide SCSI controller Hard Drives for Wide Mode RZ26N-VW RZ28D-VW RZ29B-VW 1.05 GB, 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 2.1 GB, 3.5-inch 7200 RPM half-height disk drive 4.3 GB, 3.5-inch 7200 RPM half-height disk drive External Disk Expansion for Wide Mode o o o External BA356 StorageWorks modular storage pedestals are supported on all Fast Wide SCSI-2/3 controllers listed in Step 5a. External BA356 is not supported on integral Fast SCSI-2. SCSI cable BN21K-xx for KZPSA, and BN3IS-lE for KZPSC, is required to connect an external BA356 modular storage pedestal to controller. BA356-KC Modular storage pedestal includes BA356-xx basic shelf, BA35X-HF universal ac power supply, pedestal mounting kit, and 120 V power cord; requires SCSI cable (BN31S-1E) for KZPSC-xx controllers. Order country specific power cord for 240 V use from Step 10. Step 5b-Internal Removable Media Devices Systems include 600 MB CD-ROM; system supports two additionaI5.25-inch half-height removable media devices, or one 5.25-inch, full-height removable media device. Removable Media Devices RRD45-AC TLZ09-LG TZKll-LG 600 MB 5.25-inch half-height quad-speed CD-ROM 8.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI 4-mm DAT 2.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape Step 5c-External Storage Tabletop Tape Expansion o o o The integral Fast SCSI-2 controller cannot be extended outside the system enclosure to support external SCSI devices. External tape drives are supported on optional Fast SCSI-2 8-bit narrow controller (KZPAA-AA) only. Each tabletop tape device requires three-foot SCSI cable (BC09D-03) Storage Controller for Narrow Mode (required for external tape expansion) KZPAA-AA PCI-based one-port high performance Fast SCSI-2 controller Alpha Servers 2. 79 AlphaServer 2100A Step 5c-External Storage (continued) Tape Drives for Narrow Mode TLZ09-DA TLZ7L-DA 1• 2 TZS7-TA SZl07-AA TSZ07-BAICA TKZ15-TA 8.0 GB, 4mm DAT tabletop tape drive 32.0-96.0 GB 4-mm DAT autoloader 20.0 GB DLT 5.25-inch tabletop tape drive 140.0 GB DLT loader (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only) 1600/6250-bitlinch 9-track tabletop magtape drive (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only) 5.0 GB 8mm tabletop tape drive (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS only) (1) Includes four cartridge loader. Twelve cartridge magazine supported (TLZ7L-12). (2) Windows NT operating system does not support unattended back-up mode without third-party Arcada software. Step 5d-DSSI Storage (OpenVMS systems only) • System supports up to two KFESA or KFESB EISAlDSSI adapters; KFESA and KFESB adapters can be mixed on the same system. • System supports four KFPSA PCI DSSI adapters. • Each internal storage assembly in system in single/splitbus mode supports one/two HSD 10 DSSIISCSI converters. • Disk drives installed "behind" HSD10 must be 8-bit (narrow). • Cabling information for DSSI controllers: • DSSI cables must be ordered separately. - KFESBIKFPSA uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection. - KFESBIKFPSA to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI. connection requires BC22Q-xx. - KFESBIKFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI straight connection requires BC21Q-xx. - KFESB/KFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI right-angle connection requires BC29S-xx DSSI cable. - KFESBIKFPSA to HSD10 requires BC29S-xx. If HSD lOis factory installed, BC29S-06 cable is included. - HSD10 to HSD10 (inside system) requires BC29U-02. - BC29U-06 (KFESB to HSD10) is provided if factory installed. - HSD 10 to HSD 10 (between systems) requires BC29T-09. HSD10 to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices) requires BC29S-xx for straight connection to external device; or BC29T-09 for right-angle connection to external device. DSSI Adapters KFPSA-AA KFESB-AA HSDIO-AA PCI-to-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only); maximum four per system. EISA-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only); maximum two per system StorageWorks Array controller; supports seven SCSI-2 disks, tape, and optical devices. (See Storage section for supported devices.) DSSI Option Pack • OpenVMS DSSI starter option pack includes: - Two KFESB-AA EISA-based DSSI adapters - Two HSD10-AA DSSIISCSI converter SD002-AA - Three RZ28 2-GB disk drives - Two BC29S-06 DSSI cables* - VMScluster license (QL-MUZAG-AA) OpenVMS DSSI Starter Option Pack * Additional cables are required to connect to external DSSI storage devices or systems Step 5e-PCI to CI Storage Host Adapter (OpenVMS Systems only) CIPCA-AA BNCIA-IO BNCIA-20 BNCIA-45 2.80 Alpha Servers PCI-to-CI adapter, Maximum two per system; requires one PCI slot and one EISA slot. Minimum Operating System Version: OpenVMS 6.2-1H2 Minimum Console Revision: V 4.4 Requires one of the following CI cables per adapter: 10-meter CI cable 20-meter CI cable 45-meter CI cable AlphaServer 2100A Step 6-Networks and Communications • See PCI Option Slot Chart for slot configuration rules. • Systems include Ethernet controller (AUI, IOBaseT, or ThinWire selectable) · Select networking cable - BNE4C-xx for AUI - BN25G-xx for IOBaseT - BCI6M-xx for ThinWire, and H8225-00 Terminator • Maximum of 4 PCI-based network controllers supported. Maximum # supported Order Number Description DEFEA-AA DEFEA-DA EISA-based DEC FDDlcontroller Single Attachment Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT 2 2 2 EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller Dual Attachment (requires 2 EISA slots) I I I DEFEA-UA EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller UTP Attachment 2 2 2 DNSES-AA CXIOl-AAlAD EISA-based synchronous communications controller ISA-based asynchronous multiplexer 3 2 3 2 0 DIIAA-AA Digiboard ISA datafire-U ISDN Controller (Available as a SPARE Only) 0 0 I DIIAA-AB Digiboard ISA datafire-ST ISDN Controller (Available as a SPARE Only) 0 0 I 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 DEFPA-AA* PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, MMF, SC DEFPA-DA* PCI to FDDI Adapter, DAS, MMF, SC DEFPA-UA* PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, TP-PMD DE43S-AA PCI-based Digital Etherworks 32-bit High Performance Network Interface Card 4 4 DESOO-XA PCI-based Fast Ethernet controller 2 2 2 PBXNP-AA PCI Token Ring Adapter I I 0 * . Cables: Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "MIC" (concentrator): BN34D-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "SC": BN34B-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "ST": BN34A-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired pin-pin: BN26M-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired cross-over: BN26S-03. Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect Digital UNIX Systems • Require Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver software). • Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license. • Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License. • Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX. OpenVMS Systems • Require OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster license Configuring information: • For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-IO cable to connect them. • For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-BA and one BC12N10 cable per system node. • CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards. Note: CCMAA-BA (PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller) must be installed in PCI slots 4-7 Alpha Servers 2.81 AlphaServer 2100A Step 6a- MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect (continued) CCMAA·BA CCMHA·AA CCMLA·AA BC12N·I0 QB·3RLAG·AA QB·4ZCAG·AA QL·MUZAG·AA PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller-Maximum two supported on AlphaServer 2100A MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA) MEMORY CHANNEL Cable TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems CCMHA-AA, MEMORY CHANNEL Hub, includes BN19P-2E line cord for Canada, Japan, US operation. For other regions, order one of the following: BN19A·2E BN19S·2E BN19C·2E BN18L·2E BN19E·2E BN24X·2E BN19K·2E BN19H·2E Ireland, United Kingdom Egypt, India Central Europe Israel Switzerland Italy Denmark Australia, New Zealand Step 7-Additional Power Supply • Additional power supply is required if configured system includes second storage assembly, or - More than two CPUs are installed, or - Two CPUs and more than one memory board is installed • In lesser configurations, the additional power supply may be ordered for n+1 redundancy. • Americas and Asia Pacific orders: • European orders: - If additional power supply is factory installed or - If additional power supply is factory installed, 120 V U.S. power cord is included when alternate is not ordered as spare, country specific power cord must be selected. ordered separately, see Step 10. - If additional power supply is ordered as spare, power cord must be ordered separately, see Step 10. H7893·AA 602-watt power supply Step 8-Terminals and Printers Systems include two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems Console terminals can either be graphics monitor connected to the included video graphics adapter (See Step 4), or a serial video terminal. If a serial video terminal is used as the console terminal, it must be VT320, VT420, or VT520 compatible. These terminals have the graphics capability required for the EISA Configuration Utility. Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H8571-J) is required for each connection. A cable must be ordered unless otherwise provided. Step 9-Software Windows NT systems Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access V3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. Order documentation kit if required. QA·23CAA·GZ 2.82 Alpha Servers Windows NT Server documentation kit AlphaServer 2100A Step 9-Software (continued) Digital UNIX systems Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site. Software Processor Code = G for all software, 1-4 processors Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Digital UNIX Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated Digital UNIX system. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion. QL-MT7AG-AA Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use S-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I6-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 32-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 64-user license Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license QL-MTSAG-AA Digital UNIX developer's extension license QL-MT7AM-3B QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D QL-MT7AM-3E QL-MT7AM-3F QL-MT7AM-3G QL-MT7AM-3H Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM QA-054AA-HS Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM DECnet Licenses QL-MTJAG-AA QL-MTKAG-AA DECnetlOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX DECnetlOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX OpenVMS systems Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site. Software Processor Code =G for all software, 1-4 processors OpenVMS Concurrent Use User Licenses OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-MT2AG-AA OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use S-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use I2S-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license Alpha Servers 2. 83 AlphaServer 2100A Step 9-Software (continued) OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA-MTIAA-H8 QA-MTIAG-H8 QA-OOIAA-GZ OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM Open VMS V6.2-1H1 media and documentation on CD-ROM, included with system OpenVMS hardcopy documentation OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM QA-03XAA-H8 Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM DECnet Licenses QL-MTGAG-AA QL-MTHAG-AA DECnet extended function license for OpenVMS DECnet end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS DSSI Information EK-410AB-MG EK-D4AXP-TS DSSI VMS cluster Installation Guide DSSI VMSc1uster Troubleshooting Guide Step to-Keyboards and Power Cords Systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific include 120 V U.S. power cord and keyboard unless alternate is specified. Select country specific power cord and keyboard for all systems ordered in Europe. Keyboards Windows NT and Digital UNIX LK471-A2 LK471-AB LK471-AD LK471-AE LK471-AG LK471-AI LK471-AK LK471-AN LK471-AP LK471-AS LK471-AV 2.84 Alpha Servers OpenVMS LK461-A2 LK461-AB LK461-AC LK461-AD LK461-AE LK461-AF LK461-AG LK461-AH LK461-AI LK461-AK LK461-AL LK461-AM LK461-AN LK461-AP LK461-AQ LK461-AS LK461-AV U.S.lEnglish Belgian CanadianfFrench Danish United Kingdom Finnish German Dutch Italian Swiss/Generic Swiss/German Swedish Norwegian French CanadianlEnglish Spanish Portuguese AlphaServer 2100A Step 10-Keyboards and Power Cords (continued) Power Cords BN27Y-IJ* BN19H-2E BN19C-2E BN19A-2E BN19E-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN19S-2E BN18L-2E U.S., Canada, Japan, 120 V AustralialNew Zealand Central Europe U KlIrel and Switzerland Denmark Italy India/South Africa Israel * Orderable as 17-00083-15 Step II-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include three-year warranty, on-site with 5x9, 24-hour response time. AlphaServer 2100 4/275 Systems FM-454HR-36 FM-454HR-60 FM-45512-36 FM-45512-60 FM-45616-36 FM-45616-60 FM-45724-36 FM-45724-60 Years 1-3, 5 x 9, 4-hour response time Years 1-5, 5 x 9, 4-hour response time Years 1-3,5 x 12, 4-hour response time Years 1-5,5 x 12, 4-hour response time Years 1-3,6 x 16, 4-hour response time Years 1-5,6 x 16, 4-hour response time Years 1-3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time Years 1-5, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time AlphaServer 2100 5/250 and 5/300 Systems FM-S54HR-36 FM-S54HR-60 Years 1 - 3, 5 x 9, 4-hour response time Years 1 - 5, 5 x 9, 4-hour response time FM-S5512-36 FM-S5512-60 Years 1 - 3, 5 x 12, 4-hour response time Years 1 - 5, 5 x 12, 4-hour response time FM-S5616-36 FM-S5616-60 Years 1 - 3, 6 x 16, 4-hour response time Years 1 - 5, 6 x 16, 4-hour response time FM-S5724-36 FM-S5724-60 Years 1 - 3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time Years 1 - 5, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time Alpha Servers 2. 85 AlphaServer 2100A Step II-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (continued) Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental Support Services, if required. Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period indicated. Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX· include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated. Software service upgrades for OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated. AlphaServer 2100A 4/275,5/250, and 5/300 Systems FM-45NTS-12 FM-45NTS-36 FM-45NTS-60 FM-SEOSF-12 FM-SEOSF-36 FM-SEOSF-60 FM-SEVMS-12 FM-SEVMS-36 FM-SEVMS-60 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 21 OOA systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems Step lIb-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services-Europe only Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. 2.86 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 2100A Specifications Shipping Dimension Height Width* Depth* Weight Installed Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Clearances Front Rear Sides Environmental Temperature Relative humidity Maximum wet bulb temperature Minimum dew point temperature Maximum heat dissipation Single supply Dual supply Air flow and quality Altitude Mechanical shock Vibration Acoustics Electrical Nominal ac voltage Voltage range (Vac) Power source phase Nominal frequency (Hz) Frequency range (Hz) Maximum inrush current RMS current at nominal voltage (steady state) Power cord 119 cm (46.9 in.) 102 cm (40.0 in.) 61 cm (24.0 in.) 85 kg (187 lb) typical 114 kg (250 lb) maximum 70 cm (27.6 in.) 43 cm (16.9 in.) 81 cm (31.9 in.) 75 kg (165 lb) typical 100 kg (220 lb) maximum Operating 75 cm (29.5 in.) 15.2 cm (6 in.) None Operating ** Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Operating Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Operating Storage (60 days) Operating Storage (60 days) Current 800 Watt, 3005 Btulhr 1280 Watt, 4371 Btulhr Intake location Exhaust location Operating t Nonoperating Operating Nonoperating Operating Operating Service 75 cm (29.5 in.) 76.2 cm (30 in.) 76.2 cm (30 in.) -40°-66° C (-40°-151 ° F) 11 ° Clhr (20° Flhr) 20-80% 20-80% 10-95% 20%lhr 28° C (82° F) 46° C (115°F) 2° C (36° F) Not tested Theoretical 920 Watt, 3142 Btulhr 1675 Watt, 5720 Btulhr Front Rear 2000 m (6562 ft) 3600 m (12,000 ft) 7.5 G 10 ms 20 G peak 30 ms 10-500 Hz .1 G peak LNPEc (Bels) 6.6 maximum per ISO 7779 100-120 Vac 88-132 Vac Single 60Hz 47-63 Hz 50 Amps 220-240 Vac 180-264 Vac Single 50Hz 47-63 Hz 50 Amps 8.5 Amps Type Length U.S. plug 4.0 Amps IEC 320 C16 240 cm (113 in.) NEMA 5-15, Socket EIC 320 Sheet, C-15 * Dmensions of shipping pallet; fork-lift access is on the width dimension. ** Maximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduce by IDe (1.8 F) for each 600 m (2000 ft) 0 t above Sea Level. Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see Temperature, above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissible altitude for hard drives. Alpha Servers 2. 87 AlphaServer 2100A Specifications (continued) Regulatory Agency approvals Reviewed to UL Listed to UL1950 CSA Certified to CAN! C22.2 No. 950-M89 TUV EN 60950 GS VDE 0805 Gsmarke ZH1I61 IEC 950 FCC 151 Part 15 (Class A) CE AS 3260 Australian Standard SS 436 1450 Swedish Standard NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard EN 60 950: 1992 European Norm Recommended Power ProtectionJUPS Solutions for AlphaServer 2100A Systems UPS offerings feature on-line design and include EIA232 port for local or network monitoring. Prestige units feature a three piece modular design that allows users to safely swap out components without disconnecting the critical load and "plug and play" battery and receptacle extensions. Units include 7 minute battery at full UPS rated output (14 minutes for fully configured system). U.S. models include a three-year, 24-hour hot swap warranty. Prestige UPS - North American Model 4N-AEAAH-AM 4N-AEACH-xx 4N-AEAAH-AB UPS, 3.0kVN2.0KW Rating, 208V in, l20/208V out, L6-30P Input Plug, (1) L5-30R, (4) 5-l5R Output Receptacles--call for information on l20V input models Optional Receptacle Extension, -AA - AE available Add-on Battery Prestige UPS - International Model 4N-AEAAH-AS 4N-AEACH-xx 4N-AEAAH-AB 4N-AEWAR-G2 4N-AEACH-HA UPS, 3.0kVA12.lKW Rating, 200-240V selectable in/out, IEC 309 Input Plug, (3) IEC 320 lOA, (1) IEC 320 20A Optional Receptacle Extension, -DA - DD available (Shuko, French, British, Australian) Add-on Battery Prestige 5-year on-site exchange warranty upgrade for models sold and serviced in the U.S. Optional mobile module stacker standard unit for above UPS HBIHCIHD=1I2/3 added battery modules Companion Data Surge Protection Modem connection (wall plug-in unit) 4N-GA249-AB 4N-GA249-CA lOBaseT connection (wall plug-in unit) 4N-GASI0-BF ThinWire connection (device port) 4N-GA24S-xx Multi-port connection (din rail/rackmount) 4N-GA240-xx Additional plug-in data modules for 4N-GA249 series devices. AC panel protection also available. All devices include 5 year hot-swap warranty. UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only) Includes cable, media and documentation. Monitoring Software Single system shutdown Network Management and multiple system shutdown* * Connect-UPS Adapter required DAlDB=twisted pair, DCIDD=ThinWire 4N-AEAEO-DAIDC 4N-AEAEO-DBmD 2.88 Alpha Servers Windows NT 4N-AEAES-AA 4N-AEAES-BA Connect UPS Adapter l20V (North American) Connect UPS Adapter 220V (International) Digital UNIX 4N-AEAES-AK 4N-AEAES-BK OpenVMS 4N-AEAES-EM Call for information AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount Product Description AlphaServer 2100A 4/275, 5/250, and 5/300 Rackmount Systems are rackmountable versions of the respective AlphaServer 2100A systems having the same features and functionality but with minimal internal storage capacity: most data is stored in StorageWorks modular shelves. The AlphaServer 2100A family is configured with eight PCI slots and three EISA slots. The AlphaServer 21 OOA Rackmount system unit is designed to be installed in a 30-inch deep cabinet equipment with standard EIA or METRIC rails using only 14-inches of vertical space. It is an ideal system building block. AlphaServer 2100A, 4/275, 5/250, and 5/300 Cabinet Systems include AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount system and two StorageWorks Shelves configured into industry standard H9A10 cabinets. AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet systems are designed for those installations where floor space is at a premium, where large disk storage arrays and/or other expansion is required, or when high availability systems are required. Points to consider when selecting a Packaged Cabinet System: • Rackmount unit installed in cabinet systems supports two removable media devices and two hard disk drives. Rackmount unit includes one quad-speed CD-ROM drive and one 7200 RPM 2 GB hard disk drive. Additional disk, controllers, and cables must be ordered separately. • Power cords are included for AlphaServer Rackmount unit and other rackmountable options on same purchase order as AlphaServer Cabinet. • Each Rackmount BA36R-AF/AR 16-bit wide SCSI StorageWorks shelf requires seven inches of vertical space; an -AF front mounted and -AR rear mounted shelf can be placed back to back in the same seven-inch space. • Power controller as well as voltage and total current requirements. Alpha Servers 2.89 AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step l-Systems • AlphaServer 2100A Cabinet systems ship with two each of the following power cords (power controller to cabinet). - 120 VAC systems: NEMA Locking, 4.57 m (15 feet), NEMA L5-30P, Socket NEMA L5-30R - 240 VAC systems: NEMA Locking 4.57 m (15 feet), NEMA L6-20P, Socket NEMA L6-20R • AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount systems include 120V or 240V Cabinet system compatible power cords. Select country-specific power cord for other 240V use. • All systems include keyboard. Select country-specific keyboard for 240 V use. Selected keyboard ships in lieu of U.S. variants. • All systems ship with extender cables for use with mouse and keyboard. • AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount unit and rackmountable options ordered on same purchase order as AlphaServer 2100A Cabinet system ship with correct power cords for that configuration. • Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares. • Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; see UPS information following Specifications, or call for specific Rackmount configuration support. AlphaServer 2100A Cabinet Units include • One H9A I O-Cx cabinet enclosure • One AlphaServer 2100A 41275,5/250 or 5/300 rackmountable unit. • Two 16-bit Wide StorageWorks shelves; one BA36R-AF (front mounted) and one BA36R-AR (rear mounted). 35 inches of H9AIO-Cx cabinet rack space remains available. AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount Units include • Alpha microprocessor 21064 275-Mhz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache, or • Alpha microprocessor 21164 250-Mhz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache, or • Alpha microprocessor 21164 291-Mhz CPU with 4 MB onboard cache • BA744 Rackmountable enclosure which includes: - Integral 10 MB/s 8-bit narrow Fast SCSI controller - Two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports, 9-pin D-subminiature connectors - One parallel port, 25-pin D-subminiature connectors - Two RZxx hard disk drives slots - Two 5.25-inch, half-height removable media slots - Eight PCI slots - Three EISA slots - 840-Watt power supply * • Ethernet AUI, 10BaseT (twisted pair), or ThinWire selectable (uses one PCI slot), • 1.44-MB diskette drive in dedicated slot • 2.0 GB 7200 rpm hard disk drive (uses one RZxx disk slot) • 600 MB Quad Speed CD-ROM (uses one removable media slot) • Video Graphics Adapter (uses one PCI slot) • Three-button mouse • Keyboard (Americas and AP orders only) Memory indicated below Customer documentation EISA configuration utility Hardware Warranty Three-year, on-site with 5 x 9, 24hour response time* • Operating System Warranty 90-day SPD conformance with advisory telephone support* Service upgrades are available; see Step 11, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services. Windows NT Rackmount and Cabinet Systems include • Windows NT Server plus 5-client access, 3.5 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. Windows NT Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet Order Number Model Memory PCIlEISA slots available DN-2S2YI-B9 DN-2S2YI-C9 4/275 4/275 128MB 512MB DN-2S3YI-B9 DN-2S3YI-C9 5/250 5/250 128MB 512MB DN-2S4YI-B9 DN-2S4YI-C9 5/300 5/300 128MB 512MB 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 2.90 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step l-Systems (continued) Windows NT Cabinet Systems-Includes cabinet Order Number Model Memory DN-262FI-B21B3 DN-262FI-C2/C3 4/275 4/275 128MB 512MB 6 PCI I 3 EISA 6 PCI I 3 EISA 120 V I 240 V 120 V I 240 V DN-263FI-B21B3 DN-263FI-C2/C3 5/250 5/250 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA DN-264FI-B21B3 DN-264FI-C2/C3 5/300 5/300 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB 120 V I 240 V 120 V I 240 V 120 V 1240 V 120 V I 240 V PCIlEISA slots available Cabinet Power Required 6 PCI/3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA Digital UNIX Rackmount and Cabinet Systems include • Digital UNIX V3.2D-2 operating system base license • NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX license QL-306AG-AA); includes the following layered products (order media and documentation separately): - PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX (kit only, no license) - Poly center Advanced File System utilities - Objectbroker for Digital UNIX Runtime - DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX Runtime - DCE Runtime - Digital UNIX Server Extensions - PrintServer software (kit only, licensed with printer) • Base operating system is factory installed Note: Operating system media and documentation is required for first system on site; see Step 9. Digital UNIX Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet Order Number Model Memory PCIfEISA slots available DA-2S2YI-B9 DA-2S2YI-C9 4/275 4/275 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCI I 3 EISA DA-2S3YI-B9 DA-2S3YI-C9 5/250 5/250 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB DA-2S4YI-B9 DA-2S4YI-C9 5/300 5/300 128MB 512MB 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA Digital UNIX Cabinet Systems-Includes cabinet Order Number Model Memory PCIJEISA slots available Cabinet Power Required DA-262FI-B21B3 DA-262FI-C2/C3 6 PCI/3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 120 V I 240 V 120 V I 240 V 120V 1240V 120V 1240V DA-264FI-B21B3 DA-264FI-C2/C3 5/300 5/300 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA DA-263FI-B21B3 DA-263FI-C2/C3 4/275 4/275 5/250 5/250 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 120 V I 240 V 120 V I 240 V Alpha Servers 2.91 AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step 1-Systems (continued) OpenVMS Rackmount and Cabinet Systems include - DECwindows Motif for Open VMS - Objectbroker for Open VMS (ACA Services) - DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Runtime - DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Base - DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Plus - DECprint Supervisor for Open VMS, Open - PrintServer software (kit only, licensed with printer • OpenVMS operating system is factory installed. • OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 media on CD-ROM included • OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 operating system base license. • NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS license (QL-23EAG-AA), includes the following layered products (order media and documentation separately): - DEC net for OpenVMS End System - DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS End Node - PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager); kit only, no license DEC TCPIIP services for OpenVMS Polycenter Software Distribution (Client) OpenVMS Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet Order Number Model Memory PCIlEISA slots available DY-252YI-B9 DY-252YI-C9 4/275 4/275 5/250 51250 5/300 5/300 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCII 3 EISA 6 PCI I 3 EISA PCIlEISA slots available Cabinet Power Required DY-253YI-B9 DY -253YI-C9 DY-254YI-B9 DY-254YI-C9 128MB 512MB OpenVMS Cabinet Systems-Includes cabinet Order Number Model Memory DY-262FI-B21B3 DY-262FI-C2/C3 4/275 4/275 5/250 5/250 5/300 5/300 128MB 512MB 6 PCI 13 EISA 6 PCI I 3 EISA 120 V I 240 V 120 V I 240 V 128MB 512MB 6 PCI I 3 EISA 6 PCI 13 EISA 120 V I 240 V 120 V I 240 V 128MB 512MB 6 PCI I 3 EISA 6 PCI I 3 EISA 120 V 1240 V 120 V 1240 V DY-263FI-B21B3 DY-263FI-C2/C3 DY-264FI-B21B3 DY-264FI-C2/C3 System Bus and PCI Bus Configuration Rules • Use System Bus Slot Table for slot configuration rules when adding additional CPUs and memory. • See PCI Option Slot Table for options supported in specific PCI slots. System Bus Slot Table Recommended Slots 1 CPU system 2 CPUs system 3 CPUs system 4 CPUs system 2.92 Alpha Servers Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 - Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 - CPU 0 Memory 0 Memory 1 Memory 2 Memory 3 - CPU 0 CPU 1 Memory 0 Memory 1 Memory 2 Memory 3 CPU 2 CPU 0 CPU 1 Memory 0 Memory 1 Memory 2 Memory 3 CPU 3 CPU 0 CPU 1 Memory 0 CPU 2 Not available Memory 1 AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step l-Systems (continued) PCI Option Slot Table • Some PCI options are not supported behind a PCI-PCI bridge on specific operating systems. Use the following table for options restricted to slots 4, 5, 6 and 7 only. All other options supported on the AlphaServer 2100A not listed here are supported in any PCI slot (0, 1,2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7). Max Supported in # PCI slots only 4,5,6,7 3 Order Number KZPSA-BB PB2GA-JBl Description One-port Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller S3-Tri064 Graphics option 1MB 1 CCMAA-AA PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller 2 4,5,6,7 4,5,6,7 Operating System Windows NT Windows NT Digital UNIX 1 Graphics option standard in all systems. Step 2-CPU Symmetrical Multiprocessing (SMP) Upgrade CPU Upgrades • Order up to three additional CPUs, for a maximum of four; see System Bus Slot Table. • Additional CPUs must match the speed of CPU in system. • Four-CPU systems are restricted to two memory slots. 460NR-AA 470NR-AA 480NR-AA Windows NT SMP upgrade includes one 41275 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required. Windows NT SMP upgrade includes one 5/250 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required. Windows NT SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required. 460AR-AA 470AR-AA 480AR-AA Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 4/275 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license. Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 51250 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license. Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license. 460YR-AA 470YR-AA 480YR-AA OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 4/275 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/250 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license. Step 3-Memory See System Bus Slot Table for slot configuration rules. • • • • • One- to three- CPU systems support a total of four memory boards in any combination. Four CPU systems support total of two memory boards in any combination. Windows NT V 3.5 support up to 2 GB memory, requires Windows NT 3.51 Service Pack 4. Digital UNIX V 3.2 support up to 2 GB memory. OpenVMS V 6.2 supports up to 2 GB memory. MS450-BA MS451-DA MS451-FA 64 MB memory module (supported on 41275 systems only) 128 MB memory module 512 MB memory module Step 3a-Prestoserve Nonvolatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) • Supported on Digital UNIX systems only • Maximum one Presto serve option per system DJ-ML200-AA DJ-ML200-BA DJ-ML200-CA 2 MB PCI Presto serve option 4 MB PCI Presto serve option 8 MB PCI Prestoserve option Alpha Servers 2.93 AlpbaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step 4-Monitors Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter included with system. Windows NT systems • Windows NT systems require a graphics monitor to run all system functions. • Video adapter included in system supports 1024 x 768 resolution, 72-Hz monitors. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems • All console functions, including the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) and the RAID Configuration Utility (RCU) can be performed using a standard video terminal (VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xx, VT5xx) connected to one of the system's serial ports (See Step 8). • For graphics console functionality, order a graphics monitor. • Video adapter included in system supports 1024 x 768 resolution, 72-Hz monitors. VRC15·KA!K4 15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flatsquare CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable. Select -KA for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 not included, order separately. VRT17·PAlP4 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 not included, order separately. VRC21·LAlL4 21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Ligh Gray enclosure. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately. Step 5-Storage • Integral Fast SCSI-2 controller supports maximum of seven devices (CD-ROM, one additiona15.25-inch half-height removable media device and two hard disk drives inside base chassis), All disk drives connected to this controller operate in Narrow (8-bit) mode. • Select Wide (16-bit) mode controllers, disks and StorageWorks shelves from Step 5b for external expansion. Note: Wide disk drives configured on a Narrow bus operate in narrow mode. Narrow disk drives configured on a wide bus operate in narrow mode. Wide and narrow devices can be mixed on a single bus. Step 5a-Internal Storage Systems include one internal RZ28 disk drive, and one CD-ROM drive. Removable Media Devices (select one additional device) RRD45·AC TZKll·LG TLZ09·LG 2.94 Alpha Servers 600 MB 5.25-inch quad-speed half-height CD-ROM 2.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape drive 8.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI 4mm DAT drive AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step Sa-Internal Storage (continued) Hard Disk Drives (select one additional hard disk drive) RZ26N-EJ RZ28D-EJ RZ29B-EJ 1.05 GB 3.5-inch 5400 RPM half-height disk drive 2.0 GB 3.5-inch 7200 RPM half-height disk drive 4.3 GB 3.5-inch 7200 RPM half-height disk drive Step Sb-External Storage for 16-bit (Wide) Mode • Additional storage is supported outside AlphaServer 2l00A Rackmount system unit. BA36R-AF/-AR rackmountable 16bit StorageWorks shelves are recommended. • AlphaServer 2l00A Cabinet systems include one BA36R-AF (front mounted) and one BA36R-AR (rear mounted) l6-bit wide StorageWorks shelves. A controller is required to support installed StorageWorks shelves in Cabinet systems. Configuration Rules • l6-bit Wide devices require Wide StorageWorks Shelves (BA36R) to operate in wide mode. • PCI-based one- and three-port (KZPSC-AAlBA) RAID controllers, and one-port Fast Wide Differential (KZPSA-BB) controller allow wide devices to operate in l6-bit mode. • Maximum of four PCI-based one- and three-port (KZPSC-xx) RAID controllers supported per system. - One- and three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 controllers (KZPSC-xx) support hard disk drives only; tape drives are not supported. - Three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 (KZPSC-BA) supports up to 21 disk drives in up to eight logical groups. RAID slots must be created to support more than eight physical disk drives. • Maximum of four PCI or EISA RAID controllers supported per system. • PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller (KZPSA-BB) supports externally connected wide disks in BA36R using DWZZB wide differential to wide single-ended converter, or narrow disks using DWZZA wide differential to narrow single-ended converter in BA35R. • KZPSA-BB controller on Windows NT systems supports up to 15 disks. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems support 7 disks. · SCSI cables are not included and must be ordered separately. • KZPSA-BB Cables BN2lK-xx from KZPSA to DWZZA, DWZZB, and HSZ40 (straight to right angle) BN2lW-OB Y SCSI-2 cable 68-pin for KZPSA in mid-bus or DECsafe configurations. · KZPSC-xx Cables - BN3lL-lE from KZPSC-xx to BA35R - BN3lS-lE from KZPSC-xx to BA36R · If all three ports on KZPSC-BA are used, use 2T-KZPSC-KT cable kit for third port connection. Does not block EISA slot. • KZPSM-AA Cables - BC25V-lH from KZPSM to external 68-pin bulkhead - BN2lK-02 from bulkhead to external BA36R wide storage. · KZPDA-AA Cables - BN2lK-02 from KZPDA to BA36R wide storage Storage Controllers for Wide Mode KZPSC-AA KZPSC-BA MSIOO-AA MSIOO-AB KZPSC-UB KZPSA-BB KZPSM-AA KZPDA-AA One-port PCI-based controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, and Windows NT Three-port PCI-based controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, and Windows NT 16 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller 32 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller Battery back-up for Cache memory option PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller PCI-based combination Ethernet and Fast Wide SCSI controller PCI based Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI-2 controller Hard Disk Drives for Wide Mode RZ26N-VW RZ28D-VW RZ29B-VW 1.05 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 2.1 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 4.3 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive Alpha Servers 2.95 AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step Sb-External Storage for 16-bit (Wide) Mode (continued) Rackmountable StorageWorks Shelves for Wide Mode • • • • BA36R StorageWorks shelves are supported on all Fast Wide SCSI-2 controllers listed in Step 5b. External BA36R is not supported on integral Fast SCSI-2 controller due to insufficient remaining external bus length. SCSI cable BN21K-xx for KZPSA, and BN31S-1E for KZPSC, is required to connect BA36R to controller. See Step 10 for additional power cords. BA36R-AF BA36R-AR Rackmountable BA356 StorageWorks Shelf; front accessible Rackmountable BA356 StorageWorks Shelf; rear accessible Step Sc-DSSI Storage (OpenVMS systems only) • System supports up to two KFESA or two KFESB EISAlDSSI adapters. KFESA and KFESB adapters can be mixed on same system. • Each BA35R StorageWorks shelf in single/split-bus mode supports one/two HSDIO DSSI/SCSI converters. • Wide disks installed "behind" HSDIO will run in narrow mode. • Cabling information for DSSI controllers: DSSI devices supported on OpenVMS only - DSSI cables must be ordered separately - KFESB uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection - KFESB to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI connection requires BC22Q-xx - KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI straight connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices requiring straight connection) requires BC21Q-xx - KFESB to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI rightangle connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices requiring right-angle connection) requires BC29S-xx DSSI cable - Order BC29S-09 DSSI cable for HSDIO in BA36R-Ax shelves (see 'A' on DSSI-based Storage Diagram) - Order BC29U-02 DSSI cable for HSDIO in adjacent BA36R-Ax shelves (see 'B' DSSI-based on Storage Diagram) Order BC29V-06 DSSI cable for HSDIO in nonadjacent BA36R-Ax shelves (see 'C' DSSI-based on Storage Diagram) DSSI Adapters KFPSA-AA KFESB-AA HSDIO-AA PCI-to-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only); maximum four per system. EISA-based single-DSSI controller (OpenVMS systems only); maximum two per system. StorageWorks Array controller; supports seven SCSI-2 disks, tape, and optical devices. (See Storage section for supported devices.) DSSI Option Pack • OpenVMS DSSI starter option pack includes: - Two KFESB-AA EISA-based DSSI adapters - Two HSDIO-AA DSSI/SCSI converters - Three RZ28 2 GB disk drives - Two BC29S-06 DSSI cables (KFESB to HSDIO)* - VMS cluster license (QL-MUZAG-AA) SD002-AA 2.96 Alpha Servers OpenVMS DSSI Starter Option Pack AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step 5d-External Storage for Storage Controllers • Requires seven inches of vertical space, although a front and rear shelf can be mounted back-to-back in the same seven inch space. • See Step 10 for additional power cords. BA35R-MF BA35R-MR Rackmountable BA350-MA controller shelf; front access Rackmountable BA350-MA controller shelf, rear access Step 5e-PCI to CI Storage Host Adapter (OpenVMS Systems only) CIPCA-AA BNCIA-IO BNCIA-20 BNCIA-45 PCI-to-CI adapter, Maximum two per system; requires one PCI slot and one EISA slot. Minimum Operating System Version: OpenVMS 6.2-1H2 Minimum Console Revision: V4.4 Requires one of the following CI cables per adapter: 10-meter CI cable 20-meter CI cable 45-meter CI cable Step 6-Networks and Communications • See PCI Option Slot Chart for slot configuration rules. • Systems include Ethernet controller (AUI, 10BaseT, or ThinWire selectable) • Select networking cable - BNE4C-xx for AUI - BN25G-xx for 10BaseT - BC16M-xx for ThinWire, and HS225-00 Terminator · Maximum of 4 PCI-based network controllers supported. Order Number DE435-AA Description PCI-based Digital Etherworks 32-bit High Performance Network Interface Card DE5OO-XA PCI-based Fast Ethernet controller DEFPA-AA* PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, MMF, SC Maximum # supported Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT 4 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 1 0 EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller Single Attachment 2 2 2 DEFEA-DA EISA-based DEC FDDIcontroller Dual Attachment (requires 2 EISA slots) 1 1 1 DEFPA-DA* PCI to FDDI Adapter, DAS, MMF, SC DEFPA-UA* PBXNP-AA PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, TP-PMD PCI Token Ring Adapter 4 DEFEA-AA DEFEA-UA [EISA-based DEC FDDlcontroller UTP Attachment 2 2 2 DNSES-AA EISA-based synchronous communications controller 3 3 0 CXIOI-AAlAD ISA-based asynchronous multiplexer Digiboard ISA datafire-U ISDN Controller (Available as a SPARE Only) 2 2 0 0 2 1 0 0 1 DIIAA-AA DIIAA-AB * Digiboard ISA datafire-ST ISDN Controller (Available as a SPARE Only) OpenVMS does not have boot support. Cables: Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "MIC" (concentrator): BN34D-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "SC": BN34B-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "ST": BN34A-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired pin-pin: BN26M-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, ired cross-over: BN26S-03. Alpha Servers 2.97 1\.lpna~erver 2lUUA Rackmount and Cabinet Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect Digital UNIX Systems • Requires Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver software). • Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license. • Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License. • Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX. OpenVMS Systems • Require OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster license Configuring information: • For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-I0 cable to connect them. • For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-BA and one BCI2N10 cable per system node. • CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards. • CCMRA-AA Rackmount Kit for Hub; takes 8.75-in rail space. Note: CCMAA-BA (PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller) must be installed in PCI slots 4-7. CCMAA-BA CCMHA-AA CCMRA-AA CCMLA-AA BC12N-IO QB-3RLAG-AA QB-4ZCAG-AA QL-MUZAG-AA PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller-Maximum two supported. MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards MEMORY CHANNEL Hub Rackmount Kit (8.75-in) MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA) MEMORY CHANNEL Cable TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX, includes Digital UNIX driver Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems Step 7-Additional Power Supply • Dual power distribution is provided to internal, mounted equipment. There are no power supplies in H9AI0 Cabinet. • Standard 840-Watt power supply in AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount system is sufficient for a fully configured system. • An additional power supply for n+ 1 redundancy may be ordered H7804-AA H7804-AB H7804-AC Additional power supply with 120 VAC cord Additional power supply with 240 VAC cord Additional power supply with 240 VAC IEC cord Note: The H7893-AA power supply for AlphaServer 2100A pedestal is not compatible with, and will not mount in the Rackmount system. Step 8-Terminals and Printers System includes two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems Console terminals can either be graphics monitor connected to the included video graphics adapter (See Step 4), or a serial video terminal. If a serial video terminal is used as the console terminal, it must be VT220, VT320, VT420, or VT520 compatible. These terminals have the graphics capability required for the EISA Configuration Utility. Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (H8571-J) is required (one included with system) for each connection. A cable must be ordered unless otherwise provided. 2.98 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step 9-Software Windows NT Systems Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.5 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. Order documentation kit if required. QA-23CAA-GZ Windows NT Server documentation kit Digital UNIX Systems Select user licenses as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site. Software processor code =G for all software, one to four processors. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Digital UNIX Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designed Digital UNIX system. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion QL-MT7AG-AA Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 16-user license Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license QL-MTSAG-AA Digital UNIX developer's extension license QL-MT7AM-3B QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D QL-MT7AM-3E QL-MT7AM-3F Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM QA-OS4AA-H8 Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM DECnet Licenses QL-MTJAG-AA QL-MTKAG-AA DECnetJOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX DECnetJOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX OpenVMS Systems Select user licensees as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site. Software processor code = G for all software, one to four processors OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license Concurrent Use 2-user license Concurrent Use 4-user license Concurrent Use 8-user license Concurrent Use 16-user license Concurrent Use 32-user license Alpha Servers 2.99 AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step 9-Software (continued) OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses QL.MT3AA·3H QL·MT3AA·3J QL.MT3AA·3K QL·MT2AG·AA OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Open VMS Concurrent Use 64-user license Concurrent Use 128-user license Concurrent Use 256-user license Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA·MTIAA·H8 QA.MTIAG·H8 QA·MTIAH·GZ OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl media and documentation on CD-ROM, included with system OpenVMS hardcopy documentation OpenVMS Layered Products CD·ROM QA·03XAA·H8 Layered products media and documentation for Open VMS on CD-ROM DECnet Licenses QL.MTGAG·AA QL·MTHAG·AA DECnet extended function license for OpenVMS DECnet end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS DSSI Information (OpenVMS systems only) EK·410AB·MG EK·D4AXp·TS DSSI VMScluster Installation Guide DSSI VMScluster Troubleshooting Guide Step IO-Power Cords and Keyboards Cabinet System Power Cords • Power connection to H9AI0-xx Cabinet is site specific. • AlphaServer 2100A Cabinet systems ship with two each of the following power cords for power to the cabinet - 120 VAC systems: NEMA locking, 4.57 m (15 feet), NEMA L5-30P, Socket NEMA L5-30R - 240 V AC systems: NEMA locking, 4.57 m (15 feet), NEMA L6-20P, Socket NEMA L6-20R Rackmount System Power Cords • Systems ordered include U.S. power cord or 240V cabinet system compatible power cord. Select other 240V countryspecific power cord. • Select power cord for each power supply installed in AlphaServer Rackmount system. Included* BN19J·2E BN19D·2E BN19B·2E BN04B·2E BN19L·2E BN19N·2E BN19T·2E BN19Y·2E U.S., Canada, Japan, 120 V Australia, New Zealand Central Europe U.K., Ireland Switzerland Denmark Italy Egypt, India, South Africa Israel * Orderable as 17-00083-51 2.100 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step to-Power Cords and Keyboards (continued) Monitor Power Cords • Select country-specific power cord for 240 V use. BN27S·03 BN19H-2E BN19C-2E BN19A-2E BN19E-2E BN19K·2E BN19M·2E BN19S-2E BN18L·2E U.S., Canada, Japan, 120 V Australia, New Zealand Central Europe U.K., Ireland Switzerland Denmark Italy Egypt, India, South Africa Israel StorageWorks Power Cords Select additional power cords for N+ 1 power use. BN27S·03 BN27Z·03 U.S., Canada, Japan 240V Cabinet Systems Keyboards Systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific include U.S. English keyboard unless alternate is specified. Select country-specific keyboard for all systems ordered in Europe. WindowsNTI Digital UNIX LK471·A2 LK471·AB LK471·AD LK471-AE LK471·AG LK471·AI LK471·AK LK471·AN LK471·AP LK471·AS LK471·AV OpenVMS LK461·A2 LK461·AB LK461·AC LK461·AD LK461·AE LK461-AF LK461-AG LK461·AH LK461-AI LK461-AK LK461-AL LK461-AM LK461-AN LK461-AP LK461-AQ LK461-AS LK461-AV U .S.lEnglish Belgian CanadianlFrench Danish United Kingdom Finnish German Dutch Italian Swiss/Generic Swiss/German Swedish Norwegian French CanadianlEnglish Spanish Portuguese Alpha Servers 2.101 AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Step 11-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services Hardware Supplemental Support Services-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include three-year hardware warranty, on-site with 5 x 9, 24-hour response time. • Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required. AlphaServer 2100A 4/275 Systems FM-454HR-36 FM-4S4HR-60 FM -45724-36 FM -45724-60 3 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time 5 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time 3 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time 5 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time AlphaServer 2100A 5/250 and 5/300 Systems FM-S54HR-36 FM-S54HR-60 FM -S5724-36 FM-S5724-60 3 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time 5 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time 3 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time 5 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental Support Services, if required. • Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period indicated. • Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated. AlphaServer 2100A 4/275,5/250, and 5/300 Systems FM -45NTS-12 FM-45NTS-36 FM -45NTS-60 FM -SEOSF -12 FM-SEOSF -36 FM -SEOSF -60 FM-SEVMS-12 FM-SEVMS-36 FM-SEVMS-60 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems Step lla-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services-Europe only Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. 2.102 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet Specifications Installed Dimensions Rackmount Cabinet Height Width Depth Weight 35 cm (14 in.) 45 cm (19 in.) 70.5 cm (27.75 in.) 45.5kg (100 lb) 170 cm (66.9 in) 60 cm (23.6 in.) 85 cm (34 in.) 286 kg (630 lb) Clearances Operating Service Front Rear Sides 20.3 cm (8 in.) 20.3 cm (8 in.) None 142 cm (56 in.) 61 cm (24 in.) 61 cm (24 in.) 10°_40° C (50°-104° F) 10°_35° C (50°-95° F) -40°-66° C (-40°-151 ° F) 11 ° Clhr (20° Flhr) -40°-66° C (-40°-151 ° F) \1 ° Clhr (20° Flhr) 10-90% noncondensing 10-90% noncondensing 10-95% noncondensing 20% 1 hr 1200 Watt AC, 4,080 BTUlhr 10-90% noncondensing 10-90% noncondensing 10-95% noncondensing 3450 Watt AC, 11,730 BTUlhr 200CFM Front Rear 400 CFM Front Top and Rear 2000 m (6562 ft) 3600 m (12,000 ft) 2000 m (6562 ft) 3600 m (12,000 ft) Environmental Temperature Operating* Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Relative humidity Operating Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Maximum heat dissipation Air flow and quality Operating Intake location Exhaust location Altitude Operating Nonoperating Mechanical shock Operating Nonoperating Vibration Operating Acoustics Operating LNPEc (Bels) 20% Ihr 109 pk for 10 ± 3 ms 5 g pk for 10 ± 3 ms 20 g pk for 10 ± 3 ms 20 g pk for 10 ± 3 ms 16-200 Hz @0.25g max 200500 Hz @O.lg peak 10-500 Hz @ 0.1 g peak 6.5 max per ISO 7779 6.4 max per ISO 7779 Voltage range (AVS) Power source phase Nominal frequency (Hz) Frequency range (Hz) Maximum rated current Maximum power consumption (Watts) Power cord Type Length U.S. plug 100-120/220-240 Vac Single 50 - 60 Hz 49 - 61 Hz lOa/5a 1,200 W (PFC = 0.99, lOA @ 120 V) lEC 320 C16 452 cm (178 in.) NEMA 5-15, Socket lEC 320 Sheet, C-15 100-1201 20-240 Vac Single 50 - 60 Hz 49 - 61 Hz 16 a 18 a 3,450 W Agency approvals UL Listed to UL1950 CSA Certified to CAN/C22.2 No. 950-M89 TUV EN 60950GS VDE 0805 lEC 950 FCC 15J Part 15 (Class A) CE AS3260 Australian Standard NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard EN 60950:1992 European Norm Electrical Reviewed to * NEMA locking 4.57 m (15 feet) NEMA L5-30P, Socket NEMAL5-30R NEMA L6-20P, Socket NEMAL6-20R Msaximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduced by 1°C(1.8°F) for each 600 m (2000 feet) above Sea Level. t Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see Temperature above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissable altitude for hard disk drives. Alpha Servers 2.103 AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet System Specifications 6kVA Prestige Modular "On Line" UPS For complete protection, UPS products should be used with data line surge protectors. Maximum stacked dimension: 33.6 H x 9.9 W x 15.9 D. 4N-AEAAJ-CM 4N-AEAAJ-CS Prestige 6kVA (4kW), 1 phase, 60Hz, 208V-120V/208V. Includes 6-foot input power cord with L6-30P, 2 L5-30R and 8 5-15R receptacles. Modular hot-swap design with 7 minute battery at fun load, plug and play batteries and receptacle provisions. 3-Year hot-swap warranty. Select 4N-AEAAJ-CP for 240V-2401120V operation. Same as above except with 216-20R, 8 5-15R receptacles. 4N-AEAAJ-CR for 240V-2401120V operation. 4N-GA249-AB Surge Protectors for 2 wire modem 4N-GA249-CA Surge Protectors for 10BaseT 4N-GASIO-BF Surge Protectors for ThinWire PUPS Plus for Storage, Arrays PUPS Plus models are 200-240V selectable output, hardwired input/output with optional plug-in output receptacle modules. 4N-AEAAL-BA PUPS Plus 10 kVA (7kW), 1 phase, 50/60 Hz, 173-276V in, 9 minutes battery at fun load. 4N-BEAAN-BA PUPS Plus 15 kVA (7kW), 3 phase, 50/60 Hz, 173-276V in, 10 minutes battery at fun load. Select 4N-AEACM-BP and 4N-AEACM-BJ for plug in connection to 120 V to AlphaServer 2100A and auxiliary SW800 Cabinet. 4N-AEACM-BP PUPS Plus 15kVA Receptacle module 4 L5-30R, 1 L21-30R 4N-AEACM-BJ PUPS plus 15kVA Receptacle module 1 L21-30R, 15-15R UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only) • Include cables, media and documentation. • SNMP Network connectivity adapters (4N-AEAEO-DAlDC) Twisted PairlThinWire are available. 6kVA Prestige Modular UPS 4N-AEAES-AA 4N-AEAES-AK 4N-AEAES-EM Windows NT for Alpha and Intel x86 Digital UNIX OpenVMS PUPS Plus UPS 4N-AEAES-AA 4N-AEAES-AK 4N-AEAES-FM 2.104 Alpha Servers Windows NT for Alpha and Intel x86 Digital UNIX OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount AlphaServer 2100ALP Rackmount Product Description AlphaServer 2100A LP 5/300 and 5/375 Rackmount Systems are compact versions of the AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount family. They have the same C-bus architecture, use the same CPUs and memory, support the same options, and run the same operating systems as the AlphaServer 2100A System. But they occupy only seven inches of vertical rack space. This makes the AlphaServer 2100A LP the ideal building block for densely-packed rackmounted systems and single-cabinet clusters. AlphaServer 2100A LP rackmount systems have two PCI buses with four PCI slots per bus. The high performance PCI 110 subsystem has a peak bandwidth of 264 MB per second. This feature makes the AlphaServer 21 OOA LP a superior 110 system for environments in which the 110 throughputlbandwidth of a single PCI bus would be functionally challenged. AlphaServer 2100A LP rackmount systems support up to two 5/300 or 5/375 CPUs. Packaged Systems that include two CPU boards are now available. Alpha Servers 2.105 AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Step I-Systems • Select AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount systems with one CPU or two CPUs installed. • AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount systems include 120V or 240V Cabinet compatible power cord. Select countryspecific power cord for other 240V use. • Options ordered will be factory installed unless specified as spares. • Systems do not include video graphics adapter, CD-ROM, keyboard or mouse. These options can ordered separately. • Systems are for rackmount use only, in Digital or customer provided cabinet. • Uninterruptable Power Supplies are available; call for specific Rackmount configuration support. AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Systems include • One or two Alpha microprocessor 21164 291-MHz CPU(s), each include 4 MB onboard cache, or • One or two Alpha Microprocessor 21164A 375-MHz CPU(s), each include 8 MB onboard cache • BA743 Rackmountable enclosure with: - Integral 10 MB/s 8-bit narrow Fast SCSI controller - Two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports, 9-pin D-subminiature connectors - One parallel port, 25-pin D-subminiature connector - One RZxx hard disk slot (includes drive) - One 5.25-inch, half-height removable media slot - Nine expansion slots: Seven PCI slots, one EISA slot, one PCIlEISA combination slot Note: PCI slots are split between two PCI buses with four slots each - 570-Watt power supply * • Integral Ethernet AUI or 10BaseT (twisted pair) • 1.44 MB diskette drive in dedicated slot 4.3 GB 7200 RPM hard disk (installed in only internal hard disk slot) Memory indicated below Customer documentation EISA configuration utility • Chassis rackmount slide kit • Video/keyboard/mouse extension cables • Hardware Warranty Three-year, on-site with 5 x 9 24-hour response time* Operating System Warranty 90-day SPD conformance with advisory telephone support* Service upgrades are available; see Step 11, Hardware and Software Supplemental Services. Digital UNIX Systems include • Digital UNIX V3.2D-2 operating system base license • NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX license QL-306AG-AA); includes the following layered products (order media and documentation separately) - PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX (kit only, no license) - Polycenter Advanced File System utilities - Objectbroker for Digital UNIX Runtime - DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX Runtime - DCE Runtime - Digital UNIX Server Extensions - PrintServer software (kit only, licensed with printer) • Base operating system is factory installed Note: Operating system media and documentation is required for first system on site; see Step 8. Digital UNIX Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet CT-A254V-B9 CT-A254V-C9 CT-A255V-B9 CT -A255V -C9 5/300 5/300 5/375 5/375 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 1 PCIlEISA 1 PCIlEISA 1 PCIlEISA 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 1 PCIlEISA 1 PCIlEISA 1 PCIlEISA Model CT-A254V-D9 CT-A254V-E9 CT-A255V-D9 CT-A255V-E9 2.106 Alpha Servers 5/300 5/300 5/375 5/375 AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Step 1-Systems (continued) OpenVMS Systems include - DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS - Objectbroker for OpenVMS (ACA Services) - DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Runtime - DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Base - DEC print Supervisor for OpenVMS, Plus - DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Open - PrintServer software (kit only, licensed with printer • OpenVMS operating system is factory installed. • OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 media on CD-ROM included • OpenVMS V6.2-1H1 operating system base license. • NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS license (QL-23EAG-AA), includes the following layered products (order media and documentation separately) - DECnet for OpenVMS End System - DECnetiOSI for OpenVMS End Node - PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager); kit only, no license DEC TCPIIP services for OpenVMS Poly center Software Distribution (Client) Note: Operating system media and documentation is required for first system on site; see Step 8 OpenVMS Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet Single-CPU Systems CT -Y254V-B9 CT-Y254V -C9 CT-Y255V-B9 CT-Y255V -C9 rrwo-cpu Systems CT-Y254V -D9 CT-Y254V-E9 CT-Y255V-D9 CT-Y255V-E9 PCIlEISA slots available 7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA PCIlEISA slots available 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA Memory 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB Memory 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB Model 5/300 5/300 5/375 5/375 Model 5/300 5/300 5/375 5/375 Windows NT Rackmount Systems include • Windows NT Server plus 5-client access, 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. • Windows NT systems require a graphics option, see Step 4. Windows NT Rackmount Systems-Requires cabinet Single-CPU Systems CT-N254V-B9 CT-N254V-C9 CT-N255V-B9 CT-N255V-C9 [fW()-CPU Systems·· CT-N254V-D9 CT-N254V-E9 CT-N255V-D9 CT-N255V-E9 Model 5/300 5/300 5/375 5/375 . ·Model· 5/300 5/300 5/375 5/375 Memory . 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB . Memory 128MB 512MB 128MB 512MB PCIlEISA slots .·available 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA PCIlEISAslots·available 7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI, 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA 7 PCI , 1 EISA, 1 PCIlEISA PCI Option Slot Table Order Number Description # Supported in PCI Hose 0 slots only Restrictions apply to PB2GA-JB S3-Tri064 Graphics option 1MB 1 6,7,8,9 Digital UNIX, Windows NT, OpenVMS CCMAA-BA PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller 2 6,7,8,9 Digital UNIX MWl Alpha Servers 2.107 AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Step 2--CPU Symmetrical Multiprocessing (SMP) Upgrade System Bus Slot Table Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 1 CPU system Slot 1 Memory Memory CPU Memory 2 CPUs system Memory Memory CPU CPU Slot Assignments CPU Upgrades • Order up to one additional CPU for a maximum of two. • Additional CPUs must match the speed of CPU in system. • Two-CPU systems are restricted to two memory slots. Note: Two-CPU Packaged systems include two CPUs and are restricted to two memory options 480NR·AA 490NR·AA Windows NT SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required. Windows NT SMP upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor; SMP license is not required. 480AR·AA 490AR·AA Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license. Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor and Digital UNIX SMP license. 480YR·AA 490YR·AA OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/375 MHz CPU processor and OpenVMS SMP license. Step 3-Memory • • • • • One-CPU systems support a total of three memory boards in any combination. Two-CPU systems support total of two memory boards in any combination. Windows NT V 3.5 support up to 1.5 MB memory (requires Windows NT 3.51 Service Pack 4). Digital UNIX V 3.2 support up to 1.5 GB memory. OpenVMS V6.2 supports up to 1.5 GB memory. MS451·DA MS451·FA 128 MB memory module 512 MB memory module Step 3a-Prestoserve Nonvolatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) • Supported on Digital UNIX systems only • Maximum one Prestoserve option per system DJ·ML200·AA DJ·ML200·BA DJ·ML200·CA 2.108 Alpha Servers 2 MB PCI Prestoserve option 4 MB PCI Prestoserve option 8 MB PCI Prestoserve option AlphaServer 2100A LP Kaclrnlount Step 4-Graphics Option and Monitors Windows NT systems • Windows NT systems require a graphics option to run all system functions. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems • All console functions, including the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU) and the RAID Configuration Utility (RCU) can be performed using a standard video terminal (VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xx, VT5xx) connected to one of the system's serial ports (See Step 7). • For graphics console functionality, select graphics option, mouse, keyboard and monitor. Video Graphics Adapter (VGA) PB2GA·JB S3-Trio64 Graphics option, supports 1024x768 resolution, 72-Hz monitors, uses one PCI slot Mouse PBXWS-AA 3-button mouse Keyboard Select keyboard from Step 9. Monitor Graphics monitors other than those listed below can be used if compatible with graphics adapter ordered with system. VRC15·KAlK4 15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Flatsquare CRT with 0.28 mm dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 1.4 meter HD15 male to male video cable. Select -KA for Northern Hemisphere or -K4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -KA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -KA and -K4 not included, order separately. VRT17·PAlP4 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HDl5 male to BNC video cable. Select -P A for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 not included, order separately. VRC21.LAlL4 21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern Hemisphere, or -U for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately. Alpha Servers 2.109 Alpha~erver ZIOOA LP Rackmount Step 5-Storage · Integral Fast SCSI-2 controller supports internal devices only (CD-ROM or tape, and hard disk drive inside base chassis). Disk drive connected to this controller operates in Narrow (8-bit) mode. • Select Wide (16-bit) mode controllers, disks and StorageWorks shelves from Step 5b for external expansion. Note: Wide disk drives configured on a Narrow bus operate in narrow mode. Narrow disk drives configured on a wide bus operate in narrow mode. Wide and narrow devices can be mixed on a single bus. Step Sa-Internal Storage • Systems include one internal RZ29B disk drive and one internal RX23L floppy drive. Removable Media Devices (select one device) RRD45·AC TZKll·LG TLZ09·LG 600 MB 5.25-inch quad-speed half-height CD-ROM 2.0 GB 5.25-inch half-height SCSI QIC tape drive 8.0 GB 4 mm DAT 93 Mb/minute 5.25" half-height SCSI tape drive (Digital UNIX, OpenVMS) Step 5b-External Storage for 16-bit (Wide) Mode • Additional storage is supported outside AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount system unit. BA36R-AF/-AR rackmountable 16-bit StorageWorks shelves are recommended. Configuration Rules • 16-bit Wide devices require Wide StorageWorks Shelves (BA36R) to operate in wide mode. • PCI-based one- and three-port (KZPSC-AAlBA) RAID controllers, and one-port Fast Wide Differential (KZPSA-BB) controller allow wide devices to operate in 16-bit mode. • Maximum of four PCI-based one- and three-port (KZPSC-xx) RAID controllers supported per system. - One- and three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 controllers (KZPSC-xx) support hard disk drives only; tape drives are not supported. • Three-port StorageWorks RAID 230 (KZPSC-BA) supports up to 21 disk drives in up to eight logical groups. RAID slots must be created to support more than eight physical disk drives. • PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller (KZPSA-BB) supports externally connected wide disks in BA36R using DWZZB wide differential to wide single-ended converter, or narrow disks using DWZZA wide differential to narrow single-ended converter in BA35R. 2.11 0 Alpha Servers • KZPSA-BB controller on Windows NT systems supports up to 15 disks. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems support 7 disks. • SCSI cables are not included and must be ordered separately. • KZPSA-BB Cables BN21K-xx from KZPSA to DWZZA, DWZZB, and HSZ40 (straight to right angle) BN21W-OB Y SCSI-2 cable 68-pin for KZPSA in mid-bus or DECsafe configurations. • KZPSC-xx Cables - BN31L-IE from KZPSC-xx to BA35R - BN31S-1E from KZPSC-xx to BA36R - If all three ports on KZPSC-BA are used, select 2TKZPSC-KT cable kit for third port connection. • KZPSM-AA Cables - BC25V-IH from KZPSM to external 68-pin bulkhead - BN21K-02 from bulkhead to external BA36R wide storage. • KZPDA-AA Cables - BN21K-02 from KZPDA to BA36R wide storage AlphaServer ZlUUA L.l" KaCKDlounl Step 5b-External Storage for 16-bit (Wide) Mode (continued) Storage Controllers for Wide Mode KZPSC-AA KZPSC-BA MSIOO-AA MSIOO-AB KZPSC-UB KZPSA-BB KZPSM-AA KZPDA-AA One-port PCI-based controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, and Windows NT Three-port PCI-based controller; includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit for OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, and Windows NT 16 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller 32 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller Battery back-up for Cache memory option PCI-based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller PCI-based combination Ethernet and Fast Wide SCSI controller PCI based Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI controller Hard Disk Drives for Wide Mode RZ26N-VW RZ2SD-VW RZ29B-VW 1.05 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 2.1 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive 4.3 GB 3.5-inch half-height disk drive Rackmountable StorageWorks Shelves for Wide Mode • BA36R StorageWorks shelves are supported on all Fast Wide SCSI-2 controllers listed in Step 5b. • SCSI cable BN21K-xx for KZPSA, and BN31S-1E for KZPSC, is required to connect BA36R to controller. • See Step 9 for additional power cords. BA36R-AF BA36R-AR Rackmountable BA356 StorageWorks Shelf; front accessible Rackmountable BA356 StorageWorks Shelf; rear accessible Step 5c-DSSI Storage (OpenVMS systems only) • System supports up to four KFPSA PCIIDSSI adapters. • Each BA35R StorageWorks shelf in single/split-bus mode supports one/two HSD 10 DSSIISCSI converters. • Wide disks installed "behind" HSD10 will run in narrow mode. • Cabling information for DSSI controllers: - DSSI devices supported on OpenVMS only - DSSI cables must be ordered separately - KFPSA uses "Micro-Ribbon" connection - KFPSA to any external "Pin-Socket" DSSI connection requires BC22Q-xx - KFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI straight connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices requiring straight connection) requires BC21Q-xx - KFPSA to any external "Micro-Ribbon" DSSI rightangle connection (all other DSSI systems and storage devices requiring right-angle connection) requires BC29S-xx DSSI cable - Order BC29S-09 DSSI cable for HSD10 in BA36R-Ax shelves - Order BC29U-02 DSSI cable for HSD10 in adjacent BA36R-Ax shelves - Order BC29V-06 DSSI cable for HSD10 in nonadjacent BA36R-Ax shelves Alpha Servers 2.111 Alpna~erver ~lUUA LP Kackmount DSSI Adapter KFPSA-AA HSDIO-AA PCI-based single-DSSI controller, maximum four per system (OpenVMS systems only) StorageWorks Array controller; supports seven SCSI-2 disks, tape, and optical devices. (See Storage section for supported devices.) Step Sd-External Storage for Storage Controllers Rackmount BA350-xx controller shelves requires seven inches of vertical space; a front and rear shelf can be mounted back-to-back in the same seven inch space. See Step 9 for additional power cords Rackmountable BA350-MA controller shelf; front access Rackmountable BA350-MA controller shelf; rear access BA35R-MF BA35R-MR Step Se-PCI to CI Storage Host Adapter (OpenVMS Systems only) CIPCA-AA PCI-to-CI adapter, maximum two per system; requires one PCI slot and one EISA slot. Requires one of the following CI cables per adapter: 10-meter CI cable 20-meter CI cable 45-meter CI cable BNCIA-IO BNCIA-20 BNCIA-45 Step 6-Networks and Communications • See PCI Option Slot Chart for slot configuration rules. • Systems include integral Ethernet adapter (AUI or 10BaseT selectable) • Select networking cable - BNE4G-xx for AUI - BN25G-xx for 10BaseT • Maximum of 4PCI-based network controllers supported. Maximum # supported Digital UNIX OpenVMS Windows NT 2 2 0 Order Number DNSES-AA Description EISA-based synchronous communications controller CXIOl-AA/AD ISA-based asynchronous multiplexer 2 2 2 DIIAA-AA Digiboard ISA datafire-U ISDN Controller (available as spare only) 0 0 1 DIIAA-AB Digiboard ISA datafire-ST ISDN Controller (available as spare only) 0 0 1 DEFPA-AA* PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, MMF, SC 4 4 4 DEFPA-DA* PCI to FDDI Adapter, DAS, MMF, SC 4 4 4 DEFPA-UA* DE435-AA PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, TP-PMD 4 4 4 PCI-based Digital Etherworks 32-bit High Performance Network Interface Card 4 4 4 DE500-XA Fast EtherWORKS PCI 101100 network interface card 2 2 2 PBXNP-AA PCI-based Token ring network adapter 1 1 0 * OpenVMS does not have boot support. Cables: Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "MIC" (concentrator): BN34D-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "SC": BN34B-xx; Fiber, Duplex, "SC" to "ST": BN34A-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired pin-pin: BN26M-xx; Copper STP, 8 cond, wired cross-over: BN26S-03. 2.112 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect Digital UNIX Systems • Require Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver software). • Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license. • Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License. • Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX. OpenVMS Systems • Require OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster license Configuring information: • For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-I0 cable to connect them. • For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-BA and one BCI2N10 cable per system node. • CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards. • CCMRA-AA Rackmount Kit for Hub; takes S.75-in rail space. Note: CCMAA-BA (PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller) must be installed in PCI Hose 0 slots 6-9, and in redundant mode both CCMAA-BAs must be installed in PCI Hose 0 slots 6-9. CCMAA·BA CCMHA·AA CCMRA·AA CCMLA·AA BC12N·I0 QB·3RLAG·AA QB·4ZCAG·AA QL·MUZAG·AA PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller-Maximum two supported. MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards MEMORY CHANNEL Hub Rackmount Kit (S.75-in) MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA) MEMORY CHANNEL Cable TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX, includes Digital UNIX driver Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems Step 7-Terminals and Printers System includes two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors. Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems Console terminals can either be graphics monitor connected to the ordered video graphics adapter (See Step 4), or a serial video terminal. If a serial video terminal is used as the console terminal, it must be VT220, VT320, VT420, or VT520 compatible. These terminals have the graphics capability required for the EISA Configuration Utility. Select terminals and serial printers as required. A 9-pin to MMJ adapter (HS571-J) is required (one included with system) for each connection. A cable must be ordered unless otherwise provided. Alpha Servers 2.113 AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Step 8-Software Windows NT Systems Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package . . Order documentation kit if required. QA-23CAA-GZ Windows NT Server documentation kit Digital UNIX Systems Select user licenses as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site. Software processor code = G for all software, one to four processors. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Digital UNIX Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designed Digital UNIX system. Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion QL-MT7AG-AA Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 16-user license Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license QL-MTSAG-AA Digital UNIX developer's extension license QL-MT7AM-3B QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D QL-MT7AM-3E QL-MT7AM-3F Digital UNIX Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM QA-OS4AA-H8 Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM DECnet Licenses QL-MTJAG-AA QL-MTKAG-AA DECnetlOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX DECnetlOSI extended function license for Digital UNIX OpenVMS Systems Select user licensees as required. Media and documentation is required for first system on site. Software processor code =G for all software, one to four processors 2.114 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Step 8-Software (continued) OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS V AX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster. QL.MT3AA·3B QL·MT3AA·3C QL.MT3AA·3D QL·MT3AA·3E QL·MT3AA·3F QL·MT3AA·3G QL.MT3AA·3H QL·MT3AA·3J QL·MT3AA·3K QL·MT2AG·AA OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license Concurrent Use 2-user license Concurrent Use 4-user license Concurrent Use 8-user license Concurrent Use 16-user license Concurrent Use 32-user license Concurrent Use 64-user license Concurrent Use 128-user license Concurrent Use 2S6-user license Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS Media and Documentation-required for first system on site QA·MTIAA·H8 QA·MTIAG·H8 QA·MTIAH·GZ OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM OpenVMS V6.2-1Hl media and documentation on CD-ROM (included with system) OpenVMS hardcopy documentation OpenVMS Layered Products CD·ROM QA·03XAA.H8 Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM DECnet Licenses QL·MTGAG·AA QL·MTHAG·AA DEC net extended function license for OpenVMS DECnet end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS DSSI Information (OpenVMS systems only) EK·410AB·MG EK·D4AXP·TS DSSI VMS cluster Installation Guide DSSI VMScluster Troubleshooting Guide Step 9-Power Cords and Keyboards System Power Cords Systems include 120V or 240V cabinet compatible power cord. Select country-specific power cord for other 240V use. Included* BN19J·2E BN19D·2E BN19B·2E BN04B·2E BN19L·2E BN19N·2E BN19T·2E BN19Y·2E * U.S., Canada, Japan, 120 V Australia, New Zealand Central Europe U.K., Ireland Switzerland Denmark Italy Egypt, India, South Africa Israel Orderable as 17-00083-51 Alpha Servers 2.115 AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Step 9-Power Cords and Keyboards (continued) Monitor Power Cords Select country-specific power cord for 240V use. BN27S-03 BN19H-2E BN19C-2E BN19A-2E BN19E-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN19S-2E BN18L-2E U.S., Canada, Japan, 120V Australia, New Zealand Central Europe U.K., Ireland Switzerland Denmark Italy Egypt, India, South Africa Israel StorageWorks Power Cords Select additional power cords for N+l power use. BN27S-03 BN27Z-03 U.S., Canada, Japan 240V Cabinet Systems Keyboards Order keyboard if graphics monitor was ordered in Step 4. Windows NT/ Digital UNIX LK471-A2 OpenVMS LK461-A2 LK471-AB LK461-AB LK461-AC LK471-AD LK461-AD LK471-AE LK461-AE LK461-AF LK471-AG LK461-AG LK461-AH LK471-AI LK461-AI LK471-AK LK461-AK LK461-AL LK461-AM LK471-AN LK461-AN LK471-AP LK461-AP LK461-AQ LK471-AS LK461-AS LK471-AV LK461-AV 2.116 Alpha Servers U.S .!English Belgian CanadianlFrench Danish United Kingdom Finnish German Dutch Italian Swiss/Generic Swiss/German Swedish Norwegian French CanadianlEnglish Spanish Portuguese AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Step to-Cabinet Enclosure Select cabinet enclosure for AlphaServer 21 OOA LP rackmount systems, if required. • H9A10 19-inch EIA Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions - Outside 66.9-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.8-inches deep - Internal useable rackmountable space: 56-inches high, 19-inches wide, 30.8 inches deep. • H9A15 19-inch EIA Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions - Outside 78.7-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.4-inches deep - Internal useable rackmountable space: 68.25-inches high, 19-inches wide, 29.8 inches deep. • H9A11 19-inch EIA Cabinet Enclosure Dimensions - Outside 43.3-inches high, 23.62-inches wide, 33.8-inches deep - Internal useable rackmountable space: 35-inches high, 19-inches wide, 30.8 inches deep. H9AIO-CE H9AIO-CJ H9AIO-CG H9AIO-CK H9A15-BA H9AII-BA Retma Cabinet, Retma Cabinet, Retma Cabinet, Retma Cabinet, Retma Cabinet, Retma Cabinet, 56" x 30.83", No front door, Dual Power controller, 120V 56" x 30.83", No front door, Dual Power controller, 240V 56" x 30.83", Front door, Dual Power controller, 120V 56" x 30.83", Front door, Dual Power controller, 240V 68.25" x 29.75", No front door, Dual Power controller, l20V 35" x 30.83", No front door, 120V Step tt-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services Hardware--Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include three-year hardware warranty, on-site with 5 x 9, 24-hour response time . •, Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required. AlphaServer 2100A LP 5/300 Systems FM-S54HR-36 FM-S54HR-60 FM-S5724-36 FM-S5724-60 3 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time 5 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time 3 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time 5 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time AlphaServer 2100A LP 5/375 Systems FM-S94HR-36 FM-S94HR-60 FM -S9724-36 FM-S9724-60 3 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time 5 year 5 x 9 4-hour response time 3 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time 5 year 7 x 24 4-hour response time Software--Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental Support Services, if required. • Software service upgrades for Windows NT include advisory and remedial software support for the time period indicated. • Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated. AlphaServer 2100A LP 5/300 and 5/375 Systems FM-45NTS-12 FM-45NTS-36 FM-45NTS-60 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Windows NT AlphaServer 2100A systems Alpha Servers 2.117 Alpha~erver 2100A LP Rackmount Step II-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (continued) AlphaServer 2100A LP 5/300 and 5/375 Systems FM-SEOSF-12 FM-SEOSF-36 FM-SEOSF-60 FM-SEVMS-12 FM-SEVMS-36 FM-SEVMS-60 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX AlphaServer 2100A systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS AlphaServer 2100A systems Step lla-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only) Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. 2.118 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 2100A LP Rackmount Specifications Installed Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight 17 cm (7 in.) 45 cm (19 in.) 67.3 cm (26.5 in.) 34.1 kg (75Ib) Environmental Temperature Operating * Nonoperating Rate of change Relative humidity Operating Maximum wet bulb temp Nonoperating Maximum wet bulb temp Rate of change Maximum heat dissipation Air flow Intake location Exhaust location Altitude Operating ** Nonoperating Mechanical shock Operating Nonoperating Vibration Operating 10-35° C (50°-95° F) -40°-66° C (-40°-151° F) 11 ° Clhr (20° F/hr) 10-90% noncondensing 28° C (82° F) 10-95% noncondensing 46° C (115° F) 20% Ihr 800 Watt (2,766 BTUlhr) 100CFM Front Rear 3048 m (10,000 ft) 12,192 m (40,000 ft) 20 g pk for 10 ± 3 ms 20 g pk for 10 ± 3 ms 5-15.65 Hz 15.65-200 Hz 200-500 Hz 5-300 Hz @0.020" DA @0.25g peak @O.lOg peak @1.034g nns Non-operating Acoustics Operating LNPEc (Bels) 6.5 max per ISO 7779 Electrical Voltage range (AVS) power source phase Nominal frequency (Hz) Frequency range (Hz) Maximum rated current Maximum power consumption (Watts) Agency approvals Power cord Reviewed to * ** Type Length u.S. plug 100-120/220-240 Vac Single 50 - 60 Hz 47 - 63 Hz 8.2 a 1 4.1 a 810 W (PFC = 0.99, 8.2A @ 100 V) UL Listed to UL1950 CSA Certified to CAN/CSA 22.2 No. 950-M93 TUV EN 60950GS VDE 0805 IEC 950 FCC 15J Part 15 (Class A) CE IEC 320 C13 300 cm (118 in.) NEMA 5-15, Socket IEC 320 Sheet, C-15 AS3260 Australian Standard NZS 6661:1989 New Zealand Standard EN 60 950:1992 European Nonn Maximum operating temperature at Sea Level. Reduced by 1°C (I.SOP) for each 600 m (2000 feet) above Sea Level. Higher altitudes are possible if maximum operating temperature is reduced (see Temperature above); other restrictions may apply, such as maximum permissable altitude for hard disk drives. Alpha Servers 2.119 AIphaServer 4100/4000 1····• ·.:AlpliaServ~r.•··4100/4000···· . Product Description The AlphaServer 4000, Digital's low-end price performer and very attractive entry point into the AlphaServer 4100 family of server systems, now teams with the top-of-the-line AlphaServer 4100 to further explode the mid-range server market. The AlphaServer 4000 is based on the same technology as the AlphaServer 4100. Both systems support eight PCI slots and industry-standard fast wide SCSI devices. And, both also support next generation Alpha microprocessors on Digital UNIX, Windows NT and OpenVMS operating systems. Systems include Fast Wide SCSI controller, PCI-based Fast Ethernet, graphics adapter, one memory option, and 4.3 GB wide SCSI disk drive installed in a StorageWorks shelf. Highlights • Cabinet systems support for up to four System Drawers and up to eight StorageWorks shelves. Pedestal systems support one System Drawer and up to three StorageWorks shelves • AlphaServer 41005/400 and 5/300 CPU board upgrades are available as well as system upgrades from AlphaServer 4000 to AlphaServer 4100 systems. • MEMORY CHANNEL Cluster support • System management enhancements for managing mUltiple System Drawers New ordering rules • The basic "building block" is the System Drawer-complete with CPU, memory, Ethernet controller, SCSI controller, S3 TRIO graphics adapter, licenses, documentation, and 3-year warranty. • Second essential "building block" is the enclosure-pedestal or cabinet, complete with StorageWorks shelf (BA36R-SBIRA) and 4.3 GB SCSI disk. Cabinet enclosures include System Drawer mounting kit/power cord. Both "building blocks" must be ordered to complete an AlphaServer 4100/4000 system. Note: AlphaServer 4100 5/300E ordering rules have not changed. See May 1996 harcopy Digital Systems and Options Catalog for configuration rules. 2.120 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step l-AlphaServer 4100/4000 Systems • Configuration menus require the selection of two part numbers. - Minimum of one System Drawer from Step la, and - System Enclosure from Step lb. Note: System Drawer can be ordered to add to an existing AlphaServer 4100 or 4000 Cabinet system, selection of an additional enclosure is not required. Step la-AlphaServer System Drawer • Selection of one System Drawer for installation in a Pedestal or Cabinet Enclosure selected from Step Ibis required. - AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer supports up to four CPUs and up to four memory options. - AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer supports up to two CPUs and up to two memory options. • Cabinet Enclosure includes mounting kit and power cord for first System Drawer. - Each additional System Drawer ordered for Cabinet Enclosure requires a Mounting Kit (CK-BA30A-AA) and Power Kit (CK-H9AI0-EBIEC). Note: Ordering a System Drawer to add to an existing AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet system requires a Mounting Kit (CK-BA30A-AA) and Power Kit (CK-H9AI0-EBIEC). Ordering a System Drawer to add to a non-H9AI0-EEIED cabinet (i.e. third-party) requires a suitable Mounting Kit and Power Kit. System Drawer includes - AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer with Alpha microprocessor 211645/300 MHz CPU, 2 MB secondary cache, or Alpha microprocessor 211645/400 MHz CPU, 4 MB secondary cache 4100 System Drawer supports 3 additional CPU slots (same type) 3 additional memory option slots AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer with Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/300 MHz CPU, 2 MB secondary cache, or Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/400 MHz CPU, 4 MB secondary cache 4000 System Drawer supports 1 additional CPU slot (same type) 1 additional memory option slot Eight PCI Slots (five available) Integral FNSE (internal-only SCSI bus) to support removable media (CD-ROMs and tapes) Integral CD-ROM drive (standard) 1.44 MB Diskette Drive (standard) • • • • • • • • • • - Two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports, 9-pin D-subminiature connectors - One parallel port, 25-pin D-subminiature connectors - Keyboard and mouse ports - Power supply Memory listed below (included memory uses one memory slot) Ethernet (10/100 Mbit) Controller (uses one PCI slot) One-port Fast Wide Single-Ended (FWSE) SCSI Controller (uses one PCI slot) S3 TRIO 1 MB RAM Graphics Adapter (uses one PCI slot) 3-button Mouse Keyboard (Americas and AP orders only). Select country specific keyboard for all systems ordered in Europe. Integral Remote System Console Operating System license Customer documentation Hardware and Software Warranty, see Step 12 Selection of one System Drawer is required for each Pedestal or Cabinet Enclosure ordered from Step 1b Alpha Servers 2.121 AlphaServer 4100/4000 AlphaServer 4100 Windows NT System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer required. • Video monitor is required for system management; order separately if not available at customer site. • Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. Microsoft Service Pack 4 or greater is required, and is available from Microsoft. Order Number CPU Cache Memory DN-SlHAA-CA 5/400 5/400 5/400 5/400 4MB 4MB 4MB 128MB 512MB 1 GB 2GB 128MB 512MB DN-SIFAA-FC 5/300 5/300 5/300 4MB 2MB 2MB 2MB DN-SIFAA-GA 5/300 2MB DN-SlHAA-EA DN-SlHAA-FA DN-SlHAA-GA DN-SIFAA-CC DN-SIFAA-EC 1 GB 2GB A vailable Slots 5 PCI 5PCI 5 PCI 5PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI AlphaServer 4100 Digital UNIX System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer required • Systems include Digital UNIX operating system base license, and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX license (order media and documentation separately). • Digital UNIX operating system is factory installed. Order Number !DA-SIHAB-CA DA-SIHAB-EA iDA-SlHAB-FA DA-SIHAB-GA DA-SIFAB-CC DA-SIFAB-EC DA-SIFAB-FC !DA-51FAB-GA CPU 5/400 5/400 5/400 5/400 Cache 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 2MB 2MB 4MB 4MB 4MB 4MB 2MB 2MB Memory 128MB 512MB 1 GB 2GB 128MB 512MB 1 GB 2GB A vailable Slots 5 PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI AlphaServer 4100 OpenVMS System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer required. • Systems include OpenVMS operating system base license, operating system media and documentation, and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS license (order Digital NAS media and documentation separately). • OpenVMS operating system is factory installed. Order Number CPU 5/400 5/400 Cache 5/400 5/400 4MB 4MB DY-SIFAB-EC 5/300 5/300 2MB 2MB !DY-SlFAB-FC 5/300 2MB DY-SIFAB-GA 5/300 2MB DY-SlHAB-CA iDY-SlHAB-EA DY-SIHAB-FA DY-SlHAB-GA DY-SlFAB-CC 2.122 Alpha Servers 4MB 4MB Memory 128MB 512MB A vailable Slots 5PCI 5PCI 1 GB 2GB 128MB 512MB 5PCI 5 PCI 1 GB 2GB 5PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI AlphaServer 4100/4000 AlphaServer 4000 5/400 and 5/300 Systems AlphaServer 4000 Windows NT System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer is required. • Video monitor is required for system management; order separately if not available at customer site. • Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. Microsoft Service Pack 4 or greater is required, and is available from Microsoft. Order Number CPU Cache Memory DN-52HAA·CA 5/400 128MB DN·52HAA·EA 51400 DN·52HAA·FA 5/400 4MB 4MB 4MB Available Slots 5 PCI 512MB 1 GB 5 PCI 5 PCI [DN·52HAA·GA 5/400 4MB 2GB 5 PCI DN·52FAA·CA 5/300 2MB 2MB 2MB 2MB 128MB 512MB 1 GB 2GB 5 PCI 5 PCI DN·52FAA·EA 5/300 DN·52FAA·FA 5/300 DN·52FAA·GA 5/300 5 PCI 5 PCI AlphaServer 4000 Digital UNIX System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer is required. • Systems include Digital UNIX operating system base license, and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for Digital UNIX license (order media and documentation separately). • Digital UNIX operating system is factory installed. Order Number CPU DA·52HAB·CA 5/400 DA·52HAB·EA 5/400 DA·52HAB·FA 5/400 IDA·52HAB.GA 5/400 Cache 4MB Memory 128MB Available Slots 5 PCI 4MB 4MB 4MB 512MB 1 GB 2GB 5 PCI 5 PCI 5 PCI 128MB 512MB 1 GB 5 PCI 5 PCI 2GB DA·52FAB·CA 5/300 DA·52FAB·EA 5/300 DA·52FAB·FA 5/300 2MB 2MB 2MB DA·52FAB·GA 5/300 2MB 5 PCI 5 PCI AlphaServer 4000 OpenVMS System Drawer-Selection of one System Drawer is required. • Systems include OpenVMS operating system base license, operating system media and documentation, and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for OpenVMS license (order Digital NAS media and documentation separately). • OpenVMS operating system is factory installed. Order Number CPU DY·52HAB·CA 51400 DY·52HAB·EA 5/400 DY·52HAB·FA 5/400 DY·52HAB·GA 5/400 Cache 4MB 4MB 4MB 4MB Memory 128MB 512MB 1GB Available Slots 5 PCI 5 PCI 2GB 5 PCI 5 PCI DY·52FAB·CA 5/300 DY·52FAB·EA 5/300 2MB 2MB 128MB 512MB 5 PCI 5PCI DY·52FAB·FA 5/300 2MB DY·52FAB·GA 5/300 2MB 1GB 2GB 5 PCI 5 PCI Alpha Servers 2.123 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step Ib-Enclosures and Cabinet Accessories • Selection of an Enclosure or Mounting Kit is required. - Pedestal Enclosure supports one System Drawer, up to three StorageWorks shelves. - Cabinet Enclosure supports up to four System Drawers, up to eight StorageWorks shelves. • Pedestal and Cabinet enclosure include StorageWorks Shelf and one 4.3 GB hard disk drive. Note: Ordering a System Drawer to add to an existing AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet system requires a Mounting Kit (CK-BA30A-AA) and Power Kit (CK-H9AI0-EBIEC). Ordering a System Drawer to add to a non-H9A10-EEIED cabinet (i.e., third-party) requires a suitable Mounting Kit and Power Kit. Pedestal Enclosure BA30P-AB BA30P-BB Pedestal with StorageWorks Shelf and 4.3 GB hard drive for Americas, AP Pedestal with StorageWorks Shelf and 4.3 GB hard drive for Europe; order two country-specific power cords from Step 8. Cabinet Enclosure-includes System Drawer mounting kit (CK-BA30A-AA), power cord, AC distribution with one CK-H9AI0-EBIEC power kit. Two additional power kits are supported. H9AIO-ED H9AIO-EE 19" RETMA Cabinet with StorageWorks Shelf and 4.3 GB hard drive for Americas, AP 19" Metric Cabinet with StorageWorks Shelf and 4.3 GB hard drive for Europe Mounting Kits-includes 6-foot keyboard and mouse extender cable, 10 foot video cable, and AC power cord CK-BA30A-AA System Drawer Mounting Kit; required for each additional drawer added to cabinet Cabinet Power Kits • • • • • Initial systems include five available AC outlets; each cabinet power kit provides six additional AC outlets. Required for installation of additional System Drawers in H9AI0-EDIEE cabinets. May be required for installation of BA36R-JAIRA StorageWorks shelves; see Step 5c. Maximum of three power kits per cabinet, one included with enclosure. Power kit is not required for fourth drawer installed in cabinet. CK-H9AIO-EB CK- H9AIO-EC AlphaServer 4xOO RETMA Cabinet Power Kit AlphaServer 4xOO Metric Cabinet Power Kit Step 2-Additional CPU Modules (SMP Upgrades) • AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer supports three additional CPU • AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer supports one additional CPU • CPUs (i.e., 5/300 2 MB) and operating system must be of the same type in each System Drawer. KN302-BC KN304-BC KN302-BA KN304-BA KN302-BB KN304-BB 2.124 Alpha Servers Windows NT SMP upgrade, includes one 5/300 (2 MB) CPU; SMP license not required Windows NT SMP upgrade, includes one 5/400 (4 MB) CPU; SMP license not required Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 (2 MB) CPU and Digital UNIX SMP license Digital UNIX SMP upgrade includes one 5/400 (4 MB) CPU and Digital UNIX SMP license OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/300 (2 MB) CPU and Open VMS SMP license OpenVMS SMP upgrade includes one 5/400 (4 MB) CPU and OpenVMS SMP license AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step 3-Additional Power Supply • Power supply included with System Drawer provides support for two processors, memory, and I/O adapters. H7291-AA 450 watt power supply ~lphaServer 4100 AlphaServer 4000 1st 450 Watt Power supply (included) Supports up to two CPUs Supports up to two CPUs 2nd 450 Watt Power supply Provides N+ 1 for two CPU systems 3rd 450 Watt Power supply Supports third or fourth CPU or Provides N+1 for up to two CPUs Provides N+ 1 for up to four CPU s N/A Step 4-Memory • All System Drawers include one memory option. • AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer supports three additional memory option slots for maximum of 4 GB total. • AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer supports one additional memory option slot for maximum of 2 GB total. Note: Field installation of memory requires largest memory option to be placed in Memory Slot O. MS320-CA MS330-EA MS330-FA MS330-GA 128 MB memory option 512 MB memory option 1 GB memory option 2 GB memory option Step 5-Storage • System Drawer includes one 16-bit Fast Wide Single-Ended (FWSE) SCSI controller with SCSI cable. • Pedestal and Cabinet enclosure includes: - One BA356 16-bit Wide StorageWorks shelf kit (BA36R-xx), and one 4.3 GB 7200 RPM 16-bit wide disk drive Step Sa-Disk Drives RZ28D-VA RZ29B-VA RZ28D-VW RZ29B-VW 2.1 GB 7200 RPM 8-bit Narrow SCSI disk drive 4.3 GB 7200 RPM 8-bit Narrow SCSI disk drive 2.1 GB 7200 RPM 16-bit Wide SCSI disk drive 4.3 GB 7200 RPM 16-bit Wide SCSI disk drive Step 5b-Removable Media • All System Drawers include CD-ROM drive in integral 5.25" drive slot connected to integral FNSE SCSI-2 controller. • System Drawer installed in Pedestal Enclosure supports one additional removable media device. Optional 5.25" halfheight removable media slot in Pedestal systems is connected to integral FNSE SCSI-2 controller. Tape Drive and additional CD-ROM for Pedestal systems only TLZ09-LKI RRD4S-AB 8 GB 4 mm DAT 93 MB/min (compressed) 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive, frost white 600 MB quad speed CD-ROM 5.25-inch drive I Supported on OpenVMS and Digital UNIX only Alpha Servers 2.125 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step Sb-Removable Media (continued) Tape Drives and additional CD-ROM for StorageWorks shelves in Pedestal and Cabinet systems 1 TLZ09·VA TLZ7L·VA 1 TKZ15·VA 2 TZ88N·VA TZKll·VA RRD45·VA 8 GB 4 mm DAT 93 MB/min (compressed) 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier 32/96 GB 4 mm 1.5 GBIhr 5.25-inch SCSI tape loader in StorageWorks carrier 5/10 GB 8 mm Helical Scan 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier 20/40 GB DLT 3 MB/s SCSI cartridge tape drive in 5.25-inch StorageWorks carrier 2 GB QIC tape drive in StorageWorks carrier 600 MB quad speed CD-ROM drive in StorageWorks carrier 1 Supported on Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only. 2 Supported under Windows NT with Service Pack 4 (available from Microsoft). DLT Tape Loaders for Cabinet systems TZ885·NE TZ887·NE 100/200 GB SCSI five cartridge rackmount SCSI tape subsystem for SW500, SW800, and H9AlO-EDIEE cabinets; one loader supported per cabinet 140 GB native/280 GB compressed, seven cartridge rackmount SCSI tape subsystem for SW500/ W800 and H9AlO-EDIEE cabinets, requires BN30B-02 cable if mounted in H9AlO-EDIEE cabinet, two loaders supported per cabinet Tabletop Tape Drives TZ875·TA 100 GB five data cartridge tabletop tape subsystem, l20-V/240-V selectable power, TK compatible Step Sc-StorageWorks Shelves Pedestal and Cabinet enclosures include one BA36R StorageWorks Shelf Kit. • Pedestal Enclosure supports maximum of three BA36Rxx StorageWorks Shelves. • Cabinet Enclosure supports maximum of eight BA36Rxx StorageWorks Shelves. • Maximum of two BA35R-MR or BA350-MB controller shelves supported in RETMAlMETRIC cabinet. • Additional StorageWorks shelves require controller(s) and cables. • Field installation of StorageWorks shelves may require additional Cabinet Power Kits (CK-H9AlO-EBIEC). Check available outlets to determine number of kits needed. Split-bus Configuration Rules • StorageWorks shelves are configured by default in single bus mode (seven SCSI devices/shelf). If split-bus mode is required, the following components must be on the order and specified as configured. - Split-bus mode active terminator (BA35X-ME) for BA36R-xx shelf - SCSI controller for each active SCSI port - Cables to connect each active SCSI port to BA36R-xx shelf - Include the devices to be configured for each active SCSI port Shelves will be split in the sequence installed, unless specified otherwise. BA36R StorageWorks Shelf Kits BA36R StorageWorks Shelf Kits include BA356 l6-bit Wide StorageWorks shelf, and l6-bit personality module with power supply in system building block (SBB), mounting hardware and power cord. • Each BA356 shelf supports: - seven 3.5-inch hard disk drives or - one 5.25-inch device and four 3.5-inch hard disk drives or - two 5.25-inch devices and one 3.5-inch hard disk drive • Installation of redundant power supply reduces number of 3.5-inch devices by one. 2.126 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step Sc-StorageWorks Shelves BA36R-SB BA36R-RA BA36R-JA CK-BA35X-HF BA35X-ME Pedestal StorageWorks shelf kit (Worldwide) RETMA Cabinet StorageWorks shelf kit (Americas and AP) Metric Cabinet StorageWorks shelf kit (Europe) Optional 150-Watt universal ac input redundant power supply, includes power cord Split-bus mode active terminator for BA36R shelf see Slots (7) Power Supply StorageWorks Shelf Step Sd-Backplane Storage Controllers • Systems include KZPDA-AA PCI one-port Fast Wide Single Ended (FWSE) SCSI controller, and BN21K-02 cable. • The following controllers can be configured in AlphaServer 4100/4000 System Drawers. • Charts indicate minimum level of operating system support. Note: Minimum operating system level support for Digital UNIX with MEMORY CHANNEL is V3.2G. Maximum # Supported Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS V3.2FN3.2G V6.2-1H3 3.51 2 2 2 Order Number Description KZPDA-AA PCI one port FWSE SCSI controller BN21K-02 2-meter SCSI cable, required for each StorageWorks shelf SCSI port attached to KZPDA controller. Note: 1 KZPDA per PCI bus. Maximum # Supported Order Number KZPAA-AA Description BN21N-02 2-meter 8-bit to 16-bit SCSI cable Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS V3.2FN3.2G V6.2-1H3 3.51 2 2 2 PCI one port FNSE SCSI controller KZPAA-AA I IIIlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll -- . I BN21N_02:dJ- (2 METER) & 0,@ o ~_~iiii~~D G + -- (!) SlorageWorks Shelf Alpha Servers 2.127 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step 5d-Backplane Storage Controllers (continued) Maximum # Supported Order Number KZPSC-AA KZPSC-UB ~N31S-1E BN31S-02 Description PCI one-port RAID controller; includes RAID array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit; tape drives no supported Cache battery-backup for KZPSC controller Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS 3.51 V3.2FN3.2G V6.2-1H3 3 3 3 I.S-meter SCSI cable, required for each StorageWorks shelf attached to KZPSC controller 02-meter SCSI cable-Note: Manufacturing may substitute this cable for certain cabinet configurations. I ------- ------ 1:1 Gil KZPSC-AA I 111m 111II11 StorageWorks Shelf Maximum # Supported Order Number KZPSC-BA KZPSC-UB BN31S-1E BN31S-02 BN31K-OE KZPAC-SB * :Description PCI three-port RAID controller, includes RAID array 230 Subsystem family software and documentation kit; tape drives no supported; must order BN31 S-IE cable for each active port. Order BN3IK-OE or KZPAC-SB for third port connection. Cache battery-backup for KZPSC controller Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS 3.51 V3.2FN3.2G V6.2-1H3 3* 3* 3* I.S-meter SCSI cable, required for each StorageWorks shelf attached to KZPSC controller. Note: Manufacturing may substitute the BN31S-02 cable for certain cabinet configurations. 02-meter SCSI cable SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit for KZPSC-BA; required for connection to third port; uses one PCI bulkhead slot. SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit with two ports for KZPSC-BA, allows connection of 2 third-port outputs using one PCI bulkhead slot Maximum of three controllers supported when KZPAC-SB two port SCSI cablelbulkhead assembly kit is used for two third-port connections. 2.128 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step Sd-Backplane Storage Controllers (continued) KZPSC-BA ----c cell ---- c DDD D D KZPSC-BA D ::::-cc cell DDD Maximum # Supported Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS V3.2FN3.2G V6.2-1H3 3.51 Order Number pescription KZPSA-BB PCI one-port FWD SCSI controller; requires DWZZB-VW signal converter if connecting directly to StorageWorks shelf. 02-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (internal) 03-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (external) 05-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (external) IO-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (external) 15-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (external) 20-meter 16-bit SCSI cable (external) BN21K-02 BN21K-03 BN21K-05 BN21K-10 BN21K-15 BN21K-20 5 5 5 StorageWorks Shelf with DWZZB ------ -ElEl -_ ElElf"'f\'1f"'f\'1=IIIIIElC~t;;;.t.I ..... _ C I StorageWorks Shelf with HSZ40-CX Alpha Servers 2.129 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step 5d-Backplane Storage Controllers (continued) Maximum # Supported Order Number ~escription KFPSA·AA !PCI-DSSI controller. Connecting to StorageWorks shelf directly, requires HSDxx controller. BC29S·06 Connection to HSD 10 installed in BA36R Pedestal shelf BC29S·09 Connection to HSD 10 installed in BA36R Cabinet shelf OpenVMS V6.2·1H3 4 Maximum # Supported Order Number ~escription CIPCA·AA PCI -to-CI adapter Requires one PCI slot and one EISA slot. Requires one of the following CI cables per adapter. ~NCIA.IO 10-meter CI cable 20-meter CI cable f45-meter CI cable BNCIA·20 BNCIA·45 OpenVMS V6.2·1H3 2 Step 5e--Non-Backplane External Storage Controllers • Maximum of two BA35R-MR or BA350-MB controller shelves are supported in the H9A10-EDIEE or H9B10-EBIEC cabinets. • The following controllers are supported for mounting in AlphaServer 4000/4100 systems. SCSI controllers • • • • Minimum operating system support: Digital UNIX V3.2G, OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, Windows NT 3.51. Controllers require KZPSA-BB Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller. HSZ40-Cx requires BA35R-MR or BA350-MB controller shelf. HSZ40-Cx requires BN21N-02 for connection from HSZ40-Cx to BA36R StorageWorks shelf. HSZ40·CA HSZ40·CD HSZ40·CF StorageWorks Array controller; supports 42 SCSI-2 disks, optical disks, RAID 0, includes base firmware and license StorageWorks Array controller with 16 MB cache; supports 42 SCSI-2 disks, optical disks, RAID 0, includes base firmware and license StorageWorks Array controller with 32 MB cache; supports 42 SCSI-2 disks, optical disks, RAID 5, includes base firmware and license DSSI controllers • • • • • Supported on OpenVMS systems only. HSD10-Bx mounts in BA36R-xx StorageWorks shelf. HSD10-Bx requires BC29S-06/09 for connection from KFPSA to BA36R shelf. HSD30-Cx requires BA35R-MR or BA350-MB StorageWorks Controller shelf. HSD30-Cx requires BN21N-02 for connection from HSD30-Cx to BA36R StorageWorks shelf. HSDIO·BA HSDIO·BD HSDIO·BF StorageWorks DSSI Array controller, supports 7 SCSI-2 disks, tapes, optical devices StorageWorks DSSI Array controller with 16 MB cache, supports 7 SCSI-2 disks, tapes, optical disks StorageWorks DSSI Array controller with 32 MB cache, supports 7 SCSI-2 disks, tapes, optical disks HSD30·CA StorageWorks DSSI Array controller; supports 18 SCSI-2 disks, tapes, optical devices, RAID 0, and includes base firmware and license StorageWorks DSSI Array controller with 16 MB cache; supports 18 SCSI-2 disks, tapes, optical disks, RAID 0; includes base firmware and license StorageWorks DSSI Array controller with 32 MB cache; supports 18 SCSI-2 disks, tape, optical disks, RAID 0; includes base firmware and license HSD30·CD HSD30·CF 2.130 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step Se-Non-Backplane External Storage Controllers (continued) CI Controllers • • • • Supported on OpenVMS systems only. Requires CIPCA-AA Storage controller and cables (Step Sd). Requires BA3SR-MR or BA3S0-MB StorageWorks Controller shelf. HSZ40-Cx requires BN21N-02 for connection from HSZ40-Cx to BA36R StorageWorks shelf. HSJ40-CD HSJ40-CF CI Array controller 16 MB cache CI Array controller 32 MB cache Controller Accessories H879-AA H885-AA BN21W-OB BN30B-02 BN35S-02 BA35R-MR BA350-MB CK-BA35X-HF SC008-AC/AD External SCSI 68-pin, male 8-bit or 16-bit differential terminator SCSI Tri-link connector, 68-pin, two female and one male connector SCSI Y cable, 68-pin, two female and one male IEC to IEC power cord, gray, for H9A10-EDIEE cabinet connection IEC to IEC power cord, black, for H9AIO-EDIEE cabinet connection Rackmount StorageWorks controller shelf with RETMA mounting kit, order BN30B-02 separately Rackmount StorageWorks controller shelf with METRIC mounting kit, order BN30B-02 separately Power supply for n+1 redundant support in BA3SR-MRlBA3S0-MB StorageWorks controller shelf Star Coupler Passive Hub device, supports eight CI ports Step Sf-I/O Expansion Options AlphaServer 4100/4000 Expander Cabinet To expand AlphaServer 4100/4000 systems, cabinet enclosures (H9A10-EBIEC) can be joined to RETMA or Metric expander cabinets (H9B10-EBIEC). Loading rules are the same as for H9A10-EBIEC cabinet enclosures. CK-BA30A-AA System Drawer mounting kit must be ordered for first drawer loaded into the H9B 10-EBIEC cabinet. H9BIO-EBIEC AlphaServer 4100/4000 RETMAIMETRIC expander cabinet with joiner kit and single CK-H9A10-EBIEC power kit. Order additional power kits as required. AlphaServer 4100/4000 System Management Station Kit To efficiently manage multiple System Drawers in a cabinet system, the AlphaServer 4100/4000 supports a System Management Station Kit that allows multiple System Drawers to be controlled from a single terminal, keyboard and mouse housed inside an AlphaServer 4100/4000 cabinet. • System Management Station Kit requires a cabinet and 19" of space. Station kit includes: - IS" color monitor, keyboard and mouse - Console switch box and mounting shelf - Cables for first two System Drawers (up to 8 System Drawers can be supported with additional cables) - Door with console monitor access (factory installation only) H4020-AA 2T-H7085-10 System Management Station Kit for AlphaServer 4100/4000 systems System Management Station Kit dual cable, 10-feet in length; each cable kit supports up to two additional System Drawers Alpha Servers 2.131 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step Sf-I/O Expansion Options (continued) StorageWorks Cabinets SW800-GA SW800-GB SWSOO-GC SWSOO-GD SW300-GA SWSOO Data Center Cabinet, 60Hz, Top Gun Blue, 1700 mm high, SOO mm wide SW800 Data Center Cabinet, 50Hz, Top Gun Blue, 1700 mm high, SOO mm wide SW500 Departmental Cabinet, 60Hz, Top Gun Blue, 1100 mm high, 600 mm wide SW500 Departmental Cabinet, 50Hz, Top Gun Blue, 1100 mm high, 600 mm wide SW300 Departmental Cabinet, 60Hz, Top Gun Blue, 1100 mm high, 600 mm wide StorageWorks Accessories DWZZB-VW BN21K-02 BN21K-03 BN21K-05 BN21K-I0 BN21K-IS BN21K-20' FWD SCSI-2 signal converter on one end and FWSE on other end; requires BN21K-xx cables. 02-meter 16-bit SCSI cable 03-meter 16-bit SCSI cable 05-meter 16-bit SCSI cable 10-meter 16-bit SCSI cable 15-meter 16-bit SCSI cable 20-meter 16-bit SCSI cable Step 6--Networks and Communications • Systems include DE500-XA PCI 10/l00-Mbit Ethernet controller (uses one PCI slot). Order Number Description DESOO-XA PCI 1O/lOO-Mbit Fast Ethernet controller (Twisted Pair) BN2SG-03 BN2SG-04 BN2SG-07 3-meter (9.S ft.) cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection 4-meter (13.1 ft.) cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection 7-meter (22.3 ft.) cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection Order Number ~E4S0-CA Description PCI 10-Mbit Ethernet controller; AUI, 10BaseT, or 10Base2 BNE4C-02 !BNE4C-OS 2-meter cable for AUI connection, EthernetlIEEE S02.3 devices 5-meter cable for AUI connection ~N2SG-03 3-meter cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection 4-meter cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection 7-meter cable for 10BaseT Twisted Pair connection 6-ft cable for 10Base2 ThinWire connection 15-ft cable for 10Base2 ThinWire connection 30-ft cable for 10Base2 ThinWire connection BN2SG-04 BN2SG-07 BCI6M-06 BCI6M-1S ~CI6M-30 Order Number DEFPA-AB »escription PCI to FDDI Adapter, single attachment station (SAS), multimode fiber (MMF), SC connector DEFPA-DB PCI to FDDI Adapter, DAS, MMF, SC connector BN34D-03 BN34D-I0 BN34B-03 BN34B-I0 BN34B-20 BN34B-30 3-meter MIC-SC dual fiber optic cable 10-meter MIC-SC dual fiber optic cable 3-meter SC to SC dual fiber optic cable 10-meter SC to SC dual fiber optic cable 20-meter SC to SC dual fiber optic cable 30-meter SC to SC dual fiber optic cable 2.132 Alpha Servers Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS 3.51 V3.2FIV3.2G V6.2-1H3 4 4 4 Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS 3.51 V3.2FIV3.2G V6.2-1H3 4 4 4 Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS 3.51 V3.2FIV3.2G V6.2-1H3 4 4 4 4 4 4 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step 6-Networks and Communications (continued) Order Number Description DEFPA-UB PCI to FDDI Adapter, SAS, TP-PMD, requires BN25H-03 DEFPA-MB PCI to FDDI Dual Adapter, DAS, TP-PMD, requires BN25H-03 BN25H-03 3-meter FDDI crossover cable Order Number Description PBXNP-AA ;PCI Token Ring adapter BN25G-03 BN25G-04 BN25G-07 3-meter (9.S ft.) cable l4-meter (13.1 ft.) cable 7-meter (22.3 ft.) cable Order Number Description DNSES-AA EISA-based synchronous communications controller Order Number CXIOI-AA Description IS A-based asynchronous multiport MUX 16 port XEM CXIOI-AD CXIOI-AB CXIOI-AC CXIOI-AE CXIOI-AF IS A-based asynchronous multiport MUX 16 port EPC ISA-based asynchronous multiport MUX expander XEM IS A-based asynchronous MUX cable converter (RJ45-DB25) IS A-based asynchronous multiport MUX expander EPC IS A-based asynchronous MUX adapter (RJ45-MJ11), Spack Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS V3.2FIV3.2G V6.2-1H3 3.51 4 4 4 4 4 4 I V6.2-1H3 Digital UNIX OpenVMS V3.2FIV3.2G I 1 I Digital UNIX OpenVMS V3.2FIV3.2G V6.2-1H3 2 2 Digital UNIX V3.2FIV3.2G 1 1 Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller Digital UNIX Systems • • • • Require Digital UNIX V3.2G and System Console Firmware Revision 2.0. Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license. Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License. Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX. OpenVMS Systems • Require OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster license Configuring information: • Two PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Controllers (CCMAA-BA) supported for redundancy/failover. • For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-I0 cable to directly connect adapters. • For three or four system nodes order one CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub), and one CCMAA-BA and one BCI2N-I0 cable per system node. • CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards. • Maximum two CCMAA-BA supported per System Drawer. Nodes 2 3-4 5-S MEMORY CHANNELs 2CCMAA-BA 3-4 CCMAA-BA 5-S CCMAA-aA MEMORY CHANNEL Hubs Line Cards 1 CCMHA-AA 1 CCMHA-AA 1-4 CCMLA-AA Alpha Servers 2.133 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step 6a-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller (continued) CCMAA-BA CCMHA-AA CCMLA-AA CCMRA-AA BC12N-IO BN3SS-02 QB-3RLAG-AA QB-4ZCAG-AA QL-MUZAG-AA PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Controller-Single port MEMORY CHANNEL option 100 MB MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA) Rackmount kit for mounting MEMORY CHANNEL hub; CCMHA-AA requires BN35S-02 power cord for rackmount configurations MEMORY CHANNEL cable MEMORY CHANNEL Hub power cord TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems For stand alone configurations, CCMHA-AA MEMORY CHANNEL Hub, includes BNI9P-2E power cord for Canada, Japan, US operation. For other regions, order power cords from Step 8. Step 7-Monitors Systems include PCI-based S3 Trio (PB2GA-JB) graphics option, uses one PCI slot. • Windows NT systems: a monitor is require unless available on site. • Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems: all console functions, including RAID Configuration Utility (RCU) can be performed using a standard video terminal (VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xx, VT5xx) connected to one of system serial ports. VRClS-WAlW31W4 15" (13.9" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor, Flat-square CRT with 0.28 dot pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti-static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1024 x 768 at 75Hz refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes video cable. -WA = NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power cord -W3 =Northern Hemisphere monitor without power cord -W4 =SH (Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select country specific power cord for -W3 and -W 4 variants. VRT17-WAlW31W4 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes video cable. -WA =NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power cord; -W3 =Northern Hemisphere monitor without power cord -W4 =SH (Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select country specific power cord for -W3 and -W4 variants. VRC21-WAlW31W4 21" (19.6" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti-static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 1201240V universal power supply. Includes video cable. -WA =NH (Northern Hemisphere) monitor with 120V power cord -W3 =Northern Hemisphere monitor without power cord -W 4 =SH (Southern Hemisphere) monitor without power cord; select country specific power cord for -W3 and -W 4 variants. 2.134 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step 8-Keyboards and Power Cords Pedestal systems ordered in the Americas and Asia Pacific Area include 120 V U.S. power cord and keyboard unless alternate is specified. Select country specific power cord (quantity of two) and keyboard for all Pedestal systems ordered in Europe. Cabinet systems are 208-240 V single phase and include country specific wiring. No power cord selection is required. Select country specific keyboard for all Cabinet systems ordered in Europe. Windows NT/ Digital UNIX keyboard LK47W-A2 LK47W-AB LK47W-AD LK47W-AE LK47W-AG LK47W-AI LK47W-AK LK47W-AN LK47W-AP LK47W-AS LK47W-AV OpenVMS keyboard LK46W-A2 LK46W-AB LK46W-AC LK46W-AD LK46W-AE LK46W-AF LK46W-AG LK46W-AH LK46W-AI LK46W-AK LK46W-AL LK46W-AM LK46W-AN LK46W-AP LK46W-AQ LK46W-AS LK46W-AV Frost White U.S .!English Belgian CanadianlFrench Danish United Kingdom Finnish German Dutch Italian Swiss/Generic Swiss/German Swedish Norwegian French CanadianlEnglish Spanish Portuguese Power Cords (Note: Quantity of two required for Pedestals) BN19A-2E BN19C-2E BN19E-2E BN19H-2E BN19K-2E BN18L-2E BN19M-2E BN19S-2E U.K.IIreland Central Europe Switzerland AustralialNew Zealand Denmark Israel Italy India/South Africa Step 9-Terminals and Printers Systems include two EIA-232 asynchronous serial ports with 9-pin D-subminiature connectors, and two 9-pin to MMJ adapters (H8571-J). Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems Console terminals can either be a graphics monitor connected to the included video graphics adapter or a serial video terminal. If a serial video terminal is used as the console terminal, it must be VT220, VT320, VT420, or VT520 compatible. Select terminals, printers, and cables as required. Alpha Servers 2.135 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step 10-Upgrades CPU Upgrades 304XR-BW 302XR-AW 304XR-AW Upgrades 5/300 MHz CPU to 5/400 MHz CPU; requires mandatory return of 300 MHz CPU Upgrades 5/300E MHz CPU to 5/300 MHz CPU; requires mandatory return of300E MHz CPU Upgrades 5/300E MHz CPU to 5/400 MHz CPU; requires mandatory return of 300E MHz CPU System Upgrades Order Number From To Includes DN-SIZIL-AA AlphaServer 4000 AlphaServer 4100 AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer for Windows NT. Requires mandatory return of AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer. DA-SIZIJ-AA AlphaServer 4000 AlphaServer 4100 AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer and Digital UNIX base system license. Requires mandatory return of AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer and Digital UNIX license. DY-SlZlK-AA AlphaServer 4000 AlphaServer 4100 AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer and OpenVMS base system license. Requires mandatory return of AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer and OpenVMS license. Step 11--Software Windows NT systems Systems include Windows NT Server plus 5-client access 3.51 media (CD-ROM) and license in shrink-wrapped package. Order documentation kit if required. QA-23CAA-GZ Windows NT Server documentation kit Digital UNIX systems Select user licenses and additional software as required. Software Processor Code =G for all software, 1-4 processors Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion. QL-MT7AM-3G QL-MT7AM-3H QL-MT7AG-AA Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 16-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 32-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 64-user license Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license QL-MTSAG-AA Digital UNIX developer's extension license QL-MT7AM-3B QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D QL-MT7AM-3E QL-MT7AM-3F 2.136 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step tt-8oftware (continued) Digital UNIX Media and Documentation QA-MT4AA-HS QA-MT4AA-GZ Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation on CD-ROM Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX Layered Products CD-ROM QA-054AA-HS Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX on CD-ROM DECnet Licenses QL-MTJAG-AA DECnetlOSI end-system license for Digital UNIX OpenVMS systems Select user licenses and additional software as required Software Processor Code =G for all software, 1-4 processors OpenVMS Concurrent Use User Licenses OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-MT2AG-AA OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use I28-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2S6-user license OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS Media and Documentation QA-MTIAA-HS QA-09SAA-GZ OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM OpenVMS base hardcopy documentation OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM QA-03XAA-HS Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS on CD-ROM DECnet Licenses QL-MTGAG-AA QL-MTHAG-AA DECnet extended function license for OpenVMS DEC net end-system to extended function upgrade license for OpenVMS Alpha Servers 2.137 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step l~Hardware and Software Support Supplemental Services Hardware Warranty The AlphaServer 4100/4000 System Drawer and components installed in the System Drawer (such as CPU, memory, PCI controllers, power supplies) have a 3-year onsite, 5-day per week, 9-hour per day hardware warranty, with next day response time. StorageWorks components contained in the Pedestal or Cabinet Systems are supported by the comprehensive StorageWorks Warranty: 5-years for disks, 3-years for controllers, 2-years for tape devices, and I-year for other components. The first year includes onsite next day response time. Network products in the Pedestal or Cabinet Systems carry the Network Products Warranty. Users can upgrade to higher levels of service through a variety of hardware supplemental services. Software Warranty The AlphaServer 4100/4000 Software warranty for all three operating systems features 90-day telephone advisory support with I-year conformance to SPD. Users can upgrade to higher levels of service through a variety of software supplemental services. Value Added Services The AlphaServer Support Plan is designed to accommodate critical system availability needs. The comprehensive suite of recommended services will maximize uptime and satisfaction, by enabling customers to select, at the time of their system purchase, the right level of support for their information technology (IT) and business environment. The AlphaServer Support Plan builds on the foundation of Installation and Supplemental Services to include Startup Services, Silver/Gold Support, System Healthcheck, and Availability ReviewlPartnership. Installation It is recommended that onsite installation service be included as a separate entry on any quotation. FM-51CPU-IN FM-51MEM-IN FM-51DWR-IN FM-51PED-IN FM-51CAB-IN FM-TRAVL-IN Add-on SMP Installation Add-on Memory Installation AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer Installation AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal Installation AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet Installation One time travel charge per installation AlphaServer 4100/4000 Software Support Supplemental Services Windows NT FM-51NTS-12 FM-51NTS-36 FM-51NTS-60 I-year, Software Support Supplemental Service 3-year, Software Support Supplemental Service 5-year, Software Support Supplemental Service Digital UNIX FM-51UNS-12 FM-51UNS-36 FM-51UNS-60 FM-51UNN-12 FM-51UNN-36 FM-51UNN-60 2.138 Alpha Servers I-year, Full Software Support Supplemental Service 3-year, Full Software Support Supplemental Service 5-year, Full Software Support Supplemental Service I-year, Node Software Support Supplemental Service 3-year, Node Software Support Supplemental Service 5-year, Node Software Support Supplemental Service AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step 12-- Hardware and Software Support Supplemental Services OpenVMS FM-SIVMS-12 FM-Sl VMS-36 FM-Sl VMS-60 FM-SIVNS-12 FM-SIVNS-36 FM-SIVNS-60 I-year, Full Software Support Supplemental Service 3-year, Full Software Support Supplemental Service 5-year, Full Software Support Supplemental Service I-year, Node Software Support Supplemental Service 3-year, Node Software Support Supplemental Service 5-year, Node Software Support Supplemental Service Digital UNIX or OpenVMS SMP Upgrade FM-SIVMP-12 FM-SIVMP-36 FM-SIVMP-60 I-year, Digital UNIX or OpenVMS SMP Upgrade 3-year, Digital UNIX or OpenVMS SMP Upgrade 5-year, Digital UNIX or OpenVMS SMP Upgrade AlphaServer 4100/4000 Hardware Supplemental Maintenance Services AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer FM-SAXHW-60 FM-SA4HR-36 FM-SA4HR-60 FM-SAS12-36 FM-SAS12-60 FM-SA616-36 FM-SA616-60 FM-SA724-36 FM-SA724-60 FM-SGSND-60 FM-SG4HR-36 FM-SG 4HR-60 FM-SGS12-36 FM-SGS12-60 FM-SG616-36 FM-SG616-60 FM-SG724-36 FM-SG724-60 FM-SRXHW -60 FM-SR4HR-36 FM-SR4HR-60 FM-SRS12-36 FM-SRS12-60 FM-SR616-36 FM-SR616-60 FM-SR724-36 FM-SR724-60 2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 5 x 9, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 5 x 9, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 5 x 9, next day, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 5 x 9, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 5 x 9, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer 5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 2 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Drawer Alpha Servers 2.139 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Step 12- Hardware and Software Support Supplemental Services (continued) AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal FM-SBXHW-60 FM-SHS12-36 FM-SHS12-60 FM-SH724-36 FM -SH724-60 2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal 1 GB 1 GB 1 GB 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet FM-SB4HR-36 FM-SB4HR-60 FM -SBS12-36 FM -SBS12-60 FM-SB616-36 FM-SB616-60 FM-SB724-36 FM-SB724-60 FM-SHXHW-60 FM-SH4HR-36 FM-SH4HR-60 FM-SH616-36 FM-SH616-60 3-year 5 x 9, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 5-year 5 x 9, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 3-year 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 5-year 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet 5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB AlphaServer 4100/4000 Pedestal/Cabinet AlphaServer 4100/4000 Memory FM-SLXHW-60 FM-SL4HR-36 FM-SL4HR-60 FM-SLS12-36 FM -SLS12-60 FM-SL616-36 FM-SL616-60 FM-SL724-36 FM-SL724-60 FM-SQXHW-60 FM-SQ4HR-36 FM-SQ4HR-60 FM-SQS12-36 FM-SQS12-60 FM-SQ616-36 FM-SQ616-60 FM-SQ724-36 FM-SQ724-60 2.140 Alpha Servers 2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 128/512 MB Memory option 3-year, 5 x 9, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option 5-year, 5 x 9, four hour, 128 1 512 MB Memory option 3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option 5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option 3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option 5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option 3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option 5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 128/512 MB Memory option 2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, 1 GB Memory option 3~year, 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB Memory option 5-year, 5 x 9, four hour, 1 GB Memory option 3-year 5 x 12, four hour, 1 GB Memory option 5-year 5 x 12, four hour, 1 GB Memory option 3-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB Memory option 5-year 6 x 16, four hour, 1 GB Memory option 3-year 7 x 24, four hour, 1 GB Memory option 5-year 7 x 24, four hour, 1 GB Memory option Alpha~erver 41UU/4UUU Step 12-- Hardware and Software Support Supplemental Services (continued) AlphaServer 4100/4000 CPU Add-on Options FM-SJXHW-60 FM-SJ4HR-36 FM-SJ4HR-60 FM-SJS12-36 FM-SJS12-60 FM-SJ616-36 FM-SJ616-60 FM-SJ724-36 FM-SJ724-60 2-5-year 5 x 9, next day, CPU SMP Add-on option 3-year, 5 x 9, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option 5-year, 5 x 9, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option 3-year 5 x 12, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option 5-year 5 x 12, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option 3-year 6 x 16, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option 5-year 6 x 16, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option 3-year 7 x 24, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option 5-year 7 x 24, four hour, CPU SMP Add-on option Alpha Servers 2.141 1\.lpna~erver 41UU/4UUU Specifications Specifications External Dimensions Pedestal System Cabinet System System Drawer Height Width 75 cm (29.5 in) 49 cm (19.3 in) 30 cm (11.8 in) 45 cm (17.7 in) Depth Weight 90 cm (35.4 in) 113.6 kg (250 lb) 170 cm (67.0 in) 60 cm (23.6 in) Rack l 71 cm (28.0 in) Stabilizer 97 cm (38.2 in) 350.9 kg (772 lb) Clearances Operating! 20 em(7.9in) 20 em (79 in) 20 em (7.9 in) Service Operating! Service 61 em (24.1 in) 61 em (24.1 in) 61 em (24.1 in) OOem (23.6in) OOem (23.6in) 20 em (79in) 100 em (39.4 in) 100 em (39.4in) 61 em (24.Din) Operating! 20 em(7.9in) 20 em (7.9in) Pront Rear Sides 69 cm (27.2 in) 45.5 kg (100 lb) o Service 20 em (7.9 in) 20 em (7.9in) o Environmental Temperature (minimax) 2 Operating Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of Change 10°_ 35°C (50°- 95°P) -40°- 66°C (-40°- 150.8°P) -40°- 66°C (-40°- 150.8°P) 11 0_ 19.8°Clhr (20°- 36°Plhr) 10°_ 35°C (50°- 95°P) -40°- 66°C (_40°_ 150.8°P) -40°- 66°C (-40°- 150.8°P) 11°- 19.8°Clhr (20°- 36°Plhr) 10°_ 35°C (50°- 95°P) -40°- 66°C (-40°- 150.8°P) -40°- 66°C (-40°- 150.8°P) 11°- 19.8°Clhr (20°- 36°Plhr) 20-90% noncondensing 10-95% 10-95% 3 1800 Watts, 6143 Btulhr 3 1450 Watts, 6143 Btulhr 20-90% noncondensing 10-95% 10-95% 4800 Watts, 16382 Btulhr 4800 Watts, 16382 Btulhr 20-90% noncondensing 10-95% 10-95% 1100 Watts, 3754 Btulhr 700Watts, 3754 Btulhr 200 cubic ft.lmin Rear Front 300 cubic ft.lmin4 Rear Pront and Top 200 cubic ft.lmin Rear Front 3,050 m (10,000 ft) 12,200 m (40,000 ft) 3,050 m (10,000 ft) 12,200 m (40,000 ft) 3,050 m (10,000 ft) 12,200 m (40,000 ft) 10 G, 10+/-3 ms 5-16 .02in-da G 16-200 0.25 G 200-500 0.1 G 6.2 LNPEc (Bels) 10 G, 10+/-3 ms 5-16 .02in-da G 16-200 0.25 G 200-500 0.1 G 6.7 LNPEc (Bels) 10 G, 10+/-3 ms .02in-da G 5-16 16-200 0.25 G 200-500 0.1 G 5.8 LNPEc (Bels) Relative Humidity Operating Nonoperating Storage (60 days) 4100 Max Heat Dissipation 4000 Max Heat Dissipation Airflow Quantity Intake Exhaust Altitude Operating Nonoperating Mechanical Shock Operating Vibration (minimax) Acoustics Electrical (minimax) Voltage Phase Nominal Prequency (Hz) Maximum rated current u.S. Europe u.S. Europe 100-120Vac Single 50-60 12 Amps (multiple cord set) 200-240 Vac Single 50-60 10 Amps (multiple cord set) 200-240Vac Single 50-60 24 Amps 220-240 Vac Single 50/60 24 Amps AlphaServer 4100 typical power 720 AlphaServer 4000 typical power 550 consumption, Watts 920 550 100-120/200-240Vac Single 50-60 8.4 Amps/4.2 Amps (single cord set) 8 Amps/4 Amps (multiple cord set) config-specific config-specific 650 config-specific config-specific 430 Power Cord Length Plug Agency Approvals 1 2 3 4 450cm (177") 200-250cm 450cm (177") 450cm NEMA 5-15P Country specificNEMA L6-30P IEC309,32A CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M95 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M95 UL 1950, Ed.3 UL 1950, Ed.3 EN 60 950, Ed.2, A3 EN 60 950, Ed.2, A3 250 cm (98.4 in) IEC 320 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-M95 UL 1950, Ed.3 EN 60 950, Ed.2, A3 Stabilizers will nest with other AlphaServer 4100/4000 cabinets so that cabinets can be installed with zero side clearance. Maximum operating temperature at sea level. Reduce by 1C (1.8P) for every 600 m (2000 ft) above sea level. Maximum power consumption for two line cords. Cabinet fans only. 2.142 Alpha Servers Alpha~erver 'HUU/'tUUU Recommended Power ProtectionlUPS Solutions for AlphaServer 4100/4000 Systems Digital's UPS offerings feature robust on-line design and include EIA232 port for local or network monitoring. Prestige units feature a three-piece modular design which allows ~sers to safely swap out components without disconnecting the critical load and "plug and play" battery and receptacle extensions. Prestige models include a three-year, 24-48 hour hotswap warranty. All units include maintenance bypass. Note: For complete protection all UPS products should be used with data line surge protectors--4N-GA249-AB (2 wire modem), 4N-GA249-CA* (IOBaseT), 4N-GA5l0-BF (ThinWire), 4N-GAZ45-xx (din rail multiport). * Additional plug-in data modules available (4N-GA240-xx). Solutions for Pedestal Systems 4N-AEAAH-AM 4N-AEAAH-AS 4N-AEWAR-G2 4N-AEACH-HA Prestige 3 kVA (2 kW), single phase, 60Hz, 208V-1201208V, 6 ft. cord with L6-30P and (1) LS-30R, (4) S-ISR receptacles. and 7 minute battery at full UPS load, 240V-2401120V operation also available. 4N-AEACH-AA - AE receptacle extensions available. Prestige 3 kV A (2.1 kW), single phase, SOHz, 200-240V in/out selectable, 6 ft. input cord with VDE stripped pigtail connection for attachment of country specific plug (by customer). Unit includes (3) IEC320, lOA and (1) IEC320 20A output receptacle which can be optionally extended to choice of Schuko, French, British, or Australian (4N-AEACH-DA - DD) receptacle extensions, 7 minute battery at full UPS load. Prestige 5 year on-site exchange warranty upgrade for 4N-AEAAH-AM, U.S. only. Optional mobile module stacker with seismic mount provisions for above UPS. Solutions for Cabinet Systems Number of Systems 1-3 Systems 4 Systems or more UPS Model 60Hz 50Hz 4N-AEAAJ-CLl 4N-AEAAJ-CU 4N-AEAAL-BA 4N-AEAAL-BA Type 2 6 kV A Prestige 10 kV A PUPS Plus Receptacle Module for Plug-in Connection 60Hz 50Hz Included Hardwired 4N-AEACK-BN Hardwired l208-1201208V shown; substitute -CT for 240-1201240V models. 20ptional mobile module stacker with seismic mounting provisions for 6 kVA Prestige-4N-AEACH-HD. UPS Models 4N-AEAAJ-CL Prestige 6 kVA (4 kW), single phase, 60Hz, 208-1201208V, 6 ft. cord with L6-30P and (2) L6-30R, (8) S-ISR receptacle. Modular hot-swap design with 7 minute battery at full UPS load, extendible plug and play batteries and receptacle provisions. Substitute -CT for 240V 240/120V operation. 4N-AEAAJ-CU 4N-AEAAL-BA Prestige 6 kVA (4 kW) SOHz package, single phase, SOHz, 200-240V in/out selectable, hardwired input/output. PUPS plus 10 kV A (7 kW), single-phase, SO/60Hz, 173-276V in, 9 minute battery at full UPS load. 200-240V selectable output, hardwired input/output with optional plug-in output receptacle modules. PUPS plus 10 kV A receptacle module (3)L6-30R, (3)5-20R, (2)LS-20R. 4N-AEACK-BN 4N-AEWAR-G3/G4 Prestige S year on-site exchange warranty upgrade for 4N-AEAAH-CMlCT. G4 provides on-site remedial and start-up service. UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only) Includes cables, media and documentation; Digital UNIX and OpenVMS on CD-ROM, Windows NT on 3.5-in diskette. UPS System Windows NT Digital UNIX OpenVMS Prestige UPS 4N-AEAES-AA 4N-AEAES-AK 4N-AEAES-EM PUPS Plus UPS Network Management and multi system shutdown* 4N-AEAES-AA 4N-AEAES-BA 4N-AEAES-~J{ 4N-AEAES-FM 4N-AEAES-BK Call for information *Network Management and/or multi system shutdown for Windows NT and Digital UNIX requires the Connect-UPS Network Adapter (SNMPlManageWorks compatible); see below. UPS System Prestige 6 kV A and PUPS Plus UPS DAlDB=Twisted pair; DCIDD=ThinWire 60Hz Application 50Hz Application 4N-AEAEO-DAIDC 4N-AEAEO-DBIDD Alpha Servers 2.143 fl.lpna;:,erVer'llUU/4UUU PCI Card Cage ~ AlphaServer 4100 Pedestal System Diskette Drive CD-ROM Drive ~~ AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer =Optional 2.144 Alpha Servers PCI Bulkhead AlphaServer 4100/4000 5.25" Removable Media Slot PCI Card Cage b AlphaServer 4000 Pedestal System Maximum (8) PCIOptions PCI Bulkhead AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer t '~"-":'."'~"'~::~ , J k:."L~:.,.,;';. ;~J = Optional Alpha Servers 2.145 AlphaServer 4100/4000 / System / Drawers ~ ~ AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet StorageWorks Shelves StorageWorks Disk Shelf or StorageWorks Controller Shelf ',I!.~c,.....::~+--!-- \ TZ88x-xx Tape Loader AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet 2.146 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 4100/4000 StorageWorks Shelves Expander Cabinet StorageWorks Shelves StorageWorks Shelves System Management Console System Drawers System Drawers Memory Channel Hub System Drawers AlphaServer 4100/4000 Cabinet I ;"';C""';'*M;t =Optional Alpha Servers 2.147 AlphaServer 8200 AlphaServer 8200 Product Description AlphaServer 8200 is the highest performance office system in the industry. It can be configured with up to six of the world's fastest microprocessors (Alpha microprocessor 21164) with 5/300 MHz, 5/350 MHz, or 5/440 MHz CPUs. With the enormous capacity of the Alpha 64-bit architecture-up to 6 GB of memory, and PCI 110 of up to 108 slots-this server offers room for growth for the largest and most complex applications. AlphaServer 8200 runs Digital UNIX or OpenVMS operating systems and offers the reliability and availability features customers require for bet-your-business environments. Clusters, hot swap disks, RAID, redundant power, ECC memory and data paths, fault management, and un interruptible power system are all available. Small enterprises and large departments can have an office server with unprecedented performance, capacity, and reliability for those applications previously available on enterprise systems. Large databases, complex simulations, data warehousing, and decision support are a few examples of the kinds of applications the AlphaServer 8200 can support with ease. And, with up to 6 GB of memory, this office server can provide all the benefits that Very Large MemoryNery Large DatabCJ.se (VLMlVLDB) systems have provided in the past. For technical/scientific users, the AlphaServer 8200 provides supercomputer performance in the office. The AlphaServer 8200 has single processor floatingpoint performance that dominates the competition in the generic benchmarks and wins at the application level as well. Alpha Servers 2.149 AlphaServer 8200 Step I-Base Servers o o o o AlphaServer 8200 5/300 and 5/350 Systems require - Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Systems require - Digital UNIX V3.2G or Digital UNIX V4.0a, or OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, or later Software media and documentation required for first system on site. See Step 13 for ordering information. Console terminal required to install system. See Step 10 unless terminal is available on site. Base Servers include 5 slot backplane-three slots are used by CPU module, memory module, and KFTIA-AA system I/O module. - Two slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system I/O module(s). o CD-ROM drive and RZ28D-VA SCSI disk drive included in BA656 Internal Storage Drawer are connected via single-ended SCSI-2 port on KFTIA-AA system I/O module. Four additional narrow 3.5-inch StorageWorks devices can be added in BA656 Internal Storage Drawer. Universal Single-Phase power supply supplies necessary power for system; requires selection of power cord from Step 2. Redundant power supply (N+l) can be added if required. For recommended power protection, UPS products, see section following Specifications. AlphaServer 8200 Base Servers include o o o o o o Processor module with - One or two Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/300 or 5/350 MHz CPU(s), each CPU includes 4 MB Backup cache, or - Two Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/440 MHz CPUs, each includes 4 MB Backup cache System I/O module (KFfIA-AA) includes - I/O channel - Two twisted-pair 802.3lEthemet - Single-ended SCSI-2 port - Three Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 ports Three CK-KFfIA-AA Cabinet Kits 128,256,512 MB, or 2 GB of memory BA656 Internal St~rage Drawer RZ28D-VA 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 5/300 Servers 5/350 Servers DA-281AB-A9 DA-281CB-A9 DA-281AD-A9 DA-281CD-A9 DY-281AB-A9 DY-281CB-A9 DY-281AD-A9 DY-281CD-A9 5/440 Servers P ",: '.;'~":, ' DA-281BB-A9 DA-281DB-A9 DA-281BC-A9 DA-281DC-A9 DA-281BD-A9 DA-281DD-A9 DA-282FD-A9 DA-281BF-A9 DA-281DF-A9 DA-282FF-A9 DY-281BB-A9 DY-281DB-A9 DY-282FB-A9 DY-281BC-A9 DY-281DC-A9 DA-282FB-A9 DY -281BD-A9 DY -281DD-A9 DY-282FD-A9 DY-281BF-A9 DY-281DF-A9 DY-282FF-A9 2.150 Alpha Servers o o o o o 600 MB CD-ROM drive Universal single phase power 48 VDC power supply Shielded console cable included for connection to console terminal (BCI6E-25) Factory Installed Software Operating System Software - Digital UNIX base license or - OpenVMS base license Digital NAS Base Server 200 software One year hardware product warranty 90-day software product warranty Installation of the system cabinet is included with AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Base Servers only Operating System Memory Digital UNIX Digital UNIX 128MB 512MB OpenVMS OpenVMS 128MB 512MB \'~ , ';'.",. :,,} '~.>}"';:'~ Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS ·,1 128MB 256MB 512MB 2GB 128MB 256MB 512MB 2GB AlphaServer 8200 Step l-AlphaServer 8200 Systems (continued) AlphaServer 8200 Expanded Base Server includes • Processor module with two Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/350 MHz or 5/440 MHz CPU s; each CPU includes 4 MB Backup cache • System I/O module with four I/O channels (KFlliA-M) • PCI Shelf Mount Box (DWLPB-CA) • PCI Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI Adapter (KZPSA-BB) • Digital Etherworks 32-bit Network Interface Card (DE435-AA) or Fast Ethernet Card (DE500-XA) • 512 MB or 2 GB of memory • BA656 Internal Storage Drawer • SCSI-2 16-bit wide StorageWorks shelf (BA356-JB) • StorageWorks SCSI Signal Converter (DWZZB-VW) • BN21K-01 Fast Wide Differential cable • RZ28D-VW 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive (located in BA356-JB) ~/3S0 Servers (Dual-CPU) DA-281DD-B9 DY -281DD-B9 5/440 Servers (Dual-CPU) DA-282FD-B9 DY-282FD-B9 DA-282FF-B9 DY -282FF -B9 • 600 MB CD-ROM drive • PCI single-ended SCSI controller (KZPAA-AA) and BN21H-02 SCSI cable (connects to CD-ROM) Universal single phase power 48 VDC power supply Shielded console cable included for connection to console terminal Factory Installed Software • Operating System Software - Digital UNIX base license or - OpenVMS base license • Digital NAS Base Server 200 software • One year hardware product warranty • 90 day software product warranty • System installation included with AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Expanded Base Servers only Operating System Digital UNIX OpenVMS Operating System Digital UNIX OpenVMS Digital UNIX OpenVMS Memory 512MB 512MB Memory 512MB 512MB 2GB 2GB Step la-AlphaServer 8200 5/300 System Building Blocks Note: System Building Blocks are an alternative to standard Base Servers or Expanded Base Servers; they provide flexibility in configuring the AlphaServer 8200 with a choice of memory and I/O options. System Building Block Requirements • • • • • • Minimum of one memory module Minimum of one system 110 module SCSI controller Systems require Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later Console terminal required unless available on site System includes 5 slot backplane-three slots are used by CPU, memory and system I/O modules - Two slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system I/O module(s) • CD-ROM drive included in BA656 Internal Storage Drawer-SCSI controller must be ordered separately - BA656 Internal Storage Drawer is restricted to CD-ROM drive only when KZPAA is selected - If KFfHA-AA I/O module is selected, the following items must be ordered to provide interface to CD-ROM in BA656 internal storage drawer. If KFfIA-AA I/O module is selected these items are not required DWLPB-CA KZPAA-AA PCI shelf mount box; AlphaServer 8200 system cabinet only, maximum three per cabinet. PCI single-ended SCSI controller for CD-ROM connection only-no other SCSI options can be installed in BA656 internal storage drawer if KZPAA is used as CD-ROM interface. KZPAA is restricted as CD-ROM connection only, no other disk of tape connections supported-maximum one per system. Requires BN21H-02 SCSI cable • If Factory Installed Software is required, BA356-JB and appropriate disk drive and controller must be ordered separately. • Universal single phase power supply will supply necessary power for system. Redundant power supply (N+1) can be added if required. Alpha Servers 2.151 AlphaServer 8200 Step la-AlphaServer 8200 5/300 System Building Blocks (continued) AlphaServer 8200 5/300 System Building Blocks include • Processor module with one or two Alpha microprocessor 21164/300 MHz CPU(s); each includes 4 MB Backup cache • BA656 Internal Storage Drawer • 600 MB CD-ROM drive • Universal single phase power • 48 VDC power supply prdcl' Number DA-281AY-A9 DY-281AY -A9 DA-281BY-A9 DY-281BY-A9 Operating System Digital UNIX OpenVMS Digital UNIX OpenVMS • Operating System Software - Digital UNIX base license or - OpenVMS base license • Digital NAS Base Server 200 software • One year hardware product warranty • 90 day software product warranty CPU·······, . . Single-CPU Systems Single-CPU Systems Dual-CPU Systems Dual-CPU Systems Memory Required Required Required Required ; .. I10ModUI~·:; . Required Required Required Required Step Ib-AlphaServer Expansion Packages-Digital UNIX systems only DECsafe packages contain all necessary hardware (excluding console terminal) and software to provide a complete and operational system in a DECsafe high availability environment. Note: This package is only orderable with a Digital UNIX system configuration. It is not orderable as a stand alone, upgrade, or spared on the order. 8YFEB-EX DECsafe High Availability SCSI Package includes: Six RZ28D-VW 2.1 GB, 3.5-inch disk drives in BA356-JB shelf TZ87 20 GB, 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in second BA356-JB shelf Two DWZZB-VWs to convert Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI signals from KFI'IA-AA and KZPSA-BB for use in BA356-JB shelf PCI Plug-in unit (DWLPB-CA), with KZPSA-BB Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI controller BN21K cables and CK-KFfIA-AA cable kit DECsafe Available Server software license kit Step 2-Power Cord BN23H-4E BN20P-4E 60 Hz-AC line cord for Single Phase Power, one per cabinet (4.5 meters in length) 50 Hz-AC line cord for Single Phase Power, one per cabinet (4.5 meters in length) Note: See Specifications for infonnation on appropriate power cord to order. If redundant supply (H7266-AD/AE) is ordered, power cord is included and does not have to be ordered separately. Step 3-Additional CPU Modules (SMP Upgrades) • Up to two additional CPU modules can be added to Base Servers, Expanded Base Servers and System Building Blocks-system maximum of three CPU modules. • Combining 5/300 MHz, 5/350 MHz, and 5/440 MHz CPU modules in the same system is not supported. • For more than two processor modules in a system, a minimum of two memory modules are recommended for optimal system performance. • All SMP upgrades include processor module with Alpha microprocessor(s), SMP extension license, and end-user product warranty. 5/300 Servers 751P2-AX 752P2-AX 751PI-AX 752PI-AX 2.152 Alpha Servers 5/350 Servers 753P2-AX 754P2-AX 753PI-AX 754PI-AX 5/440 Servers 756P2-AX 756PI-AX Operating System Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS CPU Module Type Single-CPU Dual-CPU Single-CPU Dual-CPU AlphaServer 8200 Step 4-Memory Maximum of 6 GB per system. Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for 5/300 MHz systems only. Memory modules must be ordered in a quantity of one or two of the same size-add-on memory size must be the same as that included with Base Server or Expanded Base Server selected or the initial memory module selected for a System Building Block configuration. The maximum memory supported is temporarily two 2 GB memory modules, resulting in a system maximum of 4 GB. For Base Servers two additional memory modules can be added for a system maximum of three. System Building Blocks require the selection of one memory module-system maximum of three. • The maximum of three memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module selected from Step 3 and each system IJO module added from Step 6. o Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving; additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more memory modules. o o MS7CC-BA MS7CC-CA MS7CC-DA MS7CC·EA MS7CC·FA 128 MB memory module 256 MB memory module 512 MB memory module 1073 MB memory module 2147MB memory module Step 4a-Memory Upgrades Memory upgrades are field installed only (not configured in Manufacturing). MS7CC·UA MS7CC·UB 128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs); upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to 256 MB (-CA) module 512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs); upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to 1 GB (-EA) module Step 4b-Prestoserve Nonvolatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) • Supported on Digital UNIX systems only. o Maximum one Presto serve IJO performance enhancement option per system. o Includes Presto serve license and documentation kit. DJ·ML200·BA DJ·ML200·CA DJ·ML300·BA 4 MB Prestoserve, PCI option-requires DWLPB-CNCB 8 MB Presto serve, PCI option-requires DWLPB-CNCB 4 MB Prestoserve, KFfIA-AA daughter card mounting-requires KFfIA-AA Step 5-IJO Expansion Buses PCI IJO bus is available on AlphaServer 8200. Application and system configuration determine maximum configuration. Configuration limits exist at IJO bus level and controller level. Verify maximum number of allowable controllers listed in Controller Configuration Table. o o o Each DWLPB-CAICB (PCI shelf mount box) includes 12 PCI slots and required cable for connection to IJO channel. Each PCI shelf mount box requires one IJO channel connection to KFTHA-AA or KFTIA-AA, see Step 6. Maximum of nine IJO channels available (KFTIA plus two KFTHAs) DWLPB·CA DWLPB·CB KFE70·BA PCI shelf mount box for AlphaServer 8200 system cabinet only-maximum three per cabinet. PCI shelf mount box for AlphaServer 8200 expansion cabinet only-maximum four per cabinet. EISA Bridge option; PCI to EISA bridge module set-must reside in first DWLPB-CA in system cabinet only. Converts 12-slot PCI bus to 2 EISA, 6 PCIJEISA, and 2 PCI slots. Includes RX26 diskette drive, mounting hardware, and cables to mount RX26 in processor system unit. Maximum one EISA Bridge option supported per system. This option is required to support KZPSC SCSI RAID controllers. It includes diskette drive required to run the RAID Configuration Utility (RCU). Alpha Servers 2.153 AlphaServer 8200 Step 6-System 110 Modules • KFfIA-AA system I/O module included with Base Server; KFTHA-AA included with Expanded Base Server-any combination of KFTIA or KFTHA modules can be added for a system maximum of three. - Maximum nine I/O channels available on AlphaServer 8200 (two KFTHA-AA modules, one KFTIA-AA module). • System Building Block requires the selection of one I/O module. KFTHA-AA KFTIA-AA System 110 module with four 110 channels for DWLPB-CAICB boxes. System 110 module with one 110 channel for DWLPB-CAICB shelf mount box, includes - two 802.3 twisted-pair Ethernet ports-requires BN26M cable per port - one single-ended SCSI-2 port-requires BN2lH cable - three FWD (Fast Wide Differential) SCSI-2 ports-requires CK-KFTIA-AA and BN2lK cable per port (Note: Base Servers include KFfIA-AA with three CK-KFTIA-AA cabinet kits.) One of the following optional FDDI daughter cards can be added to KFTIA-AA-see Step 9 for cables. - Single attachment station multi-mode fiber card (DEFPZ-AA) or - Twisted-pair copper card (DEFPZ-UA) Prestoserve (DJ-ML300-BA) can be added to KFfIA-AA. BN26M-xx BN21H-xx CK-KFTIA-AA BN21K-xx BN21K-02* BN21K-03* BN21K-OS/IO Ethernet twisted-pair cable; 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAITIA Category 5 cable SCSI-2 single-ended cable; 50-pin male straight to 50-pin male straight. Connects KFTIA-AA single-ended SCSI-2 port to StorageWorks shelf. Cabinet kit for Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 port. One kit required for each used port on KFTIA -AA-maximum three per KFTIA-AA. Cabinet kit includes Y-cable and FWD terminator. SCSI-2 Fast Wide Differential cables; 68-pin male straight to 68-pin male right-angle. Connects KFTIA-AA FWD SCSI-2 ports to DWZZA-VA or DWZZB-VW (cable lengths in meters). Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in system cabinet (front) Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in system cabinet (rear) Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in expansion cabinet (front or rear) Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA356-SB in SW500 and SW800 Cabinets * Manufacturing may substitute correct cable length depending on configuration. Step 7-Storage Controllers • KFTIA-AA I/O module included with Base Server; KFfHA-AA I/O module included with Expanded Base Server; System Building Blocks require I/O module. • DWZZA-AA requires minimum revision E02 for connecting any Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 port from KFTIA-AA or KZPSA-BB to externally mounted TZ8xx tape loaders. • DWZZB-VW Fast Wide Differential Single-ended SCSI Converter requires minimum revision AOI for connecting FWD SCSI-2 signals from KFTIA-AA or KZPSA-BB to BA356-JB StorageWorks Shelf. • System maximum of two KZPSC-AAIBA SCSI RAID controllers. • Tape and optical devices are not supported on KZPSC SCSI RAID controllers. Storage Controllers--PCI-based KZPSA-BB PCI Fast Wide Differential SCSI Adapter. OpenVMS supports eight per PCI, maximum 26 with OpenVMS V6.2-IH3 per system. Digital UNIX supports eight per PCI, maximum 32 per system (uses one PCI slot). Provides one SCSI-2 bus. The KZPSA supports DECsafe Available Server. BN21K-xx SCSI-2 Fast Wide Differential cables; 68-pin male straight to 68-pin male right-angle. Connects BN21K-Ol* KZPSA-BB Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 port to DWZZA-VA or DWZZB-VW. Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in system cabinet (front) * Manufacturing may substitute correct cable length depending on configuration. 2.154 Alpha Servers AlphaServer H2UU Step 7-Storage Controllers (continued) Storage Controllers-PCI·based BN21K·02* BN21K·03* BN21K·05/10 KZPSC·AA BN31S·1E KZPSC·BA BN31K·OE BN31S·1E MSIOO·AAt MSIOO·ABt KZPSC·UB KFPSA·AA BC21Q-xx BC22Q·xx CIPCA·AA BNCIA·xx * t Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in system cabinet (rear) Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in expansion cabinet (front or rear) Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA356-SB in SW500 and SWSOO cabinets PCI SCSI RAID Controller with 1 port. OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support two per PCI, maximum two per system (uses one PCI slot, and KFE70-BA-EISA Bridge option). Provides one Fastlwide/single-ended connection. Allows RAID levels 0,1, and 5. Tape drives not supported. 1.5 meter wide SCSI cable. For connections from PCI RAID controller to BA356-JB Wide SCSI StorageWorks Shelf located in same cabinet. PCI SCSI RAID Controller with 3 ports. OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support two per PC I, maximum two per system (uses two PCI slots, and KFE70-BA-EISA Bridge option). Provides three Fastlwide/single-ended connections. Allows RAID levels 0,1, and 5. Tape drives not supported. Required for KZPSC-BA to use third port on module. Connects internally from KZPSC-BA module to second PCI slotlbulkhead. 1.5 meter single-ended wide SCSI cable. For connections from PCI RAID controller to BA356-JB Wide SCSI StorageWorks Shelf located in same cabinet. One required for each used port on KZPSC-BA module. 16 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller, field installable only 32 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller, field installable only Battery back-up for Cache memory option PCI DSSI Adapter (OpenVMS only)-Requires OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 or later; minimum System Console Firmware Revision 3.09. Maximum twelve per PCI, twenty-four per system with OpenVMS V6.2-1H3. (End node only). Note: KFPSA and KFMSB are not supported on same DSSI bus. External shielded cable (MRlMR connectors) Select required length-09, 16,25,50 ft. External shielded cable (MRIPS connectors) Select required length-16, 25, 50 ft. PCI-to-CI Adapter (OpenVMS ooly)-Requires OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 or later, minimum System Console Firmware Revision 3.09. Maximum two per PCI, two per system; uses one PCI slot for adapter and one EISA slot for power only. Note: KFE70 option is not required. Computer interconnect cable sets-Connects CIPCA to Star Coupler. Select required length-10, 20, or 45 m (10 m = 32.S ft, 20 m = 65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft) Manufacturing may substitute correct cable length depending on configuration. Requires AlphaServer 8200 minimum System Console Firmware Revision V3.2.2, OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 and Digital UNIX V3.2D or later operating system software. Step 8-Storage Note: When multiple storage devices are configured with the system, specify which devices should be installed inside the system cabinet, inside the system expansion cabinet, or installed in the external StorageWorks cabinet. Line item sequencing will allow Manufacturing to configure storage options in the appropriate cabinet. • List storage options to be integrated in system cabinet immediately following system part number. • List storage options to be integrated in StorageWorks cabinet immediately following StorageWorks cabinet part number. • Order appropriate BN21x-xx SCSI cables for connecting controllers and storage options. Alpha Servers 2.155 AlphaServer 8200 Step 8a-Internal Storage (System Cabinet) Wide SCSI devices are supported in BA356-JB Wide SCSI StorageWorks shelves inside the System cabinet. They are also supported in external StorageWorks cabinets via BA356-SB rackmount options for the SW500 and SW800 cabinets. The BA356-JB includes BA35X-HG 48V/150W DC power supply and BA35X-RD metric mounting hardware. System cabinet provides space for up to six BA356 StorageWorks shelves; each shelf holds a maximum of two 5.25-inch devices and one 3.5-inch device or seven 3.5-inch devices. Typical configurations require a signal converter, i.e., DWZZB-VW which counts as one 3.5-inch device. • DWZZB-VW is a Fast Wide Differential to Fast Wide Single-Ended Converter. • BA656 Internal Storage Drawer included in base systems; provides space for four additional narrow 5400 RPM and 7200 RPM SCSI 3.5-inch devices. • BA356-JB StorageWorks shelves support narrow and wide SCSI 5400 RPM and 7200 RPM disk drives. Wide SCSI Options BA356-JB Wide SCSI-2 StorageWorks Shelf-includes 16-bit 110 personality module, 48V/150W DC power supply, DC fans, and rackmounting hardware. Supports 16-bit wide SCSI devices and some 8-bit narrow SCSI devices depending on compliance with minimum revision levels. DWZZB-VW Wide SCSI-2 StorageWorks Signal Converter-required to convert FWD signals from KFfIA-AA and KZPSA-BB for use in the BA356-JB StorageWorks shelves. BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 Personality Module-can be used in place of 16-bit 110 personality module for direct connection to narrow single-ended controllers, field installable only. 16-bit Wide Drives RZ26N-VW RZ28M-VW RZ28D-VW RZ29B-VW 1.05 GB 16-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier 2.1 GB 16-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier 2.1 GB 16-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier 4.3 GB 16-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier 8-bit Narrow Drives RZ26N-VA 1.05 GB 8-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier RZ28M-VA 2.1 GB 8-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier RZ28D-VA 2.1 GB 8-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier RZ29B-VA 4.3 GB 8-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier Note: To ensure 16-bit wide SCSI operation, use wide SCSI drives with wide SCSI controllers in wide SCSI StorageWorks shelves with wide SCSI cables. See Storage Devices-StorageWorks Supported Devices for 8-bit and 16-bit Expansion Table for minimum hardware revision levels. Tape Devices (Note: Tape and Optical Devices not supported on KZPSC SCSI RAID controller.) TLZ09-VA TKZ15-VA TZ87-VA TZ88N-VA 8.0 GB DAT 3.5" SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier. OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 and Digital UNIX V3.2C required along with System Console Firmware Revision 3.0-9. 5/10 GB Helical Scan 8-mm, 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier 20.0 GB DLT 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier 20/40 GB DLT 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier Optical Disk RWZ52-VA 1.3 GB Optical Drive in StorageWorks carrier Solid State Disks (Supported with KZPSC, KZPSA, KFfIA)-cannot be combined with RZxx disks/tapes on same SCSI bus EZ31-VW EZ32-VW EZ64-VA EZ69-VA 2.156 Alpha Servers 134 MB 268 MB 475 MB 950 MB Solid State Disk; requires Solid State Disk; requires Solid State Disk; requires Solid State Disk; requires OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS V6.2 V6.2 V6.2 V6.2 or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later AlphaServer 8200 Step 8b-External Storage (I/O Expansion Cabinet) I/O expansion cabinet (H9B10-EA) provides space for a maximum of 16 BA356-JB SCSI StorageWorks shelves and a maximum of four DWLPB-CB PCI shelf mount boxes. Disk and tape drives supported are the same as Step 8a Internal Storage. See configuration limitations in Step lIb. Step 8c-External Storage The following list describes available disk storage devices, capacities, and shelf type, and available tape drives. These supported options can be added as required. Storage Cabinets Capacity SW5XX, SW8XX 6-227 GB SCSI Disk Drives RZ26N-VA RZ28M-VA, RZ28D-VA RZ29B-VA RZ26N-VW RZ28M-VW, RZ28D-VW RZ29B-VW 1.05 GB 2.1 GB 4.3GB 1.05 GB 2.1 GB 4.3GB Narrow Narrow Narrow Wide Wide Wide Tape Drives TZ87, TZ857*, TZ877, TZ88, See Storage Devices for ordering information. TZ885, TZ887, TSZ07, TKZ15-VA, TLZ09, TKZ09, TKZ60, TKZ61, TKZ62, TL810, TL812, TL820, TL822, TL826 Optical Libraries RW525-ZA RW531-ZC RW532-ZF RW536-ZF RWZ52-FA * 19 GB Optical Library, 1 drive 38 GB Optical Library, 2 drives 76 GB Optical Library, 4 drives 170 GB Optical Library, 4 drives 1.3 GB Tabletop Optical Library Loader support for Digital UNIX is available via DECnsr. Step 9-Networks and Communications Two twisted-pair 802.3lEthernet controllers on KFfIA-AA system I/O module are included with each Base Server; DE435 or DE500 network interface card included with Expanded Base Server. See Step 6 for twisted-pair Ethernet cable part number. Optional DEFPZ-AAlUA (FDDI) daughter card can be installed on KFTIA-AA system I/O module. Select additional devices if required. Note: Connection of system to Ethernet requires twisted-pair cable. See Network Products Guide for details. LAN Communications Controllers-KFTIA-AA daughter cards • Maximum one FDDIcontroller daughter card per KFTIA-AA I/O module. • System maximum of three FDDlcontroller daughter cards. FDDlcontroller Fiber - Single attachment station--daughter card for mounting on KFTIA-AA. DEFPZ-AA Requires BN24x cable. Fiber-Optic Cable, Dual 2.5 mm Bayonet "ST" type connectors BN24E-xx Fiber-Optic Cable, Dual 2.5 mm Bayonet "ST" type connector to FDDI "MIC" connector BN24D-xx DEFPZ-UA BN26M-xx BN26S-xx FDDlcontroller Fiber - Twisted-pair copper-daughter card for mounting on KFTIA-AA. Requires BN26x cable. 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIA/TIA Category 5 cable 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, crossover, EIAffIA Category 5 cable Alpha Servers 2.157 AlphaServer 8200 Step 9-Networks and Communications (continued) LAN Communications Controllers--PCI based • Requires DWLPB-CAlCB, PCI shelf mount box. • System maximum of six DEFPA-AAlDA/UAfMA FDDI controllers DE43S-AA DE4S0-CA DE4S0-TA DESOO-XA DEFPA-AA DEFPA-DA BN34A-xx BN34B-xx BN34D-xx DEFPA-MA DEFPA-UA BN26M-xx BN26S-xx BN2SH-03 DGLPB-AB 2.158 Alpha Servers Digital Etherworks 32-bit High Performance Network Interface Card--.supports twisted-pair, thick wire, and ThinWire (uses one PCI slot). Open VMS and Digital UNIX support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. Requires appropriate cable. PCI-to-Ethernet 3-port Adapter-{uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX (V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. Two patch kits required to support PE450 with Open VMS V6.2. PCI-to-Ethernet I-port Adapter-{uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX (V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. Two patch kits required to support DE450 with Open VMS V6.2. Fast Ethernet (100 Mbit) PCI Adapter-{uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX (V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. FDDlcontroIler Fiber - Single attachment station MultiMode Fiber-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-1H2, V6.2-1H3 operating system releases. Requires BN34x "SC" type connecting cable. FDDlcontroIler Fiber - Dual attachment station MultiMode Fiber-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and Open VMS V6.2, V6.2-1H2, V6.2-1H3 operating system releases. Requires BN34x "SC" type connecting cable. MultiMode Fiber Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "ST" connector MultiMode Fiber Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "SC" connector MultiMode Fiber Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "MIC" connector FDDlcontroIler Copper - Dual attachment station DAS-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-1H2, V6.2-1H3 operating system releases. Requires BN26x or BN25H connecting cables. FDDlcontroller Fiber - Single attachment station UTP-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-1H2, V6.2-1H3 operating system releases. Requires BN26x or BN25H connecting cables. 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAITIA Category 5 cable 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, crossover, EIAITIA Category 5 cable 3-meter Unshielded twisted pair RJ45 connectors ATMworks 350 ATM PCI bus adapter (uses one PCI slot). Digital UNIX V4.0a supports four per PCI, maximum four per system. AlphaServer 8200 Step 9-Networks and Communications (continued) LAN Communications Controllers-EISA based • Requires DWLPB-CA and KFE70-BA, EISA bridge module set. • See EISA Bus IRQ Address Table. DNSES-AA Synchronous Communications Controller-(uses one EISA slot). Digital UNIX and OpenVMS support one per EISA, maximum one per system. Requires BC19x cable. BC19B-02 EIA-422-NV.ll adapter cable; can be extended with BC55D-33 BC19D-02 EIA-232-DN.24 adapter cable; can be extended with BC22F-xx BC19E-02 EIA-423-NV.I0 adapter cable; can be extended with BC55D-33 V.35 adapter cable; can be extended with BC19L-25 BC19F-02 DW300-AA Token Ring Adapter-(uses one EISA slot) Digital UNIX supports one per EISA, maximum one per system. Requires BN26M cable. BN26M-xx 802.51T0ken Ring twisted-pair cable; 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAITIA Category 5 cable CXIOI-AA Digiboard Asynchronous XemlISA Multiport Serial Card with 16 RJ4S PORTSlXem Port(uses one EISA slot) supports one per EISA, maximum one CXIOI-ANAD per system. Supported on Digital UNIX systems only. CXIOI-AB Digiboard PORTSlXem, 16 RJ4S Port Concentrator-mounts separately from PCI bus. Maximum of three CXIOI-AB can be attached to CXIOI-AA; provides up to 48 additional ports. Supported on Digital UNIX systems only. CXIOI-AD Digiboard Asynchronous EPCIX Multiport Serial Card with 16 RJ4S Port EPC/CON-16 Concentrator-(uses one EISA slot) supports one per EISA, maximum one CXIOI-ANAD per system. Supported on Digital UNIX systems only. CXIOI-AE Digiboard EPC/CON-16 Concentrator-mounts separately from PCI bus. Maximum of three CXIOI-AE can be attached to CXIOI-AD; provides up to 48 additional ports. Supported on Digital UNIX systems only. Digiboard RJ45 to DB25 Male Converter CXIOI-AC CXIOI-AF Digiboard RJ45 to DECMJ11 Adapter-Eight per package Local and Wide Area Communications Servers Each communications server requires 802.3IEthemet connection. Depending on server selected, either ThinWire BNC-type connection (e.g., BC16M cable) or thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x) is required. Additional items also required-see the Network Products Guide. Network Connectivity Products See Network Products Guide for details. Step 9a-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller Digital UNIX Systems • Requires Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver software). • Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license. • Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License. • Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX. • The following options are not currently supported with MEMORY CHANNEL: DJ-ML200, DNSES-AA, CIPCA CIXCD, DE500-XA OpenVMS Systems • Requires OpenVMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster License • The following options are not currently supported with MEMORY CHANNEL: DNSES-AA, DE500-XA Alpha Servers 2.159 AIphaServer 8200 Step 9a-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller (continued) MEMORY CHANNEL requirements for currently installed AlphaServer 8200 systems: - Console firmware at revision V2.3 or higher. - CCMAA-BA Adapter must be installed in slots 0-7 of a DWLPA-CA PCI; no restriction for DWLPB-CA PCI bus. o o o For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BC12N-I0 cable to connect them. For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-BA and one BC12N10 cable per system node. CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards. CCMAA-BA CCMHA-AA CCMLA-AA BC12N-IO QB-3RLAQ-AA QB-4ZCAQ-AA QL-MUZAQ-AA PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller-Maximum two supported. MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA) MEMORY CHANNEL Cable TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems CCMHA-AA, MEMORY CHANNEL Hub, includes BNI9P-2E line cord for Canada, Japan, US operation. For other regions, order one of the following: BN19A-2E BN19S-2E BN19C-2E BN18L-2E BN19E-2E BN24X-2E BN19K-2E BN19H-2E Ireland, United Kingdom Egypt, India Central Europe Israel Switzerland Italy Denmark Australia, New Zealand Step 10-Console Terminal o o Console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin DSUB connector and printer required unless otherwise available. Shielded console cable is included for connection to the console terminal. VT510-xx LA30N-xx LK411-xx VT510 terminal LA30 printer Keyboard Step 11-Expansion-System Cabinet and 110 Expansion Cabinet Step lla-System Cabinet o o o o System Cabinet includes one single-phase power supply. Provides space for additional redundant (N+l) power supply. BA656 Internal Storage Drawer included in system cabinet; provides space to accommodate four additionaI3.5-inch narrow SCSI devices including one tape device. Provides space for six BA356-JB SCSI StorageWorks Shelves, three DWLPB-CA (PCI shelf mount boxes) or combination of StorageWorks and PCI shelves. - For each DWLPB-CA placed in system cabinet, subtract two BA356-JB shelves from maximum available. Example: One DWLPB-CA in system cabinet allows for a maximum of four BA356-JB shelves. Shelf Mount Boxes Quantity StorageWorks shelves (BA356-JB) PCI shelf mount box (DWLPB-CA) 6 maximum (see limits above) 2.160 Alpha Servers 3 maximum AlphaServer 8200 Step llb-IIO Expansion Cabinet • • • • I/O expansion cabinet includes one single-phase power supply. Provides space for additional redundant (N+1) power supply. Maximum four I/O channels supported in each I/O expansion cabinet. Space for 16 BA356-JB SCSI StorageWorks Shelves, four DWLPB-CB (PCI Rack mount boxes) or combination StorageWorks and PCI shelves. - For each DWLPB-CB placed in expansion cabinet, subtract two BA356-JB shelves from maximum available. Example: Three DWLPB-CB in expansion cabinet allows for a maximum of ten BA356-JB shelves. Shelf Mount Boxes Quantity StorageWorks shelf (BA356-JB) PCI shelf mount box (DWLPB-CB) 16 maximum (see limits above) 4 maximum H9BIO-EA 110 Expansion Cabinet-Single Phase power, maximum two per system Note: See Step 2 for selection of appropriate power cord-one per I/O expansion cabinet. If redundant supply (H7266AD/AE) is ordered, power cord is not required. Step 12-Power Options • Power options are available for AlphaServer 8200 system and expansion cabinets. • System cabinet and expansion cabinet includes one power supply (H7266-AA)-200-240 V AC input voltage, 48VDC, 2400 watt, output supply. • Power system supports N+ 1 power redundancy and battery backup capability. · If redundant power supply is ordered, power cord in Step 2 no longer required. H7266-AD H7266-AE Single Phase 48V DC redundant power supply-60 Hz power connector, maximum one per cabinet Single Phase 48V DC redundant power supply-50 Hz power connector, maximum one per cabinet Note: See Specifications for infonnation on appropriate power supply to order. Step 12a-Battery Backup Options • Optional battery backup requires addition ofH7267-AA to each power supply in system cabinet and expansion cabinets. • Battery backup provides up to 5 minutes of capacity to power contents of system and expansion cabinets. H7267-AA H7239-AA Battery Backup Option Kit-Includes batteries, charger board, installation manual for adding battery backup operation to one power supply (H7266-AA, H7266-AD, H7266-AE). Can be field installed. Battery Pack replacement option-Includes two battery packs for replacement of batteries in power supply (H7266-AA, H7266-AD, H7266-AE). Field installed only. Step 12b-Power Option for BA356 StorageWorks Shelves • Provides N+1 power for BA356-JB StorageWorks shelves. • Occupies one slot in StorageWorks shelf. BA35X-HG 48V DC 150W Redundant Power Supply for StorageWorks shelf; includes 48VDC jumper cable for connecting to first power supply in StorageWorks shelf. Alpha Servers 2.161 AlphaServer 8200 Step 13-Software Select user licenses and additional software as required. Note: Media and documentation required for first system on site. Software Processor Code =Q Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion. QL-MT7AM-3B QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D QL-MT7AM-3E QL-MT7AM-3F QL-MT7AM-3G QL-MT7AM-3H QL-MT7AQ-i\A QL-MT5AQ-AA QL-MT6AQ-AA QL-MTJAQ-AA QL-MTKAQ-AA QB-05SAQ-AA Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I6-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 32-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 64-user license Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license Digital UNIX developer's extension license Digital UNIX server extension license DECnetJOSI end-system license DECnetJOSI extended function license DECsafe Available Server license and documentation (Digital UNIX only). Media available on layered product CD-ROM. KZMSA or KZPSA adapter required. Digital UNIX Media and Documentation QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ QA-MT4AB-GZ QA-MT5AA-GZ QA-MT6AA-GZ Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation (base system, complementary products) on CD-ROM Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX end user hardcopy documentation subkit Digital UNIX developer's extension hardcopy documentation subkit Digital UNIX server extension hardcopy documentation subkit OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-MT2AQ-AA QL-MTFAQ-AA QL-MTHAQ-AA 2.162 Alpha Servers OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license Open VMS Concurrent Use 4-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use I6-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use I28-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license OpenVMS Traditional unlimited user license DECnetJOSI end-system license DECnetJOSI extended function license AlphaServer 8200 Step 13-Software (continued) OpenVMS Media and Documentation QA-MTIAA-HS QA-09SAA-GZ QA-OOIAA-GZ OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM OpenVMS base hardcopy documentation OpenVMS full hardcopy documentation Layered Products CD-ROM QA-OS4AA-HS QA-03XAA-HS Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS Digital NAS Base Server 200 Software Digital NAS Base Server 200 software included with base AlphaServer 8200 systems. Media available on layered product CD-ROM. Step 14-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services Hardware---Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include one-year hardware warranty, on-site, same day, 4-hour response time. • Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required. AlphaServer 8200 One CPU Two CPUs less than 2 GB memory less than 2 GB memory TwoCPUs 2 GB memory FM-SU4HR-36 FM-SD4HR-36 FM-SG4HR-36 FM-SUS12-36 FM-SDS12-36 FM-SGS12-36 FM-SU616-36 FM-SD616-36 FM-SG616-36 FM-SU724-36 FM -SD724-36 FM-SG724-36 FM-SU4HR-60 FM-SD4HR-60 FM-SG4HR-60 FM-SUS12-60 FM-SDS12-60 FM-SGS12-60 FM-SU616-60 FM-SD616-60 FM-SG616-60 FM-SU724-60 FM -SD724-60 FM-SG724-60 Years Years Years Years Years Years Years Years 1-3,5 x 9, 4-hour response time 1-3,5 x 12, 4-hour response time 1-3,6 x 16, 4-hour response time 1-3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time 1-5,5 x 9, 4-hour response time 1-5,5 x 12, 4-hour response time 1-5,6 x 16, 4-hour response time 1-5,7 x 24, 4-hour response time Software---Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental Support Services, if required. • Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated. AlphaServer 8200 One CPU Systems FM-S2UOS-12 FM-S2UOS-36 FM-S2UOS-60 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX one CPU systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX one CPU systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX one CPU systems AlphaServer 8200 One CPU Systems FM-S2UVM-12 FM-S2UVM-36 FM-S2UVM-60 12-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS one CPU systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS one CPU systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS one CPU systems Alpha Servers 2.163 AIphaServer 8200 Step 14-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (continued) AIphaServer 8200 Two CPU Systems FM·82DOS·12 FM·82DOS·36 FM·82DOS·60 FM·82DVM·12 FM·82DVM·36 FM·82DVM·60 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Open VMS two CPU systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Open VMS two CPU systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS two CPU systems Step 14a-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only) Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Step IS-Environmental Power Products See UPS Solutions for AlphaServer 8200 systems following Specifications. 2.164 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 8200 Optional Controller Configuration Table I With multiple adapters that provide the same interface available on different VO buses it is possible to exceed operating system limit on the number of ports supported for that interface. Follow these guidelines for maximum number of ports that each operating system supports. Fill in this table under the relevant area, add up number of controllers/ports available, and verify that operating system limits will not be exceeded. Do not exceed these values. A B Number Number of of PortslBuses Options Option Name SCSI Options Included KFTIA·AA liD module, one single-ended and three FWD SCSI ports* Additional KFTIA·AA liD module, one single-ended and three FWD SCSI ports KZPSA·BB PCI fast wide differential SCSI adapter Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under operating system to be used. 4 C Total Ports (A *B) Digital UNIX OpenVMS Limit Limit 4 1 4 1 802.3lEthernet Options Included KFTIA-AA 110 module, two 802.3IEthernet ports* Additional KFTIA·AA 110 module, two 802.3IEthernet ports DE435·AA PCI 802.3IEthernet controller, DE450 and DE500 Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under operating system to be used. 2 2 32 26 8 8 8 8 2 1 1 FDDI Options Included KFTIA·AA liD module, optional FDDI daughter card installed (DEFPZ·AAlUA)* Additional KFTIA·AA liD module, optional FDDI daughter card installed (DEFPZ·AAlUA) DEFPA·AA/DA/UA/MA PCI FDDlcontroller, one port each !Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under operating system to be used. 1 1 1 *Applies to Base Servers only. EISA Bus IRQ Address Table Configuration Rules and Information • EISA Bus IRQ address assignments are for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only. • In some cases, the maximum number of each supported device is less than number of EISA bus addresses available; this is due to other limitations. • Only one device can occupy any given IRQ address; if multiples of a device are configured, each device occupies a separate address. • Match each device to one available address. (Note: With the table as a worksheet, fill in "0" for each device; fill in only one "0" per column). • Actual IRQ address assignment will be made by EISA Configuration Utility (ECU), which is run during system manufacture, or in the installed system if EISA bus is reconfigured. Maximum of Each Supported EISA Bus IRQ Addresses Option iDNSES.AA 5 7 - DW300·AA 0 CXIOl·AA CXIOl·AD 11 0 0 10 0 0 NA NA NA NA NA NA 8 9 - 0 - - NA NA NA NA 12 0 14 0 - - 15 0 0 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 0 0 OpenVMS Digital UNIX I 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 Table Codes: = address is available for device - = address not available for device NA = Not Applicable o Alpha Servers 2.165 AlphaServer 8200 System Cabinet Front I ~ Rear I 0 r- 0 0 0 OD ~ I Processor System Unit I - <= DB D- ~ StorageWorks or PCI I/O Shelves* StorageWorks Shelves ~~~JIJ~JIJ } Power Supplies . { ~ri' ······'1 - : ' . <,; .•.... , BU-3480 Expansion Cabinet Front Rear StorageWorks Shelves StorageWorks or PCI I/O Shelves* .t(.. {ff§g=/ " ~~:lll~JIl } } CCl Panel Power Supplies { { J-L-L--'--"-'= * A PCI I/O shelf extends into the rear of the cabinet A StorageWorks shelf cannot be located behind a PCI shelf. BU-3481 2.166 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 8200 Specifications Physical Characteristics Operating Shipping Height Width Depth Weight Minimum configuration Maximum configuration 170.0 cm (67.0 in.) 60.0 cm (23.6 in.) 92.5 cm (36.4 in.) 194.0 cm (76.25 in.) 91.5 cm (36.0 in.) 121.5 cm (47.9 in.) 318 kg (700 lb.) 591 kg «1300 lb.) 363 kg (800 lb) 636 kg (1400 lb.) Clearances Operating Service Front Rear Sides 1.0 m (40 in.) .75 m (29.5 in.) o 1.5 m (59 in.) 1.0 m (40 in.) o Environmental Operating Non-Operating Temperature Humidity Altitude Vibration Heat dissipation· 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F) -40° to 66°C (-40° to 151°F) 10% to 90% 10% to 95% 0-2.4 km (0-8200 ft) 9,100 m (30,000 ft) 2-22 Hz @ 0.01 "da minimum 22-500 Hz @ 0.25g max. Minimally configured system1 (system cabinet) 3200 Btu/hr, 930 W Fully configured system2 (system cabinet) 9100 Btu/hr, 2647 W Fully configured system3 (system cabinet with two 110 expansion cabinets) 21,300 Btu/hr, 6234 W Regulatory UL Listed to UL1950 CSA Certified to CAN/C22.2 No. 950-M89 FCC Part 15 (Class A) CE Declaration #1259 EN 60950/Al, Jan. 1993, European Norm Reviewed to AS/NZS 3260:1993, AustralianlNew Zealand Standard EMKO-TSE{ 74-SEC} Summary of Nordic Deviations lEC950, 2nd Ed., 2nd Amend. US/Canada/Japan Europe/AP Power Requirements4 Nominal AC input line voltage 202-240 (208) V Japan (202) V 202-240 (240) V Frequency range 50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz Phases Single-phase line-to-line Single-phase line-to-line or line-to-neutral or line-to-neutral 16 Arms 16 Arms Maximum input current Surge current 80 A peak 80 A peak 16 A 16 A Rating BN23H-4E BN20P-4E Power cord part number 4.5 meters (15 feet) 4.5 meters (15 feet) Power cord length DEC 12-30333-03 DEC 12-16886-00 Power ~ap (system) NEMAL6-30P NEMAL6-30R Receptacle lEC 309 (32Ai 2 Pole/3-Wire (220-240V) PCSIPDSIPDU/uPS cable BC26E Agency approvals 1 Minimally configured system contains one power supply, one CPU module, one memory module, one System I/O module, one CD-ROM, and one RZ28 disk drive. 2 Fully configured system contains two power supplies, one CPU module, two memory modules, two System I/O modules, one CD-ROM, 16 RZ28 drives, two PCI shelves, and two StorageWorks shelves. 3 Fully configured system and two expansion cabinets consists of the above "fully configured system" and two expansion cabinets which each contain one PCI shelf, 14 StorageWorks shelves, and 84 RZ28 disk drives. 4 Power system provides unity power factor which allows full utilization of the input line current (Watts = VA). 5 Receptacle type is Hubbell 332R6 or equivalent. Alpha Servers 2.167 AlphaServer 8200 UPS Solutions Recommended On-Line Power ProtectionlUPS Solutions for AlphaServer 8200 systems For complete protection, UPS products should be used with data line surge protectors-4N-GA249-AB (2 wire modem), 4N-GA249-CA (lOBaseT), 4N-GASI0-BF (ThinWire). See TVSS section of Environmental Products Chapter. System Storage UPS Model Receptacle Module for Plug-in Connection AlphaServer 8200 (Single phase) None 4N-AEAAJ-CL (60 Hz) 4N-AEAAJ-CU (50 Hz) Included 50Hz Hardwired SWSOO or Expansion Cabinet 4N-AEAAL-BA 4N-AEACK-BN Hardwired SW800 4N-AEAAN-BA (60 Hz) 4N-AEAAN-BE (50 Hz) 4N-AEACM-BN Hardwired 60Hz UPS Models 4N-AEAAJ-CL 4N-AEAAJ-CU 4N-AEAAL-BA 4N-AEAAN-BA 4N-AEAAN-BE Options 4N-AEACM-BN 4N-AEACM-BK 4N-AEACH-HD Prestige 6kVA (4kW), single phase, 60 Hz, 208V-120/208V, 6 ft. cord with L6-30P and (2) L6-30R, (8) S-lSR receptacles. Modular hot-swap design with 7 minutes battery at full load, extendible plug and play batteries and receptacle provisions. Unit includes 3 year hot swap warranty. Substitute -CT for 240V-2401120V operation. Prestige 6kVA (4kW) SO Hz package, single phase, SO/60 Hz, 200-240V in and out, selectable; hardwired input/output. PUPS plus IOkVA (7kW), single-phase, SO/60Hz, 176-276V in, 200-240V out, 9 minutes battery at full load; hardwired with optional plug-in output receptacle modules. PUPS plus lSkVA (10kW), three-phase, SO/60Hz, 176-2S6V in, 200-240V out, 10 minutes battery at full load; hardwired with optional plug-in output receptacle modules. PUPS plus lSkVA (lOkW), three-phase, SO/60Hz, International model rated 380/41SV in, 380/41S1220V out; hardwired input/output. PUPS plus lSkVA receptacle module (3) L6-30R, (3) S-20R, (2) LS-20R PUPS plus lSkVA receptacle module (2) L21-30R, (3) S-20R Mobile module stacker for Prestige 6kVA models (includes siesmic supports) UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only) Includes cables, media and documentation. UPS System Digital UNIX OpenVMS Prestige UPS 4N-AEAES-AK 4N-AEAES-EM PUPS plus UPS 4N-AEAES-AK 4N-AEAES-FM Network Management or multi shutdown* 4N-AEAES-BK Call for information * Requires Connect-UPS Network Adapter (SNMP compatible) - for Digital UNIX systems, suffixes denote twisted pairlThinWire 4N-AEAEO-DAIDC for 60Hz applications 4N-AEAEO-DEIDD for SOHz applications 2.168 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Product Description The AlphaServer 8200 5/300, 5/350 and 5/440 Rackmount Systems are based on a rackmounted drawer that provides the environment for the five slot card cage and modules for the AlphaServer 8200 5/300, 5/350 and 5/440 departmental server. The Rackmount provides the same functionality plus support for XMI and VME in the tall 81" cabinet or any other 19" RETMA cabinet with the proper depth. It is the highest performance departmental server in the industry. It can be configured with up to six of the world's fastest microprocessors (Alpha microprocessor 21164). With the enormous capacity of the Alpha 64-bit architecture, up to 6 GB of memory, PCI, XMI and VME of up to a combination of more than 100 slots, this server offers room for growth for the largest and most complex applications. The AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount runs OpenVMS or Digital UNIX operating systems and offers the reliability and availability features customers require for bet-your-business environments. Clusters, hot swap disks, RAID, ECC, memory and data paths, fault management along with space for many supported options including third party 19" RETMA compatible options are available. All system building blocks and options stand alone as 19" rackmount assemblies and plug directly into 240V AC power strips provided with the system cabinet, all air flow is front to rear in order to allow ultimate flexibility in the final configuration of unique systems, and all cable egress is from the rear which helps in the management of high interface cable situations. The AlphaServer 8200 provides supercomputer performance for the department. The AlphaServer 8200 has single processor floating point performance that dominates the competition in the generic benchmarks and wins at the application level as well. And, with up to 6 GB of memory, this server can provide all the benefits that Very Large MemoryN ery Large Database (VLMNLDB)systems have provided in the past. Note: This Configuration menu for the Rackmount AlphaServer 8200 is intended to be a supplement to the non Rackmount Standard 8200. Only the unique Rackmount Features and Options will be listed here. Refer to AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu for: SMP Expansion, Memory, Supported Options, Storage Devices, and Software. Alpha Servers 2.169 AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Step I-Base Server System • AlphaServer 8200 5/300 and 5/350 Systems require - Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later • AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Systems require - Digital UNIX V3.2G or later, and OpenVMS V6.2IH3 or later • Software media and documentation required for first system on site. • Console terminal required unless available on site. • Base Servers include 5 slot backplane-three slots are used by CPU module, memory module, and KFTIA-AA system 110 module. - Two slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system 110 module(s). • CD-ROM and RZ28-VA disk included in BA36R StorageWorks shelf, are connected via single ended SCSI-2 port on KFfIA-AA system 110 module. - Three additionaI3.5-inch Storage Works devices can be added to the BA36R Storage shelf. • 240V Universal single phase power is required for system, see Step 2. AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Base Systems include • Processor module with - One or two Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/300 or 5/350 MHz CPU(s), each CPU includes 4 MB Backup cache, or - Two Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/440 MHz CPUs, each includes 4 MB Backup cache • AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Systems require - Digital UNIX V3.2G or Digital UNIX V4.0a, or OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, or later System 110 module (KFTIA-AA) includes 110 channel for DWLPR-A9 or DWLMR-BA, two twisted-pair 802.3IEthemet, single-ended SCSI-2 port, and three Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 ports • 128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB, or 2 GB of memory • BA36R-AF StorageWorks Storage Shelf • • • • • • • • • • • RZ28-VA 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk 600 MB CD-ROM drive Universal 240V single phase power H9AI5-CB 80" cabinet with rear door, side panels, and vented top Factory installed software Digital UNIX base license or Open VMS base license NAS 200 Software One year hardware product warranty 90 days software product warranty Requires 31.5 inches of vertical rackmounting space System installation included with AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Base Servers only Single"CPU Systems ! 5/300 Servers 5/350 Servers 5/440 Servers Operating System Memory DA-AMIAB-A9 DA-AMIAD-A9 DA-AMICB-A9 DA-AMICD-A9 N/A N/A Digital UNIX Digital UNIX 128MB 512MB DY -AMIAB-A9 DY-AMIAD-A9 DY-AMICB-A9 DY-AMICD-A9 N/A N/A OpenVMS OpenVMS 128MB 512MB p\ltil~cPU.Systems \: '\"'~'1' ~.L,:::;;,;:;··; " DA-AMIBB-A9 DA-AMIBC-A9 DA-AMIBD-A9 DA-AMIBF -A9 DA-AMIDB-A9 DA-AMIDC-A9 DA-AMIDD-A9 DA-AMIDF-A9 DY-AMIBC-A9 DY -AMIBD-A9 DY-AMIBF-A9 DY-AMIDC-A9 DY-AMIDD-A9 DY-AMIDF-A9 2.170 Alpha Servers DA-AM2FB-A9 N/A DA-AM2FD-A9 DA-AM2FF-A9 N/A DY-AM2FD-A9 DY-AM2FF-A9 •• y Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX 128MB 256MB 512MB 2GB OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS 256MB 512MB 2GB ;:~ AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Step la-AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Rackmount System Building Blocks Note: System Building Blocks are an alternative to standard Base Servers listed in Step 1. They provide flexibility in configuring the AlphaServer 8200 with a choice of memory and 1I0 options. System Building Block Requirements • • • • • • Minimum of one Memory module Minimum of one System 110 module SCSI controller Systems require Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later Console terminal required unless available on site System includes 5 slot backplane-three slots are used by CPU, memory, and system 1I0 modules - Two slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system 1I0 module(s) • The SBB is the 5 slot Rackmount 8200 drawer with either a single or dual CPU. • If factory installed Software is required, a BA36R-AF StorageWorks Shelf, CD-ROM and system disk are required. · If required a cabinet and appropriate controller can be ordered separately. Ordering Information 300 MHz Rackmount SBB 751XR-A9 752XR-A9 A ready to mount AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Drawer 240V with single CPU. No memory. No 1I0. No operating system. Requires 24.5 inches of vertical rackmounting space. A ready to mount AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Drawer 240V with dual CPU. No memory. No 1I0. No operating system. Requires 24.5 inches of vertical rackmounting space. 350 MHz Rackmount SBB 753XR-A9 754XR-A9 A ready to mount AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Drawer 240V with single CPU. No memory. No 1I0. No operating system. Requires 24.5 inches of vertical rackmounting space. A ready to mount AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Drawer 240V with dual CPU. No memory. No 1I0. No operating system. Requires 24.5 inches of vertical rackmounting space. 440 MHz Rackmount SBB 756XR-A9 A ready to mount AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Drawer 240V with dual CPU. No memory. No 1I0. No operating system. Requires 24.5 inches of vertical rackmounting space. · If KFfHA-AA 1I0 module is selected the following PCI or XMI components must be ordered to provide the interface to CD-ROM drive in the BA35R-SF or BA36R-AF. · If KFfIA-AA 1I0 module is selected these components are not required. Required for PCI systems: DWLPR-A9 KZPAA-AA* BN21H-02 * Rackmount PCI unit PCI single-ended SCSI controller SCSI cable KZPAA is restricted as CD-ROM controller only. Maximum one per system. Required for XMI systems: DWLMR-BA KZMSA-AB CK-KZMSA-RB BN21H-02 Rackmount XMI unit XMI single-ended SCSI controller KZMSA internal cabinet kit. One required for each KZMSA. SCSI cable Note: Complete system configuration beginning with Step 2. Alpha Servers 2.171 AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount Step 2-Power Controllers Two required for each system cabinet. Cabinets are equipped with two (2) H7600-AB power controllers. Each H7600 requires 1.75 inches of vertical mounting space. North America 220/240V 24 Amp Twist-Lock Elsewhere 220/240 16 Amp Pin-and-Sleeve H7600-AB H7600-BB Step 3-CPU Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) Expansion • See Step 3 AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu Step 4-AlphaServer Expansion Packages • Consult CSS Step 5-Memory • See Step 4 of AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu Step 6-1/0 Expansion Buses The PCI, EMI and VME I/O buses are available on AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount systems. Application and system configuration constraints will determine maximum configuration. Configuration limits exist at the I/O bus level and controller level. Verify maximum number of allowed controllers as listed in Controller Configuration Table. • • • • Each DWLPR-A91B9 (PCI or PCI with EISA Drawer) contains 12 PCI slots Each DWLMR-A9 (XMI Rackmount Drawer) contains 14 XMI slots Each 2T-DWLVR-A9 (VME Rackmount Chassis) contain 6 VME slots The PCI and XMI shelves connect directly to system via a HOSE cable to either the KFfIA-AA or KFfHA-AA. Maximum nine HOSE connections supported per system. • VME Chassis is connected to system via a PCI with a PCI to VME bridge Kit. Maximum of one supported per PCI. • Both EISA and VME cannot be supported in the same PCI chassis. DWLPR-A9 PCI Rackmount Chassis contains 12 PCI slots. Each DWLPR-A9 requires 7 inches of vertical rackmounting space. KFE70-CA 1 DWLPR-B9 Z 2T-DWLVR-A9Z.3 DWPVC-AA DWPVC-BA BC32D-08 BC32E-03 PCI to EISA Bridge; Converts 12-s10t PCI bus to 2 EISA, 6 PCIlEISA, and 2 PCI slots. Includes RX26 diskette drive, mounting hardware, and cables to mount RX26. Maximum one EISA Bridge option supported per system.) Each KFE70-CAlDWLPR-A9 requires 8.75 inches of vertical rackmounting space. 12 Slot PCI Drawer with KFE70-CA embedded. Contains 2 EISA, 6 PCIlEISA, and 2 PCI slots. Maximum one DWLPR-B9 unit is supported per system.) Each DWLPR-B9 requires 8.75 inches of vertical rackmounting space. 6 VME Slot Rackmount Chassis; connects to system via PCI with a PCI to VME Bridge Kit. (Maximum one VME supported per PCI). Each 2T-DWLVR-A9 requires 14 inches of vertical rackmounting space, a line card kit, and both signal cables listed below. PCI to VME line card kit for OpenVMS systems, or PCI to VME line card kit for Digital UNIX and Signal cable from PCI to VME I/O panel, and Signal cable from VME I/O panel to VME module 1 Maximum of one EISA bus per system. 2 The EISA option and the VME option cannot be supported together on the same PCI Chassis. 3. Selection of either PCI to VME line card kit for OpenVMS or Digital UNIX is required for 6 VME Slot Rackmount chassis (2T-DWLVR-A9). Either line card kit requires both signal cables (BC32D-08 and BC32E-03). 2.172 Alpha Servers AlphaServer H2UU Kaclilllount Step 7-System 110 Modules • See Step 6 AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu. Step 8-Storage Controllers • See Step 7 AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu • BA36R-AF/AR (Wide) StorageWorks shelves and BA35R-AF/AR (Narrow) StorageWorks shelves are recommended for use with Rackmount systems. Select appropriate SCSI cables to connect from controller to these shelves. Step 9-Storage • See Step 8 AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu • BA36R-AF and BA36R-AR wide StorageWorks shelves, and BA35R-AF and BA35R-AR narrow StorageWorks shelves are supported on Rackmount systems. • 8-bit narrow and 16-bit wide devices are supported on Rackmount systems • Base system includes one StorageWorks shelf, a CD-ROM drive and one hard disk drive leaving 4 slots for 3.5" devices. Note: BA655 or BA658 are not supported on Rackmount systems Step 10-Networks and Communications • See Step 9 Digital AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu - DWLPR-A9 required for PCI based options - DWLPR-B9 required for EISA based options - KFE70-CA (EISAlPCI bridge) Step II-Console Terminal • Console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin DSUB connector and printer required unless otherwise available. • Shielded console cable is included for connection to console terminal. VT510-xx VT510 terminal. Step 12-Expansion (Storage Expansion Cabinet and 110 Expansion Cabinet) If expansion is required, disks, tapes, I/O chassis or other, select same cabinet and power controllers as used in system cabinet and stack. 71.75" rack space available. Use only devices with 240V AC or 120V1240V AC front ends. Step 13-Power Expansion Components • Base system cabinet includes two H7600-AB power controllers and one power supply. • Redundant (N+1) power supply option is not supported on the Rackmount AlphaServer 8200 system. • Battery backup capability is not supported on the Rackmount AlphaServer 8200 system. The use of UPS system is recommended. Step 14-Software • See Step 13 AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu. Alpha Servers 2.173 Alpna~erver lS:lUU Kackmount Step 1S-Environmental Power Products See AlphaServer 8200 UPS Solutions following Specifications in AlphaServer 8200 configuration menu .. Configuring system in H9A15 Cabinet The H9A15 cabinet is 80" tall and has 79.75" of standard 19" vertical rack space. o o o o o o AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount SBB is 24.75" and can be mounted no lower than 7" from the bottom of cabinet to provide bottom access to clock module replacement. BA36R-AF is usually above the SBB with system disk and CD-ROM. PCI drawer is recommended for bottom of cabinet with System Building Block above. Two H7600 power strips can be mounted on rear in back of system storage shelf. One power strip should be used solely for SBB with second supporting other cabinet options. All other empty spaces can filled with options as required, or blank dress bezels will be installed. The items usually configured in cabinet with SBB are all standard 19" RETMA compatible and occupy different heights and depths. See chart below. Options System Building Block ~CI drawer (no EISA) PCI drawer with EISA XMI drawer Depthl 32.00" 25.00" Rack Height 24.75" 7.00" 8.75" 25.00" 34.50" 23.50" 10.00" 15.75" 6 slot VME drawer BA36R-AF/AR shelves 7.00" 7.00" 1. Does not include cable egress allowance. Specifications Physical Characteristics Operating Shipping Height Width Depth Weight 202.0 cm (79.5 inches) 60.0 cm (23.6 inches 103.6 cm (40.8 inches) 318 kg (700 1b) 225.4 cm (88.8 inches) 91.5 cm (36.0 inches) 121.5 cm (47.9 inches) 352 kg (775 lb) Clearance Operating Service Front Rear Side 1.0 m 40 inches .75 m 29.5 inches 1.5 m 59 inches 1.0 m 40 inches o o Environmental Operating Non-operating Temperature Humidity Altitude Vibration 10° to 35°~ (50 to 95°F) 10% to 90% o to 2.4M (0 to 8200 ft) 2-22Hz @ O.01"da min. -40° to 66°C (-40° to 151°F) 10% - 95% 9,100m (30,000 ft) 22-500Hz @ 0.25 g max. Heat Dissipation Minimum Configuration Max Single Cabinet Configuration 3200 Btulhr, 930W 9100 Btulhr, 2647W Power Requirements Nominal AC input voltage Frequency range Phases Max input current (Max Config) Plugs from Cabinet Receptacle Regulatory Approvals 2.174 Alpha Servers 200-240V AC 47-63 Hz Single-Phase 13.3 Arms NEMA L6-20P (QTY=2) NEMA L6-20R (QTY=2) UL,CSA,IEC,FCC,CE AlphaServer 84UU AlphaServer 8400 Product Description The AlphaServer 8400-using the world's fastest microprocessors, the Alpha 21164300 MHz, 350 MHz, or 440 MHz CPUs-is the world's fastest and highest capacity enterprise server. It is the solution for the most demanding business problems, at the best price. The AlphaServer 8400 supports up to 12 processors with 4 GB memory, two processors with 14 GB of memory, and any combination between these maximums, with 1.2 GB/sec (peak) of liD. The balanced system design and fast processors allow the AlphaServer 8400 to hold the industry record for the tpc-c open systems benchmark with the best price/performance. Based on the Linpack 1000 x 1000 benchmark, the AlphaServer 8400 delivers more than 3 GFLOPS in a single platform. This makes the AlphaServer 8400 the industry's best commercial and technical server at the best price/performance. The AlphaServer 8400 supports the Digital UNIX and OpenVMS operating systems. For investment protection, the DEC and V AX 7000 products can be upgraded to the AlphaServer 8400 in a few hours, giving them unsurpassed performance today and the room to grow into the future. The AlphaServer 8400 platform has been designed to take full advantage of future generations of Alpha microprocessors, with scaleable performance. The AlphaServer 8400 enterprise servers join the AlphaServer line, with low cost, high performance PCI liD, providing up to 144 PCI slots on 12 different physical PCI buses. With over 1.2 GB/sec of liD, customers can build the largest database servers with commodity components and have the reliability and availability of expensive mainframes. The AlphaServer 8400 includes a one year hardware warranty, on-site, 4 hour response, five days per week. System installation is included with the new AlphaServer 8400 5/440 system. Alpha Servers 2.175 AlphaServer 8400 Step I-Base Servers - Six slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system I/O module(s). • CD-ROM connected via single-ended SCSI-2 port on KFTIA-AA system I/O module. • RZ28D-VW SCSI disk drive and DWZZB-VW are located in BA660-AB StorageWorks shelf and connected via Fast Wide Differential (FWD) port on KFTIA-AA system I/O module, using one CK-KFfIA-AA. • For recommended power protectionJUPS products, see section following Specifications. • AlphaServer 8400 5/300 and 5/350 Systems require - Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later • AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Systems require - Digital UNIX V3.2G or Digital UNIX V4.0a, or OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, or later • Software media and documentation required for first system on site. See Step 13 for ordering information. • Console terminal required to install system. See Step 11 unless terminal is available on site. • System includes 9 slot centerplane-three slots used by the CPU module, memory module, and system I/O module. AIphaServer 8400 Base Servers include • Processor module with - One or two Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/300 or 5/350 MHz CPU(s), each CPU includes 4-MB Backup cache, or - Two Alpha microprocessor 211645/440 MHz CPUs, each CPU includes 4-MB Backup cache • System I/O module (KFTIA-AA) includes - I/O channel - Two twisted-pair 802.3lEthemets - Single-ended SCSI-2 port - Three Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 ports • Three CK-KFTIA-AA cabinet kits • 256 MB, 512 MB, or 2 GB of memory • BA660-AB StorageWorks Plug-in-unit (PIU) • RZ28D-VW 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk • • • • 600 MB CD-ROM drive DWZZB-VW SCSI signal converter Three-Phase Power Subsystem with power cord 48 VDC power regulator Shielded console cable is included for connection to the console terminal Factory Installed Software Operating System Software - Digital UNIX base license or - OpenVMS base license Digital NAS Base Server 200 software One year hardware product warranty 90 day software product warranty Installation of the system cabinet is included with AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Base Servers only Order Number Power Operating System Memory DA-291AC-BAlBBIBC DA-291AD-BAlBBIBC DA-291AF -BAlBBIBC DY-291AC-BAlBBIBC DY-291AD-BAlBBIBC DY-291AF-BAlBBIBC Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS 256MB 512MB 2GB 256MB 512MB 2GB h::,' , . r.>. . , ~ ~ ,".'" ,~'- .; ~". ,,' DA-291BC-BAlBBIBC DA-291BD-BAlBBIBC DA-291BF-DAlDBillC DY-291BC-BAlBBIBC DY-291BD-BAlBBIBC DY-291BF-DAlDBillC Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS 256MB 512MB 2GB 256MB 512MB 2GB DA-291DD-AAIAB/AC Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS 512MB 2GB 512MB 2GB DA-291DF-AAIAB/AC DY-291DD-AAIAB/AC DY-291DF-AAIAB/AC Note: xA =60 Hz, 208 V, xB =50 Hz, 380/416 V, xC =50160 Hz, 202 V Japan All Three Phase power variations include attached power cord. 2.176 Alpha Servers .... ', .. ", '"i/'; AlphaServer 8400 Step I-Base Servers (continued) ~/440 Dual-CPU Systems DA-292FC-AAIABIAC DA-292FD-AAIAB/AC DA-292FF-AAIAB/AC DY-292FC-AAIAB/AC DY-292FD-AAIAB/AC DY-292FF-AAIAB/AC Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS 256MB 512MB 2GB 256MB 512MB 2GB Note: xA =60 Hz, 208 V, xB = 50 Hz, 380/416 V, xC =50160 Hz, 202 V Japan All Three Phase power variations include attached power cord. AlphaServer 8400 Expanded Base Servers include: • Processor module with two Alpha microprocessor 211645/300 MHz, 5/350 MHz, or 5/440 MHz CPUs; each CPU includes 4-MB Backup cache • System I/O module (KFTHA-AA) with four I/O channels • 512 MB or 2 GB of memory • BA660-AB StorageWorks Plug-in-unit • RZ28D-VW 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk • BN21K-02 2-meter SCSI cable(s) - Two with 5/300 and 5/350 systems - One with 5/440 systems • DWZZB-VW SCSI signal converter(s) - Two with 5/300 and 5/350 systems - One with 5/440 systems 600 MB CD-ROM drive PCI 12 slot Plug-in-unit(s) - One DWLPB-AA and one DWLPB-BA with 5/300 and 5/350 systems - One DWLPB-AA with 5/440 systems • PCI Fast Wide Differential SCSI controller(s) - Eight KZPSA-BBs with 5/300 and 5/350 Digital UNIX systems • · • • • • • • • • - Seven KZPSA-BBs with 5/300 and 5/350 OpenVMS systems - One KZPSA-BB with 5/440 systems PCI Fast Narrow Single-Ended SCSI controller KZPAA-AA for CD-ROM connection only Digital Etherworks 32-bit Network Interface Card - DE435-AA with 5/300 and 5/350 systems - DE500-XA with 5/440 systems BN21H-02 2-meter SCSI cable Two 48 VDC power regulators - Three-Phase power subsystem includes power cord Shielded console cable for connection to console terminal Factory Installed Software Operating System Software - Digital UNIX base license or - OpenVMS base license Digital NAS Base Server 200 software One year hardware product warranty 90 day software product warranty Installation of the system cabinet is included with AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Expanded Base Servers only Order Number DA-291BD-CAlCB/CC DA-291BF -HAlHBIHC DY -291BD-CAlCB/CC DY-291BF-HAlHBIHC Dual-CPU Power Operating System Memory 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS 512MB 2GB 512MB 2GB DA-291DD-BAlBBIBC DA-291DF-BAlBBIBC DY-291DD-BAlBBIBC DY-291DF -BAlBBIBC 5/350 5/350 5/350 5/350 Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS 512MB 2GB 512MB 2GB DA-292FD-BAlBBIBC DA-292FF-BAlBBIBC DY -292FD-BAlBBIBC DY -292FF-BAlBBIBC 5/440 5/440 5/440 5/440 Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Three Phase Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS 512MB 2GB 512MB 2GB Note: xA =60 Hz, 208 V, xB =50 Hz, 380/416 V, xC =50160 Hz, 202 V Japan All Three Phase power variations include attached power cord. Alpha Servers 2.177 AlphaServer 8400 Step la-AlphaServer 8400 5/300 System Building Blocks System Building Blocks are an alternative to standard Base Servers, or Expanded Base Servers. They provide flexibility in configuring the AlphaServer 8400 5/300 with a choice of memory and I/O options. System Building Block Requirements: - Minimum of one Memory module - Minimum of one 110 module - CD-ROM Drive o o o o Systems require Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later. Console terminal required unless available on site. System consists of 9 slot backplane-three slots used by CPU, memory, and system I/O modules. - Six slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system I/O module(s). If KFTHA -AA I/O module is selected the following PCI or XMI options must be ordered to provide the interface to CD-ROM drive. Required for PCI systems DWLPB-AA PCI plug-in unit. See Step 5 for details. KZPAA-AA PCI single-ended SCSI controller for CD-ROM connection only; KZPAA is restricted as CD-ROM connection only, no other disk or tape connections are supported-maximum one per system. BN21H-02 SCSI cable Required for XMI systems DWLMA-AA XMI plug-in unit. See Step 6 for details. KZMSA-AB XMI single-ended SCSI controller BN21H-02 SCSI cable o o o CD-ROM, 600 MB 5.25-inch in cabinet drive (RRDCD-CA) is required and must be ordered separately. If Factory Installed Software is required, BA660-AB, appropriate disk drive, and controller must be ordered separately. Redundant power supply (N+l) can be added if required. AlphaServer 8400 5/300 System Building Blocks o o o Processor module with one or two Alpha microprocessor 21164/300 MHz CPU(s); each includes 4 MB Backup cache Three-Phase Power Subsystem with power cord 48 VDC power regulator • Digital UNIX base license or o OpenVMS base license o Digital NAS Base Server 200 software o One year hardware product warranty o 90 day software product warranty Order Number Power Operating System Memory I/O Module DA-291AY-AAIAB/AC Three Phase Three Phase Digital UNIX OpenVMS Required Required Required Required Three Phase Three Phase Digital UNIX OpenVMS Required Required Required Required DY -291AY-AAIAB/AC DA-291BY-AAIAB/AC DY-291BY-AAIAB/AC Note: xA =60 Hz, 208 V, xB =50 Hz, 380/416 V, xC =50160 Hz, 202 V Japan All Three Phase power variations include attached power cord. 2.178 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 8400 Step Ib-AlphaServer Expansion Packages AlphaServer Expansion Packages are designed to be added to Base AlphaServers, Expanded Base Servers, and System Building Blocks to create fully functional DECsafe high availability and CI cluster systems. They include all the necessary hardware (excluding console terminal) and software to provide complete and operational systems. Note: These packages are only orderable with a system configuration. They are not orderable as stand alone, upgrade options or spared on the order. Digital UNIX AlphaServer Expansion Package 8YFKC·EAlEB DECsafe High Availability SCSI Package includes: SW800-FAIFB StorageWorks cabinet HSZ40-CD StorageWorks array controller in BA350-MB Six RZ28D-VW 2.1 GB 3.5-inch disk drives in BA356-SB shelf DWZZB-VW SCSI Signal Converter TZ87-V A 20 GB, 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in BA356-SB shelf PCI Plug-in unit (DWLPB-AA) with two KZPSA-BB Fast Wide Differential SCSI adapters Two BN21K 10-meter cables for connecting HSZ40 to KZPSAs in system cabinet BN2lH I-meter cable from HSZ40 to shelf DEC safe Available Server software license kit OpenVMS AlphaServer Expansion Package 8YCAA·AX Cluster Add·on Package includes: DWLMA-AA XMI plug-in unit CIXCD-AC XMI CI controller One BNCIA lO-meter cable OpenVMS cluster License (QL-MUZAQ-AA) Note: ANEA = 60 Hz, 1201208 V; ABIEB = 50 Hz, 220-240/380-415V. Step 2-Additional CPU Modules (SMP Upgrades) • System maximum of six processor modules (total of 12 CPUs). • Combining 5/300 MHz, 5/350 MHz, and 5/440 MHz CPU modules in the same system is not supported. • For more than three processor modules in a system, a minimum of two separate memory modules are recommended for optimal system performance. • All SMP upgrades include processor module with Alpha microprocessor(s) SMP license, and end-user product warranty. 5/300 Servers 751P2·AX 752P2·AX 751Pl·AX 752Pl·AX 5/350 Servers 753P2·AX 754P2·AX 753Pl·AX 754Pl·AX 5/440 Servers N/A 756P2·AX N/A 756Pl·AX CPU Module Type Operating System Single-CPU Dual-CPU Single-CPU Dual-CPU Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS Alpha Servers 2.179 AlphaServer 8400 Step 3-Memory Maximum 14 GB per system. Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for 5/300 MHz systems only. Memory modules must be ordered in a quantity of one, two, or four of the same size; add-on memory size must be the same as that included with Base Server or Expanded Base Server selected or the initial memory module selected for a System Building Block configuration. The maximum memory supported is temporarily four 2 GB memory modules, resulting in a system maximum of 8 GB. • For Base Servers or Expanded Base Servers order up to six additional memory modules-system maximum seven. • System Building Blocks require the selection of one memory module-system maximum seven. • Maximum of seven memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 3 and each additional System 110 module added from Step 5. • Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving; additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more memory modules. MS7CC-BA MS7CC-CA MS7CC-DA MS7CC-EA MS7CC-FA 128 MB memory module 256 MB memory module 512 MB memory module 1073 MB memory module 2147MB memory module Step 3a-Memory Upgrades • Memory upgrades are field installed only (not configured in Manufacturing). MS7CC-UA MS7CC-UB 128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs); upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to 256 MB (-CA) module 512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs); upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to 1 GB (-EA) module Step 3b-Prestoserve Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) • Supported on Digital UNIX systems only. • Maximum one Prestoserve 110 performance enhancement option per system. • Includes Prestoserve license and documentation kit. DJ-ML200-BA DJ-ML200-CA DJ-ML300-BA 4 MB Prestoserve; PCI option-requires DWLPB-AAIBA 8 MB Prestoserve; PCI option-requires DWLPB-AAIBA 4 MB Prestoserve; KFTIA-AA daughter card mounting, requires KFTIA-AA Step 4-1/0 Expansion Buses PCI and XMI 110 expansion buses are available on AlphaServer 8400 systems. Application and system configuration determines maximum 110 configuration. Configuration limits exist at 110 bus level and controller level. With different 110 buses present in the system, verify maximum number of allowed controllers listed in the Controller Configuration Table. • Each DWLPB-AAIAB (PCI plug-in unit) includes a 12-slot PCI bus and uses one rear expansion bay. SCSI disks in BA660-AB plug-in units can occupy the corresponding front expansion bay. • Each DWLPB-AAIAB (PCI plug-in unit) has one open space for addition ofDWLPB-BAlBB (second PCI expansion box) or BA661-AA (Wide SCSI StorageWorks shelf) • Each DWLMA-AAIBA (XMI plug-in unit) includes one 12-slot XMI channel-uses two expansion bays, front and back. • Each PCI and XMI plug-in unit requires one 110 channel connection to either KFTHA-AA or KFTIA-AA, see Step 6. • Maximum of twelve 110 channels supported (three KFTHAs). 2.180 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 8400 Step 4-1/0 Expansion Buses (continued) DWLPB-AA DWLPB-AB DWLPB-BA DWLPB-BB BA661-AA KFE70-AA DWLMA-AA DWLMA-BA PCI plug-in unit with one PCI box for AlphaServer 8400 system cabinet only, maximum two per system cabinet, two per system. Requires one I/O channel connection on either KFfIA-AA or KFfHA-AA. PCI plug-in unit with one PCI box for AlphaServer 8400 expansion cabinet only, maximum two per expansion cabinet, four per system. Maximum of six DWLPB-AA and DWLPB-AB (PCI plug-in units) per system. Requires one I/O channel connection on either KFfIA-AA or KFTHA-AA. Second PCI expansion box for mounting in DWLPB-AA-maximum one per DWLPB-AA. Requires one I/O channel connection on either KFfIA-AA or KFfHA-AA. Second PCI expansion box for mounting in DWLPB-AB-maximum one per DWLPB-AB. Requires one I/O channel connection on either KFfIA-AA or KFfHA-AA. Wide SCSI StorageWorks Shelf (BA356-LB) can be added to DWLPB-ANAB in place of second PCI expansion box (DWLPB-BNBB). Maximum one BA661-AA per DWLPB-ANAB, and maximum of six BA661-AA per system. Supports 16-bit (Wide) SCSI and some 8-bit (Narrow) SCSI devices. EISA Bridge option-PCI to EISA bridge module set-must reside in first DWLPB-AA in system cabinet only. Converts PCI bus from 12-slot bus to 2 EISA, 6 PCIlEISA, and 2 PCI slots. Includes RX26 floppy drive, mounting hardware, and cables to mount RX26 below CD-ROM in the system cabinet. Maximum of one EISA Bridge option per system. This option is required to support KZPSC SCSI RAID controllers. It includes the floppy disk drive required to run the RAID Configuration Utility (RCU). XMI plug-in unit for system cabinet-maximum two per system. Requires one I/O channel connection on either KFTIA-AA or KFfHA-AA. XMI plug-in unit for 110 expansion cabinet-maximum two per cabinet, four per system. Total maximum six DWLMA-AA and DWLMA-HA (XMI plug-in units) per system. Requires one I/O channel connection on either KFfIA-AA or KFTHA-AA. Step 5-System 110 Modules • KFfIA-AA system I/O module included with Base Server; KFfHA-AA included with Expanded Base Server-any combination of KFTIA or KFTHA modules can be added for a maximum of three. - Maximum twelve I/O channels available on AlphaServer 8400. • System Building Block requires the selection of one I/O module. KFTHA-AA KFTIA-AA BN26M-xx BN21H-xx System 110 module with four 110 channels for PCI or XMI plug-in units System 110 module with one 110 channel for PCI or XMI plug-in units. Includes - two 802.3 twisted-pair Ethernet ports-requires BN26M cable per port - single-ended SCSI-2 port-requires BN21H cable - three FWD (Fast Wide Differential) SCSI-2 ports-requires CK-KFfIA-AA and BN21K cable per port One of the following optional FDDI daughter cards can be added to KFfIA-AA-see Step 8 for cables. - Single attachment station multi-mode fiber card (DEFPZ-AA) or - Twisted-pair copper card (DEFPZ-UA) - Presto serve (DJ-ML300-BA) can be added to KFfIA-AA. Ethernet twisted-pair cable; 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAffIA Category 5 cable. SCSI-2 Single-ended cable; 50-pin male straight to 50-pin male straight. Connects KFTIA-AA single-ended SCSI-2 port to StorageWorks shelf. Alpha Servers 2.181 AlphaServer 8400 Step 5-System 110 Modules (continued) CK-KFTIA-AA BN21K-xx BN21K-02* BN21K-03* BN21K-OS/lO * Cabinet kit for FWD (Fast Wide Differential) SCSI-2 port. One kit required for each used port on KFfIA-AA, maximum three per KFfIA-AA. Cabinet kit includes Y-cable and FWD terminator. SCSI-2 Fast Wide Differential cables; 68-pin male straight to 68-pin male right-angle. Connects KFTIA-AA Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 ports to DWZZA-VA or DWZZB-VW. Connects from KFfIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB System cabinet (rear) Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA661-AA in DWLPB-xx PIU Connects from KFfIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB System cabinet (front) Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB Expansion cabinet (front or rear) Connects from KFTIA FWD port to DWZZB-VW in BA356-JB in SW500 and SW800 Cabinets Manufacturing may substitute correct cable length depending on configuration. Step 6-Storage Controllers · KFTIA-AA included with each Base Server; KFfHA-AA included with Expanded Base Server-PCI, EISA, and XMI storage controllers can be added. - Requires corresponding PCI plug-in unit (DWLPB-AAIABIBAlBB) or XMI plug-in unit (DWLMA-AAlBA). • DWZZA-AA requires minimum revision E02 for connecting any Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 port from KFTIA-AA or KZPSA-BB to TZ8xx tape loaders. • DWZZB-VW Fast Wide Differential Single-ended SCSI Converter requires minimum revision A01 for connecting FWD SCSI-2 signals from KFfIA-AA or KZPSA-BB to BA356-JB StorageWorks Shelf. • System maximum of two KZPSC-AAIBA SCSI RAID controllers. • Tape and optical devices are not supported on KZPSC SCSI RAID controllers. PCI-based Storage Controllers KZPSA-BB BN21K-xx BN21K-Ol* BN21K-02* BN21K-OS/lO PCI Fast Wide Differential SCSI Adapter-OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 supports eight per PCI, maximum 26 per system. Digital UNIX supports eight per PCI, maximum 32 per system (uses one PCI slot). Provides one SCSI-2 bus. KZPSA supports DECsafe Available Server. SCSI-2 Fast Wide Differential cables-68-pin male straight to 68-pin male right-angle. Connects KZPSA-BB Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 port to DWZZA-VA or DWZZB-VW. Connects from KZPSA to Connects from KZPSA to Connects from KZPSA to Connects from KZPSA to DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB System cabinet (rear) DWZZB-VW in BA661-AA in DWLPB-xx PIU DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB System cabinet (front) DWZZB-VW in BA660-AB Expansion cabinet (front or rear) KZPSC-AA PCI SCSI RAID Controller with 1 port-OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support two per PCI, maximum two per system (uses one PCI slot and KFE70-AA EISA Bridge option). Provides one Fast/wide/single-ended connection. Allows RAID levels 0,1, and 5. Tape drives not supported. BN31S-1E 1.5 meter single-ended wide SCSI cable for connections from PCI RAID controller to BA660-AB system cabinet (rear only) and BA661-AA. 2.182 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 8400 Step 6-Storage Controllers (continued) PCI-based Storage Controllers KZPSC-BA PCI SCSI RAID Controller with 3 ports-OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support two per PCI, maximum two per system (uses two PCI slots and KFE70-AA EISA Bridge option). Provides three Fast Wide/single-ended connections. Allows RAID levels 0,1, and 5. Tape drives not supported. BN31K-OE Required for KZPSC-BA to use third port on module connects internally from KZPSC-BA module to second PCI slotlbulkhead. 1.5 meter single-ended wide SCSI cable for connections from PCI RAID controller to BA660-AB BN31S-1E system cabinet (in front and rear locations) and BA661-AA. One required for each used port on KZPSC-BA module. 16 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller, field installable MSIOO-AAt only. 32 MB Cache memory option for KZPSC-AAlBA, maximum one per controller, field installable MSIOO-ABt only. Battery back-up for Cache memory option. KZPSC-UB PCI DSSI Adapter (OpenVMS only)-Requires OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 or later; minimum KFPSA-AA System Console Firmware Revision 3.09. Maximum twelve per PCI, 24 per system with OpenVMS V6.2-1H3. (End node only) Note: KFPSA and KFMSB not supported on the same bus. External shielded cable (MRJMR connectors) Select required length-09, 16,25,50 ft BC21Q-xx BC22Q-xx External shielded cable (MRIPS connectors) Select required length-16, 25, 50 ft PCI-to-CI Adapter (OpenVMS only)-Requires OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 or later, minimum System CIPCA-AA Console Firmware Revision 3.09. Maximum two per PCI, two per system; uses one PCI slot for adapter and one EISA slot for power only. Note: KFE70 option is not required. Computer interconnect cable sets-Connects CIPCA to Star Coupler. Select required length-10, 20, BNCIA-xx or 45 m (10 m = 32.8 ft, 20 m = 65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft) XMI-based Storage Controllers KZMSA-AB Fast single-ended SCSI-2 Diskffape Adapter-OpenVMS supports six per XMI, maximum 12 per system. Digital UNIX supports 10 per XMI, maximum 16 per system (uses one XMI slot). Provides two single-ended SCSI-2 buses. KZMSA supports DECsafe Available Server. CK-KZMSA-LA Two 30-inch internal cabinet cables-One kit per KZMSA required. DSSI Adapter (OpenVMS only)-Supports six per XMI, maximum 12 per system (uses one XMI KFMSB-AA slot) Provides two DSSI buses; each bus provides seven ports for DSSI Integrated Storage Element (IS E) devices; no more than two tapes per bus. Maximum three DSSI cluster nodes supported. Two 8-foot internal cabinet cables and two DSSI terminators. One kit per KFMSB required. CK-KFMSB-LC DSSI Controller Upgrade-Upgrades KFMSA-xx to KFMSB-AA. Includes KFMSB-AA, KFMSB-UA CK-KFMSB-LC, and requires return of KFMSA-xx. XMI CI Controller-OpenVMS supports four per XMI, maximum 10 per system. Digital UNIX CIXCD-AC supports one per XMI, maximum one per system (uses one XMI slot). The CIXCD requires one BNCIA cable set to connect system to Star Coupler. OpenVMS Cluster software license required for each system when multiple OpenVMS systems are used in cluster environment. Note: One CIXCD is supported on Digital UNIX systems for expanded disk interconnect capability only. Computer interconnect cable sets-Connects Star Coupler to system and SW800. Select required BNCIA-xx length-10, 20, or 45 m (10 m = 32.8 ft, 20 m = 65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft). t Requires AlphaServer 8400 minimum System Console Firmware Revision V3.2.2, OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 and Digital UNIX V3.2D or later operating system software. Alpha Servers 2.183 AlphaServer 8400 Step 7-Storage Note: When multiple storage devices are configured with the system, specify which devices should be installed inside the system cabinet, inside the system expansion cabinet, or installed in the external StorageWorks cabinet. Line item sequencing allows Manufacturing to configure storage options in the appropriate cabinet. - List storage options to be integrated in system cabinet immediately following the system part number. - List storage options to be integrated in StorageWorks cabinet immediately following StorageWorks cabinet part number. - Order the appropriate BN21 *-** SCSI cables for connecting controllers and SCSI storage options. • Wide SCSI devices are supported in BA660-ABIBA661-AA StorageWorks PIUs, or external StorageWorks cabinets. BA660-ABIBA661-AA support both wide and narrow SCSI 5400 RPM and 7200 RPM disk drives. • System cabinet provides space for four disk plug-in units (PIU) if no PCI or XMI plug-in units are installed. Each of the two pairs of expansion bays (front to back) in bottom of system cabinet can hold one Battery PIU, one XMI PIU, one PCI PIU, one PCI PIU plus one SCSI disk PIU, one SCSI disk PIU, or two SCSI disk PIUs. • System cabinet provides space for up to seven StorageWorks shelves-three BA660-AB plug-in-units (each includes two StorageWorks shelves) and one BA661-AA StorageWorks shelf. Each shelf holds a maximum of two 5.25-inch devices and one 3.5-inch device or seven 3.5-inch devices. Typical configurations will require a signal converter, i.e., DWZZB-VW which counts as one 3.5-inch device. Wide SCSI Options BA660-AB Wide SCSI-2 StorageWorks plug-in-unit-includes two BA356-LB modular expansion shelves, 16bit I/O personality module, 48VI150W DC power supply, DC fans, and AlphaServer 8400 mounting hardware. Supports 16-bit wide SCSI devices and some 8-bit narrow SCSI devices depending on compliance with minimum hardware revision levels. BA661-AA Wide SCSI-2 StorageWorks Shelf-includes 16-bit I/O personality module, 48VI150W DC power supply, DC fans, mounting hardware and BA356-LB.Can be added to DWLPB-AAIAB in place of second PCI expansion box (DWLPB-BAlBB). Maximum one BA661-AA per DWLPB-AAlAB; maximum six BA661-AA per system. Supports 16-bit (wide) SCSI and some 8-bit (narrow) SCSI devices. DWZZB-VW Wide SCSI-2 StorageWorks Signal Converter-required to convert FWD signals from KFTIA-AA and KZPSA-BB for use in BA660-AB and BA661-AAlBA. BA3SX-MG 8-bit I/O Personality Module-can be used in place of 16-bit I/O personality module for direct connection to narrow single-ended controllers, field installable only. 16-bit Disk Drives RZ26N-VW RZ28M-VW RZ28D-VW RZ29B-VW 1.05 GB 16-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier 2.1 GB 16-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier 2.1 GB 16-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier 4.3 GB 16-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier 8-bit Disk Drives RZ26N-VA 1.05 GB 8-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier RZ28M-VA 2.1 GB 8-bit 5400 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier RZ28D-VA 2.1 GB 8-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier RZ29B-VA 4.3 GB 8-bit 7200 RPM SCSI-2 disk drive in 3.5-inch carrier Note: To ensure 16-bit wide SCSI operation, use wide SCSI drives with wide SCSI controllers in wide SCSI StorageWorks shelves with wide SCSI cables. See Storage Devices-StorageWorks Supported Devices for 8-bit and 16-bit Expansion Table for minimum hardware revision levels. 2.184 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 84UU Step 7-Storage (continued) Tape Devices TLZ09-VA TKZlS-VA TZ87-VA TZ88N-VA 8.0 GB DAT 3.5" SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier. OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 and Digital UNIX V3.2C required along with System Console Firmware Revision 3.0-9. 5110 GB Helical Scan 8-mm, 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier 20.0 GB DLT 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier; must be mounted in BA660-AB located in rear of cabinet or BA661-AA located in DWLPB-xx. 20/40 GB DLT 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier Optical Disk RWZS2-VA 1.3 GB Optical Drive in StorageWorks carrier Solid State Disks (Supported with KZMSA, KZPSC, KZPSA, KFfIA)-cannot be combined with RZxx disks/tapes on same SCSI bus. EZ31-VW EZ32-VW EZ64-VA EZ69-VA 134 MB 268 MB 475 MB 950 MB Solid State Disk; requires Solid State Disk; requires Solid State Disk; requires Solid State Disk; requires OpenVMS V6.2 or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later OpenVMS V6.2 or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later OpenVMS V6.2 or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later OpenVMS V6.2 or later and Digital UNIX V3.2C or later Step 7a-StorageWorks Expansion Packages StorageWorks Expansion Packages have been created to simplify ordering StorageWorks options. They are intended to be used with Expanded Base Servers. • Order the correct number of HSZ40-TL packages to fill the BA350-MB RAID controller shelves in the SW82x StorageWorks Cabinet package. • Order disk drives separately. • SW820/SW821 StorageWorks Expansion Packages-all BA356 shelves operate in split-bus mode. • All SW82x StorageWorks Expansion Packages include redundant power supplies (BA35X-HF)-this reduces the number of available slots in each BA356 shelf to six in the SW822 and three on each split-bus of the SW820/SW821. StorageWorks Expansion Packages SW820-LAILB SW821-LAILB SW822-LAILB HSZ40-TL SW800 StorageWorks Cabinet with five BA350-MB RAID controller shelves, 15 BA356-JC device shelves, 15 BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 personality modules for BA356, 30 BN21H-02 SCSI-2 single-ended cables, 20 BA35X-HFredundant power supplies, 15 BA35X-ME terminator boards-split-bus mode SW800 StorageWorks Cabinet with seven BA350-MB RAID controller shelves, 14 BA356-JC device shelves, 14 BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 personality modules for BA356, 28 BN2IH-02 SCSI-2 single-ended cables, 21 BA35X-HFredundant power supplies, 14 BA35X-ME terminators boards-split-bus mode SW800 StorageWorks Cabinet with three BA350-MB RAID controller shelves, 18 BA356-JC device shelves, 18 BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 personality modules for BA356, 18 BN21H-02 SCSI-2 singleended cables, 21 BA35X-HF redundant power supplies Two HSZ40B SCSI RAID array controllers each with 32 MB cache, HSZ Traditional License (QL-2YJA9-AA), RAID HSZ40 Firmware License (QL-3JOA9-AA), Mirror Firmware HSZ40 Traditional License (QL-4DTA9-AA), BN21K-20 20-:-meter cable, BN21L-OB . 15-meter cable Step 7b-External Storage (110 Expansion Cabinet) 110 expansion cabinet (H9FOO-BAlBBIBCIBD) provides space for up to six SCSI disk plug-in units (PIU) if no other PCIIXMI plug-in unit (PIU) is configured in the expansion cabinet. Each of the two pairs of expansion bays in the bottom of the cabinet can hold one Battery PIU, one PCI PIU, one XMI PIU, or two SCSI disk PIUs. Two expansion bays in the top of the expansion cabinet can hold up to two SCSI disk PIUs. Disk and tape drives supported are the same as Step 7 Internal Storage. Alpha Servers 2.185 AlphaServer 8400 Step 7c-External Storage Following list describes available disk storage devices and capacities. These supported options can be added as required. Storage Cabinets SWSXX, SW8XX SCSI Disk Drives RZ26N-VA RZ28M-VA, RZ28D-VA RZ29B-VA RZ26N-VW RZ28M-VW, RZ28D-VW RZ29B-VW Tape Drives TZ87, TZ8S7*, TZ877, TZ88, TZ88S, TZ887, TSZ07, TKZlS-VA, TKZ09, TKZ60, TKZ61, TKZ62, TL810, TL812,TL820, TL822, TL826 Optical Libraries RWS2S-ZA RWS31-ZC RWS32-ZF RWS36-ZF RWZS2-FA * Capacity 6-227 GB Capacity 1.05 GB 2.1 GB 4.3GB 1.05 GB 2.1 GB 4.3 GB Narrow Narrow Narrow Wide Wide Wide See Storage Devices for ordering information. 19 GB Optical Library, 1 drive 38 GB Optical Library, 2 drives 76 GB Optical Library, 4 drives 170 GB Optical Library, 4 drives 1.3 GB Tabletop Optical Library Loader support for Digital UNIX is available via DECnsr. Step 8-Networks and Communications Two twisted-pair 802.3lEthernet controllers on KFfIA-AA system I/O module included with Base Server; DE435 or DE500 network interface card included with Expanded Base Server. See Step 5 for twisted-pair Ethernet cable part number. Optional DEFPZ-AAlUA (FDDI) daughter card can be installed on KFTIA-AA system I/O module. Select additional devices if required. Note: Connection of system to Ethernet requires twisted-pair cable. See Network Products Guide for details. LAN Communications Controllers-KFTIA-AA Daughter Cards • Maximum one FDDIcontroller fiber daughter card per KFfIA-AA I/O module FDDlcontroller Fiber - Single Attachment Station-daughter card for mounting on KFfIA-AA. DEFPZ-AA Requires BN24x cable. Fiber-Optic Cable, Dual 2.5mm Bayonet "ST" type connectors BN24E-xx BN24D-xx Fiber-Optic Cable, Dual 2.5mm Bayonet "ST" type connector to FDDI "MIC" connector DEFPZ-UA FDDlcontroller Fiber - Twisted-pair Copper--daughter card for mounting on KFfIA-AA. Requires BN26x cable. 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAITIA Category 5 cable BN26M-xx BN26S-xx 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, crossover, EIAITIA Category 5 cable LAN Communications Controllers-PCI based • Requires DWLPB-ANABIBAIBB • System maximum of six DEFPA-AAfDAIUNMA FDDlcontrollers. DE43S-AA Digital Etherworks 32-bit High Performance Network Interface Card--supports twisted-pair, thick wire and ThinWire (uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. Requires appropriate cable. DE4S0-CA PCI-to-Ethernet 3-port Adapter-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX (V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. Two patch kits required to support DE450 with OpenVMS V6.2. DE4S0-TA PCI-to-Ethernet I-port Adapter-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX (V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. Two patch kits required to support DE450 with OpenVMS V6.2. 2.186 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 84UU Step 8-Networks and Communications (continued) LAN Communications Controllers-PCI based (continued) DESOO-XA Fast Ethernet (100 Mbit) PCI Adapter-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS (V6.2) and Digital UNIX (V3.2C) support eight per PCI, maximum eight per system. DEFPA-AA FDDlcontroller Fiber - Single attachment station MultiMode Fiber-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-IH2, V6.2-IH3 operating system releases. Requires BN34x "SC" type connecting cable. DEFPA-DA FDDlcontroller Fiber - Dual attachment station MultiMode Fiber-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-IH2, V6.2-IH3 operating system releases. Requires BN34x "SC" type connecting cable. BN34A-xx MultiMode Fiber-Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "ST" connector MultiMode Fiber-Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "SC" connector MultiMode Fiber-Optic Duplex cable--"SC" connector to "MIC" connector BN34B-xx BN34D-xx DEFPA-l\1A DEFPA-UA BN26M-xx BN26S-xx BN2SH-03 DGLPB-AB FDDlcontroller Copper - Dual attachment station DAS-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-IH2, V6.2-IH3 operating system releases .. Requires BN26x or BN25H connecting cables. FDDIcontroller Fiber - Single attachment station UTP-(uses one PCI slot). OpenVMS and Digital UNIX support six per DWLPB, maximum six per system with Digital UNIX V3.2G and OpenVMS V6.2, V6.2-IH2, V6.2-IH3 operating system releases .. Requires BN26x or BN25H connecting cables. 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAffIA Category 5 cable 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, crossover, EIAffIA Category 5 cable 3-meter Unshielded twisted pair RJ45 connectors ATMworks 350 ATM PCI bus adapter (uses one PCI slot). Digital UNIX V4.0a supports four per PCI, maximum four per system. LAN Communications Controllers-EISA based • Requires DWLPB-AA and KFE70-AA, EISA bridge module set. • See EISA Bus IRQ Address Table. DNSES-AA ---------------------------------------------------------------------Synchronous Communications Controller-(uses one EISA slot). Digital UNIX and OpenVMS. support one per EISA, maximum one per system. Requires BC I9x cable BC19B-02 BC19D-02 BC19E-02 BC19F-02 DW300-AA BN26M-xx EIA-422-AN.II adapter cable, can be extended with BC55D-33 EIA-232-DN.24 adapter cable, can be extended with BC22F-xx EIA-423-AN.IO adapter cable, can be extended with BC55D-33 V.35 adapter cable, can be extended with BC19L-25 Token Ring Adapter-(uses one EISA slot). Digital UNIX supports one per EISA, maximum one per system. Requires BN26M cable. 802.5/Token Ring twisted-pair cable; 8-pin MP to 8-pin MP, screened, EIAITIA Category 5 cable. CXIOl-AA Digiboard Asynchronous XemlISA Multiport Serial Card with 16 RJ45 PORTSlXem Port(uses one EISA slot). Digital UNIX only, supports one per EISA, maximum one CXIOI-AAIAD per system. CXIOI-AB Digiboard PORTSlXem, 16 RJ45 Port Concentrator-mounts separately from PCI bus. Maximum of three CXIOI-AB can be attached to CXIOI-AA, provides up to 48 additional ports. Digital UNIX only. CXIOI-AD Digiboard Asynchronous EPCIX Multiport Serial Card with 16 RJ45 Port EPC/CON-16 Concentrator-(uses one EISA slot). Digital UNIX one per EISA, maximum one CXIOI-AAIAD per system. Digital UNIX only. CXIOI-AE Digiboard EPC/CON-16 Concentrator-mounts separate from PCI bus. Maximum three CXIOlAE can be attached to the CXIOI-AD provides up to 48 additional ports. Digital UNIX only. Digiboard RJ45 to DB25 Male Converter Digiboard RJ45 to DECMJ11 Adapter-8 per package CXIOI-AC CXIOI-AF Alpha Servers 2.187 AlphaServer 8400 Step 8-Networks and Communications (continued) LAN Communications Controllers-XMI based 802.3lEthernet controHer-XMI-to-Ethemet adapter, (uses one XMI slot). OpenVMS supports four DEMNA-M per XMI, maximum six per system. Digital UNIX supports six per XMI, maximum eight per system. DEMNA cabinet kit-required with DEMNA-M CK-DEMNA-KN DEMFA-AA DEC FDDIcontroHer 400~XMI-to-FDDI adapter, Single attachment station with fiber MIC connector; (uses one XMI slot). OpenVMS supports four per XMI, maximum four per system. Digital UNIX supports seven per XMI, maximum eight per system. Local and Wide Area Communications Servers Each communications server requires 802.3lEthemet connection. Depending on the server selected, either ThinWire BNCtype connection (e.g., BC16M cable) or thick wire IS-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x) is required. Additional items also required-see Network Products Guide for ordering information. Network Connectivity Products See Network Products Guide for details. Step Sa-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller Digital UNIX Systems • Require Digital UNIX V3.2E (Digital UNIX V3.2D plus TruCluster software or MEMORY CHANNEL Driver software). • Each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license. • Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL License. • Servers in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX. • The following options are not currently supported with MEMORY CHANNEL: DJ-ML200, DNSES-AA, CIPCA CIXCD, DESOO-XA OpenVMS Systems • Require Open VMS V7.1 and OpenVMS Cluster License • The following options are not currently supported with MEMORY CHANNEL: DNSES-AA, DESOO-XA MEMORY CHANNEL requirements for currently installed AlphaServer 8400 systems: - Console firmware at revision V2.3 or higher. - CCMAA-BA Adapter must be installed in slots 0-7 of a DWLPA-CA PCI; no restriction for DWLPB-CA PCI bus. • For two-system nodes, order one CCMAA-BA per system and one BCI2N-I0 cable to connect them. • For three or more system nodes, order CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) one CCMAA-BA and one BCI2N10 cable per system node. • CCMHA-AA (MEMORY CHANNEL Hub) is configured with four CCMLA-AA Line Cards and supports up to four nodes. Expansion up to eight system nodes can be achieved by adding up to four additional CCMLA-AA Line Cards. CCMAA-BA CCMHA-AA CCMLA-AA BC12N-IO QB-3RLAQ-AA QB-4ZCAQ-AA QL-MUZAQ-AA PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL controller-Maximum two supported. MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA) MEMORY CHANNEL Cable TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license OpenVMS Cluster license for Alpha systems CCMHA-AA, MEMORY CHANNEL Hub, includes BNI9P-2E line cord for Canada, Japan, US operation. For other regions, order one of the following: BN19A-2E BN19S-2E BN19C-2E BN18L-2E BN19E-2E BN24X-2E BN19K-2E BN19H-2E 2.188 Alpha Servers Ireland, United Kingdom Egypt, India Central Europe Israel Switzerland Italy Denmark Australia, New Zealand AlphaServer 8400 Step 9-Console Terminal • Console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin DSUB connector and printer required unless otherwise available. • Shielded console cable is included for connection to the console terminal. VT510-xx VT510 terminal LA30N-xx LA30 printer LK411-xx Keyboard Step 10-Expansion (System Cabinet and liD Expansion Cabinet) Step lOa-System Cabinet Expansion · System Cabinet includes one three-phase power regulator - provides space for two additional three-phase power regulators. • Maximum four 110 channels per cabinet allowed. PCI and XMI plug-in units each require one 110 channel connection. • Four lower expansion bays are available for plug-in units. The lower bays accommodate plug-in units as follows. AlphaServer 8400 System Cabinet Expansion Bay Location Lower Lower Lower Lower Plug-In Unit (PIU) Disk plug-in unit (BA660-AB) XMI plug-in unit (DWLMA-AA) Battery plug-in unit(H7237-AAJAC/CAlCB) PCI plug-in unit (DWLPB-AA) Quantity Four maximum Two maximum One maximum Two maximum Expansion Bays Occupied Front or Rear Front and Rear Front and Rear Rear only Step lOb-I/O Expansion Cabinet • 110 Expansion Cabinet includes one three-phase power regulator - Provides space for two additional three-phase power regulators H9FOO-BAlBBIBC 110 expansion cabinet-Three phase power, maximum two per system. Note: -BA =60 Hz, 208V, -BB =50 Hz, 380/416V, -BC =50160 Hz, 202V. • Expansion cabinet can be configured to hold all disk plug-in units or combination of disk plug-in units and PCI or XMI plug-in units. - Six expansion bays-two upper and four lower-are available for plug-in units. The two upper bays accommodate maximum of two disk plug-in units. The four lower bays accommodate plug-in units as follows: Expansion Bay Location Upper Lower Lower Lower Lower Plug-In Unit (PIU) Disk plug-in unit (BA660-AB) Disk plug-in unit (BA660-AB) PCI plug-in unit (DWLPB-AB) XMI plug-in unit (DWLMA-BA) Battery plug-in unit (H7237-AAlAC/CAlCB) Quantity Two maximum Four maximum Two maximum Two maximum One maximum Expansion Bays Occupied Front or Rear Front or Rear Rear only Front and Rear Front and Rear Step II-Power Expansion Components • System Cabinet and Expansion Cabinets must be same type; either three-phase or single-phase. Mixing of three-phase and single-phase cabinets in same system configuration is not allowed. • Three-phase power provides optional N+ 1 redundant power regulator and optional battery backup/UPS capability. • Determine the need for adding second power regulator by filling in the EPU- Power Configuration Table. Note: The Power Configuration Table provides a manual method for determining the need of second power regulator. Equivalent power unit (EPU) is an equivalent value of power used (48 VDC) by each option. Alpha Servers 2.189 AlphaServer 8400 Step 11a-Three-Phase Expansion Components H9BOO-AF H7237-AA H7238-AA H7237-CAICB H7238-BAIBB H7263-AAIAB H7263-AC/AD Battery option for I/O Expansion Cabinet-fully loaded battery cabinet supports three power regulators, provides for 60 minutes uninterruptible power (UPS). Maximum one per H9FOOBAlBBIBC expansion cabinet. Battery plug-in unit with batteries for battery backuplUPS capability-maximum one per cabinet. Use in system cabinet and/or H9FOO-BAlBBIBC expansion cabinet. Includes four batteries to support 48 V power regulator and cabling for additional H7238-AA battery options. 4-pack battery option-one required per optional 48 V power regulator to support battery backup/UPS capability. For use only with the H7237-AA. Battery plug-in unit, includes one H7263-AAIAB (BBU capable power regulator) and batteries for battery backuplUPS capability. Must be ordered at time of system purchase if BBU functionality is required. Additional battery UPS. Includes H7263-AAIAB (BBU capable power regulator and H7238-AA 4-pack battery option). Required with H7237-CAICB for second and third regulator support. Three-Phase 48 VDC power regulator with BBU capability-maximum three per cabinet. Second regulator may be required to supply adequate power depending on configuration. Third regulator assures N+ 1 power redundancy and higher availability in the event of power regulator failure. See Power Configuration Table. Same as above regulator without BBU capability. One include with system. Step 11b--Single-Phase to Three-Phase Power Upgrade • Includes new AC distribution box with attached line cord, DC subrack, one three-phase 48VDC power regulator. · If single phase power system has two power regulators, an additional three-phase 48VDC power regulator is required. H7268-AAIAB/AC Single-Phase to Three-Phase Upgrade Kit, Converts system to three-phase power subsystem. -AA= 60 H~, 208V, -AB = 50 Hz, 380/416V, -AC = 50/60 Hz, 202V Step 11c-Power Option for StorageWorks Shelves in StorageWorks Plug-in-Units • Provides N+l power for BA660-AB, BA661-AA StorageWorks PIUs/shelves. • Occupies one slot in StorageWorks shelf. BA3SX-HG 48V DC 150W Redundant Power Supply for BA660-AB, BA661-AA-includes 48VDC jumper cable for connecting to first power supply in StorageWorks shelf. Step 12-Software Select user licenses and additional software as required. Media and documentation recommended for first system on site. Software Processor Code =Q Digital UNIX Concurrent Use Licenses Digital UNIX Concurrent Use licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved from one system to another at user discretion. QL-MT7AM-3B QL-MT7AM-3C QL-MT7AM-3D QL-MT7AM-3E QL-MT7AM-3F QL-MT7AM-3G QL-MT7AM-3H QL-MT7AQ-AA QL-MTSAQ-AA QL-MT6AQ-AA 2.190 Alpha Servers Digital UNIX Concurrent Use I-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 2-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 4-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 8-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 16-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 32-user license Digital UNIX Concurrent Use 64-user license Digital UNIX Traditional unlimited user license Digital UNIX developer's extension license Digital UNIX server extension license AlphaServer 8400 Step 12-Software (continued) QL-MTJAQ-AA QL-MTKAQ-AA QB-05SAQ-AA DECnetlOSI end-system license DECnetlOSI extended function license DECsafe Available Server license and documentation (Digital UNIX only). Media available on layered product CD-ROM. KZMSA or KZPSA adapter required. Digital UNIX Media and Documentation QA-MT4AA-H8 QA-MT4AA-GZ QA-MT4AB-GZ QA-MT5AA-GZ QA-MT6AA-GZ Digital UNIX media and on-line documentation (base system, complementary products) on CDROM Digital UNIX full hardcopy documentation Digital UNIX end user hardcopy documentation subkit Digital UNIX developer's extension hardcopy documentation subkit Digital UNIX server extension hardcopy documentation subkit OpenVMS Concurrent Use Licenses OpenVMS Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one system to another at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-MT2AQ-AA QL-MTFAQ-AA QL-MTHAQ-AA QL-MUZAQ-AA OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license Concurrent Use 2-user license Concurrent Use 4-user license Concurrent Use 8-user license Concurrent Use 16-user license Concurrent Use 32-user license Concurrent Use 64-user license Concurrent Use 128-user license Concurrent Use 256-user license Traditional unlimited user license DECnetlOSI end-system license DECnetlOSI extended function license OpenVMS cluster software license. Required with each system that connects to an OpenVMS cluster. OpenVMS Media and Documentation QA-MTIAA-H8 QA-09SAA-GZ QA-OOIAA-GZ OpenVMS media and documentation on CD-ROM OpenVMS base hardcopy documentation OpenVMS full hardcopy documentation Layered Products CD-ROM QA-054AA-HS QA-03XAA-HS Layered products media and documentation for Digital UNIX Layered products media and documentation for OpenVMS Digital NAS Base Server 200 Software Digital NAS 200 Base Server software included with base AlphaServer 8400 systems. Media available on layered product CD-ROM. Alpha Servers 2.191 AJphaServer 8400 Step 13-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services Hardware-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include one-year hardware warranty, on-site, same day, 4-hour response time. • Select optional Hardware Supplemental Support Services if required. AlphaServer 8400 TwoCPUs less than 2 GB memory FM-4Y4HR-36 FM·4YS12·36 FM·4Y616·36 FM·4Y724·36 FM·4Y4HR·60 FM·4YS12·60 FM·4Y616·60 FM·4Y724·60 TwoCPUs 2GBmemory FM·4Z4HR·36 FM·4Z512·36 FM·4Z616·36 FM·4Z724·36 FM·4Z4HR·60 FM·4Z512·60 FM·4Z616·60 FM·4Z724·60 Years Years Years Years Years Years Years Years 1-3,5 x 9, 4-hour response time 1-3,5 x 12, 4-hour response time 1-3,6 x 16, 4-hour response time 1-3, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time 1-5, 5 x 9, 4-hour response time 1-5,5 x 12, 4-hour response time 1-5,6 x 16, 4-hour response time 1-5, 7 x 24, 4-hour response time Software-Americas and Asia Pacific only • Systems include 90-day Conformance to SPD and Telephone Advisory Support. Select optional Software Supplemental Support Services, if required. • Software service upgrades for Digital UNIX and Open VMS include advisory and remedial software support with new version license rights for operating system and Digital NAS Base Server 200 for the time period indicated. AlphaServer 8400 Two CPU Systems FM·84DOS·12 FM·84DOS·36 FM·84DOS·60 FM·84DVM·12 FM·84DVM·36 FM·84DVM·60 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for Digital UNIX two CPU systems 12-month Software Supplemental Support for Open VMS two CPU systems 36-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS two CPU systems 60-month Software Supplemental Support for OpenVMS two CPU systems Step 13a-Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services (Europe only) Europe does not have specific part numbers for Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Prices can be quoted using the Excelerator tool; contact MCS Sales in your country for information on Hardware and Software Supplemental Support Services. Step 14-Environmental Power Products See UPS Solutions for AlphaServer 8400 systems following Specifications. 2.192 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 8400 AlphaServer 8400 EPU (Equivalent Power Units)-Power Configuration Table • Second power regulator may be needed to supply additional 48V power to the system. • Mixing of three-phase and single-phase power regulators in system configuration is not allowed. • Use chart to determine need for second power regulator. • IfEPU is greater than 80, order second power regulator (three-phase regulator-H7263-AC/AD) or H7263-ANAB if BBU is required). • EPU must not exceed 180. EPU Values System Cabinet Options Quantity Total EPU (Qty times EPU) 30 1 30 Options Base system includes power regulator, CPU module, system ua module, memory module ua expansion cabinet (H9FOO-BAfBBIBC) includes one power regulator Additional 5/300 CPU modules-751PI-AX, 751P2-AX Additional 5/300 CPU modules-752PI-AX, 752P2-AX Additional 5/350 CPU modules-753PI-AX, 753P2-AX Additional 5/350 CPU modules-754PI-AX, 754P2-AX Additional dual 5/440 CPU modules-756PI-AX, 756P2-AX KFfIA-AA System ua module KFfHA-AA System ua module MS7CC-BA 128 MB memory MS7CC-CA 256 MB memory MS7CC-DA 512 MB memory MS7CC-EA 1 GB memory MS7CC-FA 2 GB memory !Add PCI options DWLPB-AA/ABIBAfBB KZPSA-BB KZPSC-AAfBA DE435-AA, DE450-AA, DE500-XA DEFPA-ANDNUAIMA KFE70-AA Add EISA options DNSES-AA DW300-AA CXIO l-AA/AD Add XMI options DWLMA XMI plug-in unit KZMSA-AB XMI SCSI controller KFMSB-AA DSSI disk/tape adapter CIXCD-AC XMI CI controller DEMNA-M XMI Ethernet controller DEMFA-AA XMI FDDI adapter Disk and Tape options ,'>, RZ26, RZ28, RZ29 -VA SCSI disk drive RZ26, RZ28, RZ29 -VW SCSI disk drive TLZ07, TLZ09, TLZI5-VA SCSI tape drive 1L81O, 1L820, TZ86, TZ87, TZ88 -VA SCSI tape drive Quantity Total EPU (Qty times EPU) 1 0 11 13 12 14 8 4 3 5 5 5 5 5 , 1 1 1 1 1 1 " I " 1 1 1 , , " ,,' " ",' ,', :, ",' 4 3 3 4 3 ,',', .' 5 I' ',:,'," ".,; / ,'"" " ,,' ,,>.', ' ,,' ,,'," , ,); ,""', >''':''", ' -':;'" ," ".,'"" "'"i" Note: Depending on configuration, system offers integral UPS capability that supports all in-cabinet components for at least 11 minutes. If UPS support is required for external devices, e.g., console terminals, terminal servers, printers, and modems, a universal UPS can be ordered separately. Alpha Servers 2.193 AlphaServer 8400 Optional Controller Configuration Table With multiple adapters that provide the same interface available on different 110 buses (PCI or XMI), it is possible to exceed operating system limit on number of ports supported for that interface. Follow these guidelines for maximum number of ports that each operating system will support. Fill in table under the relevant area, add up the number of controllers/ports available, and verify the operating system limits will not be exceeded. Do not exceed these values. A B Number Number of of PortslBuses Options Option Name SCSI Options Included KFTIA-AA I/O module, one single-ended and three FWD SCSI ports* Additional KFTIA-AA I/O module, one single-ended and three FWD SCSI ports KZPSA-BB PCI fast wide differential SCSI adapter KZMSA-AB XMI fast single-ended SCSI adapter Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under' ,', !'. operating system to be used. 802.3lEthemet Options Included KFTIA-AA I/O module, two 802.3lEthemet ports* Additional KFTIA-AA I/O module, two 802.3lEthemet ports DE435-AA PCI 802.3lEthemet controller, DE450, DE500 DEMNA-M XMI 802.3lEthemet controller Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under operating system to be used. FDDI Options Included KFTIA-AA I/O module, optional FDDI daughter card installed (DEFPZ-AAlVA)* Additional KFTIA-AA I/O module, optional FDDI daughter card installed (DEFPZ-AAlVA) DEFPA-AAI-DAI-UAIMA PCI FDDIcontroller, one port each DEMFA-AA XMI FDDlcontroller Add column "C"-must be less than or equal to value listed under i':' operating system to be used. 4 1 Digital UNIX OpenVMS Limit Limit ,,- ;: 4 :; :" 'i, ': ,; I, 4 .i' , 1 2 " < : '::::" ',:,::,: ",' : ': , .. ::':,,:' "">" " " :: ' 'iii:, , t,,< , '" ':",.': •. :, :" "2~L--,- --: 1''-'',: " :,,,":',,(;; 32 26 8 8 8 8 "",.",,; t "" I'" " 2 2 1 1 1 ",:, ";' "",;' " C Total Ports (A * B) ,. ~, ',:,,: 2 "i, ',,;;: 1 1 1 1 "':',;,,'::': : :': '.":',,"::::,;, ,0: : ':,,';':, :,:,', : EISA Bus IRQ Address Table Configuration Rules and Information • EISA Bus IRQ address assignments are for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS systems only. • In some cases, the maximum number of each supported device is less than the number of EISA bus addresses available; this is due to other limitations. • Only one device can occupy any given IRQ address; if multiples of a device are configured, each device occupies separate address. • Match each device to one available address. (Note: With the table as a worksheet, fill in "0" for each device; fill in only one "0" per column.) • Actual IRQ address assignment will be made by the EISA Configuration Utility (ECU), which is run during system manufacture, or in the installed system if the EISA bus is reconfigured. EISA Bus IRQ Addresses Option DNSES-AA 5 7 - ~W300-AA 0 - CXIOl-AA NA NA CXIOI-AD NA NA Table Codes: o = address is available for device, 2.194 Alpha Servers 8 0 Maximum of Each Supported 0 0 12 0 - 14 0 - 15 0 0 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 10 0 0 11 - 9 0 0 NA NA NA NA - =address not available for device NA =Not Applicable OpenVMS Digital UNIX 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 AlphaServer 8400 CD-ROM High-speed System Interconnect Bus 1-12 CPUs Memory 110 Port Operator Control Panel 48-Volt Power Regulator I Space for Additional Power Regulators Space for one or two BA655 or BA660 PIUs I 48-Volt Power Regulator Space for Additional Power Regulators I Cooling Assembly Expansion Bay for: PCI lID Channel BA655 PIU BA660 PIU One BA660 StorageWorks PIU included Expansion Bay for: XMII/O Channel PCIIIO Channel BA655 PIU BA660 PIU Batteries for UPS I Cooling Assembly Expansion Bay for: XMI lID Channel PCI lID Channel BA655 PIU BA660 PIU Batteries for UPS Expansion Bay for: XMII/O Channel PCIIIO Channel BA655 PIU BA660 PIU Batteries for UPS BU·3310A System Cabinet I/O Expansion Cabinet Note: Three-Phase Power Systems support up to three Power Regulators. 5.25-in. Devices 3.5-in. Devices D XMI Plug-in Unit (occupies two bays) tz re Battery Plug-in Unit (occupies two bays) BU-3482 Alpha Servers 2.195 AlphaServer 8400 Specifications Physical Characteristics Operating Shipping Height Width Depth Weight, full configuration Without batteries With batteries 170.0 cm (67.0 in.) 80.0 cm (31.5 in.) 87.5 cm (34.4 in.) 195.0 cm (76.7 in.) 109.5 cm (43.1 in.) 121.0 cm (47.5 in.) 408 kg (900 lb.) 545 kg (1200 lb.) 448 kg (1000 lb.) 585 kg (1300 lb.) Clearances Operating Service Front Rear Sides 1.0 m (40 in.) 1.0 m (40 in.) o 1.5 m (59 in.) 1.0 m (40 in.) o Environmental Operating Non-Operating Temperature Humidity Altitude Vibration Heat dissipation! 15° to 28°C (59° to 82°F) 20% to 80% 0-2.4 km (0-8000 ft) 2-22 Hz @ 0.01 "da minimum -40° to 66°C (-40° to 151°F) 10% to 95% 9,100 m (30,000 ft) 22-500 Hz @ 0.25g max. Minimally configured systeml (system cabinet) 3,400 Btulhr, 1,000 W Fully configured system2 (system cabinet) 15,700 Btulhr, 4,600 W Fully configured system3 (system cabinet with two I/O expansion cabinets) 30,600 Btulhr, 9,000 W Regulatory Agency approvals Reviewed to Power Requirements! 2 Three-Phase Power Subsystem Nominal voltage Frequency range Phases Maximum input current/phase Surge current Rating Power cap (system) Receptacle (site) (Industry equivalent) PCSIPDSIPDUIUPS cable UL Listed to UL1950 UL Classified to IEC950 CSA Certified to CAN/CSA-C22.2, No. 950-M89 FCC Part 15 (Class A) CE Declaration #1171 AS 3260, Australian Standard EN 60950, European Norm US/Canada 120/208 V 50-60Hz 3-phase star 4-wire N-GND Europe/AP 380-415 V 50-60Hz 3-phase star 4-wire N-GND 24 A rms 50 A peak 30A DEC 12-12314-00 DEC 12-12315-01 NEMA L21-30R BC24W 12.8 A rms 50 Apeak 16A DEC 12-30333-02 See footnote 4 IEC 309 BN29X Japan 202 V 50-60 Hz 3-phase delta 4-wire mid-GND or 3-wire junction GND 24 Arms 50 A peak 30A DEC 12-12314-00 DEC 12-12315-01 NEMA L21-30R BC24W Minimally configured system contains one regulator, one CPU module, one memory module, one KFTIA-AA module, CD-ROM, and RZ28 disk drive. 2 Fully configured system contains two power regulators, four CPU modules, three memory modules, two System I/O modules, one DWLPB-AA, one DWLPB-BA, three BA655-AB, CD-ROM, 36 RZ28 drives. 3 Fully configured system and expansion cabinets consist of the above "fully configured system" and two expansion cabinets which each contain one DWLPB-AB, one DWLPB-BB, six KZPSA-BB, five BA655-AB, and 60 RZ28 drives. 4 Receptacle type is Hubbell 516R6 or equivalent 2.196 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 8400 UPS Solutions For complete protection, UPS products should be used with data line surge protectors-4N-GA249-AB (2 wire modem), 4N-GA249-CA (lOBaseT), 4N-GA5l0-BF (ThinWire). See TVSS section of Environmental Products Chapter. System AlphaServer 8400 (Single phase) AlphaServer 8400 (Three-phase) Storage UPS Model Receptacle Module for Plug-in Connection 60Hz 50Hz None, SWSOO, or Expansion Cabinet 4N·AEAAL·BA 4N·AEACK·BN Hardwired SW800 4N·AEAAN·BA (60 Hz) 4N·AEAAN·BE (50 Hz) 4N·AEACM·BN Hardwired None 4N·AEAAN·BA (60 Hz) 4N·AEAAN·BE (50 Hz) 4N·AEACM·BK Hardwired SW800 or Expansion Cabinet 4N·AEAAN·BA (60 Hz) 4N·AEAAN·BE (50 Hz) 4N·AEACM·PA Hardwired UPS Models 4N·AEAAL·BA 4N·AEAAN·BA 4N·AEAAN·BE Options 4N·AEACK·BN 4N·AEACM·BK 4N·AEACM·BN 4N·AEACM·PA PUPS plus 10kVA (7kW), single-phase, SO/60Hz, 176-276V in, 200-240V out, 9 minutes battery at full load; hardwired with optional plug-in output receptacle modules. PUPS plus lSkVA (lOkW), three-phase, SO/60Hz, 176-2S6V in, 200-240V out, 10 minutes battery at full load; hardwired with optional plug-in output receptacle modules. PUPS plus lSkVA (lOkW), three-phase, SO/60Hz, International model rated 380/41SV in, 380/41S1220V out; hardwired input/output. PUPS plus lOkV A receptacle module (3) L6-30R, (3) S-20R, (2) LS-20R PUPS plus lSkVA receptacle module (2) L21-30R, (3) S-20R2 PUPS plus lSkVA receptacle module (2) L6-30R, (2) L21-30R, (1) S-20R2 PUPS plus lSkV A dual receptacle module: Module 1: (2) L21-30R and conduit kit for connecting Module 1 to Module 2 Module 2: (2) L21-30R, (3) S-20R2 UPS Monitoring and Unattended Shutdown Software (for above UPS systems only) Includes cables, media and documentation. UPS System Prestige UPS OpenVMS 4N·AEAES·EM Digital UNIX PUPS plus UPS 4N·AEAES·FM Call for information 4N·AEAES·AK Network Management or mult shutdown* * 4N·AEAES·AK 4N·AEAES·BK Requires Connect-UPS Network Adapter (SNMP compatible) - for Digital UNIX systems, suffixes denote twisted pairIThinWire 4N-AEAEO-DAIDC for 60Hz applications 4N-AEAEO-DEIDD for SOHz applications Alpha Servers 2.197 AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount Product Description The AlphaServer 8400 5/300, 5/350, and 5/440 Rackmount systems are 23.5-inch wide versions of the nine-slot AlphaServer 8400 enterprise server. The Rackmount provides the same functionality and supports VME as well as XMI and PCI in the tall 80" H9A15 cabinet with extended depth. It is the highest performance enterprise server in the industry. It can be configured with up to twelve of the world's fastest microprocessors (Alpha microprocessor 21164). With the enormous capacity of the Alpha 64-bit architecture, up to 14 GB of memory, PCI, XMI and VME of up to a combination of more than 100 slots, this server offers room for growth for the largest and most complex applications. The AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount runs OpenVMS or Digital UNIX operating systems and offers the reliability and availability features customers require for bet-your-business environments. Clusters, hot swap disks, RAID, ECC, memory arid data paths, fault management along with space for any supported option including third party 19" RETMA compatible options are available. All System Building Blocks and options stand alone as 19" rackmount assemblies and plug directly into 240V AC. All cable egress is from the rear which helps in manage high interface cable situations. The AlphaServer 8400 provides supercomputer performance for the business. The AlphaServer 8400 has single processor floating point performance that dominates the competition in the generic benchmarks and wins at the application level as well. And, with up to 14 GB of memory, this server can provide all the benefits that Very Large MemoryNery Large Database (VLMNLDB) systems have provided in the past. Note: This Configuration menu for the Rackmount AlphaServer 8400 is intended to be a supplement to the non Rackmount Standard 8400. Only the unique Rackmount features and options are listed. Refer to the AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu for SMP Expansion, memory, storage devices and software. 2.198 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount Step I-Base Server System o o o o o AlphaServer 8400 5/300 and 5/350 Systems require - Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Systems require - Digital UNIX V3.2G or later, and OpenVMS V6.2IH3 or later Software media and documentation required for first system on site. Console terminal required unless available on site. System includes 9 slot centerplane-three slots used by the CPU module, memory module, and system 110 module. o - Six slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system 110 module(s). CD-ROM and RZ28-V A disk included in BA36R StorageWorks shelf, are connected via single ended SCSI-2 port on KFfIA-AA system 110 module, or from KFTHA-AA 110 module with PCI single ended SCSI controller. - Three additionaI3.5-inch Storage Works devices can be added to the BA36R Storage shelf. 240V Universal single phase power is required for system, see Step 2. AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount Base Servers include o o Processor module with - One or two Alpha microprocessor 21164 5/300 or 5/350 MHz CPU(s), each CPU includes 4 MB Backup cache, or - Two Alpha microprocessor 211645/437 MHz CPUs, each CPU includes 4 MB Backup cache AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Systems require - Digital UNIX V3.2G or Digital UNIX V4.0a, or OpenVMS V6.2-1H3, or later System 110 module (KFTIA-AA) includes - 110 channel - Two twisted-pair 802.3lEthernets - Single-ended SCSI-2 port - Three Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI-2 ports o o o o o o o o o o o 128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB, or 2 GB of memory BA36R-AF StorageWorks Storage Shelf RZ28-VA 2 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk 600 MB CD-ROM drive Universal 240V single phase power Factory installed software Digital UNIX base license or Open VMS base license NAS 200 Software One year hardware product warranty 90 days software product warranty System installation included with AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Base Servers only pual-CPU Systems 300 MHz 350 MHz 440 MHz CT -ANIBC-A9 CT -ANIBD-A9 CT -ANIBF -A9 CT-ANIBC-V9 CT -ANIBD-V9 DY-ANIBF-V9 N/A N/A CT -ANIDD-A9 CT -ANIDF-A9 DA-AN2FD-A9 DA-AN2FF-A9 N/A N/A CT-ANIDD-V9 CT -ANIDF-V9 DY-AN2FD-A9 DY-AN2FF-A9 Operating System Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Memory 256MB 512MB 2.0GB 256MB 512MB 2.0GB Alpha Servers 2.199 AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount Step la-AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Rackmount System Building Blocks System Building Blocks are an alternative to standard Base Servers listed in Step 1. They provide flexibility in configuring the AlphaServer 8400 with a choice of memory and I/O options. System Building Block Requirements • • • • • • Minimum of one Memory module Minimum of one System 110 module CD-ROM drive Systems require Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later. Console terminal required unless available on site. System includes 9 slot backplane-three slots are used by CPU, memory, and system I/O modules. - Six slots available for additional CPU, memory, or system I/O module(s). • SBB is a 9 slot Rackmount card cage in a chassis and H9A15 cabinet with power and cooling. • If factory installed Software is required, a BA36R-AF StorageWorks Shelf, CD-ROM and system disk are required. • If required a cabinet and appropriate controller can be ordered separately. Ordering Information 440 MHz Cabinet SBB 756XS-A9 One dual 440 MHz CPU module in H9A15 cabinet with one power strip and packaging. No operating system, no I/O module, no memory. · If KFfHA-AA I/O module is selected the following PCI or XMI components must be ordered to provide the interface to CD-ROM drive in the BA35R-SF or BA36R-AF. · If KFTIA-AA I/O module is selected these components are not required. Required for PCI systems: DWLPR-A9 KZPAA-AA* BN21H-02 * Rackmount PCI unit PCI single-ended SCSI controller SCSI cable KZPAA is restricted as CD-ROM controller only. Maximum one per system. Required for XMI systems: DWLMR-BA KZMSA-AB CK-KZMSA-RB BN21H-02 Rackmount XMI unit XMI single-ended SCSI controller KZMSA internal cabinet kit. One required for each KZMSA. SCSI cable Note: Complete system configuration beginning with Step 2. Step 2-Power Controllers AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount systems include two power cords, one from system box and one from H7600-AA power controller. Both power cords are 20 Amp Twist-Lock for use in Americas. Other geographies may request H7600-BB power controller (ships with international Pin-and-Sleeve and appropriate power cord for system). H7600-AB H7600-BB 2.200 Alpha Servers North America 220/240V 24 Amp Twist-Lock Elsewhere 220/240 16 Amp Pin-and-Sleeve AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount Step 3-CPU Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) Expansion • See Step 2 AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu Step 4-AlphaServer Expansion Packages • Consult CSS Step 5-Memory • See Step 3 of AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu Step 6-110 Expansion Buses The PCI, EMI and VME I/O buses are available on AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount systems. Application and system configuration constraints will determine maximum configuration. Configuration limits exist at the I/O bus level and controller level. Verify maximum number of allowed controllers as listed in Controller Configuration Table. • Each DWLPR-A91B9 (PCI or PCI with EISA Drawer) contains 12 PCI slots • Each DWLMR-A9 (XMI Rackmount Drawer) contains 14 XMI slots • Each 2T-DWLVR-A9 (VME Rackmount Chassis) contain 6 VME slots - VME chassis with 12 and 21 VME slots are available; requires PCI to VME Bridge Kit and cables. Consult CSS. • PCI and XMI shelves connect directly to system via a HOSE cable to either the KFTIA-AA or KFTHA-AA. Maximum nine Hose connections supported per system. • VME Chassis is connected to system via PCI with a PCI to V~E bridge Kit. Maximum of one supported per PCI. • Both EISA and VME cannot be supported in the same PCI chassis. DWLPR-A9 KFE70-CA 1 DWLPR-B9 2 2T-DWLVR-A92,3 DWPVC-AA DWPVC-BA BC32D-08 BC32E-03 PCI Rackmount Chassis contains 12 PCI slots. Each DWLPR-A9 requires 7 inches of vertical rackmounting space .. PCI to EISA Bridge; Converts 12-slot PCI bus to 2 EISA, 6 PCIlEISA, and 2 PCI slots. Includes RX26 diskette drive, mounting hardware, and cables to mount RX26. Maximum one EISA Bridge option supported per system.) Each KFE70-CA/DWLPR-A9 requires 8.75 inches of vertical rackmounting space. 12 Slot PCI Drawer with KFE70-CA embedded. Contains 2 EISA, 6 PCIlEISA, and 2 PCI slots. Maximum one DWLPR-B9 unit is supported per system.) Each DWLPR-B9 requires 8.75 inches of vertical rackmounting space. 6 VME Slot Rackmount Chassis; connects to system via PCI with a PCI to VME Bridge Kit. (Maximum one VME supported per PCI.) Each 2T-DWLVR-A9 requires 14 inches of vertical rackmounting space, a line card kit, and both signal cables listed below. PCI to VME line card kit for OpenVMS systems, or PCI to VME line card kit for Digital UNIX systems and Signal cable from PCI to VME I/O panel, and Signal cable from VME I/O panel to VME module 1 Maximum of one EISA bus per system. 2 The EISA option and the VME option cannot be supported together on the same PCI Chassis. 3. Selection of either PCI to VME line card kit for OpenVMS or Digital UNIX is required for 6 VME Slot Rackmount chassis. (2T-DWLVR-A9). Either line card kit requires both signal cables (BC32D-08 and BC32E-03). Alpha Servers 2.201 AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount Step 7-System 110 Modules • See Step 5 AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu. Step 8-Storage Controllers • See Step 6 AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu. • BA36R-AF/AR (Wide) StorageWorks shelves and BA35R-AFIAR (Narrow) StorageWorks selves are recommended for use with Rackmount systems. Select appropriate SCSI cables to connect from controller to these shelves. Step 9-Storage • See Step 8 AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu. • BA36R-AF and BA36R-AR wide StorageWorks shelves, and BA35R-AF and BA35R-AR narrow StorageWorks shelves are supported on Rackmount systems. • 8-bit narrow and 16-bit wide devices are supported on Rackmount systems. • Base system includes one StorageWorks shelf, a CD-ROM drive and one hard disk drive leaving 4 slots for 3.5" devices. Note: BA655 or BA658 are not supported on Rackmount systems. Step 10-Networks and Communications • See Step 8 Digital AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu. - DWLPR-A9 required for PCI based options - DWLPR-B9 required for EISA based options - KFE70-CA (EISAlPCI bridge) Step II-Console Terminal • Console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin DSUB connector and printer required unless otherwise available. • Shielded console cable is included for connection to console terminal. VT510-xx VT510 terminal. Step 12-Expansion (Storage Expansion Cabinet and 110 Expansion Cabinet) If expansion is required, disks, tapes, 110 chassis or other, select same cabinet and power controllers as used in system cabinet and stack. 71.75" rack space available. Use only devices with 240V AC or 120V!240V AC front ends. Step 13--Power Expansion Components • Base system cabinet includes two H7600-AB power controllers and one power supply. • Redundant (N+ 1) power supply option is not supported on the Rackmount AlphaServer 8400 system. • Battery backup capability is not supported on the Rackmount AlphaServer 8400 system. The use of UPS system is recommended. Step 14-Software • See Step 12 AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu. 2.202 Alpha Servers AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount Step 1S-Environmental Power Products See AlphaServer 8400 UPS Solutions following Specifications in AlphaServer 8400 configuration menu. Configuring system in H9A15 Cabinet The H9A15 cabinet is 80" tall and has 71.75" of standard 19" vertical rack space. o o o o o o o AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount SBB is 36.75" and is mounted 14 inches from top of cabinet. BA36R-AF is mounted directly above the SBB with system disk and CD-ROM. To preserve air flow the only options supported above SBB are: front and rear mounted BA36R-xx shelves, PCI drawer (no EISA), and VME drawer. PCI drawer with EISA, and XMI drawer are recommended for bottom of cabinet, below SBB. One H7600 power strips can be mounted in bottom of cabinet. Remaining 21-inches of available space in bottom of cabinet can be filled with options as required. The items usually configured in cabinet with SBB are all standard 19" RETMA compatible and occupy different heights and depths. See chart below. Cabinet Configuration Table System Building Block Depth! Rack Height PCI drawer (no EISA) ~CI drawer with EISA XMI drawer 6 slot VME drawer BA36R-AFIAR shelves 36.75" 23.5" 7.00" 25.00" 8.75" 25.00" 15.75" 34.50" 7.00" 23.50" 7.00" 10.00" 1. Does not include cable egress Specifications Physical Characteristics Operating Shipping Height Width Depth Weight 202.0 cm (79.5 inches) 60.0 cm (23.6 inches 103.6 cm (40.8 inches) 363 kg (800 lb) 225.4 cm (88.8 inches) 91.5 cm (36.0 inches) 121.5 cm (47.9 inches) 397 kg (875Ib) Clearance Operating Service Front Rear Side 1.0 m 40 inches .75 m 29.5 inches 1.5 m 59 inches 1.0 m 40 inches o o Environmental Operating Non-operating Temperature Humidity Altitude Vibration 10° to 35°C (50 to 90°F) 10% to 90% oto 2.4M (0 to 8200 ft) 2-22 Hz @ 0.01" da min. -40° to 66°C (-40° to 151°F) 10% - 95% 9, 100m (30,000 ft) 22-500 Hz @ 0.25 g max. Heat Dissipation Minimum Configuration Maximum Configuration 3200 Btulhr, 930 W 14400 Btulhr, 4200 W Power Requirements Nominal AC input voltage Frequency range Phases Max input current (Max Config) Plugs from Cabinet Receptacle Regulatory Approvals 200-240V AC 47-63 Hz Single-Phase 20.3 Arms NEMA L6-20P (QTY=2) NEMA L6-20R (QTY=2) UL, CSA, IEC, FCC, CE Alpha Servers 2.203 VAXstation 4000 Model 96 VAXstation 4000 Model 96 Product Description .·1 The V AXstation 4000 Model 96 system is a high-performance, OpenVMS VAX workstation. The Model 96 system supports three graphic options: LCSPX (accelerated 2D); SPXg (8-plane 3D with 16-bit Z-Buffer); and SPXgt (24-plane 3D with 24-bit Z-Buffer). SPXg graphics provide hardware acceleration for 2D and 3D vectors and solid fill. SPXgt is most useful in accelerating the performance of applications that make extensive use of smooth-shaded graphics and true-color imaging. Main memory can be configured at 16, 32, 64, 80, or 128 Mbytes, and the system includes 256 Kbytes of writeback cache. A TURBOchannel adapter option provides direct connectivity to Digital-supported TURBOchannel options, including thick wire Ethernet, additional SCSI, or FDDI controllers. V AXstation 4000 Model 96 memory modules, internal storage devices, and graphics option upgrades are customer installable. Internal storage permits a maximum of two 3.5-inch hard disks and one removable media device (diskette, compact disc, or tape drive). External expansion is supported in StorageWorks BA353 modular storage units. V AXstation 4000 Model 96 Base System software licenses include the OpenVMS operating system and Network Application Support (NAS 150) for VAXstations. Systems ordered with a factory-installed disk will have OpenVMS and DECwindows Motif factory installed. The V AXstation 4000 Model 96 system is ideal for applications such as CAD/CAM/CAE, medical and other forms of imaging, econometrics, process control/CIM, mapping, geophysical analysis, scientific visualization, and is suitable as a trader workstation. It provides a level of V AXstation performance that enables users to run the most computationally demanding applications. To allow VAXstation 3100 and VAXstation 4000 Model 60 users to take full advantage of the processing performance of the V AXstation 4000 Model 96 system, upgrade kits are available. To provide investment protection, SPXg and SPXgt color graphics cards and monitors can be transferred from a V AXstation 4000 Model 60 system to an upgraded V AXstation 4000 Model 96 system. VAX Systems 3.1 VAXstation 4000 Model 96 Step I-Systems 120-V Base Systems include a U.S. keyboard and all required power cords. If a 240 V system is selected, the appropriate country kit or keyboard and power cord are required from Step 14. • Graphics, TURBOchannel, and synchronous communication options are customer installable and will ship as SPARES. • Other options ordered with Base Systems will be factory installed unless specified as SPARES. VAXstation 4000 Model 96 Base Systems include • • • • • • • • • 2.7-meter (9-foot) color/monochrome video cable • 1.8-meter (6-foot) power cord (120-V systems only) • 0.9-meter (3-foot) monitor power cord (monitor to system box) • Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to 88-132 Vac or 176-264 Vac • Software licenses: OpenVMS V AX and Digital NAS Client 150 for VAXstations DECwindows Motif, DECmessageQ RT, ObjectBroker RT, DECnet End Node, DECnetiOSI End System, DEC TCPIIP Client, VMScluster Client • English-language user documentation Base module Memory-eight SIMM connectors Cache memory: 256 Kbytes ThinWire/thick wire Ethernet controller on base system module Synchronous SCSI controller on base system module 2D color/grayscale graphics board (LCSPX) U.S. keyboard (120 V only) Three-button mouse One DEC-423 serial line One EIA-232D serial line with modem control Note: Base Systems ordered with a factory-installed disk include factory-installed software (FIS). Order Number Memory Monitor Hz Hard Disk Drive: 1.0 Gbyte CD-ROM: 600 MB PV71A-BAIBB 16MB 64MB Required Required 72 72 Included Included PV71A-BCIBD Note: BA, Be = 1201240 V Northern Hemisphere; BB,BD =240 V Southern Hemisphere Step 2-Monitor (Required for Base Systems) Note: V AXstation 4000 Model 96 does not support dual-and quad-monitor configurations. VRT17-PAlP4 17" (16.0" viewable image size) high-resolution color monitor with Light Gray enclosure. Trinitron aperture grille CRT with 0.26mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Autoscanning from VGA to 1280 x 1024 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 male to BNC video cable. Select -PA for Northern Hemisphere or -P4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North American, -PA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -PA and -P4 not included, order separately. VRC21-LAlL4 21" (19.6" viewable image size) ultra high-resolution color monitor with Ligh Gray enclosure. Diamondtron aperture grille CRT with 0.30 mm stripe pitch and anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti static coating. Auto-scanning from VGA to 1600 x 1200 at 75Hz NI refresh rates. On Screen display (OSD). Stereo viewing compatible. MPR-II, Energy Star, DPMS and NUTEK compliant. 120/240V universal power supply. Includes 3.0 meter HD15 maIe to BNC video cable. Select -LA for Northern Hemisphere, or -L4 for Southern Hemisphere operation. If purchased in North America, -LA includes 120V power cord, otherwise power cords for -LA and -L4 not included, order separately. Note:xA = 120/240 V Northern Hemisphere; x4 =240V Southern Hemisphere Step 3--Storage Select storage devices if required. Factory-installed variants (-EM) include factory-installed software (FIS) which includes OpenVMS and DECwindows MOTIF. • System disk must be ordered if the system is not being booted over the network by a server. • Maximum of seven SCSI devices, not to exceed two internal hard drives, one removable media device, and four external devices; or up to six external SCSI devices (with only one internal drive). Note:FIS is not a substitute for a software load device; media and documentation are required for first system on site. 3.2 VAX Systems V AXstation 4000 Model 96 Step 3a-Internal Storage (FactorylField Installed) Systems have three internal storage cavities. Slot I-Removable media (RX26, RRD4S, TLZ09, TZK11) Slot 2-3.S-inch disk RZ26N or RZ28M Slot 3-3.S-inch disk RZ26N, or RZ28M Select up to one half-height removable media device. RX26 -ES/uL RRD45-EN TLZ09-HF TZK20-HG 2.8 MB 3.S-inch internal diskette drive 600 MB internal, dual speed compact disk drive 8.0 Gbyte 4-mm DAT tape drive 2.3 GB QIC tape drive Select up to two 3.S-inch half-height disk drives. Factory-installed variants (-EM) include factory-installed software (PIS). RZ26N-EN RZ28M-EN 1.0S-Gbyte internal disk drive 2.1-Gbyte internal disk drive Step 3b-External Storage (Expansion Box) TLZ09-TA TZK20-DB TZ88N-TA* 8 GB 4-mm DAT tabletop tape drive 2.3 GB QIC tabletop tape drive 40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive For StorageWorks BA3S3 modular storage expansion box information, see Storage Devices. Step 3c--Workstands BA46X-AA H9855-AA Vertical floor stand for one V AXstation 4000 system. Horizontal workstand for one V AXstation 4000 system. Step 4--Memory Systems include 16 MB (4 x 4-MB SIMMs) or 32* MB (8 x 4-MB SIMMs). Additional memory may be added in 16-or 64MB increments if four memory slots are available. Eight SIMM memory slots total; 16-and 64-MB modules may be combined. MS44L-AA MS44-DC 4 MB parity (1 x 4-MB, 100-ns SIMMs) 64 MB parity (4 x 16-MB, 100-ns SIMMs) * Increasing memory in 32-MB systems requires removal of 4 x 4-MB SIMMs. Step 5-TURBOchannel Adapter (Customer Installable) • TURBOchannel adapter provides one single-width bus slot for Digital or third-party options. • Adapter requires OpenVMS VAX VS.S-2HW or higher. • Required for TURBOchannel options (Step Sa). DWCTX-BX TURBOchannel adapter module VAX Systems 3.3 VAXstation 4000 Model 96 Step Sa-TURBOchannel Options (Customer Installable) • Requires a TURBOchannel adapter. • Each option requires one TURBOchannel slot. • The following TURBOchannel options have OpenVMS V AXldriver support. PMAD-AB PMAZ-AB DEFTA-AA Thick wire Ethernet TURBOchannel option card Additional SCSI TURBOchannel option card DEC FDDlcontroller 700 (fiber optic) option card. Requires DEC LAN device driver kit VI.O (QA-OPAAA-H51H8) with OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2. Step 6--Synchronous Communication Options Select synchronous communication option if TURBOchannel adapter was not selected from Step 5. V AX Wide Area Network (WAN) device driver license is required before adding asynchronous communication controller. Order license, media (TK50 or magtape), and documentation. QL-VA WA9-AA QA-VA WAA-HS QA-VA WAA-HM QA-VAWAA-GZ VAX WAN VI.2 device driver license VAX WAN VI.2 device driver media (TK50)and documentation VAX WAN V 1.2 device driver media (magtape)and documentation VAX WAN V1.2 device driver documentation Step 6a--Synchronous Communication Controller (Customer Installable) DSW21-AA DSW21-AB DSW21-AC DSW21-AD DSW21-AE DSW21-AF One-line synchronous One-line synchronous One-line synchronous One-line synchronous One-line synchronous One-line synchronous communication controller and EIA-232 V.24 synchronous modem cable communication controller and EIA-423 V.IO synchronous modem cable communication controller and EIA-422 V.36 synchronous modem cable communication controller and V.35 synchronous modem cable communication controller and EIA-530 synchronous modem cable communication controller and X.21 synchronous modem cable Step 7-Networking Cables BC16M-xx BNE3H-xx BNE3L-xx ThinWire Ethernet cable (xx = 06/15/30 feet in length) Thick wire transceiver cable with straight connector (PVC)(xx 05/10/20/40 meters in length) Thick wire transceiver cable with straight connector (Tefion)(xx 05/10/20/40 meters in length) = = Note: Right-angle Ethernet cables are not supported. Step ~Printers Order printers if required. Step 9-Hardware Documentation Information kits ship with every system. Information kits include the following documents: VAXstation 4000 Model 90 Quick Installation Card, Owners and System Installation Guide, and Options Installation Guide. 3.4 VAX Systems VAXstation 4000 Model 96 Step to--Graphics Options (Customer Installable) o o o Graphics options are listed with compatible monitors. Upgrades include video cables. Recommended configurations for SPXg/gt are 24-32 MB of memory and I-Gbyte internal disk. Note: Model 96 will not support dual-or quad-monitor configurations. VAXstation 4000 Model 96 Graphics Order Number Description LCSPX 8-plane 2D color/grayscale graphics PV71G-AA 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72 Hz PV71G-BAI SPXg 8-plane 3D color graphics with 16-bit Z-Buffer, 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72 Hz SPXgt 24-plane 3D color graphics with PV71G-CA 1 24-bit Z-Buffer, 1280 x 1024 resolution, 72 Hz Compatible Monitor Hz 17-inch C VRTI7-HAlH4 21-inch C VRC21-LAlH4 66172 66172 1. SPXg and SPXgt options include DEC PHIGS Runtime license and require DECwindows Motif V1.1 media. Step tt--8oftware Media and Documentation VAXstation 4000 Model 96 systems require OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2HW or higher; a media and documentation kit is recommended for the first system on site. o VAXstation 4000 Model 96 systems include the following Base System license P AKs: OpenVMS VAX operating system and Digital NAS Client 150 for V AXstations (DECwindows Motif, DECmessageQ RT, ObjectBroker RT, DECnet End Node, DECnetlOSI End System, DEC TCPIIP Client, VMS cluster Client) OpenVMS VAX and DECwindows Media and Documentation QA-09SAA-HS QA-09SAA-H8 QA-09SAA-GZ OpenVMS V AX and DECwindows media (TK50) and documentation OpenVMS VAX and DECwindows media (CD-ROM) and documentation OpenVMS V AX and DECwindows documentation Digital NAS Client 150 Software QA-36PAA-HS QA-36PAA-H8 Digital NAS Client 150 for VAXstations media (TKSO) and documentation (CD-ROM) Digital NAS Client 150 for V AXstations media and documentation on CD-ROM DEC PRIGS Runtime License Included with SPXg and SPXgt options. Order media and documentation separately. QA-VKIAA-HS QA-VKIAA-HM DEC PHIGS Runtime for OpenVMS V AX media (TK50) and documentation DEC PHIGS Runtime for OpenVMS VAX media (magtape) and documentation NAS 150 for VAXstations media (magtape) and documentation (CD-ROM) DEC SoftPC DEC SoftPC, an optional layered product, allows a V AXstation 4000 system to run MS-DOS programs with no added hardware. Order license, media, and documentation. QL-YNWAA-3B QA-YNWAA-HS QA-YNWAA-HM QA-YNWAA-GZ DEC SoftPC for OpenVMS DEC SoftPC for OpenVMS DEC SoftPC for OpenVMS DEC SoftPC for OpenVMS V AX single-user license VAX media (TK50) V AX media (magtape) V AX documentation VAX Systems 3.5 VAXstation 4000 Model 96 Step 12--Country Kits, Power Cords, Keyboards (Not Required for 120 V Systems) Country Kit Power Cord Keyboard Country Language FCPOI-AG FCPOI-AB FCPOI-AD BN19C-2E BN19C-2E BN19K-2E LK401-AG LK401-AB GermaniAustrian Flemish FCPOI-AF FCPOI-AP BN19C-2E BN19C-2E Austria Belgium Denmark Finland FCPOI-AG FCPOI-AH BN19C-2E BN19C-2E BN18L-2E LK401-AP LK401-AG LK401-AH LK401-AT France Germany Holland French German Dutch Hebrew LK401-AI LK401-AN LK401-AV LK401-AS Italy Norway LK401-AM LK401-AK LK401-AL LK401-AA Sweden Switzerland Switzerland FCPOI-AT FCPOI-AI BN19Z-2E FCPOI-AN FCPOI-AV BN19C-2E BN19C-2E FCPOI-AS FCPOI-AM BN19C-2E BN19C-2E FCPOI-AK FCPOI-AL FCPOI-AE BN19E-2E BN19E-2E BN19A-2E BN19H-2E LK401-AD LK401-AF BN19P-IK BN19P-IK LK401-AA LK401-AA LK401-AC BN19S-2E BN19P-IK LK401-AA LK401-CA LK401-AJ Israel Portugal Spain U.K.lIreland AustraliaINZ U.S./Canada Canada India China Japan Danish Suomi Italian Norwegian Portuguese Spanish Swedish French German English English English French English Chinese Katakana Step 13-VAXstation 4000 Upgrades Upgrade kits must be installed by Digital Services. Order Number PV71U-BF f From To Includes VAXstation 4000 Model 60 2D LCG graphics (66172 Hz) V AXstation 4000 Model 96 2D LCSPX graphics (66172 Hz) V AXstation 4000 Model 96 CPU System enclosure and power supply 8-plane color/grayscale graphics board 2.7-m (9-fO color/monochrome video cable Brackets for three internal SCSI devices (one removable, two fixed disks) ThinWire/thick wire Ethernet DEC-423 serial line EIA-232D serial line with modem control Synchronous SCSI controller OpenVMS base license Digital NAS 150 license Note: Mandatory return of Model 60 CPU board and LCG graphics card PV71U-BH VAXstation 4000 Model 90/90A VAXstation 4000 Model 96 2D LCSPX graphics - 66172Hz 2D LCSPX graphics (66172 Hz) VAXstation 4000 Model 96 CPU Digital NAS 150 license Note: Mandatory return of Model 90/90A CPU board t VAXstation Model 96 systems require minimum of 16 MB of memory. See Model 96 memory configurations. 4-MB and 16-MB SIMMs from Model 60 may be transferred to Model 96 in sets of four only (e.g., two MS44L-BA = 4 x 4-MB SIMMs). Model 96 memory modules must be installed in sets of four matching value SIMMs. 3.6 VAX Systems V AXstation 40 00 Model 96 System Diagram Specifications Power Requirements Model 96 12.0/45.6 1201240 VAC Line voltage RMS 88-132/176-264 V AC V oltage tolerance--: . Ie phase 50/60 Hz Frequency/smg 47-65 Hz Frequency toler~nce rrent . runnmg cu 6.2 Al3.1 A MaxImum consumption Maximum power 465W SPECmark89 Operating Environment Temperature 10 0-40 °C ~5 . humidity Relative . g altitude . urn operatm MaxIm . . 1 CharacteristIcs Physlca Height Width Depth Weight (diskless) 0 50 -104 0 F) or box 0-32 0 C . or diskette in system (59 o- 90 0 F) WIth tape. 20%-80% noncondensmg 2.4 km (8,000 feet) 11.3 cm (4.4 i~.) 48.2 cm (19.0 m.) 40.0 cm (15.5 in.) 4.5 kg (10 lb) VAX Systems 3.7 MicroVAX 3100 Product Description MicroVAX 3100 systems offer enhanced distributed computing capabilities and flexibility. They support more than 10,000 commercial and technical applications across local or wide area networks. MicroVAX 3100 systems support add-on synchronous options for wide area communications and asynchronous options, including modem options for terminal and printer connections. Networking allows communications in a variety of environments, including DECnet, TCP/lP, OSI, SNA, and X.25. PC clients based on MS-DOS, OS/2, and Macintosh can be connected to the Micro VAX 3100 system, enabling the entire business to share information. Digital's advanced client/server computing, based on NAS (Network Application Support), delivers a wide range of solutions to help integrate desktop workstations and PCs. MicroVAX 3100 Model 40 system supports a broad range of computing needs and a large number of users. Additional internal SCSI storage can be added to meet future application needs. The MicroVAX 3100 Model 40 system is board upgradable to MicroVAX 3100 Model 85 and 96 systems. MicroVAX 3100 Model 85 and 96 systems offer enhanced Ethernet performance, and twice the storage capacity of the Model 40 on optional SCSI-2 card for external SCSI devices. ECC memory can be expanded to 128 MB. Micro VAX 3100 Model 88 and 98 systems offer identical functionality to the Model 85 and 96 in a new desktop mini-tower platform. In addition these systems offer enhancements in memory, support for up to 256 MB, and six internal storage devices are supported in system enclosure. MicroV AX 3100 systems are designed for sustained reliability and ease of serviceability. Their compact size provides mid-range systems performance at entry-level system prices. 3.8 VAX Systems MicroVAX 3100 Models 40, 85 and 9b MicroVAX 3100 Comparison Chart Performance (TPS) Enclosures Mbytes of memory: Included Mbytes of memory: Maximum Storage Devices (internal maximum) Storage Devices (total internal and external) Storage Capacity Model 40 Model 85 Model 96 Model 88 Model 98 3ge BA42-B 8 32 5 7 27.3 GB 1l0e BA42-B 64 128 5 141 56.7 GB 200e BA42-B 64 128 5 141 56.7 GB 1l0e MiniTower 64 256 6 14 200e MiniTower 128 256 6 14 19.2 GBI 19.2 GBI 60.2GB 60.2 GB 1 SCSI controller option (KZDDA-xx) supports seven additional external SCSI devices. MicroVAX 3100 Models 40, 85 and 96 I· Step I-Systems Select user licenses are required. MicroVAX 3100 Model 40, 85, and 96 Systems include • BA42 large enclosure with CPU/FPU • Model40 8 MB base memory on CPU, maximum 32 MB parity memory Digital NAS Base Server 200 • Models 85 and 96 - 64 MB memory in DSIM slot, maximum 128 MB ECC memory Digital NAS Base Server 200 • 802.3IEthernet interface (ThinWireIThick wire) with tenninators • Ethernet kit; includes ThinWire T -connector with BNC terminators and 15-pin thick wire terminator • Synchronous SCSI-2 interface for connecting internal and external SCSI devices; external connection via a 50pin external SCSI-2 connector • Three DEC-423 asynchronous serial lines (MMI data leads only) • EIA-232 asynchronous serial line with modem control (25-pin D-subminiature connector) • H8575-A 25-pin-to-MMI DEC-423 to EIA-232 adapter • 7.6-meter (25-foot) console tenninal cable • 120 V power cord (country-specific power cord required for 240 V use; see Step 9) • Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to 88132 Vac or 176-264Vac • Hardware documentation (QZ-K44AB-GZ for Model 40; QZ-A05AA-GZ for Model 85; QZ-001AA-GZ for Model 96) • OpenVMS base license (with POSIX) l • Factory-installed software Three-year hardware product warranty • 90-day software warranty 1. Delivery of software on a system disk is not warrantied. It is provided as a convenience to the customer. Customers are encouraged to purchase the necessary media and documentation kits that include complete installation instructions. See Step 8 for details. ~i.cr~VAX3100ModeI40,85,and 96Advantage Servers Order Number MicroVAX 3100 Memory Digital NAS Disk Drive CD-ROM DV-31GCB-CA DV -31JCB-EA Model 40 Model 85 Model 96 16MB 64MB 64MB Base Server 200 Base Server 200 Base Server 200 1.05 GB FIS* 1.05 GB FIS* 1.05 GB FIS* RRD45 (600 MB) RRD45 (600 MB) RRD45 (600 MB) DV-31SCA-CA * Disk drive in Advantage Server systems include Factory Installed Software (FIS) MicroV A.X3100 M0d.c140BaseServer· Order Number MicroVAX 3100 Memory Digital NAS Disk Drive CD-ROM DV-31GAB-B9 Model 40 8MB Base Server 200 Required Required Note: Hard disk, CD-ROM, and tape drive are not included with Model 40 Base Server, they must be ordered separately. VAX Systems 3.9 Micro VAX 3100 Models 40, 85 and 96 Step 2-Storage Select storage devices as required. See Storage Devices for further details. Step 2a-Internal Storage • System supports maximum of five internal drives in any of the following combinations: - Five RZ2x half-height disk drives, or - Four RZ2x half-height disk drives and one removable media device - Maximum of two RZ29B disk drives - Three RZ2x half-height disk drives and two removable media devices (RX26, RRD45, TLZ09, TZKll, or TZK20) • RZ26N disk drive in Advantage Server systems include Factory Installed Software (FIS) • Base Systems ordered with one hard disk drive include FIS • Order a load device (TLZ09) if necessary • OpenVMS Cluster satellite members or systems being loaded over the network do not require a load device. • Field-installed options require Customer Services installation. Removable Media Devices for Models 40, 85, and 96 systems RRD45-EN RX26 -ENIEL TLZ09-HF TZKll-HF TZK20-HF 600 MB CD-ROM drive 2.8 MB diskette drive; factory/field installed 8.0 GB 4-mm 3.5-inch DAT drive 2.1 GB cartridge (QIC) tape drive 2.3 GB 300 Kbs SCSI (QIC) tape drive Fixed Disk Drives for Models 40, 85, and 96 systems RZ26N-EN RZ28M-EN RZ28D-EN RZ29B-EN 1.0 GB 2.1 GB 2.1 GB 4.3 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM Step 2b-External Storage • Model 40: - Maximum seven SCSI-2 devices - Maximum two BA353 expansion boxes or one BA350 StorageWorks expansion shelf • Models 85 and 96: - Maximum 14 SCSI devices with additional SCSI card option. Use the following table to calculate external SCSI bus length. Maximum SCSI Bus Length Model 40 Models 85 and 96 Internal External KZDDA internal KZDDA external 2 m (78.7 inches) 4 m (157.4 inches) N/A N/A 2.25 m 3.75 m 0.73 m 5.27 m External Enclosure External Cable Length RRD45 TLZ09 TZ88N TLZ7L BA353 BA350 0.45 m 0.91 m 0.28 m 0.91 m 1.82 m 1.82 m 3.10 VAX Systems (88.6 inches) (148.0 inches) (29.0 inches) (207.5 inches) (18 inches) (36 inches) (11 inches) (36 inches) or 1.82 m (72 inches) (72 inches) (72 inches) MicroVAX 3100 Model 40, 85 and ~6 Step 2b-External Storage (continued) SCSI Controller and Tabletop Storage KZDDA-AAIAF RRD45-FAlDG* TLZ09-DD* TZ88N-TA* TZ887-NT BC06P-2F BC06P-06 BC06P-09 * SCSI controller card supports seven additional external SCSI devices, factory/field installed (Models 85 and 96 only) 600 MB tabletop CD-ROM drive; 120 V1240 V, requires 1.8 meter (6 foot) SCSI cable BC06P-06 8.0 GB tabletop DAT drive with universal power supply; includes 120 V power cord 40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive 280 GB SCSI tape subsystem, 7 cartridge loader in tabletop enclosure TZ8x cable, 2.5 ft (0.8 m) TZ8x cable, 6 ft (1.8 m) TZ8x cable, 9 ft (2.7 m) Country-specific power cord required for 240 V use. StorageWorks Expansion Units BA353-AA BA356-SC 1 2 BA362-AAIAB BA364-AAIAB StorageWorks desktop expansion box supports three 3.5-inch half-height, or two 3.5-inch half-height and one 5.25-inch half height drive. 120 V power cord included, Requires SCSI cable BC09D-xx. StorageWorks 16-bit shelf includes dual speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.5-inch devices 8 or 16- bit), requires BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 module Office expansion unit, supports up to two 3.5-inch modular storage devices Office expansion unit, supports up to four 3.5-inch modular storage devices and one fixed CD-ROM 1. Country-specific power cord required for 240 V use. 2. One BA356 expansion unit is supported per single ended SCSI bus; no other external device can be connected to system with BA356 unit. SCSI devices supported in StorageWorks Expansion Units RZ26N-VAlVW RZ28M-V AlVW RZ28D-VAlVW RZ29B-VAlVW TLZ09-VA TZ88N-VA TZKU-VA 1.05 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM 2.1 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM 2.1 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM 4.3 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM 8.0 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height 4-mm DAT drive 20/40 GB SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier 2.0 GB 5.25-inch QIC tape in StorageWorks carrier Step 3-Memory Model 40 Systems include 8 MB of base memory on CPU; systems support maximum 32 MB parity memory. MS44L-AA 4 MB parity memory modules for Model 40 Model 85 and 96 Systems include 64 MB base memory in first DSIM slot; systems support maximum 128 MB of ECC memory. MS44L-BC MS44-DC 16 MB ECC memory modules for Models 85 and 96 64 MB ECC memory modules for Models 85 and 96 VAX Systems 3.11 MicroVAX 3100 Model 40, 85 and 96 Step 3-Memory (continued) Memory Configuration Chart for Models 40, 85, and 96 Required Memory Model 40 (8 MB systems) Models 8S and 96 (64 MB systems) 16MB 24MB 32MB 40MB 48MB 72MB 80MB 128MB 1 x MS44L-BA 2 x MS44L-BA 3 x MS44L-BA N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 x MS44L-BC 1 x MS44-DC Step 4-Networks and Communications • Systems support one asynchronous and one synchronous communication option • An 8-line DEC-423 to 16-line DEC-423 upgrade option is available for the MicroVAX 3100 Models 40/85/96, see Network Products Guide for more information. Host-Based Communications Controllers Select host-based communications controllers for standalone systems (without LAN connectivity), or for other requirements. Asynchronous Multiplexer Options Select one asynchronous multiplexer for communications expansion DHW42-AA DHW42-CA DHW42-BA DHW42-UP Provides eight DEC-423 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (11 data only and one with modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, external 36-pin --.BCI6C-I0 3-m (10-ft) cable, and H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field installed. Provides eight EIA-232 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (three data only and nine with modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, EIA-232 1/0 assembly, and two external 50-pin to 4-way 25-pin BC29J-06 1.8-m (6-ft) cables; factory or field installed. Provides 16 DEC-423 lines for a system total of 20 asynchronous lines (19 data only and one with modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, two external 36pin BCI6C-I0 3-m (10-ft) cables, and two H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field installed. Upgrades DHW42-AA to DHW42-BA; field installed only. Note:Addition ofDHW4x options increases number of users; an OpenVMS license upgrade may be required. Synchronous Communications Options • Select one synchronous option • EIA-232N.24 cable (BCI9D-02) is included-select alternate cables for EIA-423N.I0 and EIA-422N.ll connection • Synchronous communication option requires V AX WAN Device Driver V1.2 or higher required. VAX WAN Device Driver media included in OpenVMS Consolidated Software Disk CD-ROM media. See Step 8 for details. DSW42-AA BC19B-02 BC19E-02 3.12 VAX Systems EIA-232 synchronous controller provides two lines). Includes synchronous logic module, I/O assembly, and external EIA-232 0.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable EIA-422N.ll O.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable EIA-423N.I0 O.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable Micro VAX 3100 Model 40, S5 and ~() Step 4-Networks and Communications (continued) LAN Communications Controller 802.3lEthernet Interface (ThinWireffhick wire selectable) included with system. Connection of system to Ethernet requires a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable) or a thick wire I5-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x). Local and Wide Area Communications Servers Each communications server requires an 802.3lEthernet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable)or a thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable is required (e.g., BNE3x). Software media and documentation and cables are also required. See Network Products Guide. DECserver 90M, 90TL, 900TM, 90L+, 700, and MUXserver 90, 320, 380 Communications and Printer Servers Select a terminal or printer server to provide users with multiple session access to systems on a LAN, to minimize on a LAN, to minimize cabling complexity and costs, and to conserve host resources such as backplane slots. DEC W ANrouter 90, 250, DECbrouter 90; and DECnis 500, 600 MultiProtocol Routers Select a router to cost-effectively link a LAN to a remote system or another LAN and to offload routing overhead from the application host system. InfoServer 1000 Network Storage Server To provide initial system load (ISL) capabilities order InfoServer Local Area Compact Disk. Other configurations are offered for tapelbackup and for serving more CD-ROMs. InfoServer systems support CD-ROM, hard drives, magnetooptical and tape drives. InfoServer 1000 systems can serve up to seven SCSI devices. See Storage Devices for ordering information. Network Connectivity Products See the Network Products Guide. Step 5-Console Terminal A console device is necessary for a system to function. Console cable included with system. Order video terminals (e.g., VT420) for each system unless otherwise available. If logging is required, a combination of video terminal and LA75 is recommended. Step 6-Terminals and Printers Select terminals and serial printers as required. Serial printers connect to an asynchronous line. A cable (e.g., BCI6E-25) must be ordered with each unless otherwise provided. VAX Systems 3.13 lVlicroVAX 3100 Model 40, 85, and 96 Step 7-CPU Upgrades Note: A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital Order Number From To Includes 31JXR-AA MicroVAX 3100 Model 40 MicroV AX 3100 Model 80 MicroVAX 3100 Model 85 Server MicroVAX 3100 Model 85 Server CPU 64 MB of memory OpenVMS base license 49GAX-E9 MicroV AX 3100 Model 40 MicroV AX 3100 Model 80 MicroVAX 3100 Model 96 Server MicroVAX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU 64 MB of memory OpenVMS base license 49JAX-E9 MicroVAX 3100 Model 85 MicroVAX 3100 Model 90 MicroVAX 3100 Model 95 MicroVAX 3100 Model 96 Server MicroVAX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU 64 MB of memory OpenVMS base license 49XR-AA MicroVAX 3100 Model 90 MicroVAX 3100 Model 95 MicroVAX 3100 Model 96 Server MicroV AX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU OpenVMS base license Step 8-Software Licenses required to support additional users beyond those included in base systems. Operating System support for Model 40 requires V5.5 or higher; Model 85 and 96 require V5.5-2H4 or higher = Software Processor Code B Clusterwide License Rating 20 (C) = OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use Licenses OpenVMS V AX Concurrent Use licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.2 or greater. OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one OpenVMS system to another OpenVMS system at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed Open VMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha Cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-XULAS-AA OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license Concurrent Use 2-user license Concurrent Use 4-user license Concurrent Use 8-user license Concurrent Use 16-user license Concurrent Use 32-user license Concurrent Use 64-user license Concurrent Use 128-user license Concurrent Use 256-user license VAX Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS V AX Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V5.5 or greater. OpenVMS VAX Interactive User licenses are specific to a single system and cannot be shared across an OpenVMS Cluster. QL-XULA9-BB QL-XULA9-BC QL-XULA9-BD QL-XULA9-BE QL-XULA9-BF QL-XULA9-BG 3.14 VAX Systems OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS VAX Interactive I-user license V AX Interactive 2-user license VAX Interactive 4-user license V AX Interactive 8-user license VAX Interactive 16-user license V AX Interactive 32-user license MicroVAX 3100 ModeI4U,~!S ana,o Step 8-Software (continued) OpenVMS V AX Interactive User Licenses QL-XULA9-BH QL-XULAA-BR QL-XULAB-BR OpenVMS VAX Interactive 64-user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive I28-user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive 256-user license OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX Version 6.0 or greater. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between systems at user discretion. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses can also be shared across an entire OpenVMS Cluster running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 or greater. Note: OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses are architecture specific and cannot be shared across a mixed OpenVMS Cluster (OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha systems). QL-09SA9-BB QL-09SA9-BC QL-09SA9-BD QL-09SA9-BE OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive I-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 2-user license V AX Distributed Interactive 4-user license V AX Distributed Interactive 8-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses QL-09SAB-BR OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS QL-VBRAP-AA V AXcluster license for multiuser systems QL-09SA9-BF QL-09SA9-BG QL-09SA9-BH QL-09SAA-BR VAX Distributed Interactive I6-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 32-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 64-user license VAX Distributed Interactive I28-user license V AX Distributed Interactive 256-user license OpenVMS VAX Media and Documentation Choose operating system media and documentation. Recommended for first system on site. Operating System support for Model 40 requires V5.5 or higher; Model 85 and 96 require V5.5-2H4 or higher. QA-OOIAA-Hx QA-09SAA-Hx OpenVMS media with extended documentation. OpenVMS media with b:;tse documentation. Note: x denotes the media type: 5 = TK50, 8 = CD-ROM OpenVMS Consolidated Software Media and Documentation Choose as an alternative to the above OpenVMS kits. Requires RRD43 CD-ROM. QA-VYRSA-GS OpenVMS and layered product binaries on CD-ROM without hardcopy documentation. OpenVMS extended online documentation and layered product online documentation on CD-ROM; requires DECwindows Bookreader. QA-GXXAB-Hx POSIX media and documentation (without IEEE documentation QA-VWJSA-AS Digital NAS Base Server 200 Digital NAS packaged products do not include hardcopy documentation, (documentation is CD-ROM only). QL-MCIAB-AA QA-MCIAA-Hx Digital NAS Base Server 200 license for OpenVMS VAX systems Digital NAS Base Server 200 media and documentation kit Note: x denotes media type: 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TK50, M = magtape VAX Systems 3.15 Micro VAX 3100 Model 40, 85, and 96 Step 9-Power Cords Select for 220/240 V systems. BN19A·2E BN19C·2E BN19E·2E BN19K·2E BN19M·2E BN19U·2E BN19S·2E BN19H·2E U.K.IIreland Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain, and Chile Switzerland Denmark Italy Israel India Australia, New Zealand MicroVAX 3100 System Diagram ~~--"""7 Optional DHW42 I/O Module and Logic Board MLOl1832 3.16 VAX Systems MicroVAX 3100 Mode14U, H5 ana,() MicroVAX 3100 System Diagram On/Off Switch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . System Ac Power Connector -----------=------ ~ External SCSI Port ~~~ . • · 111~,~~1 Optional DSW42 Ports 1 I,--i---(I~Y --~\~~ Optional DHW42 Ports - - - - 7 - - - C ·".·.·.·:G.'.·.·. ~o., ~~ MMJ Ports _ _ _ _ _ _ _-----''---.L..-1 Asynchronous Modem - - - - - - - - - / Control Port BU-32S1 Thick wire Ethernet Connector ThinWire Ethernet Connector Specifications Physical Characteristics Models 40, 85, 96 Height Width Depth Weight 14.99 cm ( 5.90 inches) 46.38 cm (18.26 inches) 40.00 cm (15.75 inches) 16.0 kg (36.85 lb) Model 40 Models 85/96 1201240 Vrms Single 50-60 Hz 88-132 Vrms 176-264 Vrms 47-63 Hz 1.110.6 A 132/144 120/240 V rms Single 50-60 Hz 88-132 Vrms 176-264 Vrms 47-63 Hz 1.5/0.75 A 180/40 3 DEC-423 1 EIA-232 Thick wire and ThinWire supported on all models 3 DEC-423 1 EIA-232 Power Requirements Nominal voltage Power source phasing Nominal frequency Voltage range Line frequency tolerance Typical running current Typical power consumption (Watts) Standard Communication Minimum MMJ lines Modem lines Ethernet Communications Options l MMJ lines MMJ lines Modem lines Synchronous lines Operating Environment 8 DEC-423 8 DEC-423 16 DEC-423 16 DEC-423 8 EIA-232 8 EIA-232 2 synchronous 2 synchronous Temperature (sea level) 10-40°C (50-90°F) Relative humidity 10%-80% noncondensing; 20% to 80% if tape drive is present. Maximum operating altitude 2.4km (8,000 ft) I DEC-423, EIA-232 and synchronous lines can be ordered separately. The DEC-423 and EIA-232 options cannot be configured together in the same system. An 8-line DEC-423 to 16-line DEC-423 upgrade option is available for the MicroVAX 3100 Model 40. VAX Systems 3.17 1VUcroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 98 Step l-Systems MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 98 Systems include • Minitower enclosure with CPUIFPU • 64 MB or 128 MB SIMM memory • Digital NAS Base Server 200 802.3lEthernet interface (ThinWirelThick wire) with terminators Ethernet kit; includes ThinWire T -connector with BNC terminators and 15-pin thick wire terminator Synchronous SCSI-2 interface for connecting internal and external SCSI devices; external connection via a 50-pin external SCSI-2 connector • Three DEC-423 asynchronous serial lines (MMJ data leads only) • EIA-232 asynchronous serial line with modem control (25-pin D-subminiature connector) • H8575-A 25-pin-to-MMJ DEC-423 to EIA-232 adapter • 7.6-meter (25-foot) console terminal cable • 120 V power cord (country-specific power cord required for 240 V use; see Step 9) • Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to 88-132 Vac or 176-264Vac • Hardware documentation (EK-MV489-UI for Model 88 and 98 • 1.05 GB RZ26N disk (Uses one 3.5" half-height SCSI bay) • 600 MB CD-ROM (Uses one 5.25" removable media bay) • OpenVMS base license (with POSIX) 1 • Factory-installed software • Three-year hardware product warranty 90-day software warranty 1. Delivery of software on a system disk is not warrantied. It is provided as a convenience to the customer. Customers are encouraged to purchase the necessary media and documentation kits that include complete installation instructions. See Step 8 for details. Order Number MicroVAX 3100 Memory Digital NAS Disk Drive CD-ROM DV-31JCC-EA Model 88 Model 98 Model 98 64MB 64MB 128MB Base Server 200 Base Server 200 Base Server 200 1.05 GB FIS* 1.05 GB FIS* 1.05 GB FIS* RRD45 (600 MB) RRD45 (600 MB) RRD45 (600 MB) DV-31SCC-EA DV-31SCC-FA * Disk drive in Advantage Server systems include Factory Installed Software (FIS) Step 2-Storage Select storage devices as required. See Storage Devices for further details. Step 2a-Internal Storage • System supports maximum of six internal devices in any of the following combinations: - Six RZ26 or RZ28 half-height disk drives, or - Five RZ26 or RZ28disk drives and one removable media device - Three RZ26 or RZ28 half-height disk drives and three removable media devices - Maximum of three RZ29B disk drives supported, must be installed in removable media device bays • RZ26N disk drive in Advantage Server systems include Factory Installed Software (FIS) • Order a load device (TLZ09) if necessary • OpenVMS Cluster satellite members or systems being loaded over the network do not require a load device. • Field-installed options require Customer Services installation. Removable Media Devices for Models 88 and 98 RRD45-AB TLZ09-LK TZKI1-LG TZK20-LK 3.18 VAX Systems 600 MB CD-ROM drive 8.0 GB 4-mm DAT drive 2.1 GB cartridge QIC tape drive 2.3 GB 300 Kbs SCSI QIC tape drive MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 9H Step 2a-Internal Storage (continued) Fixed Disk Drives RZ26N·EB RZ28M·EB RZ28D·EB RZ29B·EB 1.0 GB 2.1 GB 2.1 GB 4.3 GB 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM Step 2b-External Storage • Model 88 and 98: - Maximum 14 SCSI devices with additional SCSI card option. Use the following table to calculate external SCSI bus length. Maximum SCSI Bus Length Internal External KZDDA internal KZDDA external Model 40 1.2 m (47.2 inches) 4.8 m (189.0 inches) 0.1 m (3.9 inches) 5.9 m (232.0 inches) SCSI Controller and Tabletop Storage KZDDA-AB RRD45·FAlDG* TLZ09·DD* TZ88N·TA* TZ887·NT BC09D·03 BC09D·06 BC09D·09 * SCSI controller card supports seven additional external SCSI devices for Models 85 and 96 only (one per system supported) 600 MB tabletop CD-ROM drive; 120 V1240 V, requires 1.8 meter (6 foot) SCSI cable BC06P-06 8.0 GB tabletop DAT drive with universal power supply; includes 120 V power cord 40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive 280 GB SCSI tape subsystem, 7 cartridge loader in tabletop enclosure TZ8x cable, 3 foot (0.9 m) TZ8x cable, 6 ft (1.8 m) TZ8x cable, 9 ft (2.7 m) Country-specific power cord required for 240 V use. StorageWorks Expansion Units BA356.SC 1 BA362·AAlAB BA364·AAlAB StorageWorks 16-bit shelf includes dual speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.5-inch devices 8 or 16- bit), requires BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 module, requires SCSI cable BN21H-xx Office expansion unit, supports up to two 3.5-inch modular storage devices, requires BN31V-Ol 3.2 feet (1.0 m) SCSI cable Office expansion unit, supports up to four 3.5-inch modular storage devices and one fixed CD-ROM, requires 3.2 feet (1.0 m) SCSI cable 1. One BA356 expansion unit is supported per single ended SCSI bus; no other external device can be connected to system with BA356 unit. SCSI devices supported in StorageWorks Expansion Units RZ26N· VAIVW RZ28M·VANW RZ28D· VAIVW RZ29B·VANW TLZ09-VA TLZ7L·VA TZKll·VA TZ88N·VA 1.0 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM 2.1 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM 2.1 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM 2.1 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM 8.0 GB, 3.5-inch, half-height 4-mm DAT drive 32 GB 5.25-inch full-height 4 mm DAT tape loader in StorageWorks carrier 2.0 GB 5.25-inch QIC tape in StorageWorks carrier 20/40 GB SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier VAX Systems 3.19 lVlIcro V AX 3100 Model 88 and 98 Step 3-Memory • Model 88 and 98 with 64 MB memory include one PB7MA-CC memory option, select one additional 64 MB memory option (PB7MA-CC) for system total of 128 MB. • Model 98 with 128 MB memory include one PB7MA-CD memory option, adding an additional memory option is not currently supported PB7MA·CC PB7MA·CD* 64 MB SIMM memory for Models 88 and 98 128 MB SIMM memory for Models 88 and 98 1. Support for adding a PB7MA-CD is not currently supported Memory Configuration Chart Required Memory 64MB 128MB 192MB 256MB Model 88 and 96 (64 MB systems) 1 xPB7MA-CC 2xPB7MA-CC 1 1 x PB7MA-CC and 1 x PB7MA-CD 2 x PB7MA-CD" Models 96 (128 MB systems) N/A 1 xPB7MA-CD 1 x PB7MA-CC and 1 x PB7MA-CDl 2 x PB7MA-CD 1 1. Support for 192 MB and 256 MB memory is not currently supported 2. Systems with 64 MB memory can only be expanded to 256 by removing installed 64 MB memory option and installing two 128 MB memory options Step 4-Networks and Communications • Systems support one asynchronous and one synchronous communication option • An 8-line DEC-423 to 16-line DEC-423 upgrade option is available for the MicroVAX 3100 Models 40/85/96, see Network Products Guide for more information. Host·Based Communications Controllers Select host-based communications controllers for standalone systems (without LAN connectivity), or for other requirements. Asynchronous Multiplexer Options Select one asynchronous multiplexer for communications expansion DHW42·CB DHW42·BB Provides eight EIA-232 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (three data only and nine with modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, EIA-232 I/O assembly, and two external 50-pin to 4-way 25-pin BC29J-06 1.8-m (6-ft) cables; factory or field installed. Provides 16 DEC-423 lines for a system total of 20 asynchronous lines (19 data only and one with modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, two external 36pin BCI6C-I0 3-m (lO-ft) cables, and two H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field installed. Note:Addition of DHW42 xB options increases number of users; an OpenVMS license upgrade may be required. Synchronous Communications Options • Select one synchronous option • EIA-232N.24 cable (BCI9D-02) is included-select alternate cables for EIA-423N.I0 and EIA-422N.ll connection • Synchronous communication option requires VAX WAN Device Driver Vl.2 or higher required. VAX WAN Device Driver media included in OpenVMS Consolidated Software Disk CD-ROM media. See Step 8 for details. DSW43·AA BCI9B·02 BC19E·02 3.20 VAX Systems EIA-232 synchronous controller provides two lines). Includes synchronous logic module, I/O assembly, and external EIA-232 0.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable EIA-422N.ll 0.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable EIA-423N.I0 0.6-m (2-ft) adapter cable MicroV AX 3100 Model 88 and 98 Step 4-Networks and Communications (continued) LAN Communications Controller 802.3IEthernet Interface (ThinWirelThick wire selectable) included with system. Connection of system to Ethernet requires a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable) or a thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x). Local and Wide Area Communications Servers Each communications server requires an 802.3IEthernet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable)or a thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable is required (e.g., BNE3x). Software media and documentation and cables are also required. See Network Products Guide. DECserver 90M, 90TL, 900TM, 90L+, 700, and MUXserver 90, 320, 380 Communications and Printer Servers Select a terminal or printer server to provide users with multiple session access to systems on a LAN, to minimize on a LAN, to minimize cabling complexity and costs, and to conserve host resources such as backplane slots. DEC W ANrouter 90, 250, DECbrouter 90; and DECnis 500, 600 MultiProtocol Routers Select a router to cost-effectively link a LAN to a remote system or another LAN and to offload routing overhead from the application host system. InfoServer 1000 Network Storage Server To provide initial system load (ISL) capabilities order InfoServer Local Area Compact Disk. Other configurations are offered for tapelbackup and for serving more CD-ROMs. InfoServer systems support CD-ROM, hard drives, magnetooptical and tape drives. InfoServer 1000 systems can serve up to seven SCSI devices. See Storage Devices for ordering information. Network Connectivity Products See the Network Products Guide. Step 5-Console Terminal A console device is necessary for a system to function. Console cable included with system. Order video terminals (e.g., VT520) for each system unless otherwise available. If logging is required, a combination of video terminal and LAxx is recommended. Step 6-Terminals and Printers Select terminals and serial printers as required. Serial printers connect to an asynchronous line. A cable (e.g., BC16E-25) must be ordered with each unless otherwise provided. Step 7-CPU Upgrades Note: A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital From To Includes Order Number MicroV AX 3100 Model 88 Micro VAX 3100 Model 98 MicroVAX 3100 Model 98 Server CPU 49JAC-AA OpenVMS base license VAX Systems 3.21 IvncroVAX 31UU Model 88 and 98 Step 8-Software Licenses required to support additional users beyond those included in base systems. Operating System support requires V5.5-2H4, V6.2 or higher Software Processor Code =B Clusterwide License Rating 20 (C) = OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use Licenses OpenVMS V AX Concurrent Use licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.2 or greater. OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one OpenVMS system to another OpenVMS system at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha Cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-XULAS-AA OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license Concurrent Use 2-user license Concurrent Use 4-user license Concurrent Use 8-user license Concurrent Use I6-user license Concurrent Use 32-user license Concurrent Use 64-user license Concurrent Use I28-user license Concurrent Use 256-user license VAX Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS VAX Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX VS.S or greater. OpenVMS VAX Interactive User licenses are specific to a single system and cannot be shared across an Open VMS Cluster. QL-XULA9-BB QL-XULA9-BC QL-XULA9-BD QL-XULA9-BE QL-XULA9-BF QL-XULA9-BG QL-XULA9-BH QL-XULAA-BR QL-XULAB-BR OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS VAX Interactive I-user license VAX Interactive 2-user license V AX Interactive 4-user license VAX Interactive 8-user license VAX Interactive I6-user license VAX Interactive 32-user license VAX Interactive 64-user license VAX Interactive I28-user license VAX Interactive 256-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX Version 6.0 or greater. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between systems at user discretion. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses can also be shared across an entire OpenVMS Cluster running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 or greater. Note: OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are architecture specific and cannot be shared across a mixed OpenVMS Cluster (OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha systems). QL-09SA9-BB QL-09SA9-BC QL-09SA9-BD QL-09SA9-BE 3.22 VAX Systems OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive I-user license V AX Distributed Interactive 2-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 4-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 8-user license MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 9H Step 8-Software (continued) OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses QL-09SAB-BR OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS QL-VBRAP-AA V AXcluster license for multiuser systems QL-09SA9-BF QL-09SA9-BG QL-09SA9-BH QL-09SAA-BR VAX Distributed Interactive 16-user license V AX Distributed Interactive 32-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 64-user license V AX Distributed Interactive 128-user license V AX Distributed Interactive 256-user license OpenVMS V AX Media and Documentation Choose operating system media and documentation. Recommended for first system on site. Operating System support for Model 40 requires V5.5 or higher; Model 85 and 96 require V5.5-2H4 or higher. QA-OOIAA-Hx QA-09SAA-Hx OpenVMS media with extended documentation. OpenVMS media with base documentation. Note: x denotes the media type: 5 = TK50, 8 = CD-ROM OpenVMS Consolidated Software Media and Documentation Choose as an alternative to the above OpenVMS kits. Requires RRD43 CD-ROM. QA-VYRSA-GS OpenVMS and layered product binaries on CD-ROM without hardcopy documentation. OpenVMS extended online documentation and layered product online documentation on CD-ROM; requires DECwindows Bookreader. QA-GXXAB-Hx POSIX media and documentation (without IEEE documentation) QA-VWJSA-AS Digital NAS Base Server 200 Digital NAS packaged products do not include hardcopy documentation, (documentation is CD-ROM only). QL-MCIAB-AA QA-MCIAA-Hx Digital NAS Base Server 200 license for OpenVMS VAX systems Digital NAS Base Server 200 media and documentation kit Note: x denotes media type: 8 = CD-ROM, 5 =TK50, M =magtape Step 9-Power Cords BN19P-2E power cord is included with North American systems. Select country specific power cord for 240 V use. Order Number BN19P-2E BN19H-2E BN19C-2E BN19A-2E BN19E-2E BN19K-2E BN24X-2E BN19S-2E BNlSL-2E CountryNoltage U.S.lJapan 125 V AustralialNew Zealand 125 V Central Europe, 250 V U .K.IIreland, 250 V Switzerland, 250 V Denmark, 250 V Italy, 250 V India/South Africa, 250 V Israel, 250 V Amps 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Plug NEMA5-15 AS 3112-1981 CEE 717 (Schuko) BS 1363 SEV 1011 Afsnit 107 CEI 23-161 VII BS 546 SI32 Meters (Feet) 1.9 (6.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) VAX Systems 3.23 MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 98 Model 88 and 98 System Diagram MLO-()13606 1 Front Door 2 CD-ROM 3 System Disk Drive 4 System board 5 SIMM board (required) 6 7 8 9 10 SIMM board (optional) Power Supply Rear drive bay DHW42 Asynchronous option DSW43 synchronous option MLO-013510 1 Front door 2 Power switch 3 Disk drive LED 4 PowerLED 5 Halt switch; halts system and returns it from operating system to console mode 6 RZ2x SCSI disk (non-accessible) 3.24 VAX Systems 7 8 9 10 11 12 Accessible/non-accessible bay for 3.5" or 5.25" device Accessible/non-accessible bay for 3.5" or 5.25" device CD-ROM volume switch CD-ROM headphone jack CD-ROM activity light CD-ROM eject button MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 98 Model 88 and 98 System Diagram MLO.()13511 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SCSI port (terminated required) 2A AC power outlet connection AC power input connector Pre-installed software label System identification label Lockdown hasp ThinWire Ethernet ThinWire Ethernet LED Tick wire Ethernet 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Tick wire Ethernet LED Modem port (with adapter) MMJ port (for console only) MMJ port MMJ port DHW42 Asynchronous communication (optional) DSW43 Synchronous communication (optional) KZDDA SCSI port (optional) Specifications Physical Characteristics Models 88, 89 Height Width Depth Weight 40.64 cm (16.0 inches) 22.1 cm (8.7 inches) 47.5 cm (18.7 inches) 16.0 kg (35.0 lb) Power Requirements Nominal voltage Power source phasing Nominal frequency V oltage range Line frequency tolerance Typical running current Typical power consumption (Watts) 1201240 Vrms Single 50-60Hz 88-132 Vrms 176-264 Vrms 47-63 Hz 2.3/1.3 A 170W Standard Communication Minimum MMJ lines Modem lines Synchronous lines 3 DEC-423 1 EIA-232 Thick wire and ThinWire supported on all models Communications Options! MMJ lines Modem lines Synchronous lines Operating Environment 16 DEC-423 8 EIA-232 2 synchronous Temperature (sea level) to-40°C (50-90 0 P) Relative humidity 10%-80% noncondensing; 20% to 80% if tape drive is present. Maximum operating altitude 3.5 km (10,000 ft) 1 DEC-423, EIA-232 and synchronous lines can be ordered separately. The DEC-423 and EIA-232 options cannot be configured together in the same system. VAX Systems 3.25 VAX 4000 Product Description VAX 4000 systems provide commercial systems performance, high availability, and a compact footprint. They support a wide range of applications and options, including FDDI networks and Q-bus peripherals. System enclosure supports internal storage and Q-bus expansion through a B400X expansion cabinet. VAX 4000 systems come in three packages: Desktop Model 106A, DesktoplDeskside Model 108, and PedestallDeskside Model 505N705A DSSI and Ethernet adapter chips-each driven by a 10-MIP on-chip RISC processor-are tightly integrated on the CPU module with direct access to memory. Digital's DSSI to SCSI HSD10 storage solutions replace DSSI RF36 disk technology in all VAX 4000 systems. Digital's HSD10 DSSI-to-SCSI controller. mounted internally in system cabinet, supports standard RZxx SCSI storage on VAX 4000 systems while still supporting DSSI clustering. External StorageWorks HSD10 controllers are supported. VAX 4000 Model106A offers performance of 10-ns NVAX chip. Systems achieve 215 transactions per second (TPS). With internal support for the HSD10, DSSI-to-SCSI controller, VAX 4000 customers can take advantage of low-cost, more flexible and open StorageWorks solutions. VAX 4000 Model 108 offers identical functionality to the Model 106A in a new DesktoplDeskside mini tower platform. In addition, these systems offer enchancements in the memory and storage capacity, supporting up to 256 MB of standard SIMM memory and six storage devices in the system enclosure VAX 4000 Model 505A and 705A offer 12 ns and 9 ns performance, respectively in a Q-bus Pedestal package. Systems achieve 200 and 280 transactions per second (TPS) with the NVAX CPU chip. A DSSI OpenVMS cluster system provides high data and system availability by joining Q-bus VAX 4000, VAX 6000, and VAX 7000 systems via DSSI. Each system can access and share all disks attached to the DSSI buses; this provides mUltiple paths to the data. Should one system in a DSSI OpenVMS cluster configuration fail, data is available to serve systems via the other paths, and all I/O operations can resume immediately. No application rewrite is required across high-availability options, and systems can be expanded without disruption to existing operations. 3.26 VAX Systems VAX 4000 V AX 4000 Comparison Chart Model106A (BA42B) Model lOS (MiniTower) Mode1505A (BA440) Mode1705A (BA440) Minimum version of OpenVMS Performance (TPS) Maximum memory Maximum Internal Storage Maximum External Storage Maximum disk 110 throughput per embedded DSSI bus 5.5-2H4 21Se 128MB 8.4GB 327.6 GB 1200 1I0s per second 2 standard 5.5-2H4 215e i 256MB 19.2 GB 335.4 GB 1200 1I0s per second 2 standard Q-bus slots available In separate cabinet/enclosure (B400X-B9) In separate cabinet/enclosure (B400X-B9) 5.5-2H4 200e 512MB 25.2 GB 680.5 GB 1200 1I0s per second 2 standard 2 optional 5 HSDI0-Jx controller takes up slots 6 & 7power only) 15 5.5-2H4 280e 512MB 25.2 GB 680.5 GB 1200 1I0s per second 2 standard 2 optional 5 HSDlO-Jx controller takes up slots 6 & 7power only) 15 InternallExternal 1/22 1/2L. 0/21. 0/21. InternallExternal 1/22 1/21. 0/21. 0/21. Mode1505A Load Boot/load Boot N/A Boot Boot Mode1705A Load Bootlload Boot N/A Boot Boot Maximum possible Q-bus slots 11 (with B400X expansion cabinet) Maximum Tape Configurations InternallExternal 1/22 TLZ09 1/2L. TZKll 1/2L. TZK20 0/21. TZSSN-TA 11 InternallExternal 2/22 2/i 2/21. o/i 1 256 and 192 MB not currently available 2 Tabletop maximum of two tapes per SCSI bus 2 Tape and CD-ROM drives that can be used as bood! and load devices Device 3 InfoServer 150 RRD45 TLZ09 TZK11 TZK20 TZ88 Model106A Load Boot/load Boot Boot Boot Boot Model lOS Load Bootlload Boot Boot Boot Boot 1. A "boot" device is defined as a device that is supported by both the hardware system's VMB bootstrap facility (console level "BOOT" command) and the OpenVMS operating system STABACKIT utility. 2. A "load" device is defined as a device that supports the media on which Digital distributes software. 3. Attaches directly to the network for simultaneous shared access. OpenVMS V5.5-2H4 supports Initial System Software Load (ISL) for MicroVAX 3xxx, VAX 4000, and VAX 6000 systems. VAX Systems 3.27 VAX 4000 Model 108 Step I-Model 108 Systems • VAX 4000 Model 108 systems require OpenVMS V5.5-2H4, V6.1, or higher. To operate systems in an existing cluster environment, the cluster system disk must be updated. • Systems include factory-installed software* (OpenVMS V6.2). Media and documentation is recommended for the first system on site. Media and documentation for OpenVMS V 5.5-2H4 is included with each system for customers who need to load and run OpenVMS V5.5-2H4. • Systems include HSDI0-EN DSSI-SCSI controller with RZ28 2.1 GB SCSI disk, and RRD45 CD-ROM drive. • Systems include 120 V power cord (220 V1240 V devices require a country-specific power cord; see Step 8) • Select OpenVMS user licenses if required from Step 8. * FIS is not a substitute for software media and documentation; see Step 7 ADVANTAGE SERVERS include • Minitower enclosure with CPUIFPU • DSSI-SCSI controller (HSDI0-EB) DSSI single to Dual Attach Tri-Link • Synchronous SCSI inteface for connecting internal and external SCSI devices; external connection via 50-pin high density external SCSI connector • Six Storage bays Two Memory slots Q-bus port 802.3 Ethernet Interface (ThinWireffhick wire) with terminators Ethernet kit includes ThinWire T -connector with BNC terminators and 15-pin Thick wire • Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to 88-132 Vac or 176-264 Vac • Three DEC-423 asynchronous serial lines (MMJ data leads only) • EIA-232 asynchronous serial line with modem control (25-pin D-subminiature connector) • H8575-A 25-pin-to-MMJ DEC-423-to-EIA-232 adapter • 7.6-meter (25-foot) console terminal cable • 120 V power cord (country specific power cord required for 240 V use) • 64 MB or 128 MB SIMM memory • One 2.1 GB disk (uses one 3.5" SCSI bay) • One 600 MB CD-ROM drive (uses one 5.25" removable media bay) • OpenVMS base license • Digital NAS Base Server 200 software license • Hardware Documentation EK-VXI08-UI • Three-year hardware product warranty 90-day software warranty IYAX 4900 Model 108 Adval1tage SerVers Order Number Memory Controllers Digital NAS Disk Drive CD· ROM DV·418CC·E9 64 MB Base Server 200 2.1 GB FIS* RRD45 (600 MB) DV·418CC·F9 129 MB Single-DSSI DSSI-SCSI Controller Single-DSSI DSSI-SCSI Controller Base Server 200 2.1 GB FIS* RRD45 (600 MB) Step 2-Memory • Systems with 64 MB memory include one PB7MA-CC memory option, select one additional 64 MB memory option (PB7MA-CC) for system total of 128 MB. • Systems with 128 MB memory include one PB7MA-CD memory option, adding an additional memory option is not currently supported PB7MA·CC PB7MA·CD* 64 MB SIMM memory for Modell 08 128 MB SIMM memory for Model 108 1. Support for adding a PB7MA-CD is not currently supported 3.28 VAX Systems VAX 4000 Model 108 Step 2-Memory (continued) Memory Configuration Chart Required Memory 64MB 128MB 192MB 256MB Model 108 (64 MB systems) 1 xPB7MA-CC 2xPB7MA-CC 1 x PB7MA-CC and 1 x PB7MA-CD 2 x PB7MA-CD~ 1 Models 108 (128 MB systems) N/A 1 xPB7MA-CD 1 x PB7MA-CC and 1 x PB7MA-CD 2 x PB7MA-CD 1 1 1. Support for 192 MB and 256 MB memory is not currently supported 2. Systems with 64 MB memory can only be expanded to 256 MB by removing installed 64 MB memory option and installing two 128 MB memory options. Step 3-Storage • Single systems support: - Seven DSSI device IDs per DSSI node (controller), when the embedded HSD10 controller uses one device ID on the first DSSI bus. - Two-system DSSI VMScluster configurations that support six DSSI nodes (controllers), where each node uses one of the eight available nodes, and can be connected between any pair of DSSI adapters (one controller in each system). Step 3a-Storage Controller • One KFDDA-BB Single DSSI-SCSI controller included in system, one additional KFDDA-BB supported per system. • Four Q-bus storage adapters (two KZQSA and two KFQSA) are supported per system in B400X Q-bus enclosure. • One HSD10-JAlJF supported per B400X Q-bus enclosure. KFDDA-BB KZQSA-SAISF KFQSA-SE/SG Single-DSSI-SCSI controller for VAX 4000 ModelI08 Q-bus-to-SCSI adapter. Uses one Q-bus slot in BA400x enclosure. Supports two SCSI devices (tape and CD-ROM) in tabletop enclosure. FactorylField installed. Q-bus-to-DSSI adapter. Uses one Q-bus slot in BA400x enclosure, includes 25-foot BC21M-25 cable. FactoryIField installed. Step 3b-Internal Storage • System supports maximum of six internal devices in any of the following combinations: - Six RZ26 or RZ28 half-height disk drives, or - Five RZ26 or RZ28 disk drives and one removable media device - Three RZ26 or RZ28 half-height disk drives and three removable media devices - Maximum of three RZ29B disk drives supported, must be installed in removable media device bays • RZ28B drive in Advantage Servers include Factory Installed Software (FIS) • Order a load device (TLZ09) if necessary • OpenVMS Cluster satellite members or systems being loaded over the network do not require a load device. • HSD10-EB is configured on KFDDA-BB DSSI bus 0 and supports up to 6 RZ2x internal disks and up to seven RZ2x disks when the external HSD 10 SCSI port is used. SCSI bus is terminated on the HSD 10 controller side and requires a terminator on the far end of the SCSI bus. One HSDIO supported per system enclosure. • Internal removable media devices are configured on the internal on-board SCSI bus. Removable Media Devices for Model 108 RRD4S-AB TLZ09-LK TZK11-LG TZK20-LK 600 MB 4X CD-ROM drive 8.0 GB 4 mm DAT drive 2.1 GB cartridge QIC tape drive 2.3 GB 300 Kbs SCSI QIC tape drive VAX Systems 3.29 VAX 4000 Model 108 Step 3b-Internal Storage SCSI Disk Drives RZ26N-EB RZ2SM-EB RZ2SD-EB RZ29B-EB 1.0 GB 2.1 GB 2.1 GB 4.3 GB 3.5" xl" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM 3.5" x 1.6" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM Step 3c-External Storage Use the following table to calculate external SCSI bus length. Maximum SCSI Bus Length Model lOS On-board internal 1.2 m On-board external 4.8 m HSD10 SCSI internal 1.2 m HSD10 SCSI external4.8 m ( 47.2 inches) (189.0 inches) ( 47.2 inches) (189.0 inches) DSSI External Expansion • • • • • StorageWorks Deskside Expansion Units (BA356) support HSD10-AA for DSSI expansion One Q-bus expansion cabinet (B400X) supported per system One TKxx tape drive supported in B400X expansion cabinet Two TZxxtrLZxx tape drives supported per DSSI bus One HSD10-Jx DSSI-SCSI controller per BA400X expansion cabinet StorageWorks HSD10 Array Controller • StorageWorks BA356 supports HSD10 DSSI-SCSI array controller and up to seven SCSI devices HSD10-AA HSD10-AD HSD10-AF StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 8 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2 devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for VAX 4000 to HSD 10 connection. StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 16 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2 devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for VAX 4000 to HSD 10 connection. StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 32 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2 devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for VAX 4000 to HSD10 connection. B400X Expansion Cabinet • • • • B400X includes Q-bus extender modules and two 9-foot (2.7 m) cables 9-foot (2.7 m) BC21M-09 DSSI cable 6-foot (1.8 m) BC06P-06 KZQSA cable 10-foot (3.0 m) BC09F-10 power control cable, Universal power supply, and 120 V power cord B400X-B9 Q-bus Expansion Cabinet provides eleven additional Q-bus slots and supports: One TKxx, TLZxx, or TZxx tape drive One HSD10-Jx controller and four RZ28x-AAlRZ29B-AA disk drives One HSD10-Jx controller and three RZ282-AAlRZ292-AA disk drives and one RZ28M-xxIRZ29BAA disk drive in any combination ofRZ28M-AA and RZ282-AA, not to exceed 7 drives per HSD10-JA. SCSI Storage Devices for B400X RRD4S-JA 3.30 VAX Systems 600 MB 4X CD-ROM drive, requires KZQSA Q-bus-to-SCSI controller or HSD10-JA DSSI-SCSI controller VAX 4000 Model 108 Step 3c-External Storage (continued) SCSI External Storage o o o System supports seven SCSI devices per system on HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI controller, up to 6 internal, and up to 7 on external HSD 10 SCSI port. System supports seven SCSI devices per system on the on-board SCSI controller, up to 5 internal, and up to 7 on external SCSI port. Maximum SCSI bus length, internal and external, is 236-inches (6 meters), see SCSI cable chart StorageWorks Expansion Units o StorageWorks BA356 supports HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI array controller and up to seven SCSI devices BA356-SC 1 BA362-AAIAB BA364-AAIAB StorageWorks 16-bit shelf includes dual speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.5" devices 8 or 16-bit), requires BA35X-MG 8-bit I/O module, and BN21H-xx SCSI cable Office expansion unit, supports up to two 3.5" modular storage devices, requires BN31V-Ol 3.2 feet (1.0 m) SCSI cable Office expansion unit, supports up to four 3.5" modular storage devices and one fixed CD-ROM, requires BN31V-Ol 3.2 feet (1.0 m) SCSI cable 1. One BA356 expansion unit is supported per single ended SCSI bus; no other external device can be connected to system with BA356 unit. SCSI devices supported in StorageWorks Expansion Units RZ26N-VAIVW RZ28M-VANW RZ28D-VANW RZ29B-VAIVW TLZ09-VA TZ88N-VA 1.0 GB 3.5" xl" half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM 2.1 GB 3.5" x I" half-height disk drive, 5400 RPM 2.1 GB 3.5" x I" half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1.6" half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM 8.0 GB 3.5" half-height 4-mm DAT drive 20/40 GB SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier External SCSI devices RRD45-FAlDG* TZ88N-TA TZ887-NT BC09D-03 BC09D-06 600 MB 4X CD-ROM tabletop drive, requires BC06P-06 1.8 meter (6 foot) SCSI cable, 120 V/240 V 20/40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive 280 GB SCSI tabletop 7 cartridge loader tape subsystem TZ8x cable, 3 foot (0.9 m) TZ8x cable, 6 ft (1.8 m) TZ8x cable, 9 ft (2.7 m) BC09D-09 * -FA variant includes 120 V power cord, order country specific power cord for DG variant Step 4-Networks and Communications Systems support one asynchronous and one synchronous communication option. Select host-based communications controllers for standalone systems (without LAN connectivity), or for other requirements. Asynchronous Multiplexer Options Select one asynchronous multiplexer for communications expansion DHW42-CB DHW42-BB Provides eight EIA-232 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (three data only and nine with modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, EIA-232 I/O assembly, and two external 50-pin to 4-way 25-pin BC29J-06 1.8-m (6-ft) cables; factory or field installed. Provides 16 DEC-423 lines for a system total of 20 asynchronous lines (l9 data only and one with modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, two external 36pin BCI6C-I0 3-m (lO-ft) cables, and two H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field installed. Note:Addition of DHW42 xB options increases number of users; an OpenVMS license upgrade may be required. VAX Systems 3.31 VAX 4000 Model 108 Step 4-Networks and Communications (continued) Synchronous Communications Options • Select one synchronous option • EIA-232N.24 cable (BCI9D-02) is included-select alternate cables for EIA-423N.I0 and EIA-422N.ll connection • VAX WAN Device Driver included in OpenVMS layered products CD-ROM media. VAX WAN Device Drive Vl.2 or higher is required. DSW43-AA BC19B-02 BC19E-02 EIA-232 synchronous controller provides two lines). Includes synchronous logic module, I/O assembly, and external EIA-232 0.6-m (2-foot) adapter cable EIA-422N.ll 0.6-m (2-foot) adapter cable EIA-423N.I0 0.6-m (2-foot) adapter cable 802.3lEthernet Communications Controller 802.3lEthernet Interface (ThinWirelThick wire selectable) included with system. Connection of system to Ethernet requires a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable) or a thick wire IS-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x). IVAX 4000 Model 108 systems require a B400X Q-bus expansion cabinet before adding any of the following options FDDI Communications Controller DEFQA-SA/SF DEFQA-DAlDF DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus SAS (single attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot. Modell0SA systems running OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 require DEC LAN Device drive kit for OpenVMS VAX V.1.0. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.1. Factory/field installed. DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus DAS (dual attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot. Modell0SA systems running OpenVMS VS.5-2H4 require DEC LAN device driver kit for OpenVMS VAX V1.0. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.1. Factory/field installed. Both options use the ANSI standard MIC (media interface connector) and support multimode fiber (MMF) up to distances of 2 kilometers between stations. Options require one Q-bus slot (maximum two per system) and a DEC LAN device driver kit. QA-OPAAA-H5 QA-OPAAA-HM DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on TKSO DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on 9-track 1600-bitlinch magtape Local and Wide Area Communications Servers Each communications server requires an 802.3lEthernet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M cable)or a thick wire IS-pin AUI transceiver cable is required (e.g., BNE3x). Software media and documentation and cables are also required. See Network Products Guide. InfoServer 1000 Network Storage Server To provide initial system load (lSL) capabilities order InfoServer Local Area Compact Disk. Other configurations are offered for tape/backup and for serving more CD-ROMs. InfoServer systems support CD-ROM, hard drives, magnetooptical and tape drives. InfoServer 1000 systems can serve up to seven SCSI devices. See Storage Devices for ordering information. Step 5-Console Terminal A console device is necessary for a system to function. Console cable included with system. Order video terminals (e.g., VTS20) for each system unless otherwise available. Note: One console terminal required per configuration. VT330, VT340, VT420 with split screen capability can be used as a shared console terminal. Step 6-Terminals and Printers Select terminals and serial printers as required. Serial printers connect to an asynchronous line. A cable (e.g., BCI6E-2S) must be ordered with each unless otherwise provided. 3.32 VAX Systems VAX 4000 Model 108 Step 7-Software Licenses required to support additional users beyond those included in base systems. Operating System support requires VS.S-2H4, V6.2 or higher Software Processor Code Clusterwide License Rating =S =100 (E) OpenVMS VAX Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS V AX Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX VS.S or greater. OpenVMS V AX Interactive User licenses are specific to a single system and cannot be shared across an OpenVMS Cluster. QL-XULA9-BB QL-XULA9-BC QL-XULA9-BD QL-XULA9-BE QL-XULA9-BF QL-XULA9-BG Open VMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS VAX Interactive I-user license VAX Interactive 2-user license VAX Interactive 4-user license V AX Interactive 8-user license VAX Interactive I6-user license VAX Interactive 32-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX Version 6.0 or greater. OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between systems at user discretion. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses can also be shared across an entire OpenVMS Cluster running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 or greater. Note: OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are architecture specific and cannot be shared across a mixed OpenVMS Cluster (OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha systems). QL-09SA9-BB QL-09SA9-BC QL-09SA9-BD QL-09SA9-BE QL-09SA9-BF QL-09SA9-BG QL-09SA9-BH QL-09SAA-BR QL-09SAB-BR OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive I-user license V AX Distributed Interactive 2-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 4-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 8-user license VAX Distributed Interactive I6-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 32-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 64-user license VAX Distributed Interactive I28-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 2S6-user license OpenVMS Consolidated Software Media (CD-ROM) and Documentation-requires CD-ROM reader Systems include OpenVMS V6.2 base license; order media and documentation separately for OpenVMS V6.2. Systems also include OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 media and documentation QA-VWJSA-AS QA-VYRSA-GS QA-A93AA-Hx* QA-GXXAB-Hx* * OpenVMS layered product binaries on CD-ROM without hardcopy documentation. OpenVMS extended online documentation and layered product online documentation on CD-ROM; requires DECwindows Bookreader. P ATHWORKS for OpenVMS media and documentation POSIX media and documentation (without IEEE documentation) x denotes media type: 8=CDOROM, 5=TK50, M=magtape VAX Systems 3.33 VAX 4000 Model 108 Step 7-Software (continued) Digital NAS Base Server 200 Advantage Servers include Digital NAS Base Server 200 license, order media and documentation separately. QA·MCIAA·Hx* * Digital NAS Base Server 200 media and documentation kit x denotes media type: 8=CD-ROM, 5=TK50, M=magtape Step 7-Power Cords • Select power cord for 220/240 V use • BN19P-2E power cord is included with North American systems. Select country specific power cord for 240 V use Power Cords for VAX 4000 Model 108 systems Order Number BN19p·2E BN19H·2E BN19C·2E BN19A·2E BN19E·2E BN19K·2E BN24X·2E BN19S·2E BN18L·2E CountryN oltage U.S.lJapan 125 V AustralialNew Zealand 125 V Central Europe, 250 V U.K.lIreland, 250 V Switzerland, 250 V Denmark, 250 V Italy, 250 V India/South Africa, 250 V Israel, 250 V Amps 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Plug NEMA5-15 AS 3112-1981 CEE 717 (Schuko) BS 1363 SEV 1011 Afsnit 107 CEI 23-16 / VII BS 546 SI32 Meters (Feet) 1.9 (6.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) Power Cords for B400X and R400X Expansion Pedestals BN20B·2E BN22C·2E BN22D·2E BN22E·2E BN22F·2E BN22H·2E BN22J·2E BN22K·2E BN22L·2E u.S., Canada, Japan Australia, New Zealand Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain U.K., Ireland Switzerland Denmark Italy India Israel Step 8-Diagnostics and Documentation Select optional diagnostics and documentation. QZ·K14AA·US QZ·K32AA·U8 On TK50 media On CD-ROM media Extended Diagnostics and Documentation QX·K19AC·AA QZ·K19AA·HS QX·K32AA.AA QZ·K32AA·H8 QZ·K19AA·GZ 3.34 VAX Systems Single-use TK50 license Media on TK50 Single-use CD-ROM license Media on CD-ROM Hardcopy extended maintenance documentation VAX 4000 Model 108 VAX 4000 Model 108 System Diagram 1 Front Door 2 CD-ROM 3 System Disk Drive 4 System board 5 SIMM board (required) 6 Power Supply 7 Rear drive bay 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 DHW42 Asynchronous option DSW43 Synchronous option KFDDA (optional) HSDlO DSSI-SCSI adapter KFDDA CDAL 110 board SIMM carrier MLD-Ol3510 1 2 3 4 5 6 Front door Power switch Disk drive LED PowerLED Halt switch; halts system and returns it from operating system to console mode RZ2x SCSI disk (non-accessible) 7 8 9 10 11 12 Accessible/non-accessible bay for 3.5" or 5.25" device Accessible/non-accessible bay for 3.5" or 5.25" device CD-ROM volume switch CD-ROM headphone jack CD-ROM activity light CD-ROM eject button VAX Systems 3.35 VAX 4000 Model 108 VAX 4000 Model 108 System Diagram 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Qbus port Qbus port SCSI port (tenninated when not in use) Aux 2A AC power outlet AC power input connector Pre-installed software label System identification label Lockdown hasp ThinWire Ethernet ThinWire Ethernet LED Tick wire Ethernet 3.36 VAX Systems 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Tick wire Ethernet LED Modem port (MMJ adapter provided) MMJ port (for console only) MMJport MMJ port DHW42 Asynchronous communication (optional) DSW43 Synchronous communication (optional) KFDDA DSSI port (optional) HSDlO SCSI port KFDDA port (TriLink adapter provided) VAX 4000 Modell06A VAX 4000 Modell06A Systems Step I-Model106A Systems • VAX 4000 Modell06A systems require OpenVMS V5.5-2H4 or V6.2. To operate systems in an existing cluster environment, the cluster system disk must be updated. • Systems include factory-installed software* (OpenVMS V6.2). Media and documentation is recommended for the first system on site. Media and documentation for OpenVMS V 5.5-2H4 is included with each system for customers who need to load and run OpenVMS V5.5-2H4. • Systems includes HSDI0-EN DSSI-SCSI Controller with RZ28 2.1 GB SCSI disk, and RRD45 CD-ROM drive. • Systems include 120 V power cord (220 V/240 V devices require a country-specific power cord; see Step 9) • Select OpenVMS user licenses if required from Step 8 *FIS is not a substitute for software media and documentation; see Step 8 ADVANTAGE SERVERS include • CPU with dual DSSI controller, 802.3IEthernet (ThinWire/thick wire) controller • BA42B tabletop enclosure with: - Mounting slots for 1 HSDI0 adapter and 2 SCSI disks - Synchronous SCSI controller - Two SCSI slots for removable media devices - Q-bus port - Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to 88-132 Vac or 176-264 Vac - Three DEC-423 asynchronous serial lines (MMJ data leads only) - H8575-A 25-pin-to-MMJ DEC-423-to-EIA-232 adapter • 7.6-meter (25-foot) console terminal cable • 64 MB memory (MS44-DC) HSDI0-EN Adapter RZ28M-EN SCSI disk drive CD-ROM RRD45 drive OpenVMS base license Digital NAS Base Server 200 software license DSSI VMScluster Installation and Troubleshooting Guide (EK-410AB-MG), hardware documentation Three-year hardware warranty • 90 day software warranty IVAX 4000 Modell06A Advantage Servers Order Number Memory Controllers Digital NAS Disk Drive CD-ROM DV -416CC-E9 64 MB Dual-DSSI DSSI-SCSI Controller Base Server 200 2.1 GB FIS* RRD45 (600 MB) Step 2-Memory Systems include 64 MB of memory. Select additional memory if required; 64 MB systems can be expanded to 80 or 128 MB. MS44L-BC MS44-DC 16 MB of memory (4 x 4 MB DSIM modules) 64 MB of memory (4 x 16 MB DSIM modules) Step 3-Storage Select storage devices if required. Field-installed options require Customer Services installation. • Single systems support: - Seven ISEs per DSSI adapter, where the embedded HSDI0 controller uses one of the ISEs on the first DSSI bus. - Two-system DSSI VMS cluster configurations that support six DSSI nodes, where each node uses one of the eight available nodes, and can be connected between any pair of DSSI adapters (one adapter in each system). VAX Systems 3.37 VAX 4000 Modell06A Step 3a-Storage Controllers!Adapters • Four Q-bus storage adapters (two KZQSA and two KFQSA) are supported per system in B400X enclosure • One HSD10-JAlJF is supported per B400X enclosure • HSD10 Field Upgrade Kit (HSD10-EK) includes controller and internal cabling KFQSA-SE/SG KZQSA-SAISF HSDIO-ENIEK HSDIO-JAlJF HSDIO-AA Q-bus-to-DSSI adapter. Uses one Q-bus slot (in B400X expansion pedestal); factory/field installed. Q-bus-to-SCSI adapter. Uses one Q-bus slot (in B400X expansion pedestal). Supports two SCSI devices (tape and CD-ROM) in tabletop enclosure. DSSI-SCSI-2 controller embedded in BA42B enclosure, supports up to two SCSI devices; factory/field installed. DSSI-SCSI-2 controller embedded in BA440IBA4301B400X enclosure, supports up to seven SCSI devices; factory/field installed. Requires 2 Q-bus slots for power; no Q-bus load. One per enclosure. DSSI-SCSI-2 controller for StorageWorks BA350 form factor, supports up to seven SCSI devices. Step 3b-Internal Storage • System enclosure supports up to two 3.5" disk devices on top tray and two 5.25-inch SCSI removable media devices on bottom tray. • Two SCSI hard disk drives are supported in bottom native mode SCSI trays. A maximum of 3 hard SCSI disk drives are supported in BA42B enclosure due to power constraints; Note: A maximum of two hard SCSI disk drives are supported if RZ29B (3.5" x 1.6") disks are selected. • HSD10-EN configured on DSSI bus 0 and will support up to 2 RZ28M-ENIEK on DSSI adapter internal to BA42B; one per system box. HSD10-ENIEK SCSI bus is terminated internal to the BA42B. SCSI Removable Media Devices RX26-EN RRD4S-EN TLZ09-HF TZKll-HF TZK20-HF 2.8 MB diskette drive 600 MB 4x CD-ROM drive 8.0 GB DAT drive; factory/field installed 2.0 GB quarter-inch cartridge (QIC) tape drive; factory/field installed 2.3 GB 300 Kbs SCSI QIC tape drive SCSI Disk Devices RZ26N-EN RZ28M-EN RZ28D-EN RZ29B-EN 1.05 GB 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM 2.1 GB 3.5" xl" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM 2.1 GB 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM 4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM Step 3c-DSSI External Expansion • • • • One Q-bus expansion pedestal (B400X) supported per CPU One TKxx tape drive supported in a B400X expansion pedestal Two TZxxITLZxxITZxx tape drives supported per DSSI bus One HSD10-Jx controller per B400X-B9 expansion box B400X Expansion Pedestals include • • • • Q-bus extender modules and two 2.7-meter (9-foot) cables (B400X only) 2.7-meter (9-foot) DSSI cable (BC21M-09) 1.8-meter (6-foot) KZQSA cable (BC06P-06) 3.0-meter (lO-foot) power control cable (BC09F-10), Universal power supply, 120 V power cord B400X-B9 3.38 VAX Systems Provides eleven additional Q-bus slots and supports: One TKxx, TLZXX, or, TZxx tape drive One HSD10-Jx controller and four RZ28x-AAlRZ29B-AA One HSD10-Jx controller and three RZ282-AAlRZ29B-aa disk drives and one RZ28M-xxIRZ29B-AA disk drive or any combination ofRZ28M-AA and RZ282-AA, not to exceed 7 drives per HSD10-Jx. VAX 4000 Modell06A Step 3c-DSSI External Expansion (continued) SCSI Storage Devices for B400X RRD45-JA 600 MB quad-speed CD-ROM drive. Requires Q-bus-to-SCSI controller (KZQSA-SNSF) or DSSISCSI controller HSD05-JA OpenVMS V6.2 supports standalone backup. Standalone backup is not supported on OpenVMS V5.5-2H4. Step 3d-SCSI External Storage Configuration Rules • System supports seven SCSI devices per CPU on synchronous SCSI controller, 2 internal and 5 external in a BA356 StorageWorks enclosure. Maximum one BA356 per CPU due to cable restrictions. • Select storage controller if additional external SCSI storage is required. • Maximum SCSI bus length (internal and external) is 6 meters (236 inches). See SCSI cable chart for cable length information. • BA3560 deskside expansion unit supports HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI controller controllers and up to seven SCSI-2 devices • See StorageWorks Section for qualified list of SCSI devices. StorageWorks HSDIO Array Controller • StorageWorks BA356 supports HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI array controller and up to seven SCSI devices HSDIO-AA HSDIO-AD HSDIO-AF StorageWorks HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 8 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2 devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for V AX 4000 to HSD 10 connection. StorageWorks HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 16 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2 devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for VAX 4000 to HSD 10 connection. StorageWorks HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI Array controller with 32 MB cache buffer, supports seven SCSI-2 devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires BC29R-xx DSSI cable for VAX 4000 to HSD 10 connection. StorageWorks Expansion Units • StorageWorks BA356 supports HSDI0 DSSI-SCSI array controller and up to seven SCSI devices BA356-SC 1 BA362-AAIAB BA364-AAIAB StorageWorks 16-bit shelf includes dual speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.5" devices 8 or 16- bit), requires BA35X-MG 8-bit 110 module, and BN21H-xx SCSI cable Office expansion unit, supports up to two 3.5" modular storage devices, requires BN31V-Ol 3.2 feet (1.0 m) SCSI cable Office expansion unit, supports up to four 3.5" modular storage devices and one fixed CD-ROM, requires BN31V-Ol 3.2 feet (1.0 m) SCSI cable 1. One BA356 expansion unit is supported per single ended SCSI bus; no other external device can be connected to system with BA356 unit. SCSI devices supported in StorageWorks Expansion Units RZ26N-VAfVW RZ28M-VAlVW RZ28D-VAlVW RZ29B-VAfVW TLZ09-VA TZ88N-VA 1.0 GB 3.5" x I" disk drive 5400 RPM in StorageWorks carrier 2.1 GB 3.5" x I" disk drive 5400 RPM in StorageWorks carrier 2.1 GB 3.5" x I" disk drive 7200 RPM in StorageWorks carrier 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1.6" disk drive 7200 RPM in StorageWorks carrier 8.0 GB 3.5" half-height 4-mm DAT drive in StorageWorks carrier 20/40 GB SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier VAX Systems 3.39 VAX 4000 Model 106A Step 3d-SCSI External Storage (continued) External SCSI devices RRD45-FAlDG* TZ88N-TA TZ887-NT BC09D-03 BC09D-06 600 MB 4X CD-ROM tabletop drive, requires BC06P-06 1.8 meter (6 foot) SCSI cable, 120 V/240 V 20/40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive 280 GB SCSI tabletop 7 cartridge loader tape subsystem TZ8x cable, 3 foot (0.9 m) TZ8x cable, 6 ft (1.8 m) TZ8x cable, 9 ft (2.7 m) BC09D-09 * -FA variant includes 120 V power cord, order country specific power cord for DG variant SCSI Cable Chart SCSI cabling recommendations. Maximum cable length must not exceed 4.3 m (174.4 in.) outside of system enclosure. The following devices include cables except TZ8x, which requires BC06P-xx cable. Tabletop Enclosure Internal Cable Length RRD45 TLZ09 TZ8x 0.35 m (14 in.) 0.32 m (12.6 in.) 0.32 m (12.6 in.) External Cable Length 1.0 m (36 in.) 0.91 m (36 in.) 0.91 m (36 in.) Step 4-Networks and Communications Select communications options as required. See Network Products Guide for more information. • Select host-based communications controllers for standalone systems (without LAN connectivity), or for other requirements. • Select one asynchronous multiplexer for communications expansion. DHW42-AA DHW42-CA DHW42-BA DHW42-UP Provides eight DEC-423 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (11 data only and one with modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, external 36-pin 3-meter (10-foot) cable (BCI6C-I0), and H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field installed. Provides eight EIA-232 lines for a system total of 12 asynchronous lines (three data only and nine with modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, EIA-232 I/O assembly, and two 1.8-meter (6-foot) external 50-pin to 4-way 25-pin (BC29J-06) cables; factory or field installed. Provides 16 DEC-423 lines for a system total of 20 asynchronous lines (l9 data only and one with modem control). Includes internal logic module with cable, DEC-423 I/O assembly, two external 36pin 3-meter (lO-foot) cables (BCI6C-I0), and two H3104-00 eight-line distribution harmonica; factory or field installed. Upgrades DHW42-AA to DHW42-BA; field installed only. Synchronous Communications Option • Select one synchronous option • EIA-232 synchronous cable (BCI9D-02 is included-select alternate cables for EIA-423N.I0 and EIA-422N.ll connection) DSW42-AA BC19B·02 BC19E-02 EIA-232 synchronous controller--provides two lines. Includes synchronous logic module, I/O assembly, and external 0.6-meter (2-foot) EIA-232 adapter cable. EIA-422N.ll 0.6-meter (2-foot) adapter cable EIA-423N.I0 0.6-meter (2-foot) adapter cable Note: VAX WAN Device Driver included in OpenVMS Layered Products CD-ROM media; see Step 8 for details. VAX WAN Device Driver Vl.2 or higher required. 3.40 VAX Systems VAX 4000 Model106A Step 4-Networks and Communications (continued) 802.3lEthernet Communications Controller 802.3IEthernet interface (ThinWire/thick wire selectable) included with system. Connection of system to Ethernet requires a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g.; BC16M cable) or a thick wire IS-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g.; BNE3x). Select one additional controller (maximum two per system) DESQA-SAISF 802.3/EthemetlQ-bus controller, ThinWire / thick wire Uses one Q-bus slot; factory/field installed. IVAX 4000 Model106A systems require a B400X Q-bus expansion cabinet before adding any of the following options I FDDI Communications Controller DEFQA-SAISF DEFQA-DAlDF DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus SAS (single attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot. Model10SA systems running OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 require DEC LAN Device drive kit for OpenVMS VAX V.1.0. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.1. Factory/field installed. DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus DAS (dual attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot. Model10SA systems running OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 require DEC LAN device driver kit for OpenVMS VAX Vl.O. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.1. Factory/field installed. Both options use the ANSI standard MIC (media interface connector) and support multimode fiber (MMF) up to distances of 2 kilometers between stations. Options require one Q-bus slot (maximum two per system) and a DEC LAN device driver kit. QA-OPAAA-HS QA-OPAAA-HM DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on TKSO DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on 9-track 1600-bitlinch magtape Local and Wide Area Communications Servers Each communications server requires an 802.3IEthernet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M) or a thick wire IS-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x) is required. Software media, documentation, and cables are also required. See Network Products Guide for ordering information. Infoserver 1000 Network Storage Server To provide initial system load (ISL) capabilities to V AX systems, order the InfoServer Local Area compact disk. Other configurations are offered for tape/backup and serving more CD-ROMs. InfoServer systems support CD-ROM, hard drives, magneto-optical and tape drives. InfoServer 1000 systems can serve up to seven SCSI devices. See Storage Devices, for ordering information. Step 5-Console Terminal A console device is necessary for a system to function. Console cable included with system. Order video terminals (e.g., VTS20, VT420) for each system unless otherwise available. Note: One console terminal required per configuration. A VT330, VT340, VT420 with split screen capability can be used as a shared console terminal. Step 6-Terminals and Printers Select terminals and printers as required. Serial printers connect to an asynchronous line. A cable (e.g., BC16E-2S) must be ordered unless otherwise available. Maximum two parallel printers per LPV11 controller; maximum two controllers per system which require one Q-bus slot each. Step 7-CPU Upgrades In cabinet CPU upgrade for V AX 4000 Models 100/100Al10SA and 106A systems. Order Number 53XR-BA From VAX 4000 Models 100, 100A,10SA To V AX 4000 Modell 06A Includes OpenVMS VAX base license VAX Systems 3.41 VAX 4000 Modell06A Step 7a-Dual-DSSI Adapter Module (field installed) Select dual-DSSI storage adapter module upgrade for installed VAX 4000 Model 100, IOOA, IOSA or I06A systems. Both options require one additional9-foot DSSI cable (BC2IM-09). Order Number From KFDDA-AFI Model IOOA and IOSA Model IOONIOSA systems High-speed dual-DSSI adapter module, systems with one high-speed cable assembly; and user documentation DSSI adapter module To Includes KFDDA-CF2 Model 100 systems with one Model IOOA system high-speed DSSI adapter module High-speed dual-DSSI adapter module, DSSI in/out cable, 110 cover panel, OpenVMS and CPU firmware upgrade media kits, and user documentation For VAX 4000 Model 100A systems with serial numbers KA332ABJ46 and higher, or AY33328925 and higher and all Model 105A systems 2 For VAX 4000 Model 100 systems with serial numbers KA332ABJ45 and lower, or A Y33328924 and lower Step 8-Software Software Processor Code Clusterwide License Rating =S =100 (E) OpenVMS VAX Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS VAX Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX VS.S or greater. OpenVMS VAX Interactive User licenses are specific to a single system and cannot be shared across a VMScluster. QL-XULA9-BB QL-XULA9-BC QL-XULA9-BD QL-XULA9-BE QL-XULA9-BF QL-XULA9-BG OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Open VMS OpenVMS OpenVMS VAX Interactive I-user license VAX Interactive 2-user license VAX Interactive 4-user license VAX Interactive 8-user license VAX Interactive 16-user license VAX Interactive 32-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Iqteractive User Licenses OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX Version 6.0 or greater. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between systems at user discretion. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses can also be shared across an entire VMS cluster running OpenVMS V AX V6.0 or greater. Note:OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are architecture specific and cannot be shared across a mixed VMScluster (OpenVMS V AX and OpenVMS AXP systems). QL-09SA9-BB QL-09SA9-BC QL-09SA9-BD QL-09SA9-BE QL-09SA9-BF QL-09SA9-BG QL-09SA9-BH QL-09SAA-BR QL-09SAB-BR 3.42 VAX Systems OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive I-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 2-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 4-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 8-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 16-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 32-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 64-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 128-user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 2S6-user license VAX 4000 Modell06A Step 8-Software (continued) OpenVMS Consolidated Software Media (CD-ROM) and documentation-requires CD-ROM reader Systems include OpenVMS V6.1 base license; order media and documentation separately for OpenVMS V6.1. Systems also include OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 media and documentation OpenVMS layered product binaries on CD-ROM without hardcopy documentation OpenVMS extended online documentation and layered product online documentation on CD-ROM; requires DEC windows Bookreader P ATHWORKS for OpenVMS media and documentation POSIX media without IEEE documentation QA-VWJSA-AS QA-VYRSA-GS QA-A93AA-Hx QA-GXXAB-Hx x denotes media type: 5 =TK50; M =Magtape Digital NAS Base Server Licenses ADVANTAGE-SERVERS include Digital NAS Base Server 200 license, order media and documentation separately QA-MCIAA-Hx Digital NAS Base Server 200 media and documentation kit (CD-ROM) * denotes processor code x denotes media type: 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TK50, M =magtape Step 9-Power Cords Select for 2201240 V use. Power Cords for VAX 4000 Model105A System Enclosure BN19A-2E BN19C-2E BN19E-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN19U-2E BN19H-2E BN19S-2E U.K., Ireland Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain Switzerland Denmark Italy Israel Australia, New Zealand India Power Cords for B400X and R400X Expansion Pedestals BN20B-2E BN22C-2E BN22D-2E BN22E-2E BN22F-2E BN22H-2E BN22J-2E BN22K-2E BN22L-2E U.S., Canada, Japan Australia, New Zealand Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain U.K., Ireland Switzerland Denmark Italy India Israel VAX Systems 3.43 VAX 4000 Modell06A Step lO-Diagnostics and Documentation Select optional diagnostics and documentation. QZ-K14AA-U5 QZ-K32AA-U8 On TK50 media On CD-ROM media Extended Diagnostics and Documentation QX-K19AC-AA QZ-K19AA-H5 QX-K32AA-AA QZ-K32AA-H8 QZ-K19AA-GZ Single-use TK50 license Media on TK50 Single-use CD-ROM license Media on CD-ROM Hardcopy extended maintenance documentation Hardware Documentation QZ-K04AB-GZ English language (included with system) VAX 4000 106A System Diagram 3.44 VAX Systems VAX 4000 Model106A V AX 4000 Model 106A System Diagram Thick Wire Ethernet Connector MLOl1726 Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight Power Requirements Nominal voltage Power source phasing Nominal frequency V oltage range 14.99 cm ( 5.90 in.) 46.38 cm (18.26 in.) 40.00 cm (15.75 in.) 18.40 kg (40.00 lb)* 120/240 V rms Single 50-60 Hz 88-132 Vrms 176-264 Vrms Line frequency tolerance 47-63 Hz 2.011.0 A Typical running current Typical power consumption240 W Standard Communication Minimum MMJ lines Three DEC-423 Modem lines OneEIA-232 Ethernet Thick wire and ThinWire supported on all models Communications Options MMJ lines Eight DEC-423 MMJ lines 16 DEC-423 Modem lines Eight EIA-232 Synchronous lines Two synchronous Operating Environment Temperature (sea level) 10°-40° C (50°-90° F) Relative humidity 10%-90% noncondensing Maximum operating alti- 2.4 km (8,000 ft) tude * Approximate weight with HSDlO-EN and two disks VAX Systems 3.45 V AX 4000 Model SOSA and 70SA Step I-VAX 4000 Model SOSA and 70SA Systems • VAX 4000 Model505A and 705A systems require OpenVMS V5.5-2H4 or V6.2. To operate systems in an existing cluster environment, the cluster system disk must be updated. • Systems ordered with one disk include factory-installed software* (OpenVMS V6.2). Media and documentation for factory -installed software is recommended for the first system on site. Media and documentation for OpenVMS V5.5-2H4 is included with each system to allow customers to run OpenVMS V5.5.2H4 in place ofV6.2. • Systems include 120 V power cord (220/240 V devices require a country-specific power cord; see Step 10). Select OpenVMS user licenses if required from Step 8 * FIS is not a substitute for software media and documentation; see Step 8 ADVANTAGE SERVER Systems include • CPU with two embedded DSSI adapters, 802.3lEthemet (ThinWire/thick wire) controller • 128-Mbyte memory DSSI-SCSI controller (HSD10-EB) • 2.1 Gbyte 3.5-inch disk drive, factory installed • BA440 system pedestal enclosure with - Three RZxx disk drive slots and one TKxx, TZ8x, TLZxx tape drive slot for or a fourth RZxx disk - Seven Q-bus slots, 5 available (HSD10-JA takes up 2 Q-bus slots) - Vac7.6-meter (25-foot) console terminal cable • • • • • - Universal power supply that automatically adjusts to 90-128 Vac or 190-256 RRD45 4X 600 Mbyte CD-ROM drive OpenVMS base license NAS Base Server 200 software license Hardware documentation DSSI VMScluster Installation and Troubleshooting Guide (EK-410AB-MG) Three full-year standard hardware warranty and 90 days software warranty 4(jO().~o~e[$OSAantf705AAtiyailtage.Sefv~rs Order Number Model CPU Speed Memory Digital NAS Disk Drive CD·ROM DV·45AFC·EA DV·47AFC·FA 505A/ 83 MHz 705A /110 MHz 128MB 128MB Base Server 200 Base Server 200 2.1 GB FIS* 2.1 GB FIS* RRD45 (600 MB) RRD45 (600 MB) Step 2-Memory Systems support four memory modules. Select a maximum of three additional memory modules. Systems can be expanded to' 512 Mbytes. MS690·CA MS690·DA 64-Mbyte memory module, factory/field installed 128-Mbyte memory module, factory/field installed Step 3-Storage • System come with one embedded HSD10-JA DSSI-SCSI Adapter with one RZ28M-AA disk (RZ28M-AA is configured on HSD10-JA SCSI bus). Additional RZ2xx storage can be added to the HSD10-JA SCSI bus. • RRD4x CD ROM is connected to embedded HSD10-JA SCSI bus. TLZ09 and TZ87 SCSI tape drives are also configured on HSD10-JA SCSI bus. • Single systems support seven ISEs per DSSI adapter; two-system DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configurations support six ISEs per DSSI adapter and can be connected between any pair of DSSI adapters (one adapter in each system); threesystem DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configurations support five ISEs per DSSI adapter and can be connected between any three DSSI adapters (one adapter in each system). HSD10 DSSI-SCSI adapter supports seven disks, space permitting. • Order load device other than CD ROM if necessary. OpenVMS Cluster satellite members or systems being loaded over the network do not require a load device. • Systems with one SCSI disk include factory installed software. • DSSI adapters support two tape drives; one per system enclosure (BA440) and one per expansion cabinet (B400X). 3.46 VAX Systems VAX 4000 Model 5U5A ana "U:lA Step 3a-Storage Controllers Four Q-bus storage adapters are supported per CPU; two DSSI and two SCSI controllers. KFDDB-AAIAF KFQSA-SE/SG KZQSA-SAISF HSDIO-JAlJF HSDIO-AA Dual-DSSI adapter daughter card, mounts directly on CPU board for high performance (maximum of one daughter card supported per CPU). 110 bulkhead assembly mounts in two Q-bus slots, requires two 9-foot BC2lM-09 cables. Factory/field installed .. Q-bus-to-DSSI adapter, uses one Q-bus slot; factory/field installed. Includes 25-foot BC21M-25 cable. Q-bus-to-SCSI controller, users one Q-bus slot; required for TLZxx, RRD4x, RWZ01, TSZxx, or TZ85/86/87 tabletop devices. Provides connections for two storage devices (four devices per CPU); factory/field installed. DSSI-SCSI-2 controller embedded in BA440IBA430IB400X enclosure, supports up to seven SCSI devices; factory/field installed. Requires 2 Q-bus slots for power; no Q-bus load. One per enclosure. DSSI-SCSI-2 controller for StorageWorks BA356 form factor, supports up to seven SCSI devices. Step 3b-Internal Storage • System CPU enclosure supports up to three RZ2x1dual-RZ2x2 SCSI drives and one removable media drive (tape drive or CD-ROM), or a fourth RZ2x1dua1-RZ2x2 SCSI disk drive. • Internal storage devices are connected to embedded HSD10-JAlJF SCSI bus. • Advantage Servers include HSD10-JA controller with one RRD45 CD-ROM disk drive and one RZ2x disk installed. Note: Existing RF36 DSSI disks can be configured with systems that contain RZ2x1RZ2x2 disks. DSSI Integrated Storage Elements (ISEs) RF36 DSSI storage is no longer available. RZ2x and dual-RZ2x2 SCSI storage connected to the embedded HSD10-JAlJF is a replacement for RF36 DSSI storage. SCSI Disk Drives RZ26N-AA RZ28M-AA RZ28M-AA RZ28D-AA RZ29B-AA RZ262-AA RZ282-AA RZ282-AB RZ292-AA 1.05 GB 3.5" x 1" SCSI disk drive 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1" SCSI disk drive 5400 RPM 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM 4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6" SCSI disk drive 7200 RPM Two 1.05 GB SCSI disk drives in one storage bay Two 2.1 GB SCSI disk drives in one storage bay Dual RZ28D disk drive BA430IBA440 Dual RZ29B disk drive BA430IBA440 CD-ROM and Tape Drives 600 MB 4X CD-ROM drive, requires KZQSA Q-bus-to-SCSI controller or HSD10-JA DSSI-SCSI controller RRD4S-JA Step 3c-DSSI External Storage Expansion Pedestals • B400X-B9 Expansion Pedestal • B400X-B9 uses the same ISEs, DAT drive, and tape drives as listed in Step 3b. A HSD10-JAlJF is required to connect RZxx SCSI devices to the DSSI bus. A KZQSA Q-bus SCSI controller maybe used as an alternative but the SCSI devices in the B400X-B9 will not be connected to the DSSI bus. B400X-B9 Provides ten additional Q-bus slots and supports up to seven RFIRZ-series disk drives, or three RFIRZseries disk drives and one TKxx, TLZxx, or TZ8x tape drive, one RRD4x CD ROM drive or DLTLZ07-JAlJF combination tape/CD ROM unit. Factory/field installed. VAX Systems 3.47 V AX 4UUU Model SOSA and 70SA Step 3d-SCSI External Storage StorageWorks HSDIO Array Controller HSDIO-AA HSDIO-AD HSDIO-AF StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array Controller with 8 MB Cache buffer supports seven SCSI-2 devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires DSSI cable (BC29R-xx) for VAX 4000 to HSD10 connection. Maximum DSSI cable length supported is 60 feet. StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array Controller with 16 MB Cache buffer supports seven SCSI-2 devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires DSSI cable (BC29R-xx) for VAX 4000 to HSD 10 connection StorageWorks HSD10 DSSI-SCSI Array Controller with 32 MB Cache buffer supports seven SCSI-2 devices; includes DSSI terminator and trilink adapter; requires DSSI cable (BC29R-xx) for VAX 4000 to HSD10 connection StorageWorks Expansion Units • StorageWorks BA3S6 supports HSD10 DSSI-SCSI array controller and up to seven SCSI devices BA356-SC StorageWorks 16-bit shelf includes dual speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.S" devices 8 or 16-bit), requires BA3SX-MG 8-bit I/O module, and BN21H-xx SCSI cable SCSI devices supported in StorageWorks Expansion Units RZ26N-VAlVW RZ28M-VAlVW RZ28D-VAlVW RZ29B-VAIVW TLZ09-VA . TZ88N-VA 1.0 GB 3.S" x I" half-height disk drive, S400 RPM 2.1 GB 3.5" x I" half-height disk drive, S400 RPM 2.1 GB 3.S" xl" half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM 2.1 GB 3.5" x 1.6" half-height disk drive, 7200 RPM 8.0 GB 3.S" half-height 4-mm DAT drive 20/40 GB SCSI tape drive in StorageWorks carrier SCSI Tabletop Storage RRD45-FA1DG* TLZ09-DD TZ88N-TA TZ887-NT * 600 MB 4X CD-ROM tabletop drive, requires BC06P-06 1.8 meter (6 foot) SCSI cable, 120 V1240 V 8 GB 4 mm DAT tabletop drive, requires 1 meter single ended SCSI cable for SO low density connector 20/40 GB SCSI tabletop tape drive 280 GB SCSI tabletop 7 cartridge loader tape subsystem 120 V power cord included. 220/240 V devices require a country-specific power cord; see Step 10. Step 4-Networks and Communications Select devices as required. See Network Products Guide for more information. FDDI Communications Controller Both DEFQA-xx options use ANSI standard MIC (Media Interface Connector) and support multimode fiber (MMF) up to distances of 2 kilometers between stations. Options require one Q-bus slot (maximum one per system) and DEC LAN device driver kit. DEFQA-SA/SF DEFQA-DAlDF QA-OPAAA-H5 QA-OPAAA-HM 3.48 VAX Systems DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus SAS (single attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot. Models 400, SOO, and 600 require OpenVMS VS.5-2 and DEC LAN device driver kit for OpenVMS VAX V1.0; Models SOOAl600Al700A and SOSAl70SA require OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 and DEC LAN device driver kit for OpenVMS VAX V1.0. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.2. Factory/field installed. DEC FDDIcontroller/Q-bus DAS (dual attachment station) FDDI Controller. Uses one Q-bus slot. Models 400, SOO, and 600 require OpenVMS VS.5-2 and DEC LAN device driver kit for OpenVMS VAX V1.0; Models SOOAl600Al700A and SOSAl70SA require OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 and DEC LAN device driver kit for OpenVMS VAX V1.0. DEC LAN device driver included in OpenVMS V6.2. Factory/field installed. DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on TKSO DEC LAN device driver kit for DEFQA on 9-track 1600-bitlinch magtape VAX 4000 Model 5U5A ami 7U!:)A Step 4-Networks and Communications (continued) 802.3IEthernet Communications Controller 802.3lEthernet interface (ThinWire/thick wire selectable) included with system. Connection of system to Ethernet requires a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g.; BC16M cable) or a thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g.; BNE3x). Select one additional controller (maximum two per system) DESQA-SAISF 802.3IEthemetlQ-bus controller, ThinWire / thick wire Uses one Q-bus slot; factory/field installed. Local and Wide Area Communications Servers Each communications server requires an 802.3lEthernet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire BNC connection (e.g., BC16M) or a thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable (e.g., BNE3x) is required. Software media and documentation and cables are also required. See descriptions in Chapter 7, Networks, Communications, and Cables, for ordering information. DECserver 90M, 90L+, 90TL, 900TM, 700, and MUXserver 90, 320, 380 Communications and Printer Servers Select a terminal or printer server to provide users with multiple session access to systems on a LAN, to minimize cabling complexity and costs, and to conserve host resources. Infoserver 1000 Network Storage Server To provide initial system load (ISL) capabilities to VAX systems, order the InfoServer Local Area compact disk. Other configurations are offered for tape/backup and serving more CD-ROMs. InfoServer systems support CD-ROM, hard drives, magneto-optical and tape drives. InfoServer 1000 systems can serve up to seven SCSI devices. See descriptions in, Chapter 8, Storage Devices, for ordering information. DEC W AN router 90, 250, DECbrouter 90; DECnis 500, 600 Multiprotocol Routers Select a router to cost-effectively link a LAN to a remote system or another LAN and to offload routing overhead from the application host system. Network Connectivity Products See Network Products Guide. Step 5-Console Terminal A console device is necessary for a system to function. Console cable included with system. Order video terminals (e.g., VT520, VT420) for each system unless otherwise available. Note: One console terminal required per configuration. A VT330, VT340, VT420 with split screen capability can be used as a shared console terminal. Step 6-Terminals and Printers Select terminals and printers as required. Serial printers connect to an asynchronous line. A cable (e.g., BC16E-25) must be ordered with each unless otherwise provided. Maximum two parallel printers per LPV 11 controller; maximum two controllers per system which require one Q-bus slot each. VAX Systems 3.49 V AX 4UUU Model SOSA and 70SA Step 7-CPU Board Upgrades • Memory must be upgraded to new style memory. Refer to part number MS690-UC (64-Mbyte memory upgrade) or MS690-UD (l28-Mbyte memory upgrade). • A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital. Order Number From To Includes CPU .Board Upgrades for systems with serial numbers WF04899999 or lower, and AY04700100 or lower 691XU-CS VAX 4000 Model 300 VAX 4000 Model 505A CPU Module, BA440 backplane OpenVMS VAX base license 694XU-CS VAX 4000 Model 300 VAX 4000 Model 705A CPU Module, BA440 backplane Open VMS V AX base license CPU Board Upgrades for systems serial numbers WF04900000 or higher and AY04700101 or higher CPU Module OpenVMS V AX base license 691XU-DS VAX 4000 Model 300 VAX 4000 Model 505A 694XU-DS V AX 4000 Model 300 VAX 4000 Model 705A CPU Module OpenVMS V AX base license CPU Board Upgrades for VAX 4000 Model 400, 500, 500A VAX 4000 Model VAX 4000 Model 505A CPU Module OpenVMS VAX base license 694XR-DB VAX 4000 Model 400,500,500A VAX 4000 Model 705A 694XR-JB VAX 4000 Model 505A, V AX 4000 Model 705A CPU Module 600, 600A, 700A OpenVMS VAX base license 691XU-DB ~00,500,500A CPU Module OpenVMS V AX base license Step 8-Software Licenses required to support additional users beyond those included in Base Systems. Software Processor Code VAX 4000 Modell05A Clusterwide License Rating VAX 4000 Modell05A =S =100 (E) OpenVMS VAX Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS VAX Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX VS.S or greater. OpenVMS VAX Interactive User licenses are specific to a single system and cannot be shared across an OpenVMS Cluster. QL-XULA9-BB QL-XULA9-BC QL-XULA9-BD QL-XULA9-BE QL-XULA9-BF QL-XULA9-BG QL-XULA9-BH QL-XULAA-BR QL-XULAB-BR QL-XULA2-AA 3.50 VAX Systems OpenVMS VAX Interactive I-user license OpenVMS V AX Interactive 2-user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive 4-user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive 8-user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive I6-user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive 32-user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive 64-user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive 128-user license OpenVMS VAX Interactive 256 user license Model 505A and 705A OpenVMS VAX Interactive unlimited user license VAX 4000 Model 505A and 7U~A Step 8-Software (continued) OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 or greater. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are not specific to a single system and can be moved between systems at users discretion. OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses can also be shared across an entire OpenVMS Cluster running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 or greater. Note: OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses are architecture specific and cannot be shared across a mixed OpenVMS Cluster (OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha systems). QL-09SA9-BB QL-09SA9-BC QL-09SA9-BD QL-09SA9-BE QL-09SA9-BF QL-09SA9-BG QL-09SA9-BH QL-09SAA-BR QL-09SAB-BR OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive I-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 2-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 4-user license V AX Distributed Interactive 8-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 16-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 32-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 64-user license VAX Distributed Interactive 128-user license V AX Distributed Interactive 2S6-user license Software Media and Documentation Systems include OpenVMS base license; order media and documentation separately for OpenVMS V6.1. Systems include OpenVMS VS.S-2H4 media and documentation for customers who have not migrated to OpenVMS V6.1. QA-VWJSA-AS QA-VYRSA-GS QA-A93AA-Hx QA-GXXAB-Hx OpenVMS and layered product binaries (CD-ROM) without hardcopy documentation. OpenVMS extended and layered product online documentation (CD-ROM); requires DECwindows Bookreader P ATHWORKS for OpenVMS media and documentation POSIX media and documentation without IEEE documentation NAS Licenses Advantage Servers include NAS Base Server 200 license; order media and documentation separately. Select the appropriate NAS software level. Note: NAS packaged products do not include hardcopy documentation; documentation is CD-ROM only. See description of NAS packages and NAS component hard copy documentation order numbers in Chapter 11, Software and Services. QL-MCIA2-AA QA-MCIAA-Hx NAS Base Server 200 (Network Application Support 200) NAS 200 media and documentation kit x denotes media type: 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TK50 Step 9-Diagnostics and Documentation Select optional diagnostics and hardware documentation. Basic Diagnostics QZ-K14AA-US QZ-K32AA-US On TKSO media On CD-ROM media VAX Systems 3.51 V AX 4UUU Model SOSA and 70SA Step 9-Diagnostics and Documentation (continued) Extended Diagnostics and Documentation QX-K19AC-AA QZ-K19AA-HS QX-K32AA-AA QZ-K32AA-H8 QZ-K19AA-GZ Single-use TK50 license Media on TK50 Single-use CD-ROM license Media on CD-ROM Hardcopy extended maintenance documentation Step lO-Power Cords Select one for each 220/240 V system or expansion enclosure. BN20B-2E BN22C-2E BN22D-2E BN22E-2E BN22F-2E BN22H-2E BN22J-2E BN22K-2E BN22L-2E 3.52 VAX Systems U.S .ICanadalJapan AustralialNew Zealand Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain U.K.IIreland Switzerland Denmark Italy India Israel VAX 4000 Model 505A and 705A Step II-Configuring Information SLOT 5* MODULE Current (Amps) +5Vdc +12 Vdc -12 Vdc Power (Watts) Bus Loads ac dc 4* 3* 2* MS690 ** 0.0 0.0 ** 0.0 0.0 1 CPU *** *** 0.0 *** *** *** 60.0 18.0 3.0 584 35.0 20.0 It 2t 3t 4t 5t I 6t 7t Mass-storage Shelf Device 1 2 3 4 Total these columns: Must not exceed: BU-307S *Reserved for memory only **MS690-BA: +5 Vdc =5.3 Amps; Watts =26.5 MS690-CA: +5 Vdc = 4.2 Amps; Watts = 21.0 MS690-DA: +5 Vdc =6.4 Amps; Watts =32.0 ***KA675 (Model 400): +5 Vdc =3.6; +12 Vdc = 1.6; Watts =46.0; ac Bus Loads = 4; dc Bus Loads = 1. KA680 (Model 500): +5 Vdc =4.8; + 12 Vdc = 1.6; Watts =53.8; ac Bus Loads = 4; dc Bus Loads = 1. KA690 (Model 600): +5 Vdc =5.8; +12 Vdc = 1.6; Watts =59.8; ac Bus Loads = 4; dc Bus Loads = 1. tQ-bus slots Use the following template in conjunction with the configuring information that follows to validate the configuration. VAX Systems 3.53 VAX 4000 Model SOSA and 70SA RFxx/ RZXx Opt. RFxx/ RZxx Opt. RFxxl RZxx Opt. TLZxx, orTFxx '->. Q)- CPU plus 4 Dedicated Memory Slots :;:0. 00. a.~ 0 0 D ~ ~ ML011833 VAX4000 70SAlSOSA Pedestal RFxxI RZxx Opt. BA3S0 RFxx, RFxx RFxx Opt. Opt. 5 Q·bus slots available TKxx, TLZxx, orTF85 CPU plus 1·4 Memory Slots D o o DSSI Cable ........- - - ( B C 2 1 M · 0 9 ) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' (Bus 0) Notes: • The M9062 only derives power from the Q-bus slot. • M9062 requires 2 Q-bus slots to accommodate module height - leave adjacent slot blank. ML011731 3.54 VAX Systems VAX 4000 Model 505A and 705A RF/RZXx Opt. RZXx Opt. RZXx Opt. RZXx,TKxx, TZ8x,TFxx, orTLZxx Opt. 11 a-bus slots available ~ RF/RZXX Opt. RZxx Opt. 4 a-bus slots available RZXx Opt. RZXx,TKxx, TZ8x, TFxx orTLZxx Opt. CPU plus 1-4 Memory Slots B400X 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 5 4 321 1 2 345 " " " - - - - - - Power Control Cable - - - . , . ".. Notes: • A power control bus cable connects the system to the B400X expander. This power control bus cable permits the power to be turned on and off for the entire expanded system with the on/off switch on the system power supply. • B400X expander includes a 9-foot (2.7-meter) DSSI cable and a 6-foot (1.B-meter) KZQSA cable for connecting the system to the TLZxx DAT drive in the B400X. • To allow for expansion, mount M9062 module in slot 6. • M9062 only derives power from the Q-bus. • M9062 requires 2 Q-bus slots to accommodate module height - leave adjacent slot blank. MLOl1730 5 Q·bus slots available CPU plus 1·4 Memory Slots o Notes: • Two power control bus cables connect the system to the two R400X expanders. These power control bus cables permit the power to be turned on and off for the entire expanded system with the on/off switch on the system power supply . • The R400X expander includes a 9-foot (2.7-meter) DSSI cable and a 6-foot (1.8-meter) KZaSA cable for connecting the system to the TLZxx DAT drive in the R400X. • The M9062 only derives power from the a-bus slot. MLOl1729 VAX Systems 3.55 VAX 4000 Model SOSA and 70SA Q-Bus and Storage Expansion Pedestal B400X-B9 Q-bus and storage expansion pedestal B400-B9 Q-bus and storage expansion pedestal; provides four storage cavities and 10 additional Q-bus slots. B400X has 12 slots, one slot in the system and one slot in B400X are used to make the connection between the enclosures-modules and cables required for the connection are included. Each storage cavity can house one 3.5-inch RZ2x disk or one dual RZ2x disk assembly RZ2x2). RF3x DSSI drives, no longer available, can be mixed with RZxx disks. The right cavity can house one 5.25-inch tape (TF8xE-JxffKxxffLZOx), one RRD4x CD-ROM drive, or a fourth RZ2x disk. A HSDI0-Jx DSSISCSI adapter or KZQSA-Sx Q-bus SCSI controller is required for the SCSI devices. The HSDI0-Jx will take up 2 Q-bus slot and is normally located at the end of the Q-bus. Included with the enclosure are Q-bus extender modules, 9-foot (2.7m) Q-bus cables, one 9-foot (2.7-m) DSSI cable (BC21M-09), one 3.0-meter (0.9-foot) power control cable (BC09F-I0), and one 6-foot (1.8-m) KZQSA cable (BC06P-06), universal power supply, and 120 V power cord (for non-120 V, a country-specific power cord is required). Note: See VAX 4000 Expansion Diagrams for supported storage configurations in B400X pedestals. Cable Kit H4010-AA Required to connect B400X-B9 to BA2xx series enclosures Power Cords Select one for each 220/240 V expansion pedestal; 120 V power cord is included BN20B-2E BN22C-2E BN22D-2E BN22E-2E BN22F-2E BN22H-2E BN22J-2E BN22K-2E BN22L-2E U.S .ICanadalJapan AustralialNew Zealand Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain U.K.IIreland Switzerland Denmark Italy India Israel Specifications Height Width Depth Weight* 3.56 VAX Systems 53 em (21.0 in.) 69 em (27.0 in.) 45 em (17.8 in.) 68 kg (150 lb), fully configured VAX 4000 Model 505A and 705A Specifications Mounting Type: Pedestal Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight Clearances Front Rear Sides Environmental Temperature Relative Humidity Operating 69.0 cm (27.0 in.) 53.0 cm (21.0 in.) 45.0 cm (17.8 in.) 66 kg (145 lb) Operating 5.1 cm (2.0 in.) 5.1 cm (2.0 in.) 5.1 cm (2.0 in.) Shipping 117 cm (45.6 in.) 78 cm (30.5 in.) 61 cm (23.9 in.) 84.1 kg (185 lb) Service 100.0 cm (39.4 in.) None None Operating Nonoperating Storage (60 days) Rate of change Operating Nonoperating Storage Storage (60 days) Rate of change Operating Storage Operating 100 to 40 0 C (50 0 to 1040 F) -40 0 to 66 0 C (-40 0 to 151°F) _40 0 to 60 0 C (-40 0 to 151°F) 11 ° C per hour (20 0 F) 20% to 80% noncondensing 10% to 95% noncondensing 10% to 95% noncondensing 10% to 95% noncondensing 25% per hour 25 0 C (77 0 F) 28 0 C (82 0 F) Maximum Wet Bulb Temperature Minimum Dew Point Temperature Maximum Heat Dissipation Operating Air Flow and Quality Operating Intake location Exhaust location Particle size Concentration Altitude Operating Nonoperating Mechanical Shock Operating Nonoperating Vibration Operating Acoustics Operating Idle Nominal AC Voltage 2,903 Btu/hr 306 m(3)/hr (180 ft(3)/min) Front top All sides, bottom N/A N/A 2438 meters ( 8,000 feet) 4877 meters (16,000 feet) 10 g pk for 10 +-3 mls 40 g pk for 30 +-3 mls 5-22 Hz @ .01" da minimum 22-500 Hz @ .25 g maximum 5.5 bels, 40 dBA (typical) 5.2 bels, 37 dBA (typical) Electrical 101 120 220 240 104-128 Voltage range (Vac) 90-110 176-242 186-264 Power source phase Single Single Single Single 50-60 Nominal frequency (Hz) 50-60 50-60 50-60 47-63 Frequency range (Hz) 47-63 47-63 47-63 RMS current (steady state) 11.2 6.1 11.9 5.8 at nominal voltage (amps) Startup current (amps) 12.6 6.2 11.6 5.8 Maximum inrush current (amps) 100 100 83 83 Maximum power consumption850 850 850 850 (Watts) Power cord Type IEC 320 C16 190 cm (75 in.) Length U.S. plug NEMA 5-15, Socket IEC 320 Sheet, C-15 *Built-in universal power supply automatically selects the correct voltage range for either 120 V or 240 V operation. UL 114 (office equipment) VDE 0875 (RFI suppression) Agency Approvals UL 478 (EDP units) Australian AS C 100 CSA C22.2 no.134 IEC Publication 950 (office equipment) CSA C22.2 no.154 FCC Part 15 Docket 20780 (data processing) VAX Systems 3.57 Product Description VAX 7000 Enterprise Servers are part of a family of OpenVMS-based systems designed for the rigorous demands of data center computing. They have a modular platform which enables users to improve performance in a number of different dimensions- symmetric multiprocessing, larger memory, more I/O bandwidth, greater disk capacity, and OpenVMS Cluster systems. VAX 7000 servers support additional I/O controllers, storage, user licenses, database software. With up to 6 CPUs in a symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) configuration and up to 400 Mbytes/second of I/O, a single VAX 7000 system offers the powerful features needed in data center systems. VAX 7000 systems in Open VMS Cluster configurations provide support for as much as 10 terabytes of data. An optional N+ 1 redundant power system allows for higher system availability in the event of a power regulator failure. Systems can be configured with up to three power regulators. Optional system-level UPS (Uninterruptible Power System) capability is available to support CPU and I/O expansion cabinets. The V AX 7000 Enterprise Server provides substantial I/O capacity, one 12-slot XMI I/O channel is standard, with the ability to add up to three additional 12slot XMI I/O channels. These XMI I/O channels offer a bandwidth of 100 Mbytes/second each, making this system capable of providing very high I/O bandwidth performance-up to 400 Mbytes/second. XMI devices supported include adapters for Ethernet, CI, FDDI, and DSSI interconnects. Support for up to 16 Ethernet adapters, 10 CI adapters, 12 DSSI adapters, and eight FDDI adapters demonstrates the large expansion potential of these systems. StorageWorks controllers enable SCSI-2 devices to provide reliable high-end storage on the CI bus. Enterprise Expansion Packages may be ordered with a single part number to provide the hardware and licensing necessary to start an OpenVMS Cluster or add another node to an existing cluster. Rackmount VAX 7000 servers maintain the same system level functionality as the larger pedestal systems, with four CPU/memory slots. Each rackmount system consists of two 19-inch rackmountable building block components, and is designed to be mounted in a H9702-FB cabinet. 3.58 VAX Systems VAX 7000 Step I-Systems The following items are required. Note: Second power regulator required when configuring five-and six-processor systems. OpenVMS user licenses may be ordered as needed. • OpenVMS V5.5-2*, V6.1, or V6.2 • InfoServer 1000 Local Area CD for initial booting of system console • CIXCD (CI) controller, KFMSA (DSSI) disk/tape adapter • System disk device • Console terminal • VAXcluster Software license for each system when multiple systems are used in an OpenVMS Cluster environment Additional items may be added as required. * Requires console firmware V4.2. OpenVMS Base Enterprise Servers include • Model 810 CPU, system interconnect bus and 12-slot XMI I/O channel • 256, 512 MBs, or 2 Gbytes of memory • DEC LANcontroller 400 (DEMNA) 802.3lEthemet controller • 48 V power regulator • OpenVMS base license Digital NAS Base Server 200 V5.0 software One year hardware product warranty • 90 day software product warranty Order Number Memory 7MAMD-KAlKBIKC 256 MBs (one 256 MB module) 7MAME-KAlKBIKC 512 MBs (one 512 MB module) 7MAMH-KAlKBIKC 2 Gbytes (one 2 GB module) Note: xA = 60 Hz, 208 V; xB = 50 Hz, 380/416 V; xC = 50160 Hz, Japan Step 2-CPU Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) Upgrade 7MATA-LE SMP Upgrade. Contains one CPU processor, OpenVMS VAX base license upgrade, and one full-year product warranty. Add up to 5 additional CPU processors. Step 3-Enterprise Expansion Packages Enterprise Expansion Packages are designed to be added to Base Enterprise Servers to create fully functional systems. They contain all necessary hardware (excluding console terminal) and software to make complete and operational systems. 7YCHA-BAlBB* Cluster Starter Package, includes: SW800 StorageWorks cabinet with HSJ40 StorageWorks array controller in BA350-MB Six RZ28, 2.1 GB 3.5-inch disk drives in BA350 shelf TZ87 20 GB, 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive in BA350 shelf CIXCD-AC XMI CI controller (resides in XMI slot in system cabinet and connects to HSJ40 in SW800 via BNCIA 10-meter cable to SC008 to second BNCIA 10-meter cable to HSJ40) Two BNCIA 10-meter cables SC008-AC Star Coupler BN21H-01 controller to shelf BN21H-02 controller to TZ87 V AXcluster License DECnetlO~1 extended function license 7YCAA-BX Cluster Add-on Package, includes: CIXCD-AC XMI CI controller BNCIA 10-meter cable VAXcluster License * When adding storage devices to SW800, BA356 shelves must be order separately. VAX Systems 3.59 VAX 7000 Step4--~ennory Select additional memory if required; maximum 3.5 Gbytes per system. New systems can be expanded in any combination of arrays listed below. Systems running OpenVMS V5.5-2 are restricted to 512 MB maximum memory. MS7AA·BA MS7AA·CA MS7AA·DA MS7AA·FA* 128 MB memory array 256 MB memory array 512 MB memory array 2 GB memory array * Systems with 2 x MS7AA-FA will only utilize the maximum 3.5 Gbytes of memory. Step 5-Console Load Device InfoServer required for initial booting of system console unless already available on-site on local area network. SEADx·BAlBE Infoserver Local Area CD. Includes InfoServer 1000 controller and RRD43 CD-ROM drive Note: x =B for ThinWire or C for AUI connector; -BA includes 120-V power cord; -BE requires country-specific power cord; see Storage Devices. Step 6-Storage Controller(s)/CI Controller Base systems require selection of storage controller or CI controller (KFMSA included with preconfigured systems). KFMSA·BA CK·KFMSA·LN CIXCD·AC BNCIA·xx DSSI disk/tape adapter. Total five per XMI; up to a maximum of 12 per system. Maximum number of KFMSAs is derived as follows: (25 minus the number of CIXCDs) divided by two. Requires one XMI slot; supports 14 DSSI devices. VAXcluster Software license (QL-VBRA *-AA) required for all OpenVMS systems that will connect to a DSSI-based OpenVMS Cluster. Note: One CK-KFMSA-LN required with each KFMSA-BA. Two pairs of l.2-m (4-ft) cables in cabinet kit. Supports mixed hosting with VAX 4000, quadhosting of VAX 7000, and warm-swap. XMI CI controller. Total four per XMI; maximum 10 per system. Requires one XMI slot. Each CIXCD requires one BNCIA cable set to connect system to Star Coupler. V AXcluster Software license (QL-VBRAx-AA) required for each system when multiple systems are used in an OpenVMS Cluster environment. Computer interconnect cable sets. Connect Star Coupler to system and SW800 or HSCxx. Choose required length 10,20 or 45 m (10 m =32.8 ft, 20 m =65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft). Step 7-Storage Select storage devices as required. See Storage Devices for ordering information. Step 7a-Internal Storage (System Cabinet) The system cabinet provides space for two disk plug-in units. Disk plug-in unit has two BA356 modular expansion shelves; each shelf holds a maximum of two 5.25-inch devices or seven 3.5-inch devices. BA660·AB HSDIO·AA BC29S·06 BC29U·02 RZ29B·VA 3.60 VAX Systems 16-bit Wide SCSI plug-in-unit-includes 16-bit personality module, 48V 150W DC power supply, DC fans, and mounting hardware. Supports 16-bit wide SCSI devices and some 8-bit narrow SCSI devices depending on compliance with minimum hardware revision levels. Includes two BA356-LB modular expansion shelves. StorageWorks array controller. Supports up to six SCSI-2 devices. Supported by OpenVMS V AX V5.5-2 , V6.1 and V6.2 Required to connect KFMSA-BA to internal HSD10-AAlBA655-AB. Required if daisy chaining HSD10-AA within BA655-AB. 4.3 GB, 3.5-inch SCSI disk drive VAX 7000 Step 7a-Internal Storage (System Cabinet) (continued) RZ26N-VA RZ28M-VA RZ29B-VA TLZ09-VA TL88N-VA 1.05 GB 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive 2.1 GB 3.5" x I" SCSI disk drive 4.3 GB 3.5" x 1.6" SCSI disk drive 8.0 GB 3.5-inch SCSI tape drive 40 GB 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive Step 7b-External Storage The following list describes available storage devices, capacities, and components included with initial offerings; supported options can be added as required. See Storage Devices for ordering information. Storage Array Disk Drive Components RZ26N, RZ28 SCSI disk drives Storage Arrays SW5xx,SW8xx Disk Drives RZ26N SCSI RZ28 SCSI RZ29B SCSI Tape Drives Capacity 6-227 Gbytes Capacity 1.05-GB 2.1-GB 4.3-GB TZ88 TZ887 20/40 GB 5.25-inch SCSI tape drive 280 GB SCSI-2 cartridge tape subsystem Note: For additional ordering information, see Storage Devices. Step 8-0penVMS Cluster Options For OpenVMS Cluster configurations, select appropriate OpenVMS Cluster options. CI controller, BNCIA cables, and VAXcluster Software license required. HSJ40-AD/AF HSDIO-AA HSD30-AA SWSxxlSW8xx BNCIA-xx SC008-AC SC008-AD QL-VBRAS-AA StorageWorks array controller; supports up to 42 SCSI-2 devices. Includes 16-or 32 MB ReadCache and controller-based disk striping. Supported by OpenVMS VAX V5.5-1 and later, OpenVMS Alpha V1.5. StorageWorks array controller; supports up to seven SCSI-2 devices. Supported by OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2 , V6.1, and V6.2 StorageWorks array controller; supports up to 18 SCSI-2 devices. Supported by OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2 and V6.0, OpenVMS Alpha 1.5. StorageWorks arrays. See Storage Devices for details Computer interconnect cable sets; connects Star Coupler to system and SW800 or HSCxx. Choose required length of 10, 20 or 45 m (10 m = 32.8 ft, 20 ill = 65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft). 8-port Star Coupler; Maximum five Star Couplers per system. Star Coupler; Upgrades SC008-AC to 16 ports; maximum one per SC008-AC V AXcluster license; Required with each system that will connect to an OpenVMS Cluster. Step 9-Networks and Communications DEMNA 802.3IEthernet controller included with each system. Select additional devices if required. Note: Connection of system to Ethernet requires an Ethernet transceiver cable. See the Network Products Guide for details. LAN Communications Controllers DEMNA-M CK-DEMNA-KN DEMFA-AA 802.3IEthernet controller; one included; total four per XMI; maximum 16 per system. Requires one XMI slot. DEMNA cabinet kit, required with DEMNA-M. DEC FDDIcontroller 400, XMI-to-FDDI adapter; requires one XMI slot. Total four per XMI; maximum seven per system. Includes cabinet kit. VAX Systems 3.61 VAX 7000 Step 9-Networks and Communications (continued) Local and Wide Area Communications Servers Each communications server requires an 802.3lEthemet connection. Depending on the server selected, either a ThinWire BNC-type connection, e.g., BC16M cable or thick wire 15-pin AUI transceiver cable, e.g., BNE3x is required. Additional items are also required-see the Network Products Guide. DECserver 90M, 90L+, 90TL, 900TM, 700, and MUXserver 90, 320, 380 Communications and Printer Servers Select a terminal or printer server to provide users with multiple session access to systems on a LAN, to minimize cabling complexity and costs, and to conserve host resources such as backplane slots. DEC W ANrouter 90, 250; DECBrouter 90; and DECnis 500, 600 Multiprotocol Routers Select a router to cost-effectively link a LAN to a remote system or another LAN and to offload routing overhead from the application host system. Network Connectivity Products See the Network Products Guide for details. Step 10-Console Terminal A console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin D-subminiature connector and printer required unless otherwise available. VT510-xx LA75S-xx LAXXS-AD VT510 terminal LA75 Plus printer VT510ILA75 table for both VT510 and LA75 Step II-Terminals and Printers Order printers and terminals if required. Step I2-Expansion (System Cabinet and I/O Expansion Cabinet) The system cabinet includes one 12-s10t XMI-plug-in-unit and one power regulator, two additional power regulators, and two lower expansion bays for plug-in units. The lower bays accommodate plug-in units as follows. System Cabinet Expansion Bay Location Plug-In Unit Quantity Expansion Bays Occupied Lower Lower Lower Lower Disk plug-in unit XMI plug-in unit Battery plug-in unit VAXBI plug-in unit Two maximum Two maximum (included) One maximum One maximum One each Two each Two Two The 110 expansion cabinet includes one power regulator and provides space for two additional power regulators and six expansion bays-two upper and four lower-for plug-in units. The two upper bays accommodate a maximum of two disk plug-in units. The four lower bays accommodate plug-in units as follows. 3.62 VAX Systems VAX 7000 Step 12-Expansion (System Cabinet and 110 Expansion Cabinet) (continued) 110 Expansion Cabinet Expansion Bay Location Upper Lower Lower Lower Lower H9FOO-BAlBBIBC H9BOO-AF H7237-AA H7237-CAICB H7263-AAIAB H7263-AC/AD H7238-AA H7238-BBIBC Plug-In Unit Disk plug-in unit Disk plug-in unit XMI plug-in unit Battery plug-in unit V AXBI plug-in unit Quantity Expansion Bays Occupied Two maximum Four maximum Two maximum One maximum One maximum One each One each Two each Two Two I/O expansion cabinet, maximum two per system. Battery option for I/O expansion option; fully loaded battery cabinet with capability for 60 minutes uninterruptible power (UPS). Battery plug-in unit with batteries for battery backup/UPS capability-maximum one per cabinet. Includes four batteries to support one 48 V power regulator and cabling for second and third H7238AA battery option. Note: Not available in same cabinet with DWMBB V AXBI option. Battery plug-in unit, includes one H7263-AAlAAB (BBU capable power regulator) and batteries for battery backup/UPS capability. Must be ordered at time of system purchase if BBU functionality is required. 48 V power regulator, 60/50 Hz; maximum three per cabinet (one included). Second regulator may be required to supply adequate power depending on configuration. See power configuration table that follows. Third regulator assures redundancy and higher availability in the event of power regulator failure. Note: The power configuration table provides manual method of determining the need for second power regulator. Second power regulator is required when configuring five-or six-processor systems. Equivalent power unit (EPU) is equivalent value of power used at 48 Vdc by each option. Same regulator as above, without battery backup capability 4-pack battery option; one required per optional 48 V power regulator (H7263-AAlAB) to support battery backup/UPS capability Additional batter UPS, includes H7263-AAIAB (BBU capable power regulator and H7238-AA 4pack battery option. Note: Maximum four XMI plug-in units per system; total two per cabinet (one included in system cabinet) DWLMA-AA DWLMA-BA DWMBB-LA XMI plug-in unit with 12-slot XMI I/O channel for system cabinet XMI plug-in unit with 12-slot XMI I/O channel for I/O expansion cabinet; maximum three per system. V AXBI plug-in unit with five-slot I/O channel and interfaces. Must be located in same cabinet and adjacent to XMI I/O channel. Maximum one per cabinet, three per system. Note: Not available in same cabinet with H7237 battery option. Requires OpenVMS V6.1 or later. Supported VAXBI Options DMB32-M CK-DMB32-LJ Multifunction controller-printer port, synchronous and asynchronous line support. Maximum three per VAXBI 110 channel plug-in unit, total nine per system. Requires CK-DMB32-LJ. DMB32 cabinet kit; occupies four panel units in VAXBI plug-in unit Step 13-Software Note: An OpenVMS Group Table Patch is available that enables OpenVMS Concurrent Use License PAKs and Distributed Interactive User License PAKs; it can be duplicated and used with each valid license. Customers are allowed to install and use the patch under their existing license agreement. The kit is available on the Internet at the following address: http://www.service.digital.com/htmllpatch_service.html. It can also be obtained by ordering the following: QA-MT3AC-AA OpenVMS V AX and Alpha Group Table Patch on CD-ROM VAX Systems 3.63 VAX 7000 Step 13-Software (continued) OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use Licenses OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.2 or greater. (See above note.) Open VMS VAX Concurrent Use license provides the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one OpenVMS system to another OpenVMS system at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS V AX and OpenVMS Alpha Cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 2-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 4-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 8-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 16-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 32-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 64-user license OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use Licenses QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-XULAS-AA OpenVMS Concurrent Use 128-user license OpenVMS Concurrent Use 256-user license OpenVMS VAX Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 to V 6.1. (See above note.) OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User licenses provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of Interactive Users on a designated OpenVMS VAX system. OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses can be moved from one OpenVMS VAX system to another OpenVMS VAX system at the user's discretion and can be shared in an OpenVMS VAX Cluster but NOT in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha Cluster. QL-09SA9-BB QL-09SA9-BC QL-09SA9-BD QL-09sA9-BE QL-09SA9-BF QL-09SA9-BG QL-09SA9-BH QL-09SAA-BR QL-09SAB-BR QL-XULAS-AA OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 1 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 2 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 4 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 8 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 16 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 32 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 64 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 128 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 256 User License OpenVMS VAX Traditional unlimited user license VAXcIuster Software License QL-VBRAS-AA V AXcluster Software license. Required with each system that will connect to an OpenVMS Cluster. Media and Documentation QA-OOIAA-Hx QA-09SAA-Hx QA-GXXAB-Hx OpenVMS media and extended documentation, including OpenVMS Cluster and DEC net documentation OpenVMS media and base documentation POSIX media and documentation (without IEEE documentation) Note: x denotes media type: 5 3.64 VAX Systems =TK50; 8 =CD-ROM VAX 7000 Step 13-Software (continued) Digital NAS Software Packages Select the appropriate Digital NAS software package. The Digital NAS packaged products do not include hardcopy documentation for the components (the documentation is CD-ROM only). QL-MC2AS-AA QA-MC2AA-Hx QL-MCSAS-AA QA-MCSAA-Hx Digital NAS Server 300 Digital NAS Server 300 media and documentation kit Digital NAS Production Server 400 Digital NAS Production Server 400 media and documentation kit Note: x denotes media type: 8 = CD-ROM, 5 = TK50, M = magtape Step 14-Environmental Power Products Select environmental power products if required. Power Configuration Table Options Base System includes power regulator, I/O port module, CPU module, memory module, XMI I/O channel, DEMNA EPU Values EPUValues Expansion Total System Total EPU EPU Cabinet Cabinet Quantity (Qty times EPU) Options Options Quantity (Qty times EPU) 30 1 30 - I/O expansion cabinet (H9FOO-BNBBIBC) includes power regulator Additional CPU modules - 0 7 MS7AA-BA 128 MBs of memory 10 MS7 AA-CA 256 MBs of memory 10 MS7AA-DA 512 MBs of memory 10 - MS7AA-FA 2 Gbytes of memory 10 - CIXCD-AC XMI CI controller 4 4 DEMFA-AA XMI FDDI adapter DEMNA-M XMI Ethernet controller 5 5 3 3 DWLMA-AA XMI plug-in unit 4 - DWLMA-BA XMI plug-in unit - 4 KFMSA-BA XMI DSSI adapter DMB32-M V AXBI multifunction controlleI 3 3 3 3 DWMBB-LA V AXBI plug-in unit 4 4 RZ26, RZ28, RZ29 SCSI disk drives 1 1 TLZ09 SCSI DAT tape drive TZ87-VA SCSI tape drive 1 1 3 3 1 0 Total the Last Column* * If EPU is greater then 80, order second power regulator (H7263-AAlAB); EPU must not exceed a system total of 180. Five-and six-processor systems include two power regulators, providing a total of 180 EPU s. Note: Depending on the configuration, the system offers integral UPS capability that supports all in-cabinet components for up to 11 minutes. If UPS support is required for external devices, e.g., console terminals, terminal servers, printers, modems, etc., a universal UPS can be ordered separately. VAX Systems 3.65 VAX 7000 High-speed System Interconnect Bus ·1-4 CPUs • Memory ·1/0 Port Operator Control Panel 48-Volt Power Regulator I Space for Space for Disk Drives Additional Power Regulators I 48-Volt Power Regulator Space for Additional Power Regulators I I Cooling Assembly Cooling Assembly 12-slot Standard XMII/O Channel Plug-in Unit Expansion Bay for: • XMI I/O Channel • Disk Drives • Batteries for UPS Expansion Bay for: • XMII/O Channel • Disk Drives • Batteries for UPS Expansion Bay for: • XMI 1/0 Channel • Disk Drives • Batteries for UPS BU-3299 I/O Expansion Cabinet System Cabinet DD DD ,, ,, , , ~--~~--~--~~---i 4. XMI Plug-in U n i t . , (occupies two bays) ............. ~. . . ._~ ,, ,, ? Battery Plug-in Unit (occupies two bays) BU-3300 3.66 VAX Systems VAX 7UUU Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight, full configuration Without batteries With batteries Clearances Front Rear Sides Environmental Temperature Humidity Altitude Vibration Heat dissipation l Operating 170.0 cm (67.0 in.) 80.0 cm (31.5 in.) 87.5 cm (34.4 in.) Shipping 195.0 cm (76.7 in.) 109.5 cm (43.1 in.) 121.0 cm (47.5 in.) 408 kg (900 Ib) 545 kg (1200 lb) 448 kg (1000 Ib) 585 kg (1300 Ib) Operating 1.0 m (40 in.) 1.0 m (40 in.) 0 Operating 15° to 28° C (59° to 82°F) 20% to 80% 0-2.4 km (0-8000 ft) 2-22 Hz @ 0.01 "da minimum Fully Configured System (System Cabinet) 17,700 Btu!hr, 5,200 W Service 1.5 m (59 in.) 1.0 m (40 in.) o Nonoperating -40° to 66° C (-40° to 151°F) 10% to 95% 9,100 m (30,000 ft) 22-500 Hz @ 0.25g maximum Fully Configured System (System Cabinet with Two I/O Expansion Cabinets) 47,000 Btuihr, 13,800 W Minimally Configured System2 (System Cabinet) 3,400 Btu!hr, 1,000 W Power requirements3 Nominal voltage Frequency range Phases U.SJCanada 120/208 V 50-60 Hz 3-phase star 4-wire N-GND EuropelAPA 380-415 V 50-60 Hz 3-phase star 4-wire N-GND Maximum input current/phase Surge current Rating Power cap (system) Receptacle (site) Receptacle PCSIPDSIPDU/uPS cable 24 A rms 12.8 Arms 50 Apeak 30A DEC 12-12314-00 DEC 12-12315-01 NEMA L21-30R BC24W 50 Apeak 50 A peak 16A 30A DEC 12-30333-02DEC 12-12314-00 See footnote 4 DEC 12-12315-01 NEMAL21-30R IEC309 BC24W BN29X Japan 202 V 50-60 Hz 3-phase delta 4-wire mid-GND or 3-wire junction-GND 24A rms 1 The power system provides unity power factor which allows full utilization of the input line current (watts = VA). Approximate Btu's for a given system configuration can be calculated by multiplying the "EPU" value per cabinet by 85.4. 2 Minimally configured system contains one regulator, one CPU module, one memory module, one lOP module, and one Ethernet controller. 3 Power cord is required for system cabinet and each I/O expansion cabinet. 4 Receptacle type is Hubbell 516R6 or equivalent. VAX Systems 3.67 VAX 7000 Step l-Rackmount Systems The following items are required. OpenVMS user licenses may be ordered as needed. • InfoServer 1000 Local Area CD for initial booting of system console • CIXCD (CI) controller, KFMSA (DSSI) disk/tape adapter, or KDM70 (SDI/STI) disk/tape controller • System disk device • Console terminal • V AXc1uster Software license for each system when multiple systems are used in an OpenVMS Cluster environment Additional items may be added as required. Base Enterprise Server Systems include • • • • • Model 810 CPU and high-speed system interconnect bus 12-s10t XMI I/O channel DEC LANcon troller 400 (DEMNA) 802.3 Ethernet controller 256, 512 MBs, or 2 Gbytes of memory • • • • Order Number Memory 7MARD·KA 7MARE·KA 256 MBs of memory (one 256 MB module) 512 MBs of memory (one 512 MB module) 2 Gbytes of memory (one 2 GB module) 7MARH·KA Console cable OpenVMS base license Digital NAS Base Server 200 V5.0 license One full-year product warranty (standard warranty recommended) Step 2-CPU Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) Upgrade Maximum of three CPU modules supported on Rackmount VAX 7000 systems. 7MATA·LE SMP Upgrade. Contains one CPU processor, OpenVMS VAX base license upgrade, and one full-year product warranty. Add up to 2 more CPU processors. Step 3-Memory Select additional memory if required; maximum 3.5 Gbytes per system. Note: Rackmount VAX 7000 systems have a total of four CPU/memory slots. MS7AA·BA MS7AA·CA MS7AA·DA MS7AA·FA* 128 MB memory module 256 MB memory module 512 MB memory module 2 GB memory module * Systems with 2 x MS7AA-FA will only utilize the maximum 3.5 Gbytes of memory. Step 4-XMI I/O Channel Select additional XMI I/O chassis if required. DWLMR·BA DWLMR·DA 3.68 VAX Systems Rackmount XMI I/O expansion chassis Rackmount XMI I/O chassis, includes: DEC LANcontroller 400 (DEMNA) 802.3lEthernet controller VAX 7UUU Step 5-Cabinet Select cabinet. H9702-FB Rackmount cabinet. One or two chassis pairs (system box plus XMI chassis) can be mounted in this cabinet. Note: For other cabinets or integrated cabinet systems, contact a Digital Sales Representative. Step 6-Storage Controllers Select storage controller or CI controller. KFMSA-BA CK-KFMSA-RB KDM70-AA CK-KDM60-RA 2T-CIXCD-RA BNCIA-xx DSSI disk/tape adapter. Supports maximum of five per XMI and up to a maximum of 12 per system. Requires one XMI slot. Note: CK-KFMSA-RB required with each KFMSA-BA Two 4S-inch internal cabinet cables. One kit per KFMSA required XMI disk/tape controller. Total three per XMI, maximum of 12 per system. Requires two XMI slots. Provides eight ports for DSA devices-any two available for tapes Cabinet kit is required with each KDM70-AA XMI CI controller. Total four per XMI. Maximum of ten per system. Requires one XMI slot. Cabinet kit included. Each 2T-CIXCD-RA requires BNCIA cable set to connect system to Star Coupler. V AXcluster software license (QL-VBRAx-AA) required for each system when multiple systems are used in an OpenVMS Cluster environment Computer interconnect cable sets. Choose required length-10, 20, or 45 m (10 m =32.S ft, 20 m = 65.6 ft, 45 m = 147.6 ft) Step 7-Storage There is no storage provided in the rackmount system order numbers. A variety of rackmount storage is available. A controller and one bootable disk are required for any operating system. Contact a Digital Sales Representative for assistance. Step 8-Networks and Communications DEMNA S02.3IEthernet controller included with each DWLMR-DA chassis. Select additional devices if required. Note: Connection of system to Ethernet requires an Ethernet transceiver cable. See the Network Products Guide for details. LAN Communications Controllers DEMNA-M CK-DEMNA-RA 2T-DEMFA-RA S02.3IEthernet controller-requires one XMI slot. OpenVMS Alpha supports four per XMI, maximum 16 per system. DEMNA cabinet kit-required with DEMNA-M. DEC FDDIcontroller 400, XMI-to-FDDI Adapter-requires one XMI slot. Total four per XMI. cabinet kit is included. Step 9-Console Terminal Console terminal with EIA-232 25-pin DSUB connector and printer required unless otherwise available. VT510-xx LA75S-xx LAXXS-AD VT510 terminal. LA75 Plus printer. VT510ILA75 table for both VT510 and LA75. VAX Systems 3.69 VAX 7000 Step to-Software Note: An OpenVMS Group Table Patch is available that enables OpenVMS Concurrent Use License PAKs and Distributed Interactive User License PAKs; it can be duplicated and used with each valid license. Customers are allowed to install and use the patch under their existing license agreement. The kit is available on the Internet at the following address: http://www.service.digital.comlhtmllpatch_service.html. It can also be obtained by ordering the following: QA-MT3AC-AA OpenVMS VAX and Alpha Group Table Patch on CD-ROM OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use Licenses OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.2 or greater. (See above note.) OpenVMS VAX Concurrent Use license provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of concurrent users on a designated OpenVMS system. OpenVMS Concurrent Use licenses can be moved from one OpenVMS system to another OpenVMS system at user discretion and can be shared in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha Cluster. QL-MT3AA-3B QL-MT3AA-3C QL-MT3AA-3D QL-MT3AA-3E QL-MT3AA-3F QL-MT3AA-3G QL-MT3AA-3H QL-MT3AA-3J QL-MT3AA-3K QL-XULA5-AA OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Concurrent Use I-user license Concurrent Use 2-user license Concurrent Use 4-user license Concurrent Use 8-user license Concurrent Use 16-user license Concurrent Use 32-user license Concurrent Use 64-user license Concurrent Use I 28-user license Concurrent Use 256-user license VAX Traditional unlimited user license OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive User Licenses OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User Licenses are for customers running OpenVMS VAX V6.0 to V 6.1. (See above note.) OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses provide the right to interactively use the operating system by the specified number of Interactive Users on a designated OpenVMS VAX system. OpenVMS V AX Distributed Interactive User licenses can be moved from one OpenVMS V AX system to another OpenVMS VAX system at the user's discretion and can be shared in an OpenVMS VAX Cluster but NOT in a mixed OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha Cluster. QL-09SA9-BB QL-09SA9-BC QL-09SA9-BD QL-09sA9-BE QL-09SA9-BF QL-09SA9-BG QL-09SA9-BH QL-09SAA-BR QL-09SAB-BR QL-XULA5-AA 3.70 VAX Systems OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 1 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 2 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 4 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 8 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 16 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 32 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 64 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 128 User License OpenVMS VAX Distributed Interactive 256 User License OpenVMS VAX Traditional unlimited user license VAX 7UUU Step to-Software (continued) VAXcluster Software License QL-VBRA5-AA V AXcluster Software license. Required with each system that will connect to an OpenVMS Cluster. Media and Documentation QA-OOIAA-Hx QA-09SAA-Hx QA-358AA-Hx QA-GXXAA-Hx QA-GXXAB-Hx OpenVMS media and extended documentation, including OpenVMS Cluster and DEC net documentation OpenVMS media and base documentation Rdb Runtime media and documentation POSIX media and documentation (with IEEE documentation) POSIX media and documentation (without IEEE documentation) Note: x denotes media type: 5 =TK50; 8 =CD-ROM Digital NAS Software Packages Select the appropriate Digital NAS software package. Note: The Digital NAS packaged products do not include hardcopy documentation for the components (documentation is CD-ROM only). QL-MC2A5-AA QA-MC2AA-Hx QL-MC5A5-AA QA-MC5AA-Hx Digital NAS Digital NAS Digital NAS Digital NAS Server 300 Server 300 media and documentation kit Production Server 400 Production Server 400 media and documentation kit Note: x denotes media type: 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TK50, M =magtape VAX Systems 3.71 VAX 7UUU III~ tiUCllU;;;a DEC 7000 DOD IIII L- LJ BU-3420 Specifications Power Requirement System Box XMIIJOBox H9702-FB Cabinet AC input voltage Frequency Maximum input current 200-240 V 50/60 Hz lOA rms 200-240 V 50/60 Hz 6Arms Phases Receptacle One NEMA6-15 One NEMAL6-15 200-240 V 50/60 Hz 24A rms each power controller One L6-30R (2 required) Height Width Depth Weight 48.9 cm (19.3 in.) 48.3 cm (19.0 in.) 75.2 cm (29.6 in.) -90 lb (41 kg) 39.4 cm (15.5 in.) 48.3 cm (19.0 in.) 91.7 cm (36.1 in.) -130 lb (59 kg) 206.5 cm (81.3 in.) 57.2 cm (22.5 in.) 91.4 cm (36.0 in.) -300 lb (136 kg) Physical characteristics 3.72 VAX Systems Clearances Operating Front Rear Sides 1.0 m (40 in.) 1.0 m (40 in.) 0 Service 1.5 m (60 in.) 1.0 m (40 in.) Left 0.4 m (15 in.) Environmental Operating Nonoperating Temperature Humidity Heat dissipation 15°-28° C (59°-82° F) 40°-66° C (40°-151 ° F) 20%-80% 10%-95% Fully configured system (system cabinet) 6850 Btu/hr, 2000 W per system Tradeln '96 Business Practices Tradeln '96 Overview Digital Equipment Corporation has replaced its ADVANTAGE-UPGRADE Program Offerings with the Tradeln '96 Business Practices. Tradeln '96, a simple, uniform, world-wide set of business practices eliminates the fixed upgrade paths of the past. Based on a table of trade-in values, the customer can now upgrade Digital and non-Digital systems to the exact system and configuration that meets their computing needs. Digital's TradeIn '96 Business Practices help to reduce cost of ownership especially when used in conjunction with Digital's aggressive leasing programs. Digital also offers migration assistance in moving business applications to the Alpha platform. Highlights • Customer is able to upgrade to the exact system and configuration that meets their computing needs. • Generous trade-in value for the existing installed system; includes credit for operating system licenses. • Customer is allowed to keep existing installed system (or board) for 60 days to allow a smooth transition to the new system. • Unless otherwise noted, for system upgrades, customer must return CPU, CPU enclosure, minimum memory configuration and base operating system license. For in-cabinet upgrades, customer must return CPU board and base operating system license. Tradeln '96 Business Practices • For system level upgrades, the customer selects the exact system and configuration that meets their needs. For in-cabinet upgrades, select the appropriate configuration and part number in this chapter. As part of the overall purchase of the new system, the customer will receive a trade-in value to be applied to the purchase price of the new system. After the new system is delivered, the customer has up to 60 days to keep the existing installed system. This is to allow for a smooth transition to the new installation. Contact your Digital Sales Representative or Business Partner for more details and current trade-in values in your area. Digital protects customers' software investments. Standard Software License Trade-in policy applies to the Tradeln '96 Business Practices. Standard Software License Trade-in Policy Customers receive credit for the software licenses being traded in. This credit is applied towards purchase of a new software license for the same product. Contact your local Digital Sales Representative or Business Partner for specific terms and conditions in your area. • Layered Product Capacity Licenses move freely within the same Operating SystemlHardware System Class or to a lower System Class within the same Operating SystemlHardware Platform. • Layered Product Capacity License upgrades are required when moving to any new Operating SystemlHardware System Class. Standard Software License Trade-in Policy applies. • Concurrent Use and Personal Use software licenses move freely within the same Operating System regardless of hardware platform. For upgrades to new Operating System, Standard Software License Trade-in policy applies. • The Tradeln '96 trade-in value includes credit for the base Operating System license. • For MIPS license upgrades, Standard Software License Trade-in Policy applies. For more information, contact your local Software Business Practices Specialist, Digital Sales Representative, or Digital Authorized DistributorlReseller. Upgrades 4.1 Alpha to Alpha Upgrades Order Number From To Includes PB41U·AA AlphaStation 200 4/1 00 AlphaStation 200 4/166 166 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX Base license Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU and Digital UNIX Base license PB41U·BA AlphaStation 200 4/1 00 AlphaStation 2004/166 166 MHz CPU, OpenVMS Base license Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU and OpenVMS Base license PB41U·CA AlphaStation 200 4/1 00 AlphaStation 200 4/166 166 MHz CPU, Windows NT license Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU and Windows NT license PB43U-AA AlphaStation 200 4/1 00 AlphaStation 200 4/233 233 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX Base license Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU and Digital UNIX Base license PB43U·BA AlphaStation 200 4/1 00 AlphaStation 200 41233 PB43U·CA AlphaStation 200 4/1 00 AlphaStation 200 41233 233 MHz CPU, OpenVMS Base license Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU and OpenVMS Base license 233 MHz CPU, Windows NT license Note: Mandatory Return of 100 MHz CPU and Windows NT license I··; Alp~~$t.~ti~i1f2P04/233.··.·.CJ?ll • lJpgrades Order Number From To Includes PB42U·AA AlphaStation 200 4/166 AlphaStation 200 4/233 233 MHz CPU Digital UNIX Base license Note: Mandatory Return of 166 MHz CPU and Digital UNIX Base license PB42U·BA AlphaStation 200 4/166 AlphaStation 200 4/233 233 MHz CPU OpenVMS Base license Note: Mandatory Return of 166 MHz CPU and OpenVMS Base license PB42U·CA AlphaStation 200 4/166 AlphaStation 200 4/233 233 MHz CPU Windows NT license Note: Mandatory Return of 166 MHz CPU and Windows NT license "~""', ,>;, Order Number From To Includes PBS6U·AA* AlphaStation 500/266 AlphaStation 500/400 400 MHz CPU Note: Mandatory Return of 266 MHz CPU PBS6U·AB* AlphaStation 500/333 AlphaStation 500/400 400 MHz CPU Note: Mandatory Return of 333 MHz CPU Note: Installation and Travel are not included with CPU Board Upgrade. Order FM-WSDTP-IN and FM-TRAVL-IN separately. Order Number From To Includes PB62U·BA AlphaStation 600 5/266 AlphaStation 600 5/333 333 MHz CPU, 4 MB Fast cache for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS and Windows NT Note: Mandatory Return of 266 MHz CPU 4.2 Upgrades Alpha to Alpha Upgrades AlphaServer 400 4/233 CPU Upgrades Order Number From To Includes PBSIU-CA AlphaServer 400 4/166 AlphaServer 400 4/233 PBSIU-BA AlphaServer 400 4/166 AlphaServer 4004/233 233 MHz, 512-Kbyte cache CPU Digital UNIX Server Note: Mandatory return of 166 MHz CPU 233 MHz, 512-Kbyte cache CPU OpenVMS Server Note: Mandatory return of 166 MHz CPU PBSIU-AA AlphaServer 400 4/166 AlphaServer 400 4/233 233 MHz, 512-Kbyte cache CPU Windows NT Server Note: Mandatory return of 166 MHz CPU AlphaServer 10005/300 CPU Upgrades Order Number From To Includes PB7SU-FZ AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx AlphaServer 10005/300 PB7SU-MZ AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx AlphaServer 1000 5/300 PB7SU-AZ AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx AlphaServer 1000 5/300 300 MHz CPU Digital UNIX Server Note: Mandatory return of 200, 233 or 266 MHz CPU 300 MHz CPU OpenVMS Server Note: Mandatory return of 200, 233 or 266 MHz CPU 300 MHz CPU Windows NT Server Note: Mandatory return of 200, 233 or 266 MHz CPU AlphaServer 1000 to AlphaServer·l000A Upgrades Order Number From To PB77U-FX AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx PB77U-MX AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx PB77U-AX AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx PB78U-FX AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx or 5/300 PB78U-MX AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx or 5/300 PB78U-AX AlphaServer 1000 4/2xx or 5/300 AlphaServer 1000A 5/300 300 MHz CPU and enclosure Digital UNIX license Note: Mandatory return of 200, 233, or 266 MHz CPU and enclosure AlphaServer 1000A 5/300 300 MHz CPU and enclosure OpenVMS license Note: Mandatory return of 200,233, or 266 MHz CPU and enclosure AlphaServer 1000A 5/300 300 MHz CPU and enclosure Windows NT server media included Note: Mandatory return of 200, 233, or 266 MHz CPU and enclosure AlphaServer 1000A 5/400 400 MHz CPU and enclosure Digital UNIX license Note: Mandatory return of 4/2xx or 5/300 MHz CPU and enclosure AlphaServer 1000A 5/400 400 MHz CPU and enclosure OpenVMS license Note: Mandatory return of 4/2xx or 5/300 MHz CPU and enclosure AlphaServer 1000A 5/400 400 MHz CPU and enclosure Windows NT server media included Note: Mandatory return of 4/2xx or 5/300 MHz CPU and enclosure Includes Upgrades 4.3 Alpha to Alpha Upgrades \········1 From To Includes 460XR-UA 1 AlphaServer 2000 4/200, 4/233 AlphaServer 2000 41275 470XR-UA 1 AlphaServer 2000 4/200, 4/233,4/275 AlphaServer 2000 5/250 275 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU Note: Mandatory return of 190, 200 or 233 MHz CPU 250 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU Note: Mandatory return of 190, 233 or 275 MHz CPU 480XR-UA 1 AlphaServer 2000 4/200, 41233,4/275 AlphaServer 2000 5/300 300 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU Note: Mandatory return of 190,233 or 275 MHz CPU 480XR-UC 1 AlphaServer 2000 51250 AlphaServer 20005/300 300 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU Note: Mandatory return of 250 MHz CPU Order Number 1 To upgrade AlphaServer 2000 4/2xx systems with serial number(s) xx515xxxxxx or lower to a 4/275, 5/250, or 5/300 CPU, order a BA720-UA AlphaServer 2000 Enclosure EMC Upgrade Kit (at no charge) along with the CPU upgrade. Order Number From To Includes 460XR-UA AlphaServer 2100 4/200, 4/233 AlphaServer 2100 41275 275 MHz CPU, 4 MB cache memory Note: Mandatory return of 190 or 233 MHz CPU 470XR-UA AlphaServer 2100 4/200, 41233, or 4/275 AlphaServer 2100 5/250 250 MHz CPU, 4 MB cache memory Note: Mandatory return of 190, 233, or 275 MHz CPU 480XR-UA AlphaServer 2100 4/200, 41233, or 4/275 AlphaServer 2100 5/300 300 MHz CPU, 4 MB cache memory Note: Mandatory return of 190,233, or 275 MHz CPU 480XR-UC AlphaServer 21005/250 AlphaServer 21005/300 300 MHz CPU, 4 MB cache memory Note: Mandatory return of 250 MHz CPU 4.4 Upgrades Alpha to Alpha Upgrades AlphaServer 2100A CPU Upgrades Order Number 470XR-UA From AlphaServer 2100A 41275 4S0XR-UA AlphaServer 2100A 4/275 4S0XR-UC AlphaServer 2100A 5/250 To Includes AlphaServer 2100A 5/250 250 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU Note: Mandatory return of 275 MHz CPU AlphaServer 2100A 5/300 300 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU Note: Mandatory return of 275 MHz CPU AlphaServer 2100A 5/300 300 MHz, 4 MB cache CPU Note: Mandatory return of 250 MHz CPU I AlphaServer 2100 to AlphaServer 2100A Upgrades Order Number KFPEA-AA From AlphaServer 2100 To AlphaServer 2100A KFPEY-AA AlphaServer 2100 AlphaServer 2100A KFPEN-AA AlphaServer 2100 AlphaServer 2100A Includes Hardware and Software Components to Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 to AlphaServer 2100A Digital UNIX V3.2-D2 media included Note: Does not include CPU upgrade Hardware and Software Components to Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 to AlphaServer 2100A OpenVMS V6.2 I-IHl media included Note: Does not include CPU upgrade Hardware and Software Components to Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 to AlphaServer 2100A Windows NT Server V3.51B media included Note: Does not include CPU upgrade AlphaServer2100RM to AlphaServer 2100A RMUpgrades Order Number KFPEA-BA From AlphaServer 2100 RM To AlphaServer 2100A RM KFPEY-BA AlphaServer 2100 RM AlphaServer 2100A RM KFPEN-BA AlphaServer 2100 RM AlphaServer 2100A RM Includes Hardware and Software Components to Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 RM to AlphaServer 2100A RM Digital UNIX V3.2-D2 media included Note: Does not include CPU upgrade Hardware and Software Components to Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 RM to AlphaServer 21 OOA RM OpenVMS V6.2 I-IHl media included Note: Does not include CPU upgrade Hardware and Software Components to Upgrade AlphaServer 2100 RM to AlphaServer 2100A RM Windows NT Server V3.51B media included Note: Does not include CPU upgrade Upgrades 4.5 Alpha to Alpha Upgrades Order Number From To Includes DN-SIZIL-AA AlphaServer 4000 AlphaServer 4100 AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer for Windows NT. Note: Requires mandatory return of AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer. DA-SIZIJ-AA AlphaServer 4000 AlphaServer 4100 AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer and Digital UNIX base system license. Note: Requires mandatory return of AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer and Digital UNIX license. DY-SlZlK-AA AlphaServer 4000 AlphaServer 4100 AlphaServer 4100 System Drawer and Open VMS base system license. Note: Requires mandatory return of AlphaServer 4000 System Drawer and OpenVMS license. 4.6 Upgrades AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades Upgrades for AlphaServer 8200 5/300 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8200 5/350 systems. Upgrade kit part numbers are available with OpenVMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware items needed to upgrade base level AlphaServer 8200 5/300 systems to AlphaServer 8200 5/350 systems. Step l-AlphaServer 8200 System Upgrades • Includes 350 MHz clock and two terminator modules. Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8200 5/350 SMP upgrades can be added. Order Number Operating System License Included Type of Upgrade 75UXX-AX No license No license Uni 82005/300 to Uni 82005/350 System Upgrade Dual 8200 5/300 to Dual 8200 5/350 System Upgrade 75UXX-BX Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/300 CPUs to 5/350s. Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8200 system must be at the same speed Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins • Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8200 5/300 to AlphaServer 8200 5/350 CPUs. • All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. • One year hardware product warranty included. 75U45-AX 75U55-AX From - AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Uni-CPU, Requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU. From - AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Dual-CPU, Requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPU s. Step 2b-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Expansion-Additional 5/350 CPU modules • Order up to two additional CPU modules for a maximum of three CPU modules. · If more than two processor modules are in system, a minimum of two separate memory modules should be considered for optimal system performance. • Part numbers are for adding additional AlphaServer 8200 5/350 CPUs to your system configuration. 753P2-AX 753Pl-AX 754P2-AX 754Pl-AX Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU, OpenVMS SMP extension license. Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP extension license. Upgrades 4.7 AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades Step 3-Memory • Select additional memory if required; maximum 6 GB per system. • Order up to two additional memory modules, for a maximum of three memory modules. • Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more memory modules. • Maximum of three memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2. Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for the 5/300 MHz systems only and does not exist for the 5/350 systems. Therefore any combination of memories (up to three modules) is supported with this upgrade, resulting in system maximum memory of 6 GB. Step 3a-Memory Expansion • To add additional memory, use the following part numbers. MS7CC-BA MS7CC·CA MS7CC·DA MS7CC·EA MS7CC·FA 128 MB memory module 256 MB memory module 512 MB memory module 1073 MB memory module 2147MB memory module Step 3b-Memory Upgrades • Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing). MS7CC·UA MS7CC·UB 128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB (-CA) module 512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB (-EA) module Upgrades for AlphaServer 8200 5/300 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 systems. Upgrade kit part numbers are available with OpenVMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware items needed to upgrade base level AlphaServer 8200 5/300 systems to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 systems. Digital UNIX V3.2G, Digital UNIX V4.0a, and OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or later operating system releases are required for 5/440 support. Step l-AlphaServer 8200 System Upgrades • Includes dual 437 MHz CPU module, 437 MHz clock module, and two terminator modules Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8200 5/440 SMP upgrades can be added. Order Number Operating System License Included Type of Upgrade 75UYY·AX OpenVMS SMP license Digital UNIX SMP license No license Uni 8200 5/300 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade Uni 8200 5/300 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade Dual 8200 5/300 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade 75UYY·BX 75UYY·CX Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation 4.8 Upgrades AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/300 CPUs to 5/440s. Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8200 system must be at the same speed. Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins • Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8200 5/300 to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 CPUs. • All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. • One year hardware product warranty included. 75UY3·AX 75UY4·AX 75UY5·AX From - AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP license. From - AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two 211641437 Mhz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP license. From - AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/300 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs. Step 3-Memory • Select additional memory if required; maximum 6 GB per system. • Order up to two additional memory modules, for a maximum of three memory modules. • Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more memory modules. • Maximum of three memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2. Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for the 5/300 MHz systems only and does not exist for the 5/350 or 5/440 systems. Therefore any combination of memories (up to three modules) is supported with this upgrade, resulting in system maximum memory of 6 GB. Step 3a-Memory Expansion • To add additional memory, use the following part numbers. MS7CC·BA MS7CC·CA MS7CC·DA MS7CC·EA MS7CC·FA 128 MB memory module 256 MB memory module 512 MB memory module 1073 MB memory module 2147MB memory module Step 3b-Memory Upgrades • Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing). MS7CC·UA MS7CC·UB 128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB (-CA) module 512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB (-EA) module Upgrades 4.9 AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades Upgrades for AlphaServer 8200 5/350 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 systems. Upgrade kit part numbers are available with Open VMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware items needed to upgrade base level AlphaServer 8200 5/350 systems to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 systems. Digital UNIX V3.2G, Digital UNIX V4.0a, and OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or later operating system releases are required for 5/440 support. Step l-AlphaServer 8200 System Upgrades • Includes dual 437 MHz CPU module and 437 MHz clock module. Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8200 5/440 SMP upgrades can be added. Order Number Operating System License Included Type of Upgrade 7SUSS-AX OpenVMS SMP license Digital UNIX SMP license No license Uni 8200 5/350 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade Uni 8200 5/350 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade Dual 8200 5/350 to Dual 8200 5/440 System Upgrade 7SUSS-BX 7suss-ex Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/350 CPUs to 5/440s. Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8200 system must be at the same speed. Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins • Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8200 5/350 to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 CPUs. • All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. • One year hardware product warranty included. 7SUS3-AX From - AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP license. 7SUS4-AX From - AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/437 Mhz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP license. 7SUSS-AX From - AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8200 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8200 5/350 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs. Step 3-Memory • Select additional memory if required; maximum 6 GB per system. • Order up to two additional memory modules, for a maximum of three memory modules. • Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more memory modules. • Maximum of three memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2. 4.10 Upgrades AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades Step 3a-Memory Expansion • To add additional memory, use the following part numbers. MS7CC-BA MS7CC-CA MS7CC-DA MS7CC-EA MS7CC-FA 128 MB memory module 256 MB memory module 512 MB memory module 1073 MB memory module 2147MB memory module Step 3b-Memory Upgrades • Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing). MS7CC-UA MS7CC-UB 128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB (-CA) module 512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB (-EA) module Upgrades 4.11 AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades ;";;',.":(~.;.' ':'.; ~Y·;(\::...:::';;.~:·~;·:'~::/':". : .. ;,,-::.:,/"., , '-<" ..:.,. ":\:'\l~ .~. ";' , Upgrades for AlphaServer 8400 5/300 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8400 5/350 systems. Upgrade kit part numbers are available with OpenVMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware items needed to upgrade base level AlphaServer 8400 5/300 systems to AlphaServer 8400 5/350 systems. Step l-AlphaServer 8400 System Upgrades • Includes dual 350 MHz CPU and clock modules. Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8400 5/350 SMP upgrades can be added. Order Number Operating System License Included Type of Upgrade 7SUXX-CX Digital UNIX SMP license OpenVMS SMP license No license Uni 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/350 System Upgrade Uni 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/350 System Upgrade Dual 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/350 System Upgrade 7SUXX-EX 7SUXX-DX Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/300 CPUs to 5/350s Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8400 system must be at the same speed. Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins • Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8400 5/300 to AlphaServer 8400 5/350 CPUs. • All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. • One year hardware product warranty included. 7SU4S-AX From - AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Uni-CPU, Requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU. 7SUSS-AX From - AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Dual-CPU, Requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs. Step 2b-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Expansion-Additional 5/350 CPU modules • Order up to five additional CPU modules, for a maximum of six modules. · If more than three processor modules are in system, a minimum of two separate memory modules should be considered for optimal system performance. • Part numbers are for adding additional AlphaServer 8400 5/350 CPUs to current system configuration. 7S3P2-AX Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. 7S3PI-AX OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU, OpenVMS SMP extension license. 7S4P2-AX Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz 7S4PI-AX CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP extension license. 4.12 Upgrades AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades Step 3-Memory Select additional memory if required; maximum 14 GB per system. • Order up to six additional memory modules, for a maximum of seven memory modules. • Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more memory modules. • Maximum of seven memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2. Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for 5/300 MHz systems only and does not exist for the 5/350 systems. Therefore, any combination of memories (up to seven modules) is supported with this upgrade, resulting in a system memory maximum of 14 GB. Step 3a-Memory Expansion • To add additional memory, use the following part numbers MS7CC·BA MS7CC·CA MS7CC·DA MS7CC·EA MS7CC·FA 128 MB memory module 256 MB memory module 512 MB memory module 1073 MB memory module 2147MB memory module Step 3b-Memory Upgrades • Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing). MS7CC·UA MS7CC-UB 128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB (-CA) module 512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB (-EA) module AlphaServer84QOS/~OOto5/440 UpgJ;ades~' Upgrades for AlphaServer 8400 5/300 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 systems. Upgrade kit part numbers are available with OpenVMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware items needed to upgrade base level AlphaServer 8400 5/300 systems to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 systems. Digital UNIX V3.2G, Digital UNIX V4.0a, and OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or later operating system releases are required for 5/440 support. Step l-AlphaServer 8400 System Upgrades • Includes dual 437 MHz CPU Module and 437 MHz clock module Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8400 5/440 SMP upgrades can be added. Order Number Operating System License Included Type of Upgrade 75UYY·DX OpenVMS SMP license Digital UNIX SMP license No license Uni 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/440 System Upgrade Uni 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/440 System Upgrade Dual 8400 5/300 to Dual 8400 5/440 System Upgrade 75UYY·EX 75UYY·FX Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. Upgrades 4.13 AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/300 CPUs to 5/440s Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8400 system must be at the same speed. Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins • Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8400 5/300 to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 CPUs. • All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. • One year hardware product warranty included. 7SUY3-AX From - AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual·CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP license. 75UY4-AX From· AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual·CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two 211641437 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP license .. 7SUYS·AX From· AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual·CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module with two 211641437 MHz CPUs. Step 3-'Memory • Select additional memory if required; maximum 14 GB per system. • Order up to six additional memory modules, for a maximum of seven memory modules. • Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more memory modules. • Maximum of seven memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2. Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for 5/300 MHz systems only and does not exist for the 5/350 or 5/440 systems. Therefore, any combination of memories (up to seven modules) is supported with this upgrade, resulting in a system memory maximum of 14 GB. Step 3a-Memory Expansion • To add additional memory, use the following part numbers MS7CC·BA MS7CC·CA MS7CC·DA MS7CC·EA MS7CC·FA 128 MB memory module 256 MB memory module 512 MB memory module 1073 MB memory module 2147 MB memory module Step 3b-Memory Upgrades • Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing). MS7CC·UA MS7CC·UB 4.14 Upgrades 128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB (-CA) module 512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB (-EA) module AlphaServer 8400 Upgrades AlphaServer 8400 5/350 to 5/440 Upgrades Upgrades for AlphaServer 8400 5/350 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 systems. Upgrade kit includes all hardware items needed to upgrade base level AlphaServer 8400 5/350 systems to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 systems. Digital UNIX V3.2G, Digital UNIX V4.0a, and OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or later operating system releases are required for 5/440 support. Step l-AlphaServer 8400 System Upgrades • Includes dual 437 MHz CPU Module and 437 MHz clock module Note: Must be ordered before AlphaServer 8400 5/440 SMP upgrades can be added. Order Number 7SUSS-DX Operating System License Included Type of Upgrade No license Dual 8400 5/350 to Dual 8400 5/440 System Upgrade Note: All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)-for upgrading additional 5/350 CPUs to 5/440s Note: All CPUs in an AlphaServer 8400 system must be at the same speed. Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins • Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current AlphaServer 8400 5/350 to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 CPUs. • All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. • One year hardware product warranty included. 7SUS3-AX 7SUS4-AX 7SUSS-AX From - AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP license. From - AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Uni CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Uni CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP license .. From - AlphaServer 84005/350 Dual CPU Module to AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Dual-CPU, requires the trade-in of one AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Dual CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/437 MHz CPUs. Step 3-Memory • Select additional memory if required; maximum 14 GB per system. • Order up to six additional memory modules, for a maximum of seven memory modules. • Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more memory modules. • Maximum of seven memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2. Step 3a-Memory Expansion MS7CC-BA MS7CC-CA MS7CC-DA MS7CC-EA MS7CC-FA 128 MB memory module 256 MB memory module 512 MB memory module 1073 MB memory module 2147 MB memory module Step 3b-Memory Upgrades- Field installation only (not configurable in Manufacturing) MS7CC-UA MS7CC-UB 128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB (-CA) module 512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB (-EA) module Upgrades 4.15 VAXIDEC 7000 to AlphaServer 8400 In-Cabinet Upgrades , .~." .... ~ :;~:}:'~,'::; )~;" "' ~\';;:'.>":; Upgrades for V AXlDEC 7000 customers are available to upgrade current system platform to AlphaServer 8400 5/300, 5/350, or 5/440 systems. Upgrades consist of replacing the current V AXlDEC 7000 System Backplane, CPU module(s), memory module(s), and I/O port module. All XMI plug-in unites) and disk/tapes are fully supported. In addition, adding new PCI plug-in unit options is supported. Upgrade kit part numbers are available with OpenVMS or Digital UNIX licenses and include all hardware items needed to upgrade base level VAXIDEC 7000 system to AlphaServer 8400 system. AlphaServer 8400 requires a new System Backplane assembly, new CPU module(s), new memory module(s), and new I/O port module(s). Special allowances and trade-ins are available to handle current memory modules. Before undertaking this Step-by-Step procedure, obtain an up-to-date configuration listing of the system that you plan to upgrade. Step l-AlphaServer 8400 5/300, 5/350, and 5/440 Upgrades o o o o o o 5/300 and 5/350 upgrades require Digital UNIX V3.2B or later, and OpenVMS V6.2 or later. 5/440 upgrades require Digital UNIX V3.2G, Digital UNIX 4.0a, and OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or later releases. Console terminal required unless available on site. Upgrade part numbers assume you start with a single CPU module V AXlDEC 7000 configuration (VAXlDEC 76101771017810). Minimum system configuration must have the following: one AlphaServer 8400 Dual-CPU module, one KFTHA-AA or KFTIA-AA system I/O module, and one memory module. - Six slots available for additional modules (CPU modules, memory modules, or system I/O modules). CD-ROM is required-VAX 7000 upgrades require addition of RRDCD-CA option. - CD-ROM requires single-ended SCSI-2 connection from either KFTIA-AA or KZMSA-AB in XMI plug-in unit, or KZPAA-AA in PCI plug-in unit. Upgrade Systems include o o o AlphaServer 8400 9-slot backplane assembly. One Processor module with two Alpha microprocessor 211645/300; 5/350, or 5/440 CPUs, each CPU includes 4 MB Backup cache. System I/O module (KFTHA-AA) with four I/O channel connections or integrated I/O module (KFfIA-AA) with one I/O channel connection. o o o o Order Number DA-291BU-YX DA-291BU-FX DA-291BU-ZX DA-291BU-HX DY-291BU-YX DY-291BU-FX DY -291BU-ZX DY-291BU-HX DA-291DU-YX DA-291DU-FX DY-291DU-YX DY-291DU-FX DA-292FU-YX DA-292FU-FX DY-292FU-YX DY-292FU-FX Dual CPU 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/350 5/350 5/350 5/350 5/440 5/440 5/440 5/440 No memory or a 2 GB memory carrier for upgrading current 2 GB memory module. Operating System Software - Digital UNIX base license or - OpenVMS base license One year hardware product warranty. 90 day software product warranty. Operating System 110 Module Memory Notes Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS KFTHA KFTHA KFfIA KFTIA KFTHA KFfHA KFfIA KFTIA KFfHA KFTHA KFTHA KFfHA KFTHA KFTHA KFTHA KFTHA No memory included, see Step 3. 2 GB memory carrier included No memory included, see Step 3. 2 GB memory carrier included No memory included, see Step 3. 2 GB memory carrier included No memory included, see Step 3. 2 GB memory carrier included No memory included, see Step 3. 2 GB memory carrier included No memory included, see Step 3. 2 GB memory carrier included No memory included, see Step 3. 2 GB memory carrier included No memory included, see Step 3. 2 GB memory carrier included Note:All upgrades require the return of upgraded hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation 4.16 Upgrades V AXIDEC 7000 to AlphaServer 8400 In-cabinet Upgrades Step 2-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) • Order up to five additional CPU modules, for a maximum of six modules. • If more than three processor modules are in system, a minimum of two separate memory modules should be considered for optimal system performance. • Use Step 2a to "trade-in" current VAXIDEC 7000 CPUs if more then One CPU is in current VAXIDEC 7000 system. • Use Step 2b to add additional AlphaServer 8400 CPU modules to the configuration. Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins • Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current VAXlDEC 7000 CPUs to AlphaServer 8400 CPUs. • All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. • One year hardware product warranty included. AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Systems 7SU14-AX 7SU13-AX 7SU24-AX 7SU23-AX 7SU34-AX 7SU33-AX From - VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Module to Digital UNIX SMP-Uni-CPU, Requires trade-in of one V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with one 21164/300 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. From - VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to OpenVMS SMP-Uni-CPU, Requires trade-in of one VAXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with one 21164/300 MHz CPU, OpenVMS SMP extension license. From - V AXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of one VAXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. From - VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Module to OpenVMS SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of one V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPU s, OpenVMS SMP extension license. From - two V AXIDEC 7000 CPU Modules to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. From - two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Modules to OpenVMS SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of two V AXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP extension license. AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Systems 7SU64-AX 7SU63-AX 7SU74-AX 7SU73-AX 7SU84-AX 7SU83-AX From - V AXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to Digital UNIX SMP-Uni-CPU, Requires trade-in of one VAXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. From - VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Module to OpenVMS SMP-Uni-CPU, Requires trade-in of one V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU, OpenVMS SMP extension license. From - V AXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of one V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. From - VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to OpenVMS SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of one VAXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP extension license. From - two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Modules to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of two V AXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. From - two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU Modules to OpenVMS SMP-Dual-CPU, Requires trade-in of two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP extension license. Upgrades 4.17 VAXIDEC 7000 to AlphaServer 8400 In-cabinet Upgrades Step 2a-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Trade-ins AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Systems 75UD4-AX From - VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU Requires trade-in of one V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two 211641437 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. 75UC3-AX From - VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to Open VMS SMP-Dual-CPU Requires trade-'in of one V AXlDEC 7000 CPU module. Includes processor module with two 211641437 MHz CPU, OpenVMS SMP extension license. From - two VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Modules to Digital UNIX SMP-Dual-CPU Requires trade-in of two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two 211641437 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX extension license. 75UH5-AX 75UG5-AX From - two VAXIDEC 7000 CPU Module to OpenVMS SMP-Dual-CPU Requires trade-in of two VAXlDEC 7000 CPU modules. Includes processor module with two 21164/437 MHz CPU, OpenVMS SMP extension license. Step 2b-CPU Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) Expansion • Order up to five additional CPU modules, for a maximum of six modules. • Part numbers are for adding additional AlphaServer 8400 CPUs to your system configuration. AlphaServer 8400 5/300 Systems 751P2-AX 751PI-AX 752P2-AX 752PI-AX 752P3-AX 752P4-AX Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/300 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/300 MHz CPU, OpenVMS SMP extension license. Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP extension license. Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU to Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. Requires return of AlphaServer 8400 Uni-CPU module to Digital Equipment Corporation. OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU to Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/300 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP extension license. Requires return of AlphaServer 8400 Uni-CPU module to Digital Equipment Corporation. AlphaServer 8400 5/350 Systems 753P2-AX 753PI-AX 754P2-AX 754PI-AX Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Uni-CPU, includes processor module with one 21164/350 MHz CPU, OpenVMS SMP extension license. Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 21164/350 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP extension license. AlphaServer 8400 5/440 Systems 756P2 -AX Digital UNIX SMP upgrade-Dual-CPU, includes processor module with two 211641437 MHz CPUs, Digital UNIX SMP extension license. 756PI-AX OpenVMS SMP upgrade-Dual CPU, includes processor module with two 211641437 MHz CPUs, OpenVMS SMP extension license. 4.18 Upgrades V AXIDEC 7000 to AlphaServer 8400 In-cabinet Upgrades Step 3-Memory • • • • • Select additional memory if required; maximum 14 GB per system. Order up to six additional memory modules, for a maximum of seven memory modules. Use Step 3a to "trade-in" your current VAXlDEC 7000 memory modules. Use Step 3b to add additional AlphaServer 8400 memory modules to your configuration. Each memory module has built in two-way interleaving. Additional interleaving is accomplished by adding more memory modules. • Maximum of seven memory modules is reduced by one for each additional CPU module added from Step 2. Note: A short term memory size restriction is currently in effect for 5/300 MHz systems only. Memory modules must be in quantity of one, two, or four memory modules of the same size. This means that maximum memory configuration is temporarily four 2 GB memory modules, resulting in system maximum memory of 8 GB. Note: Maximum 8 GB of memory for 5/300 systems restriction does not apply to 5/350 or 5/440 system upgrades. Step 3a-Memory Trade-in • Part numbers provide for trade-in value of current V AXlDEC 7000 memory modules to AlphaServer 8400 memory modules. • All trade-in part numbers require return of hardware to Digital Equipment Corporation. MS7CC-UD MS7CC-UE MS7CC-UF MS7CC-UG DECNAX 7000 256 MB DECNAX 7000 256 MB DECNAX 7000 512 MB DECNAX 7000512 MB memory trade-in for a AlphaServer 8200/8400 256 MB module memory trade-in for a AlphaServer 8200/8400 512 MB module memory trade-in for a AlphaServer 8200/8400 512 MB module memory trade-in for a AlphaServer 8200/8400 1 GB module Step 3b-Memory Expansion • These part numbers provide for adding additional AlphaServer 8400 memory to system configuration. MS7CC-BA MS7CC-CA MS7CC-DA MS7CC-EA MS7CC-FA 128 MB memory module 256 MB memory module 512 MB memory module 1073 MB memory module 2147MB memory module Step 3c-Memory Upgrades • Field installation only (not configurable in manufacturing). MS7CC-UA MS7CC-UB 128 MB memory upgrade (8 MB SIMMs), upgrades 128 MB (-BA) module to a 256 MB (-CA) module 512 MB memory upgrade (32 MB SIMMs), upgrades 512 MB (-DA) module to a 1 GB (-EA) module '" Upgrades 4.19 VAX/DEC 7000 to AlphaServer 8400 In-cabinet Upgrades Step~D-ROM · If V AXlDEC 7000 system does not include CD-ROM (located in the upper front right hand comer of the system cabinet) a CD-ROM device is required. • CD-ROM device in StorageWorks shelf driven from the KZPSA-BB and a DWZZA-VA is not allowed. • CD-ROM requires a single-ended SCSI-2 connection from either the KFfIA-AA or the KZMSA-AB in a XMI plug-in unit, or the KZPAA-AA in a PCI plug-in unit. • All connections to the CD-ROM device will stop at the device, further daisy chaining is not allowed. RRDCD-CA KZPAA-AA AlphaServer 8400 In-cabinet CD-ROM disk-maximum of one per system. Must be ordered if no CD-ROM device exists in upgraded system. Includes CD-ROM device, mounting hardware, BN21HOH cable (.75 meter length cable) - will require ordering longer cable to reach either the XMI PIU or the PCI PIU. PCI SCSI Controller-5ingle-ended narrow SCSI controller. Only for connecting the RRDCD-CA to the PCI plug-in unit. Step 5--Three Phase Expansion Components If V AXIDEC 7000 system being upgraded has one H7263 power regulator, recheck the EPUs to verify if second power regulator is needed. H7263-AAIAB H7263-AC/AD Three Phase 48 VDC power regulator with BBU capability-maximum three per cabinet. A second regulator may be required to supply adequate power depending on configuration. See power configuration table in the AlphaServer 8400 section. A third regulator assures N+ 1 power redundancy and higher availability in the event of a power regulator failure. Same as H7263-AAIAB except there is no built-in battery back-up (BBU) capability. Step 6--Additional procedures needed • Verify that T2028 module in DWLMA (XMI plug-in unit) is at minimum revision of "F05". If not replace with latest revision. • Recheck new configurations "EPU" value to determine if second power regulator is now required. • For additional items see the AlphaServer 8400 System Ordering Menu. 4.20 Upgrades VAX to V AX In-Cabinet Upgrades VAXstation 4000 Board Upgrades Upgrade kits must be installed by Digital Services. Order Number PV71U-BFt PV71U-BH From To V AXstation 4000 VAXstation 4000 Model 60 2D LCG graphics Model 96 LCSPX 2D (66172 Hz) graphics (66172 Hz) Includes V AXstation 4000 Model 96 CPU System enclosure and power supply 8-plane color/grayscale graphics board 2.7-m (9-ft) color/monochrome video cable Brackets for three internal SCSI devices (one removable, two fixed disks) ThinWireIThick wire Ethernet DEC-423 serial line EIA-232D serial line with modem control Synchronous SCSI controller OpenVMS base license Digital NAS 150 license Note: Mandatory return of Model 60 CPU board and LCG graphics card V AXstation 4000 Model 90/90A 2D LCSPX graphics 66172Hz V AXstation 4000 Model 96 CPU Digital NAS 150 license Note: Mandatory return of Model 90/90A CPU board VAXstation 4000 Model 96 LCSPX2D (66172 Hz) t vAXstation Model 96 systems require minimum of 16 MBs of main memory; 8 MB memory embedded on Model 60 system board cannot be transferred. See Model 96 memory configurations. 4 MB and 16 MB SIMMs from Model 60 may be transferred to Model 96 in sets of four ONLY (e.g., two MS44LBA = 4 x 4 MB SIMMs). Model 96 memory modules must be installed in sets of four matching value SIMMs. MicroVAX 3100 Desktop Server Board Upgrades Note: A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital Order Number From To Includes 31JXR-AA MicroVAX 3100 Model 40 MicroV AX 3100 Model 80 MicroVAX 3100 Model 85 Server MicroV AX 3100 Model 85 Server CPU 64 MB of memory OpenVMS base license 49GAX-E9 MicroVAX 3100 Model 40 MicroVAX 3100 Model 80 MicroVAX 3100 Mode196 Server MicroV AX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU 64 MB of memory OpenVMS base license 49JAX-E9 MicroV AX 3100 Model 85 MicroVAX 3100 Model 90 MicroVAX 3100 Model 95 MicroVAX 3100 Model 96 Server Micro VAX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU 64 MB of memory OpenVMS base license 49XR-AA MicroV AX 3100 Model 90 MicroVAX 3100 Model 95 MicroVAX 3100 Model 96 Server MicroV AX 3100 Model 96 Server CPU OpenVMS base license Upgrades 4.21 V AX to VAX In-Cabinet Upgrades Order Number From To Includes 53XR-BA VAX 4000 Models 100, 100A, 105A, 106A VAX 4000 Modell06A OpenVMS base license Note: A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital. ... ·············:1 Order Number From To Includes 53XRA-BA Rackmount VAX 4000 Models 100, 100A, 105A Rackmount VAX 4000 Modell06A VAX 4000 Modell 06A CPU OpenVMS base license Note: Mandatory return of old CPU Note: A non-return charge will be assessed if old CPU board is not returned to Digital. From To Includes 691XU-CS /DS Order Number V AX 4000 Model 300 VAX 4000 Model 505A CPU, BA440 backplane OpenVMS base license 691XU-DB V AX 4000 Models 400, 500,500A VAX 4000 Model 505A CPU OpenVMS base license 694XR-CS /DS VAX 4000 Model 300 VAX 4000 Model 705A CPU, BA440 backplane OpenVMS base license 694XR-DB V AX 4000 Models 400, 500,500A V AX 4000 Model 705A CPU OpenVMS base license 694XR-JB VAX 4000 Models 505A, 600, 600A, 700A VAX 4000 Model 705A CPU OpenVMS base license 1 1 1 The -CS upgrade kits are for VAXNAXserver 4000 Model 300 systems with serial numbers WF04899999 or lower, AY04700100 and lower. 4.22 Upgrades VAX to VAX In-Cabinet Upgrades VAX 7000 Board· Upgrades Order Number From To Includes 7FATA-LA VAX 7000/1000 Model 610 Model 620 Model 630 VAX 7000 Model 620 Model 630 Model 640 Single CPU OpenVMS SMP extension license 7FETB-AAI VAX 7000 Model 640 VAX 7000 Model 650 CPU OpenVMS SMP extension license 7FFTB-AAI VAX 7000 Model 650 VAX 7000 Model 660 CPU OpenVMS SMP extension license 7JATB-LE VAX 7000 Model 7xx V AX 7000 Model 7xx+ 1 CPU OpenVMS SMP extension license 7JAVB-AAl VAX 7000 Model 610 VAX 10000 Model 610 VAX 7000 Model 710 CPU module, VAX 7000 console kit OpenVMS base license Note: Mandatory return of Model 6xx CPU modules 7JAVB-LAl V AX 7000 Model 6xx SMP System VAX 7000 Model 7xx SMP System CPU module OpenVMS SMP extension license Note: Mandatory return of Model 6xx CPU modules 7MATA-LE VAX 7000 Model 8xx 7MAVA-AA VAX 7000 Model 6101710 VAX 10000 Model 610 7MAVA-LA VAX 7000 Model 6xxl7xx VAX 10000 Model 6xx V AX 7000 Model 8xx + 1 CPU module OpenVMS SMP extension license CPU module, V AX 7000 console kit VAX 7000 Model 810 OpenVMS base license Note: Mandatory return of Model 6xx CPU modules CPU module, VAX 7000 console kit VAX 7000 Model 8XX OpenVMS SMP extension license Note: Mandatory return of Model 6xx CPU modules 1 Note that OpenVMS V AX V6.0 or higher is required to support V AX 7000 Models 650 and 660, and a minimum of 512 MBs of memory 2 Use in conjunction with order number 7JAVB-AA to upgrade V AX 7000/10000 Model6xx SMP systems to V AX 7000 Model 7xx SMP systems. For example, to upgrade from a V AX 7000 Model 640 to a V AX 7000 Model 740 system, order: (1) 7JAVB-AA and (3) 7JAVB-LA. Upgrades 4.23 OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details Overview An OpenVMS Cluster system, one of Digital's most highly developed architectures, supports a wide variety of computing demands. An OpenVMS Cluster system is a distributed computing environment that can include Alpha and V AX systems in any combination. OpenVMS Cluster configurations are logically, closely coupled, while physically, loosely coupled. They provide the benefits of both high availability and scalability, within a single, easily managed, security environment. An OpenVMS Cluster configured with multiple Alpha and VAX systems appears as a single system to users and applications, regardless of the composition or physical location of the systems. Multiple Alpha and VAX systems may be linked together, regardless of size and capacity. Peripherals such as disks, tapes, printers are fully shared by all nodes in the OpenVMS Cluster. An OpenVMS Cluster system offers a stable and predictable computing environment. OpenVMS Cluster system design provides high performance and high data integrity, and dramatically decreases-or even eliminates---the impact of the shutdown or failure of an individual system or storage subsystem. An OpenVMS Cluster system may be configured to provide varying levels of availability, including disaster tolerance. OpenVMS Cluster systems provide the ability to add systems of vary computing performance and storage capacity by flexible increments. They support scalability across several dimensions: range of availability, size and number of host processor, number of users, storage capacity, interconnect bandwidth, and physical distance. OpenVMS Cluster systems maximize an investment in computing resources, extend the life of existing systems, and can meet future growth needs. OpenVMS Cluster technology offers an economical means of expanding compute power and shared resources in gradual steps, by simply adding Alpha systems, V AX systems, and peripheral devices to the cluster as requirements grow. In addition, OpenVMS Cluster systems allow simplification of system management with the ability to manage the complete configuration--host processors, user workstations, disk and tape subsystems, and shared resources-as a single system. OpenVMS Cluster systems represent a way to use multiple computer systems that is unique in the industry. Industry-leading availability, scalability, investment protection, and ease of system management are provided by OpenVMS Clusters. OpenVMS Cluster systems are ideal for implementing the full range of computing needs-from high-end mission-critical production systems, to mainframe downsizing, to high availability departmental client server configurations, to medium-and high-end PC-LAN upsizing solutions. OpenVMS Clusters can be configured entirely with Alpha systems, or with a mix of VAX and Alpha systems. Clustering Information 5.1 upen VIVl:S l,;lustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Benefits OpenVMS Cluster technology offers many benefits through a variety of configurations. These benefits include: • • • • • Power and flexibility of the OpenVMS operating system extended over a number of Alpha and VAX systems. Resource sharing of data, computes, printers, applications, backup capabilities. Availability spectrum based upon the use of element redundancy to satisfy application requirements. Single system management domain, regardless of e size or complexity of the configuration. Expandability of performance, number of systems in the OpenVMS Cluster, and storage devices with no requirement for application modification. • Investment protection for growth and extension of CPUs, storage, and knowledge of MIS personnel and end users. Configuring OpenVMS Cluster Systems OpenVMS Cluster systems are configured with the following groups of components: • Systems--Any Alpha or VAX system may be configured in an OpenVMS Cluster. • Interconnects--There are six types of interconnect that are currently used in OpenVMS Cluster configurations. The capabilities varies: - Shared access by multiple nodes to storage devices and controllers, and node-to-node communication: CI, DSSI - Shared access by multiple nodes to storage devices and controllers, without node-to-node communication: SCSI - Node-to-node communication, with no storage capability: MEMORY CHANNEL - LAN-based node-to-node communication with no directly connected storage: FDDI and Ethernet. (FDDI provides access to a family of OpenVMS-based storage servers. Access to T3 or ATM for Open VMS Cluster communication is possible using an FDDI in combination with a GIGAs witch configured with a T3/ATM adapter.) • Storage Subsystems--The complete range of Digital SCSI, DSA, and DSSI storage subsystems may be configured in an OpenVMS Cluster system. The following table provides positioning based on the six interconnects: OpenVMS Cluster Configurations a Maximum distance 90 (meters) Systems supported per bus 16 Service CPU online Yes Service storage online Yes Reconfigure cluster while Yes 3 online Approximate maximum 2.5TB storage per bus 5 (configuration dependent) Maximum buses per 2-12 system 140 Bandwidth (aggregate Mbits/s per bus) ~ Alpha Server 1000/2000 2100/4000 VAX 4100 10000 SCSI Etb.nrt Alpha Server 82008400 DEC 7000 10000 DEC 1 4000 27 20 20 44 Yes Yes No 4 Yes 2 Yes No 4 Yes 2 Yes No 0.6TB 0.6TB 0.6TB 4-24 2 4 24 24 24 1-2 6 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 80-160 MEMORY FUD! ICHANNEl VAX 7000 VAX 6000 VAX 4000 25 27 27 20 3-25 2K 40K 6 44 4 Yes Yes No 4 Yes Yes No 4 Yes 2 Yes No 3 Yes Yes No 96 Yes 96 Yes 4 Yes N/A N/A N/A Yes Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A Yes Yes No 0.6TB 0.6TB 0.6TB 0.6TB 0.3 TB No limit No limit 10 100 2 800 1 Two DEC 4000 systems is the maximum that can be cabled on a DSSI bus. 2 Service storage in supported warm-swap enclosures only, i.e., can "warm-swap" RF disks in SF3x17x storage building blocks, TF8x7 tape cartridge system, and all RFITF ISEs in Model 400 series enclosures (BA44x, BA43x, R400X, B400X). 3 Systems and storage devices may be added/removed from a CI OpenVMS Cluster while the cluster continues. To add/remove systems in a DSSI/SCSI OpenVMS Cluster may require shutting down all or part of the cluster. 4 Cable length restrictions may restrict the practical node count, depending on specific configuration and system mix. 5 Based on 4GB disks; 15 HSJs per CI; 6 HSDs per DSSI; 2 HSZs per SCSI 5.2 Clustering Information OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued) Rules and Configuration Guidelines The next sections focus on the rules and configuration guidelines for each OpenVMS Cluster interconnect. The rules and guidelines included here are to assist in planning purchases. For additional details, refer to the OpenVMS Cluster Software Product Description (SPD) (29.78.xx), and the Guidelinesfor OpenVMS Cluster Configuration Manual in the OpenVMS manual set. Note: From OpenVMS V6.2, the same SPD (29.78.xx) is used to describe OpenVMS Cluster Software for both Alpha and V AX systems. However, OpenVMS Cluster Software must be ordered using architecture specific product names and part numbers. V AX processors in an OpenVMS Cluster system are licensed with the VAXcluster Software for Open VMS VAX product (order number =QL-VBRA*-**), and Alpha processors are licensed with the VMScluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha product (order number =QL-MUZA *-**). Information describing which characters replace the asterisks can be found in the Systems/Services Price List. OpenVMS Cluster software media and documentation is included in the OpenVMS base operating system software media and documentation kit; an OpenVMS Cluster software license is required to enable the clustering software. Note: OpenVMS V6.2 introduced a low-cost, reduced functionality clustering product called OpenVMS Cluster Client. This is available as part of the NAS 150 product for Alpha and V AX workstation systems and provides full clustering functionality with the restrictions that Client systems may not provide Votes to the cluster configuration, and may not MSCP or TMSCP serve disks and tapes. (Note that a cluster must be configured with at least one Voting node.) The configuration rules below are condensed from the OpenVMS Cluster Software SPD. OpenVMS Cluster information is located on the W orId Wide Web at http://www.openvms.digital.com General OpenVMS Cluster Configuration Rules The following rules apply to all OpenVMS Cluster systems: • A maximum of 96 Alpha and VAX (combined total) systems can be configured in an OpenVMS Cluster. • A V AX and an Alpha system may not boot from the same system disk. System disks are architecture specific, and may only be shared by systems of the same architecture. • Every system in an OpenVMS Cluster system must be connected to every other system via any of the supported OpenVMS Cluster interconnects. Configurations that use a shared (multi-host) SCSI bus must also be configured with any of the other supported OpenVMS Cluster interconnects (this is because node-to-node communication does not occur across the SCSI bus). • Cross architecture satellite booting is supported. Alpha satellites (clients) may boot from a VAX boot server, and VAX satellites (clients) may boot from an Alpha boot server. The following table shows the OpenVMS Cluster interconnects supported for V AX and Alpha systems. Systems CI MEMORY CHANNEL DSSI SCSI FDDI Ethernet AlphaServer 8400, 8200 AlphaServer 4100, 4000, 2 2100 , 2100A, 2000 AlphaServer 1000, 1000A AlphaServer 400 AlphaStation series AlphaBook laptop DEC 700011 0000 DEC 4000 DEC 3000 DEC 2000 VAX 600017000/10000 V AX 4000, MicroV AX 3100 VAXstation 4000 X X X X X X X X Xl Xl X Xl X X X X X X X X X Xl Xl Xl Xl Xl X Xl Xl Xl .. X X X X X X X X Xl X X X X X Xl Xl 1 Denotes abIlIty to boot over the interconnect as satellite node. 2 AlphaServer 2100 systems require a hardware ECO prior to installing MEMORY CHANNEL. Clustering Information 5.3 OpenVMS Clustering Information Example Configurations The following pages show some example OpenVMS Clusters - demonstrating the range and flexibility of configurations that is possible. Alpha Client/Server LAN based OpenVMS Cluster LAN (EthemetIFDDI) nil )I>ll )Ill )1··· .• A1"",s"'tlon4O~1·· .'>Il DEC3@jI>'ll A1phoSt,tloo 250 A1phoStatloo 000 AlpltaS"'tloo 400 This configuration shows a simple client/server OpenVMS Cluster configuration based on Alpha systems. The AlphaServer 2100 system acts as a boot node and disk server for a collection of AlphaStation 250, 400 and 600 and DEC 3000 satellite clients. Ethernet is used as the OpenVMS Cluster interconnect. Up to 96 systems can be configured into an OpenVMS Cluster configuration. Dual-Host Single-Ended SCSI based OpenVMS Cluster Configuration LAN (EthernetIFDDI) Client workstationslPCs This configuration shows two AlphaServer systems configured into a SCSI OpenVMS Cluster. Each system is connected to two shared SCSI buses, giving, in this example, a total of ten fully shared disks. The configuration could be expanded to include up to 6 shared disks per SCSI bus, and up to six shared buses. An additional AlphaServer system could be added (note that this would reduce the maximum number of disks per SCSI bus to 5). OpenVMS Clusters provide full disk sharing, so a single system disk can be configured on a shared SCSI bus for both systems to boot off. SCSI Clusters can only be configured using Alpha systems. The disks are single-ended SCSI compliant, and so the SCSI buses and host adapters are also single-ended SCSI. Single-ended SCSI can provide up to 10 MB/second throughput. Note that the LAN is required in this configuration in order to provide node-to-node communication. 5.4 Clustering Information OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued) Dual-Host FWD SCSI based OpenVMS Cluster Configuration This configuration shows a SCSI Cluster based on Fast Wide Differential SCSI components. The AlphaServer 2100 systems are configured with FWD SCSI adapters. The single-ended SCSI disks are configured on two HSZ series controllers, which connect to the shared FWD SCSI bus. HSZ series controllers can be configured with up to 42 disks. In this example, two single-ended SCSI buses are dual ported across the controllers - providing availability in the event that one HSZ controller is shut down. FWD SCSI can provide up to 20 MB/second throughput. This configuration can be expanded to include a third Alpha system, and up to six shared SCSI buses. AlphaServer 2100 AlphaServer 2100 LAN (EthemetIFDDI) Client workstations/PCs The configuration below shows another two-node SCSI-based cluster, but includes MEMORY CHANNEL for use as a high performance node-to-node interconnect. This allows the node-to-node traffic that would normally occur across the LAN to be off-loaded onto the MEMORY CHANNEL. This will result in higher cluster performance (primarily of the Lock Manager), and will also release LAN network capacity. FWD SCSI AlphaServer 4100 Memory Channel LAN (EthemetIFDDI) Client workstationslPCs Clustering Information 5.5 OpenVMS Clustering Information Tri-Host Mixed Architecture DSSI based OpenVMS Cluster SCSI disks Oient wrkstaticrNfCS This configuration shows a tri-host mixed architecture OpenVMS Cluster based on the DSSI. It consists of one DEC 4000 Model 720 system, an AlphaServer 2100, and a VAX 4000 Model505A system. The OpenVMS Cluster interconnect is the DSSI, which is also configured with an HSD series storage controller with SCSI disk drives. CI based OpenVMS Cluster Client workstationslPCs t----r--I....--r--,.----r----,........--I SCSI SCSI disks This configuration shows a four-node CI-based OpenVMS Cluster with V AX systems and Alpha systems. The AlphaServer 8200 and 2100 systems are configured with the CIPCA (PCI to CI) controller to connect to the CI bus. Two HSJ storage controllers provide high availability access to disks. Critical disks are accessible by both HSJ controllers. HSJ storage controllers provide access to StorageWorks SCSI-based disks. 5.6 Clustering Information OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued) Mixed Interconnect, Mixed Architecture OpenVMS Cluster AlphaStation 400 DEC 3000 AI phaServer 1000 SCSI disks This diagram shows a mixed interconnect, mixed architecture OpenVMS Cluster. A VAX 6000 Model 600 system and a V AX 8800 system are configured on a CI interconnect with two AlphaServer 8400 systems. Two HSJ storage controllers provide access to some dual-ported and single-ported RZ series disks. The CI systems are also connected to an FDDI ring. Configured around the ring are two AlphaStation 400 workstations, a DEC 3000 workstation, three AlphaServer 1000s, and a bridge to an Ethernet segment. The AlphaServer 1000 systems are configured as a tri-host SCSI Cluster (still part of the total cluster configuration) providing additional served storage for all the other cluster systems. The Ethernet segment is configured with an AlphaServer 400 which is serving six additional workstations, four AlphaStation 250s and two V AX 4000s. All these systems are configured into a single OpenVMS Cluster, providing high performance and high availability. The configuration below shows a high-end mixed architecture cluster. All the systems are connected to the CI (making this a good interconnect on which to locate the system disks). The Alpha systems are also connected by MEMORY CHANNEL - for high performance node-to-node communication, and a shared SCSI bus. Because there are more than two systems connected to the MEMORY CHANNEL, a hub is required. Clustering Information 5.7 OpenVMS Clustering Information RAID usage in OpenVMS Cluster Configurations All OpenVMS Cluster configurations may use any combination of host-based or controller-based RAID. RAID implementations can be used to increase both the performance and availability of the cluster storage subsystem. Host software RAID products are as follows: • Volume Shadowing for Open VMS software layered product may be used by both VAX and Alpha systems in order to provide high availability RAID-l access to storage. • StorageWorks Raid Software for Open VMS may be used to provide RAID-O (Striping) and RAID-5 for VAX and Alpha systems. For controller-based implementations refer to the documentation for the appropriate controller. Configuration Rules for CI as an OpenVMS Cluster Systems • Multiple CI controllers may be configured, either for redundancy or throughput. Throughput increase with a second CI controller connected to the same Star Coupler is likely to be minimal. Increased throughput can be achieved by connecting additional CI controllers to separate Star Couplers. • The Star Coupler is a passive device, and extremely reliable. It is not a single point of failure. Additional CI controllers and Star Couplers may be installed to improve system bandwidth, total computing power, and total storage capacity. • The CIPCA controller can coexist on a CI bus with systems configured with CIXCD and CIBCA-B controllers, and any HSCIHSJ storage controller except the HSC50. • The CIPCA controller requires a PCI backplane slot and an EISA backplane slot. The EISA slot is required to supply additional power to the controller, no EISA logic signals are used. • The CIPCA is not supported by OpenVMS V7.0. Systems configured with CIPCA controllers must run OpenVMS V6.2-1H2 (or a later V6.2-xxx variant) or OpenVMS V7.1. In addition to the rules mentioned previously, the following points should be adhered to when configuring CI systems: • The maximum number of nodes that may be connected to a Star Coupler is 32; 16 of these nodes may be OpenVMS systems (see rules above). The remainder of the nodes may be HSCIHSJ storage controllers. Note: 32-node Star Couplers are configured by joining two 16-node Star Couplers together using a CISCE. (The CISCE is no longer available as an orderable product.) • The number of Star Couplers is limited by the number of CI controllers configured on a system. • Dual porting of devices between HSCIHSJ and local controllers is not supported. However, dual porting of devices between HSCIHSJ controllers connected to the same or separate Star Couplers is supported (as is dual porting of devices between HSD controllers connected to the same or separate DSSI buses). • Different types of CI controllers may not be mixed in the same CPU, with the single exception that the CIPCA and the CIXCD can coexist in a system. Maximum CI Adapters per OpenVMS Cluster CPU CPU AlphaServer 8400 (Maximum of 26 adapters may be configured.) AlphaServer 8200 CIPCA 10 with V6.2-xx~ 26 with V7.1 4 AlphaServer 2100,2000 3 V AX 7000, 10000 5.8 Clustering Information cmCA·B 1 4 CIXCD 10 10 with V6.2-xXJi 26 with V7.1 AlphaServer 4100,4000 DEC 7000110000 VAX 6000 cmCA·A 10 4 10 OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued) Configuration Rules for MEMORY CHANNEL as an OpenVMS Cluster Interconnect A new feature for OpenVMS Cluster Software V7.1 is the support of MEMORY CHANNEL as a cluster interconnect. Unlike the other cluster interconnects, which are network based, MEMORY CHANNEL uses a "shared memory" paradigm of operation. This permits very high bandwith with low latency, over short distances. The current hardware supports up to eight nodes, each configured with a MEMORY CHANNEL controller and 10 foot cable connected to a MEMORY CHANNEL hub in a radial topology. o MEMORY CHANNEL delivers up to 100 MB per second aggregate bandwidth with latency of less than 5 microseconds. With current MEMORY CHANNEL controllers the achievable OpenVMS Distributed Lock Manager performance is approximately two to three times that of a CI (depending on CPU type). o Since MEMORY CHANNEL requires no change to existing applications and integrates seamlessly with existing cluster software, configurations can take advantage of the increased performance of the MEMORY CHANNEL without application modification. o MEMORY CHANNEL can be added to a cluster without replacing existing interconnects because OpenVMS cluster software has the intelligence to use the interconnect that offers the best performance. By offloading the node-to-node traffic from the CI and DSSI, it allows them to be dedicated to storage traffic. In SCSI clusters that use a LAN interconnect for node-to-node traffic, MEMORY CHANNEL offloads this traffic from the LAN, enabling it to handle more network traffic. The following rules should be observed when configuring an OpenVMS MEMORY CHANNEL Cluster: o o o o OpenVMS Cluster Software supports a maximum of four nodes may be connected to a single MEMORY CHANNEL interconnect. A future release of OpenVMS will support the eight ports available in a MEMORY CHANNEL hub. Configurations that comprise two nodes can use a single MEMORY CHANNEL cable connected directly from one node to the other. Configurations that comprise three or more nodes require a MEMORY CHANNEL hub, to which all nodes are connected using MEMORY CHANNEL cables. A system may be configured with up to two MEMORY CHANNEL controllers, each of which must be connected to a different hub (in configurations with more than two nodes). It is not possible to connect storage directly to a MEMORY CHANNEL. Consequently, another interconnect is required for storage. This can be any of the other OpenVMS storage interconnects (CI, DSSI, SCSI). See PCI-to-MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect section for ordering information. Configuration Rules for SCSI as an OpenVMS Cluster Storage Interconnect Multiple Alpha hosts in an OpenVMS Cluster system can be connected to a single SCSI bus to share access to SCSI storage devices directly. This capability allows customers to build highly available servers using shared access to SCSI storage. This section briefly describes how OpenVMS Cluster systems support the Small Computer Systems Interface (SCSI) as a storage interconnect. (Note that another interconnect-for example, a local area network (LAN) or MEMORY CHANNEL, is required for node-to-node OpenVMS Cluster communications.) Customers can build a three-node OpenVMS Cluster system using a shared SCSI bus as the storage interconnect, or configure shared SCSI buses within a larger OpenVMS Cluster configuration. A quorum disk can be used on the SCSI bus to improve the availability of two-node configurations. SCSI ANSI Standard OpenVMS Cluster systems configured with the SCSI interconnect must use standard SCSI-2 components. The SCSI-2 components supported must be compliant with the architecture defined in the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard SCSI-2. This standard defines extensions to the SCSI-1 standard. For ease of discussion, this chapter uses the term SCSI or SCSI-2 to refer to the SCSI-2 implementation as specified in the ANSI Standard SCSI-2 document X3T9.2, Rev.tOL. Clustering Information 5.9 OpenVMS Clustering Information SCSI Cluster Configuration Requirements and Hardware Support This section lists the configuration requirements and supported hardware for SCSI Open VMS Cluster configurations. The following table shows the requirements and capabilities of the basic software and hardware components you can configure in a SCSI OpenVMS Cluster system. Requirement SCSI tape, floppies and CD-ROM drives Description SCSI tape drives, floppy drives, or CD-ROM drives cannot be configured on a multiple-host SCSI bus. If the configuration requires SCSI tape, floppy, or CD-ROM drives, configure them on a single-host SCSI bus. Note that SCSI tape, floppy, or CD-ROM drives may be MSCP or TMSCP served to other hosts in the OpenVMS Cluster configuration. Maximum hosts on a SCSI bus Up to three hosts can be configured on a multiple-host SCSI bus. Any mix of the hosts listed in the table below can be configured on the same shared SCSI interconnect. Each host can be connected to a maximum of six multiple-host SCSI buses. The number of nonshared (single-host) SCSI buses that can be configured is limited only by the number of available slots on the host bus and specific SCSI adapter model. For example, up to 24 non-shared KZPSAs can be configured on a single system. All members of the cluster must be connected by an interconnect that can be used for host-to-host (SCA) communication; for example, CI, MEMORY CHANNEL, DSSI, Ethernet, or FDDI. The name of each SCSI device must be unique throughout the OpenVMS Cluster system. When configuring devices on systems that include a multiple-host SCSI bus, adhere to the following requirements: A host can have, at most, one controller attached to a particular SCSI interconnect. All host controllers attached to a given SCSI interconnect must have the same OpenVMS device name (for example, PKAO). This restriction is removed when the optional SCSI device naming feature in OpenVMS V7.1 is enabled. Maximum SCSI buses per host Host-to-host communications SCSI device naming 5.10 Clustering Information OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued) SCSI Cluster Hardware Support The following table shows the supported hardware components for SCSI OpenVMS Cluster systems; it also lists the minimum required revision for these hardware components. That is, for any component, use either the version listed, or a later revision. The SCSI interconnect configuration and all devices on the SCSI interconnect must meet the requirements defined in the ANSI Standard SCSI-2 document. Component Supported Item Minimum Version or H/W Revision Hosts Any PCI-based AlphaServer Refer to OpenVMS SPD 5 or AlphaStation system Any DEC 3000 series system Disks l RZ26 392A (Narrow and Wide variants RZ26L 442D of all drives listed) RZ26N Any revision RZ28 442D 0006 RZ28B RZ28M Any revision 0009 RZ29B Controller HSZ40B 2.5 Bus Isolators Adapters 2 Adapters V7.I 2 - V6.2 or later - V6.2-IH2-xxx, DWZZA DWZZB NCR-810 based integral system adapter in PCI systems 3 Optional KZP AA (PCI) 3 Optional KZPSA (PCI)4 Optional KZTSA (DEC 3000)4 How to Find Your Version Console SHOW VERSION command Console SHOW DEVICE command Console SHOW DEVICE command IExamine product sticker Note: RZ25 disks do not support Tagged Command Queuing, so are not supported for use on multi-host SCSI buses. 1 Any SCSI-II compliant disk that provides (1) Multi-host support, (2) Tagged Command Queuing and (3) Automatic Bad Block Revectoring may be configured on a multi-host SCSI bus. These requirements are fully described in the Open VMS V6.2 Release Notes. The drives in the table above have been verified by Digital - for the complete list of verified disk drives please refer to the OpenVMS SPD. 2 Other types of SCSI adapters can be configured in a system for single-host access to local storage. 3 Single Ended SCSI adapter 4 Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI adapter. KZPSA must be firmware minimum revision AlO. 5 AlphaServer 4000/4100/8200/8400 systems must use KZPSA FWD SCSI adapters for connection to shared SCSI buses, and run OpenVMS V6.2-1H3 or V7.1. When using V6.2-1H3 and configuring shared SCSI buses with AlphaServer 8200/8400 and other AlphaServer/AlphaStation systems ensure that SCSI adapter device names match; all adapters connected to a common SCSI bus must have the same device name (for example, PKA or PKB, etc). Note that the KFfIA I/O controller usually configured in AlphaServer 8200/8400 systems, includes four SCSI adapters, each of which consumes a controller letter. Therefore, when configuring mixed systems it may be necessary to configure the AlphaServer 8200/8400 systems with a KFTHA I/O controller (which has no embedded SCSI adapters) in place of the KFfIA. This restriction is removed in OpenVMS V7.1 by using the optional new SCSI device naming scheme. When configuring SCSI Clusters great care must be taken to ensure that the SCSI bus is correctly configured. Bus length and termination rules must be strictly adhered to in order to ensure reliable system operation. Refer to the "Guidelines for Open VMS Cluster Configuration" manual for detailed information on SCSI configuration. Clustering Information 5.11 OpenVMS Clustering Information Configuration Rules for LAN-based OpenVMS Cluster Systems LAN-based configurations are those that use Ethernet or FDDI for OpenVMS Cluster node-to-node communication. Ethernet and FDDI are industry-standard general-purpose communications interconnects that can be used to implement a local area network (LAN). The following general rules apply to OpenVMS Cluster systems in LANs: • Multiple distinct Open VMS Cluster systems can be configured onto a single extended LAN. OpenVMS Cluster LAN software implements cluster membership validation to ensure that systems join the correct LAN OpenVMS Cluster • Any number of LAN adapters can be configured on an Alpha or VAX system. LAN segments can be bridged to form an extended LAN. • All systems in a LAN-based OpenVMS Cluster must exist on the same extended LAN. • An OpenVMS Cluster can be configured on multiple LAN segments, and can use bridges to isolate or segment network traffic according to customer requirements • CPUs that use an Ethernet for OpenVMS Cluster communications can concurrently use it for other network protocols that conform to the applicable Ethernet standards, such as Ethernet V2.0, IEEE 802.2, and IEEE 802.3. • CPUs that use an FDDI for OpenVMS Cluster communications can concurrently use it for other • • • • network protocols that conform to the applicable FDDI standards, such as ANSI X3.139-1987, ANSI X3.1481988, and ANSI X3.166-1990. All LAN paths used for OpenVMS Cluster communication must operate, at a minimum, with approximately 10-Mbits per second throughput and lowlatency. Translating bridges must be used when connecting OpenVMS Cluster nodes on an Ethernet to those on an FDDI. Alpha and VAX systems can be configured with any mix of Ethernet or FDDI adapters. The HS lxx/HS2xx family storage servers provide FDDIbased storage access to OpenVMS Cluster nodes. This family of servers is based on Alpha systems and OpenVMS. All LAN adapters (Ethernet and FDDI) documented in the OpenVMS Version SPD are supported by OpenVMS Cluster software. Refer to the OpenVMS Operating System SPD (25.01.xx) for complete details. Configuration Rules for DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Systems The following configuration rules apply to all DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configurations: The maximum number of systems that may be connected to a DSSI bus is four, regardless of system or DSSI adapter type. Any mix of systems and adapters is permitted (except where noted below). In some cases physical cabling and termination limitations may restrict the number of systems that may be connected to a DSSI bus to two or three. For example: - Only two DEC 4000 systems can be configured on a DSSI bus. This is because the DEC 4000 DSSI adapter terminates the bus. - The size of a VAXIDEC 10000 system generally limits the number that may be connected to a DSSI to two. - Some variants of the DSSI adapter terminate the bus. Configure VAX 6000, VAX 7000 and VAX 10000 systems with KFMSA adapters. Configure DEC 7000 and DEC 10000 systems with KFMSB adapters. 5.12 Clustering Information OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued) Configuration Rules for DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Systems (continued) • Configure PCI-based AlphaServer systems with KFPSA adapters. EISA adapters (KFESAlKFESB) may also be configured on most AlphaServer systems, but usage of the KFPSA is recommended whenever possible. • Up to 6 KFMSAlBs can be configured on an XMI bus. Up to 12 KFMSAlBs may be configured on a system. • Up to 4 KFPSAs may be configured on a system. • All systems connected to the same DSSI bus must have a common power/ground. • Each DSSI bus supports up to eight nodes. Each of the following counts as one DSSI node: - Any RF, TF, or EF ISE (integrated storage element) - DSSI adapter - Any member of the HSDxx family of DSSI-SCSI controllers • Multiple DSSI adapters for each system are allowed, per the configuration restrictions as indicated in the DSSI Adapters per System table; each DSSI adapter in a single system must be connected to a different DSSI bus. • Each DSSI bus must be terminated at each end at all times; breaking the bus while a cluster is operational may lead to data corruption. • The general rule for maximum DSSI bus length supported, i.e., the total distance between end-node terminators on the DSSI bus, is 25-m (82-ft) in a computer room environment, 20-m (65.6-ft) in an office environment. The only exception to this rule is the 27-m (89-ft)computer room/allowable distance for quad-host VAX 7000 and VAX 6000 DSSI OpenVMS Cluster systems. • These lengths are based on grounding conditions typically found in computer room and office environments. Improper grounding can result in voltage potentials, called ground offset voltages, between the enclosures in the configuration. If these voltages exceed certain limits, data transmission across the DSSI bus can be disrupted and the configuration can experience performance degradation or data corruption. • For these reasons, a common ground must be maintained between all systems/enclosures in a DSSI OpenVMS Cluster at all times. It is, therefore, necessary that all systems receive their power from a common power feed, i.e., it is not advisable to power systems/enclosures from different circuit breaker panels. • To verify site conditions, the following is strongly recommended: - Have a qualified electrician ensure that site power distribution meets all local electrical codes. - Also, have electrician inspect entire site power distribution system to ensure it does not have any of the following faults: 1. Outlets do not have power ground connections. 2. Grounding prong missing from computer equipment power cables. 3. Power outlet neutral connections are actual ground connections. 4. Grounds for the power outlets are not connected to the same power distribution panel. Devices that are not UL or IEC approved are connected to the same circuit breaker as the computer equipment. If these conditions have been met, ground offset voltages should be within acceptable limits. Ground offset voltage limits are as follows: Allowable Ground Offset Voltage Total DSSI Length Up to 20-m (65- ft) 20-25 m (65-82 ft) DC AC (rms) 200mV 40mV 70mV 14mV 27-m (89-ft) for four-system VAX 6000 and VAX 7000 30mV 10.5 mV Ground offset voltages between enclosures can be measured after system installation to verify they fall within acceptable limits. Clustering Information 5.13 OpenVMS Clustering Information Maximum number of DSSI Adapters per System System (Bus) AlphaServer 8400 AlphaServer 8200,4100,4000 AlphaServer 2100 AlphaServer 2000, 1000 DEC 4000 (embedded N71O) DEC 7000/1 0000 Micro VAX II and 3500/36001 3800/3900 MicroVAX 3300/3400 (embedded EDA640) VAX 4000 Model105A (embedded SHAC 3) VAX 4000 Model 200 (embedded SHAC 3) VAX 4000 Model 300 400/500/600 VAX 4000 Model 505A1705A (embedded 3 SHAC ) VAX 6000 VAX 7000/10000 2 3 4 5 6 Embedded KFPSA (PCI) 6 1 KFQSA (Q Bus) 4 4 4 4 KFESA (EISA) KFESB (EISA) KFMSA (XMI) 2 KFMSB (XMI) 12 2 4 4 2 12 1 1 + 14 1 2 2 + 24 2 2 5 2 2 2 2 6 12 The KFQSA cannot be used for node-to-node cluster communication. An additional interconnect must be configured between systems that use KFQSA for access to shared storage. Each KFMSAIB (XMI-to-DSSI) adapter contains two DSSI VAX system ports. Single Host Adapter Chip (SHAC) Additional embedded on daughter card Requires a Q-bus expansion enclosure The KFPSA cannot be configured on the same DSSI as a KFMSB. Ensure that the specific AlphaServer system has sufficient PCI backlane slots to accept the number of KFPSAs required .. AlphaServer 2100IDEC 4000 AlphaIVAX 4000IMicroVAX DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Configurations Useful information on AlphaServer 2100IDEC 4000NAX 4000IMicroVAX DSSI OpenVMS Clusters: • Q-bus systems that do not support internal DSSI disk storage, e.g., MicroV AX II, can be integrated into a DSSI OpenVMS Cluster, containing other Q-bus or VAX 6000 systems, with the addition of a KFQSA storage adapter; RFdisks associated with that system are placed in the expansion enclosure for shared access. • Any two Q-bus MicroVAX, VAX 4000, AlphaServer 2100, or DEC 4000 systems can share an expansion enclosure. • When sharing an R400X expansion enclosure between two systems in a DSSI Open VMS Cluster configuration on a single DSSI bus, only six of the seven storage bays can be used. • The maximum configuration is determined by the number of DSSI adapters that can be configured on each system. Refer to the DSSI Adapters per System table. 5.14 Clustering Information 2 OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued) Dual Architecture DSSI OpenVMS Cluster: AlphaServer 2100 and VAX 4000 systems System B System A BC29S-xx KFESA Host Adapter KFESA Host Adapter Bus Node 6 Bus Node 7 HSD05 Array Controller Terminator Bus Node 0 " ~. --jffi._--- --------~------ UD-;=~: Q' ... ~Q~~ ~= 4 U~ 8i Front Rear Rear Front BC29S-xx BC29S-xx System C RX400X Expander VAX 4000-300 or Higher BC29R-xx ~ Terminator Host Bus Node 5 BC21M-09 Host Bus Node 7 Alpha DSSI OpenVMS Cluster: Two AlphaServer 2100 systems System B System A KFESA Host Adapter Bus Node 6 HSD05 Array Controller Bus Node 1 KFESA Host Adapter Bus Node 7 HSD05 Array Controller Bus Node 0 ~. ~. i~r~:'-==P~ ~ '8r~:-==~~ . 8!~' ~ arE BC29S-xx ~ Front Front Rear 4 BC29S-xx BC29S-xx MA071493 Clustering Information 5.15 OpenVMS Clustering Information VAX 6000170001l0000-Based DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Configurations The following simple rule set may be used for VAX 600017000/10000 DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configurations: The following configuration rules MUST be followed: • Maximum DSSI bus length cannot exceed 27-meters (89-feet) and ground offset voltage cannot exceed 30 mV (dc) or 10.5 mV (rms). • DSSI ISE disks or tapes must be placed at end of DSSI bus and termination at ISE end of bus must be implemented at ISE, not at bulkhead. If two SF2xx or SF400,cabs are required, one must be placed physically at each end of cluster. • In order to meet the quad-host 89-foot bus length restriction, only 9-foot cabinet-to-cabinet DSSI cables are allowed for connections between system boxes, only 9-foot cables are allowed for connections between system boxes and SF2xx storage cabinets, and only l6-foot cables are allowed for connections between system boxes and SF400 storage cabinets. There are no exceptions to this rule. • If two SF2xx or two SF400s (or one of each) cabinets are required, one must be placed physically at each end of cluster because neither the 9-foot intercabinet cables required for SF2xx connections or the l6-foot intercabinet cables required for SF400 connections are long enough to reach from a system cabinet to a storage cabinet if there is another storage cabinet in between. • Up to four RFxx ISEs or two TF ISEs are allowed on same DSSI combinations of RFxx ISEs and TF8x ISEs are not allowed on same DSSI bus. All RFxx ISEs on any single DSSI bus must reside in same SFxx storage array. All TF8x ISEs on any single DSSI bus must reside in same cabinet. Ethernet VAX 7000 System VAX 7000 System SF400 Storage Expansion "' I I I VAX 7000 System III DSSI Buses I BU-3266 AlphaServer 2100IDEC 4000 AlphaIVAX 4000NAX 6000NAX 7000 DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Configurations Useful information on AlphaServer 21 OOIDEC 4000NAX 4000NAX 6000N AX 7000 system DSSI OpenVMS Clusters: • A VAX 6000NAX 7000 series system can be added to an existing VAX 4000 or AlphaServer 2l00IDEC 4000 DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configuration and also be configured as a member of a CI OpenVMS Cluster; the VAX 6000N AX 7000 system then provides a "gateway" service, providing high-performance access to the CI Open VMS Cluster data center-wide databases for the VAX 4000 and AlphaServer 2l00IDEC 4000 systems. 5.16 Clustering Information OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued) Configuration Guidelines for DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Systems The following are recommended guidelines and considerations, when configuring a DSSI OpenVMS Cluster: • A V AX CPU and an Alpha CPU may not boot from the same system disk. • V AX 7000 and V AX 6000 systems configured with KFMSA adapters may also be configured with CI controllers, simultaneously accessing data and resources in this mixed interconnect OpenVMS Cluster. • An optional Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) can be added to the OpenVMS Cluster configuration to increase the level of availability. DSSI Adapter Performance Characteristics DSSI Adapter Type Sustained 110 Rate (IIOs per second) KFQSA KFESA KFESB KFPSA Embedded EDA640 (MicroVAX 3300/3400 systems) Embedded SHAC (V AX 4000 systems) Embedded N710 (DEC 4000 Alpha systems) KFDDA KFDDB KFMSA KFMSB 190 1000 Figure Not Available 2200 (Peak 110 rate) 360 1200' 1200 2 1200 3 1200 4 1600 5 900 1 2 3 4 5 For V AX 4000 Model 200 and VAX 4000 Model 300 systems, SHACs can only be driven to 800 liDs per second. One additional channel for VAX 4000 Model 100A. Two additional channels for VAX 4000 Model 500N600N700A. 800 per DSSI bus. 450 per DSSI bus. Clustering Information 5.17 OpenVMS Clustering Information Electrical Lengths of DSSI Bus Components* Order Number Length 3.5-foot intracabinet shielded cable used in SF2xO and SF10x cabinets to connect between the drive enclosures SF72 and TFS57/837 (MRlMR connectors) 6-foot intracabinet shielded cable used in SF200/210/220 cabinets between drive enclosures and SF200/SF210/220 bulkhead (MRlMR-BH connectors) 9-foot external shielded cable (MRlMR connectors) BC21Q-3F 42 inches (3.5 ft, 1.06 m) BC21R-5L 70 inches (5.S ft, 1.7S m) BC21Q-09 lOS inches (9 ft, 2.74 m) 9-foot external shielded cable (MRIPS connectors) BC22Q-09 108 inches (9 ft, 2.74 m) 9-foot external shielded cable (PSIPS connectors) BC21M-09 16-foot external shielded cable (PSIPS connectors) BC21Q-16 lOS inches (9 ft, 2.74 m) 192 inches (16 ft, 4.8 m) 16-foot external shielded cable (MRIPS connectors) BC22Q-16 16-foot external shielded cable (PSIPS connectors) BC21M-16 25-foot external shielded cable (PSIPS connectors) BC21M-25 300 inches (25 ft, 7.62 m) 25-foot external shielded cable (MRlMR connectors) BC21Q-25 300 inches (25 ft, 7.62 m) 25-foot external shielded cable (MRlMR connectors) BC22Q-25 300 inches (25 ft, 7.62 m) Description/Connector Types 192 inches (16 ft, 4.S m) 192 inches (16 ft, 4.S m) * Electrical length may be different from apparent physical length by wide margins; for example: in a "Y" cable bundle the apparent physical length of the cable bundle is "la" feet but the electrical length is actually "2a" between external connectors. Notes: MR is a micro-ribbon style external shielded connector; mates with MR-BH only. PS is a pin-and-socket-style external shielded connector; mates with PS-BH only. MR-BH is a micro-ribbon style shielded connector used for bulkhead mounting; mates with MR only. PS-BH is a pin-and-socket-style shielded connector used for bulkhead mounting; mates with PS only. Embedded DSSI Bus in VAX 6000 Enclosures Description 4-foot intra-cabinet shielded cable used from XMI backplane with KFMSA to cabinet bulkhead in VAX 6000 (XMI-BPIMR-BH connectors) 9-foot intra-cabinet shielded cable used from XMI backplane with KFMSA to cabinet bulkhead in special rackmount V AX 6000 (XMI-BPIMR-BH) 8-foot intra-cabinet "Y" shielded cables used from cabinet bulkhead to XMI backplane with KFMSA to cabinet bulkhead in VAX 6000 (MR-BHlXMI-BPIMR-BH connectors) 10-foot intra-cabinet shielded cable used from XMI backplane with KFMSA to internal TF interface board to cabinet bulkhead in VAX 6000 (XMI-BPITFIIMR-BH connectors) Note: XMI-BP is a back panel connector for the XMI back panel. 5.18 Clustering Information Order Number Length BC07T-04 48 inches (4 ft, 1.22 m) BC07T-09 lOS inches (9 ft, 2.74 m) BC07W-08 96 inches (S ft, 2.43 m) BC07U-IO 124 inches (10.3 ft, 3.15 m) OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued) Electrical Lengths of Embedded DSSI Bus in Enclosures Enclosure R400x through bus mode No internal terminator Up to seven drives both upper and lower rows Two external PS-BH connectors R400x split bus mode 1 No internal terminator Up to four drives on same bus-lower row only Two external PS-BH connectors R400x split bus mode 2 No internal terminator Up to three drives on same bus-lower row only Two external PS-BH connectors BA640 embedded storage Has internal terminator DEC 4000 Alpha Model 600 One external PS-BH connector for each of four buses (A-D) BA440 embedded storage (Bus 0) Has internal terminator V AX 4000 Model 300 and higher One external PS-BH connector BA440 inlout port (Bus 1) No internal terminator V AX 4000 Model 300 and higher Two external PS-BH connectors BA430 embedded storage Has internal terminator V AX 4000 Model 200 One external PS-BH connector BA400x embedded storage Has internal terminator One external PS-BH connector SF12 embedded storage No internal terminator. Two external PS-BH connectors BA213 Has internal terminator One external PS-BH connector B213F Has internal terminator One external PS-BH connector BA215 Has internal terminator One external PS-BH connector R215F No internal terminator Two external PS-BH connectors R23F No internal terminator Two external PS-BH connectors KFDDB No internal terminator Two DSSI adapters Two external PS-BH connectors per adapter Enclosure KFQSA adapter with one external PS-BH connector directly attached to KFQSA (e.g., BA440) KFQSA adapter with two external PS-BH connectors directly attached to KFQSA (e.g., BA440) SF72 or SF73 enclosure in through bus mode 1-4 drives on same DSSI bus no internal terminator Two external MR-BH connectors SF72 or SF73 enclosure in split bus mode 1 or 2 drives using internal SF72 terminator One external MR-BH connector Half-rack SF3x enclosure in through bus mode 1-6 drives on same DSSI bus no internal terminator Two external MR-BH connectors Half-rack SF3x enclosure in split bus mode 1-3 drives using internal SF35 terminator One external MR-BH connector TF857 or TF837 No internal terminator Two external MR-BH connectors Internal DSSI Bus Length 94.5 inches (7.875 ft, 2.40 m) 66 inches (5.5 ft, 1.68 m) 40 inches (3.33 ft, 1.02 m) 70.9 inches (5.9 ft, 1.8 m) 52 inches approximately (4.3 ft, 1.32 m) 20 inches (1.6 ft, 0.51 m) 54 inches (4.5 ft, 1.37 m) 60 inches (5 ft, 1.52 m) 45 inches (3.7 ft, 1.14 m) 45 inches (3.7 ft, 1.14 m) 20 inches (1.6 ft, 0.51 m) 30 inches (2.5 ft, 0.76 m) 60 inches (5 ft, 1.52 m) 39 inches approximately (3.3 ft, 1.0 m) 20 inches approximately (1.6 ft, 0.51 m) Internal DSSI Bus Length 12 inches (1 ft, .33 m) 12 inches (1 ft, .33 m) 168 inches (14 ft, 4.27 m) 83.5 inches (6.96 ft, 2.12 m) 84 inches (7 ft, 2.13 m) 42 inches (3.5 ft, 1.07 m) 10 inches (0.83 ft, 0.25 m) Clustering Information 5.19 Up enVMS Clustering Information SF2xO/SFI0x: Cable lengths internal to the SF2xO/SFI0x must be obtained by adding the intracabinet cable length to the lengths in the enclosures used (SF7x or TF8x7). Usually the SFI0x has only a 3.5-foot intracabinet cable between the SABBs and the SF2xO will have one or two 70-inch cables and possibly a 3.5-foot intracabinet cable; consider the specific implementation. For example: an SF200 with the bulkhead connected to a through bus SF72 connected to a TF857 connected back to the bulkhead has 70 + 167 + 42 + 10 + 70 =359-inches (29.9-feet) internal to the SF2xO cabinet. Note: SF300/SF400 cabinets do not have bulkhead connectors; therefore, the bus length is 219-inches internal to the SF300/SF400 storage cabinets. Enclosures with no internal terminators may be used anywhere on the bus (end or middle). (If used on the bus end, an external terminator must be used on the enclosure.) Enclosures with internal terminators must occupy bus end positions. There are essentially three DSSI cable types used to connect various enclosures together in a DSSI cluster. The difference between these cables is essentially the style of connector used on each end. The Q-bus pedestal systems use one style of connector (PIS for pedestal style/pin socket) and the VAX 6000 systems use the MIR (mid-range/micro ribbon) style of connector. These two connector styles are not compatible with each other, thus three cable types are necessary. BC2IM-xx BC2IQ·xx BC22Q·xx Pedestal-to-pedestal style cable Mid-range-to-mid-range style cable Pedestal-to-mid-range style cable Today only the BC21M-xx and the BC21Q-3F are orderable via the cable number. The BC21M-xx is the pedestal-to-pedestal style DSSI cable used to connect Q-bus and DEC 4000 Alpha systems as well as pedestal DSSI expansion (R400X). Order this cable by its cable number. The BC21Q-3F is the 40-inch cable used to interconnect SFxx and TF857 storage building blocks within SF2xO and SFI00 DECarrays. Cable variants of BC21 Q-xx and BC22Q-xx (where xx is the length in feet) must be ordered via cabinet kits. Configuration Guidelines for DSSI OpenVMS Cluster Systems) For connecting between a DEC 4000 AlphaIVAX 4000 system and an SF2xx DECarray: Cable Required Cabinet Kit to Order BC22Q·09 CK·SF200·LP BC22Q·16 BC22Q·25 CK·SF200·L6 CK·SF200·L4 BC22Q·50 CK·SF200·L8 For connecting between a VAX 6000 system and another VAX 6000, SFI00 DECarray or tabletop TF85: Cable Required Cabinet Kit to Order BC2IQ·09 BC2IQ·16 BC2IQ·25 CK·SFIOO·LM CK·SFIOO·L5 CK·SFIOO·L3 For connecting between a DEC 4000 AlphaIVAX 4000 and V AX 6000 system, SFI00 DEC array or tabletop TF85: Cable Required Cabinet Kit to Order BC22Q·09 BC22Q·16 BC22Q·25 CK·SFIOO·L6 CK·SFIOO·L4 CK·SFIOO·LP 5.20 Clustering Information OpenVMS Clustering Information OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details (continued) General Recommendations When Configuring OpenVMS Cluster Systems The following guidelines may be useful when configuring high-performance and high-availability OpenVMS Clusters. Note: The rules for configuring OpenVMS Cluster systems with multiple interconnects are consistent with the rules for each individual interconnect. The optimal OpenVMS Cluster system configuration for any computing environment is based on requirements of cost, functionality, performance, capacity, and availability. Factors that impact these requirements include: • • • • Applications in use Number of users Number and model of CPUs Interconnect and adapter throughput and latency characteristics • Disk and tape 110 capacity and access time • Number of disks and tapes being served • Interconnect utilization Digital recommends OpenVMS Cluster system configurations based on its experience with the OpenVMS Cluster Software Product. The customer should evaluate specific application dependencies and performance requirements to determine an appropriate configuration for the desired computing environment. • OpenVMS Cluster CPU s should be configured using interconnects that provide appropriate performance for the required system usage. In general, use the highest performance interconnect possible. CI, MEMORY CHANNEL, DSSI, SCSI and FDDI are the preferred interconnects between powerful CPUs. For high performance SCSI clusters it is important to ensure that the node-to-node communication interconnect is capable of supporting the required lock manager performance, this is usually achieved by using MEMORY CHANNEL, CI or FDDI. • While OpenVMS Cluster systems can include any number of system disks, system performance and management overhead should be considered in determining their number and location. It is important to recognize that while the performance of multiple system disk configurations may be higher than with a single system disk, system management efforts increase in proportion to the number of system disks. • Data availability and 110 performance are enhanced when multiple OpenVMS Cluster nodes have direct access to shared storage; whenever possible, configure systems to allow direct access to shared storage in favor of OpenVMS MSCP Served access. Multi-access SCSI-, DSSI- and HSC-based storage provide higher data availability than singly accessed, local controller-based storage. Additionally, dual pathing of disks between local or HSCIHSJIHSDIHSZ storage controllers enhances data availability in the event of controller failure. • OpenVMS Cluster systems can provide enhanced availability by utilizing redundant components. For example, additional CPUs, storage controllers, and disks and tapes can be configured. Extra peripheral options such as printers and terminals can be included to further enhance availability. MUltiple instances of all the OpenVMS Cluster interconnects (CI, MEMORY CHANNEL, DSSI, SCSI, FDDI, Ethernet) are supported. • If possible, LAN-based and mixed interconnect OpenVMS Cluster systems should include mUltiple boot servers to enhance availability. When a server fails in configurations that include mUltiple servers, satellite access to multipath disks will fail over to another path. Disk servers should be the most powerful CPUs in the OpenVMS Cluster and should use the highest bandwidth LAN adapters available. • Any Alpha CPU can be configured as an OpenVMS Cluster satellite node. Any VAX CPU can be configured as a OpenVMS Cluster satellite node, with the exception of VAX 11l7xxl600017000/8xxxl9000110000 CPUs. • When using systems with mUltiple LAN adapters, configure each adapter on a separate LAN segment. This helps provide higher performance and availability. (Multiple adapters may be configured to a single LAN segment, but this will generally not improve performance.) • Distribute OpenVMS Cluster satellites among the LAN segments. This can help distribute the cluster load across the segments. Remember that bridges must exist between each LAN segment so that every OpenVMS Cluster member has a direct communication path to every other member. In bridged environments configure redundant bridges to ensure OpenVMS Cluster system availability in the event of bridge failure. • Digital recommends that all CI connected CPUs are connected to at least one common Star Coupler. When CPUs are configured with multiple CI controllers it is recommended that each be connected to a different Star Coupler. • OpenVMS system disks are architecture specific. Alpha systems may share a system disk, and V AX systems may share a system disk. However, Alpha systems cannot share a system disk with VAX systems. Clustering Information· 5.21 upen VMS l.:lustering Information OpenVMS Cluster systems based on the Computer Interconnect (CI) offer high availability and performance through the CI's dual-path design, with 70-Mbitlsecond speed on each of the CI paths. These OpenVMS Cluster systems use OpenVMS Cluster software with CI hardware: • CI OpenVMS Cluster hubs: SC008 Star Coupler • CI Interfaces: CIPCA, CIXCD, CIBCA • CI Cables • OpenVMS Cluster configurations can be expanded by configuring multiple Star Couplers in a single OpenVMS Cluster configuration and multiple CI controllers in each system. Star Coupler The Star Coupler is a passive hub device providing dual CI path and electrical isolation between CPU nodes and HSJIHSC storage controller nodes in a CI Open VMS Cluster system. The Star Coupler supports eight CI ports and is expandable to 16 CI ports. • Dimensions: - Width: 54-cm (21.25-in.) - Height: l06-cm (41.75-in.) - Depth: 76-cm (30-in.) SC008-AC SC008-AD Star Coupler passive hub device, supports 8 CI ports Upgrades SC008-AC from support of 8 CI ports to 16 CI ports (installed inside SC008-AC) CI Interfaces CI interfaces are intelligent controllers that connect systems to the CI. The CI bus consists of two transmit and two receive cables (which provide hardware redundancy and failover). Transmissions can be made across either available path simultaneously. The CI bus provides high availability since, if one path becomes unavailable, all traffic will use the surviving path. The OpenVMS operating system tests a failed path periodically. As soon as the path becomes available, it is automatically used again for normal traffic. CIPCA PCI-to-CI Storage Host Controller The CIPCA allows users to connect CI-based storage to high-performance PCI-based AlphaServer systems, thereby minimizing cost while maximizing total system performance. CIPCA is supported using OpenVMS V6.2-1H2. The following configuration rules apply: - Up to 16 CI host systems per CI bus - Up to 31 CI Hierarchical Storage Controllers (HSJ or HSC series) per CI bus - Up 18 CIPCA controllers per system, depending on system type and OpenVMS version. The CIPCA can coexist on a CI bus with other Alpha or VAX systems configured with CIXCD or CIBCA-B controllers. It can also coexist with all HSJ (with StorageWorks HSOF V2.5 or later) and HSC storage controllers except the HSC50. CIPCA-AA PCI-to-CI Storage Host Controller; requires BNCIA CI cable set CIXCD XMI-to-CI Controller The CIXCD allows connection of XMI-based VAX and Alpha systems to the CI. CIXCD-AC XMI-to-CI Controller; requires BNCIA CI cable set CIBCA VAXBI-to-CI Controller The CIBCA allows connection of VAXBI-based VAX systems to the CI. cmCA-BA VAXBI-to-CI Controller; requires BNCIA CI cable set CI Cables CI cables are required for each CI controller ordered. BNCIA-xx CI cable set, select required length: 10/20/30meters, 32/65/126 ft. 5.22 Clustering Information Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information Digital UNIX TruCluster Systems Configuration Information Overview The Digital UNIX TruCluster program consists of product offerings for the UNIX cluster market-offerings that are targeted to both technical and commercial markets. Technical Offerings The Digital UNIX Cluster program began with the TruCluster Compute Server and TruCluster File Server packages. The TruCluster Compute Server, (a preconfigured Alpha Farm for workstations), was targeted at compute-intensive computing applications and consisting of 4-32 Digital systems interconnected by Ethernet or FDDI and GIGAswitch. The TruCluster Compute Server provides extremely high throughput and simplifies batch processing and load balancing of applications across all of the hardware in the configuration. The TruCluster Compute Server offering is being extended to support MEMORY CHANNEL hardware configurations, with extensions like Parallel Virtual Machine (PVM), and Message Passing Interface (MPI) optimized to run with MEMORY CHANNEL. The TruCluster File Server is a packaged system with NFS. It provides high performance NFS operations, as measured by SPEC SFS benchmark. Both of these offerings provide high scalability (performance) at low costs. These configurations do not provide availability, and therefore are not appropriate as configured for production environments. The Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL is also a new offering that is an enabler for highly optimized applications that require high performance data delivery over the MEMORY CHANNEL. The product's software library provides application programming interfaces for access to MEMORY CHANNEL data transfer and locking functions. Packaged systems containing hardware and software for these various servers is offered by CSS. Commercial Offerings The Digital UNIX Cluster offerings for commercial markets are the TruCluster Available Server (formerly DECsafe Available Server), and the TruCluster Production Server (TruCluster Software). These offerings provide availability as the key product attribute. In addition to availability, they allow the customer to choose to utilize all components for improved performance. The TruCluster Available Server Software consists of TruCluster software with appropriate hardware configurations (multiple systems with shared storage buses). The TruCluster Available Server enhances high availability by monitoring cluster member health, and automatically initiating recovery procedures in the event of system or component failures. The TruCluster Available Server software depends on the POLYCENTER Advanced File System (AdvFS) for fast file system recovery and the Logical Storage Manager (LSM) for disk striping, shadowing and load balancing. Cluster Information 5.23 Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information TruCluster Available Server software (formerly called DECsafe software) is a failover product. This means that workloads that run on an Available Server environment only execute on a single system with the cluster at any given time. The environment supports multiple workloads to allow all the systems to be doing productive work (at the customer's configuration choice). The TruCluster Available Server software ensures highly available user access to network services like NFS, mission critical business applications, and important data such as customer databases. Generally these applications are unmodified from the version that runs on standard Digital UNIX server configurations. The Internet Business Group offers the TruCluster Internet Server in collaboration with CSS. This is a packaged system based on TruCluster Available Server, that includes Internet applications such as news, WWW server, and mail. The customer features of this are high performance and a highly reliable internet server. For a single application to span the entire cluster (to achieve higher scalability or performance), the customer would choose the TruCluster Production server, with a parallelized application like Oracle Parallel Server (and in the future with Informix XPS). The TruCluster Production Server provides all the functionality of the TruCluster Available Server, and adds the capability to run parallelized databases like Oracle Parallel Server (OPS) from Oracle Corporation, and in the future XPS from Informix. Using TruCluster Software, these applications can provide high availability, and performance for a single database to client systems. On top of the cluster software and database, products like SAP, Oracle Financials and many others can provide high performance application services to clients, with unsurpassed reliability. The combination of these technologies results in very high speeds for data transactions. Using OPS allows an application to run concurrently on all of the nodes in a cluster, yet access a single database in a rapid way. The TruCluster Production Server consists of Alpha Servers, TruCluster Software, and MEMORY CHANNEL interconnect hardware. MEMORY CHANNEL provides high performance, low overhead communications between cluster members, for services like distributed lock manager (DLM), and storage services or distributed raw disk (DRD). 5.24 Clustering Information Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information TruCluster Available Server Software Vl.4 Overview TruCluster Available Server Software (Software Product Description 44.17.xx) provides customers with the high availability advantages of clustering on Digital UNIX client/server systems. It is a high availability solution that minimizes, but does not eliminate, the impact of hardware and software failures. TruCluster Available Server is designed for computing environments that can tolerate a short disruption but need critical applications automatically restarted. An Available Server Environment (ASE) is an integrated organization of systems and external disks connected to shared SCSI buses that together provide highly available software and disk data to client systems. TruCluster Available Server provides multi-host access to SCSI disks and a generic failover mechanism for disks and applications. Within the ASE, system administrators can set up services which make disks and applications highly available to client systems. For example, services may be set up for exported NFS file systems, raw disks, and disk-based applications such as database programs or mail. Services may also be set up as nondisk based applications such as a remote login service. TruCluster Available Server provides all the necessary software to fail over shared disks. To fail over an application, shell scripts are created that are executed to start and stop the application. The systems connected to the shared SCSI bus run the services. Client systems may access a service through the network to the system on which it is running. Each system can run every service and fail over all the disks on the shared bus. A service runs on only one system at a time, and can automatically be restarted on another system in the event of a device or system failure with the proper hardware configuration. Each system within the ASE monitors the networks and the status of the systems, disks, and buses. If a hardware or software failure prevents a system from running a service, TruCluster Available Server automatically moves (relocates) the service to another system to maintain the availability of the applications and disks. A service can optionally have IP addresses assigned to it to provide transparent access to clients. TruCluster Available Server detects and responds to all major system failures and events including: • Operating system crashes • System reboot • Network failures, including failed Ethernet controller, disconnected network cable, and network partitioning • I/O failures, including failed SCSI controller and disconnected cable TruCluster Available Server provides the ability to manually relocate a service from one system to another when needed to perform maintenance or load balancing on a system. In addition, it enables connection of systems and disks to the shared SCSI bus so that modifications may be made to the hardware configuration without affecting the ASE. TruCluster Available Server is ideal for high availability applications such as order processing, point-of-sale transaction processing, on-line customer service, reservation, catalog, and database query systems. Clustering Information 5.25 Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information Other Features and Functionality · If there are as many services as there are systems in an ASE, then each member can run a service. This ehables all systems to optimize workload eliminating idle time for any systems. • A Master/Standby configuration may be set up in which the Master system runs all the services. If a failure prevents the Master system from running the services, TruCluster Available Server then relocates the services to the Standby system(s). Master/Standby configurations generally provide more predictable performance within the environment before and after the occurrence of failures. • In any event that TruCluster Available Server relocates a service that provides access to exported NFS data, the change in the system exporting the data is virtually transparent. Clients experience only a temporary NFS server time out. NFS locking is also supported. • The POLYCENTER Advanced File System (AdvFS) is a joumaled, local file system that provides higher availability, greater flexibility and recovery than traditional UNIX file systems. Using transaction joumaling, AdvFS can recover file domains in seconds rather than hours after an unexpected restart such as a power failure. AdvFS joumaling also provides increased file system integrity. In addition, a separately licensed, optional layered product, the POLYCENTER Advanced File System Utilities, can be utilized to perform management functions on-line while filesystems are active. Refer to the Optional Software section of this section for more information on AdvFS Utilities. • Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manager (LSM) is an integrated host-based solution to data storage management. Basic LSM functionality, including disk spanning and concatenation, is provided with the Digital UNIX operating system. Extended functions such as striping (RAID 0), mirroring (RAID 1), and on-line management are available with ~ separate license. LSM is RAID Advisory Board (RAB) certified for RAID Levels 0 and 1. Refer to the Optional Software section of this chapter for more information. • TruCluster Available Server can log messages about events that occur in the ASE to one or more systems. Administrators can also receive notification of critical problems through electronic mail. • The systems in the ASE can be configured using multiple network adaptors to provide greater flexibility in client access to services. Network interfaces can be monitored for proper operation. The status of monitored network interfaces is passed to a script that can be customized. • The Cluster Monitor provides a graphical view of the cluster configuration and can be used to determine the current state of availability and connectivity in the cluster. The administrator can invoke management tools allowing the system to be managed from a single location. Benefits • TruCluster Available Server can provide transparent, unattended recovery in seconds. • Enables load-balancing and preventative maintenance during peak demand periods to optimize performance and uptime. • Ensures manual service fail over to provide flexible system management. • Offers Concurrently Active "warm" or Master/Standby "hot" modes for maximum resource optimization and performance. 5.26 Clustering Information Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information TruCluster Available Server Software Vl.4 (continued) Ordering Information • Software License & Configuration Guide: QB-05SA*-AA • Software License: QL-05SA*-AA • Software Documentation: QA-05SAA-GZ • Software Product Services: QT-05SA*-** * Denotes variant fields. For additional information on available services, refer to the appropriate price book. Note that the QB part number includes a software license plus a hardcopy of a guide to the TruClusterAvailable Server. The guide contains the hardware configuration information needed to set up the systems in the TruCluster Available Server environment. It is recommended that at least one QB part number be ordered for each environment. Software Requirements • TruCluster Available Server Software VIA requires the Digital UNIX V4.0A operating system, a separately licensed product. Please refer to the TruCluster Available Server Software Product Description 44.17 .xx for further details. Optional Software • NetWorker Client Support provides the ability to save and restore file systems without regard to prior, current, or future TruCluster Production Server service domain locations. It can be used with nonfailover NetWorker servers located inside or outside of a domain. NetWorker is a separately licensed software product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description 50.98.xx for further details. • POLYCENTER Advanced File System Utilities extend the high availability and flexibility of AdvFS. AdvFS Utilities provide a graphical user interface to ease management tasks, and online utilities to dynamically resize file systems, defragment files, balance percentage of space used on volumes, undelete files using trashcans, stripe files and clone files for hot backup. POLYCENTER AdvFS Utilities is a separately licensed software product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description 44.52.xx for further details. • Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manager (LSM) is an integrated, host-based solution to data storage management, providing concatenation, striping, mirroring, and a graphical user interface that allows data storage management functions to be performed online, without disrupting users or applications. Logical Storage Manager is a separately licensed software product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description 51.24.xx for further details. • POLYCENTER Console Manager (PCM) is a layered software product which enables a host system to manage, monitor and control client console devices. PCM can support up to 200 systems/devices of any platform type that sends ASCII data over RS232C direct, TELNET or LAT connections that support XONIXOFF and 110 buffering. PCM also supports the pseudo terminal interface that provides a "soft" console for use with user defined application programs. POLYCENTER Console Manager is a separately licensed product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description 42.90.xx for further details. • POLYCENTER Performance Solution for UNIX systems is a management application that centralizes the monitoring of UNIX system performance information for a network of systems. A single instance of POLYCENTER Performance Solution for UNIX systems can monitor resources for many systems and alert the user when problems arise. POLYCENTER Performance Solution is a separately licensed product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description 46.97.xx for further details. Software Configuration Requirements • At least 64 MB of memory is required on each member system. • Disk space required for installation: 12 MB • Disk space required for use (permanent): 11.5 MB These requirements refer to the disk space required on the system disk. The sizes are approximate; actual sizes may vary depending on system environment, configuration, and software options. Clustering Information 5.27 Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information TruCluster Available Server Software Configuration Rules and Recommendations Member Systems The following systems are supported o o o o o DEC 3000 Models 300, 300X, 400, 400S, 500, 500S, 600, 600S, 700, 800, 800S,900 DEC 7000 and 10000 AlphaServer 400 4/166 AlphaServer 1000 4/200 AlphaServer 1000A o o AlphaServer 2000 4/200 AlphaServer 2100 4/200 AlphaServer 21005/250 AlphaServer 2100A Models 4/233, 41250, 4/275 AlphaServer 4000 and 4100 AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 Up to four supported systems can be configured in a TruCluster Available Server environment. However, if there is a system with a PMAZC module or a KZMSA adapter installed, only three member systems in the Available Server Environment (ASE) can be used. Network Adapters and Options o o o o o DEFEA (EISAlFDDI) DE425 (EISAlEthernet) PMAD (TURBOchannellEthernet) DEFfA (TURBOchannellFDDI) DEFZA (TURBOchannellFDDI) o o o o DEMNA (XMIlEthernet) DEMFA (XMIIFDDI) DEFPA (PCIIFDDI) DE435 (PCIlEthernet) SCSI Controllers Each member system that is used in the Available Server Environment must have a supported SCSI controller installed to attach the system to a shared SCSI bus. The following are supported adapters and their transmission method: o o KZPSA - Fast Wide Differential KZTSA - Diferential 0 0 PMAZC - Single-ended KZMSA - Single-ended Storage Units TruCluster Available Server Software supports the following storage expansion units: o o o BA350 - Single-ended, Narrow BA353 - single-ended, Narrow BA356 - Single-ended, Wide Disk Devices o o o To determine if the disk has the correct firmware, use the scu utility or examine the messages that are displayed when the system is turned on. Supported disk devices, firmware and data paths are RZ26 (narrow), RZ26L (narrow and wide), RZ26N (narrow and wide), RZ28 (narrow and wide), RZ28B (narrow), RZ28D (narrow and wide), RZ28L (narrow and wide), RZ28M (narrow and wide), RZ29B (narrow and wide). Firmware revisions are listed in the TruCluster Available Server Software VIA Release Notes. Prestoserve can not be used to accelerate a disk on an Available Server Environment shared bus. 5.28 Clustering Information Digital UNIX TruCLuster Configuration Information TruCluster Available Server Software Vl.4 (continued) DEC RAID Controllers Supported controllers for DEC RAID subsystems: • HSZI0-Ax • HSZ40-Ax • HSZ40-Bx - The HSZI0 controller must be used in an ASE that includes PMAZC modules exclusively. - The HSZI0 controller uses only one SCSI ID. - The HSZ40 controller can be configured with one to four SCSI IDs. - The HSZ40 controller can be configured with one to eight Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs) for each SCSI ID. For any number of disks, having more SCSI IDs with fewer LUN s for each SCSI ID provides better performance than a configuration with fewer SCSI IDs and more LUNs SCSI Signal Converters SCSI signal converters convert single-ended SCSI to differential SCSI. Signal converters are either standalone units or StorageWorks building blocks (SBBs) that are installed in a disk slot in an expansion unit. TruCluster Production Server supports the following SCSI converters. Each type of SCSI converter has a minimum firmware requirement that is listed in the TruCluster Available Server VIA Release Notes. • • • • DWZZA-AA - Standalone - Converts single-ended/narrow SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA350 or BA353. DWZZA-V A - SBB - Converts single-ended/narrow SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA350 or BA353. DWZZB-AA- Standalone - Converts single-ended/wide SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA356. DWZZB-VW - SBB - Converts single-ended/wide SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA356. SCSI Cables The type of cables needed for an ASE depends on the hardware configuration. It must determined if cables with connectors that are either high density (small connector: 50-pin) or low density (large connector: 68-pin) will be used. In addition, each supported cable comes in various lengths. The shortest possible cables must be used in the ASE. The following SCSI cables are supported: • BN21 V-OB - 3 connectors, 50-pin, high/low density. This Y cable attaches to a PMAZC and can be terminated if necessary. • BN21W-OB - 3 connectors, 68-pin, high density. This Y cable attaches to a KZTSA adapter, KZPSA, HSZI0 or HSZ40 controller, and can be terminated if necessary. • BN21R or BN23G - 2 connectors, 50-pin, high/low density. Connects a BA350 or BA353 storage shelf to the singleended side of a DWZZA-AA signal converter. Replaces the BC09D cable. • BN21H or BN21J - 2 connectors, 50-pin, high density. Connects narrow devices, such as a BA350 or a BA353. • BC06P - 2 connectors, 50-pin, low density. Connects BN21 V-OB cables. • BN21K or BN21L - 2 connectors, 68-pin, high density. Connects KZPSA adapters, HSZI0s, HSZ40 controllers, the differential sides of two SCSI signal converters, or a BA356 storage shelf to a DWZZB-V A signal converter. Terminators and Connectors Depending on the hardware configuration, terminators and connectors may be needed for shared SCSI bus(es). The following are the supported terminators and connectors and the context in which they would be used: • • • • H8574-A or H8860-AA, low density, 50-pin, terminates a BN21 V -OB cable. H879-AA, high density, 68-pin, terminates a trilink connector or BN21W-OB cable. 12-37004-04, high density, 50-pin, terminates a BA353 input connector. H885 trilink connector - high density, 68-pin, attaches to high-density, 68-pin cables or devices such as KZTSA, KZPSA, HSZI0, HSZ40, or the differential side of a SCSI signal converter, and can be terminated if necessary. When connecting a cable to a trilink connector, do not block access to the screws that mount the trilink. This will not allow disconnecting the trilink from a device. Clustering Information 5.29 Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information SCSI Buses • TruCluster Available Server Software requires that all shared buses have the same logical bus number on each member system. • Only external buses can be shared in an ASE. • Up to 30 shared buses in an ASE depending on system configurations. . • The length of each physical bus is strictly limited. The allowable bus length depends on whether fast or slow SCSI bus speed, single-ended SCSI, or differential SCSI are being used. Terminate each physical bus only at the ends. Too many or too few terminators can cause a SCSI bus to behave improperly. • Use trilink connectors and Y cables to connect devices to a shared bus. This allows connection to devices without affecting bus termination. Trilink connectors or a Y cable can be attached to a shared bus. This enables the adding of a device later to the ASE without affecting bus termination. • Use a SCSI signal converter to connect devices with different transmission methods and data paths. • Care must be taken when performing maintenance on any device that is on a shared bus because of the constant activity on the bus. Usually, to perform maintenance on a device without shutting down the ASE, the device must be isolatied from the shared bus so it will not affect bus termination. • If a storage unit is disconnected from a shared bus (without affecting the bus termination) or remove a disk from a slot, TruCluster Available Server stops any service that uses the disks, unless the disks are part of a mirrored Logical Storage Manager (LSM) volume or are contained in a RAID set. TruCluster Available Server Software Configuration • TruCluster Available Server Software VIA subset ASEBASEI30 can be installed only on systems running the Digital UNIX V 4.0A operating system. • It is required that at least 64 MB of memory available on each member system. 5.30 Clustering Information Digital UNIX TruCLuster Configuration Information TruCluster Available Server Software Vl.4 (continued) TruCluster Available Server Diagrams The following diagrams are examples of TruCluster Available Server Software configurations. All configurations require at least one Ethernet or FDDI on each system in the cluster. Diagram 1 Ethernet or FOOl Member System Member System KZPSA-BBs A KZPSA-BBs ~t-t----I [j] ". H879-AA Terminator'" .' BN21W-OB "V" cable BN21 K or BN21 L cable ~ r •• • diSk 51 BA35x Notes: BA350: • houses disks compatible with narrow, single ended SCSI signaling uses OWZZA-VA • BA356: • houses disks compatible with wide single ended SCSI signaling uses OWZZB-VW • Diagram I illustrates a cluster with two AlphaServer 2100a Systems and dual shared SCSI buses. Only one storage unit is shown in detail, but there could be identical redundant units. TruCluster Available Server VIA supports up to 30 shared SCSI buses. Note: Total SCSI bus length not to exceed 25 meters. Clustering Information 5.31 'I Diagram 2 Dual Ethernet or FOOl Member System Member System Member System KZPSA-BBs ~ • •• H879-AA Terminator"···· BN21W-OB ''Y' cable rdiSk51 BA35x Notes: ....... BN21K or BN21L cable BA350: houses disks compatible with narrow, Single ended SCSI signaling uses DWZZA-VA BA356: houses disks compatible with wide single ended SCSI signaling uses OWZZB-VW Diagram 2 shows a three-system cluster with redundant networks and network connections, and two SCSI buses. Note that up to 30 shared buses are supported in TruCluster Available Server VIA. Note: For custom packages, call Digital Services Sales Support Team at 800-832-6277 or 603-884-8990. 5.32 Clustering Information Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information Digital UNIX TruCluster Systems Configuration Information TruCluster Production Server Software V1.4 Overview Digital offers TruCluster Production Server Software (TruCluster Software) VIA (Software Product Description 63.92.xx) for Digital UNIX for customers wanting availability, scalability and performance advantages of clustering on Digital UNIX client/server systems. By combining the advantages of symmetric multiprocessing, distributed computing, and fault resilience, a cluster running TruCluster Software offers users high availability and achieves superior performance, providing scalability beyond the limits of a single system. TruCluster Production Server now creates an offering even more attractive to customers by providing an enterprise-level production server at a very affordable cost. TruCluster Software supports highly parallelized database applications, such as OracleParallel Server. Trucluster Software allows the processing components of an application to concurrently access raw devices, regardless of where the devices are located in the cluster. Using the TruCluster Production Server Distributed Lock Manager (DLM), an application can synchronize clusterwide access to shared resources, thus ensuring data integrity. To a client, the cluster appears to be a powerful single-server system; a client is minimally, if at all, impacted by hardware and software failures in the cluster. In addition, DLM provides services to notify a process owning a resource that it is blocking another process requesting the resource. An application can also use DLM routines to coordinate the application's activities efficiently with the state of the cluster. A cluster configuration consists of systems and external disks connected to shared SCSI buses. TruCluster Software provides multi-host access to shared disks, and a generic failover mechanism that makes applications and data highly available. TruCluster Software operates over the PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect, a breakthrough high performance technology. By providing direct memory connections between systems, the PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect reduces system overhead and provides a significant improvement in message latency. This allows TruCluster Production Server configurations to achieve performance like that of symmetric multiprocesesors (SMP) while enhancing overall reliability of data. An administrator defines services for applications which are to remain highly available in the cluster. If a hardware or software failure prevents a system from running a service, the fail over mechanism automatically relocates the service to a viable system in the cluster, thus maintaining the availability of applications or data. Administrators can manually relocate services for load balancing or hardware maintenance. Clustering Information 5.33 1Jigital UNIX TruCLuster Configuration Information I Overview (continued) TruCluster Production Server supports a variety of hardware configurations that are cost-effective, and meet performance and availability requirements. Hardware configurations can include different types of systems and storage units, and can be set up to allow easy maintenance of systems and storage. In addition, it is possible to set up hardware configurations that allow the addition of a system or storage unit without shutting down the cluster. TruCluster Production Server is ideal for high availability applications such as order processing, point-of-sale transaction processing, on-line customer service, reservation, catalog, and database query systems and for other mission-critical applications. Other Features and Functionality • The Connection Manager maintains cluster membership. In addition, it establishes and maintains connection paths between each cluster member. • The Distributed Raw Disk (DRD) allows a raw disk-based, user-level application to run within a cluster, regardless of where in the cluster the physical storage is located. DRD allows applications, such as distributed database systems or TP monitor systems, parallel access to storage media from multiple cluster members. DRD can provide cluster members access to RAID volumes. • TruCluster Production Server enables parallelized, concurrently active, and master/standby server configurations. Distributed components of an application can run simultaneously on different cluster members. • TruCluster Production Server can provide highly available access to exported NFS data. In the event of a system failure, the change in the system exporting the data is virtually transparent. Clients experience only a temporary NFS server time out. • POLYCENTER Advanced File System (AdvFS) is a joumaled, local file system that provides higher availability and greater flexibility than traditional UNIX file systems. Using transaction joumaling, AdvFS recovers file domains in seconds rather than hours after an unexpected restart such as a power failure. AdvFS joumaling also provides increased file system integrity. In addition, an optional separately licensed product, the POLYCENTER Advanced Filed System Utilities, can be used to perform management functions on-line while filesystems are active. Refer to the Optional Software section of this chapter for more details. • Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manager (LSM) is an integrated host-based solution to data storage management. Basic LSM functionality, including disk spanning and concatenation, is provided with the Digital UNIX operating system. Extended functions such as striping (RAID 0), mirroring (RAID 1), and on-line management are available with a separate license. LSM is RAID Advisory Board (RAB) certified for RAID LevelsO and 1. Refer to the Optional Software section of this chapter for more information. • TruCluster Production Server can log messages about events that occur in the TruCluster environment to one or more systems. TruCluster administrators can also receive notification of critical problems when they occur through electronic mail. • The systems in the TruCluster Production Server environment can be configured using mUltiple network adaptors to provide greater flexibility in client access to services. Network interfaces can be monitored for proper operation. The status of monitored network interfaces is passed to a script that can be customized. • Cluster Monitor provides a graphical view of the cluster configuration and can be used to determine the current state of availability and connectivity in the cluster. The administrator can invoke management tools allowing the system to be managed from a single location. 5.34 Clustering Information Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration InformatIon TruCluster Production Server Software Vl.4 (continued) Benefits • PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect provides high-speed, low latency, reliable node-to-node connections to enable distributed memory. This facilitates highly available clusters with performance approaching SMP with shared memory. • Distributed Lock Manager manages data locks and controls access to shared resources. Parallelized applications can run smoothly and efficiently across multiple nodes. • Support for highly parallelized database applications (such as OPS) enable concurrent access to databases enabling database instances to be run simultaneously on multiple nodes. • Distributed Raw Disk enables remote access to raw disks over the MEMORY CHANNEL enabling applications to survive failures of any remote system or mirrored disk. • TruCluster Available Server Software, AdvFS, and LSM technology provide failover, journaling, and maximum storage utilization enabling optimal system availability with rapid file recovery Software Requirements • TruCluster Software Vl.O requires the Digital UNIX V4.0A operating system. For more information on the Digital UNIX operating system, a separately licensed product, refer to Software Product Description 41.6 ~ .xx. Ordering Information • Software License and Documentation: QB-3RLA*-AA • Software License: QL-3RLA *-AA • Software Upgrade License: QL-3RLA*-RA • Software License (30 day loan): QL-3RLA9-LB • Software License (60 day loan): QL-3RLA9-LD • Software License (90 day loan): QL-3RLA9-LA • Software License (180 day loan): QL-3RLA9-LG • Software Documentation: QA-3RLAA-GZ *Denotes variant fields. For additional information on available services, refer to the appropriate price book Optional Software • Optional software Oracle Parallel Server (OPS) technology is a relational database management system that capitalizes on the benefits of high availability, performance, and expandability made possible by Digital UNIX clusters. Oracle Parallel Server must be ordered separately through the Oracle Corporation. • NetWorker Client Support provides the ability to save and restore file systems without regard to prior, current, or future TruCluster Production Server service domain locations. It can be used with non-failover NetWorker servers located inside or outside of a domain. NetWorker is a separately licensed software product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description SO.98.xx for further details. • POLYCENTER Advanced File System Utilities extend the high availability and flexibility of AdvFS. The AdvFS Utilities provide a graphical user interface to ease management tasks, and online utilities to dynamically resize file systems, defragment files, balance percentage of space used on volumes, undelete files using trashcans, stripe files and clone files for hot backup. The POLYCENTER AdvFS Utilities is a separately licensed software product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description 44.S2.xx for further details. • Digital UNIX Logical Storage Manager (LSM) is an integrated, host-based solution to data storage management, providing concatenation, striping, mirroring, and a graphical user interface that allows data storage management functions to be performed online, without disrupting users or applications. Logical Storage Manager is a separately licensed software product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description Sl.24.xx for further details. • POLYCENTER Console Manager (PCM) is a layered software product which enables a host system to manage, monitor and control client console devices. PCM can support up to 200 systems/devices of any platform type that sends ASCII data over RS232C direct, TELNET or LAT connections that support XONIXOFF and I/O buffering. PCM also supports the pseudo terminal interface that provides a "soft" console for use with user defined application programs. The POLYCENTER Console Manager is a separately licensed product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description 42.90.xx for further details. • POLYCENTER Performance Solution for UNIX systems is a management application that centralizes the monitoring of UNIX system performance information for a network of systems. A single instance of POLYCENTER Performance Solution for UNIX systems can monitor resources for many systems and alert the user when problems arise. The POLYCENTER Performance Solution is a separately licensed product for Digital UNIX. Refer to Software Product Description 46.97.xx for further details. Clustering Information 5.35 lJlgna! UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information Software Configuration Requirements o o o At least 96 MB of memory is required on each member system. Disk space required for installation: 12 MB Disk space required for use (permanent): 11.5 MB These requirements refer to the disk space required on the system disk. The sizes are approximate; actual sizes may vary depending on system environment, configuration, and software options. TruCluster Production Server Basic Configuration Components ,,' . ~ ............... . MEMORY CHANNEL hub MEMORY CHANNEL link cable Member System Member System MEMORY CHANNEL adapter KZPSA adapter Shared Storage Unit ~~~.--~I~~I--~~~·.~ffi SCSI Terminator .. ....................... Trilink connector or Y cable SCSI differential cable A TruCluster Production Server configuration comprises the following components: o o o o o o o o o o Member systems: Use any combination of supported member systems. Configurations of up to 4 nodes are supported KZPSA adapters: Install KZPSA SCSI adapters in PCI slots to provide member systems with connections to SCSI buses. Shared storage shelves: Use any combination of supported storage shelves. A single-ended SCSI storage shelf, such as a BA350 must be connected via a SCSI Signal converter Trilink connectors or Y cables:Use trilink connectors and Y cables to connect KZPSA adapters, HSZ40 controllers, or SCSI signal converters installed in single ended storage shelves. Differential SCSI cables: Use BN21K or BN21L cables to connect trilink connectors and Y cables attached to member systems and storage shelves to create a shared SCSI bus. The DWZAA-AA signal converter requires a BN21R or BN23G cable. The DWZZV-AA signal converter requires a BN21K or BN21L cable. SCSI terminators: Both ends of the SCSI bus must be terminated MEMORY CHANNEL controllers: Install CCMAA MEMORY CHANNEL controllers in PCI slots to connect member systems to cluster interconnects MEMORY CHANNEL hubs: Install up to eight linecards in a MEMORY CHANNEL hub. A hub is required if there are more than two member systems. MEMORY CHANNEL link cables: Link cables connect a MEMORY CHANNEL controller to a MEMORY CHANNEL controller on another system, or connect an adapter to a linecard installed in a hub. Optional FDDI or Ethernet Adapters: Use any combination of supported network adapters. 5.36 Clustering Information Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Int"ormatlon TruCluster Production Server Software Vl.4 (continued) TruCluster Production Server Configuration Rules and Recommendations Member systems • Up to four supported systems can be configured in a TruCluster Production Server environment. • Supported systems: AlphaServer 2000/2100/2100N8200/8400 • Each supported member system has a required minimum firmware revision. These firmware revisions are listed in the TruCluster Release Notes. - AlphaServer 2000 Models 41200, 41233, 41275 - AlphaServer 2000 Models 5/250 and 5/300 AlphaServer 2100 Models 4/200, 41233, 4/275, 5/250, 5/300 • Any network interfaces should be installed and configured. - AlphaServer 2100A Models 4/200, 41233, 41275, 5/250, 5/300 - AlphaServer 4000 and 4100 - AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 Models 5/300, 5/350 • TruCluster Production Server does not support the XMI CIXCD on an AlphaServer 8200 or 8400 system. MEMORY CHAN.NEL Interconnect • MEMORY CHANNEL interconnect can use either a virtual hub mode (two member systems connected via link cables without a MEMORY CHANNEL hub) or standard mode (two or more systems connected to a MEMORY CHANNEL hub). • Two MEMORY CHANNEL controllers can be installed per member system. One adapter is in use by the member system while the other adapter is in standby mode. The member system will fail over to use the redundant adapter in the advent of a failure of the adapter in current use. · If there are redundant MEMORY CHANNEL interconnects, both interconnects must use the same mode, either virtual hub mode or standard mode. • For an AlphaServer 8200 or 8400 system, a MEMORY CHANNEL adapter must be installed in the first two segments (PCI slots 0 to 7) of the DWLPAlDWLPB card cage. If there are redundant MEMORY CHANNEL interconnects, both adapters must be installed in the same DWLPAlDWLPB card cage. • For an AlphaServer 2100A Model 41233, 41250, or 4/275 system, install MEMORY CHANNEL controllers only in the bottom four PCI slots. • MEMORY CHANNEL controllers and hubs must be completely connected, and hubs must be turned on before member systems are booted. If using redundant MEMORY CHANNEL interconnects and standard mode, each adapter installed in a system must be connected to a different hub. Each system must maintain its node ID. To accomplish this, cable both the MEMORY CHANNEL controllers in each system to the same linecard slot on each hub. Node ID in standard mode is determined by the linecard slot to which the adapter is connected. When systems are cabled to each hub in the same way, on failover, node ID will not change. That is, the adapters must be connected to linecards that are in the same slot position in each hub. For example, if an adapter is connected to a linecard installed in the bottom slot in one hub, then the other adapter must be connected to a linecard installed in the bottom slot in the second hub. • The maximum length of a MEMORY CHANNEL link cable is 3-meters (lO-feet). KZPSA Adapters • TruCluster Production Server requires a specific minimum hardware and firmware revision for the KZPSA adapter. Minimum firmware revision is required for each KZPSA-BB PCI-to-Fast-Wide-Differential SCSI-2 adapter installed in a member system. Refer to the TruCluster Release Notes for minimum firmware revisions. • Before a KZPSA adapter is installed in a PCI slot, the termination in the adapter must be disabled. • Each KZPSA adapter must have a unique SCSI ID (0 to 7) on a shared SCSI bus. Clustering Information 5.37 Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information Disk Devices • For each type of disk, TruCluster Production Server requires a specific minimum firmware requirements. Refer to the TruCluster Release Notes for minimum firmware requirements. • Supported disk devices, firmware and data paths are RZ26 (narrow), RZ26L (firmware 442D - narrow), RZ26L (wide), RZ26N (narrow and wide), RZ28 (wide), RZ28 (wide), RZ28B (narrow), RZ28D (narrow and wide), RZ28L (narrow and wide), RZ28M (narrow and wide), RZ29B (narrow and wide). • Disks on shared SCSI buses must be intalled in external storage shelves. • Each SCSI device connected to a shared SCSI bus uses a device address and must have a unique SCSI ID (from 0 to 7). Each disk in BA350, BA353, or BA356 storage shelf uses a device address. An HSZ40 array controller can use one to four device addresses. • TruCluster Production Server does not support Prestoserve on any shared disk. Storage Shelves • A SCSI signal converter must be connected to a storage shelf with a single SCSI interface, such as a BA350, BA353, or BA356 storage shelf. HSZ40 Array Controllers • Heirarchical Storage Operating' Firmware (HSOF) revision 2.5,2/5, or later is required for each HSA40-Ax RAID controller on a member system. HSOF revision 2.5 or later is required for each HSZ40-Bx RAID controller configured on a member system. • TruCluster Production Server supports single-controller HSZ40 array controller configurations and dual controller, single-bus HSZ40 array controller configurations. • The HSZ40 array controller can be configured with one to four SCSI Ids. • The HSZ40 array controller can be configured with one to eight Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs) for each SCSI ID. For any number of disks, having more SCSI Ids with fewer LUNs for each SCSI ID provides better performance than a configuration with fewer SCSI IDs and more LUNs. • Storage subsystems, such as RAID controllers, that use volatile writeback caches can not be used. SCSI Converters • If a storage shelf with a single-ended SCSI interface is being used in the TruCluster Production Server hardware configuration, it must be connected to a SCSI signal converter. SCSI signal converters convert narrow or wide singleended SCSI to wide differential SCSI. Some signal converters are desktop units and some are StorageWorks building blocks (SBBs) that are installed in disk slots in storage shelves. • TruCluster Production Server supports the following SCSI converters. Each type of SCSI converter has a minimum firmware requirement. - DWZZA-AA - Standalone - Converts single-ended/narrow SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA350 or BA353. - DWZZA-VA - SBB - Converts single-ended/narrow SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA350 or BA353. - DWZZB-AA- Standalone - Converts single-ended/wide SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA356. - DWZZB-VW - SBB - Converts single-ended/wide SCSI to differential/wide SCSI. Use with BA356. · If the cover is removed from a standalone unit, ensure that the star washers on all four screws that hold the cover in place are replaced when the cover is reattached. If the washers are not replaced, the SCSI signal converter may not function correctly because of noise. · If disconnecting a SCSI signal converter from a shared SCSI bus, the signal converter must be turned off prior to the disconnecting of cables. To reconnect the signal converter to the shared bus, connect the cables before turning on the signal converter. 5.38 Clustering Information Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information TruCluster Production Server Software Vl.4 (continued) SCSI Cables · If using shared SCSI buses, it must be determined if cables with connectors that are either high density (large connector), or low density (small connector), 50-pin, 68-pin or right angle will be used. In addition, each supported cable comes in various lengths. The shortest possible cables must be used to adhere to the limits on SCSI bus length. • The following SCSI cables are supported: - BN21W-OB - 3 connectors, 68-pin, high density. A Y cable that attaches to a KZPSA adapter, HSZ40 controller, or the differential side of a SCSI signal converter and can be terminated if necessary. - BN21R or BN23G - 2 connectors, 50-pin, high/low density. Connects a BA350 or BA353 storage shelf to the singleended side of a DWZZA-AA signal converter. - BN21K or BN21L - 2 connectors, 68-pin, high density. Connects KZPSA adapters, HSZ40 controllers, the differential sides of two SCSI signal converters, or a BA356 storage shelf to a DWZZB-V A signal converter. • Always check a SCSI cable for bent or broken pins. SCSI Terminators and Trilink Connectors • The following SCSI terminators and trilink connectors are supported: - H879-AA - one connector, 68-pin, high density. Terminates a trilink connector or BN21W cable. - 12-37004-04 - one connector, 50-pin, high density. Terminates a BA353 input connector. - H885 trilink - three connectors, 68-pin, high density. Attaches a KZPSA adapter, HSZ40 controller, or the differential side of a SCSI signal converter, and can be terminated if necessary. · If a SCSI cable is connected to a trilink connector, ensure that access to the screws that mount the trilink are not blocked. This will enable disconnection of the trilink from the device without disconnecting the cable. Shared SCSI Buses • Disks on a shared SCSI bus must have the same device number on each member system that is connected to the bus. • Two Available Server Environments (ASE) can be set up in a cluster if it is a four member configuration. • A member system can be in only one ASE. • Up to 30 shared SCSI buses can be used in an ASE. A shared SCSI bus can be in only one ASE. • On a SCSI-2 bus, the SCSI specification limits the number of device addresses to eight, and each SCSI device must have a unique SCSI ID (0 to 7). • The length of each physical bus is strictly limited. • For each physical bus, only two terminators (one at each end) can be used. • Use trilink connectors and Y cables to connect devices to a shared bus, so devices can be disconnected without affecting bus terminatiaon. • Devices can only be directly connected if they have the same transmission mode (differential or single-ended) and data path (narrow or wide). Use a signal converter to connect devices with different transmission modes or data paths. Supported Network Adapters: • DEFEA (EISAlFDDI) • DEMNA (XMIlEthemet) • DE425 (EISAIEthemet) • DEMFA (XMIIFDDI) • DEFPA (PCIIFDDI) • DE422 (EISA Lance Ethernet) • DE435 (PCIlEthemet) Clustering Information 5.39 uigital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Information Sample Four Member dual ASE TruCluster Production Server Configuration MEMORY CHANNEL hub .ASE 1 In a four node dual ASE configuration, each Available Server Environment (ASE) includes two member systems connected to two shared SCSI buses. Each member system is connected to redundant MEMORY CHANNEL interconnects that include MEMORY CHANNEL hubs. Note that since this configuration requires the use of four PCI slots on each member system, it is supported only for AlphaServer 2100A, AlphaServer 4000, AlphaServer 4100, AlphaServer 8200, and Alphaserver 8400 systems. Sample Three Member single ASE TruCluster Production Server Configuration In the three member system configuration, all three systems are on each of the shared SCSI buses. A MEMORY CHANNEL hub is required for the interconnect. The configuration depicted here has redundant MEMORY CHANNEL interconnects and two shared SCSI buses which requires four PCI slots on each member system. It is not required that the MEMORY CHANNEL be redundant. Note that since this configuration requires the use of four PCI slots on each member system, it is supported only for AlphaServer 2100A, AlphaServer 4000, AlphaServer 4100, AlphaServer 8200, and Alphaserver 8400 systems. 5.40 Clustering Information Digital UNIX TruCluster Configuration Intormatlon TruCluster Production Server Vl.4 (continued) Sample two member hubless highly available configuration Member System Member System This figure depicts a TruCluster Production Server hardware configuration that includes two member systems, two terminated shared SCSI buses and redundant MEMORY CHANNEL interconnects that do not use MEMORY CHANNEL hubs. Clustering Information 5.41 M.I£MURY CHANNEL Controller The MEMORY CHANNEL interconnect is a high-bandwidth, low-latency PCI-based communications interconnect for up to eight AlphaServer systems. Its performance characteristics make it ideal for use as a high-speed communications interconnect for compute servers and a high-availability cluster interconnect. The MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect is designed to speed inter-processor communications by reducing the overhead imposed by traditional network communications. The PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL host controller performs many of the functions normally performed by network software, thus eliminating the associated latency delays and host overhead. This allows applications to communicate directly with the hardware. The reduction in message latency is approximately a hundred-fold, reSUlting in significant performance gain. Applications running on MEMORY CHANNEL hardware have shown a dramatic performance improvement over a standard FDDI network and other interconnects. The efficiency and performance of the MEMORY CHANNEL interconnect enables clusters of AlphaServers to deliver the computing power of specialized, massively parallel processors but at a commodity price. At the same time, cluster configurations offer high availability to the application. Features • High bandwidth: Up to 100 MB/second • Low latency: As low as 2.9 microseconds (depending on system) Software Support and Prerequisites Use of MEMORY CHANNEL requires OpenVMS V7.1 or above, or Digital UNIX operating system software V3.2E or above. For OpenVMS, MEMORY CHANNEL software is licensed as part of the standard OpenVMS Cluster Software product. OpenVMS Cluster configurations require no additional license in order to use MEMORY CHANNEL. For Digital UNIX, each system node in a MEMORY CHANNEL cluster requires a software license which varies, depending on cluster usage. Servers in a compute-server array require a Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license. Servers used in a TruCluster high-availability environment require a license for TruCluster for Digital UNIX. Digital Parallel Software Environment (PSE), Digital Parallel Virtual Machine (PVM), and Digital High Performance Fortran (HPF) also include support for MEMORY CHANNEL in technical applications. Prerequisite Hardware For Digital UNIX and Open VMS, the following systems are supported: AlphaServer 2000 AlphaServer 2100 AlphaServer 21 OOA AlphaServer 4000 AlphaServer 4100 AlphaServer 8200 AlphaServer 8400 Refer to system ordering menus for MEMORY CHANNEL configuring information. Additionally, OpenVMS supports AlphaServer 1000/1 OOOA systems. 5.42 Clustering Information MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect MEMORY CHANNEL Controller (continued Configuration and Ordering Information Modularity of MEMORY CHANNEL allows for flexible configuration options: • At the entry level, two systems, each equipped with a MEMORY CHANNEL controller (CCMAA), can be connected together directly by a lO-foot cable (BC12N-10). • A MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA) is used to connect 3 or more (up to 8) server nodes. The cables connect the MEMORY CHANNEL controllers in each node to the Hub. The Hub houses Line Cards (CCMLA-AA), one for each node connected. The basic Hub comes standard with 4 line cards and can support four nodes. To support more than 4 nodes, up to 4 more line cards can be added to the Hub. Up to 8 nodes can be supported in this fashion. The CCMAA is a free-standing enclosure that can be placed adjacent to the systems or mounted in a 19" rack by using the CCMRAAA rack-mount kit. If redundancy is required for OpenVMS and Digital UNIX, duplicate the hardware configuration for a maximum of two CCMAA controllers per system node. Additionally, OpenVMS will spread SCS connections across up to two MEMORY CHANNEL interconnects in order to increase overall cluster bandwidth. If two MEMORY CHANNEL controllers are used with Digital UNIX for redundancy, both controllers must be located on the same PCI bus. Entry Level 2-N ode Configuration CCMAA-BA Plugged into PCIofNodel M ulti-N ode Configuration CCMAA-BA CCMAA-BA CCMAA-BA CCMAA-BA Plugged into PCI of Node 2 (up to 10' long) CCMHA-AA 8-node Memory Channel Hub MEMORY CHANNEL Controller CCMAA-BA CCMHA-AA CCMLA-AA CCMRA-AA BC12N-lO QL-MUZA*-AA QB-3RLAG-AA QB-3RLAQ-AA QB-4ZCAG-AA QB-4ZCAQ-AA PCI-to-MEMORY CHANNEL Controller MEMORY CHANNEL Hub with 4 Line Cards MEMORY CHANNEL Line Card for use with MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA); use one each as needed for system nodes 5-8. Rack-mount kit for MEMORY CHANNEL Hub MEMORY CHANNEL Cable VMS cluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX, Departmental system class TruCluster Software for Digital UNIX, Enterprise system class Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license; Departmental system class Digital UNIX Driver for MEMORY CHANNEL license; Enterprise system class • The maximum distance between two systems connected by the MEMORY CHANNEL controller is 2.l-meters (7-feet). When three or more systems are configured using a MEMORY CHANNEL Hub (CCMHA-AA), the maximum distance from the hub to each system is 2.l-~eters (7-feet). • The CCMHA-AA MEMORY CHANNEL Hub includes a BN19P-2E line cord for Canada, Japan, US operation. For other regions, order one of the following: BN19A-2E BN19C-2E BN19E-2E BN19K-2E BN19S-2E BN18L-2E BN24X-2E BN19H-2E Ireland, United Kingdom Central Europe Switzerland Denmark Egypt, India Israel Italy Australia, New Zealand Clustering Information 5.43 StorageWorks Overview StorageWorks Storage Solutions For a storage solution that helps balance growing demands for capacity, performance, availability, and data protection while managing costs-now and in the future-tum to StorageWorks. Based on four fundamental benefits, the StorageWorks family of products can help manage storage more efficiently and effectively via: • Built-in investment protection through modular packaging. Based on easy-touse, swappable, standardized components, the "building blocks" approach of StorageWorks provides unmatched versatility of use and configuration. • With StorageWorks products, new devices and capabilities can be added while protecting most or all of the initial investment. Devices can be moved easily between platforms as system platforms change. Standard device interconnects ensure compatibility across Digital's full range of Alpha processors running both OpenVMS and Digital UNIX, as well as SUN OS and Solaris, Novell Netware, Windows NT, HP-UX, and IBM RS6000 system platforms. • High performance and availability for any application delivered via innovative cache and RAID capabilities-StorageWorks controllers connect StorageWorks devices to a variety of host buses. Starting with simple and cost effective storage connections, these controllers provide powerful features and options that include RAID Levels 0, 1, 3, and 5, with both read cache and battery-protected Write-Back Cache. The controller family provides connectivity to a broad range of hosts and networks, including Fast Wide Differential SCSI, PCI, FDDI, and Digital's CI and DSSI system interconnects. • Enhanced user productivity and data protection through comprehensive storage management solutions-the StorageWorks family includes hardware and software products that meet the need for data protection and storage management. StorageWork's tape and optical libraries support from 20 GBytes to 5.2 TBytes. Comprehensive software solutions include archivelbackup and hierachical storage management products for OpenVMS and Digital UNIX. StorageWorks also partners with leading companies to support non-Digital platforms. A view to the future-as storage needs change, StorageWorks provides new, innovative solutions. For example, to meet the need for increasing amounts of network-served storage that improves performance and lowers costs, StorageWorks has introduced the family of FDDI Storage Servers. Storage 6.1 StorageWorks Overview StorageWorks Modular Packaging Device Carriers: At the core of Digital's modular packaging design are 3.5- and 5.25-inch device carriers that hold disk and tape drives, optical and CD-ROM drives, solid state devices, and other critical components such as power supplies, signal converters and battery backup modules. Device carriers provide more than consistent, modular packaging; they also deliver radio frequency shielding, shock protection, and provide for the mechanical and electrical mounting of the devices. Cabinets: Digital offers a wide range of cabinets, conveniently designed to hold any combination and quantity of storage devices enclosed in carriers. StorageWorks Device Carriers insert easily into cabinets, plugging into a backplane in the back of the cabinet. StorageWorks cabinets are available in a variety of sizes to meet user needs. StorageWorks Devices The StorageWorks product family offers a full complement of interchangeable storage devices incorporating the latest proven technology. All devices are subjected to exhaustive, three-stage testing and debugging-at the device, subsystem, and system level-to assure their dependability and reliability. From fast-wide and fast-narrow SCSI disk drives, available in 1, 2 and 4 Gbyte capacities, to signal converters that can be linked to extend cable connections to up to 170 feet, StorageWorks devices deliver unprecedented flexibility in configuring storage solutions. StorageWorks Controllers and Adapters Because StorageWorks controllers use devices from the StorageWorks family, all disks, tapes, and other devices are interchangeable and can be easily migrated across controllers. Digital provides three categories of controllers: Cluster-capable array controllers (including the HSJ30/40, HSD30, and HSZ40) are high connectivity, high performance controllers with operator updateable software, dynamic parity RAID and Universal ReadlWrite-Back Cache. o Backplane array controllers (including the RAID ARRAY 110,210, and 230) are low cost, high performance workgroup or departmental level RAID subsystems that support RAID Levels 0, 1,0+1, and 5. o Expansion storage controllers (including HSD10) bring low cost connectivity to DSSI and SCSI environments. All StorageWorks controllers connect with StorageWorks devices via a high performance, standardized SCSI-21I cable. The cable has a single-ended design and requires adherence to a maximum distance of 3 meters. For longer data cable connections, single-ended, differential signal connecters (DWZZA, DWZZB) allow storage devices to be located up to 25 meters from the StorageWorks controller or bus adapter. o StorageWorks RAID Products for High Availability Digital pioneered RAID-based storage in the mid-1980s. Digital's StorageWorks RAID Array subsystems family provides flexible, pre-configured solutions for high availability, fault tolerant storage. StorageWorks RAID Arrays support RAID Level 0 (striping), Levell (mirroring or shadowing), Level 0+ 1 (striping plus mirroring), Level 3 (striped parity) and Level 5 (parity RAID). They can be easily tailored using simple, menu-driven options that allow the selection of RAID level or levels required. StorageWorks RAID Arrays feature hot swappable drives, that allow replacement of failed drives without disrupting applications. They also offer optional write-back cache or write-through cache. Dynamic Parity RAID o o The StorageWorks array controller families, including the HSJ, HSD and HSZ series array controllers, allow custom configured RAID arrays. The controllers support Raid Level 0 (striping) and optional RAID levels 3 and 5 (parity RAID). StorageWorks' innovative implementation of parity RAID combines the best of RAID Levels 3 and 5. Levels 3 and 5 are generally suited to different types of applications. Level 3 is optimal for applications that transfer large amounts of data with each 110 request, with low request rates. Level 5 is optimal for small data requests with high request rates. StorageWorks parity RAID option dynamically adjusts its update algorithms, adapting between IIO-intensive applications and data transfer-intensive applications to provide excellent, across-the-board, parity-based RAID performance. 6.2 Storage StorageWorks Overview StorageWorks Storage Solutions (continued) StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays The StorageWorks Family of Network Storage Arrays (including the HS21l, HS221, HS241 and HS280) integrate Alpha technology with StorageWorks modular design to meet the requirements of large, FDDI-based VMS cluster systems and NFS clients. All models support a wide range of StorageWorks media. They feature high I/O performance and data integrity, an easy growth path, optional full redundancy for fault tolerance, and automated central storage management. Additionally, the StorageWorks FDDI servers allow comprehensive storage management capabilites to execute independently, reducing client CPU cycles spent on storage management and the associated management network traffic. StorageWorks Libraries Digital offers a full range of tape and optical libraries for economical nearline and off-line data storage. The flexible StorageWorks RW500 series optical libraries (jukeboxes) handle multiple applications and are multifunctional, combining rewritable and write-once capabilities in one unit. Capable of random data access, optical libraries provide quick retrieval of the particular data needed. Opticallibaries are ideal for tamperproof, long term archiving. Tape libraries typically offer a faster overall transfer rate than optical, while average access times tend to be slower. Therefore, tape libraries work better for storing large quantities of infrequently accessed data or when very large data items may be retrieved. Digital offers a variety of tape libraries, including systems based on the ultra-reliable, high-performance Digital Linear Tape (DLT) technology. DLT offers unsurpassed data integrity, plus DLT drives last up to five times longer than helical scan devices. StorageWorks DLT libraries, such as the TL820 and TL810, provide the most economical automated large-scale backup, with high capacity in a very small footprint. Storage Management Solutions StorageWorks provides more than hardware-it also delivers the management software needed to optimize system efficiency and maximize productivity. Data protection products such as POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup, Storage Library System, and POLYCENTER NetWorker deliver distribution, backup and restore services to networks and clusters, ensuring that data is protected against human error, machine failure, or site disaster. Other storage management products, such as RAID Software for OpenVMS and POLYCENTER File Optimizer can help improve system performance and data availability, while tools such as Save Set Manager, Sequential Media Filesystem, and Hierarchical Storage Manager for OpenVMS and Digital UNIX provide new ways of increasing user productivity while dramatically lowering storage costs. Warranty and Maintenance All of Digital's StorageWorks products are supported by a comprehensive warranty: 5 years for disks, 3 years for controllers, 2 years for tape devices, and 1 year for other components. The first year of all warranties includes customer site support provided by Digital's Customer Service; the balance is provided by Digital's Return-to-factory RepairlExchange Service. For the first time, customers can choose self-maintenance or Digital maintenance on all 3.5- and 5.25-inch devices. The StorageWorks packaging and fault indicators make it safe and easy to identify, remove and replace devices. Multivendor Products StorageWorks products are qualified in a variety of non-Digital platforms. For complete information about Storageworks products for SUN, Novell, Windows NT, Hewlett Packard, and IBM applications, please call the StorageWorks hotline at 1-800-STORWORK (1-800-786-7967). Storage 6.3 StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals StorageWorks supported devices are mounted in green rugged carriers, creating a StorageWorks Building Block (SBB). The basic element is the shelf which can be installed in different storage arrays using cabinet- or system-specific mounting brackets. Shelves can be mounted horizontally or vertically in system enclosures and/or cabinets. A pedestal unit is created by mounting shelves inside a pedestal enclosure. A single modular shelf supports a combination of 3.5" and 5.25" devices, plus a power supply. All supported devices (disk, tapes, power supplies, and adapters) are mounted in carriers. Shelves can be configured for seven 3.5" devices, or four 3.5" devices and one 5.25" full-height device, or one 3.5" device and two 5.25" full-height devices, or four 5.25" devices if two half-height devices are installed in each carrier. Power for each shelf is furnished by an AC or DC subsystem power supply and there are provisions for optional redundant power supplies and optional battery backup units. Cooling for each shelf is provided by two field-replaceable dual-speed blowers mounted on the back of the shelf. Shelves can be configured with two SCSI data channels for high data rate applications and high performance devices. With the appropriate I/O personality module, the BA356 shelf can operate with either 8- or 16-bit host controllers/adapters. All components of the modular shelf are customer installable without any special tools or training. Carriers with devices and blowers can be removed and installed without turning off the subsystem or individual shelf power. 16-Bit Wide Shelf BA356-SB BA356-SC Single-height 16-bit shelf, configured for seven 3.5" devices, or four 3.5" devices and one 5.25" fullheight device, or one 3.5" device and two 5.25" full-height devices. Installation of redundant power supply reduces number of 3.5" devices by one. Two 5.25" half-height devices (RRD4x, TZKI0/11) can be mounted in one 5.25" full-height carrier. FCC class B certified. Includes 1 BA35X-MH. Single-height shelf, can be configured for 8-bit or 16-bit devices. Can configure for up to seven 3.5" devices, or four 3.5" devices and one 5.25" full-height device, or one 3.5" device and two 5.25" fullheight devices. Installation of redundant power supply reduces number of 3.5" devices by one. Two 5.25" half-height devices (RRD42/43, TZKI0/11) can be mounted in one 5.25" full-height carrier. FCC class B certified. Requires either BA35X-MG 8-bit or BA35X-MH 16-bit I/O module. Shelves for HSJ and HSZ controllers See HSJ and HSZ controller section for required cables and ordering information. BA350-MA BA350-MB Shelf for hardware RAID controllers, maximum 2 per shelf plus 2 cache module Shelf for hardware RAID controllers, maximum 2 per shelf plus 2 cache module, BA35X-HF power supply, BA35X-RD metric mounting brackets Shelves for SW500 and SW800 BA356-JC BA356-SB BA356-SC 16-bit shelf includes power supply, dual-speed blowers and mounting brackets. Supports maximum of seven 3.5" devices (8- or 16-bit). FCC class B certified. Requires either BA35X-MG 8-bit or BA35X-MH 16-bit I/O module. For split bus node order BA35X-ME active terminator. 16-bit shelf includes dual-speed blowers and 16-bit personality module (BA35X-MH). Supports maximum of seven 3.5" devices (8- or 16-bit). FCC class B certified. For split bus node order BA35X-ME active terminator. 16-bit shelf includes dual-speed blowers. Supports maximum of seven 3.5" devices (8- or 16-bit). FCC class B certified. Requires either BA35X-MG 8-bit or BA35X-MH 16-bit I/O module. For split bus node order BA35X-ME active terminator Shelf Options BA35X-MB BA35X-MC BA35X-MD BA35X-ME BA35X-MF 6.4 Storage 8-bit SCSI terminator board for BA350. Replacement unit for customer installation 8-bit SCSI jumper board for BA350. Replacement unit for customer installation Dual-speed blowers for BA350, BA356, and SW300 16-bit active terminator for BA356 to configure in split bus node 16-bit SCSI jumper board for BA356. Replacement unit for customer installation. StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals StorageWorks BA356 Shelves (continued) Shelf Options BA35X·MG BA35X·MH BA35X·MJ BA35X·RB BA35X·RD BA35X·VA BA655·AA 8-bit 110 module for the BA356 shelf to run 8- or l6-bit devices with 8-bit host controllers/adapters l6-bit 110 module for the BA356 shelf to run 8- or l6-bit devices with l6-bit host . controllers/adapters Dual-speed blower plus foam, upgrade kit for BA350-K pedestal Rackmount kit for BA350IBA356 shelf in RETMA cabinets. Assembly requires 7 inches of vertical space Rackmount kit for BA350IBA356 shelf in Metric cabinets. Assembly requires 150 mm of vertical space Vertical mounting kit for BA350IBA356 shelf for deskside use with locking translucent front door. BN27S-03 U.S.lJapan power cord, and daisychained power switch. Double shelf specifically designed for use with DEC 7000 and 10000 Alpha systems. Includes power supplies (BA35X-HG), special mounting brackets, system-supplied cooling Shelf Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight Installed Shipping 15 cm (5.9 in.) 44.5 cm (17.5 in.) 35 cm (13.8 in.)/30 cm (11.8 in) (with 5.25" carriers) 15.9 kg (35 lb) 115.0 kg (33 lb) 20.4 kg (45 lb) 119.5 kg (43 lb) StorageWorks Power Supply • Power supply choice is determined by the power supply design of system. • Power supply mounted in shelf provides connection for devices mounted in shelf. Power cords for devices mounted in pedestals are not required. BA35X·HF BA35X·HG BA35X·HC l50-Watt universal ac input power supply. Maximum two per BA350 shelf. Occupies single 3.5" carrier. 150-Watt 48-Vdc input power supply. Maximum two per BA350 shelf. Occupies single 3.5" carrier. (Note: One power supply included in each of two shelves in BA655, for redundant power or spare). Optional battery backup for BA350 power supply. Provides 2 minutes of power to full shelf. Occupies single 3.5" carrier. Power Supply Specifications BA35X·HF Universal ac Input Power Supply Input 90-264 Vac, 47-63 Hz, auto-ranging Output 150 W +12 Vdc, +5 Vdc Power Cable Connector IEC C14, Shrouded BA35X·HG Universal DC Input Power Supply Input Output 32-72 V DC, auto-ranging 150 W +12 Vdc, +5 Vdc BA35X·VA Pedestal Mounting Kit Power Connector IEC C14, Shrouded Storage 6.5 StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals The BA35R and BA36R Rackmount StorageWorks shelves for wide and narrow SCSI options provide a cost effective way to organize storage with systems and other options in an easily accessible 19 inch wide EIAIANSI industry standard rack. The rackmount shelves offer comparable functionality to the BA356-KC StorageWorks pedestal, with the same option storage space and support for a redundant BA35X-HF 150 watt power supply. These shelves are compatible with the RZ29B 4.3 GB disks. The BA36R series supports both 16 bit and 8 bit devices, while the BA35R series supports 8 bit devices only. Each Rackmount StorageWorks shelf requires seven inches of vertical space, although a front and a rear shelf can be mounted back-to-back, front, and rear in the same seven inch spacing. The front mounted shelves include an operator viewing bezel, while the rear shelves have open access. Supported devices for these enclosures are listed later in this section. StorageWorks BA35R1BA36R 8-bit and 16-bit Rackmount Shelves BA36R-AF BA36R-AR BA35R-SF BA35R-SR BA356 16-bit Rackmount StorageWorks Shelf with Front Mount and Power BA356 16-bit Rackmount StorageWorks Shelf with Rear Mount and Power BA350 8-bit Rackmount StorageWorks Shelf with Front Mount and Power BA350 8-bit Rackmount StorageWorks Shelf with Rear Mount and Power SparelMaintenance Items BA35X-MD BA35X-ME BA35X-MF BA35X-MG BA35X-MH Dual-speed blower for SW300, BA356, and BA350. Active terminator, 16-bits for BA356, SCSI-2. Jumper module for 16-bit SCSI-2 bus in BA356. 8-bit I/O module for the BA356 shelf to run 8- or 16-bit devices with 8-bit host controllers/adapters 16-bit I/O module for the BA356 shelf to run 8- or 16-bit devices with 16-bit host controllers/adapters Country Power Kits! BN19H-2E BN19C-2E BN19A-2E BN19E-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN19S-2E BN18L-2E Australia, New Zealand Central Europe UK, Ireland Switzerland Denmark Italy India Israel BA356-KC has an IEC C14 standard power plug. 6.6 Storage StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestats StorageWorks BA355 Rackmount Enclosure The BA355 is a rackmount unit with devices and controllers in a single system. The BA355 is optimized for high availability. The enhanced backplane provides six internal single-ended SCSI buses that eliminate the need for device SCSI cables. BA355 features an environmental monitor to access all available status signals, an ac power entry box., six SCSI buses, and 8 dual-speed blowers. Optional N+ 1 power redundancy with only five power supplies, or N+N power with 8 power supplies for full redundant power, and ac input are available. The enclosure requires either BA35X-RA or BA35X-RJ rackmount brackets, and BA35X-HF universal ac power supply, a mimimum of four power supplies are required for unit to run. All supported devices (disks, tapes, power supplies, and adapters) are mounted in carriers. The BA355 provides packages for twenty-four 3.5" SBBs or eight 5.25" SBBs, and two controllers with cache. 8-bit narrow and 16-bit wide drives are supported. Note: All drives run in 8-bit narrow mode since SCSI controllers supported in BA355 are 8-bit narrow (HSxx) controllers. Supported devices are listed later in this section. BA355 Rackmount Enclosure Options BA355-AA* * Integrated backplane, six single-ended SCSI buses, eight dual-speed blowers, ac power entry unit, environmental monitor, and user documentation. A minimum of four power supplies (BA35X-HF) are required for unit to run. Options BA35X-HF BA35X-HE BA35X-EA BA35X-MD 3.5" universal power supply in SBB, 15.0 Watts, Maximum 8 supported per BA355/SW300 AC power entry unit for redundancy, Maximum 2 supported per ~A355/SW300 Environmental Monitor for redundancy, Maximum 2 supported per BA355/SW300 Dual-Speed Blower replacement, Maximum 8 blowers supported per BA355/SW300 Supported Controllers Note: HSD05IHSD10 controllers are not supported in the BA355 Rackmount enclosures. Controller HSD30 HSJ30 HSJ40 HSZIO HSZ15 HSZ40 Interface Digital Standard System Interconnect (DSSI) Computer Interconnect (CI) bus Computer Interconnect (CI) bus Fast wide differential SCSI Fast wide differential SCSI Fast wide differential SCSI Storage Device Buses 3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 58-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 58-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two Supported Devices RX26-VA 2.88 MB removable diskette drive RZ26L-VA 1.05 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 1.05 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM 4.3 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM RZ26N-VA RZ28-VA RZ28B-VA RZ28D-VA RZ28M-VA RZ29B-VA RZ26L-VW RZ26N-VW RZ28-VW RZ28D-VW 1.05 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 1.05 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM Storage 6.7 ~torage Works Carriers-SheIves-PedestaIs Supported Devices RZ2SM-VW RZ29B-VW RWZS2-VA EZSIR-VA EZS4R-VA EZSSR-VA EZ31-VW EZ32-VW EZ64-VA EZ69-VA RRD43-VA RRD43-VU RRD44-VA RRD44-VU RRD4S-VA RRD4S-VU TZS7-VA TZS7N-VA TZSSN-VA 2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM 2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM 1.3 GB removable optical disk drive in 5.25" carrier 107 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier 428 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier 856 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier 134 MB 268 MB 475 MB 950 MB solid state drive in 3.5" carrier solid state drive in 3.5" carrier solid state drive in 3.5" carrier solid state drive in 3.5" carrier 600 MB 600 MB 600 MB 600 MB 600 MB 600 MB dual speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier add in dual speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-VA or TZK11-VA dual speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier add in dual speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-VA or TZK11-VA quad speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier add in quad speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-V A or TZK11-VA 10/20 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD 20 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD 20/40 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD TZKll-VU 2 GB QIC cartridge tape drive in 5.25" carrier 2 GB QIC add in cartridge tape drive for TZK11-VA or RRD4x -VA TKZlS-VA 5 GB 8mm cartridge tape drive TLZ06-VA 4 GB 4mm DAT catridge tape drive 16 GB 4mm DAT four catridge tape l~ader 8 GB 4mmDAT catridge tape drive in 3.5" carrier 8 GB 4mm DAT catridge tape drive 32 GB 4mm DAT four catridge tape loader TZKll-VA TLZ6L-VA TLZ07-VA TLZ09-VA TLZ7L-VA TKZ09-VA SWXTE-AA SWXTE-AB 5 GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive 10GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive 10 GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive Country Kits Order country-specific 13-20 amp input power cords Order Number CountryNoltage BN27S-03 U.S./Japan, 250 V AustralialNew Zealand, 250 V Central Europe, 250 V U.K.lIreland, 250 V Switzerland, 250 V Denmark, 250 V Italy, 250 V India/South Africa, 250 V Israel, 250 V BN19H-2E BN19C-2E BN19A-2E BN19E-2E BN19K-2E BN19Z-2E BN19S-2E BNlSL-2E 6.S Storage Amps Plug Meters (Feet) 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 NEMA 5-15 AS 3112-1981 CEE 717(Schuko) BS 1363 SEV 1011 Afsnit 107 CEI23-16NII BS546 SI32 3.0 (9.8) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals StorageWorks BA355 Rackmount Enclosure (continued) Specifications Physical Dimensions Height 838.20 mm (29.44 in) Width 476.25 mm (18.75 in) 482.60 mm (19.00 in) Depth Weight Cabinet with shipping packaging 106.65 kg (242.00 lb) Maximum configuration 77.85 kb (178.00 lb) FCC, UL, CSA, TUV, CE-mark Agency Compliance 100-1201220-240 V ac, 50/60 Hz, single phase, 12/6 amps Electrical Rating Power Requirements of BA35X power supply Input 90-264 V ac, 47-63 Hz, auto-ranging, power factor corrected Output 150 W +12 V dc, +5 V dc Power Cable Connector IEC C14, Shrouded Power Requirements of BA355 Voltage 100-1201220-240 V ac, 50/60 Hz Number of phases Rated current 12/6 Amps Operating Environment Temperature 10° C to 40° C (50° F to 95° F) Derate 1.8° C for each 1000 m altitude (1.0° F for each 1000 ft altitude) 0% to 90% (noncondensing) Maximum wet bulb temperature: 28° C (82° F) Minimum dew Relative humidity point: 2°C (36° F) From sea level to 2400 m (8000 ft) Altitude Air quality(maximum particle count) Not to exceed 500,000 particles per cubic foot of air at 0.5 micron or larger Non-operating Environment -40° C to 66° C (-40° F to 151 ° F) (During transportation and associated short-term storage) Temperature 8% to 95% in original shipping container (noncondensing); otherwise, 50% (noncondensing) Relative humidity 3600 m (12,000 ft) Altitude Storage 6.9 storageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals BA356-KC BA346-KB 16-bit 16-bit !Maximum SCSI buses 2 2* Pedestal Comparison Chart Bus width Maximum number of devices 7 9 Maximum 3.50" SBBs 7 7 Maximum 5.25" SBBs 2 None Rear access SCSI No Yes Hot-swap power (uses one device slot) Yes No 150 watts 200 watts !Hot swap blowers Yes No Multiple blowers Yes Yes Power capacity * Second SCSI bus optional. Requires mounting assembly kit (BA35X-AA). 1.:·;m.·.·S~of~geW6fks • ·i~.;.bit··. Bi\.~5.6.··.• Q¢s~si4¢.·E~pa~si()n·.··Pedestal'·" BA356 StorageWorks deskside expansion pedestals support 8-bit and 16-bit devices when connected to a qualified 8- or 16-bit SCSI controller. BA356-KC and BA356-KD support a PCI-based Wide Differential SCSI controller with a wide differential to wide single-ended converter (DWZZB-VW). System layout that requires more than 3 meters of SCSI bus length are also supported when a DWZZB-VW converter is installed. The BA356-KC and BA356-KD pedestals support up to seven 16-bit, 3.5" SBB devices. A table of supported devices is provided later in this section. Dual-speed blowers provide the cooling required by 7200 RPM disk drives. An optional power supply can be added to provide high data availability. There are no slot restrictions and many StorageWorks devices may be migrated and re-used in these pedestals without modifications. Refer to the 8-bit Supported Devices table later in this section for required minimum revision levels for support of older devices. Installation and use is easy. SCSI cable connections are easily accessible, and access to drives for hot-swapping has been simplified. Shelf-OK indicators on power supply indicate condition of supplies and blowers. BA356-KC and BA356-KD support Digital Fault Bus standards and provide signals to host controllers/adapters for remote system management. BA356-KC/KD and options come with a one-year on-site and two additional years return-to-factory warranty. Supported Systems AlphaServer 2100, AlphaServer 2000, and AlphaServer 1000 systems, Pentium Prioris HX Servers StorageWorks BA356-KC/KD Options • Bus 1 connection requires right angle connector. Use BN21L-E/0l/02 (right angle to right angle) • Bus 2 connection requires straight connector. Use BN21K-Ol (straight to straight) • See system ordering menus for SCSI cable information. BA356-KC BA356-KD BA35X-VA BA35X-YA BA35X-HF* Deskside unit with BA356 shelf and power supply BA35X-HF, pedestal kit BA35X-VA, dual-speed blowers, 16-bit 110 module BA35X-MH, BN27S-03 U.S.lJapan power cords. FCC class B certified. Deskside unit with BA356 shelf and BA35X-Vx pedestal kit, BA35X-HF universal power, dualspeed blowers, BN27S-03 U.S.lJapan power cords. FCC class B certified. Requires either 8-bit (BA35X-MG) or 16-bit (BA35X-MH) 110 module. BA35X-VA pedestal kit and BA27S-03 power cord. Factory Integration (for all devices ordered with a BA356-KC). 150 Watt Universal ac Input Power Supply, maximum of two per enclosure, occupies a single 3.5" carrier (for SW300 and BA356). * BA35X-HG and BA35X-HC may be used with BA356 instead of BA35X-HF. 6.10 Storage 1 StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals StorageWorks 16-bit BA356 Deskside Expansion Pedestal (continued) BA356-KC Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight Installed Shipping 61 cm (24 in.) 25 A cm (10 in.) 36.S cm (14.5 in.) 16.26 kg (35.S lb) 20.76 kg (45.8 lb) Electrical 94-264 V ac, autoranging power supply + 18 to +24 degrees C; maximum rate of change 3 degrees C; maximum step change 3 degrees C + 10 to +40 decrees C; 10 to 90 percent non-condensing Input voltage Optimum Maximum Compliance Enclosure, devices, and subsystem fully comply with FCC Class B, and meet UL, TUV, CSA, and CE Mark Device spin-up must be staggered by a minimum of four seconds FCC Class Band CE Class B (this does not include the RZ28-V A/VW, TZS7, and TLZ7L, which are Class A qualified only). Spin-up Regulatory approval [StorageWorks 16-bit BA346 Deskside Expansion Pedestal The BA346-KB Deskside Expansion Pedestal is a 16-bit direct storage expansion pedestal that offers maximum capacity and performance at a low cost. The pedestal can be configured with up to seven 3.5" SBBs plus up to two 5.25" half height devices or one full height device, and one SCSI bus. An optional BA35X-AA kit configures the top slot of the BA346 to support one full-height or two half-height 5.25" fixed devices. The optional BA35X-AB kit splits the backplane into two independent buses. A full width, translucent door allows for easy viewing of device activity lights and is removable, providing easy access to devices. Device hot swapping is supported. A list of supported devices for this enclosure is provided later in this section. StorageWorks BA346-KB BA346-KB BA35X-AA BA35X-AB BA35X-VB BA35X-YA 9 device Deskside unit with non-redundant power supply. Supports seven 3.5", 16-bit devices and two 5.25" half-height devices. Optional fixed mounting assembly kit configures the top slot of the BA346 to support one full-height or two half-height 5.25" fixed devices. Optional dual bus kit, splits BA346-KB backplane into two independent SCSI buses. Optional stabilizer kit for applications requiring extra stability. BA346-KB with factory mounted and tested devices. Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Front clearance Rear clearance Weight (empty) Access Environmental SCSI Power 5304 cm (21 in.) 2004 cm (OS in.) 4S.3 cm (19 in.) 30.5 cm (12 in) 30.5 cm (12 in) 16.8 kg (37Ib) Through removable side panel Front to back airflow controlled impedance Auto SCSI ID select. Multiple configurations for upper or lower range device ID, 6S-pin P connectors. Internal bus length, 1 meter as shipped NEMA 15 connector, 120 or 240 Vac 60/50 Hz, switch selectable, AlC switch on front, behind key locked door, 200 Watts, 20 Amp @ +5 vdc, 8 Amp @ + 12 vdc, disk spin up interval, 4 sec, min. Storage 6. 11 StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals StorageWorks BA362 and BA364 Office Expansion Enclosures offer new levels of flexibility and investment protection. The enclosures allow users to place storage on or under the desk, worktable, or office shelf, allowing users to expand their storage capacity while maximizing the space in their work areas. The enclosures have locking doors for security. Both units support new high performance devices, including intermixed 8-bit and 16-bit SCSI devices and 7200 RPM disk drives. The BA362 holds two 3.5-inch devices. The BA364 includes a slot for a fixed CD-ROM, plus holds four 3.5-inch devices or one 3.5-inch device and one 5.25-inch device. For even greater configuration flexibility, a stacking kit lets users electronically interconnect the two enclosures, allowing the advantage of two power sources for RAID mirroring applications. Features • Investment protection: users can easily migrate StorageWorks devices from other enclosures to the office, extending the useful life of older devices • Efficient use of space: expand storage capacity while maximizing space in work areas • Security: locking door provides security and easy device access • Flexibility: support for a broad range of StorageWorks devices • High Availability options: stack capability allows two power sources for RAID mirroring applications. Ordering Information BA362-AA BA362-AB BA364-AA BA364-AB BA36X-AA Office expansion unit holds up to 2 3.5" modular storage devices, 120V Office expansion unit holds up to 2 3.5" modular storage devices, 240V Office expansion unit holds up to 4 3.5" modular storage devices and 1 fixed CD-ROM, 120V Office expansion unit holds up to 4 3.5" modular storage devices and 1 fixed CD-ROM, 240V Stack Mounting Kit enables electronic connection of BA362 and BA364 Specifications Physical Characteristics BA362 BA364 Height Width Depth Weight 10.5 inches 7.0 inches 12.67 inches 17 pounds (empty) 21 pounds (with disks) 120/240 volts 3.25/1.26 50-60 Hz 14.5 inches 7.0 inches 12.67 inches 20 pounds (empty) 32·pounds (4 disks, 1 CD-ROM) 1201240 volts 5.00/2.45 50-60 Hz 8116 bits 2 2 8116 bits 5 4 Voltage Amps Frequency SCSI buses Bus width Maximum no. of devices Maximum 3" disks Maximum 5" disks Fixed CD-ROMs Rear SCSI access SCSI connector Operational clearance Power cables SCSI cables 6.12 Storage o o Yes Yes 68 pin, high density, female, "D" sub SCSI external 4" rear of enclosure for cable bends, 8" front of enclosure for door swing Standard country power cords Standard SCSI cables specific to interconnected system StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals StorageWorks 8-bit BA353 Desktop Expansion Unit Digital's Desktop Expansion Unit adds storage capacity to high-end PCs, workstations, and desktop server configurations. The expansion unit's size-and construction allow it to be placed under a workstation. It is less than 6 cm (2.4 in.) high, so the screen's height and tilt remain virtually unchanged, enabling the user to enjoy the same working comfort. It accommodates three devices and supports combinations of: one 5.25-inch half-height device (RRD45-VE) and two 3.5inch half-height devices or three 3.5-inch half-height devices (TLZ06-V A, RZ2x-V A at 5400RPM or lower). BA353-AA BA353-AB Desktop expansion unit, universal power supply, 120-V power cord, and user documentation. Requires SCSI cable for 3 SBBs. Desktop expansion, universal power supply, 120-V power cord, and user documentation. Requires SCSI cable for 2 SBBs and 1 CD-ROM (RRD45-VE). Specifications Physical Characteristics Height 60 mm (2.4 in.) Width 431.8 mm (17 in.) 400 mm (15.8 in.) Depth Weight 3.5 kg (7.7 lb) (empty) Loading Supports 45 kg (99Ib) Power Requirements 86-264 Vac (auto-ranging), 1.8 A 47-63 Hz Input Output DC power 78 Watts +5.0 V +-5%, 6.0 A +12.0 V +-5%, 4.0 A, 6.0 A (peak) Each slot +5.0 V +-5%, 2.0 A + 12.0 V +-5%, 1.3 A Front to rear 6 CFMlsiot Forced-air cooling system 12.0 V, 0.2A " Configuration Information Three 8-bit, single-ended SCSI-2 In/out SCSI connectors with active Storage slots Interface Single host Device ID for 3.5" devices for 5.25" devices -. ... User-selectable User-selectable Storage 6. 13 StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-PedestaIs , ( - . --. ,···1 ,. h" DWZZA-VA* Fast Wide Differential to Fast Narrow single-ended SCSI adapter in 3.5" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only. EZSIR-VA* EZS4R-VA* 107 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only. 428 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only. iEZS8R-VA* 856 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only. RRD42-VB* CD-ROM device in 5.25" carrier (BA35X-CD). BA350 and BA35R only. RRD42-VU* RRD4S-VA* CD-ROM device, can be added to RRD42-VB. BA350 and BA35R only. Quad-speed high-performance CD-ROM drive in 5.25" carrier with space for additional half-height device. BA350 and BA35R only. RRD4S-VE* Quad-speed high-performance CD-ROM drive. BA353 only. RRD4S-VU* RWZS2-VA Quad-speed high-performance CD-ROM upgrade, must be added to RRD4x-VA, TZK1x-VA. BA350 and BA35R only. 1.2 GB multifunction optical drive in 5.25" carrier RX26-VA 2.88 MB diskette drive in 3.5" carrier RZ2S-VA RZ2SL-VA 426 MB disk drive in 3.5" carrier 535 MB disk drive in 3.5" carrier RZ26-VA 1.05 GB disk drive in 3.5" carrier RZ26L-VA 1.05 GB disk drive in 3.5" carrier RZ28-VA 2.1 GB disk drive in 3.5" carrier ~28B-VA 2.1 GB disk drive in 3.5" carrier R.Z29B-VA* 4.3 GB disk drive in 3.5" carrier. B{\350 and BA35R only SWXTE-AA* 5 GB 8-mm helical scan tape drive in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only. SWXTE-AB* 5 GB 8-mm helical scan tape drive, can be added to SWXTE-AA. BA350 only. TKZ09-VA* 5 GB 8-mm tape drive in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only. TLZ06-VA 4 GB 4-mm digital audio tape (DAT) in 3.5" carrier TLZ07-VA 8 GB 4-mm digital audio tape (DAT) in 3.5" carrier TLZ7L-VA 8 GB 4-mm digital audio tape (DAT) minilibrary in 5.25" carrier TLZ6L-VA* 16 GB 4-mm digital audio tape (DAT) in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only. TZ86-VA* 6 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only TZ87-VA* 20 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only TZ87N-VA* 20 GB tape in 5.25" carrier, reads TK50. BA350 and BA35R only TZ88N-VA* 40 GB tape in 5.25" carrier, reads TK50. BA350 and BA35R only TZKIO-VA* 525 MB QIC tape in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only TZKIO-VU* 525 MB QIC tape, add-on to TZK10-VA for two TZK10 tapes in one 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only 2 GB QIC tape in 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only TZKll-VA* TZKll-VU* 2 GB QIC tape, add-on to TZK11-VA for two TZK10 tapes in one 5.25" carrier. BA350 and BA35R only TKZlS-VA* 5 GB 8 mm full-height 5.25" tape. BA350 and BA35R only * Supported by BA350, BA35R, or BA353 only as noted in description. 6.14 Storage StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals StorageWorks 8-bit Supported Devices for 16-Bit BA356 and BA36R • Most installed 8-bit StorageWorks devices may be installed and intermixed with wide 16-bit StorageWorks devices. All models of all StorageWorks devices, now shipping, are 16-bit compliant. Table lists minimum revision level for all 8bit devices supported by BA356. • Compliance date is when factory began shipping 16-bit compliant revision. Blanks indicate the date is not absolute and all devices should be carefully checked. "All" means the device has been 16-bit compliant since its first shipments. • Note:Hardware platform and operating system support may be different than'the table. • 16-bit StorageWorks devices will not work in and may not be used in 8-bit enclosures. • Out-of-REV 8-bit devices plugged into a bit bus will instantly freeze bus activity. Removing the device allows bus and attached devices to operate properly again. Device Description Minimum Revision 16-bit Compliance Date EZ51R-VA 107 MB solid state disk 428 MB solid state disk 856 MB solid state disk CD-ROM CD-ROM E03 B03 B04 02/28/95 02/28/95 02/28/95 02/28/95 02/28/95 600 MB dual speed CD-ROM 600 MB dual speed CD-ROM 600 MB dual speed CD-ROM B05 B05 B03 02/28/95 02/28/95 02/28/95 600 MB dual speed CD-ROM 1.2 GB optical drive 2.88 MB diskette drive 426 MB disk 535 MB disk 1.05 GB disk drive 1.05 GB disk drive 2.1 GB disk B03 B03 B03 DOl 02/28/95 02/28/95 02/28/95 11/93 All 11/93 11/93 EZ54R-VA EZ58R-VA RRD42-VB RRD42-VU RRD43-VA RRD43-VU RRD44-VA RRD44-VU RWZ52-VA RX26-VA RZ25 -VA RZ25L-VA RZ26-VA RZ26L-VA RZ28-VA RZ28B-VA SWXTE-AA SWXTE-AB TZ86-VA TZ87-VA TZ87N-VA TZ88N-VA 2.1 GB disk 5 GB 8-mm helical scan tape 5 GB 8-mm helical scan tape 6 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier 20 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier 20 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier 40 GB DLT in 5.25" carrier E03 C03 - H02 B01 COl A01 B03 B03 COl III- 11/93 All 02/28/95 02/28/95 4/94 All All All 02/28/95 4 GB 4inm DAT drive 16 GB 4mm DAT drive 8 GB 4mm DAT drive I- 02/28/95 All 32 GB 4mm DAT loader 5 GB 8 mm full-height tape B03 B03 02/28/95 02/28/95 TZKIO-VA 5 GB 8 mm full-height tape 525 MB QIC tape B03 C04 02/28/95 02/28/95 TZKIO-VU 525 MB QIC tape add-on C04 02/28/95 TZKll-VA 2 GB QIC tape 2 GB QIC tape add-on B03 B03 02/28/95 02/28/95 TLZ06-VA TLZ6L-VA TLZ07-VA TLZ7L-VA TKZ09-VA TKZ15-VA TZKll-VU D06 B04 Storage 6.15 StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals 8-Bit Devices • Description DWZZB-VW fWD to FWSE or FNSE SCSI converter EZ51R-VA 107 MB solid state disk EZ54R-VA 428 MB solid state disk EZ58R-VA 856 MB solid state disk RRD44-VA 600 MB dual speed CD-ROM RRD45-VA 600 MB quad speed CD-ROM RRD45-VU 600 MB quad speed CD-ROM RZ26-VA 1.05 GB disk drive 1.05 GB disk drive RZ26L-VA RZ26L-VW RZ26N-VA RZ26N-VW 1.05 GB disk drive RZ28-VA RZ28-VW 2.1 GB disk drive RZ28B-VW 2.1 GB disk drive RZ28M-VW 2.1 GB disk drive 4.3 GB disk drive RZ28B-VA -... 16-Bit Devices RZ28M-VA J / RZ29B-VA RZ29B-VW RX26-VA 2.88 MB diskette drive TLZ06-VA 4 GB 4mm DAT drive TLZ6L-VA 16 GB 4mm DAT drive TLZ07-VA 8 GB 4mm DAT drive TLZ7L-VA 32 GB 4mm DAT loader TKZ09-VA 5 GB 8 mm full-height tape SWXTE-AA1AB 5 GB 8-mm helical scan tape in 5.25" full-height SBB 6.16 Storage StorageWorks Carriers-Shelves-Pedestals StorageWorks 8-bit Supported Devices for 16-bit BA346 • Most installed 8-bit StorageWorks devices may be installed and intermixed with wide 16-bit StorageWorks devices. All models of all StorageWorks devices, now shipping, are 16-bit compliant. Table lists minimum revision level for all 8bit devices supported by BA346. • Compliance date is when factory began shipping 16-bit compliant revision. Blanks indicate the date is not absolute and all devices should be carefully checked. "All" means the device has been 16-bit compliant since its first shipments. • Note:Hardware platform and operating system support may be different than the table. • 16-bit StorageWorks devices will not work in and may not be used in 8-bit enclosures. Out-of-REV 8-bit devices plugged into a bit bus will instantly freeze bus activity. Removing the device allows bus and attached devices to operate properly again. Device Description Minimum Revision 16·bit Compliance Date RX26 ·VA RZ25 -VA 2.88 MB diskette drive B03 02/28/95 426 MB disk DOl 11/93 RZ26-VA 1.05 GB disk H02 11/93 RZ26L-VA 1.05 GB disk B01 11/93 RZ28B-VA 2.1 GB disk All TLZ06·VA 4 GB 4mm DAT drive A01 D06 02/28/95 TLZ07·VA 8 GB 4mm DAT drive - All StorageWorks 8-bit and 16-bit Supported Devices for 16-bit BA346 8·Bit Devices 16·Bit Devices Description DWZZA·VW FWD to FNSE SCSI adapter in 3.5" carrier EZ51R-VA 107 MB solid state disk EZ54R·VA EZ58R·VA 428 MB solid state disk 856 MB solid state disk RRD43-AA 600 MB dual speed CD-ROM (fixed slot) RRD44·AA 600 MB dual speed CD-ROM (fixed slot) RRD45·AA 600 MB quad speed CD-ROM (fixed slot) RZ26·VA 1.05 GB disk drive RZ26L·VA 1.05 GB disk drive RZ26N·VA RZ28B-VA 1.05 GB disk drive RZ28D-VA RZ28B·VW RZ28D·VW 2.1 GB disk drive 2.1 GB disk drive RZ28M-VA RZ28M·VW 2.1 GB disk drive RZ29B·VA RZ29B·VW 4.3 GB disk drive RX26·VA 2.88 MB diskette drive TLZ06·VA 4 GB 4mm DAT drive TLZ07-VA 8 GB 4mm DAT drive TLZ7L-AA 32 GB 4mm DAT loader TZKll·AA 2 GB QIC tape drive Storage 6. 17 StorageWorks Cabinets ,"< ,~:~~;:. ,.; , StorageWorks Cabinet SW300-AA ' SW500-AC SW500-FC SWSOO-AA SWSOO-FA 24 70 63 168 161 Maximum 5.25" SBBs 8 20 18 48 46 Maximum BA35x shelves 0 10 9 24 23 Maximum 3.5" SBBs The SW300 is an integrated unit which holds devices and controllers in a single system. The SW300 is optimized for high availability. The enhanced backplane provides six internal single-ended SCSI buses that eliminate the need for device SCSI cables. SW300 features an environmental monitor to access all available status signals, an ac power entry box configurable to N+ 1 power redundancy with only five power supplies, and N+ 1 redundant dual-speed blowers. Optional N+N full redundant power and ac input are available. Supported devices for this enclosure are listed later in this section. The SW300 accomodates packages for 243.5" SBBs or 85.25" SBBs and 2 controllers with cache. 8-bit and 16-bit wide drives are supported. Note: All drives run in 8-bit narrow mode if an 8-bit drive is installed. SW300 Expansion Cabinet Options SW300-AA BA35X-EA BA35X-HE BA35X-HF BA35X-MD SW300 Expansion Pedestal includes integrated blackplane, six single-ended SCSI buses, eight dualspeed blowers, five power supplies, ac power entry unit, environmental monitor, and user documentation Environmental monitor for redundancy, maximum two per SW300 ac power entry unit for redundancy, maximum two per SW300 3.5" universal power supply in SBB, 150 Watts for SW300-AA, maximum eight per SW300 Dual-speed blower replacement Supported Controllers Note: HSD05 controllers are not supported in SW300 Deskside Cabinets Controller Interface Storage Device Buses HSD30 Digital Standard System Interconnect (DSSI) Computer Interconnect (CI) bus Computer Interconnect (CI) bus Fast wide differential SCSI Fast wide differential SCSI Fast wide differential SCSI 3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 58-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 58-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two HSJ30 HSJ40 HSZIO HSZ15 HSZ40 Supported Devices RX26-VA 2.88 MB removable diskette drive RZ26L-VA 1.05 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 1.05 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM 2.1 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM 4.3 GB 8-bit narrow hard disk drive 7200 RPM RZ26N-VA RZ2S-VA RZ2SB-VA RZ2SD-VA RZ2SM-VA RZ29B-VA 6.18 Storage StorageWorks Cabinets StorageWorks SW300 Deskside Cabinet (continued) Supported Devices RZ26L-VW RZ26N-VW RZ2S-VW RZ2SD-VW RZ2SM-VW RZ29B-VW RWZS2-VA EZSIR-VA EZS4R-VA EZSSR-VA EZ31-VW EZ32-VW EZ64-VA EZ69-VA RRD43-VA RRD43-VU RRD44-VA RRD44-VU RRD4S-VA RRD4S-VU TZS7-VA TZS7N-VA TZSSN-VA 1.05 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 1.05 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM 2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM 2.1 GB 16-bit wide hard disk drive 7200 RPM 1.3 GB removable optical disk drive in 5.25" carrier 107 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier 428 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier 856 MB solid state disk in 5.25" carrier 134 MB 268 MB 475 MB 950 MB solid state drive in 3.5" carrier solid state drive in 3.5" carrier solid state drive in 3.5" carrier solid state drive in 3.5" carrier 600 MB 600 MB 600 MB 600 MB 600 MB 600 MB dual speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier add in dual speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-VA or TZK11-V A dual speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier add in dual speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-VA or TZK11-VA quad speed CD-ROM in 5.25" carrier add in quad speed CD-ROM for RRD4x-VA or TZK11-VA 10/20 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD 20 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD 20/40 GB DLT drive mounted in BA35X-CD TZKll-VU 2.0 GB QIC cartridge tape drive in 5.25" carrier 2.0 GB QIC add in cartridge tape drive for TZK 11-VA or RRD4x-V A TKZlS-VA 5.0 GB 8mm cartridge tape drive TLZ06-VA 4.0 GB 4mm DAT catridge tape drive 4.0 GB 4mm DAT four catridge tape loader 8.0 GB 4mm DAT catridge tape drive in 3.5" carrier 8.0 GB 4mm DAT catridge tape drive 32 GB 4mm DAT four catridge tape loader TZKll-VA TLZ6L-VA TLZ07-VA TLZ09-VA TLZ7L-VA TKZ09-VA SWXTE-AA SWXTE-AB 5.0 GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive 10.0 GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive 10.0 GB 8mm helical scan cartridge tape drive Storage 6.19 StorageWorks Cabinets Country Kits Order country-specific 13-20 amp input power cords Order Number Country/Voltage Amps Plug Meters (Feet) BN27S-03 U.S.lJapan, 250 V 15 NEMA5-15 3.0 (9.8) BN19H-2E 10 10 AS 3112-1981 CEE 717(Schuko) 2.5 (8.2) BN19C-2E AustralialNew Zealand, 250 V Central Europe, 250 V BN19A-2E U.K.lIreland, 250 V 10 BS 1363 2.5 (8.2) BN19E·2E Switzerland, 250 V 10 SEV 1011 2.5 (8.2) BN19K·2E Denmark, 250 V 10 BN19Z·2E Italy, 250 V 10 Afsnit 107 CEI 23-16NII 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) BN19S·2E India/South Africa, 250 V 10 BS 546 2.5 (8.2) BN18L·2E Israel, 250 V 10 SI32 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2) Specifications Physical Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight Cabinet with shipping packaging Maximum configuration Agency Compliance Electrical Rating 838.20 mm (33.00 in) 476.25 mm (18.75 in) 482.60 mm (19.00 in) 106.65 kg (242.00 lb) 77.85 kb (178.00 lb) FCC, UL, CSA, TUV, CE-mark 100-120/220-240 V ac, 50/60 Hz, single phase, 12/6 amps Power Requirements of BA3SX power supply Input Output Power Cable Connector Power Requirements of SW300 90-264 V ac, 47-63 Hz, auto-ranging, power factor corrected 150 W +12 V dc, +5 V dc IEC C14, Shrouded Voltage Number of phases Rated current 100-120/220-240 V ac, 50/60 Hz 12/6 Amps Operating Environment Temperature 10° C to 40° C (50° F to 95° F) Derate 1.8° C for each 1000 m altitude (1.0 0 F for each 1000 ft altitude) Relative humidity 0% to 90% (noncondensing) Maximum wet bulb temperature: 28° C (82° F) Minimum dew point: 2°C (36° F) Altitude From sea level to 2400 m (8000 ft) Air quality(maximum particle count) Not to exceed 500,000 particles per cubic foot of air at 0.5 micron or larger Non·operating Environment Temperature Relative humidity Altitude 6.20 Storage -40° C to 66° C (-40° F to 151 ° F) (During transportation and associated short-term storage) 8% to 95% in original shipping container (noncondensing); otherwise, 50% (noncondensing) 3600 m (12,000 ft) StorageWorks Cabinets StorageWorks SW500 Departmental Cabinet The StorageWorks SWSOO Departmental Cabinet provides high-capacity storage expansion for OpenVMS- and UNIXbased systems. Slots in cabinet can be used to support up to 10 StorageWorks shelves or up to 6 shelves and 2 tape subsystems. Two tape subystems use the top four StorageWorks shelf slots of the SWSOO cabinet. Maximum SWSOO configurations are: • Nine device shelves and one controller shelf (BA3S0-MB) • Eight device shelves and two controller shelves • Five device shelves, one controller shelf, and two tape subsystems (maximum number of controller shelves is limited to one when tape subsystem is installed). • The number of devices supported in the cabinet is a function of the number of hosts or controllers accessing the cabinet, and the number of SCSI channels supported by each host/controller. The StorageWorks Departmental Cabinet measures 43 inches (1100 mm) high and supports a single-phase power option that allows isolated disk arrays in a single cabinet. Electronic temperature sensing automatically matches air flow to cooling requirements. SW500 Departmental Cabinet Options Basic StorageWorks Departmental Cabinet includes one power distribution unit for supporting up to 10 StorageWorks shelves and ac power cords with each shelf. Requires I-phase power. Basic Storage Works Depru:tglental Cabinet includes one power distribution unit for supporting up to 9 StorageWorks shelves and ac power cords with each shelf and a thermal fan try kit to support 7200 RPM drives. Requires I-phase power. Second power distribution unit--supports up to 10 additional shelf power supplies and ac power cords with each shelf. SW500·AC/AD SW500·FCIFD SW5XP·AC/AD Supported Controllers Controller HSD30 HSJ30 HSJ40 HSZIO HSZ15 HSZ40 Interface -.!?igital Standard System Interconnect (DSSI) Computer Interconnect (CI) bus Computer Interconnect (CI) bus Fast wide differential SCSI Fast wide differential SCSI Fast wide differential SCSI Storage Device Buses 3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 3 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two S 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two S 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two 6 8-bit single-ended SCSI-maximum of two Supported Tape Subsystems The SWSOO supports 2 tape subsystems in the top 4 shelf slots of the cabinet (2 shelf slots in front and 2 shelf slots in rear). • TZ8S7 -AEIAF • TZ867 -AEIAF • TZ87S-AEINE • TZ877-AE/AF Tape Mounting Kit CK-SF400-TE Tape mounting bezel kit (supports two tape subsystems; not required for TZ87S-AEINE) Storage 6.21 StorageWorks Cabinets Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight 1100 mm (43 in.) 600 mm (23.6 in.) 875 mm (34.5 in.) 140 kg (309Ib) (empty) 290 kg (689Ib) (full) Power Requirements Voltage AC plug type Number of phases Rated current Operating Environment Class A 6.22 Storage 120 V ac, 240 V ac NEMA L5-20P, IEC 309 1 10 Amps (120 V), 16 Amps (240 V) StorageWorks Cabinets StorageWorks SW8xx Data Center Cabinet The StorageWorks Data Center Cabinet SW8xx provides high-capacity storage expansion for OpenVMS- and UNIX-based systems. Slots in the cabinet can be used to support up to 24 StorageWorks shelves or up to 16 shelves and 4 tape subsystems. Cabinets are pre-configured with 2 sets of power distribution cabling; 1 for the primary distribution unit and 1 for the optional redundant power distribution unit (SW8XP-BAlBB). Maximum SW8xx configurations are: • Any combination of 24 device or controller shelves • 10 TZ875-AEINE or TZ877-AE/AF Tape Subsystems • 4 TZ857-AE/AF or TZ867-AE/AF tape subsystems which occupy 8 shelf slots (top 4 shelf slots in cabinet front and top 4 shelf slots in cabinet rear) • The number of devices supported in a cabinet is a function of the number of hosts or controllers accessing the cabinet, and the number of SCSI channels supported by each host/controller The StorageWorks Data Center Cabinet measures 67 inches (1700mm) high and supports a 3phase power option that allows isolated disk arrays in a single cabinet. SW8xx Data Center Cabinet Options SWSOO-AAIAB SWSOO-FAlFB SWSXP-AA1AB SWSXP-BAIBB Basic StorageWorks Data Center Cabinet. Includes 1 power distribution unit and 2 sets of AC power cords. One power distribution unit supports 24 StorageWorks shelves and uses 1 set of AC power cords. Requires 3-phase power. Basic StorageWorks Data Center Cabinet. Includes 1 thermal fan tray to support 7200 RPM drives, 1 power distribution unit and 2 sets of AC power cords. One power distribution unit supports 23 Storageworks shelves and uses 1 set of AC power cords. Requires 3-phase power. Second Power Distribution Unit-Includes 1 power distribution unit and 1 set of AC power cords. Supports up to 24 additional Storageworks shelf power supplies. Second Power Distribution Unit. Supports up to 24 additional StorageWorks shelf power supplies. Additional power cords required for second power distribution unit are pre-configured in the SW8xx Data Center Cabinet. StorageWorks SW8xx Storage Arrays Order Number Shelves 110 Modules PDU Cables and Terminators Power Supply 15 BA35X-MG 2SW8XP 30 BN21H-02 15 BA35X-ME 35 BA35X-HF 14BA35X-MG 2SW8XP 28 BN21H-02 36BA35X-HF 18 BA35X-MG 2SW8XP 12 BN21H-02 6 BN21H-Ol 36BA35X-HF High BandwidthlMedium Capacity SWS20-LAILB 15 BA356-JC 5 BA350-MB High BandwidthILower Capacity SWS21-LAILB 14 BA356-JC 7 BA350-MB High BandwidthlHigh Capacity SWS22-LAILB 18 BA356-JC 3 BA350-MB Storage 6.23 StorageWorks Cabinets Supported Tape Subsystems The SW8xx supports up to 4 TZ857-AE/AF or TZ867-AE/AF tape subsystems. The tape subsystems must be mounted in the top 4 shelf slots in the front or rear of the cabinet. The SW8xx supports up to 10 TZ875-AEINE or TZ877-AE/AF tape subsystems. • TZ857-AE/AF • TZ867-AE/AF • TZ875-AEINE • TZ877-AE/AF Tape Mounting Kit One tape bezel mounting kit supports one or two tape subsystems; select additional tape bezel mounting kits to support extra tape subsystems. CK-SF400-TE Tape mounting bezel kit (supports two tape subsystems; not required for TZ875-AEINE) Specifications Note: Maximum input wattage for fully loaded SW82X data center cabinet with drives and controllers is 5200 watts. This equates to 45 Amps @ 115 Volts (15 Amps/phase) or 22.5 Amps @ 230 Volts (7.5 Amps/phase). Maximum thermal load is 37,000 BTUslhour. Physical Characteristics 1700 mm (67 in.) Height 800 mm (31 in.) Width Depth 875 mm (34.5 in.) Weight 454 kg (1000 lb) (approx.) Power Requirements Voltage 120/208 V ac, 240/416 V ac AC plug type NEMA L21-30, IEC 309-516P6W Number of phases 3 Rated current 24 Amps/phase Operating Environment Class A 6.24 Storage Storage Controllers and Adapters KZPSA-PCI-Based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI Controller KZPSA is a high performance, intelligent, PCI-based Fast Wide Differential storage controller which provides a solution for the most demanding AlphaServer with heavy PCI I/O requirements. KZPSA maximizes I/O and data processing performance on AlphaServers. Support of HSZ40-Ax Storage Works controller with the KZPSA provides a winning storage solution for high availability and high performance to take advantage of the fast access to SCSI-2 storage subsystems. This availability is delivered through support of such features as RAID 0,3,5 and warm disk swap. Features • Maximum off-loading of host CPU requirements offered by any adapter. Supports HSZ40-Ax (High performance, high availability RAID array PCI StorageWorks controller) • Differential interconnect for up to 25 meter connections allowing greater configuration flexibility Up to 20 Mbyte per second throughput. Greater than 2000 I/O's per second • Single slot 4.6" x 5.6" PCI Module • Target Mode Support. Tagged Queue Support • On board EEROM can be customized using the configuration utility • 68-pin high density external connector • Supports DECsafe Available Server and OpenVMS SCSI clusters DECsafe Available Server V1.2 support of the KZPSA is an ideal part of a highly available and highly reliable total system CPU resource. The KZPSA, l6-bit wide SCSI bus supports both 8-bit and l6-bit devices with - Up to 6 devices in a two node DECsafe environment Up to 5 devices in a three node DECsafe environment Up to 4 devices in a four node DECsafe environment KZPSA differential bus can be configured in lengths up to 25 meters and supports most StorageWorks industry standard devices. Software Prerequisites • KZPSA requires Digital UNIX V3.2, Windows NTAS V3.5, or OpenVMS V62. • DECsafe Vl.2 with KZPSA requires Digital UNIX V3.2. - Minimum supported revisions of DWZZA for DECSAFE are: - DWZZA-AA EOI - DWZZA-VA F01 The KZPSA supports up to 6 HSZ40-Ax's per adapter. The minimum supported revision of the HSZ40-Ax is V2.0. DWZZA Signal Converter KZPSA Fast Wide Differential controller supports single-ended storage devices via the DWZZA. The DWZZA is a signal converter which permits connection of a single-ended storage device to a differential SCSI-2 bus. Ordering Information KZPSA-BB PCI-based Fast Wide Differential SCSI-2 Controller Additional Hardware Installation Items Hardware installation items must be ordered separately, if required. BN31G-xx H879-AA H885-AA BN21W-OB DWZZA-VA SCSI Cable- 68 pin BN21K-xx (90 degree connector) -xx denotes length of cable SCSI Cable - 68 pin 16 bit differential terminator Tri-Link Connector SCSI "Y" Cable SCSI Bus Converter 16-bit differential to 8-bit single-ended Storage 6.25 Storage Controllers and Adapters The KZPAA is a PCI-based Fast SCSI-2 8-bit narrow single-ended controller which supports up to seven SCSI devices. Built with the identical microchip that supports an embedded SCSI bus in the AlphaServer 2100 system, the KZPAA provides another SCSI bus connected via the PCI bus. No RAID capabilities are supported in the KZPAA. For RAID performance and/or availability, choose the EISA-based or PCI-based SCSI RAID controllers. Features • Full 32-bit DMA (Direct Memory Access) capability transfers data to memory without CPU overhead • Connector options: 50-pin high-density (for external cable) or 50-pin low-density (for internal cable) • Active SCSI bus termination with disable option for configuration flexibility • 5.0- x 3.25-inch PCI module uses single slot • OpenVMS Alpha V6.1, Digital UNIX V3.0 and Windows NT Server V3.5 • Supports all StorageWorks industry-standard devices including: Configuration Rules • Supported on AlphaServer 2000/2100 systems. • External cables must be ordered separately. Use BN21H-02 SCSI cable. • When ordered with a system, cables to connect adapter to internal drives are included. Ordering Information PCI-based one port high-performance Fast SCSI-2 controller KZPAA-AA The KZQSA adapter provides the capability to connect TLZ06, RRD42, and TSZ07 devices to Q-bus MicroVAX and VAX 4000 systems (only one TSZ07 per KZQSA is supported).The KZQSA is a quad-height module with an integral handle that has two standard connectors. There is no termination on the module. Ordering Information KZQSA-AA KZQSA-BA KZQSA-SA/SF KZQSA-CA For use with MicroV AX II system in BA23 enclosure; field installed. Same as above except for BA123 enclosure For use with BA2xx, BA4xx, and B400X enclosures; factoryl field installed. For use with DEC system 5500; factory or field installed. Configuring Information • Q-bus MicroV AX and V AX 4000 systems support two KZQSA adapters per system; each KZQSA supports two devices. Each adapter requires one Q-bus slot. Option 6.26 Storage Q-hus Slots de Amps Drawn @ SV 12V KZQSA 1 Watts Drawn 27.0 Bus Loads Drawn ae de 4.4 0.5 Storage Controllers and Adapters KFMSA XMI Disk/Tape Adapter (DSSI) The KFMSA disk and tape Integrated Storage Element (lSE) adapter is an XMI- based adapter that offers full compliance with the Digital Storage Architecture (DSA). It is available for VAX 600017000/9000/10000 systems. The KFMSA incorporates two 7-MIP 110 processors and a 45,000-gate array to create a very powerful storage adapter. It provides two 4Mbyte packet multi-plexing paths to storage elements with full error detection and retry. The KFMSA adapter's bandwidth and extremely low latency permit unconstrained performance of all attached storage elements. Features • • • • • • • Two DSSI buses supported Supports up to 14 DSSI Integrated Storage Elements (ISEs) Latency less than 1.5 ms on each DSSI bus Data rate: 8.0 Mbytes/second peak, 5.5 Mbytes/second sustained aggregate of both buses Request rate: capable of over 1600-1800110 requests per second Built-in automatic self-diagnosis VAXsimPLUS support Ordering Information KFMSA·BA CK·KFMSA·LJ CK·KFMSA·LN XMI-to-DSSI adapter for VAX 600017000/9000/10000 DSSI OpenVMS Cluster and storage-sharing applications. Required for VAX 6000 systems in DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configurations. Includes installation and user documentation. Requires one XMI slot. Cable kit, two 1.2-meter (4-foot) internal cabinet DSSI cables. Connects XMI backplane (adapter) to V AX 6000 host computer 110 bulkhead. Also includes 110 bulkhead adapter plate (occupies two 110 panel units) and two DSSI bus terminators. Does not support KFMSA warm-swap and, within a DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configuration, can only be used on end-node VAX 6000 systems. Cablelbulkhead kit includes two 2.4-meter (8-foot) internal cabinet DSSI cables. Connects host system 110 bulkhead to XMI backplane (adapter) and then connects the XMI backplane back to the 110 bulkhead. Required for KFMSA-BA warm-swap and KFMSA-BAs in the middle-node position of a DSSI OpenVMS Cluster configuration. Also includes 110 bulkhead adapter plate (occupies two 110 panel units) and two DSSI bus terminators. Note: The KFMSA and CIBCA-A are not supported on the same system. The CIBCA-AA must be upgraded to the CIBCA-BA or CIXCD. de Amps Drawn @ Option Mounting Requirements 5V 12 Ve ·12 V ·5.2 V ·2 v 110 Panel Units KFMSA 1 XMI slot 6.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 Storage 6.27 Storage Controllers and Adapters The StorageWorks HSDI0 array controller expands DSSI support in the StorageWorks family of products. It connects to a single port on the DSSI bus providing connectivity for up to seven non-redundant SCSI-lor SCSI-2 devices. It allows users the flexibility to expand the amount of DSSI-connected storage devices or to free up DSSI nodes for host connections. The inclusion of 16 or 32MB of read cache can reduce response time substantially. The HSDI0 replaces the HSDOS array controller. The HSDI0 array controller is'housed in a 3.S-inch StorageWorks form factor System Building Block; it mounts in a BA3S0-SA shelf, or a BA3S0-KA StorageWorks Deskside Expansion Unit, along with up to six SCSI devices. The StorageWorks shelves may be mounted in the SWSOO or SW800. A tri-link connector and a bus terminator are shipped with the HSDI0. The maximum DSSI bus length is 60 feet. Two HSD 10 array controllers may be used in conjunction with separate DSSI buses to provide device access with no single points-of-failure in the access path. Features • • • • • • • • Direct connection to the DSSI Bus Provides controller based Raid 0 (striping) Multihost operation; up to four hosts on the DSSI bus Up to 1000 I/O requests per second and 3.0 MB/second Attached disks can be warm-swapped Up to 32MB of read cache Connection to a VCS console via RS communications port Wide drive support (controller operates in 8-bit mode) SCSI Devices Supported RZ26, 1.0S-Gbyte disk RZ26L, 1.0S-Gbyte disk RZ28, 2.1-Gbyte disk RZ28B, 2.1-Gbyte disk RZ28D, 2.1-Gbyte disk RZ29B, 4.3-Gbyte disk RZ73, 2.1-Gbyte disk RZ74, 3.6-Gbyte disk EZSIR, 107-Mbyte SCSI solid state disk • • • • • • • • • EZS4R, 428-Mbyte SCSI solid state disk TLZ06, 4mm tape device 4-Gbyte TLZ6L, 4mm tape device with loader 16-Gbyte TLZ07, 4mm tape device 8-Gbyte TLZ7L, 4mm tape device with loader 32-Gbyte TZ86, 6-Gbyte tape device TZ87, 10-Gbyte tape device RRD43/44/4S, 600-Mbyte optical devices (read only) TZ88, 20-Gbyte tape device Adapters Supported • EDA670, KFDDAIB, KFMSA, KFMSB, KFQSA, KFESA StorageWorks Environments Supported BA350-SX BA350-JA BA350·KA BA356·SC SW500·AC/AD SW800·AAlAB Storage shelf assembly, SCSI-2 compliant Storage BA3S0-SB shelf kit Storage Deskside Expansion Unit Shelf, no personality module StorageWorks departmental cabinet StorageWorks data center cabinet Operating System Support OpenVMS VAX Version VS.S-2, V6.0, and OpenVMS Alpha V6.1 or greater 6.28 Storage Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks HSD10 Array Controller (continued) Device/Option Capabilities • Supported - Up to six non-redundant disk storage devices (hard disk or solid state disk) on same SCSI bus from HSD10 - Up to two tape storage devices on same SCSI bus from HSD10 - Two solid-state storage devices on SCSI bus from HSD10 - Up to two tapes and two disks or one tape and five disk devices on a SCSI bus from HSD10 • Not Supported - Combined use ofHSD10 and DWZZA adapters Recommendation For optimal performance operate the HSD 10 at a maximum of 80% utilization. This will allow for optimal performance with workload peaks. If an HSD10 is more than 80% utilized, order an additional controller. Ordering Information HSDIO-AA HSDIO-AD HSDIO-AF StorageWorks Array Controller StorageWorks Array Controller with 16-Mbyte read cache StorageWorks Array Controller with 32-Mbyte read cache StorageWorks Cables for the HSDIO BC29R·xx BC29S·xx BC29T-03 BC29T·09 BC29U·02 BC29V·06 BC29V·16 DSSI cable to VAX or DEC 4000 systems to HSD (06,09, 16,30 ft) DSSI cable to VAX or DEC 7000, 10000 systems to HSD DEC 2000, 2100, VAX 6000, V AXlDEC 7000, VAXlDEC 10000 (06, 09, 16, 30 ft) 3-foot DSSI cable, horizontal shelf to vertical shelf link for shelves on same side of cab to HSD 9-foot DSSI cable, horizontal shelf to vertical shelf link for use with shelves that have one in back of cabinet to HSD 2-foot DSSI cable, horizontal shelf to horizontal shelf link for use when shelves are on same side of the cabinet to HSD 6-foot DSSI cable, StorageWorks pedestal to pedestal cable 16-foot DSSI cable, StorageWorks pedestal to pedestal cable Storage 6.29 Storage Controllers and Adapters The StorageWorks HSD30 array controller expands DSSI support in the StorageWorks family of products. Each HSD30 occupies one DSSI address location (there are 8 addresses per DSSI bus) on the DSSI bus providing connectivity for up to 21 SCSI devices. The HSD30 allows customers to significantly expand the number of DSSI-connected storage devices. The HSD30 array controller provides a StorageWorks controller shelf compatible form factor. It can be installed in StorageWorks SW500 or SW800 cabinets, controlling up to 21 Digital SCSI-2 devices, connected to up to three SCSI ports. It can also be installed in the SW300 cabinet which allows connection for up to 12 Digital SCSI-2 devices. Up to two HSD30 array controllers may be daisychained together on a single DSSI interconnect. A combined maximum of up to 7 DSSI targets may reside on the same DSSI bus. The DSSI targets include: HSD30 array controllers, TF tapes, RF drives, and HSDI0 devices. The tri-link and bus terminator are shipped with the HSD30 array controllers. HSD30 array controllers come standard with RAID 0 and support 16- or 32-Mbyte read cache as an optional feature. Other optional features include Write-back Cache, Disk Mirroring (RAID Levell), and Adaptive Raid (Dynamic Parity 3/5). Features • • • • • • • Direct connection to the DSSI Bus Connection for up to 21 SCSI Devices, 7 SCSI devices per StorageWorks shelf Provides controller based striping (Raid 0) and supports host-based Raid 1 (Phase II Volume Shadowing) Optional Write-back Cache, Disk Mirroring (RAID Levell) and Adaptive Raid (Dynamic Parity 3/5). Multihost operation, up to 3 hosts on the DSSI bus Supports a 60-foot maximum DSSI bus length with up to 16 feet between DSSI nodes Wide drive operate in 8-bit mode) SCSI 8-bit Devices Supported RZ25, .426-Mbyte 8-bit disk (Vl.4 or above) RZ26, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VI.4 or above) RZ26L, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (Vl.4 or above) RZ26N, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ28, 2.I-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VI.4) RZ28B, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VI.4 or above) RZ28D, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ28M, 2.I-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ29B, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ74, 3.57-Gbyte 8-bit disk, 5.25" (VI.4 or above) • • • • • • • • • • EZ51154/58R SCSI solid state disks (VI.4 or above) RRD42/43/44/45 optical devices TLZ06ITLZ6L 4mm tape devices (V 1.4 or above) TLZ07ITLZ7L 4mm tape devices (V2.0 N2.5 or above) TZ86/87/87N/87D tape devices TZ867177175 tape devices with loader TL820/810 DLT tape library TKZ60/61/6I tape device TSZ07 reel to reel tape device RWZ52 optical device SCSI 16-bit Drives Supported · RZ26L-W, 1.05-Gbyte I6-bit disk (V2.7) • RZ28-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) • RZ28D-W, 2.I-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) • RZ29B-W, 4.3-Gbyte I6-bit disk (V2.7) Adapters Supported • KFMSA, KFMSB, KFESAIB, SHAC-based embedded, DEC 4000 embedded 6.30 Storage Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks HSD30 Array Controller (continued) StorageWorks Environments Supported BA350·SAlSB BA356·SC BA35X·MG BA35X·HF BA350·MAlMB BA350·JA SW300·AA SW500·AC/AD SW800·AAlAB Storage shelf assembly Shelf, no personality module (V2.7 required) 8-bit module for BA356 (V2.7 required) 150 Watt 48 volt power supply Storage controller shelf Storage BA350-SA shelf kit StorageWorks mini cabinet StorageWorks departmental cabinet StorageWorks data center cabinet Operating System Support OpenVMS VAX Version 5.5-2 or higher and OpenVMS Alpha V1.5 (or mixed clusters) support the HSD30 with limitations. The limitations are the devices being identified as generic or unknown device types. The model type identifiers are not present in the operating system software. In addition, complete error log decoding is not provided under ERF. Device/Option Capabilities • Supported - Up to seven disk storage devices on same SCSI bus from HSD30 - Up to two tape storage devices on same SCSI bus from HSD30 - Two solid-state storage devices on SCSI bus from HSD30 - Up to two tapes and two disks or one tape and five disk devices on a SCSI bus from HSD30 - Redundant configurations of two HSD30 on same, or separate, DSSI bus providing controller failover - Tri-host DSSI clusters • Not Supported - Use of devices attached to the HSD30 as boot device on VAX 7000110000 and DEC 7000/10000 Alpha systems - Combined use of HSD30 and DWZZA adapters - More than two HSD30 on same DSSI bus Recommendation For optimal performance operate the HSD30 at a maximum of 80% utilization. This will allow for optimal performance with workload peaks. If an HSD30 is more than 80% utilized, order an additional controller and host adapter. Ordering Information HSD30·CA HSD30·CD HSD30·CF HSD30·XD HSD30·XF HSD30·XE HSD30·YX QL·4DRA9·AA QL·3HYA9·AA StorageWorks Array Controller, 18 SCSI-2 disk, tape, SSD, optical device support; RAID 0, base firmware and license StorageWorks Array Controller, 18 SCSI-2 disk, tape, SSD, optical device support; RAID 0, 16Mbyte cache, base firmware and license StorageWorks Array Controller, 18 SCSI-2 disk, tape, SSD, optical device support; RAID 0, 32Mbyte cache, base firmware and license 16-Mbyte read cache option for HSD30-AA 32-Mbyte read cache option for HSD30-AA, 32-Mbyte total 16-Mbyte read cache option for HSD30-AD, 32-Mbyte total, mandatory return of installed 16-Mbyte cache HSD30 Write-back Cache Option., license and batteries HSD30 Disk Mirroring license HSD30 RAID license Storage 6.31 Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks Cables for the HSD30 BC29S-xx BC29R-xx BC29T-03 BC29U-09 BC29T-02 BC29V-Ol BC29V-06 BC29V-16 6.32 Storage DSSI cable to VAX or DEC 7000, 10000 Alpha systems to HSD DSSI cableto VAX or DEC 4000 Alpha systems to HSD 3-foot DSSI cable horizontal shelf to vertical shelf link for shelves on same side of cab to HSD 9-foot DSSI cable horizontal shelf to vertical shelf link for shelves that have one in front and one in back to HSD 2-foot DSSI cable horizontal shelf to horizontal shelf link for shelves on same side of cab to HSD I-foot DSSI cable StorageWorks HSD30 to HSD30 cable for when DSSI bus is continued from HSD30 to HSD30 in same StorageWorks shelf HSD 6-foot DSSI cable StorageWorks pedestal to pedestal cable for when DSSI bus is continued from pedestal to pedestal HSD 16-foot DSSI cable StorageWorks pedestal to pedestal cable for when DSSI bus is continued from pedestal to pedestal HSD Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks HSJ -Series Array Controllers The StorageWorks HSJ-series subsystems bring CI support to the StorageWorks family. These subsystems interface directly to the CI Star Coupler to provide scalability and customer-defined SCSI-2 storage capacity with high performance and availability. Available in two cabinet sizes, the SW500 and SWSOO series, the StorageWorks HSJ-series subsystems provide up to 227 Gbytes of disk storage within the SWSOO cabinet, which can also house optional tape, solid state disk, and CD-ROM storage devices in StorageWorks building block shelves. One or two HSJ controllers are supported in each controller shelf. Device shelves may be configured with either one or two SCSI buses for device interconnect, allowing easy storage capacity expansion and controller load balancing. SW5xx18xx Subsystems SW500 series cabinets support up to ten shelves, including two controller shelves. The SW800 series data center cabinets support up to 18 storage device shelves and four controller shelves. An optional power controller is available for redundant AC power distribution. Up to 36 RZ29 disk drives (or other 3.5-inch storage devices) can be supported by one or two dualredundant HSJ40s within the data center cabinets. Features • • • • • • • Direct connection to CI- channel card functionality included High-performance and connectivity storage controllers, with up to 32-Mbyte read cache RAID, Disk Mirroring and Write-back Cache option Coexistence with all HSC models Optional controller redundancy with automatic failover and redundant power option StorageWorks packaging for maximum configuration flexibility Wide drive ready support (controller operates in 8-bit mode) HSJ-Series Array Controllers The expanded family of HSJ -Series Array subsystems provide new, scaleable solutions for CI OpenVMS Clusters. For all models, storage device support includes a broad and increasing range of disk, tape, solid state disk and optical alternatives. Each model includes standard RAID 0 (striping) for enhanced performance in interactive applications. Disk Mirroring (Raid 1) and Adaptive Raid (Dynamic Parity 3/5) are available options. For high availability and performance environments, HSJ-Series Array Controllers may be deployed in dual-redundant configurations for dual-path access with automatic failover. Up to 32 Mbytes of Read Cache is available on each Array Controller. Device support has been expanded to include the following storage devices. 8-bit Narrow SCSI Devices Supported RZ25, A26-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above) RZ26, l.05-Gbyte S-bit disk (VIA or above) RZ26L, l.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above) RZ26N, l.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ28, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA) RZ28B, 2.I-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above) RZ2SD, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ2SM, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ29B, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ74, 3.57-Gbyte 8-bit disk - 5.25" (VIA or above) • • • • • • • • • • EZ51154/58R SCSI solid state disk devices (VIA or above) RRD42/43/44/45 optical devices TLZ06ITLZ6L 4mm tape devices (VIA or above) TLZ07ITLZ7L 4mm tape devices (V2.0 N2.5 or above) TZ86/87/87N/87D tape devices TZ867177175 tape devices with loader TL820/S10 DLT tape library TKZ60/61/62 tape device TSZ07 reel to reel tape device RWZ52 optical device Storage 6.33 storage Controllers and Adapters 16-bit Wide SCSI Drives Supported • RZ28-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) • RZ28D-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) • RZ29B-W, 4.3-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) Adapters Supported • RZ26L-W, 1.0S-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) • RZ26N-W, 1.0S-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) • RZ28M-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) • CI780, CIBCA, CIXCD, DWZZAIB StorageWorks Environments Supported BA3SO-SAlSB BA3S6-SC BA3SX-MG BA3SX-HF BA3SO-MAIMB BA3SO-JA BA3SO-LA SWSOO-AC/AD SW800-AAIAB BN21K-xx Storage shelf assembly Shelf, no personality module (V2.7 required) 8-bit module for BA3S6 (V2.7 required) 150 Watt 48 volt Power Supply Storage controller shelf Storage BA3S0-SA shelf kit Storage shelf assembly, for System Plug-in-unit (PIU) StorageWorks departmental cabinet StorageWorks data center cabinet FWD-SCSI Host Interconnect Cabling HSJ30-HSJ30 Array Controller provides a low-cost subsystem entry platform, which can be used as a dedicated tape server. Support for up to 18 storage devices is provided on three industry-standard SCSI-2 buses. Optional Read Cache capacity of 32 Mbytes can be added for increased performance. This model can be upgraded to each of the other HSJSeries Array Controllers. Write-back cache and RAID options are available. HSJ40-HSJ40 Array Controller supports up to 36 SCSI-2 devices. Internal performance is 1400110 per second. Fast response time requirements are met by the standard 16-Mbyte Read Cache (expandable to 32 Mbytes). Write-Back Cache options may improve performance times. HSJ42-Packaged as a dual-redundant HSJ40 configuration, the HSJ42 provides support for a maximum of 36 storage devices in a high performance/availability subsystem. Alternatively, the HSJ42 may be configured as two subsystems, supporting up to 72 devices. A combined Read Cache capacity of 32 Mbytes is standard, with optional expansion to 64 Mbytes. Write-back cache and RAID options are available HSJ44-Providing over 4000 1I0s per second, the HSJ44 contains two dual-redundant HSJ40s, supporting up to 72 disk, tape, solid state disk, and optical devices. When optionally configured as four independent storage subsystems, the HSJ44 support is increased to 144 devices. Total Read Cache capacity is expandable from the 64 Mbytes (included) up to 128 Mbytes. Write-back cache and RAID options are available. Operating System Support HSJ-series controller subsystems supported by OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2 and above; and OpenVMS Alpha V1.S. Ordering Information HSJ30-CA HSJ30-CD HSJ30-CF HSJ30-XD HSJ30-XE HSJ3X-AA 6.34 Storage StorageWorks Array Controller 18 SCSI-2 device support, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license StorageWorks Array Controller 18 SCSI-2 device support, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license, 16-Mbyte Read Cache StorageWorks Array Controller 18 SCSI-2 device support, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license, 32-Mbyte Read Cache 16-Mbyte Read Cache option for HSJ30-AA 16-Mbyte Read Cache option for HSJ30-AD (32-Mbyte total) Note: Mandatory return of installed cache required HSJ30 to HSJ40 upgrade Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks HSJ-Series Array Controllers (continued) Ordering Information HSJ40-CD HSJ40-CF HSJ40-XE HSJ42-CD HSJ42-CF HSJ44-CD HSJ44-CF StorageWorks Array controller 36 SCSI-2 device support; 16-Mbyte Read Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license StorageWorks Array controller 36 SCSI-2 device support; 32-Mbyte Read Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license 16- Mbyte Read Cache option for HSJ40-AD (32-Mbyte total) Note: Mandatory return of installed cache required Two HSJ40-AD StorageWorks Array Controller 36172 SCSI-2 device support, 32-Mbyte total Read Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license Two HSJ40-AD StorageWorks Array Controller; 36172 SCSI-2 device support, 64-Mbyte total Read Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license Four HSJ40-AD StorageWorks Array Controller; 721144 SCSI-2 device support, 64-Mbyte total Read Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license Four HSJ40-AD StorageWorks Array Controller; 721144 SCSI-2 device support, 128-Mbyte total Read Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license Storage 6.35 Storage Controllers and Adapters The StorageWorks HSZ40 Array Controller provides connectivity and performance extensions for locally-attached SCSI devices on systems. Up to 42 SCSI-2 Disk and Solid State Disk devices may be attached to each HSZ40, with up to 181 Gbytes of disk storage when deploying the RZ29. RAID 0 (striping) is standard, with 16-Mbyte or 32-Mbyte Read Cache optionally available. Write-back Cache, Disk Mirroring and Raid options are available. The HSZ40 is supported within standard StorageWorks cabinets. Host connection from the HSZ40 is over a 20 MB/s Fast Wide Differential SCSI bus; each host bus supports up to seven SCSI targets, including one or more HSZ40s. Internal performance of the HSZ40 is 2250 I/Ols request rate and up to 13.6 MB/s bandwidth with the KZPSA adapter. Other adapters will provide different performance metrics. SCSI devices are attached to HSZ40 on six, independent 10 MB/s Single Ended Fast SCSI buses; each device bus supports up to seven storage devices. With the HSZ40 appearing as one target on the host bus, the connected devices are addressed as up to eight Logical Units. The HSZ40 can optionally be configured with up to four Target Addresses, thus allowing 8 Logical Unit (LUNs) addressing of up to thirty-two. Features • • • • • Connection for up to 42 industry standard Disk and Solid State Disk devices Standard RAID 0 (striping) and optional Read Cache to 32MB for increased performance Disk Mirroring (RAID Level 1), Adaptive RAID (Dynamic Parity 3/5), and Write-back Cache Options available Supported on Digital UNIX V3.2 for enhanced Failover support Supported on OpenVMS V6.2 or greater 8-bit SCSI Devices Supported RZ25, A-Gbyte 8-bit disk RZ26, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above) RZ26L, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above) RZ26N, 1.05-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ28, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA) RZ28B, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (VIA or above) RZ28D, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) • • • • • • • RZ28M, 2.1-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ29B, 4.3-Gbyte 8-bit disk (V2.0 or above) RZ74, 3.57-Gbyte 8-bit disk, 5.25" (VIA or above) EZ51154/58R SCSI solid state disk devices (VIA or above) RRD42/43/44 145 optical devices (V2.7) TZ87/87N tape devices (V2.7) TZ8177175 tape devices with loader Note: A maximum of two, EZ5xx devices per HSZ40 device bus is recommended. 16-bit SCSI Disks Supported • • • • RZ26L-W 1.05-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) RZ28-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) RZ28D-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) RZ29B-W, 4.3-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) • RZ26-W, 1.05-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) • RZ26N-W, 1.05-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) • RZ28M-W, 2.1-Gbyte 16-bit disk (V2.7) Host Adapter Support Processor ~dapter Configuration Guidelines DEC 3000 KZTSA Up to 3 HSZ40 Array Controllers supported per KZTSA; dual target feature supported. OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 and high or Digital UNIX. DEC 7000110000 KZMSA Maximum one HSZ40 per KZMSA bus or two HSZ40s per KZMSA; dual target feature not supported. OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 and higher or Digital UNIX. AlphaServer 100012000/2100 KZPAA OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 and higher only. AlphaServer 100012000/2100 KZPSA OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 and higher, or Digital UNIX DEC 3000 Systems via DWZZA PMAZ-C OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 and higher, or Digital UNIX 6.36 Storage Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks HSZ40 Array Controller (continued) StorageWorks Enclosures Support BA350·SAlSB BA356·SC BA35X·MG BA35X·HF BA350·MAlMB BA350·JA BA350·LA SW300·M SW500·AC/AD SW800·AAIAB BN21K-xx Storage shelf assembly Shelf, no personality module (V2.7 required) 8-bit module for BA356 (V2.7 required) 150 Watt 48 volt Power Supply Storage controller shelf Storage BA350-SA shelf kit Storage shelf assembly, for System Plug-in-Unit (PIU) Storage Works mini cabinet StorageWorks departmental cabinet StorageWorks data center cabinet FWD-SCSI Host Interconnect Cabling Operating System Support Digital UNIX V2.0 operating system or higher. Digital UNIX Version 3.2 or higher is recommended for HSZ40 controllers for failover operations. OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 operating system or higher. Ordering Information HSZ40·BA HSZ40·BD HSZ40·BF HSZ40·XD HSZ40·XE HSZ40·XF HSZ40·YX QL.4DTA9·AA QL-3JOA9·AA StorageWorks Array Controller; 42 SCSI-2 Disk/SSD Support; RAID 0, Base Firmware and license StorageWorks Array Controller; 42 SCSI-2 Disk/SSD Support; 16-Mbyte Read Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license StorageWorks Array Controller; 42 SCSI-2 Disk/SSD Support; 32-Mbyte Read Cache, RAID 0, Base Firmware and license, RAID license, Disk mirroring license, Write-back Cache option 16-Mbyte Read Cache Option for HSZ40-BA, 16-Mbyte total 16-Mbyte Read Cache Option for HSZ40-BD, 32-Mbyte total; Mandatory return of installed cache 32-Mbyte Read Cache Option for HSZ40-AA, 32-Mbyte Total HSZ40 Write-back Cache Option HSZ40 Disk Mirroring license HSZ40 RAID license Storage 6.37 Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus subsystem is a hardware-based RAID solution for Alpha system platforms that use the industry-standard PCI bus. Depending upon the workload, system and storage configurations, and RAID subsystem parameter settings, the StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus will generally demonstrate higher performance and throughput than its predecessor, the StorageWorks RAID Array 230. RAID Array 2301PIus provides RAID levels 0 (striping), 1 (mirroring), 0+ 1 (striped mirrored sets), and 5 (striping with distributed parity). By providing RAID functionality, it binds a collection of disk drives into logical drives to provide data redundancy and/or increased performance. Performance improvements are obtained by striping user data across a number of disk drives, thus overlapping disk operations (RAID 0, 0+1). Redundancy is obtained by keeping additional copies of user data on a redundant disk drive (RAID 1), or by generating and storing data parity so that user information can be reconstructed in the event of a disk failure (RAID 5). In either case, the application continues to run without data loss in the event of a single disk drive failure. For more information on RAID, see the Buyer's Guide to RAID Storage (EC-G2412-45). The StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus subsystem comprises a PCI backplane RAID controller, operating system specific RAID drivers and utilities (software), documentation, and disk drives with appropriate cables and enclosures. The controller provides RAID functionality. It is a backplane controller, and plugs directly into PCI bus inside system enclosure. Therefore, RAID functionality can be provided for disk drives inside, as well as outside, system enclosure. In a standalone RAID subsystem, disks are housed in separate StorageWorks pedestal enclosures. The combination of a PCI adapter and a RAiD controller (as a single component) provides a lower-cost solution than traditional standalone RAID controllers. The StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus controller is available in three models: • Single SCSI channel model with 4 MB of cache that supports up to 7 disk drives, • Three SCSI channel model with 4 MB of cache that supports up to 21 drives, and • Three SCSI channel model with 8 MB of cache that supports up to 21 drives RAID drivers and utilities provide the following functionality: • RAID subsystem configuration (display drive array map, bind disks into RAID sets, configure array parameters, etc.) • RAID subsystem monitoring and fault reporting. Status changes are reported to OPCOM (OpenVMS), System Console (Digital UNIX) Event Viewer (Windows NT); written to a log file (Digital UNIX and Open VMS); and notification can be sent via MAIL (OpenVMS). • RAID subsystem maintenance (parity check and repair, firmware updates) System Support The StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus subsystem is supported on Alpha systems that use the industry-standard PCI bus. Please refer to system specific ordering menus for currently supported options and configuration guidelines. Operating System Support StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus subsystem is supported on Digital UNIX V3.2F with Patch ID: OSF350-135 or later, OpenVMS 6.2-1H3 or later and Windows NT for Alpha V3.51 with Service Pack 4 or later. Ordering Information StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus Subsystem can be configured with disk drives inside the system enclosure or in standalone configurations where the disk devices are contained in StorageWorks pedestal enclosures. StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus Subsystem consists of the following key components: • PCI backplane RAID controller, which plugs-in directly into PCI system backplane. • Software and documentation kit, which includes device drivers and RAID utilities for chosen system platform. (SoftwarelDocumentation kits are bundled with controllers). • StorageWorks disk drives • Enclosures, as required, to house disks • Cables to connect controller to disk drives • Additional StorageWorks components (redundant power supplies, fans, etc.) 6.38 Storage Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Plus Controller/Subsystem (continued) Ordering Information KZPAC-AA KZPAC-CA KZPAC-CB BN31K-OE BN31L-IE BN31M-IE BN31S-1E BN31S-02* KZPSC-UB * Single (FWSE) SCSI channel PCI backplane RAID controller with 4 MB of cache memory for Alpha systems, 68-pin HD connector on the module for internal connection and an 0.8 mm 68 pin connector on the module's standard PCI bulkhead for external connections. Includes StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus Subsystem Software, StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Management Utility, media licenses, and documentation. Requires SCSI cables, not included. Three (FWSE) SCSI channel PCI backplane RAID controller with 4 MB of cache memory for Alpha systems, 68-pin HD connectors on the module for internal connection, two channels available through 0.8 mm 68 pin connectors on the module's standard PCI bulkhead for external connection, the third channel can be connected to a 0.8 mm 68-pin connector on a standard PCI bulkhead connector via an adapter cable. Includes StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus Subsystem Software, StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Management Utility, media licenses, and documentation. Requires SCSI cables, not included. Same as the KZPAC-CA, but includes 8 MB of cache memory. SCSI cable and bulkhead assembly for internal connection from KZP AC-CA/CB module to system cabinet bulkhead (17-04108-01). Use to connect KZPAC-CA/CB 3rd SCSI channel to system bulkhead. - 16 bit capable - 0.5m. External 1.5 m, 8-bit SCSI-2 cable. (17-04107-01). Connects 0.8 mm 68-pin HD connector from PCI bulkhead connector to 50-pin HD SCSI connector on StorageWorks 8-bit device enclosure. Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel. External 1.5 m, 16-bit SCSI-2 cable (17-04107-02). Connects 0.8 mm 68-pin HD connector from PCI bulkhead connector to 68-pin HD SCSI connector on StorageWorks 16-bit enclosure (BA354). Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel. External 1.5 m, 16-bit SCSI-2 cable (17-04107-03 Connects 0.8 mm connector from the PCI bulkhead to 68-pin HD SCSI connector on a BA356, StorageWorks 16-bit enclosure, I/O personality module (BA35X-MH). Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel. External 2.0 m, 16-bit SCSI-2 cable (17-04107-03 Connects 0.8 mm connector from the PCI bulkhead to 68-pin HD SCSI connector on a BA356, StorageWorks 16-bit enclosure, I/O personality module (BA35X-MH). Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel. Specific to AlphaServer 4100 systems. Battery module for all KZPA C cache memory. Provides up to 12 hours of memory retention for 4 Mbyte of cache memory or 8 hours with the 8 MB cache memory. These guidelines are based upon new, fully-charged batteries. Some deterioration in memory retention time should be expected over time. This cable is required for AlphaServer 4100 configurations only when one of three internal storage shelf is at the maximum distance from the CPU. For all other storage shelves, the BN31S-1E is the required cable. Drives supported Max. Number drives Max. Number drives KZPSC-BA KZPSC-AA 21 7 Physical Drives per logical drive Usable Storage Data Redundancy 0 1 2-8 All 50% Yes 6 16 0+1 3-8 50% Yes 7 21 5 3-8 66%-87% Yes 7 21 JBOD 1 All No 7 8 RAID Level 2 No Storage 6.39 ~torage t.::ontrollers and Adapters Specifications Non-RAID device support Non-Disk device support Drives supported Drive Reconstruct Disk hot swap Disk hot spare Redundant power supplies Redundant controllers Redundant fans Mixed drive types Mixed RAID levels within Drive Group Configurable reconstruct time Stripe size Write through cache Write back cache Battery Backup for Cache Boot capability Number of controllers/system Cache support Yes, disk drives (JBOD) Yes, Tape drives and CD-ROM drives for Windows NT V 3.5 only 1.05 Gbytes RZ26L-VA, (Rev DOS or higher) 1.05 Gbytes, RZ26L-VW (Rev DOS or higher) 1.05 Gbytes, RZ26N 2.1 Gbytes RZ28D 2.1 Gbytes RZ28M 4.3 Gbytes, RZ29B Automatic. Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Variable, 8K-64 KB Yes, User Selectable (default) Yes, User Selectable (optional) Yes Bootable from RAID set (System dependent) 4 RAID controllers per system in any combination of RAID Array 210, 230, or 2301PIus subject to minimal operating system levels and system specific configuration guidelines. 4 - 8 Mbytes as specified in model numbers Technical Information System bus interface Controller form factor Supported RAID levels Supported drive channels Number of drive groups SCSI channels Number of disks supported per controller 6.40 Storage Industry-standard PCI Industry-standard PCI card 0,1,0+1,5, JBOD ("just a bunch of disks") 1 or 3 SCSI channels Up to 8 per controller SCSI-2, 8 and 16 bit, Single-Ended,Fast (10/20 Mbytes/second) Up to 7 per SCSI channel: = 7 disk drives maximum, per 'Drives supported' table KZPAC-AA KZPAC-CA/CB = 21 disk drives maximum, per 'Drives supported' table Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Controller/Subsystem StorageWorks RAID Array 230 subsystem is a hardware-based RAID solution for Alpha and Intel system platforms that use the industry-standard PCI bus. It provides RAID levels 0 (striping), 1 (mirroring), 0+ 1 (striped mirrored sets), and 5 (striping with distributed parity). By providing RAID functionality, it binds a collection of disk drives into logical drives to provide data redundancy and/or increased performance. Performance improvements are obtained by striping user data across a number of disk drives, thus overlapping disk operations (RAID 0, 0+ 1). Redundancy is obtained by keeping additional copies of user data on a redundant disk drive (RAID 1), or by generating and storing data parity so that user information can be reconstructed in the event of a disk failure (RAID 5). In either case, the application continues to run without data loss in the event of a single disk drive failure. For more information on RAID, see the Buyer's Guide to RAID Systems(EC-G4136-45). The StorageWorks RAID Array 230 subsystem comprises a PCI backplane RAID controller, operating system specific RAID drivers and utilities (software), documentation, and disk drives with appropriate cables and enclosures. The controller provides RAID functionality. It is a backplane controller, and plugs directly into PCI bus inside system enclosure. Therefore, RAID functionality can be provided for disk drives inside, as well as outside, system enclosure. In a standalone RAID subsystem, disks are housed in separate StorageWorks pedestal enclosures. The combination of a PCI adapter and a RAID controller (as a single component) provides a lower-cost solution than traditional standalone RAID controllers. The KZPSC controller is available in two models, a single SCSI channel variant that supports up to 7 disk drives, and a three channel model that supports up to 21 drives. RAID drivers and utilities provide the following functionality; • RAID subsystem configuration (display drive array map, bind disks into RAID sets, configure array parameters, etc.) · RAID subsystem monitoring and fault reporting. Status changes are reported to OPCOM (OpenVMS), System Console (Digital UNIX) Event Viewer (Windows NT); written to a log file (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS); and notification can be sent via MAIL (OpenVMS). • RAID subsystem maintenance (parity check and repair, firmware updates) System Support The StorageWorks RAID Array 230 subsystem is supported on Alpha systems and Intel Servers that use the industrystandard PCI bus. Refer to system ordering menus. Operating System Support StorageWorks RAID Array 230 subsystem is supported on Digital UNIX V3.0B, OpenVMS 6.2, and Windows NT V3.5 SCO Unix V3.2.4, Novell NetWare V3.1x, 4.10, and Intel Windows NT V3.5. Ordering Information StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem can be configured with disk drives inside system enclosure, or in standalone configurations, where the disk devices are contained in StorageWorks pedestal enclosures. StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem consists of the following key components; • PCI backplane RAID controller, which plugs-in directly into PCI system backplane. • Software and documentation kit, which includes device drivers and RAID utilities for chosen system platform. (SoftwarelDocumentation kits are bundled with controllers). • StorageWorks disk drives • Enclosures, as required, to house disks • Cables to connect controller to disk drives • Additional StorageWorks components (redundant power supplies, fans, etc.) Storage 6.41 ~lOrage Lontrollers and Adapters Ordering Information KZPSC-AA KZPSC-BA BN31K-OE BN31L-IE BN31M-IE BN31S-1E KZPSC-UB MSIOO-AA MSIOO-AB Single Channel PCI backplane RAID controller for Alpha Platforms. Provides one FWSE SCSI channel through a 68-pin HD connector on module, for internal connection, or via an 0.8 mm 68 pin connector on the module's standard PCI bulkhead for external connection. Includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation Kit for Digital UNIX, Open VMS, and Windows NT, 4 Mbyte Cache. Requires SCSI cable: Three Channel PCI backplane RAID controller for Alpha Platforms. Provides three FWSE SCSI channels through 68-pin HD connectors on module, for internal connection. For external connection, two of the channels are available through 0.8 mm 68 pin connectors on module's standard PCI bulkhead; third channel can be connected to an 0.8 mm 68-pin connector on a standard PCI bulkhead connector via an adapter cable (BN31K-OE). Includes StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation Kit for Digital UNIX, Open VMS, and Windows NT, 4-Mbyte cache. Requires SCSI cables. SCSI cable and bulkhead assembly for internal connection from KZPSC-BA module to system cabinet bulkhead (17-04108-01). Use to connect KZPSC-BA 3rd SCSI channel to system bulkhead. 16 bit capable - O.5m External 1.5 m, 8-bit SCSI-2 cable. (17-04107-01). Connects 0.8 mm 68-pin HD connector from PCI bulkhead connector to 50-pin HD SCSI connector on StorageWorks 8-bit device enclosure. Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel. External 1.5 m, 16-bit SCSI-2 cable (17-04107-02). Connects 0.8 mm 68-pin HD connector from PCI bulkhead connector to 68-pin HD SCSI connector on StorageWorks 16-bit enclosure (BA354). Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel. External 1.5 m, 16-bit SCSI-2 cable (17-04107-03. Connects 0.8 mm connector from the PCI bulkhead to 68-pin HD SCSI connector on a BA356, StorageWorks 16-bit enclosure, I/O personality module (BA35X-MH). Use one for each KZPSC external SCSI channel. Battery backup for KZPSC cache memory. Provides up to 20 hours of memory retention for 4 Mbyte of cache memory. 16 Mbyte Cache memory for KZPSC and KZESC. 16 Mbyte, 4Mx36,70ns,72 pin, Industry standard SIMM (54-23170-AA). Replaces 4 Mbyte SIMM on KZPSC and KZESC backplane RAID controller 32 Mbyte Cache memory for KZPSC and KZESC. 32 Mbyte, 8Mx36,70ns,72 pin, Industry standard SIMM (54-21277-AA). Replaces 4 Mbyte SIMM on KZPSC and KZESC backplane RAID controller Drives supported Level Physical Drives per logical drive 0 2-8 All No 7 21 1 2 50% Yes 6 0+1 3-8 50% 5 3-8 66%-87% Yes Yes 7 7 16 21 mOD 1 All No 7 RAID 6.42 Storage Usable Storage Data Redundancy Max. Number drives Max. Number drives KZPSC-AA KZPSC-BA 21 8 Storage Controllers and Adapters RAID Array 230 Controller/Subsystem (continued) Specifications Non-RAID device support Non-Disk device support Drives supported Drive Reconstruct Disk hot swap Yes, disk drives (JBOD) Yes, Tape drives and CD drives (Windows NT V 3.S, Novell NetWare, SCO Unix) O.S Gbytes RZ2SL-V A, (Rev C06 or higher) 1.0S Gbytes RZ26L-VA, (Rev DOS or higher) LOS Gbytes RZ26L-VW (Rev DOS or higher) LOS Gbytes RZ26N-VA and -VW 2.1 Gbytes RZ28-V A and -VW 2.1 Gbytes RZ28D-V A and -VW 2.1 Gbytes RZ28M-VA and -VW 4.3 Gbytes, RZ29B-V A and -VW Automatic. Disk hot spare Redundant power supplies Redundant controllers Yes Yes Yes No Redundant fans Mixed drive types Yes Yes Mixed RAID levels within Drive Group Yes Configurable reconstruct time Yes Stripe size Variable, 8 K-64 KB Write through cache Yes, User Selectable (default) Write back cache Battery Backup for Cache Boot capability Number of controllers/system Yes, User Selectable (optional) Yes Boatable from RAID set (System dependent) 4 RAID controllers in any combination of KZESC or KZPSC with OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, Windows NT, or Novell NetWare are subject to specific CPU configuration limitations Cache support 4-32 Mbyte; 4 Mbytes standard Technical Information System bus interface Controller form factor Supported RAID levels Industry-standard PCI Industry-standard PCI card 0, 1, 0+ 1, S, JBOD ("just a bunch of disks") Supported drive channels Number of drive groups (logical drives) supported 1 or 3 SCSI channels Up to 8 per controller SCSI channels SCSI-2, 8 and 16 bit, Single-Ended, Fast (10/20 Mbytes/second) Number of disks supported per controllerUp to 7 per SCSI channel: KZPSC-AA = 7 disk drives maximum KZPSC-BA =21 disk drives maximum (See drive support table) Storage 6.43 ~torage Controllers and Adapters The StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem is a hardware-based RAID subsystem for Alpha and Intel system platforms that use the industry-standard EISA bus. It provides RAID levels 0 (striping), 1 (shadowing), 0+ 1 (striped shadowed sets), and 5 (striping with distributed parity). By providing RAID functionality, it binds a collection of disk drives into a smaller number of logical drives to provide data redundancy and/or increased performance. Performance improvements are obtained by striping user data across a number of disk drives, thus overlapping disk operations (RAID 0, 0+ 1). Redundancy is obtained by keeping additional copies of user data on a redundant disk drive (RAID 1), or by generating and storing data parity so that user information can be reconstructed in the event of a disk failure (RAID 5). In either case, the application continues to run without data loss in the event of a single disk drive failure. For more information on RAID, see the Buyer's Guide to RAID Systems (EC-G4136-45). The StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem comprises a RAID controller, RAID software (drivers and utilities) and documentation, and disk drives with appropriate cables and enclosures. The SWXCR-Ex controller provides the RAID functionality. It is an EISA backplane controller, and plugs directly into the EISA bus inside the system enclosure. Therefore, RAID functionality can be provided for the disk drives inside, as well as outside, the system enclosure. In a standalone RAID subsystem, the disks are housed in separate StorageWorks pedestal enclosures. The combination of an EISA adapter and a RAID controller (as a single component) provides a lower-cost solution than traditional standalone RAID controllers. The SWXCR-Ex controller is available in two models, a single SCSI channel variant that supports up to 7 disk drives, and a three channel model that supports up to 21 drives. The RAID software includes device drivers, standalone, and on-line utilities which provide following functionality: • EISA bus configuration • RAID subsystem configuration (display drive array map, bind disks into RAID sets, configure array parameters, etc.) • RAID subsystem monitoring and fault reporting. Status changes are reported to OPCOM (Open VMS), System Console (Digital UNIX), Event Viewer (Windows NT); written to a log file (Digital UNIX and OpenVMS); and notification can be sent via MAIL (OpenVMS) • RAID subsystem maintenance (parity check and repair, firmware updates) The hardware components of the StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem are standard StorageWorks components. This includes the disk drives as well as the enclosures. Many of the redundancy attributes of the StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem, such as disk drive, power supply, and fan hot swapping, are standard StorageWorks attributes. Supported Systems The StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem is supported on Alpha systems and Intel servers that use the industrystandard EISA bus. Operating System Support The StorageWorks RAID Array 210 subsystem is supported on OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, SCO UNIX, Novell Netware, and Windows NT. 6.44 Storage Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem (continued) Ordering Information The StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem can be configured with the disk drives inside the system enclosure, or in standalone configurations, where the disk devices are contained in StorageWorks pedestal enclosures. • StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystems include: SWXCR-Ex EISA backplane RAID controller; plugs directly into the EISA system backplane • Software and documentation kit; includes device drivers and RAID utilities for chosen system platform. (Software/documentation kits are bundled with the controllers) • StorageWorks disk drives • Enclosures, as required, to house disks • Cables to connect controller to disk drives • Additional StorageWorks components (redundant power supplies, fans, etc.) • StorageWorks Raid Array 210 Subsystem KZESC-AA KZESC-BA CK-SWXCR-AA BN21H-02 BC25R-3B FR-PCTAR-AA FR-PCTAR-AB Single Channel EISA backplane RAID controller for Alpha Platforms. Provides one SCSI channel through standard 50-pin EISA card connector. Includes StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation Kit for Open VMS, Digital UNIX, and Windows NT, 4Mbyte cache. Requires SCSI cable. Three Channel EISA backplane RAID controller for Alpha Platforms. Provides three SCSI channels. One SCSI channel is available through standard 50-pin EISA card connector. All three SCSI channels are available on module via standard 50-pin connectors. Includes StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation Kit for Open VMS, Digital UNIX, and Windows NT, 4-Mbyte cache. Requires SCSI cables. Cable and bulkhead connector kit for KZESC-BA. Includes 0.3-meter (1-foot), internal "Y" cable (17-03998-01) which connects two SCSI channels from the controller module to one 68-pin bulkhead connector. Note: 68-pin bulkhead connector is attached to a standard PC connector mounting plate (74-48600-01). AlphaServer 2100 mounting plate (70-47879-03) is also included. Kit also includes external "Y" SCSI cable (17-04000-01) which connects 68-pin bulkhead connector to two 1.7-meter SCSI cables with 50-pin connectors. Use to connect to two external pedestal enclosures. 2-meter SCSI cable. Connects 50-pin EISA card connector to SCSI device enclosure (disk pedestal/cabinet). 38-inch 50 Pos female to 50 Pos female SCSI cable assembly (17-03948-01) for SCSI drives inside AlphaServer 2100 system enclosure. Use one per SCSI channel. Single Channel EISA backplane RAID controller for Intel Servers. Includes single channel RAID controller, StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation Kit for Windows NT, Novell NetWare, and SCO UNIX, and an internal SCSI cable (17-03459) Single Channel EISA backplane RAID controller for Intel Servers. Includes a single channel RAID controller, StorageWorks RAID Array 200 Subsystem Family Software and Documentation Kit for Windows NT, Novell NetWare, and SCO UNIX, and an external SCSI cable (BN21H-02). Drives Supported RAID Level 0 1 0+1 5 mOD Physical Drives per logical drive 2-8 Data Redundancy No Max.#of Drives KZESC-AA 7 2 3-8 Usable Storage All 50% 50% Yes Yes 6 7 3-8 1 66%-87% All Yes No 7 7 Max.#of Drives KZESC-BA 21 16 21 21 8 Storage 6.45 Storage Controllers and Adapters Specifications Non-RAID device support Yes, disk drives (JBOD) Non-Disk device support Yes, tape drives and CD drives (Windows NT, Novell Netware, SCO UNIX) Drives supported 0.5 Gbytes RZ25L-VA 1.05 Gbytes RZ26L-V A 1.05 Gbytes RZ26N 2.1 Gbytes RZ28D 2.1 Gbytes RZ28M 4.3 Gbytes RZ29B Drive Reconstruct Automatic Disk hot swap Yes Disk hot spare Yes Redundant power supplies Yes Redundant controllers No Redundant fans Yes Mixed drive types Yes Mixed RAID levels within Drive Group Yes Configurable reconstruct time Yes Stripe size 8-64KB Write through cache Yes, user selectable (default) Write back cache Yes, user selectable (optional) Boot capability Bootable from RAID set (system dependent) Number of controllers/system 4 RAID controllers in any combination of KZESC or KZPSC with OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, Windows NT, or Novell NetWare are subject to specific CPU configuration limitations Cache support Yes (4 Mbytes standard) Technical Information System bus interface Industry-standard EISA Controller form factor Industry-standard EISA card Supported RAID levels 0, 1,0+1,5, JBOD ("just a bunch of disks") Supported drive channels 1 or 3 SCSI channels Number of drive groups (logical drives) suppported Up to 8 per controller SCSI channels SCSI-2, 8-bit, Single-Ended, Fast (10 Mbytes/second) Number of disks supported per controller Up to 7 per SCSI channel: SWXCR-EA = 7 disk drive maximum SWXCR-EB =21 disk drive maximum Note: Subject to RAID level and group restrictions 6.46 Storage Storage Controllers and Adapters StorageWorks DWZZB SCSI Bus Extender and Signal Converter DWZZB is a Fast Wide Differential to single-ended SCSI bus extender and signal converter. It is 8 or 16 bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI on one side and an 8 or 16 bit single-ended SCSI on the other side. DWZZB is SCSI-3 (ANSI X3T9.210R3) compliant, can handle data rates up to 20 (l6-bit) Mbytes per second, and operates transparently to SCSI bus. The product fully supports all the latest SCSI-3 bus phases as well as all earlier standarq SCSI compatible implementations, back to SASI. DWZZB is bi-directional in operation and can be cascaded. A maximum of two can be attached to a bus in a series. Termination on the single-ended side is user selectable. The 16-bit fast wide differential side features user removable resistors. DWZZB handles the more powerful 16-bit SCSI buses as well as 8-bit buses and handles data rates up to 20 Mbytes per second on Fast SCSI. It is fully compatible with 2- to 5-Mbyte per second data rates of earlier SCSI interconnects. It extends SCSI buses from 3 or 6 meters to 25 meters using synchronous transfers. DWZZB can be used to connect the widening range of available differential SCSI storage devices and subsystems to single-ended hosts. No changes are required to existing devices or software; the DWZZB does not occupy a SCSI bus node. The standard warranty includes one year of onsite service and an additional two years of return-to-factory service. Features: • Connecting a user supplied 16-bit differential device to a 16-bit single-ended adapter. • Extending a 16-bit SCSI single-ended bus so that very loud devices may be located in a lights-out closet or away from noise-sensitive work spaces. • Creating clumps with UNIX systems so that non-dynamic disk sharing can occur should one of two worksystems fail. • Centrally locating devices for several members of a workgroup for administrative or security control. • DWZZB family consists of DWZZB-AA standalone product, DWZZB-MA module for OEM use, and DWZZB-VW for StorageWorks pedestals and shelves. II II DWZZB SCSI Bus Extender and Signal Converter DWZZB-AA DWZZB-MA DWZZB-VW Standalone Product-includes built-in universal power supply for general purpose SCSI bus length and signal conversion needs, can be used with any SCSI-2 compatible device. Module for OEM use-includes basic module that operates at 20 Mbyte per second and is fully ANSI compliant for embedded applications (power suppler and packaging to be ordered separately by OEM or system integrator). StorageWorks Pedestals and Shelves-occupies a single Storage Building Block (SBB) slot in BA356 StorageWorks Deskside Wide Expansion Pedestal. It converts single-ended disks and tapes in BA356 shelf to differential SCSI host adapter as much as 25 meters away. Accessories and Supplies DWZZB-AA DWZZB-MA DWZZB-VW lI 68-pin connectors for both SCSI buses Box size: 8.3 inches long x 4.5 inches wide x 3.0 high Universal AC power, 20 watts 68 pin connectors-hi-density female, shielded, jack screw retention AMPS 749076-7-Mates with AMPS 750752-1 or equivalent Power connector-Mates with AMPS 1-480424-0. Female pins are AMPS 61320-1 (3 required) or equivalents: Pin I-no connection; Pin 2-Frame ground; Pin 3-Power ground (+5 VDC return); Pin 4 - +5 VDC; Indicators: none; Dimensions: 3.88 inches x 6.00 inches; Power Required: 5 VDCat 4 AMPS maximum Connector-same as DWZZB-MA. Occupies one single 3.5-inch carrier position IIp lI IIp Storage 6.47 Storage Controllers and Adapters DWZZA StorageWorks Signal Converter adapts 16-bit Fast Wide Differential SCSI systems to 8-bit single-ended SCSI signals to provide long (up to 25 meters) cable support. The signal converter connects a customer-supplied differential device to a single-ended adapter. It also extends a SCSI single-ended bus so that loud devices may be located away from noise-sensitive work spaces. It creates "clumps" with UNIX systems so that non-dynamic disk sharing can occur if one of two work systems fails. Customers can be freed of the 6-meter SCSI limit and locate SCSI devices over 25 meters apart using synchronous transfers. No changes are required to existing devices or software. DWZZA signal converter is bi-directional in operation, and can be cascaded; more than one can be attached to a bus. Termination on the 8-bit side is user- selectable active. A second DWZZA may be used to convert the differential voltages back to single-ended voltages at the far end. Features • • • • 16-bit Fast-Wide Differential SCSI on one side and 8-bit single-ended SCSI on the other side Handles data rates to 10 Mbytes per second Operates transparently to the SCSI bus Fully supports all the latest SCSI-3 (ANSI X3T9.2-10R3) bus phases including arbitration, disconnect/reconnect, and selection during reselection as well as all earlier standard SCSI compatible implementations back to SASI. DWZZA SCSI Bus Extender and Signal Converter DWZZA-MA DWZZA·VA DWZZA·AA Module for embedding in SCSI systems; used with customer-supplied power and packaging. Single active electronics module encased in standard 3.5-inch modular storage carrier; supports single-ended disks only. DWZZA-VA supports disks configured in normal arrays and those used with software RAID. Includes DWZZA-MA and a power supply encased in small standalone unit; used for DEC 7000 and DEC 10000 systems, and for HSCs that require connectivity to the StorageWorks family.· SCSI Signal Converter Kits SWXOl·AA HSS9X·RA Shelf and signal converter kit for attaching external SCSI storage (single-ended SCSI bus to the systems. Extends single-ended SCSI bus from systems into SW800 cabinet. Includes DWZZA-AA stand-alone single-ended to fast-wide differential signal converter, BC09D-06 (6-feet) single-ended SCSI cable, BN21K-10 (lO-meter) differential SCSI cable, DWZZA-VA differential to single-ended signal converter, BA3S0-JA shelf, with power supply and mounting bracket. Signal converter kit and SCSI channel card for attaching external SCSI storage to the HSC. Includes DWZZA-AA, BN21K-10 (lO-meter) differential SCSI cable to connect SCSI channel card to DWZZA-VA; BA3S0-JA shelf which includes power supply and mounting bracket; and HSC9X-SX SCSI data channel card. Specifications DWZZA-MA DWZZA-VA DWZZA-AA Connectors Single-ended Differential Power Required Input voltage Input current Total power consumption 6.48 Storage 3.2S-inch x 6.S-inch module Standard 3.S-inch StorageWorks Building Block 4.S-inch wide, 3-inch high, 8-inch long tabletop unit SO-pin low-density shielded SCSI device (A cable connector). 68-pin panel-mounted SCSI "P" connector SVdc Electronics 1.S Amps; Terminators 0--3 Amps 7.S-22.S Watts Storage Controllers and Adapters CIPCA PCI-to-CI Storage Host Adapter for OpenVMS Systems The CIPCA is a PCI-to-CI storage host bus adapter. The CIPCA allows users to connect their existing CI-based storage to high-performance PCI-based AlphaServer systems, thereby minimizing costs while maximizing total system performance. CIPCA is the only product available on the market that allows PCI to CI connectivity and increases th eperformance of the CI with support for 4k packet. Features CIPCA is supported using the current OpenVMS V6.2 and OpenVMS V7.0 OpenVMS Cluster SPD CI configuration rules. The standard CI node count restrictions that apply to the CIPCA are as follows: • • • • Up to and including 16 CI host systems Up to and including 16 CI Hierarchical Storage Controllers Up to and including 32 CI products/Star Coupler (16 without CISCE) Up to and including 96 OpenVMS Cluster member systems Supported CIPCA host systems AlphaServer 8400,8200, 2100A, 2100, and 2000 running OpenVMS V6.2 The CIPCA requires one PCI backplane slot and one EISA backplane slot. A maximum of two CIPCA adapters are supported per system. Supported CI connected hosts • Any OpenVMS VAX or Alpha host using CIXCD or CIBCA-B CI hierarchal storage controllers supported • HSJ30/40 with StorageWorks HSOF V2.5 or higher · All HSC devices except HSC50 CI host adapters supported • CIXCD, CIBCA-B, and CISCE (CISCE is no longer available; however existing installations are supported) OpenVMS VAX and Alpha versions Standard "warrantied" and "migration" pairings for mixed architecture/version clusters apply. Please refer to OpenVMS Cluster Software Product Description (SPD 29.78.12) for full details. OpenVMS Cluster is the same as OpenVMS VAX or Alpha V 6.2, which is • Warranted support • Migration support back to and including OpenVMS V5.5-2 CIPCA is not supported by Digital UNIX or Windows NT. The CIPCA requires one of the following additional configuration dependent CI cables: • BNCIA-I0 CI cable 10 M Length • BNCIA-20 CI cable 20 M Length • BNCIA-45 CI cable 45 M Length Ordering Information CIPCA-AA PCI to-CI-Storage Host Bus Adapter Storage 6.49 StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays SWXNA StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays integrate industry-leading Alpha technology with StorageWorks modular design to meet fault-tolerant storage requirements of large FDDI- and CDDI-based systems. The StorageWorks Network Storage Array Family extends the StorageWorks line with entry-level, mid-level and high-performance/high-availability storage arrays (including CPUs to manage storage processes) to meet the IIO needs of even the largest FDDI- or CDDI-based systems. Several models are available that can provide centralized storage management capability. • • • • SWXNA-DAlExlHAlJx entry-level models provide storage capacity up to 154 Gigabytes SWXNA-AxlFx models are the high availability systems that provide up to 154 Gigabytes of storage SWXNA-BxlGx products provide high performance, high availability, and up to 309 Gigabytes of storage SWXNA-CAICB expansion cabinets offer up to 309 Gigabytes of additional storage; when attached to SWXNA-Bx/Gx Network Storage Arrays they provide a total of up to 619 Gigabytes on-line • Capacities listed above assume SWXD3-xE, 4.3 Gigabyte disk drives The hardware consists of standard StorageWorks components. SWXNA-AxlFx StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays include Dual Attachment Station (DAS) FDDI (CDDI for -FxlGxIHAlJx models) Adapters, two AlphaServer Processors (with 128 Megabytes RAM, one 3.5-inch SCSI Diskette Drive, and one CD-ROM Drive each), two 2-Gigabyte Disks (configured into a two-member shadowset system disk), one I-Gigabyte Quorum Disk, two Bus Adapters, and two Device Channel Processors with 32 Mbytes of write-back cache housed in a single SWXSC cabinet. The SWXNA-BxlGx models provide additional redundant components. Entry-level models SWXNA- DAlExlHAlJx have only one AlphaServer. See details in the ordering information section. Network File System (NFS) adds network file serving capability to non-Open VMS client systems that support the TCP/IP protocol suite, including Digital UNIX and Windows NT clients; a version of PerfectCache read cache software (by Raxco Software, Incorporated, customized for the SWXNA) enhances IIO performance; and a new Software Customization Procedure streamlines installation. Standard software includes licenses: Software Customization Procedure, OpenVMS operating system, Open VMS cluster, Volume Shadowing, TCP/IP Services (NFS) and a customized version of PerfectCache for each AlphaServer; Operating Software (including RAIDO), Write-Back Cache, RAIDl, and Dynamic Parity RAID3/5 for the Device Channel Processors. For more information, see StorageWorks Network Storage Array Software Product Description, SPD 64.18 and HSICP Device Channel Processor Operating Software, SPD 64.19. All StorageWorks Network Storage Array models support a wide range of StorageWorks devices, so the FDDIICDDI storage solution can be configured to exact application needs. Additionally, Network Storage Arrays allow comprehensive storage management capabilities to execute independently, reducing client CPU cycles spent on storage management and effectively eliminating storage management associated network traffic. Finally, Digital's commitment to investment protection is evidenced by the breadth of upgrade options which ease the transition from earlier generations of FDDI Server network attached storage products to the capabilities and features of the SWXNA generation. AlphaServers: Functionality Up Front StorageWorks Network Storage Array AlphaServers combine Digital's advanced Alpha technology with 128 Mbyte RAM (upgrade able to 512 Mbytes), to provide the internal performance required to handle the IIO load ofFDDIICDDI-based OpenVMS cluster systems as well as traffic from open systems platforms. SWXNA-AxlBxlFxlGx's two AlphaServers share the IIO load under normal circumstances. When a failure occurs, the surviving AlphaServer takes over the load of its failed partner, and continues to deliver data from all devices until repair can be effected. The AlphaServers are separately powered and cooled, so a power supply or cooling failure does not interrupt data access; and the shadowed system disk provides redundancy of operating system parameters. High CapacitylHigh Performance Device Channel Processors In SWXNA-AxlFx/ExlJx products, two Device Channel Processors (as a dual redundant pair) connect AlphaServers to a maximum of 36 redundant industry-standard SCSI-2 devices on six independent Fast (lO-Mbyte/second) SCSI-2 buses for full fail over capability. In SWXNA-Bx/Gx products, four Device Channel Processors (two dual redundant pairs) connect up to 72 devices; and capacity is doubled by up to 72 additional devices with the addition of an SWXNA-Cx. A wide range of StorageWorks magnetic, solid state, and optical disks, tapes, and media loader devices is supported. 6.50 Storage StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays SWXNA StorageWorks Network Storage Array Family-SWXNA (continued) Caching Further Increases Device Channel Processor 110 Performance Each Device Channel Processor includes a 32 Mbyte non-volatile read/write cache that further reduces 110 request execution times. Advanced software allocates the cache dynamically based on actual 110 activity. For optimal resource utilization, management facilities allow the system administrator to enable or disable read and write caching for each storage unit attached to a Device Channel Processor. In the event of a power failure, on-board batteries keep write cache contents intact for up to 100 hours to prevent data loss. Dual-Redundant Device Channel Processors Enhance Data Integrity In all SWXNA Device Channel Processor configurations, either dual redundant Device Channel Processor can assume control of all storage devices in the event of its partner's failure, including flushing any unsaved data from the partner's write cache to storage media. For further information, see HSICP Device Channel Processor Operating Software, Software Product Description (SPD) 64.19.03. RAID Extends Data Availability Dimensions To further enhance performance in both transaction and data transfer intensive environments, a built-in disk striping feature allows the system administrator to create stripesets of up to 14 disks. For even greater data protection, disk shadowing, disk mirroring, and parity RAID are standard. Digital's innovative implementation of parity RAID technology dynamically adjusts to 110 workload, optimizing 110 performance in high data transfer rate and high transaction rate environments. Using dynamic parity RAID, Device Channel Processors in StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays economically provide continued access to data in the event of a disk failure. Mirroring (RAID Levell) is also provided via the HS 1CP operating software. It provides the highest data availability, allowing fully redundant data disks to operate at a remote site. For further information, see HSICP Device Channel Processor Operating Software, SPD 64.19.03. Digital TCP/IP Software Adds Network File System (NFS) Support Digital TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS software is pre-loaded. It expands the capability of the Network Storage Array family to network file-serve clients operating Digital UNIX, SunOS, HP-UX, IBM AIX, SCO UNIX, and NFS-served PCs. For more information, see Digital TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS Software Product Description, SPD 46.46. PerfectCache Read Cache A pre-loaded, customized version of PerfectCache (by Raxco Software, Incorporated) read cache software is furnished with each AlphaServer in the SWXNA family. PerfectCache intercepts OpenVMS 110 requests and retrieves the data from cache in the AlphaServer CPU RAM, to enhance QIO performance. PerfectCache has both menu-driven and commandline interfaces to enable the following functions: • Start/Stop Caching • Display a summary of caching statistics (snapshot or continuous) • Reset caching statistics System Support With full duplex 100 Megabits per second communications over inter-system distances of up to 40 kilometers, and GIGAswitch technology for ultra-high backbone performance of up to 3.6 Gigabits per second, Digital's FDDI technology has greatly broadened the range of OpenVMS cluster systems. Up to 96 widely separated high- performance V AX and Alpha computers can participate in a OpenVMS cluster attached to a single FDDI network, which may also contain other OpenVMS clients, OpenVMS clusters, or TCPIIP clients. Storage 6.51 StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays SWXNA ·················.1 StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays function as full members of OpenVMS cluster systems, providing block 110 services to hosts. As full OpenVMS cluster members, they provide the complete range of OpenVMS data features. Network Storage Arrays are transparent to other elements within the Open VMS cluster environment, as well as to end users. When the Network Storage Array is added to the cluster, other functions are unaffected; that is, there are no functional changes to existing applications. Because each StorageWorks Network Storage Array is an independent OpenVMS cluster member, multiple Network Storage Arrays can be used in the same OpenVMS cluster systems, up to the maximum of 96 nodes supported by the OpenVMS Operating System. In today's complex computing environment, "simpler is better." To enhance the "ease of use" of the Network Storage Array series, a user-friendly Software Customization Procedure and one year's worth of software updates (from the day of purchase) are provided. Operating System Support Each StorageWorks Network Storage Array ships with the OpenVMS Alpha operating system installed and pre-configured for use as a storage server. System administrators need only set the array up for a few system parameters and the specific storage device configuration (e.g., defining appropriate OpenVMS allocation classes, device names, and storagesets), and install optional storage management software. Initial installation can be accomplished in 10 to 15 minutes using the Software Customization Procedure designed specifically for these Network Storage Arrays. Order Information Each SWXNA or SWXUA model comes with an installation/user's guide, and software documentation in hardcopy or CDROM. Each SWXSC-Dx enclosure comes with dual cable distribution units, so that separate, redundant power sources can feed the enclosure. Electrical power requirements can be found at the SWXSC-DxlSW800 Datacenter Cabinet entry in the Systems and Options Catalog. Each AlphaServer contained in SWXNNSWXUA products below is a model 1000 4/233 MHz. Each comes standard with 128 Megabytes of RAM, one CD-ROM drive, one 3.5-inch diskette drive, one power supply, and the following software and licenses: OpenVMS Operating System, OpenVMS cluster, Software Customization Procedure, Volume Shadowing, Digital TCPIIP Services, and a version of PerfectCache by Raxco Software, customized for the SWXNA. One or two 2Gigabyte disks are provided for system disks on a redundantly-powered SWXSS-06 shelf with 8-bit personality module, All Device Channel Processors come with a 32-Mbyte, non-volatile read/write-back cache module, as well as software and licenses for Write-Back Cache, Mirroring, and Dynamic Parity RAID. Each SWXSS-Ol shelf provides power and physical attachment for two Device Channel processors. For further details and additional supported devices, see HS 1CP Device Channel Processor Operating Software, SPD 64.19. All FDDIICDDI network adapters have Dual Attachment Station (DAS) connectors. Network Storage Arrays SWXNA-AA 60 Hz SWXNA-AB 50 Hz SWXNA-BA 60 Hz SWXNA-BB 50 Hz SWXNA-CA 60 Hz SWXNA-CB 50 Hz SWXNA-DA SWXNA-EA 60 Hz SWXNA-EB 50 Hz SWXNA-FA 60Hz SWXNA-FB 50 Hz 6.52 Storage High Availability FDDI Network Storage Array. Two AlphaServers, I-Gbyte quorum disk, 2 FDDI adapters, 4 bus adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors, SWXSC-Dx enclosure with SWXSS-Ol shelf, full redundant power. High-AvailabilitylHigh Performance FDDI Network Storage Array. Two AlphaServers, I-Gbyte quorum disk, 2 FDDI Adapters, 8 Bus Adapters, 4 Device Channel Processors, SWXSC-Dx enclosure with 2 SWXSS-Ol shelves, full redundant power. FDDIICDDI Network Storage Array Expansion Cabinet. 4 Device Channel Processors; SWXSC-Dx enclosure with 2 SWXSS-Ol shelves, fan tray, redundant cabinet power. FDDI Network Storage Array Upgrade for empty SW800 (SWXSC-Dx) cabinet. One AlphaServer; one FDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors; SWXSS-Ol shelf, SO/60HZ Entry-Level FDDI Network Storage Array. One AlphaServer; one FDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors; SWXSC enclosure with 1 SWXSS-Ol shelf. High-Availability CDDI Network Storage Array. Two AlphaServers; I-Gbyte quorum disk; 2 CDDI Adapters, 4 Bus Adapters; 2 Device Channel Processors; SWXSC-Dx enclosure with SWXSS-Ol shelf, full redundant power. StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays SWXNA StorageWorks Network Storage Array Family-SWXNA (continued) SWXNA-GA 60 Hz SWXNA-GB 50 Hz SWXNA-HA SWXNA-JA 60 Hz SWXNA-JB 50 Hz High-AvailabilitylHigh Perfonnance CDDI Network Storage Array. Two AlphaServers; 1-Gbyte quorum disk; 2 CDDI Adapters, 8 Bus Adapters; 4 Device Channel Processors; SWXSC-Dx enclosure with 2 SWXSS-01 shelves, full redundant power. CDDI Network Storage Array Upgrade for empty SW800 (SWXSC-Dx) cabinet. One AlphaServer; one CDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors; SWXSS-01 shelf, 50/60HZ Entry-Level CDDI Network Storage Array. One AlphaServer; CDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors; SWXSC-Dx enclosure with SWXSS-01 shelf. Upgrade Options SWXUA upgrade kits SWXUA-A1, SWXUA-A2, SWXUA-B1 or SWXUA-B2 require minimum HSICP operating software of at least HSOF Version 2.5 (Version 2.7 preferred). SWXUA upgrade kits SWXUA-E1 or SWXUA-E2 require minimum HS1CP operating software of HSOF Version 2.7. Consult with Digital sales or service representative for updates to the HS I CP operating software if necessary. SWXUA-Al SWXUA-A2 SWXUA-AA SWXUA-AB 60 Hz 50 Hz SWXUA-Bl SWXUA-B2 SWXUA-BA SWXUA-El SWXUA-E2 SWXUA-FA SWXUA-FB 60Hz 50Hz SWXUA-Ml SWXUA-M2 SWXUA-PA Upgrade HS 121 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-Ax. System disk upgrade, FDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, Device Channel Processor; Software: Network Storage Array, HS1CP WBC, 2 RAID 1, 2 RAID3/5, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ. Upgrade HS221 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-Ax. System disk upgrade, Bus Adapter, Device Channel Processor; Software: Network Storage Array Operating Software, 2 HS1CP WBC, 2 RAID1, 2 RAID3/5, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ. Upgrade FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-DAlEx to SWXNA-Ax. One AlphaServer, 1GByte quorum disk, FDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, documentation. Upgrade HSl21 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-Bx. System disk upgrade, 2 64-Mbyte RAM upgrade, 2 FDDI Adapters, 8 Bus Adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors, SWXSS-01 shelf; Software: Network Storage Array Operating Software, 2 DEC TCPIIP Svcs, 2 PerfectCache, 4 HSICP Software, 4 HS1CP WBC, 4 RAID 1, 4 RAID3/5; licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ. Upgrade HS241 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-Bx. System disk upgrade, 264-Mbyte RAM upgrade; Software: 2 Network Storage Array Operating Software, 2 DEC TCPIIP Svcs, 2 PerfectCache, 4 RAID 1, 4 RAID3/5, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ. Upgrade FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-AxlFx to SWXNA-BxlGx. Four Bus Adapters, 2 Device Channel Processors, SWXSS-01 shelf, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ. Upgrade HS1101111 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-DAlEx. System disk upgrade, 64MByte RAM upgrade, FDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, Device Channel Processor; Software: Network Storage Array, HS1CP WBC, 2 RAID 1, 2 RAID3/5, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ. Upgrade HS2101211 to FDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-DAlEx. System disk upgrade, Bus Adapter, Device Channel Processor; Software: Network Storage Array Operating Software, HSICP WBC, 2 RAID 1, 2 RAID3/5, licenses, documentation, 50/60HZ. Upgrade CDDI Network Storage Array SWXNA-HNJx to SWXNA-Fx. One AlphaServer, I-GByte quorum disk, CDDI Adapter, 2 Bus Adapters, documentation. 64-Mbyte AlphaServer RAM Upgrade. 128-Mbyte AlphaServer RAM Upgrade. Redundant AlphaServer Power Supply. Options SW8XP-BA 60Hz SW8XP-BB 50Hz Additional (redundant) power controller for SW800 (SWXSC-Dx) enclosure. SWXSS-06 StorageWorks device shelf with mounting kit and power supply. Provides mounting for up to 7 StorageWorks devices. StorageWorks Shelf Power Supply. Occupies one device slot in SWXSS-06. One-meter cable for connecting the front shelves of the SWXNA to Device Channel Processors. Two-meter cable for connecting the rear shelves of the SWXNA to Device Channel Processors. FDDI Cable SC-ST connectors. FDDI Cable SC-SC connectors. FDDI Cable SC-MIC connectors. CDDI Cable UTPIRJ45-UTPIRJ45 connectors. SWXBP-SD BN21H-Ol BN21H-02 BN34A-xx BN34B-xx BN34D-xx BN2SH-03 Storage 6.53 StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays SWXNA 16-bit Wide Disk Drives SWXD3-WC SWXD3-WG SWXD3-WH SWXD3-WE 1.05 GB wide SCSI 5400 RPM 2.1 GB wide SCSI 7200 RPM 2.1 GB wide SCSI 5400 RPM 4.3 GB wide SCSI 7200 RPM 8-bit Narrow Disk Drives SWXD3-SF SWXD3-SG SWXD3-SH SWXD3-SE 1.05 GB narrow SCSI 5400 RPM 2.1 GB narrow SCSI 7200 RPM 2.1 GB narrow SCSI 5400 RPM 4.3 GB narrow SCSI 7200 RPM Supporting Software QL-3JIA9-AA POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management Software License (one each per CPU / 20 GBytes + QL-2AWAA-xx) QL-2GNAE-AA QL-OYPAE-AA POLYCENTER File Optimizer, License (one each per CPU) Storage Library System Software License (one each per CPU) Ordering Suggestions Determine the desired SWXNAlSWXUA model, based on user requirements. Determine network hardware requirements (GIGAswitch, Concentrator, DEChub 900 MultiSwitch chassisNNswitch 900, others as appropriate). Determine quantity of disk storage and sufficient numbers of device shelves and internal cables, with additional power supplies for redundancy, if required. Determine desired storage management and networking software (including DECnet where necessary). Ensure that the licenses accommodate the ordered storage capacity and/or number of AlphaServers. Determine cables to connect between FDDIICDDI network and SWXNA DAS FDDIICDDI adapters. Technical Information The following restrictions and considerations apply. • OpenVMS operating system supports up to 96 nodes in a single OpenVMS cluster system. Each StorageWorks Network Storage Array's Server Processor is a full OpenVMS cluster member, and therefore decreases maximum number of supported host nodes by 2 (Models SWXNA-AxlFx and SWXNA-Bx/Gx), and by 1 (Models SWXNA-DAlEx and SWXNA-HAlJx). • StorageWorks Network Storage Array-attached storage may be used to boot client nodes if the client processors' consoles support the FDDI remote boot feature. Consult your client processor documentation for support details. DEC net is not required to boot Network Storage Arrays; however, some applications (such as Storage Library System) require DECnet for proper operation. • OpenVMS cluster Software supports specifically designated combinations of OpenVMS Alpha and VAX versions in a single OpenVMS cluster system. SWXNA-Series StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays use Version 6.2 of OpenVMS Operating System. A maximum of one other version of OpenVMS may be used in the same OpenVMS cluster. For OpenVMS version support, consult the OpenVMS cluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha Software Product Description, SPD number 29.78. • Introduction of OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 into the cluster has clusterwide implications that should be considered by knowledgeable system managers. OpenVMS Alpha Version 6.2 includes Phase II Volume Shadowing interoperability changes from previous ECO kits. If Phase II Volume Shadowing is used, then the Volume Shadowing interoperability patches must be installed on any cluster member running an operating system version earlier than OpenVMS Version 6.2 to ensure correct shadowing operation throughout the cluster. • Disks which participate in Volume Shadowing for OpenVMS Alpha or host-based RAID cannot be read cached on StorageWorks Network Storage Arrays. • Only one host-based, block serving caching software product should be run in a OpenVMS cluster which includes a SWXNA. Digital supports the use of the embedded PerfectCache version only. 6.54 Storage StorageWorks Enterprise ~torage Arrays StorageWorks Enterprise Storage Arrays StorageWorks Enterprise Storage Arrays provide a complete storage subsystem solution for the demanding enterprise Information Technology (IT) environment. Capacity points range from hundreds of gigabytes to several terabytes and provide performance and scalability needs for various application environments. These pre-configured subsystems take the guesswork out of ordering and configuring large-scale RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disk) solutions. Each subsystem is fully configured and tested with all available options, including drives, controllers, the latest HSOF firmware, full hardware redundancy, read and write-back cache, StorageWorks Command Console (SWCC) graphical user interface, and all applicable software licenses, ensuring maximum data availability and performance. Included with each subsystem are basic installation services, remote RAID initialization and configuration, one-year of Enterprise MCS Support (24 x 7 on-site hardware support and telephone support for HSOF and SWCC, and an additional 40 hours of consulting support for storage and RAID reconfiguration, HSOF and SWCC update and license services.) The Enterprise Storage Arrays (ESA) are fully integrated solutions for customers deploying varied applications throughout the enterprise. ESA solutions are pre-configured into three base models, each of which is optimized for different application workload requirements. The models include the C-Series which is ideal for heavy transaction oriented applications such as SAPIR3 or most office automation applications; the M-Series that is suited best for a mix of applications such as transaction processing, decision support, and data warehousing; and the L-Series that is optimized for very heavy bandwidth-intensive decision support applications. RAID Extends Data Availability Dimensions Digital's innovative implementation of parity RAID technology dynamically adjusts to I/O workload, optimizing I/O performance in high data transfer rate and high transaction rate environments. The StorageWorks Enterprise Storage Arrays come standard with RAID levels 0,1,0+1,3, and 5, economically providing continued access to data in the event of a disk failure. This functionality increases data availability to a level comparable to that of shadowing at significantly lower cost. In addition, continuous availability is ensured through fully redundant, hot-swapp able components throughout the subsystem, eliminating single points of failure. For further information, see the HSZ50 Family Controller Operating Software SPD 61.36.00. StorageWorks Command Console VI.I The StorageWorks Command Console utility is included as standard in each Enterprise Storage Array. The standard license provides connectivity for up to 10 servers which can connect up to 35 subsystems each. Additional server licenses are available in increments of 25. This tool provides on-line configuration and monitoring capability. It supports industry standard configuration and monitoring protocols such as Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) to facilitate the integration with other Storage, Network and Operating system layered products relevant to storage configuration and monitoring. The result is a highly usable and feature rich tool for Storage system administrators and managers. Both a graphical user interface (GUI) and command line interface (CLI) are available to users, to provide a common "look and feel" across all storage products for configuration and monitoring. The product is a client/server implementation and therefore offers the option to centrally manage all storage from a "storage management station". In V 1.1 the storage management station must be a 32-bit Intel PC running Windows NT 3.51,4.0 or Windows 95. A key feature of StorageWorks Command Console is its integration with various enterprise and system management products. It includes the ability to notify system management applications of storage events using the SNMP protocol. Those applications will also have the ability to launch Command Console "with context" to the proper screen within the GUI for a system manager to perform further analysis. Storage 6.55 ~torage Works Enterprise Storage Arrays 13 MBPS 2,200+IIOs 82.6 cm (3.25 in.) 203.2 cm (8.0 in.) 146.0 cm ( 5.75 in.) 2.55 kg (5 lb., 10 oz) 41.4 cm (1.63 in.) 146 cm (5.75 in.) 101.0 cm (4.0 in.) 1.4 kg (3.0 lbs.) Physical Dimensions Height Depth Width Weight 6.70 Storage StorageWorks Flexible Diskette Drive StorageWorks RX26 Flexible Diskette Drive The RX26 flexible diskette drive is designed for high-capacity floppy-disk storage for desktop systems. It provides 2.8 Mbytes of formatted storage capacity (4 Mbytes unformatted) in a compact 3.5-inch form factor. Utilizing industrystandard 3.5-inch microfloppy diskettes, the RX26 adds a second level to the existing industry diskette structure of 1.4 Mbytes formatted (2 Mbytes unformatted). It is fully backward compatible on both read and write capabilities with the RX23L 3.5-inch media. This important feature provides users with access to complete range of industry-standard software published on 3.5-inch microfloppies. The RX26 may be operated in these modes as well. The RX employs the industry-standard FDD interface. Ordering Information Note: See system ordering menus for specific variants and quantities supported. RX26-VA RX26K-IO StorageWorks 3.5 inch RX26 Flexible diskette drive Pack of ten 4.0 MB (unformatted) 3.5-inch flexible diskettes Specifications Formatted capacity per diskette Peak transfer rate Average seek time Average rotational latency: Tracks per diskette 2.8 MBs (4 MBs unformatted) 1 MB/second (in 2.8 14MB mode) 95ms lOOms 60 Storage 6.71 StorageWorks CD-ROM Drive Digital offers an industry standard quad-speed, multimedia-capable CD-ROM drive, the RRD45. CD-ROM drives provide an excellent vehicle for software, documentation, and subscription-based information/database distribution. The RRD45 supports all CD-ROM standards including CD-ROM-XA (CD-ROM eXtended Architecture), Multisession, Photo CD, and MPC (Multimedia Products Council) 1 and 2. The drives are also CD-I ready. Ordering Information Note: See system ordering menus for specific variants and quantities supported. RRD4S-FA Tabletop CD-ROM drive with North American power cord RRD4S-DG Tabletop CD-ROM drive, requires country specific power cord RRD4S-AC CD-ROM drive without mounting or brackets RRD4S-VA CD-ROM drive in StorageWorks 5.25-inch carrier RRD4S-VE CD-ROM drive for BA353 Desktop expansion unit RRD4S-VU CD-ROM drive to add half-height device to existing RRD45-VA 5.25-inch StorageWorks carrier Power Cords Note: Select country specific power cord for 240V use. BN19A-2E BN19D-2E BN19E-2E BN19H-2E BN19K-2E BN19N-2E BN19S-2E BN19U-2E U .K.lIreland Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Holland, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden Switzerland AustralialNew Zealand Denmark Italy India Israel Specifications Capacity Average access time Loading mechanism Mounting Rotational speed (RPM) Normal, variable Double, variable Quad, variable Conforms to industry standards CD-ROM CDXA CD-J and CD-J Ready CD-Bridge and PhotoCD 6.72 Storage 600MBs 600 KB/s Motorized tray, no caddy Horizontal or vertical 530-200 1,060-400 2,120-800 Mode 1 and 2 Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2 Mode 2, form 2 and Form 2 Single and mUltiple session MPC-2 StorageWorks Multifunction Optical Drive StorageWorks RWZ52 Multifunction Optical Drive The RWZ52 is a 5.25-inch full-height multifunction optical disk drive the supports write-once and rewritable operations subject to the storage management software capabilities. The drive provides removable, random access storage through low cost-per megabyte write-once or rewritable optical cartridges. Digital Optical Storage Desktop Software provides necessary drivers for host operating system, and should be ordered at same time RWZ52 drive. RWZOI is the first generation optical drive; the RWZ52 drive is a compatible, lower-cost replacement second generation 1.2 Gbyte multifunction (rewritable and write-once) optical drive. Write-once optical media is often the preferred media for long-term archiving, due to its long life and ability to prevent accidental and/or deliberate overwriting of data. RWZ52 uses random access, removable media for fast application access to data. An unlimited number of media cartridges can be used in an RWZ52 drive, the average cost per megabyte decreases rapidly as usage increases. Since the RWZ52 drive is multifunction, customers can standardize on one drive for both archival and "working storage" applications, lowering total system costs. Operating System Support Integration software options required prior to installing RWZ52: • OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2 or later requires Optical Storage Desktop Software for device integration. Ordering Information RWZS2-FA RWZS2-VA RWXSK-Ol RWXSK-02 QL-OU9A9-AA QL-2VPA9-AA Tabletop 5.25" multifunction optical drive 5.25" Multifunction optical drive for StorageWorks Rewritable Media for RWZ52 Write-Once Media for RWZ52 Optical Storage Desktop Software license for OpenVMS VAX Optical Storage Desktop Software license for Digital UNIX Note: Digital branded media is recommended. Specifications Interface Media technology Archival life Capacity 512-byte sectors 1024-byte sectors Rewritable standards (CCS format) Write-once standards (CCW format) Average access time Average load time Data transfer rates Reads (maximum sustained) Writes (maximum sustained) With verification Single-ended SCSI-2; one cable supports robot and drives Magneto-optical (130 mml5.25 in.) 30 years IHigh-Capacity Mode 1.2 GB (600 MBs/side) 1.3 GB (650 MBs/side) ECMA 184 ISOIlEC DIS 13549 (draft) ECMA 184 ISOIlEC DIS 13549 (draft) 36.0 ms 2.3 seconds with spin-up ILow-Capacity Mode 594 MB (297 MBs/side) 650 MB (325 MBs/side) ISOIlEC 10089A ANSI X3.212-1992 ISOIlEC 11560 ANSI X3.220-1992 31.8 ms 2.8 seconds with spin-up 1.6 MBs/s 1.0 MBs/s 0.53 MBs/s 0.33 MBs/s Storage 6.73 StorageWorks RW500 Optical Library Family The StorageWorks RW500 Optical Library (Jukebox) family provides a range of solutions for automated access to large quantities of data-at costs lower than either on-line or operator-attended off-line storage. The RW500 family meets requirements for data-intensive applications and industries, including document image processing, CAD/CAM, CASE, COLD (Computer Output to Laser Disk), financial services, health care, technical publishing, and scientific data collection. Digital's RW500 Optical Library family includes four models with formatted capacities ranging from 19 to 170 Gbyte. Multifunction drives support a mix of both rewritable and write-once (WORM) operations to maximize application design flexibility-subject to the functionality of the storage management software. With Digital's Optical Storage Management Software (OSMS), the RW500 family can form a complete OpenVMS or Digital UNIX solution. OSMS provides transparent disk-like access to all platters within the jukebox. Functionally, the software makes each side of every platter in the jukebox appear as a logically mounted device to the applications, and mounts platters as those volumes are requested by the application. When a drive detects the presence of WORM or rewritable media, OSMS automatically invokes the appropriate file system (either Files-II for Rewritable or the OSMSsupplied write-once file system) subject to the functionality of the particular operating system implementation of OSMS. POL YCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management solution for Digital UNIX is an alternative storage management product which automatically stores files in the most effective media when considering the total cost of storage, frequency access, and latency to data. Active files are promoted to reside on magnetic disks for faster access times while infrequently used files revert to optical storage. Users and applications perceive a single integrated file system which may span magnetic disks and physical platters to offer a single logical volume thereby facilitating storage management and accessibility. Features • Wide range of product meets price/capacity requirements that vary by application or site • Multifunction drive support for maximum flexibility • Multi-density (600 Mbyte/1.2 Gbyte) drive for multiple generation compatibility • Easy-to-use development platform • Widespread applications support. Commitment to media standards Industry leadership reliability for library mechanism (robot), electronic, and the optical drive Configuration Guidelines • All jukeboxes include universal power supplies. • Each jukebox requires one SCSI for the robot, plus one for each drive, all of which must appear sequentially on the same SCSI bus. • A complete configuration requires the appropriate RW500 library, media, and storage management software. A software license corresponding to the jukebox ordered must be selected from the ordering information contained in the SPD. Prerequisite Hardware Refer to the specific storage management SPD for a list of supported CPUs and additional details. • KZQSA Adapter required for Q-bus MicroVAX and VAX 4000 systems. • On most systems, a BC06P-06 50-pin low-density SCSI cable, supplied with the jukebox, is needed to connect the jukebox to the system. • VAXstation 3100 Models 38 and 48 require a BC56H-xx cable. Prerequisite Software • Optical Storage Management Software (OSMS) - Alpha Systems OpenVMS V6.1 or later, or Digital UNIX V3.0 or later - VAX Systems OpenVMS V5.5-2 or later • POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for Digital UNIX V2.1, V3.0, V3.2 6.74 Storage StorageWorks RW500 Optical Library Family StorageWorks RW500 Optical Library Family (continued) RW500 Optical Library Ordering Information RW525-ZA RW536-ZF RW531-ZC RW532-ZF 19 GB (formatted) single-drive optical library 170 GB (formatted) four-drive optical library 38 GB (formatted) dual-drive optical library 76 GB (formatted) four drive optical library Software SPD 47.45 SPD 53.39 SPD 47.46 SPD 53.38 SPD 50.71 Optical Storage Desktop Software for OpenVMS (OSDS) Optical Storage Desktop Software for Digital UNIX (OSDS) Optical Storage Management Software for Open VMS (OSMS) Optical Storage Management Software for Digital UNIX (OSMS) POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for Digital UNIX Optical Media RWX5K-Ol RWX5K-02 1.2 GB 5.25-inch rewritable media 1.2 GB 5.2S-inch CCW WORM media Note: Digital branded media is recommended. Specifications Interface Media technology Archival life Capacity 512-byte sectors 1024-byte sectors Rewritable standards (CCS format) Write-once standards (CCW format) Average access time Average load time Data transfer rates: Reads (maximum sustained) Writes (maximum sustained) With verification Jukebox Characteristics Average disk exchange time Height (mmlin.) Width (mmJin.) Depth (mmlin.) Weight (kgllb) Environmental Operating temperature Non-operating Operating humidity Non-operating Power Requirements Voltage Frequency Power consumption Typical/maximum Single-ended SCSI-2; one cable supports robot and drives Magneto-optical (130 mml5.25 in.) 30 years IHigh-Capacity Mode ILow-Capacity Mode 594 MB (297 MBs/side) 1.2 GB (600 MBs/side) 1.3 GB (650 MBs/side) 650 MB (325 MBs/side) ECMA 184 ISOIlEC 10089A ISOIIEC DIS 13549 (draft) ANSI X3.212-1992 ECMA 184 ISOIIEC 11560 ISOIIEC DIS 13549 (draft) ANSI X3.220-1992 36.0 ms 31.8 ms 2.3 seconds with spin-up 2.8 seconds with spin-up 1.6 MBs/s 1.0 MBs/s 0.53 MBs/s IRW525 8 seconds 494/19.4 220/8.7 694127.3 21145 0.33 MBs/s IRW531IRW532 6 seconds 910/35.8 375/33.5 480/19.0 1001220 IRW536 8 seconds 1847172.7 651125.6 971138.2 3601792 5° to 50° C -40° to 70° C 10% to 90% 5% to 95% 10° to 40° C -40° to 60° C 10% to 90% 5% to 95% 10° to 40° C -30° to 60° C 10% to 90% 5% to 95% 110-240 Vac 50/60 Hz 100-240 Vac 50/60 Hz 110-240 Vac 50/60 Hz 70/100W 250/275 W 200/457 W Storage 6.75 StorageWorks DLT Tape Family '" .,',.... :: 'r,S~tir~g~W~t!{$",Wp8!~,])~T:'~(I:i~oijif.i_~(t:"~~pe;p_f),~arY: :.:X '"' '<.' ':" ··\"··~.~d}.. \""~::'V 'L':,;{"',"" .': The TL810 is a mid-range automated tape library based on DLT technology. The TL810 library, the second member of Digital's library family, has a smaller capacity, higher ratio of drive-to-cartridge units and a smaller footprint than the highcapacity TL820 library. With a capacity of 52 cartridges and 4 Digital Linear Tape (DLT) TZ87 drives, the TL810 library offers a range of capacity from 0.5 to 1.0 Terabyte. This storage library includes robotic hardware and firmware necessary to store and move up to 52 DLT cartridges, 4 of which are contained in a built-in four-cartridge Load Port (ImportlExport). The TL81 0 provides a faster access automated tape library that is ideal for data-center applications for Digital systems, platforms, clusters, and networks. The unsurpassed speed, capacity, and reliability of DLT technology (ANSI standard), integrated with highly reliable proven robotics design, provide a high capacity, high performance, quality product for departmental storage needs. Combined with Digital's POLYCENTER Storage Management software application solutions, or third party applications, the TL810 tape library makes backup, archive, and POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management operations easy, quick, reliable, and cost effective. • Extends the benefits of automated storage management to department and client/server applications presently enjoyed by larger enterprisewide datacenters. • Integrates automated backup and archiving, and hierarchical storage management to department operations. • Protects against data loss by providing accurate, secure, auditable archiving and backup of information. • Provides near-on-line storage in huge capacities but with a small footprint for data-center, network, and server applications. • Boosts productivity and lowers costs for data-center management and operations through automated access to data. • Provides cost effective and reliable storage for POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Manager applications. • With appropriate application support, provides built-in Automatic Drive Cleaning feature that allows high availability of drives without operator intervention. Operating System Support • OpenVMS Alpha V6.2 and OpenVMS VAX V6.x • Digital UNIX V3.0 or later (requires SCSI CAM Layered Software V3.0) see POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore SPD for details POLY CENTER Support • POLYCENTER suite of NetWorker Save and Restore • POLYCENTER Archive Backup Vl.0 or later V3.1 or later • POLYCENTER Sequential Media File System V1.1 or • POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for later OpenVMS V 1.1 or later • HSOF V2.5 firmware for HSJ30/40 and HSD30 controllers and V8.4 for HSC65/95 controllers is planned • Storage Library System V2.5B or later The TL810 ships with four TZ87 drives installed in system, one cleaning cartridge, and one DLT data cartridge. Application software and external cabling for adapters and controllers must be ordered separately. TL810-BA TL810 Automated Tape Library Specifications Storage media Library cartridge capacity Single cartridge capacity Single drive transfer rate Compatibility Interface Height Width Depth Weight Power 6.76 Storage 4 DLT TZ87N tape drives 52 tape cartridges 10 GB (native)/ 20 GB (compressed) 1.25 MB (native)/ 2.5 MB (compressed) VAX and Alpha platforms, OpenVMS and Digital UNIX operating systems SCSI-2 (Differential) 43.3 inches (1.10 meters) 23 inches (0.58 meters) 31.9 inches (0.81 meters) 3781bs. (171.51 Kg.) with 52 cartridges and DLT tape drives 115V1230V, 50Hz/60Hz (nominal) StorageWorks DLT Tape Family StorageWorks TL812 DLT Automated Tape Library The TL812 is a mid-range automated tape library based on DLT technology. With a capacity of 48 cartridges for data storage and 4 Digital Linear Tape (DLT) TZ88 drives, the TL812library offers a range of data storage capacity from 0.96 to 1.92 Terabytes. This storage library includes robotic hardware and firmware necessary to store and move up to 52 DLT cartridges, 4 of which are contained in a built-in four-cartridge Load Port (ImportlExport). The TL812 provides a faster access automated tape library ideal for data-center applications for Digital systems, platforms, clusters, and networks. The unsurpassed speed, capacity, and reliability of DLT technology (ANSI standard), integrated with highly reliable proven robotics design, provide a high capacity, high performance, quality product for departmental storage needs. Combined with Digital's POLYCENTER Storage Management software application solutions, or third party applications, the TL812 tape library makes backup, archive, and POLY CENTER Hierarchical Storage Management operations easy, quick, reliable, and cost effective. • Extends the benefits of automated storage management to department and client/server applications presently enjoyed by larger enterprisewide data-centers. • Integrates automated backup and archiving, and hierarchical storage management to department operations. • Protects against data loss by providing accurate, secure, auditable archiving and backup of information. • Provides near-on-line storage in huge capacities but with a small footprint for data-center, network, and server applications. • Boosts productivity and lowers costs for data-center management and operations through automated access to data. • Provides cost effective and reliable storage for POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Manager applications. • With appropriate application support, provides built-in Automatic Drive Cleaning feature that allows high availability of drives without operator intervention. Operating System Support • OpenVMS Alpha V6.2 and OpenVMS VAX V6.1 (see specific POLYCENTER Application SPDs for details). • Digital UNIX V3.2 (see specific POLYCENTER Application SPDs for details). POLY CENTER Support (see specific POLYCENTER Application SPDs for details). • POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore (NSR) V3.2 • POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS (VHSM) VI.2A • Storage Library System for OpenVMS (SLS) V2.6 • POLYCENTER Archive Backup for OpenVMS (PAB) Vl.I • POLYCENTER Sequential Media File System (SMF) V1.2 (requires OpenVMS V6.2 on Alpha systems) • Media Robot Utility (MRU) VI.O • HSOF V2.7 firmware for HSJ30/40 and HSD30 controllers TL812 ships with four TZ88 drives installed in system, one cleaning cartridge, and one DLT data cartridge. Application software and external cabling for adapters and controllers must be ordered separately. TL812-BA TL812 Automated Tape Library Specifications Storage media Library cartridge capacity Single cartridge capacity Single drive transfer rate Compatibility Interface Height Width Depth Weight Power 4 DLT TZ88 tape drives 52 tape cartridges 20 GB (native)/ 40 GB (compressed) 1.5 MB /sec (native)/ 3.0 MB /sec (compressed) VAX and Alpha platforms, OpenVMS and Digital UNIX operating systems SCSI-2 (Differential) 43.3 inches (1.10 meters) 23 inches (0.58 meters) 31.9 inches (0.81 meters) 3781bs. (171.51 Kg.) with 52 cartridges and DLT tape drives 115V/230V, 50Hz/60Hz (nominal) IEC 320 male connector Storage 6.77 StorageWorks DLT Tape Family ,,:.~,;;",. ~ ,. ~ ~,; ~. ; .. ;" , '".>J -;.. , ".<' ... ,,," The TL820 Digital Linear Tape (DLT) library is the newest member of Digital's family of near-line automated storage products, providing up to S.2 Terabytes of storage for unattended backup operations, archiving, hierarchical storage management, large-scale data storage, and video-on-demand applications. With up to twice the storage capacity of current IBM 3480-compatible ATL subsystems, in a significantly smaller footprint and at significantly lower cost, the TL820 will provide users with the ability to automate large-scale backup and archiving and hierarchical storage management operations at a fraction of the cost of other technologies. The extensible nature of the units, combined with future growth in drive capacity, provide a scaleable solution for application and system growth. The performance and capacity of the TL820 subsystem are ideally suited to the implementation of large-scale archival, hierarchical storage management and near-line storage, significantly reducing the total cost of implementing advanced automated solutions. The TL820 uses three high performance TZ87 tape drives for unsurpassed data integrity, and high capacity (up to 20 Gbytes compressed per cartridge). The TL820 is a high capacity, 264-cartridge automated tape library (ATL) designed to provide high capacity storage and robotic access for Digital's DLT series of tape drives. Housed in a 79-inch (200 cm) tall cabinet, each 28-inch (72 cm) wide tower contains up to 264 DLT tape cartridges and three differential SCSI-2 DLT drives. A single TL820 can provide 2.6 Terabytes of storage capacity, or approximately S.2 Terabytes utilizing the TZ87 drive's hardware data compression. With some applications, up to five TL820 towers can be connected together with their robots supported by one differential SCSI2 multi-unit controller. Features • • • • Based on industry-leadership DLT tape technology High capacity and performance in small (9 sq. ft) footprint Lowers entry-price for large-scale unattended backup and archiving Available now for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS VAX and Alpha systems Prerequisites • Each library cabinet requires two SCSI-2 buses • Use of the TL820 requires robotics and media management software. • OpenVMS VAX and Alpha supported Storage Management Solutions include the following Digital products: - POLYCENTER Archive Backup (PAB Vl.O) and Storage Library System (SLS V2.Sb) - POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM V1.1) - POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem (SMF Vl.l) Note: The above applications incorporate the Media and Device Management Services (MDMS). • Digital UNIX V3.0 operating system support is provided by POLYCENTER NetWorker and Restore V3.1 (NSR V3.1) or later applications software. Refer to the NSR SPD for applica~i?n and SCSI CAM Layered Software support prereqUIsItes. • Users who purchase the 2T-TL820-BA receive DECLS softwar~ ~nd service. DECLS provides software . connectIvIty un~er Op~n V~S VAX and Alpha operatmg systems compatIble ~Ith .thIrd party tape management software products WhICh Issue DPCOM messages to load and unload tape devices. POLYCENTER VMS solutions no longer require DECLS software. Refer to the DECLS SPD for DECLS prerequisites. • Hardware is supported on OpenVMS Alpha Vl.S and V6.1 and V6.2 for DEC 3000/400017000110000 and AlphaServer 2100 systems • Hardware is supported on OpenVMS VS.S-2, V6.0, V6.1 and V6.2 for VAX 600017000/9000 and V AX-1117S0 and VAX-111780 systems. Note: Software applications may require different levels of operating system support. Refer to applications SPDs for the application minimum requirements 6. 78 Storage StorageWorks DL T Tape Family StorageWorks TL820 DLT Automated Tape Library (continued) The first unit ordered must be TL820-BA or 2T-TL820-BA. TL820-AC is an add-on for expandability and requires a base library unit. Check applications for support of add-on library towers. TL820BA TL820·AC TL82X·BA 2T·TL820· BA DLT tape library with three TZ87 drives and Inport/Outport Device DLT library expansion cabinet with three TZ87 drives and attachment kit Cartridge bin pack for TL820, holds 11 cartridges DLT tape library with three TZ87 drives and Inport/Outport Device; DECLS software Specifications TL820 Tape Library Unit Sp~cifications Height 78.7 inl200 cm Width 36 inl 72 cm Depth 47 inl120 cm Weight 784 lbs (356 kg) with drives, unloaded Power 90-132 and 176-264Vautoranging, 47 to 63 Hz MSBF 500,000 swaps TZ87 Drive Specifications Transfer rate Up to 1.25 MB/s native; up to 2.5 MB/s, compressed Maximum capacity 20 GB compressed Durability 500,000 tape-head passes Note: These performance statistics reflect only the drive capabilities; actual drive performance is a function of the system configuration and its application Storage 6.79 StorageWorks DLT Tape Family ;': ".: " : " ;": ~ ";r; ~.~~~.:: ~. :~ : , '; ~" .. , The TL822 Digital Linear Tape (DLT) library providing up to 10.56 Terabytes of storage for unattended backup operations, archiving, hierarchical storage management, large-scale data storage, and video-on-demand applications. With significantly greater storage capacity than the IBM 3480-compatible ATL subsystems, in a smaller footprint, the TL822 provides users with the ability to automate large-scale backup and archiving and hierarchical storage management operations at a fraction of the cost of other technologies. The performance and capacity of the TL822 subsystem are suited to the implementation of large-scale archival, hierarchical storage management and near-line storage. The TL822 uses three high performance TZ88 tape drives for unsurpassed data integrity, and high capacity (up to 40 Gbytes compressed per cartridge) The TL822 is a high capacity, 264-cartridge automated tape library (ATL) designed to provide high capacity storage and robotic access for Digital's DLT series of tape drives. Housed in a 79-inch (200 cm) tall cabinet, each 28-inch (72 cm) wide tower contains up to 264 DLT tape cartridges and three differential SCSI-2 DLT drives. A single TL822 can provide 5.28 Terabytes of storage capacity, or approximately 10.56 Terabytes using the TZ88 drive's hardware data compression. With some third party applications, up to five TL822 towers can be connected together with their robots supported by one differential SCSI-2 multi-unit controller. Features • • • • Based on industry-leadership DLT tape technology High capacity and performance in small (9 sq. ft) footprint Lowers entry-price for large-scale unattended backup and archiving Available now for Digital UNIX, OpenVMS V AX and Alpha systems Prerequisites Each library cabinet comes configured for three SCSI-2 buses. Intemallibrary cabling modifications can be made (onsite) to support systems with less than three SCSI-2 adapters. Use of the TL822 requires robotics and media management software. OpenVMS V AX and Alpha supported Storage Management Solutions include the following Digital products: - Storage Library System for OpenVMS (SLS) V2.6 - POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS (VHSM) V 1.2A - POLYCENTER Archive Backup for OpenVMS (PAB) V1.1 - POLYCENTER Sequential Media File System (SMF) Vl.2 (requires OpenVMS V6.2 on Alpha systems) - Media Robot Utility (MRU) V1.0 Note: The above applications incorporate the Media and Device Management Services (MDMS) • Digital UNIX Alpha supported Storage Management Solutions include the following Digital products: - POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore (NSR) V3.2 - Media Robot Utility (MRU) V1.0 • Every TL822 Library comes with Media Robot Utility (MRU) software. Note: Software applications may require different levels of operating system support. Refer to applications SPDs for the application minimum requirements. The first unit ordered must be TL822-BA. TL822-AC is an add-on for expandability and requires a base library unit. Check applications for support of add-on library towers. TL822·BA TL822·AC TL82X·BA 6.80 Storage DLT tape library with three TZ88 drives and Inport/Outport Device DLT library expansion cabinet with three TZ88 drives and attachment kit Cartridge bin pack for TL822, holds 11 cartridges StorageWorks DLT Tape Family StorageWorks TL822 DLT Automated Tape Library (continued) Specifications TL822 Tape Library Unit Specifications Height 78.7 in/200 cm Width 36 in/ 72 cm 47 in/120 cm Depth 784 lbs (356 kg) with drives, unloaded Weight 90-132 and 176-264V autoranging, 47 to 63 Hz Power MSBF 600,000 swaps TZ88 Drive Specifications Transfer rate Up to 1.5 MB/s native; up to 3.0 MB/s, compressed Maximum capacity 40 GB compressed Note: These performance statistics reflect only the drive capabilities; actual drive performance is a function of the system configuration and its application Storage 6.81 StorageWorks DLT Tape Family The Digital Linear Tape Drive (DLT) family cartridge tape drives are industry-leading 5.25-inch streaming linear recording tape devices, designed for systems requiring high performance, high data integrity, and unattended backup. The performance and capacity of the DLT cartridge tape drive subsystem is unrivaled. With a sustained transfer rate of up to 2.5M Kbytes per second and up to 40 Gbytes of formatted capacity (2 to 1 compression), the TZ87ITZ88 tape drives can complete full backups in under an hour. A 512-Kbyte adaptive cache matches the speed of the tape subsystem to system performance, minimizing repositioning delays, and a dual-channel read/write head design provides a high data transfer rate. Extensive error detection and correction make the data integrity of the DLT cartridge tape subsystem comparable to that of magnetic disks. Other advanced data integrity features include a custom 64-bit CRC on each 2 Kbytes of data on media; a powerful custom Reed Solomon ECC, end-to-end EDC on data (onto media and back) as well as parity checking on data cache memory. These features combine to produce undetected errors of less than 1 in 10 (27) bits and unrecovered read errors of less than 1 in 10 (17) bits. Extensive diagnostic and troubleshooting features include serial EIA-422 ports on the subsystem and controllers for offline troubleshooting and POST (power on self-test) error reporting, embedded diagnostic and self-test software, and LEDs for indication of operating and fault information. Tape composition, rugged cartridge design, and gentle tape handling of the DLT cartridge tape subsystems result in a durable medium that can be used for over 200,000 tape-head passes. The TZ87 DLT cartridge tape drive uses the CompacTape III cartridge, which contains 335 meters (1100 feet) of halfinch-wide metal powder (MP) tape. MP tape is a durable medium, thus providing longer media life than many other tapes. TZ87 tape drives offer TZ85ITZ86 read and write compatibility, and TZ30ITK50ITK70 read compatibility. TZ87N tape drives offer TZ87, TZ86 and TZ85 read and write compatibility only. The TZ88 is read/write compatible with the TZ85, TZ86, TZ87 and TZ88. The TZ88 uses CompacTape IV or CompacTape III media. Features • SCSI interface (TZ devices) • Extensive embedded diagnostic/self-test software • Four LEDs and audio indicators of subsystem status on front panel TZ88 Features • Up to 40 Gbytes capacity per cartridge (compressed 2: 1) • Tabletop enclosure or 5.25-inch StorageWorks carrier • Read/write compatible with TZ85, TZ86, TZ87, TZ88 TZ87 Features • • • • Up to 20 Gbytes capacity per cartridge (compressed 2:1) Tabletop enclosure, system embedded, or 5.25-inch StorageWorks enclosure Read/write compatibility with TZ85ITZ86 TZ30ITK50ITK70 read compatibility TZ87N Features • Up to 20 Gbytes capacity per cartridge (compressed 2:1) • Tabletop enclosure or 5.25-inch StorageWorks carrier • Read/write compatible with TZ85ITZ86 only 6.82 Storage StorageWorks DLT Tape Family StorageWorks TZ87/TZ88 DLT Cartridge Tape Drives (continued) Software Support Most common tape functionality, such as COPY, MOUNT, INIT, BACKUP, TAR, and DUMP will function normally on OpenVMS V5.5-2 or later or ULTRIX V4.2 or later for SCSI-based drives. The TZ87/877 are also supported on Novell NetWare versions 3.11, 3.12, and 4.01 with Panlindrome's Network Archivist 3.0 and Network Archivist 3.0 SMS software. The TZ88 is supported on OpenVMS V6.2 and Digital UNIX V3.2 systems. Note: See system ordering menus for specific variants and quantities supported. TZ87·JF TZ87·TA TZ87·VA TZ87N·TA TZ87N·VA TZ88N·TA TZ88N·VA TZ87 cartridge tape drive for VAX 4000 BA4xx enclosure and R400XIB400X expansion pedestals; field installed TZ87 cartridge tape drive in tabletop enclosure for SCSI-based systems. Requires external SCSI cable. TZ87 cartridge tape drive in 5.25-inch StorageWorks carrier TZ87N cartridge tape drive in tabletop enclosure for SCSI-based systems. TZ85/86/87 read/write compatible only. Requires external SCSI cable. TZ87N cartridge tape drive in StorageWorks carrier, TZ85/86 read/write compatible only TZ88N half-inch cartridge tape drive in tabletop enclosure. TZ85, TZ86, TZ87, TZ88 read-write compatible. Includes media and documentation TZ88N half-inch cartridge tape drive in StorageWorks 5.25-inch carrier, TZ85, TZ86, TZ87, TZ88 read-write compatible. Includes media and documentation. Note: Cables, media, and power cords for the Tx800 family are described in the next section. Storage 6.83 StorageWorks DLT Tape Family DLT magazine tape subsystems-TZS77 or TZS75- combine the DLT cartridge tape drive and an automatic cartridge loader to provide highly reliable unattended backup for SCSI systems. Five or seven cartridges are inserted into the removable magazine. An internal, elevator-like mechanism moves to each of the storage slots to load and unload cartridges. The TZS77 subsystem can back up as much as 140 Gbytes in three shifts (24 hours) without operator intervention. DLT magazine tape subsystems are offered in full-rack enclosure for inclusion in the BAI00 storage array pedestals and the integrated storage array systems. TZ877 Features • Incorporates the 20 Gbyte TZS7rrZS7N cartridge tape drives • Maximum capacity: up to seven cartridges for up to 140 Gbyte unattended backup • TZ30rrK50rrK70 read compatibility (except for TZS7N, TZS77-NNNE) • TZS7 read/write compatibility (TZS57, TZS67, TZS75, TZS77) • Available in pedestal enclosure (SZI07) • Available in tabletop enclosure (TZS75-TA or TZS75NT) • Available for inclusion in storage arrays (TZS77-AE, NE) Software Support The TZS7, TZS75, TZS77, TZS7N, TZS75N, and TZS77N are supported on OpenVMS V5.5-2, ULTRIX 4.2A, Digital UNIX V2, and OpenVMS Alpha Vl.5. In addition, the TZS6 and TZS7 are supported in Microsoft Windows NT V3.5. Upgrades The TZS77-UG/uN packages include the appropriate variant of the TxS6 or TZS7 drive, which will be exchanged in the field for the TxS5 drive that is contained in an existing TxS57 tape subsystem. Return of the existing TxS5 cartridge tape drive is required. Note: TZ877 upgrades will upgrade Tx857/867 to SCSI TZ877. Only loaders with revisions E03 or greater can utilize this upgrade package. The rev level is posted on the side of the read chassis, near the regulatory label. TZ877 TZ877-AE/AF TZ877-NEINF SZl07-AAIAB SCSI 140 GB (formatted) cartridge loader tape subsystem for mounting in SW500/SWSOO cabinets; includes mounting brackets and cables, 120/240 V SCSI 140 GB (formatted) cartridge loader tape subsystem for mounting in SW500/SWSOO cabinets; includes mounting brackets and cable, 120/240 V. TzS5 and TZS6 read/write compatible only. SCSI 140 GB (formatted) cartridge loader tape subsystem in pedestal enclosure, 1201240 V TZ875 TZ87S-TA TZ87S-NT TZ87S-AE TZ87S-NE 6. 84 Storage SCSI 100 GB (formatted) tabletop five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five data cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 110/220 power selectable. Read compatible with TK50rrK70rrZ30rrZS5rrZS6 formats. Read/write compatible with TZS5rrZS6. SCSI 100 GB (formatted) tabletop five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five data cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 1101220 power selectable. Read/write compatible with the TZS5rrZS6. SCSI 100 GB (formatted) rackmount five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five data cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 1101220 power selectable. Read compatible with TK50rrK70rrZ30rrZS5rrZS6 formats. Read/write compatible with TZS5rrZS6. SCSI 100 GB (formatted) rackmount five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five data cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 1101220 power selectable. Read/write compatible with the TZS5rrZS6. StorageWorks DLT Tape Family StorageWorks TZ877JTZ875 Magazine Tape Subsystems (continued) SCSI Cables BC09D-12 BC06P-2F BC06P-06 BC06P-09 DECsystem 5900/ DECsystem 5000 3.6-m (12-ft) SCSI cable, Champ/SCSI-2 MicroV AX 3100 10E, 20E, 30, 40, and SO 76.2-cm (2.5-ft) SCSI cable, TLZ04, RRD40, TZS5 MicroVAX 3100 10E, 20E, 30,40, and SO l.S-m (6-ft) SCSI cable, TLZ04IRRD40ITZS5 MicroVAX 3100 10E, 20E, 30,40, and SO 2.7-m (9-ft) SCSI cable, TLZ04/RRD40ITZS5 Media TK85K-Ol TK85K-07 TK85K-AO TK85-HC TK85-M THXKD-Ol Single tape cartridge for TxSOO cartridge tape subsystems Seven tape cartridges for TxSOO cartridge tape subsystems 100S tape cartridges for TxSOO cartridge tape subsystems Head cleaning cartridge for TxSOO cartridge tape subsystems Seven-cartridge magazine for TxSOO magazine tape subsystems Single tape cartridge for TZSS tape drives Power Cords The following power cords are required for supporting the TxSOO tabletop option. Choose one for each 2201240 V option ordered. 120 V power cord included with TxSOO tabletop option unless another power cord is specified. BN19H-2E BN19C-2E BN19A-2E BN19E-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN19S-2E BN18L-2E AustralialNew Zealand Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain U.K.IIreland Switzerland Denmark Italy India Israel Configuration Notes The TZS7ITZS75ITZS77 are supported with restrictions in OpenVMS V5.5-2 and ULTRIX V4.3. Storage 6.85 StorageWorks DLT Tape Family DLT magazine tape subsystems-TZ887 or TZ885- combine DLT cartridge tape drive and an automatic cartridge loader to provide highly reliable unattended backup for SCSI systems. Five or seven cartridges are inserted into the removable magazine. An internal, elevator-like mechanism moves to each of the storage slots to load and unload cartridges. DLT magazine tape subsystems are offered in full-rack enclosure for inclusion in the BAI00 storage array pedestals and the integrated storage array systems. TZ887 Features • Incorporates the 40 Gbyte TZ88N cartridge tape drives • Maximum capacity: up to seven cartridges for up to 280 Gbyte unattended backup • TZ88 read/write compatibility (TZ857, TZ867, TZ875, TZ877, TZ885, TZ887) • Available in pedestal enclosure (SZI07) and tabletop enclosure (TZ885-NT) • Available for inclusion in storage arrays (TZ887-NE) Software Support TZ88, TZ885 and TZ887 are supported on OpenVMS V6.2, Digital UNIX V3.2 Upgrades TZ887-UN package includes appropriate variant of TZ88 drive, which will be exchanged in the field for Tx85 drive contained in an existing Tx857 tape subsystem. Note:TZ887 upgrades will upgrade Tx857/867 to SCSI TZ887. Only loaders with revisions E03 or greater can use this upgrade package. The revision level is posted on side of read chassis, near regulatory label. TZ887 TZ887-NEINF 1401180 GB cartridge loader tape subsystem for mounting in SW500/SW800 cabinets; includes mounting brackets and cable, 120/240 V. TZ85 and TZ86 read/write compatible only. TZ885 TZ885·NT SCSI 200 GB tabletop five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five data cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 110/220 power selectable. Read/write compatible with the TZ851TZ86. TZ885·NE SCSI 200 GB rackmount five cartridge loader tape subsystem. Includes magazine, five data cartridges, power cord, and documentation. 1101220 power selectable. Read/write compatible with the TZ851TZ86. SCSI Cables BC19J·xx BC06p·xx BN23G·02 DECsystem 3000 DEC system 4000 DEC system 7000, 1000 Media TK85·HC TK85·M THXKD·Ol TK87·MA 6. 86 Storage Head cleaning cartridge for Tx800 cartridge tape subsystems Seven-cartridge magazine for Tx800 magazine tape subsystems Single tape cartridge for TZ88 tape drives Single tape cartridge for TZ88 tape drives StorageWorks DLT Tape Family StorageWorks TZ887/TZ885 DLT Magazine Tape Subsystems (continued) Power Cords Power cords required for Tx800 tabletop option. Choose one for each 2201240 V option ordered. 120 V power cord included with Tx800 tabletop option unless another power cord is specified. BN19H·2E BN19C·2E BN19A·2E BN19E·2E BN19K·2E BN19M·2E BN19S·2E BN18L·2E AustralialNew Zealand Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain U .K.lIreland Switzerland Denmark Italy India Israel Specifications Performance Data transfer rate (formatted) Read/write speed Data Organization Recording format Recording density Recording method Track density Read-write head Supported Interface SCSI-2 TZ87ffZ88 2.5 MB/second 150 in.!s 128-track serial serpentine variable block 62,500 bits/inch (TZ87); 82,000 bits/inch (TZ88) MFM, bit serial data 256 tracks per inch Two-channel ferrite, wlMIG ITZ87, TZ88, TZ877, TZ887, SZ107 TZ87 Physical Characteristics Width Height Length (from back of bezel) Weight Drive Only 14.5 cm (5.7 in.) 11.3 cm (4.5 in.) 22.9 cm (9.0 in.) 2.27 kg (5 Ib) With Bezel 14.9 cm (5.87 in.) 8.6 cm (3.4 in.) 1.5 cm (0.6 in.) 3.2 kg (71b) Total 14.9 cm(5.8 in.) 11.3 cm (4.5 in.) 24.4 cm (9.6 in.) Power Requirements Voltage +5 V, +12 V, dc only Power consumption 27 watts maximum, 25 watts typical Dissipation (maximum watts x 3.41) 192 Btu's Line type Molex 5129-4A Storage 6.87 StorageWorks DLT Tape Family TZ87rrZ88 Tabletop Physical Characteristics Height Width Length Weight (box only) Weight (box with drive) 14.52 cm (5.72 in.) 23.49 cm (9.25 in.) 33.22 cm (l3.08 in.) 4.6 kg (lO.llb) 7.7 kg (l6.9Ib) Power Requirements Nominal voltage 120 Vac/230 Vac Minimum voltage ) 90 Vac/180 Vac Maximum voltage 135 Vac/270 Vac Power consumption 27 watts maximum, 25 watts typical Dissipation (maximum watts x 3.41) 192 BTUs Line type Single-phase AC, NEMA#515, IEC#320 TZ877rrZ887 Physical Characteristics Height Width Length Weight 2.65 cm (10.42 in.) 22.2 cm (8.74 in.) 68.6 cm (27.0 in.) 25 kg (55 lb) Power Requirements Nominal voltage Minimum voltage Maximum voltage Power consumption Dissipation (maximum watts x 3.41) Line type 120 Vac1230 Vac 90 Vac/180 Vac 135 Vac1270 Vac 83.5 watts maximum, 82 watts typical 285 Btu's Single-phase, ac, NEMA#515, IEC#320 SZl07 Physical Characteristics Height Width Length Weight (box only) Weight (box with Tx857) Weight (box with Tx857 and Sx72) 68.6 em (27 in.) 45.7 (18 in.) 86.4 cm (34 in.) 72.7 cm (160 lb) 102.2 kg (225 lb) 111.8 kg (246Ib) Power Requirements Nominal voltage Minimum voltage Maximum voltage Power consumption Dissipation (maximum watts x 3.41) Line type 6. 88 Storage 120 Vac1230 Vac 90 Vac/180 Vac 135 Vac/270 Vac 113 watts maximum, 82 watts typical 285 Btu's Single-phase ac, NEMA #515, IEC #320 StorageWorks DLT Tape Family StorageWorks DLT Tape Specifications (continued) Cartridge Physical Characteristics TK85K THXKD Width Height Length Weight Tape Length Cartridge Durability, magazine Durability, cartridge Compatibility 10.5 em (4.15 in.) 2.54 em (1.0 in.) 11.3 em (4.165 in.) 7.7 ounces 0.53-mil thick, 0.5-inch metal powder 1186 feet of usable tape Digital-designed CompacTape III 10,000 insertions 20,000 passes TK50-K (TZ30, TK50), TK52-K (TK70)and TKS5K 10.5 em (4.15 in.) 2.54 em (1.0 in.) 11.3 em (4.165 in.) 7.85 ounces 0.53-mil thick, 0.5-inch metal powder 1,780 feet of usable tape Quantum 10,000 insertions 20,000 passes TKS5, THXKD Magazine Physical Characteristics Width Height Length Weight (empty) Weight (fully loaded) 13.25 cm (5.217 in.) 21.S9 cm (S.622 in.) l1.S em (4.646 in.) 0.59 cm (1.3 lb) 2.04 cm (4.5 lb) TZ87SffZ88S Physical Characteristics Width Height Length Weight Tabletop 30.0 cm (l1.S in.) 41.4 cm (16.3 in.) 26.7 cm (10.5 in.) 15.9 kg (35 lb.) Rackmount 29.5 cm (11.6 in.) 41.4 cm (16.3 in.) 25.4 cm (16.2 in.) 12.27 kg (27 lb.) Power Voltage Power consumption (W) 100 to 240 VAC 100 (Max.); 40 (Typical) Storage 6.89 StorageWorks DAT Tape Family TLZ09 is a DDS-2 DAT tape drive for backup, archiving, and data interchange applications. Based on the DDS-2 standard, the TLZ09 provides up to 8 Gbytes of unattended backup capability with a sustained transfer rate of up to 1,550 Kbytes/per second. It is up to 90% faster that other DDS-2 DAT drives. It is offered as an embedded device, in a 3.5-inch or 5.25inch, half-height form factor, as a StorageWorks System Building Block or as a tabletop model. It is read and write compatible with media used in TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07 tape drives and TLZ6L and TLZ7L tape loaders and other DDS, DDS-DC and DDS-2 compliant tape drives. The TLZ7L is a DDS-2 compliant, 4-mm DAT loader that provides up to 96 Gbytes of unattended backup and archiving capability with a transfer rate of up to 810 KB per second. It is ideal for unattended backup of workstations and servers. It provides up to 32 Gbytes of unattended capacity with its standard 4-cartridge magazine and up to 96 Gbytes with its optional 12-cartridge magazine. The TLZ7L is also read-write compatible with the media used in the TLZ6L loaders, and TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07 and TLZ09 drives. Both TLZ09 and TLZ7L are third-generation DAT drives with hardware data compression and read-after-write verification to provide reliable data recording on 60,90 or 120 meter data cassettes. The Digital Data Storage (DDS) recording format implements 10 distinct error-handling techniques, including three levels of error correction code (ECC) to ensure superlative data reliability. The 8 Gbyte tape capacity of the TLZ09 tape drive and TLZ7L tape autoloader is achieved by a combination of 120-meter cassette and typical 2x data compression. These features, combined with Digital Data Storage recording formats (DDSDC), ensure interchangability as capacity increases. DDS-2labeled media is required to ensure the highest data integrity during read/write operations. Both TLZ09 and TLZ7L implement the DDS-2 media recognition system which identifies a striped tape leader on datagrade tapes. The system eliminates performance and service issues related to inadvertent use of audio-grade media cartridges. Data compression is software selectable on the TLZ09 and TLZ7L. It can be turned off to read and write to 60 or 90 meter DAT tapes for interchange with the TLZ04 or TLZ06 tape drives. However, it is important to remember that data compressed and recorded on 60 meter DAT cassettes cannot be read by the TLZ04 drive. The TLZ04 will not handle 90 or 120 meter DAT cartridges, and the TLZ06 will not handle 120 meter DAT cartridges. Features TLZ09 DAT tape drive • • • • • Fast back up. 775/1550-Kbyte/s transfer rate. Up to 90% faster than comparable products Up to 8 gigabytes capacity per cassette Read and write compatible with TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07, TLZ6L and TLZ7L Industry-standard DDS, DDS-DC and DDS-2 formats for industry-wide data interchange Compatible with Digital UNIX, VMS-Alpha, VMS VAX, Windows NT and StorageWorks solutions Features TLZ7L DAT tape loader • • • • Up to 32 megabytes unattended backup capacity standard. Up to 96 gigabytes with optional 12 cartridge magazine. Fast backup 810-Kbyte/s transfer rate (with data compression) for an unattended backup rate of 1.5 Gbyte/hour Read and write compatible with TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07, TLZ09, and TLZ6L Industry-standard DDS, DDS-DC and DDS-2 formats for industry-wide data interchange Benefits • High Unattended Backup Capacity: The DDS-2 format provides a native unattended capacity of 4 Gbytes, and compressed capacity of 8 Gbytes, providing an effective match for many of today' s servers. The TLZ7L provides a native, unattended capacity of 32 Gbytes, and compressed capacity of up to 96 Gbytes with the optional TLZ6L-12 magazine. • First Generation ReadlWrite Compatibility: The TLZ09 and TLZ7L can read and write DDS, DDS-DC and DDS-2 media ensuring investment protection as well as data interchange with other DDS drives. • Multiple Packaging Options: The TLZ09 and TLZ7L are available in system-installed, tabletop, and StorageWorks versions to fit the customer's packaging requirements. • Media Quality Checking: The TLZ07 implements DDS-2 media recognition system, eliminating performance and service issues related to inadvertent use of audio-grade media cartridges. 6. 90 Storage StorageWorks DAT Tape Family StorageWorks TLZ09 DAT Tape Drive and TLZ7L Autoloader (continued) Operating System Support TLZ09 • • • • OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2, V5.5-2H4, V6.0, V6.l (requires MK driver enhancement kit (QA-MT1AA-Up.6.1) OpenVMS Alpha V6.2 Digital UNIX V3.2 Windows NT v3.5l (with service pack 5), V4.0 Operating System Support TLZ7L • • • • OpenVMS VAX V5.5-2, V5.5-2H4, V6.0, V6.l [requires MK driver enhancement kit (QA-MTlAA-Up.6.l)] OpenVMS Alpha V1.5 and V6.l [requires MK driver enhancement kit (QA-MTlAA-Up.6.l)] Digital UNIX V2.0 Windows NT support requires third party application (Seagate Backup Exec, etc.) POLYCENTER Support TLZ7L • • • • · Storage Library System V2.5 Hierarchical Storage Management V 1.1 NetWorker Save and Restore V3.0 Archive Backup V1.0 Sequential Media File System V1.0 Storage Controllers Support See controller Software Product Description for controller support information Note: See system ordering menus for specific variants and quantities supported. One media and cleaning cartridge included with all models. TLZ09·DB TLZ09·DC TLZ09·DD TLZ09·HF TLZ09·LG TLZ09·LK TLZ09·VA SWXTA·CT 8 GB 4 mm DAT tabletop tape drive with 3-foot SCSI cable (17-04356-01)for 50 pin HD host SCSI port. Supported on AlphaServers 8400,8200,4100,4000,2100,21 00A,2000, 1000,400, AlphaStations 600,400,255,250,200,DEC4000-700/600, V AXstation 4000-60/96/98 8 GB 4 mm DAT tabletop tape drive with 3 ft SCSI cable and adapter for 68 HD host SCSI port Supported on AlphaStation 500 8 GB 4 mm DAT tabletop tape drive with 3-foot (17-04370-01) cable for 50 pin LD host SCSI adapter. Supported on VAX 4000 systems, MicroV AX 3100-30/40/80/85/90/96, and DEC 3000 systems. 8 GB 4 mm Internal DAT tape drive. Supported on MicroVAX 3100, VAXstation 4000-60/90196, VAX 4000 106A (5.25" 068 Gray) 8 GB 4 mm Internal DAT tape drive. Supported on AlphaServer 8400,8200,2100,2000 (5.25" 068 gray) 8 GB 4 mm Internal DAT tape drive. Supported on AlphaServer 4100,4000, VAX 4000-108, MicroVAX 3100-88/98 (5.25" white) 8 GB 4 mm DAT tape drive with snap-in carrier for StorageWorks BA350, BA356 and SW300 Supported on AlphaServer 8400,8200,4100,4000,2100,2000, VAX 4000-108 8 GB 4 mm DAT tabletop tape drive. Supported by StorageWorks RA210,230,310,410,450, ESA-2 TLZ7L Tape Loader TLZ7L·DA TLZ7L·GA TLZ7L·LG TLZ7L·VA 32 GB, 4 mm tabletop DAT autoloader for AlphaServers and AlphaStations, MicroVAX II, MicroVAX 3100 and DEC 3000 systems and StorageWorks. Includes four cartridge magazine, five data cartridges, cleaning cartridge and 3-ft SCSI (BCI9J-03) cable. Supported on AlphaServer 200012100,4100/4000 systems (requires BC09D-03 cable) 32 GB, 4 mm DAT tabletop loader with 6 foot (BC06P-06) cable for VAX 4000 systems 32 GB, 4 mm DAT internal loader. 32 GB, 4 mm DAT Loader with snap-in StorageWorks carrier for StorageWorks BA350, BA356, SW300, AlphaServer 8400,8200, 4100,4000,2100,2100A,2000 Storage 6.91 StorageWorks DAT Tape Family Media TLZ04-HA TLZ04-CB TLZ06-CB TLZ07-CA TLZ07-CB Cleaning cartridge for TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07, TLZ09 Five-pack of 60-m data cartridges for TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07,TLZ09 Five-pack of 90-m data cartridges for TLZ04, TLZ06, TLZ07,TLZ09 Single 120-m data cartridge for TLZ07,TLZ09 Five-pack of 120-m data cartridges for TLZ07,TLZ09 KZQSA Adapter (required for the following systems) KZQSA-AA KZQSA-BA KZQSA-SAISF Adapter for BA23 MicroVAX II systems Adapter for BA123 MicroVAX II systems TLZ07 adapter for BA200IBA400 Micro VAX 3000 and VAX 4000 systems; factory/field installed Power Cords (240 V devices require a country-specific power cord) BN19A-2E BN19C-2E BN19E-2E BN19H-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN19S-2E BN18U-2E U.K.lIreland Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Holland, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden Switzerland AustralialNew Zealand Denmark Italy India Israel Specifications Capacity (formatted) Buffer Size Transfer Rate Format and Compatibility Recording Format WritelRead TLZ09 8 GB (120m tape) 1MB 775/1550 KBs sustained TLZ7L 8 GB (120m tape) 1MB 405/810 KBs sustained DDS-2 (120m tape) DDS-1 (90/60m tape) DDS-2 (120m tape) DDS-1 (90/60m tape) Physical Characteristics TLZ09 Tape Drive TLZ09 Height Width Depth Weight 3.5-inch Embedded 4.1 em (1.6 in.) 10.1 em (4.0 in.) 146 em (5.8 in.) 0.7 kg (1.5 lb) 5.25-inch Embedded 4.1 em (1.6 in.) 14.6 em (5.7 in.) 146 em (5.8 in.) 0.9 kg (2.0 lb) Tabletop 52 em (2.1 in.) 16 em (6.3 in.) 30 em (11.8 in.) 2.2 kg (4.9Ib) Physical Characteristics TLZ7L Tape Loader Note: When DDS-media is used, TLZ7L tape loader defaults to DDS-1 format and operation TLZ7L Width Depth Weight 6. 92 Storage 5.25-inch Embedded 14.9 em (5.87 in.) 22.2 em (8.75 in.) 2.7 kg(6.0 lb.) Tabletop 23.5 em (9.25 in.) 33.0 em (13.0 in.) 6.8 kg (15.0) StorageWorks 8 mm Helical Scan Tape Drive StorageWorks TKZ9E 8 mm Helical Scan Tape Drive The TKZ9E is an industry-standard 8 mm helical scan tape drive which supports 2.3, S.O, 7.0, 10.0 and 14.0 GB modes. Push buttons on front panel allow user to select a range of densities and compression modes, to ensure compatibility with previous Digital 8 mm tape drives, such as the TKZ08, TLZ08, TKZ09, TKZ1S, and Exabyte EXB8200/8S00/8S0S-based tape drives. The display panel, with two numeric/alphanumeric LED displays and eleven LED indicators, provides valuable operator information on the quality of the tape being used, how much tape is left on cartridge, and whether loaded tape cartridge was written in compressed mode. Both tabletop and StorageWorks system building block variants are available. Features • Backward tape compatibility with 8 mm helical scan tape drives • Storage capacity: 7 GB (14 GB compressed, 2: 1 typical) • Supports 112 meter and extended-length (164 meter) tapes • Interface: SCSI-2, Single ended, narrow • Sustained data rate: SOO (1000 compressed) Kbytes-persecond • Configuration part number suffixes are: -TA for tabletop and -VA for StorageWorks variants • Comprehensive display panel: 2 numeric/alphanumeric LED displays and 11 LED indicators • Auto ranging power supply (-T A variant) Benefits • Data interchange with older 8 mm tape drives such as TKZ08, TLZ08, TKZ09, TKZ1S • Standard IDRC data compression and extended length tape provide maximum capacity-per-cartridge for backup • Push button density and compression selection allows various densities to be written independently of host operating system • High-speed search capability improves system and user productivity • Drive electronics continuously monitor and adjust compression ratio to determine whether capacity and throughput are working at maximum efficiency • Powerful onboard error correcting code, automatic readafter-write verification, and write error recovery without host intervention, provide unsurpassed data integrity Built-in one megabyte buffer provides increased read/write performance Operating System Support • Digital UNIX, V3.2 minimum • OpenVMS VS.S-2 minimum for OpenVMS VAX systems • OpenVMS V6.2 minimum for OpenVMS Alpha systems Connectivity • • • • • Most native single-ended SCSI ports PMAZC TurboChannellSCSI adapter KZPAA PCI/SCSI adapter KZPSA PCI/SCSI adapter PB2HA EISA/SCSI adapter • • • • DWZZA differential to single-ended converter KZQSA Qbus/SCSI adapter KZMSA XMI/SCSI adapter AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 with KFTIA adapter TKZ9E 8 mm Tape Drives TKZ9E-TA TKZ9E-VA TKZ8X-CB 8 mm Tape Drive, SCSI, (8200/8S00/8S0S-compatible), tabletop Unit, 120V AC Power Cord, and SCSI Terminator, with One Cleaning Cartridge, Two Blank 112-meter Tapes, and User Documentation (1) 8 mm Tape Drive, SCSI, (8200/8S00/8S0S-compatible), StorageWorks System Building Block, with One Cleaning Cartridge, Two Blank 112-meter Tapes, and User Documentation Five, 112-meter, 8 mm Tape Cartridges Storage 6.93 StorageWorks 8 mm Helical Scan Tape Drive SCSI Cabling The TKZ9E-TA, tabletop variant uses a 50-pin low density, bail lock "champ" SCSI connector. SCSI cables must be order separately. Power Cords Note: The -TA tabletop variant includes a 120 V power cord. Select country specific power cord for all other voltages. BN19A-2E BN19C·2E BN19E·2E BN19H·2E BN19K·2E BN19M·2E BN19S·2E BNlSU·2E U .K.lIreland Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Holland, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden Switzerland AustralialNew Zealand Denmark Italy India Israel Specifications Drive Specification Physical block size Data Buffering Transfer Rate Track Density Track Width Power 1024 data bytes +400 ECC bytes 1 MB speed matching buffer 500 KB/second to 75 MB/second 1640 tracks/inch (8500/8505) .025 mm (.001 inch) +5 VDC, +12 VDCI15 Watts typical Physical Characteristics TKZ9E StorageWorks Tabletop Width Depth Height 15.2 cm (6.00 in.) 21.8 cm (8.60 in.) 11.4 cm (4.50 in.) 14.6 em (5.75 in.) 20.3 cm (8.00 in.) 8.3 cm (3.25 in.) 6.94 Storage TKZ6x Tape Drive Family TKZ60ITKZ61ITKZ62 Tape Drive Family The TKZ60 family consists of IBM compatible tape drives with a SCSI 2 interface that can be connected to most Digital native SCSI ports and SCSI controllers. TKZ60 series consists of IBM 348013490 compatible tape drives. TKZ60 series is T A90/91 compatible, available in rackmountable and tabletop configurations. A 19" RETMA mounting kit is available for rackmountable drive. Mounting kits for StorageWorks SWSOO/800 are not available. TKZ60 series is designed for customers who require sporadic data interchange on IBM tape media. TKZ61 series consists of IBM 348013490 compatible tape drives with integrated 10-cartridge loader. TKZ6l series is TA90/91 compatible and available in rackmountable, pedestal and tabletop configurations. Drive includes 19" RETMA cabinet mounting hardware. StorageWorks SWSOO/800 mounting kits are available. TKZ6l series is designed for customers who perform backups on IBM tape media and have significant IBM tape interchange requirements. TKZ62 series consists of IBM 3480/3490/3490E compatible tape drives with integrated 10-cartridge loader. TKZ62 series is T A90/91192 compatible and available in rackmountable, pedestal and tabletop configurations. Drive includes 19" RETMA cabinet mounting hardware. StorageWorks SWSOO/800 mounting kits are available. The TKZ62 series is designed for customers who perform backups on IBM tape media, have significant IBM tape interchange requirements, and need increased capacity per cartridge provided by the inclusion of 3490E 36-track capability. TKZ62 tape drive is unique in that it is the only IBM 3490E compatible tape drive that can read AND write in 3480/3490 l8-track mode. TKZ60 Features TKZ61 Features TKZ62 Features • · • • • • • • • • · • · • • • • • TA90/91 read/write compatible Up to 400 MB per cartridge Single cartridge load only 1.5 MB/Sec max transfer rate IBM IDRC data compression Single Ended and Fast Narrow Differential SCSI variants • Autoranging power supply TA90/91 read/write compatible Up to 400 MB per cartridge 10-cartridge integrated loader 3.0 MB/Sec max transfer rate IBM IDRC data compression Single Ended and Fast Narrow Differential SCSI variants • Autoranging power supply T A90/91192 read/write compatible Up to 2.4 GB per cartridge 10-cartridge integrated loader 3.0 MB/Sec max transfer rate IBM IDRC data compression Single Ended and Fast Narrow Differential SCSI variants • Autoranging power supply Prerequisite Hardware • AlphaServer 8400 with XMI bus • KZP AA and KZPSA controllers for PCI based systems HSJxx controllers for CI clusters HSDOS and HSDlO controllers for DSSI connections • KZQSA adapter for Q-bus MicroV AX and V AX 4000 systems • PMAZC TurbochanneUSCSI adapter • PB2HA EISA/SCSI adapter • AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 with KFTIA adapter Prerequisite Software • TKZ60 series requires minimum of OpenVMS V AX VS.4-l, OpenVMS Alpha Vl.O, RISC Ultrix V4.2A with CAM and Digital UNIX V 1.2 • TKZ60 requires HSOF firmware V2.0 minimum. TKZ61162 requires HSOF firmware V2.7 minimum • POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore on Digital UNIX as of V2.2B • TKZ61162 series drives require minimum of OpenVMS VAX VS.S-2, OpenVMS Alpha V6.l, Digital UNIX V2.0 • TKZ60/61162 support on Alpha Windows NT requires V3.S minimum and layered software, QB-4STAA-SA SWSOO/800 Mounting Kits TKZ6R-Sl TKZ6R-S2 TKZ6R-S3 Mounting kit for one TKZ61162 drive in SWSOO/800 cabinet. Includes I-drive bezel and mounting hardware Mounting kit for two TKZ6l/62 drives in SWSOO/800 cabinet. Includes 2-drive bezel and mounting hardware Mounting kit for three TKZ6l/62 drives in SWSOO/800 cabinet. Includes 3-drive bezel and mounting hardware Storage 6.95 TKZ6x Tape Drive Family Metric Cab Mounting Kit TKZ6R-Ml Mounting kit for one TKZ61162 drive in metric dimensioned cabinet. Includes I-drive bezel and mounting hardware TKZ6x TKZ60-EA TKZ60-FA TKZ60-GA TKZ60-HA TKZ61-AA TKZ61-AB TKZ61-AC TKZ61-AD TKZ61-AE TKZ61-AF TKZ62-AA TKZ62-AB TKZ62-AC TKZ62-AD TKZ62-AE TKZ62-AF TK60V-AB TK60R-AA TK60K-BA TK60K-BB Rackmountable 3480/3490 compatible tape drive with IDRC data compression, manual loading, single ended SCSI, 120/240V. Includes one cleaning cartridge, one data cartridge, 120V power cord, and documentation. Requires TK60R-AA rackmount kit for 19" RETMA cabinets. One kit mounts up to two TKZ60 drives Same as TKZ60-EA except for tabletop single-ended SCSI Same as TKZ60-EA except for rackmount differential SCSI Same as TKZ60-FA except for tabletop differential SCSI Rackmountable, 3480/3490 compatible tape drive with IDRC data compression, integrated 10 cartridge loader, single ended SCSI, 1201240V. Includes one cleaning cartridge, one data cartridge, cabinet slide kit, 120V power cord, and documentation Same as TKZ61-AA except for pedestal single-ended SCSI Same as TKZ61-AA except for tabletop single-ended SCSI Same as TKZ61-AA except for rackmount differential SCSI Same as TKZ61-AB except for pedestal differential SCSI Same as TKZ61-AC except for tabletop differential SCSI Rackmountable, 3480/3490/3490E compatible tape drive with IDRC data compression, integrated 10 cartridge loader, single ended SCSI, 120/240V. Includes one cleaning cartridge, one data cartridge, cabinet slide kit, 120V power cord, and documentation. Same as TKZ62-AA except for pedestal single-ended SCSI Same as TKZ62-AA except for tabletop single-ended SCSI Same as TKZ62-AA except for rackmount differential SCSI Same as TKZ62-AB except for pedestal differential SCSI Same as TKZ62-AC except for tabletop differential SCSI Upgrades early non-compression TKZ60 drives to IDRC data compression. Note: Only TKZ60 drives built after May, 1993 may be upgraded. Manufacture date can be found on TKZ60 serial number label Mounting kit for up to two TKZ60 drives in a 19" RETMA cabinet Box of four, 5-s10t, magazines to hold data cartridges for early TKZ60 drives with front mounted loader mechanisms Box of four, 10-s10t, magazines to hold data cartridges for early TKZ60 drives with front mounted loader mechanisms Media and Cleaning Cartridge TA90K-30 TKZ6K-30 TA90K-HC 6. 96 Storage IBM compatible 18-track data cartridge, quantity 30 (thirty) IBM compatible 36-track data cartridge, quantity 30 (thirty) Cleaning cartridge TKZ6x Tape Drive Family TKZ60ITKZ61ITKZ62 Tape Drive Family (continued) SCSI Cables and Power Cords TKZ60 tape family, both single ended and fast wide differential SCSI variants, use a 50-pin, low density, bail lock "Champ" SCSI connector. SCSI cables must be ordered separately. All TKZ60 family tape drives include a 120 volt power cord. Select country specific power cord for all other voltages. BN19H-2E BN19C-2E BN19A-2E BN19K-2E BN19M-2E BN19S-2E BN18L-2E Australia/New Zealand Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Finland, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Portugal, Spain U .K.lIreland Denmark Italy India Israel Specifications Tabletop Unit TKZ60 TKZ61/62 Height Width Depth Weight Power Consumption 11.74 em (7.4 in.) 21.72 em (9.2 in.) 59.98 em (22.4 in.) 11.34 kg (25 lb) 150 WIhr 17.71 em (6.97 in.) 43.19 em (17.0 in.) 61.10 em (24.05 in.) 27.22 kg (60 lb.) 150 WIhr Note:For additional information reference TKZ60 Family Data Sheet, EC-F6205-36. Storage 6.97 TSZ07 Reel to Reel Tape TSZQ7:Reel.··.toReelT:ape ···DeYic~.··,,· I'· The TSZ07 is a dual-density 1600/6250-bitlinch magnetic tape drive that can be connected to most SCSI controllers and adapters to provide industry standard 9-track data interchange. For systems with a VAXBI bus a TSB07 -xx variant is available that includes a VAXBI/SCSI adapter for ease of ordering. The TSZ07 is available in a standard 48.3-cm (19") rackmount form, in a tabletop version, or top mounted in a 110 cm (43.3") cabinet which includes an H7600-type power controller and provides 55.9 cm (26") of cabinet expansion space. Features • Recording density 6250 bits/inch (GCR), 1600 bits/inch (phase encoded) • Formatted capacity @ 6250 bits/inch 140 MB *(2400foot reel), @ 1600 bits/inch 40 MB (2400-foot reel) • Read/write speed 2.54 meters/second (100 inches/second maximum) • Maximum rewind speed 5.1 meters/second (200 inches/second) Maximum data transfer rate 625 KB/second • Maximum SCSI transfer rate 4 MB/second (synchronous) • Automatic loading and threading • 8 character alphanumeric front panel display 1 MB cache memory • Front loading with low profile 22.2 cm (8.75-inch) height • Auto ranging power supply • Low acoustic noise level • Single ended and fast narrow differential SCSI Prerequisite Hardware • • • • KZPAA and KZPSA for PCI based systems AlphaServer 8400 with XMI bus HSJxx for CI clusters HSD05 and HSD10 for DSSI connection • • • • KZQSA for Q-bus systems PMAZC TurbochannellSCSI adapter PB2HA EISA/SCSI adapter AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 with KFfIA adapter Software • HSOF V1.2 or later. • TSZ07 requires OpenVMS V5.4-1 or higher, Digital UNIX V2.0 or higher. Support for Alpha systems running Windows NT requires V3.5 and layered software QB-4STAA-SA. • TSB07 requires OpenVMS V5.3 or higher. Note VAX 87xx/88xx requires minimum of Open VMS V5.4-3. TSZ07 variants for direct connection to SCSI external ports and controllers TSZ07-AA TSZ07-BA TSZ07-BB TSZ07-CA 1600/6250 bit/inch single-ended SCSI rackmountable 9-track magtape, requires country kit 1600/6250 bit/inch single-ended SCSI 9-track magtape mounted in H9A11 cabinet, includes 9-foot (2.7 meter) external BC06P-09 SCSI cable, tape drive to power controller ac power cord, and power controller with appropriate ac power cord attached. Some countries may require a country specific ac power plug. Same as -BA except 240V power controller 1600/6250 bit/inch single-ended SCSI tabletop 9-track magtape, requires country kit TSZ07 variants for connection to VAXBI bus TSB07-AA TSB07-BA TSB07-BB TSB07-CA 6. 98 Storage Differential SCSI rackmountable magtape; includes VAXBI adapter, 40-inch (1 meter) internal cable, I/O bulkhead with connector, and 25-foot (7.6 meter) BC13N-25 SCSI cable, requires country kit Differential SCSI magtape rackmounted in 40-inch (1 meter) cabinet; includes VAXBI adapter, 40inch (1 meter) internal cable, I/O bulkhead with connector, and 25-foot (7.6 meter) BC13N-25 SCSI cable, tape drive to power controller ac power cord, and power controller with appropriate ac power cord attached. Some countries may require a country specific ac power plug. Same as -BA except 240V power controller, requires two country specific power cords Differential SCSI tabletop magtape; includes VAXBI adapter, 40-inch (1 meter) internal cable, I/O bulkhead with connector, and 25-foot (7.6 meter) BC13N-25 SCSI cable, requires country kit TSZ07 Reel to Reel Tape TSZ07 Reel to Reel Tape Device (continued) • To daisychain more than one TSZ07 on a VAXBI system, order one TSB07 above and one TSZ07 differential SCSI model below TSZ07-DA TSZ07-EA TSZ07-EB TSZ07-FA Differential SCSI rackmountable 9-track magtape, requires country kit Differential SCSI 9-track magtape in H9642 cabinet, includes 9-foot (2.7 meter) external BN06P-09 SCSI cable, tape drive to power controller ac power cord, and power controller with appropriate ac power cord attached. Some countries may require a country specific ac power plug. Same as above except 240V power controller, requires two country specific power cords Differential SCSI tabletop 9-track magtape, requires country kit Country kits • TSZ07-AA, -CA, -DA, -FA, and TSB07-AA, -CA require a country kit which includes an ac power cord, two 6-foot (1.8 meter) SCSI cables (BC06P-06), hardware documentation, tape head cleaning kit, and 2400-foot (731.5 meter) reel of blank magnetic tape. TSZK7-AA TSZK7-AD TSZK7-AE TSZK7-AG TSZK7-AI TSZK7-AJ TSZK7-AK TSZK7-AT TSZK7-AZ TSZK7-AJ U.S., Canada, Mexico Denmark U.K., Ireland Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, and Sweden Italy Japan Switzerland Israel Australia, New Zealand India SCSI Cabling Both the TSZ07 single ended and differential SCSI variants use a 50-pin, low density, bail lock "Champ" SCSI connector. SW800 Mounting Kits • TSZ07-AA and -DA variants can be mounted in StorageWorks SW800 cabinet. Up to two TSZ07 drives can be mounted in cabinet, drives must be mounted in top most positions only TSZ7R-Sl TSZ7R-S2 Mounting kit for mounting one TSZ07 magtape in SW800 cabinet. Includes replacement SW800 front door, one drive bezel, inch to metric adapter brackets, and mounting hardware Mounting kit for mounting two TSZ07 magtapes in SW800 cabinet. Includes replacement SW800 front door, two drive bezel, inch to metric adapter brackets, and mounting hardware Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight TSZ07-AA and -DA TSZ07-Bx, -Ex, and TSB07-Bx TSZ07 -CA, -FA 22.8 cm (9.0 inch) 43.2 cm (17.0 inch) 63.5 cm (25.0 inch) 30.9 kg (66.0 lb.) 110 cm (43.31 inch) 60 cm (23.62 inch) 86 cm (33.86 inch) 115.9 kg (255 lb.) 26.9 cm (10.6 inch) 50.8 cm (20.0 inch) 68.6 cm (27.0 inch) 43.2 kg (95.0 lb.) Storage 6.99 StorageWorks TZKll QIC Tape The TZK11 tape drive utilizes the QIC-2 GB format in an quarter-inch cartridge streaming tape drive, available as a 5.25inch, half-height form factor embedded or standalone tabletop device. The TZK11 supports a variety of capacities and densities depending on the cartridge type used, as illustrated in the following table. The high available capacity and transfer rate make this drive suited to backup as well as data interchange. Cartridge System DC9250 DC9000 (Magnus 2.0) DC9000 (Magnus 1.2) DC9000 (Magnus 1.0) DC6525 DC6320 DC6150 or DC600XTD DC6150 or DC600XTD DC600A Digital UNIX, Digital UNIX, Digital UNIX, Digital UNIX, Digital UNIX, Digital UNIX, Digital UNIX Digital UNIX Digital UNIX OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS OpenVMS Capacity Format Up to 2.5 GB Up to 2.0GB Up to 1.2 GB Up to 1.0 GB Up to 525 MB Up to 320MB Up to 150MB Up to 120MB Up to 60MB QIC-2 GB QIC-2 GB QIC-1 GB QIC-1 GB QIC 525 QIC 320 QIC 150 QIC 120 QIC24 Read Write X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Features • • • • • • • Up to 2.0 Gbytes (formatted) tape capacity 300-Kbyte/second transfer rate 5.25-inch half-height form factor Embedded and tabletop models Read/write speed: Variable Supported interface: SCSI-2 Supported in Digital UNIX, OpenVMS V5.5-2, OpenVMS Alpha V1.5, and SCO UNIX TZKll-DA TZKll-HG TZKll-MF TZKll-VA TZKll-VU TZK11 TZK11 TZK11 TZK11 TZK11 tabletop, including 3-ft SCSI cable and terminator for Micro VAX 3100 Model 30/40/80/90 systems; field installed for DEC 3000 Model 400/500/600/800 systems for StorageWorks BA356 modular storage shelf for StorageWorks BA356 modular storage shelf, second drive Note: One data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge included in all models; also available in the BA353 desktop expansion box. Media and Cleaning Cartridge TZKIX-CG TZKIX-CH TZKIX-CE TZKIX-CF TZKIX-CD TZKIX-CB TZKIX-HA Single 2.5 GB QIC media cartridge (DC9250) 5-pack, 2.5 GB QIC media cartridges (DC9250) Single 2.0 GB QIC media cartridge (DC9200) 5-pack, 2.0 GB QIC media cartridges (DC9200) 5-pack, 525 MB QIC media cartridges (DC6525) 5-pack, 320 MB QIC media cartridges (DC6320) TZK10ITZK11 cleaning cartridge Note:Digital branded media is recommended. Specifications Embedded Height Width Depth Weight 6.100 Storage 15.0 cm (5.9 in.) 4.4 cm (1.75 in.) 21.8 cm (8.6 in.) 1.1 kg (2.4 lb) Flexible Optical Media Specifications Chart FLEXIBLE/OPTICAL MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS CHART Option # RX02K-I0 RX33K-I0 RX50K-I0 RX23K-FM RX26K-I0 RV6XP-AA RWXIK-Ol RWX5K-Ol RWX5K-02 RWX6K-Ol RWX6K-03 TUN24-SL TUN24-AL TU58-K TK25-K TZK2X-CB TZK2X-CD PC4XT-BA TZKIX-CB TZKIX-CD TZKIX-CF TZKIX-CH TLZ04-CB TLZ06-CB TLZ07-CB TKZ8X-CB TKZ6K-30 TA90K-30 TK50-K TK52-K TK85K-Ol THXKD-Ol Media Type Capacity MB (Note 1) 0.512 SDSS HDDS 1.2 HDDS 0.409 HDDS 1.44 EDDS 2.8 WORM 6552 MlO 594 MlO 1200 WORM 1200 MlO 2300 MlO 2600 REEL 145 REEL 145 DC100A 0.262 DC600A 60 DC2120 120 QIC-WIDE 2300 DC6150 150 DC6320 320 DC6525 525 DC9200 2000 DC9250 2500 DAT-60M 1300 DAT-90M 2000 DAT-120M 4000 8 mm 5000 3490E 800 3480 200 CT-I 95 CT-U 296 10,000 CT-II1 CT-IV 20,000 Tape Length (Note 2) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2400 2400 140 600 307.5 420 620 620 1020 950 1200 196.9 295.3 393.7 367.5 1100 541 600 600 1167 1765 Form Shelf Coercivity Durability Factor Life (Oe) (Passes) (Note 3) (Note 4) (Note 5) (Note 6) 8 20* 300 3,500,000 4,000,000 5.25 20* 650 3,000,000 5.25 20* 300 4,000,000 3.5 20* 725 4,000,000 3.5 20* 750 100,000 12 100 N/A 40,000 N/A 5.25 30* 40,000 5.25 30* N/A 40,000 5.25 30* N/A 100,000 5.25 30* N/A 100,000 5.25 30* N/A 40,000 10.25 20* 350 40,000 10.25 20* 350 5,000 310 3.5 5 5,000 5.25 10* 310 5,000 3.5 10* 550 1800 5,000 3.5 10* 5,000 5.25 10* 550 5,000 5.25 10* 550 5,000 5.25 10* 550 900 5,000 5.25 10* 5,000 5.25 10* 900 1540 2,000 2.9 10 1540 2,000 2.9 10 1700 2,000 2.9 10 3.7 1540 1,500 30* 40,000 4.3 520 15* 40,000 4.3 15* 520 20,000 4.2 20* 350 20,000 4.2 20* 350 500,000 20* 1540 4.2 4.2 1850 500,000 30* Type Mat. (Note 7) GFO CGFO GFO CGFO BF SSBT TIC TIC TIC TbFeCo TbFeCo GFO GFO CGFO CGFO CGFO MP++ CGFO CGFO CGFO CGFO CGFO MP MP MP+ MP CD CD GFO GFO MP MP+ Environmental Conditions Storage Archival Operating (Note 8) 10-51/8-80 10-51/8-80 10-51/8-80 4-53/8-90 4-53/8-90 -20-60/5-90 -10-55/10-90 -10-55/10-90 -10-55/10-90 -10-55/3-90 -10-55/3-90 5-48/20-80 5-48/20-80 -40-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80 -5-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80 -5-45/20-80 -5-45/10-80 5-32/20-60 5-32/20-60 5-32/20-60 5-32/40-60 5-32/5-80 5-32/5-80 5-45/20-80 5-45/20-80 16-32/20-80 16-32/20-80 (Note 9) (Note 10) 10-51/8-80 10-51/8-80 10-51/8-80 10-60/8-80 10-51/20-80 5-50/5-80 -10-55/10-90* 5-55/10-80 -10-55/10-90* 5-55/10-80 -10-55/10-90* 5-55/10-80 -10-55/3-90* 5-55/3-85 -10-55/3-90* 5-55/3-85 5-32/20-80 16-32/20-80 5-32/20-80 16-32/20-80 -40-45/20-80 5-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80 5-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80 5-45/20-80 15-45/30-70 5-57/20-80 -40-45/20-80 5-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80 5-45/20-80 -40-45/20-80 5-45/20-80 -5-45/20-80 5-57/20-80 -5-45/20-80 5-57/20-80 5-45/20-80 5-45/20-80 5-45/20-80 5-45/20-80 16-32/20-80 16-32/20-80 5-45/20-80 10-40/20-80 5-45/20-80 10-40/20-80 18-28/40-60 10-40/20-80 18-28/40-60 10-40/20-80 * Data in all items above denoted with n*n indicate information obtained from sources other than Digital Equipment Corporation, American National Standards Institute, or manufacturer's specifications. Information is intended for general reference only and is subject to change without notice. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. Notes: 1 Maximum fonnatted capacity per unit in highest density qualified Digital drive application without compression. 2 Minimum length of recording area in feet. 3 Diameter, width or other commonly referenced fonn factor dimension in inches, as applicable for device tYI~e. 4 Minimum in years, provided item is stored as recommended in product documentation. Stated as "pre-recorded/post recorded (archival)" where distinction is made. 5 Nominal value as measured in oersteds. 6 Minimum number of passes-parameter is variously defined within the industry and may not be comparable between product types. Some general definitIOns are as follows: ll for diskettes - wear resistance in number of revolutions as defined in product-specific documentation. 2 for optical devices - load/unload, spin/up down cycles. 3 for tape products - number of tape-=head or test passes as defined in product-specific documentation. 7 Magnetic recording material, where: GFO =gamma ferric oxide, MP = metal particulate, CD =chromium dioxide, BF = barium ferrite, CGFO =cobalt-doped gamma ferric oxide, TA =tellurium alloy, TIC = magnetic alloy of terbium, iron and cobalt, SSBT = alloy of antimony, selenium, bismuth, tellurium. 8 Maximum temperaturelhumidity range in C/%RH, non-condensing. 9 Maximum temperaturelhumidity range in C/%RH, non-condensing; if field is blank, refer to "storage" figures. 10 Maximum temperaturelhumidity range in C/%RH, non-condensing. 11 Note: RX23K-FM floppies are DOS prefonnatted. ~ Storage 6.101 StorageWorks Software The Storage Library System (SPD 29.67) continues to deliver on the need to cost effectively manage the time consuming and difficult task of backing up data on OpenVMS platforms. Storage Library System V2.6 introduces support for OpenVMS V6.2 on both the VAX and Alpha platforms. Now Storage Library System for Open VMS can be installed on standalone or on mixed OpenVMS VAX and Alpha clusters. This enables the migration from pure VAX to mixed VAX and Alpha environments, taking advantage of Alpha performance, while preserving expertise gained with Storage Library System on VAX systems. Storage Library System V2.6 also supports Tx8x7 magazine loader devices in either random slot or sequential slot selection mode. Also included in Storage Library System for OpenVMS is the follow-on product, POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup for OpenVMS V1.1 for VAX and Alpha systems. These products both use the same Storage Library System licenses. Storage Library System supports • • • • • • OpenVMS VS.S-2 through V6.2 for VAX platforms OpenVMS V6.1 through V6.2 for OpenVMS Alpha platforms Both standalone systems and mixed Open VMS VAX and Alpha clusters Tx8x7 tape loader as random slot or sequential stacker User-based file restoration that improves productivity and lowers system management costs Increased data integrity and security by ensuring that backups occur automatically per policy and copies of vital corporate data are maintained. Storage Library System V6.2 users are required to have at least one Storage Library System server license in their network. Client licenses are called SLS REMOTE. Storage Library System also supports the StorageTek ACS 4400 silo. The Storage Library System ACS license is used for this purpose. Product services for SLS REMOTE and SLS ACS are included in SLS product service, and SLS REMOTE and SLS ACS media and documentation kits are included in the SLS kits. Ordering Information Storage Library System (SLS) QL-OL7A*-AA QL-OL7A*-RA QT-OL7A*-L9 QA-OL7AA-H* QA-OL7AA-GZ Software License Update License Product Service Media and Documentation Kit Documentation Kit Storage Library System (SLS Remote) for OpenVMS VAX QL-YE8A *-AA QL-YE8A *-RA Software License Update License Storage Library System ACS (SLS ACS) for OpenVMS VAX QL-MWIA *-AA QL-MWIA *-RA Software License Update License Storage Library System (SLS) for OpenVMS Alpha QL-OYPA *-AA QL-OYPA*-RA QT-OYPA*-L9 QA-OYPAA-H* QA-OYPAA-GZ Software License Update License Product Service Media and Documentation Kit Documentation Kit Storage Library System REMOTE (SLS REMOTE) for OpenVMS Alpha QL-OYQA *-AA QL-OYQA*-RA Software License Update License Storage Library System ACS (SLS ACS) for OpenVMS Alpha QL-OYRA*-AA QL-OYRA *-RA 6.102 Storage Software License Update License StorageWorks Software POLY CENTER ArchivelBackup for OpenVMS VI.1 In today's information economy, protecting essential data requires reliable and regular backups. POLY CENTER ArchivelBackup for OpenVMS (SPD 48.16) ensures against data loss by managing the entire backup and archiving process, automatically. This powerful software also archives corporate data for long-term audit, regulatory, and other requirements. Backup can be an expensive and error prone component of system administration. POLYCENTER Archive! Backup has a graphical user interface (GUI) to ease and automate many backup tasks, such as scheduling and media management. The software's Motif(R) graphical user interface makes it easy to manage archive and backup policies and find files, volumes, and databases that have been backed up or archived. To support a wide variety of users, POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup provides easy-to-use Major Functions buttons as well as a more comprehensive window called ABS$GUI. POLYCENTER Archive! Backup represents a new approach to backup on Open VMS systems. Its architecture allows for the incorporation of additional backup engines to accommodate new heterogeneous systems in the future. POL YCENTER ArchivelBackup client/server capabilities extend high performance backup and archiving out of the glass house and into departmental and desktop systems. In short, POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup provides the backup and business continuation capabilities users require-whether the backup requirements are workgroup, departmental, or enterprise-wide. Benefits • Provides centralized backup and archiving, and reduces or potentially eliminates the need for operations staff at remote, distributed sites. It can perform client backup and archiving operations between disks and tape drives located on different systems within a DECnet network. • POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup's client/server approach to backup management is the key to its flexibility. The server component manages overall backup policy and provides media and device management for all POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup systems. The server also maintains a catalog of all files and objects that have been backed up or archived, and maintains node-specific scheduling and cataloging information. Servers provide media and device management services for servers and clients. • Remote Device Facility (RDF) allows a tape on a server node to be accessed from other client nodes across the DECnet network for backups and archives. RDF servers are located on systems that have tape drives attached or that can access drives through the OpenVMS TMSCP server. RDF clients provide the communications interface between applications reading or writing data to a tape drive and the RDF servers. • Policy mechanisms lets users take the fullest advantage of its flexible design. Even with all this flexibility, the out-ofthe-box default configuration makes POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup easy to install and configure. And extensive security mechanisms ensure that only authorized personnel can create and access policies. • Utilizes POLYCENTER Scheduler for advanced and complex scheduling of backup and archive operations. Complex schedules such as "weekly full, daily incremental" are generated automatically, eliminating many of the tedious daily operations tasks. • Maintains on-line information about backed up and archived files, disk volumes, and databases. This facility is particularly useful during the file restorations, which often occur in high-stress situations. With POLYCENTER Archive! Backup users can quickly retrieve files or restore disk volumes-without having to know the names of the tape volumes on which the data was saved. When restoring a file, POLYCENTER Archive! Backup directly positions at the start of the file within the save set using cataloged location information. • Media and Device Management Services (MDMS) is the critical component that helps reduce human error and improve productivity. MDMS maintenance of volume retention period, availability status, location, and scheduling dates when volumes are to move offsite and return. Media allocation control with MDMS is based on user-defined media pools. Pooling is a powerful concept that lets you tailor backup operations to individual sites. POLYCENTER Archive Backup V1.l is included in the Storage Library System (SLS) V 2.6 media and documentation kit. POLYCENTER Archive Backup V1.l uses SLS licenses, and no separate license is required. POLYCENTER Archive Backup Vl.l and SLS V2.6 can run concurrently on the same system, allowing existing SLS users to get a feel for the new features and operator interface of POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup. Supported Media and Devices See the PAB Vl.l SPD for CPU, memory, device and configuration requirements. Layered Products OpenVMS V6.l and V6.2 for VAX or Alpha systems DECnet Phase IV for OpenVMS VAX or Alpha (for client/server backups) POLYCENTER Scheduler is bundled in with the POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup kit Rdb VS.l or V6.0 for VAX or Oracle Rdb V6.0 for Alpha Storage 6.103 storageWorks Software Ordering Information PAB is included with the respective Storage Library System for OpenVMS kits. Media and documentation kits are ordered separately. Ordering information is listed in the following table. PAD for OpenVMS VAX Server: On Storage Library System (SLS) kit QL-OL7A*-AA QL-OL7A*-RA QT-OL7A*-L9 QA-OL7AA-H* QA-OL7AA-GZ Software License Update License Product Service Media and Documentation Kit Documentation Kit PAD for OpenVMS VAX Client: On Storage Library System (SLS Remote) for OpenVMS VAX kit QL-YE8A *-AA QL-YE8A*-RA Software License Update License PAB for OpenVMS VAX ACS license: Same as Storage Library System ACS (SLS ACS) for OpenVMS V AX license QL-MWIA *-AA QL-MWIA *-RA Software License Update License PAD for OpenVMS Alpha Server: On Storage Library System (SLS) for OpenVMS Alpha kit QL-OYPA *-AA QL-OYPA*-RA QT-OYPA*-L9 QA-OYPAA-H* QA-OYPAA-GZ Software License Update License Product Service Media and Documentation Kit Documentation Kit PAD for OpenVMS Alpha Client: On Storage Library System REMOTE (SLS REMOTE) for OpenVMS Alpha kit QL-OYQA*-AA QL-OYQA *-RA Software License Update License PAD for OpenVMS Alpha ACS licenses: Same as Storage Library System ACS (SLS ACS) for OpenVMS Alpha license QL-OYRA*-AA QL-OYRA*-RA 6.104 Storage Software License Update License StorageWorks Software POLYCENTER Save Set Manager Vt.t for OpenVMS The POLYCENTER Save Set Manager V 1.1 for OpenVMS (SPD 62.64) is a layered software product that reduces operational time during VMSBackup activities by providing off-line save set validation, copy, and merge functions. The amount of data users must back up is growing exponentially. At the same time, global business needs are shrinking the available time many users have to perform their backups. Digita1's user surveys have consistently shown a high need for products that help users deal with the "shrinking backup window." Users with aging, low capacity media need tools to transfer their backup data onto modem, high capacity, high integrity media - and remove the aging systems and devices required to support the old media. Highlights • Up to 50 percent reduction in time spent on backup/restore operations without compromising data integrity • Transfer of backup save sets between tape drive technologies • Reduction in downtime for an OpenVMS backup/restore operation Benefits • • • • • • Reduction of operational time spent on on-line backup and restore without compromising data integrity. Selective manipulation of save set contents and attributes. Transfer of backup save sets between tape drive technologies. Copy of backup save sets from one tape or disk drive to another tape or disk drive while maintaining data integrity. Reduced downtime for a backup/restore operation. Ability to monitor degradation of archived save sets. Technical Data There are three separate and distinct functions in the POLYCENTER Save Set Manager Vl.l for OpenVMS software. • Save Set Validate-validates the internal consistency of a specified save set offline and reports any exceptions back to the user. This function allows users who currently use the /verify option on VMSBackup to perform verifications offline rather than inside their critical backup window. • Save Set Copy-provides the ability to duplicate a specified save set with the addition or deletion of CRC or XOR blocks in the output save set. It allows users to create multiple copies of backup save sets (for example, one nearline copy and one copy for fire storage) without having to run VMS backup multiple times. Users can backup their save set without XOR or CRC (both of which are compute intensive) and use save set copy to add the data protection and redundancy features offline, outside the backup window. It also allows users to relocate save sets from older tapes or tape technologies to newer ones. • Save Set Merge-provides the ability to merge incremental save sets with other incremental or full save sets, reducing the frequency of full backup operations. This function can result in a major reduction in system downtime for backup operations by replacing full backup operations in the critical backup window with incremental backup operations in the backup window, followed by a save set merge outside that window. Use of this function reduces the number of incremental save sets that must be restored to effect a full volume restore. Ordering Information POLY CENTER Save Set Manager for OpenVMS VAX VAX Systems Alpha Systems Description QL-2YCA9-AA QL-2YBA9-AA QL-2YCA9-RA QL-2YBA9-RA QL-2YCA9-LA QL-2YBA9-LA QL-2YCA9-LB QL-2YBA9-LB QL-2YCA9-LD QL-2YBA9-LD QL-2YCA9-LG QL-2YBA9-LG Traditional License Traditional Update License 90 Day Loan 30 Day Loan 60 Day Loan 180 Day Loan TK50 Kit Magtape Kit Documentation Kit QA-2YCAA-H5 QA-2YCAA-HM QA-2YCAA-GZ QA-2YBAA-GZ Storage 6.105 StorageWorks Software StorageWorks Desktop BackuplArchiver (SPD 41.55) is the next generation of client/server backup management tools for OpenVMS based PATHWORKS LANs. The product provides easy-to-use backup, restore, and archive facilities that cost effectively enable end users, system managers, and LAN administrators to utilize backup devices already resident on OpenVMS VAX and Alpha servers. StorageWorks Desktop Backup!Archiver incorporates the previously available PATHWORKS Desktop Backup; migration options provide an easy upgrade to increased functionality and enhanced client support. Operating system commands to recover lost files rely on a file's state for recovery with no guarantee of success. The only sure means of protecting all the critical data on a PATHWORKS LAN is through StorageWorks Desktop Backup!Archiver. The cost per seat for this protection in a typical PATHWORKS LAN is substantially lower than purchasing individual or even shared tape drives and backup software. Benefits • Lower cost, more efficient data management. "Set and Forget" setup relieves system managers of the day-to-day tasks associated with desktop system backup. • Increased end user productivity. Automated backup and client based file retrieval capabilities allow users to restore data quickly and easily without relying on desktop operating system capabilities that depend upon a file's state for recovery. • Quicker disaster recovery. Ensuring that all data on the LAN is backed up facilitates a fast recovery from an accident or disaster. • Backup and restore services for DOS, Windows, and Macintosh clients to Open VMS servers Few automated tools for backup exist in the OpenVMS PATHWORKS market. In addition to the simple alternatives outlined above, users can choose LANUtil from Vector Networks, Ltd. A recent Digital News and Review article (reprints available, see resources section below) compared LANutil to PATHWORKS Desktop Backup (StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver predecessor) and rated it superior to LANUtil in performance and price. POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore software offers client/server backup of popular PC (including P ATHWORKS) and UNIX systems to Digital UNIX servers. Licensing StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver implements a client/server licensing mechanism that accommodates a variety of desktop systems and also provides attractive pricing for users with smaller PATHWORKS LANs. Both clients and servers must be licensed. To support a variety of clients, StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver implements a "Universal Client License," which allows a specified number of clients, each running a supported operating system, to utilize the server. Supported universal clients include MS-DOS V3.3 or later, Windows V3.0 or later, and Macintosh System 6 or System 7. Macintosh systems can use either DECnet or AppleTalk transports when used with Open VMS VAX servers. Macintosh clients can function only with the DECnet transport when used with OpenVMS Alpha servers. New users should purchase a starter kit that includes 15 Universal client licenses and the appropriate required server license. The starter kit allows up to 15 clients, each running a supported client operating system, to utilize the server. Users with more than 15 clients can purchase additional universal client licenses in the appropriate quantity, listed by part number above. Current PATHWORKS Desktop Backup users have a server license plus an MS-DOS client license that allows up to 250 MS-DOS or Windows clients to use the server's facilities. Those with service contract(s) will receive the appropriate update(s). Users without service contracts can purchase the license for the latest server that will continue to recognize their current MS-DOSlWindows clients as well as the new Universal client license. Ordering Information QB-3AYAA-AA QB-3AYAB-AA QB-3AYAC-AA QA-MRIAB-GZ 6.106 Storage StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver Starter Kit. Includes OpenVMS VAX server license, TK50 distribution media, documentation, 15 universal client license. StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver Starter Kit. Includes OpenVMS VAX server license, 9track magnetic tape distribution, media, documentation, 15 universal client license StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver Starter Kit. Includes OpenVMS Alpha server license, CD distribution media, documentation, 15 universal client license Documentation Kit StorageWorks Software StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver (continued) Additional Universal Client Licenses ConcurrentlIncremental License QL-388AL-3D QL-388AL-3E QL-388AL-3F QL-388AL-3G QL-388AL-3H QL-388AL-3J 25 Universal Clients 50 Universal Clients 100 Universal Clients 150 Universal Clients 250 Universal Clients 500 Universal Clients Migration License from PATHWORKS DOSlWindows License to Universal Client License QL-38AAL-3D QL-38AAL-3E QL-38AAL-3F QL-38AAL-3G QL-38AAL-3H 50 Clients 100 Clients 150 Clients 250 Clients 500 Clients Server Licenses QL-MRIA9-AA QL-387A9-AA StorageWorks Desktop Backup OpenVMS VAX Server License StorageWorks Desktop Backup OpenVMS Alpha Server License Storage 6.107 StorageWorks Software POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 software for Digital UNIX Alpha systems (SPD 50.98.05) provides online, automated backup for multi vendor systems in networked TCPIIP environments. V3.2 adds many new functions, such as clientside archiving; a new graphical user interface for easier use; concurrent recovery for more efficiency; performance improvements; recovery by savesets; barcode label support; data set clones; and new clients including Windows NT for Intel, Windows TCPIIP, and a PATHWORKS Windows client. The archive functionality of V3.21everages the user's existing investment in and the strength of the NetWorker product. The NetWorker archive server option, an extension to the existing NetWorker backup server, allows file archiving and retrieval services. Through a simple point-and-click interface, users can archive their data, annotate the archive set, select archive options, and receive automatic notification of archive completion. Additionally, NetWorker V3.2 provides support for DECsafe Available Server Environment (ASE product) and the storage associated with ASE services. With the new Save Set Consolidation feature, incremental backups can be consolidated into a new full backup reducing further the amount of time it takes to do backups. Highlights • Has become an even more powerful tool for automating multi vendor backup operations • Includes ASE Cluster client support • Adds Save Set Consolidation to further reduce backup times Benefits Backup operations are critical and can be cumbersome. With NetWorker, backup operations are easy to complete, quick, and reliable. V3.2 ensures consistent, reliable data protection for the entire network. Most users want one automated tool to solve their backup needs. Continuing to meet this need and others, NetWorker V3.2 provides: • • • • • • • Support for DECsafe Available Server Environment (ASE product) and the storage associated with ASE services Consolidates incremental backups to a new full level backup with save set consolidation Conservation of online storage while protecting critical corporate data with the new archiving functionality. More client platform support with Windows NTlIntel systems, and Windows TCPIIP, and Macintosh client support. Improved data protection with saveset cloning, which allows the user to make multiple copies of the backup data. Broadened storage device support to meet growing needs, including DLT and StorageWorks Tape Library TL820. Quicker and easier data recovery with parallel recovery, which allows multiple recoveries to be performed in parallel from the same media. • More automation with support for bar code labeling. • Faster, better, and easier to use graphical user interface; NetWorker now has distinct and separate interfaces for end users versus system administrators. Ordering Information To add archiving functionality to an existing NetWorker environment, users must upgrade the NetWorker backup license to V3.2. Also, they must add the NetWorker Archive Server Add-on License and Client Licenses for each archive client; and upgrade the NetWorker media and documentation client kits to obtain the archive client software and documentation. Users who are new to NetWorker and desire both archive and backup functionality need to order the NetWorker Server License, a Jukebox License, the Archive Server Add-on License, and Client Licenses for each client (either backup and/or archive). NetWorker media and documentation client kits are available for UNIX, PC, Windows NT, and NetWare clients. Users who need both the Windows NT Advanced Server client and Desktop client should order the NetWorker media and documentation kit for Windows NT clients. If only the Windows NT Desktop client is needed, it is available in the Networker media and documentation kit for PC clients. Each client connection is licensed. For example, if there are 10 backup clients and each will also archive data, then 20 client licenses are required. 6. 108 Storage StorageWorks Software POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 for Digital UNIX (continued) POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 (Server and Client Licenses) QL-2ALA *-AA QA-2ALAA-GZ QL-3P2A *-AA QL-XYXAL-3B QL-069AL-3B QL-4UPAM-3B QL-YUNAM-3B QL-YUMAM-3B QL-YULA9-AA Digital UNIX Server License Documentation for Digital UNIX Server Archive Server Add-on License (1) UNIX Client License PC Client License NetWorker Workgroup Cluster Client License NetWorker Departmental Cluster Client License NetWorker Enterprise Cluster Client License NetWorker Save Set Consolidation License POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 (Jukebox Licenses) QL-04UAL-3B QL-04VAL-3B QL-04WAL-3B Jukebox License Tier 1 (2) Jukebox License Tier 2 (2) Jukebox License Tier 3 (2) POLYCENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 (Client Kits) QA-XYXAA-HW QA-XYXAB-HW QA-XYXAC-HW QA-XYXAD-HC Media and Documentation Kit for UNIX Clients Media and Documentation Kit for PC Clients Media and Documentation Kit for NetWare Clients Media and Documentation Kit for Windows NTlIntel Clients (1) The NetWorker Archive Server Add-on License requires that QL-2AL**-AA be installed first. (2) Tiers are based on the capacity of the storage device. Refer to SPD 50.98.05 for classification of media devices within Tiers 1,2, and 3. Services Software product services are available for server, jukebox, and client software. Storage 6.109 StorageWorks Software POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS, a layered software product, extends the OpenVMS file system to allow efficient management of infrequently accessed or dormant data. Hierarchical Storage Management is a policy-driven application that automatically moves dormant data from online (primary) storage to less expensive nearline or offline "shelved" storage. Data is returned when a shelved file is accessed or a scheduled event occurs, such as the automatic un shelving of a file used at the same time each month. POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management (SPD 46.38) is designed for maximum ease-of-use and system management flexibility. Users of Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS maintain an online view of their files and use standard directory and file access mechanisms regardless of the file's physical location. Flexible policy-setting capabilities for system managers and end users increase automation and significantly improve the manageability of users' computing resources. Benefits • Patterns of data utilization in typical OpenVMS environments show that 80 percent of all disk requests are for only 20 percent of the data resident on the system. The other 80 percent of system resident data is dormant. Typical patterns of utilization show that access to this data is minimal 30 or more days after creation, yet it continues to reside on relatively expensive online media. As the amount of online storage increases in response to this phenomenon, the cost of storing infrequently accessed data grows, particularly as disk installations exceed 30 Gbytes or more. • Traditional strategies, based on operator-attended backup with file restoration on demand, lower costs but negatively impact user productivity and application availability by increasing waiting time for data. Additionally, attended operations can increase data reliability and security risks. Hierarchical Storage Management allows users to lower storage costs and improve performance while maintaining complete data integrity and security-by employing automatic file migration with lower-cost nearline and offline devices, such as optical jukeboxes, tape loaders, and automated tape libraries. • POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS software lowers system management costs by: - Reducing time spent dealing with disk occupancy issues such as device full exceptions and disk quota exceeded situations. - Providing scheduling flexibility and customization to more effectively meet specific site requirements. - Automatically executing system manager and/or user policy that is initially established and then essentially "forgotten. " - Minimizing user training and application modification due to its transparency, ease of use, and file system integration. Another key benefit is that POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS software eliminates the unnecessary backup of previously backed-up shelved files, improving overall backup performance. Through its unique integration with the OpenVMS BACKUP utility, only shelved files that have been modified are backed up. Since nonmodified shelved files have already been backed up, backup windows can be significantly decreased without compromising disaster recovery. Ordering Information • Requires OpenVMS V6.1 or V6.2. QP-03PAA-Ol QL-ONXA9-AA QL-3JIA9-AA QL-2A WAA-3B QL-2AWAA-3G QL-2AWAA-3H QP-03TAA-Ol QP-03TAA-02 QP-03TAA-03 QA-ONXAA-GZ Base License for Mixed Clusters Base License for VAX Clusters Base License for Alpha Clusters Concurrent Use License - 20 Gbytes Concurrent Use License - 500 Gbytes Concurrent Use License - 999 Terabytes 140 Gbyte Capacity Package 280 Gbyte Capacity Package 1 Terabyte Capacity Package Documentation Kit Note: Media and documentation kits are purchased separately. 6.110 Storage StorageWorks Sotlware POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for Digital UNIX POLYCENTER HSM for Digital UNIX software provides the automatic, unattended, transparent movement of files from magnetic disk storage, to near online read-write optical platters, and back again. Fully customizable, system administrators can determine when and which files to move to less expensive optical media. These operations are transparent to users and to the applications. POLYCENTER HSM provides access to gigabytes and terabytes of online storage per Alpha server at a fraction of the cost of magnetic disk POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management (HSM) software solution for Digital UNIX allows users to augment magnetic disk storage with read-write optical platters at less than half the cost of magnetic disk The RW500 series of optical libraries/jukeboxes from Digital are supported individually, or in combinations. These jukeboxes support single and double density drives and platters. Digital UNIX V2.0, Open SCSI CAM for Digital UNIX*, and POLYCENTER Advanced File System* * These products are contained on layered products CD-ROM V2.0 for Digital UNIX. The POLYCENTER HSM traditional license grants the right to unlimited use of the SCSI CAM for Digital UNIX. POLYCENTER Advanced File System is licensed with Digital UNIX. Each HSM solution requires one traditional license per Digital UNIX Server. Each 20GB of optical storage requires one concurrent/capacity license. Packages of licenses are offered for easy, more cost effective ordering. Ordering Information POLY CENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for Digital UNIX QA-OQKAA-GZ QL-OQKA9-AA QL-OQKA9-RA QL-22GAM-3B QL-22GAM-5B QP-OOUAA-Ol QP-OOUAA-02 QP-OOUAA-03 QP-OOUAA-04 QP-OOUAA-05 QP-OOUAA-06 QT-OQKA9-19 QT-22GA9-19 QT-OQKAA-E8 QT-OQKA9-L9 Documentation kit Traditional License Traditional Update License Concurrent License (20 GB) Concurrent Update License (1) Trad, (4) Concurrent (1) Trad, (6) Concurrent (1) Trad, (9) Concurrent (1) Trad, (18) Concurrent (1) Trad, (27) Concurrent (1) Trad, (36) Concurrent Installation Installation MDDS LPS Storage 6.111 ~torage Works Software The POLYCENTER File Optimizer V2.1A for OpenVMS systems is a layered software product that reduces file fragmentation through scheduled defragmentation jobs. Digital's solution for file fragmentation offers the highest possible data integrity. The POLYCENTER File Optimizer also provides a file placement capability that allows the system administrator to place files on disk in an order that optimizes the performance of the most frequently accessed files. Users are continuing to experience tremendous growth in the amount of data they need to manage on drives. The OpenVMS file system uses available disk space efficiently, causing files to be fragmented as they are written to nearly full disks. System performance can be negatively impacted by fragmented files, so users need a tool that assures data integrity and reduces file fragmentation to obtain and maintain optimal disk performance. The volume index file, INDEXF.SYS, can become fragmented, slowing down operations for all users. A capability in V2.1A allows users to defragment the volume index file with a new offline utility. POLYCENTER File Optimizer V2.1A for OpenVMS systems makes it easier for users to establish and manage their defragmentation processes through an enhanced graphical user interface (GUI). The enhanced user interface provides more lists to ease defragmentation selection criteria, a keyboard mapping utility that allows operators to assign functions to keys as well as the mouse, and enhancements to the monitor window allowing the POLYCENTER File Optimizer to dynamically locate files according to user specified criteria. POLYCENTER File Optimizer V2.1A uses an RMS database to store policy and configuration information, eliminating the need for an Oracle Rdb Runtime License to defragment Open VMS systems. In configurations tested to date, RMS increased performance of POLYCENTER File Optimizer. POLYCENTER File Optimize V2.1A protects your investment by maintaining all the features of previous versions, including support for VAX and Alpha systems, hot file placement, and unsurpassed data protection. Benefits • Data integrity-Ensures absolute data integrity through the use of the OpenVMS MOVEFILE primitive, which allows the safe movement of files on a disk. • Enhanced system management productivity-Provides "set and forget" policy (once set, function occurs automatically) and automated, event-based scheduling, thus reducing the amount of time spent on these activities. An enhanced user interface reduces the probability of operations errors and the time it takes to do many operations. • Reduced backup and operator time-Defragmentation of files improves the performance of backup operations; using this product requires less operator time and system resources. • Better performing disks-Defragmentation of files improves application response time and allows higher disk utilization. The new offline defragmentation utility for INDEXF.SYS provides a safe way to defragment this important file. • Need for an Oracle Rdb Runtime License eliminated-Allows users without Oracle Rdb software to take advantage of the powerful POLYCENTER File Optimizer V2.1A capabilities. • New tiered pricing-Makes V2.1A more affordable than ever to a broader range of users-the new pricing is especially attractive for users of desktop and workgroup solutions. Ordering Information (see SPD 55.85 for details) • Software prerequisite is OpenVMS VAX V.5 to V6.2, or OpenVMS Alpha V6.1 and V6.2. VAX Systems Alpha Systems Software QL-GJ8AB-AA QL-2GNAE-AA QL-GJ8A2-AA QL-2GNAG-AA Workgroup License Departmental License Enterprise License Software License Loan Media and Documentation, TK50 Media and Documentation, magtape Software Product Library on CD-ROM Documentation Kit only QL-GJ8A5-AA QL-2GNAQ-AA QL-GJ8A9-L* QL-2GNA9-L* QA-GJ8AA-H5 QA-GJ8AA-HM QA-VWJ8A-A8 QA-03XAA-H8 QA-GJ8AA-GZ QA-2GNAA-GZ 6. 112 Storage StorageWorks Sotlware POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS Vl.2 POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS VAX VI.2 (SPD 46.40), a layered software product, lets users and applications manipulate tape files using the same interface currently used to manipulate files on magnetic disk. POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem manages data stored on tape, allowing users and applications to browse an online catalog of tape contents without mounting the tape. OpenVMS utilities, such as COPY and DIRECTORY, work seamlessly with this product. Applications that use RMS sequential access or OpenVMS high level language sequential input-output routines can read and write directly to files on tape. The import feature allows users to create an online catalog of existing tape files. Once cataloged, file directory information can be manipulated as if the files were on disk. Vl.2 of the product introduces support for OpenVMS V6.2 on V AX and Alpha platforms, additional user friendly messages and controls, and no longer requires a prerequisite third party commercial database product. POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem is designed for maximum ease of use and system management flexibility. POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS users maintains an online view of files and uses standard directory and sequential file access mechanisms. It uses the Media Device Management Services shared with Storage Library System V2.6 or POLYCENTER ArchivelBackup for OpenVMS V1.l to provide automatic selection, loading, and mounting of the appropriate tape into an available tape device. This capability allows POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem V1.l and Storage Library System V2.6 or POLYCENTER Archive/Backup for OpenVMS V1.1 to share devices and use common media cataloging and management. POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management also shares this same media management capability, allowing all three applications to share high capacity devices such as the TL series of DLT libraries. Highlights • • • • Allows applications to access sequential files on tape easily Online index allows browsing of tape contents without mounting tape Import feature allow users to catalog existing tape files Sophisticated media management automates tape handling Benefits • Information systems managers face an obstinate problem-skyrocketing operations and storage costs due to increasing amounts of data stored online. POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem allows users with large files to directly access these files on tape, without the need for more expensive and limited capacity magnetic media. Typical data sets that can be effectively stored and accessed through POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem include: • Large experimental data files from high energy physics experiments, seismic exploration data, and telemetry data. • Traditional mainframe batch applications, such as payroll, inventory management reporting, and batch oriented production system updates. • Document processing applications that include large PostScript and other multimedia data files. • Historical data repository systems for information such as genealogical data. • Multiple backup copies of database backups that are too expensive to keep on magnetic disk. Technical Data See SPD for prerequisite software version information. The product requires specific versions of OpenVMS V AX or Alpha, Rdb Runtime, and Media and Device Management Services for OpenVMS software. POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem supports all devices listed with Media and Device Management Services except remote devices. For a complete listing of supported systems, tape, and robotic devices, refer to SPD 46.40. Ordering Information POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS Alpha QL-2AYAE-AA QL-2AYAE-RA QL-2AYAG-AA QL-2AYAG-RA QL-2AYAQ-AA QL-2AYAQ-RA Traditional Workgroup License Traditional Workgroup Update License Traditional Departmental License Traditional Departmental Update License Traditional Enterprise License Traditional Enterprise Update License Storage 6.113 ~torage Works Software POL YCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS VAX QL-2AXAB-AA QL-2AXAB-RA QL-2AXA2-AA QL-2AXA2-RA QL-2AXA5-AA QL-2AXA5-RA Traditional Workgroup License Traditional Workgroup Update License Traditional Departmental License Traditional Departmental Update License Traditional Enterprise License Traditional Enterprise Update License Product License Loan QL-2A*A9-LA QL-2A*A9-LB QL-2A*A9-LD QL-2A*A9-LG 90 Day Loan 30 Day Loan 60 Day Loan 180 Day Loan Media and Documentation QA-2AXAA-H5 QA-2AXAA-HM QA-2AXAB-GZ QA-2AYAB-GZ 6.114 Storage TK50 Kit Magtape Kit VAX Documentation Kit Alpha Documentation Kit StorageWorks Software StorageWorks RAID Software V2.2 for OpenVMS Systems StorageWorks RAID Software V2.2 for OpenVMS provides striping (RAID Level 0), and Striping with Parity, (RAID Level 5) and disk partitioning. V2.2 supports OpenVMS V AX and Alpha platforms, supports up to 64 partitions per array, supports up to 32 physical disks per array, and supports up to 20 nodes in OpenVMS clusters. Highlights • OpenVMS Alpha V1.5, V6.1 and V6.2 users are now able to use all product capabilities available to OpenVMS VAX users. • Large disk arrays are now easier to manage with enhanced partitioning capability. • Special limited-time offer allows POLYCENTER Striping for Open VMS VAX users to gain benefits of StorageWorks RAID software at a reduced price. Benefits Using existing hardware, StorageWorks RAID software enables users to boost system I/O performance.through the load balancing effects of disk striping, or gain the higher data availability provided by Striping with Parity (RAID level 5). Additionally, as total storage capacity grows, the ability to partition arrays into conveniently manageable amounts of storage becomes increasingly important. The new version also makes it easy to configure RAID 0+ 1 solutions when used with OpenVMS Volume Shadowing software, an optional and separately orderable product. Since StorageWorks RAID software adds the benefits of RAID technology without requiring the purchase of additional hardware, users can extend RAID capability to disks that would not otherwise be RAID capable, such as older disks, directly attached SCSI disks, disks attached via HSD05 DSSI array controllers, and arrays consisting of more than one type of disk. Migration Information from POLY CENTER Striping for OpenVMS VAX StorageWorks RAID Software is the replacement product for POLYCENTER Striping for OpenVMS VAX. Any user with a valid POLYCENTER Striping license will be licensed automatically to run the striping (RAID Level 0) portion of StorageWorks RAID Software. Digital also offers an upgrade from POLYCENTER Striping on VAX to the full capabilities of StorageWorks RAID Software on V AX for half price. Ordering Information (see SPD 46.49 for details) Software prerequisite is OpenVMS VAX V5.5 to V6.2 or OpenVMS Alpha V1.5, V6.1 and V6.2. VAX Systems Alpha Systems Software QL-OMHAB-AA QL-2YFAE-AA QL-OMHA2-AA QL-2YFAG-AA QL-OMHAS-AA QL-2YFAQ-AA Workgroup License Departmental License Enterprise License Software License Loan Concurrent Use License Media and Documentation Kit, TK50 Media and Documentation Kit, magtape Documentation Kit only QL-OMHA9-L* QL-2YFA9-L* QL-OMGAA-3B QL-OMGAA-3B QA-OMGAA-HS QA-OMGAA-HM QA-OMGAA-GZ QA-OMGAA-GZ Migration Options from POLYCENTER Striping for OpenVMS VAX QL-3AXAB-AA QL-3AXA2-AA QL-3AXAS-AA Striping to RAID SoftwarelWorkgroup Striping to RAID SoftwarelDepartmental Striping to RAID SoftwarelEnterprise Storage 6.115 ~torage Works Software Media Robot Utility (MRU) is a multiplatform software utility that provides direct access control for Digital's DLT (Digital Linear Tape), and 4mm (DAT) and TL8xx libraries. It provides the ability for users to load a cartridge from a selected robot slot into a specified robot drive. The following commands are supported: Load: Unload: Inject: Eject: Show: Help: Moves a cartridge from a slot to a drive. Moves a cartridge from a drive to a slot. Moves a cartridge from a port to a slot. Moves a cartridge from a slot to a port. Displays information. Displays information on the commands. A command line interface is provided for Digital UNIX and OpenVMS. Benefits With MRU's command line interface, users can select which slot to load a cartridge from, unload the cartridge and display information about the loader without leaving their office. The MRU is extremely useful when setting up a library or loader. With the "Inject" command, a user can move cartridges into the library and specify which slot to put the cartridge in. Using the MRU commands can help diagnose problems as well. Ordering Information (see SPD 64.44 for details) Software prerequisites: OpenVMS VAX VS.S to V6.2, OpenVMS Alpha V6.I and V6.2, Digital UNIX VI.3 to V3.2C QM-50TAA-AA QB-50TAA-SA 6. 116 Storage Media Robot Utility License Media Robot Utility License with Media and Documentation Nonimpact Printers Comparison l:bart Nonimpact Printers Comparison Chart Printserver 32 Plus (LPS32) PrintServer 17/600 (LPSI7) KODAK 1392 XEROX Production Print Systems** Technology Laser Laser Electrophotographic Electrophotographic Speed (max. 8.5 x ll-in. pages/min) 32-Simplex and duplex 17-Simplex 15-Duplex Up to 92 impressions/minute Up to 135 ppm Recommended Impressions/mo. (max) Up to 200,000 Up to 70,000 1,000,000 Up to 2,500,000 Number of Colors 1-2 Paper Type Cutsheet, labels (special stock Cutsheet, labels (special stock Cutsheet required), transparencies, required), transparencies, envelopes envelopes Cutsheet Paper Thickness (max) 18-241b 18-241b Upper supply: 16lb bond110 lb index Lower supply: simplex 16 - 32 lb; duplex 16 - 28lb 16-110Ib Multipart Forms No No No No Paper Sizes 7.5 x 10.5 in, 8.5 x 11 in, 8.5 x 14 in, 11 x 17 in, 297 x 420 mm 210 x 297 mm 257 x 364 mm 182 x 257 mm 148 x 210 mm 7.5 x 10.5 in, 8.5 x 11 in, 8.5 x 14 in, 210 x 297 mm 257 x 364 mm 8.5 x 10 in, 8.5 x 11 in, 8.5 x 14 in, 21.0 x 29.7 cm, 25.7 x 36.4 cm 8 x 10 in, 8.5 x 11 in, 8.5 x 14 in, 14 x 17 in Resident Fonts 43 PostScript Type 1, 43 PostScript, 5 bitmapped fonts Optional Fonts Downloadable Downloadable Downloadable Downloadable Characters/inch * * * 4 - 30 cpm horizontal * Lines/inch * * Graphics Protocols PostScript, HP PCL5, DDIF, ANSIISixe1, ReGIS, TEKTRONIX 4010/4014, ASCII text, mM Proprinter, CCIn Groups 3 and 4 PostScript Level 2, HP PCL4, DDIF, ANSIISixel, ReGIS, TEKTRONIX 4010/4014, ASCII text, mM Proprinter, CCIn Groups 3 and 4 Line Printer Emulation optional Resolution (Dots per inch) 300 x 300, DEC Image Reso- 600 x 600 lution Enhancement Bar codes Yes, through ANSI translator Yes, through ANSI translator and application software and application software Interfaces Ethernet -DECnet, TCPIIP, Token Ring, AS/400 (PrintGate only) Ethernet -DECnet, TCPIIP mM PC- Compatible Yes, with optional software Yes, with optional software RAM (standard) 16MB to 32MB max 16 MB standard; 32 MB maximum Noise Level <65 dBA <50dBA 81 dBA (operating) 65 dBA (standby) Dimensions WxDxH 36.9w x 27.2 in.d x 29.6 h 937w x 752d x 752h 17.9 x 22.4 x 19 in 45.4 x 59 x 48.3 em 31 x 58 x 41 in. 78.7 x 147.3 x 104.1 em 98 lb (44.5 kg) 1,1001b (499.0 kg) Weight 350 lb (155 kg) wlout paper Operating Temperature 500 F to 900 F 100°C - 320°C Operating Humidity 20 - 80% Maximum Current 12A @ 1001120V 20 - 80% 12A @ 110V 3 - 18 Xerox 300 x 300 600 x 600 or 300 x 300 Yes and OCR Ethernet, TCPIIP DDCMP for OpenVMS VAX, EthernetlDECnet, EthernetlXNS, 3rd party * Varies depending on fonts used. ** See ordering information for specifics on eaeh model. Printers 7.1 Nonimpact Printers Comparison Chart LN17ILN17ps DEClaser 3500 ColorWriter LSR 2000 Technology Laser Laser Electrophotographic laser Speed (max. 8.5 x ll-in. pages/minute) 17 12 12 (monochrome) 3 (color) Recommended Impressions/month (max) Up to 50,000 Up to 20,000 Up to 20,000 Paper Type Cutsheet, labels, transparencies, envelopes Cutsheet, recycled paper, transparencies, Plain paper, labels, envelopes transparencies Paper Thickness (max) 16-281b Postcard 50 lb 16-241b 16-281b Multipart Forms No No No Paper Sizes 8.5 x 11 in, 8.5 x 14 in, 7.5 x 10.5, 8.3 x 11.7, 10.5 x 7.5 Letter, legal, universal, A4 Letter, legal, A4, A5 Resident Fonts 35 PostSript Type 1 (LN17ps) 35 Adobe PostScript, 13 Intellifonts, only 5 Bitmapped 35 Intellifonts 10 TrueType, 1 PCL bitmap 39 Adobe PostScript Type 1 Optional Fonts Downloadable Downloadable Downloadable or font cartridges Characters/inch * * * * * * Number of Colors Lines/inch unlimited Graphics Protocols LN17ILN17ps - Bidirectional Postscript, PCL parallel, LN17ps - Ethernet Network Interface card supporting TCPIIP, IPx/SPX for Novell Netware, EtherTalk and LAT Optional - Serial, LocalTalk Network Interface Card PostScript Level 2 Resolution (Dots per inch) 600 x 600 or 1200 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 Bar codes Yes Yes, through ANSI translator or downloaded No Interfaces Bi-directional Parallel, Local- Bi-directional Parallel, LocalTalk, Serial, Centronics Parallel, Talk, Serial, TCPIIP, IPx/SPX, TCPIIP, IPx/SPX, Ethertalk, LAT Ethernet, SCSI Ethertalk, LAT mM PC- Compatible Yes RAM (standard) LN17 -1 MB LN17S - 5 MB Upgradeable to 64 MB 3 MB (upgradable to 19 MB) Adobe Memory Booster Technology Noise Level 50 dBA (operating) 35 dBA (standby) < 50 dBA (operating) 37 dBA (idle) Dimensions WxDxH 11. 6 in x 16.3 in x 17.4 in 10.5 x 14.4 x 16 in 294mm x 442 mm x 418 mm 21.3 x 22.8 x 18.1 in 540 x 580 x 460 mm Weight 40.91lbs (18.6 kg) 110 lb (50 kg) Operating Temperature 40 to 95 F/5°-35°C 32 to 122 FlO to 50 C 15°-35°C Operating Humidity 15%-85% 5 to 8% 20%-80% Maximum Current 8A (1IOV) * 7.2 Varies depending on fonts used. Printers Yes 28.81bs 16 or 32 MB (standard) Expandable to 48 MB <49dBA 9.5A (100-120V) Impact Printers Comparison Chart Impact Printers Comparison Chart LA30N Companion Printer LA30W LA400 LA600 Companion Printer MultiPrinter MultiPrintcr Technology Dot-matrix, 24-wire Dot-matrix, 24-wire Dot-matrix, 24-wire Dot-matrix, 24-wire Speed 333 cps (high-speed draft) 300 cps (draft) 200 cps (correspondence) 100 cps (LQ) 333 cps (high-speed draft) 300 cps (draft) 200 cps (correspondence) 100 cps (LQ) 400 cps (draft) 133 (LQ) 600 chis (draft) 300 chis (NLQ) 150 chis (LQ) Recommended impressions/month (max) 3,500 3,500 10,000 20,000 7 (optional) 7 (optional) Number of Colors 7 (optional) 7 (optional) Paper type Cutsheet; fanfold; labels; envelopes Cutsheet; fanfold; labels; envelopes Cutsheet; fanfold; labels; envelopes Paper thickness (Maximum) 0.014 in. (0.035 cm) 0.014 in. (0.035 cm) .025 in. (.64mm) Cutsheet; fanfold; labels; envelopes .025 in. (.64mm) Multipart forms 1-5 1-5 1-6 1-6 Width of output 4.0-10.5 in. (10.2-26.7 cm) 4.0-16.5 in. (10.2-42.0 cm) 3-17.5 in. (7.6-44.6 cm) 4-15.8 in Resident fonts 8 bar code 7 typeface 8 bar code 7 typeface 10 bar code 9 typeface 11 OCR-AlB OCR-AlB OCR-AlB OCR-AlB OCR-AlB Characters Per inch 10,12,13-2,15,16-5,17,18,20 10,12,13-2,15,16-5,17,18,20 10, 12, 15, 17.1, 18 10,12, 15, 17, 18 Lines per inch 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 3,4,6,8, 12 2,3,4,6,8 Graphics Protocols ANSII(PPL2), IBM Proprinter, X24E, Epson ESCIP2 ANSII(PPL2), ANSlIsixel IBM Proprinter, X24E, Epson ESCIP2IBM XL24E Epson EJCIP2 ANSlIsixel, IBM Proprinter, X24E Epson LQ 2550 Resolution (Dots per inch) 360 H x 360 V 360 H x 360 V 360 H x360 V 360 H x360 V Bar codes Yes, through optional ON-TAP software, POSTNET support Yes, through optional ON-TAP software, POSTNET support 10 resident bar codes including POSTNET 10 resident bar codes including POSTNET Interfaces EIA-423', Paralld EIA-423', Paralld EIA 423 Parallel BiTronics 20 Centronics Parallel, Serial RS-232 mM PC- Compatible Yes (IBM Proprinter 24E emula- Yes (IBM Pro printer 24E emulation) Yes (IBM Proprinter 24E tion) emulation) Baud rate 200-9,600 200-9,600 600-38,400 600-19,200 Buffer size 2KB,8KB, 10 K, 32K or 64K 2KB,8KB, 10 K, 32K or 64K 32KB 47KB Noise level 55 dBA (average) 55 dBA (average) 56dBA 53 dBA Dimensions WxDxH 17 x 13 x 5.2 in 432 x 330 x 132 mm 22.4 x 13 x 5.2 in 570 x 330 x 132 mm 26.1x 14.9 x 12.2 in 665 x 380 x 310 mm 25 x 16.3 x 10.7 in 62.5 x 40.7 x 26.7 cm Yes Weight 16.51b (7.5 kg) 18.7 lb (8.5 kg) 39.61b (18 kg) 50 lb (22.7 kg) Ribbon/ink Technology Nylon cartridge optional color Nylon cartridge optional color Nylon cartridge optional color Nylon cartridge optional color 1 EIA-232D compatible with optional adapter 2 PC Centronics type Printers 7.3 Impact Printers Comparison Chart ':,'~.'~ ":,');,\ ., LG04plusILGL4plus LG08plusILGL8plus LG12plus Technology Line-matrix Line-matrix Line-matrix Speed 475 lpm (draft) 360 lpm (data processing) 190 lpm (NLQ) 800 lpm (draft) 600 lpm (data processing) 300 lpm (NLQ) 1,200 lpm (draft) 900 lpm (data processing) 450 ipm (NLQ) Recommended Impressions/month (max) Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited ···\·i·.•. y·, Number of colors Paper type Fanfold, labels cardstock, multipart forms Fanfold, labels cardstock, multipart forms Fanfold, labels cardstock, multipart forms (1-6) (1-6) (1-6) Paper thickness (Maximum) 0.025 in. (0.06 cm) 0.025 in. (0.06 cm) 0.025 in. (0.06 cm) Multipart forms 1-6 1-6 1-6 Width of output 3-17 in (7.62-43.18 cm) 3-17 in (7.62-43.18 cm) 3-17 in (7.62-43.18 cm) Resident fonts 5 5 5 OCR-AlB OCR-AlB OCR-AlB OCR-AlB Characters Per inch 5, 10, 12, 13.3, 15, 16.7 5, 10, 12, 13.3, 15, 16.7 5, 10, 12, 13.3, 15, 16.7 6,8,10 6,8,10 Lines per inch 6,8,10 Graphics Protocols ANSI/Sixel, Epson ESC P, IBM ProPrinter ANSI/Sixel, Epson ESC P, IBM ProPrinter ANSI/Sixel, Epson ESC P, IBM ProPrinter III, optional IGPIPGLI or IGPNGL III, optional IGPIPGLI or IGPNGL III, optional IGPIPGLI or IGPNGL Resolution 180 H x 96 V Bar codes Code 39, Extended Code 39, Interleaved 2 Code 39, Extended Code 39, Interleaved 2 Code 39, Extended Code 39, Interleaved 2 of 5, Code II, Codabar A, B, C, D, UPC- of 5, Code II, Codabar A, B, C, D, UPC- of 5, Code II, Codabar A, B, C, D, UPCA, UPC-E, Postenet, EAN 8, EAN 13, and A, UPC-E, Postenet, EAN 8, EAN 13, and A, UPC-E, Postenet, EAN 8, EAN 13, and Code 128 Code 128 Code 128 Interfaces IEEE-P1284 or Centronics or Dataproducts; RS232 or RS422 mM PC- Compatible Yes, through IBM Proprinter emulation Yes, through IBM Proprinter emulation Yes, through IBM Proprinter emulation Baud rate 300-115 K 300-115 K 300-115 K 180 H x 96 V IEEE-P1284 or Centronics or Dataproducts; RS232 or RS422 180 H x 96 V IEEE-P1284 or Centronics or Dataproducts; RS232 or RS422 Buffer size 1K lK lK Noise level 52 dBN60dBA 52dBN62dBA 52dBA Dimensions HxWxD 42.3 x 27 x 28.5 in/35.0 x 24.6 x 20.7 in 107.4 x 69.8 x 72.4 eml89 x 62.5 x 53.6 em 42.3 x 27 x 28.5 in/35.0 x 24.6 x 20.7 in 107.4 x 69.8 x 72.4 eml89 x 62.5 x 53.6 em 42.3 x 27 x 28.5 in/35.0 x 24.6 x 20.7 in 107.4 x 69.8 x 72.4 eml89 x 62.5 x 53.6 em Weight (shipping) 285 lb (129.3 kg)/115 lb (52.2 kg) 285lb (129.3 kg)/115Ib (52.2 kg) 285 lb (129.3 kg)1115 lb (52.2 kg) Ribbon/ink Technology Nylon reel-to-reel 20 M characters Nylon reel-to-reel 20 M characters Nylon reel-to-reel 20 M characters 1 EIA-232D compatible with optional adapter 2 PC Centronics type 7.4 Printers Nonimpact Printers PrintServer 32 Plus The PrintServer 32 Plus is a high-volume, large workgroup or data center printer designed to be managed from the desktop. This powerful printer provides shared printing facilities for DECnet, TCPIIP Ethernet networks. It is intended to serve departments that print up to 200,000 pages per month. The PrintServer 32 Plus prints up to 32 impressions, or 2000 lines per minute, single-sided (simplex) or double-sided (duplex). It can print many complex print jobs, such as complicated graphics, forms, multifont text reports, and simple mail messages. Large input and output trays are available for the PrintServer 32 Plus. 3000-sheet input and output trays allow for less frequent loading and unloading of paper. A MailBox allows for pre-sorting of individual and group print jobs, and provides locked trays for confidential material. The PrintServer 32 Plus is connected directly to Ethernet networks, and uses PCL and PostScript by Adobe Systems, Inc. Order Number Description LPS32-L* LPS32-M* LPS32-NAINCINJINZ LPS32-PAlPCIPJIPZ LPS32-RAlRC!RJ1RZ PrintServer 32 Plus simplex, 1500-input, 1500-output PrintServer 32 Plus simplex, 3500-input, 1500-output PrintServer 32 Plus duplex, 1500-input, 1500-output PrintServer 32 Plus duplex, 3500-input, 1500-output PrintServer 32 Plus duplex, 3500-input, 4500-output * Denotes: A = U.S. and Mexico; B = Belgium, France, Germany, and Holland; C = Canada; D = Denmark; E = England and Ireland; F = Finland, Norway, Portugal, Sweden; I = Italy; J = Japan; K = Switzerland; S = Spain; T = Israel; Z = Australia and New Zealand Accessories and Supplies LPSIX-UE LPSIX-UF LPS3X-DA LPS3X-FAlFC LPS3X-BB LPS3X-EAlEC LPS3X-FD LNOIX-AB LN03X-AJ LPSXX-PA LPS4X-BA LPS4X-BB H9850-TA H9850-TB LPS3X-AA LPS3X-AC LPSXX-AD LPS3X-LP 4MB Memory 8MB Memory PrintServer 32 Plus duplex upgrade kit 20-bin MailBox with two locking trays (110/220 V) 3000-sheet input tray 3000-sheet output stacker (110/220 V) Security tray for LPS32 MailBox A size paper, 8.5 x 11.0 in., 5000 sheets (letter) A size transparencies, 8.5 x 11.0 in., 50 sheets B size paper, 11.0 x 17.0 in., 250 sheets Small paper cassette Large paper cassette Laser labels (30/sheet, 100 sheetslbox) Laser labels (21/sheet, 100 sheetslbox) Toner kit (30,000 pages) Drum and supplies kit (100,000 pages) Maintenance kit (60,POO pages) Bulk supplies kit (300,000 pages) For PrintServer Software information, see PrintServer Software section. Note: PrintServer 32 Plus specifications follow the PrintServer 17/600 ordering information. Printers 7.5 Nonimpact Printers The PrintServer 17/600 offers the power, openness, and functionality of Digital's PrintServer family in an economical, desktop-sized package. It is best suited for medium-size workgroups supporting 10-30 users. With a resolution of 600 dpi, the PrintServer 17/600 is a rugged printer with a 17-page-per-minute print engine and a powerful controller which virtually assure printing at engine speed. The PrintServer 17/600 prints on a variety of media, including envelopes; it prints one-sided and two-sided (with optional duplex upgrade); and its 70,000-page-per-month duty cycle easily handles the printing needs of a medium-sized department. PrintServer 17/600-simplex, IOOO-input, SOO-output, with ThinWirelthick wire Ethernet interface card Order Number Country LPS17-DA LPS17-DB LPS17-DD LPS17-DE LPS17-DG LPS17-DH LPS17-DI LPS17-DP LPS17-DS LPS17-DT LPS17-DZ LPS17-FB LPS17-FC U.S., Canada, Mexico Belgium Denmark EnglandlIreland Gennany Holland Italy France Spain Israel AustralialNew Zealand Switzerland Sweden, Finland, Norway, Portugal Accessories and Supplies LPSIX-UE LPSiX-UF LPSIX-AA LPSIX-AB/AC LPSIX-UB LPSIX-B*ID* LPSIX -TP LPSIX-LT LPSIX-LA LPSIX-LB LPSIX-LE LPSIX-GA/GB PrintServer Software QL-OV9A9-AA QL-OV9A9-RA QA-OV9AA-H1 1 QA-OV9AB-H 1 QA-OV9AC-H 1 QA-OV9AD-H 1 QA-OV9AE-H QA-OV9AG-H1 QA-OV9AH-H1 QA-OV9AJ-Hl 1 QA-OV9AK-H 1 QA-OV9AQ-H QT-OV9xx-xx 4 MB Memory 8 MB Memory PrintServer 17/600 toner cartridge PrintServer 17/600 customer maintenance kit, 110VI PrintServer 17/600 duplex upgrade kit (requires 12 Mbytes total RAM) PrintServer 17/600 1500-sheet input feeder, A size, IlOV/220V PrintServer 17/600 ThinWireltwisted pair Ethernet interface card PrintServer 17/600 letter size cassette PrintServer 17/600 legal size cassette PrintServer 17/600 A4 size cassette PrintServer 17/600 Executive size cassette PrintServer 17/600 3000 sheet stacker (110/220 V) PrintServer Software traditional license PrintServer Software update license PrintServer Software for OpenVMS 2 PrintServer Software for ULTRIX3 PrintServer Software for SunOS PrintServer Software for HP-UX PrintServer Software for IBM AIX PrintServer Software for NetWare PrintServer Software for Windows 95 and Windows NT PrintServer Software for Digital UNIX PrintServer Software for Solaris PrintServer Software for Silicon Graphics IRIX PrintServer Software Services 1 denotes M =magtape, 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TK50, P = QIC, P =DAT, C =3.5-inch diskette, 7 =5.25-inch diskette 2 Supporting host only. For Print Client software for OpenVMS, refer to DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS. 3 Supporting host only. For Print Client for ULTRIX, refer to ULTRIX operating system. 7.6 Printers Nonimpact Printers PrintServer 32 PlusIPrintServer 17/600 Specifications Product Type Nonimpact printers with Digital-developed data controllers, Ethernet interface, PostScript interpreter by Adobe Systems, Inc. Prerequisite Software • DECnetJOSI Phase IV or TCPIIP OpenVMS systems: OpenVMS V5.3 (or greater) ULTRIX systems: V4.0 (or greater) Maximum Print Speed * • PrintServer 32 Plus: 32 pages-per-minute with 8.5-x II-inch or A4 paper · PrintServer 17/600: 17 pages-per-minute with 8.5-x II-inch or A4 paper, simplex Image Resolution · PrintServer 32 Plus: 300 x 300 dpi for text, graphics, and images; DECimage resolution enhancement · PrintServer 17/600: 600 x 600 dpi for text, graphics, and images; DECimage resolution enhancement Paper Handling · PrintServer Plus 32 Plus: - Three cutsheet input trays: 1500 total sheet capacity of 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper - Primary input tray: 1000 - Two primary cutsheet output trays: 1500 total sheet capacity of 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper - Side output tray for media such as transparencies and specified label stock; PrintServer 32 Plus has optional20-bin MailBox 3000 sheet capacity input and output trays • PrintServer 17/600: - Two cutsheet input trays: 1000 total sheet capacity of 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper - One cutsheet output tray: 500 total sheet capacity of 20 lb (75 g/m2 ) paper - Optional 1500 sheet input tray, 3000 sheet output tray Paper Minimum 18lb (67.5 g/m2); maximum 24lb (90 g/m2). Minimum 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper weight is recommended for duplex printing to ensure maximum readability and paper feeding reliability. Predrilled paper is supported. • Recommended Moisture Content: 4%-6% · Environmental Requirements: For maximum print quality and paper feeding reliability, paper should be stored, unopened, in the same environment as the printer for at least 24 hours before use. • Transparencies: Polyester film with a basic thickness 0.004 inch (+-0.0004 inch) with both sides coated to receive toner • Label Stock: As specified by label manufacturers for laser printers and plain paper copiers Standard Typefaces Courier (fixed pitch) with bold, oblique, and bold oblique Times with bold, italic, and bold italic Helvetica with bold, oblique, and bold oblique Symbol!Math ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book with Book oblique, demi, and demi-oblique New Century Schoolbook with bold, italic, and bold italic ITC Lubalin Graph Book with Book oblique, demi, and demi-oblique ITC Souvenir demi, demi italic, light, and light italic Palatino with roman, bold, italic, bold italic ITC Bookman with light, demi, light italic, demi italic ITC Zapf Chancery with medium italic ITC Zapf Dingbats * Print speed is a function that is dependent on several characteristics: paper size, amount of text and number of font changes, quality of application- • • • • • • • • • • • • generated PostScript code, and graphics complexities. Printers 7.7 Nonimpact Printers Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight Power Requirements Voltage Current ac amps (maximum) Heat Dissipation (continuous printing) Operating Environment Temperature Relative humidity Recommended humidity Altitude 7.8 Printers PrintServer 32 Plus 126 cm (49.6 in.) 93.5 cm (36.8 in.) 69 cm (27.2 in.) 157 kg (345Ib) PrintServer 17/600 48.3 cm (19.0 in.) 45.4 cm (17.9 in.) 57 cm (24.4 in.) 44 kg (98Ib) 100-120 V; 50-60 Hz (North America, Japan) 220-240 V; 50 Hz (International) 12 A (North America, Japan) 7 A (International) < 5000 B tulhr 100-115 V; 50-60 Hz (North America, Japan) 220-240 V; 50 Hz (International) 9.9 A (North America, Japan) 4.8 A (International) < 2850 Btulhr 10° to 32° C 10° to 32° C (50° to 90° F) (50° to 90° F) Operating: 20% to 80% humidity (noncondensing) 45% ±10% Up to 2500 meters Up to 2000 meters (6500 feet) (8300 feet) Nonimpact Printers LN17 and LN17ps Network Printers The LN17 and LN17ps are 17ppm network laser printers designed for heterogeneous support in industry standard network environments. With a resolution of 1200 x 600 dpi, they offer high quality output in both text and graphics. Two models are available; the LN17 supports PCL5e and the LN17ps supports PCL5e, Adobe PostScript Level 2 and also includes a Network Interface Card, all standard. Features • Fast-17 page per minute print speed handles print jobs quickly and efficiently for 10-30 user workgroups from any application producing reports, memos, presentations, and spreadsheets. • Superior network connectivity provided through simultaneous active bi-directional parallel, LocalTalk, and Network Interface Card (supporting TCPIIP, IPx/SPX, EtherTalk, and LAT). • Small footprint for easy placement on any desktop; options fit inside or on top so footprint is the same with or without options. • Adobe PostScript Level 2 and PCL5e ensure compatibility with applications in mixed platform environments. • Lockable mailbox option provides security for confidential documents. • 1200 x 600 dpi, high quality printing in minimum memory configuration. Order Number LN17-A* LN17N-A* LN17X-DA LN17X-HD LN17X-PS LN17X-NW LN17X-AT LNXXM-AA LNXXM-AC LNXXM-AD LN17X-TA LN17X-TB LN17X-TE LN17X-TS* LN17X-TM* LN17X-TC LN17X-AA LN17X-AC * Description LN17 PCLSe, bi-di parallel interface LN17 PCLSe, PostScript, bi-di parallel, Network Interface card Duplex Internal Hard Disk Adobe PostScript Level 2 Kit Ethernet Network Interface card LocalTalk Network Interface card 4MB SIMM 16MB SIMM 32MB SIMM SOO-Sheet universal deck SOO-Sheet universal tray 7S-Envelope feeder SOO-Sheet offset catch tray lO-Bin locking mailbox/collator 2S0-Sheet universal tray Toner Cartridge (approx. 10,000 sheets) Maintenance Kit (approx. 200,000 sheets Cannot be simultaneously configured Specifications Speed Processors Resolution Duty cycle Memory Protocols/ interfaces Optional Languages Duplex Fonts 17 ppm Intel 960 JDSO 2S MHz external bus/SO MHz internal bus, Intel 82961 KD coprocessor 600 x 600 dpi, 1200 x 600 dpi, TrueRes enhanced 600 dpi and Toner Saver mode Up to SO,OOO pages per month LN17 2 MB (upgradeable to 64 MB) LN17ps 6 MB (upgradeable to 64 MB) LNI7: Bidirectional parallel LN17ps: Bidirectional parallel, Ethernet Network Interface card supporting TCP/IP, IPXlSPX for Novell NetWare, EtherTalk, and LAT Serial, LocalTalk Network Interface card LN17: PCLSe LN17ps: PCLSe and Adobe PostScript Level 2 Optional 39 Adobe PostScript Type 1 (LN17ps only) 3S Intellifonts, 10 TrueType, 1 PCL bitmap Printers 7.9 Nonimpact Printers Specifications (continued) Paper Handling Paper types/sizes Paper weights Noise Power Requirements Temperature Warranty Weight Dimensions 7.10 Printers p ~ 100-sheet front tray 1 2S0-sheet input tray rI500-Sheet input trays (optional) 1 2S0-sheet output tray 1 SOO-sheet offset catch tray (optional) 1 Locking Mailbox/Collator (optional) (1 7S-envelope feeder (optional) Letter, Legal, Executive, A4, BS, Transparency, Envelope, Postcard 16-28 lb., postcard (SO lb.) Operating: SO dBA, Standby: 3S.0 dBA 90-132V/SOHz +/- -3%, 60Hz +/- -3%, S80w max, lSw sleep (US/Japan) 198-264V/SOHz +/- -3%, 670w max, lSw sleep (Europe) 40 to 9S degrees F/S ot 3S degrees C, lS% to 8S% relative humidity 1 year on-site Base machine - 16.1kg /33 lbs (unpacked) Base machine - 11.2" x IS.3" x IS.7" (284mm x 424mm x 399mm) Nonimpact Printers DEClaser 3500 The DEC laser 3500 offers support for more business-class features than any other printer. Its laser technology with true 600 dpi resolution and resolution enhancement produces crisp, clean output with smooth gradations and crisp black text. The DEClaser 3500 is an ideal printing solution for small workgroups (2-10 users) in networked offices. Optional interface cards provide compatibility with PC, Macintosh, UNIX, and other propular networking topologies. Features 12 ppm print speed 600 dpi resolution with resolution enhancement for sharper output DECimage software enhances sharpness and enables 256 gray levels 3 MB of RAM (upgrade able to 19MB 53 resident fonts (35 Adobe PostScript Type 1, 13 TrueType, 5 Bitmap) 350-sheet input tray (total capacity upgrade able to 800 sheets) Switches automatically between Adobe PostScript Level 2 and HP-PCL5 FAX capable for sending and receiving FAXes on plain paper PC Environments LN14P·AD LN14P·AE LN14P·AI LN14p·AS LN14p·AT LN14P·AZ LN14P·CA LN14p·CB LN14P·CC LN14P·CD Macintosh Environments LN14M·AD LN14M·AE LN14M·AI LN14M·AS LN14M·AT LN14M·AZ LN14M·CA LN14M·CB LN14M·CC LN14M·CD Networked Environments LN14N·AD LN14N·AE LN14N·AI LN14N·AS LN14N·AT LN14N·AZ LN14N·CA LN14N·CB LN14N·CC LN14N·CD ANSI Environments LN14A·AD LN14A·AE LN14A·AI LN14A·AS LN14A·AT LN14A·AZ LN14A·CA LN14A·CB LN14A·CC LN14A·CD Country Denmark UKlIreland Italy Spain Israel AustraliaiNew Zealand U.S./Japan Switzerland Sweden, Finland, Norway, Portugal Belgium, France, Holland Germany Options, Accessories, and Supplies LN141X-AA LN14X-UD LN14X-UE LN14X-SI LN14X-AT LN14X-NW LN14X-FX LN14X-XF LN14X-XG LN14X-XH LN14X-XP LN14X-ZA LN14X-ZB LN14X-ZD LN14X-FB LN14X-TL LN14X-TU LN14X-TA LN14X~TC LN14X-TF LN14X-TG LN14X-TE LNCPB·AE LNCPB·AZ LNCPB-CA Toner cartridge (4,500 page life) 4 MB memory SIMM 8 MB memory SIMM Serial Interface LocalTalk Interface NIC (TCPIIP, IPXlSPX, Ethertalk, LAT) PostScript FAX for North America PostScript FAX for Singapore PostScript FAX for Germany PostScript FAX for Holland PostScript FAX for France PostScript FAX for UKlIreland/Hong Kong PostScript FAX for Australia PostScript FAX for Denmark 2 MB Programmable Font Module 250 Sheet Legal Tray 250 Sheet Universal Tray 500 Sheet A4 Tray 500 Sheet Letter Tray 500 Sheet Letter Feeder 500 Sheet A4 Feeder 30 Sheet Power Envelope Feeder ANSI Box UKlIrelandlAS ANSI Box AustralialNew Zealand ANSI Box U.S./Japan Printers 7.11 Nonimpact Printers The DECcolorwriter.1000 desktop, thermal wax transfer printer prints on plain paper, thermal wax transfer paper, and transparencies. It prints two pages per minute in color, four pages per minute in black and white, and can generate 16.7 million shades of highly saturated colors. Best suited as a networked printer, the DECcolorwriter 1000 can also be used as a standalone device. It is designed for PC, Macintosh, and workstation environments, and is ideal for desktop publishing, presentation, and pre-press applications. All printer drivers are shipped with the printer. The DECcolorwriter 1000 includes Adobe PostScript Level 2, HP-PCL 5, and HP-GL printer protocols for a wide selection of software application support. It also supports OpenVMS, ULTRIX, SCO, Windows NT, Windows 3.1, and OS/2 operating platforms. The DECcolorwriter 1000 simulates the PANTONE color matching system when used with PANTONE certified software. Internal color adjustments such as TEK color and CIE assist the user in matching the color of their display to the expected printed output. Features • 300-by 600-dpi; 2 ppm in full color; 4 ppm in black and white • Prints on plain paper (with LF02X-KC laser paper ribbon), thermal wax paper and transparencies • Optional networking printer server allows network connections to: Apple EtherTalk, TCPIIP, LAT, Novell • Automatic port and emulation sensing • Internal color adjustments with an "On Screen Previewer" for WYSIWYG output • P ANTONE color simulations for industry-certified color output • Resident AppleTalk, serial, and parallel communication interfaces Order Number Country or Region LF02-CA LF02-CB LF02-CC LF02·AE LF02·AI LF02·AT LF02·AZ North America Switzerland Central Europe U.K. Italy Israel AustralialNew Zealand • Supports DCPS for OpenVMS, OS/2, UNIX, SCO, Windows NT, Windows V 3.1 • Supports Silicon Graphics, IBM, SUN, VAX, Macintosh, and HP Workstations • Supports many PC/non-PC applications that output in PostScript or PCL 5 • Up to 8 MB of memory Up to 39 Adobe PostScript fonts Optional second input tray; total input capacity of 200 sheets Supports A, A4 media sizes • Conforms to EPA "Energy Star" standards for energy conservation Accessories and Supplies LF02X·KA LF02X·KB LF02X·KC LF02X·TA LF02X·TC LF02X·TE LF02X·JA LF02X·JC LF02X·JE LF02X·PF LF02 black thermal transfer ribbon llbox (880 pages) LF02 3-color thermal transfer ribbon Ilbox (342 pages) LF02 3-color laser paper ribbon Ilbox (214 pages) LF0210wer input tray assembly with perforated letter size tray, 100 sheets LF02 perforated paper tray letter size, 100 sheets LF02 paper tray letter size, 100 sheets LF02 perforated thermal transfer paper, letter size 8.5 x 12.3 inches (1000 sheets) LF02 perforated laser paper, letter size 8.5 x 12.3 inches(500 sheets) LF02 perforated thermal overhead transparencies, letter size8.5 x 12.3 inches (50 sheets) PostScript font SIMM with 22 fonts Note: Customers requiring the H8571-E MMJ adapter must order it separately. 7.12 Printers Nonimpact Printers DECcolorwriter 1000 (continued) Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight 27.9 cm (11.0 in.) 34.0 cm (13.4 in.) 44.4 cm (17.5 in.) lS.l kg (40 lb) printer only 23.6 kg (53 lb) printer with lower tray assembly Power Requirements 100/120 V Voltage Frequency 50-60 Hz Current ac Amps (maximum) 4.0 2201240V 50-60 Hz 2.0 Operating Environment Temperature Relative humidity 15 0 -35 0 C 20% to SO% Printers 7.13 Nonimpact Printers The Digital Colorwriter LSR 2000+ represents the peak of standard in continuous tone color laser technology. Equipped with an EFI Fiery Xje controller, combined with Digital's well-known product reliability and support, the Colorwriter LSR 2000 provides top-performance and photographic-quality for large complex, text, graphics, and image files. Features • • • • 3 ppm color, 12 ppm mono; fast output for short production runs 100 MHz Fiery Driven XJE CPU; optimum performance for large, complex, image intensive files 600 dpi resolution offers sharper text and image appearance Pantone-certified EFICOLOR, Kodak precision, and ICC color matching provide compatibility with industry standards for color management systems • Adobe PostScript Level 2 for industry-standard software compatibility • Memory compression capability requires less RAM to print high-quality output; eliminates costly upgrades The Colorwriter LSR 2000+ includes one each CMYK toner cartridge, OPC drum, silicon oil bottle, toner waste bottle, documentation set, supported drivers, color matching utilities, color matching tables, power cord, and warranty. Order Number Country or Region LNCOI-BDIFD Denmark LNCOI-BEIFE United Kingdom, Ireland Germany LNCOI-BGIFG LNCOI-DCIHC Holland LNCOI-BIIFI Italy France LNCOI-BPIFP LNCOI-BSIFS Spain LNCOI-BTIFT Israel LNCOI-BZIFZ Australia, New Zealand LNCOI-DAIHA North America LNCOI-BKlFK (Fr) Switzerland LNCOI-BLIFL (Ger) LNCOI-CC Central Europe Accessories & Supplies LNCIX-CD 16MB memory upgrade kit wlPCK LNCIX-CE 32MB memory upgrade kit wlPCK LNCIX-AA Black toner cartridge (4000 pages @ 5% coverage) LNCIX-AB Cyan toner cartridge (4000 pages @ 5% coverage) LNCIX-AC Magenta toner cartridge (4000 pages @ 5% coverage) LNCIX-AD Yellow toner cartridge (4000 pages @ 5% coverage) OPC drum (5,000 - 30,000 pages)* LNCIX-AE Silicon oil bottle (10, 000 pages) LNCIX-AF Optional paper feeder (250 sheet additional capacity; includes universal tray) LNCIX-TA Universal paper tray (for use as extra tray) LNCIX-TB Box of 50 transparencies (letter size) LNCIX-AG Box of 50 transparencies (A4 size) LNCIX-AH Ethernet AUI-to-ThinWire media access unit DECXM-AAlKGR Note: For additional ordering information and availability of international variants, contact an authorized Digital reseller or sales representative. * OPC drum life is an estimate only and will be highly dependent upon the mix of color images and black only images being printed. The frequency of the auto calibration and the amount of continuous versus intermittent printing that occurs will also contribute to the overall drum life. 7.14 Printers Nonimpact Printers Colorwriter LSR 2000+ (continued) Specifications Technology Electrophotographic laser True 4-color process (cyan, magenta, yellow and black) Controller/processor speed EFI Fiery XJe/100 MHz Print Speed 3 ppm color, 12 ppm monochrome Print Resolution 600 x 600 dpi Color Quality Continuous tone output (256 color levels per pixel) Language Adobe PostScript Level 2 Color Management ColorSync 2.0 compatible twindows 95 ICM compatible Kodak Precision compatible Adobe Postscript Level 2 device independent color matching EFICOLOR and ICC color management profiles Solid color simulations through Pantone-certified EFICOLOR Printer Drivers (included in box) Macintosh Windows 3.1 Windows 95 Windows NT UNIX' 2 OpenVMS Connectivity Autosensing ports: Adobe IntelliSelect Centronics Parallel Ethernet (RJ45 and AUI built-in, BNC optional) Simultaneous auto-switching protocols: EtherTalk, TCPIIP, Novell Netware IPX Memory 16 MB or 32 MB standard, 48 MB maximum Internal Hard Disk 341 MB Resident Fonts 39 Adobe Type I typefaces Media Types Plain paper, 60-105 g/m2 bond (16-28Ibs), transparencies Letter (8.5 x 11 in.) Paper Size Legal (8.5 x 14 in.) A4 (210 x 297 mm) B5 (257 x 182 mm) Printing Area Border width of non-imageable area: top 1O.0mm, bottom 5.0mm, left 5.0mm, right 5.0mm (Letter, Legal, A4, B5) Paper Input Standard 350 sheets (100 sheet multipurpose feeder & 250 sheet universal tray) Optional 250 sheet tray (increases input to 600 sheets total) Paper Output 100 sheets face down or 20 sheets faceup Duty Cycle Up to 20,000 pages per month Weight Approx. 50 kg, 110 lb. (printer without paper) 540W x 580D x 460H mm Dimensions (21.3W x 22.8D x 18.1H inches) One year on-site warranty Warranty Extended service offerings are also available 1 PPDs for supporting applications. 2 Requires Pathworks for Macintosh to run AppleTalk with Open DCPS or DEC TCPIIP services for OpenVMS for TCPIIP (LPR). Printers 7.15 Impact Printers A third-generation dot-matrix printer, the LA30N represents the latest technology, offering rapid printing speed, flexibility, and dependability. A proven performer in multiple environments, the LA30N is ideal for use in a wide range of industries from banking and pharmaceuticals to healthcare, education and government. The LA30N companion printer meets varied printing and paper handling requirements, and has the flexibility to work with . most personal computers, terminals and workstations -- in either a personal or shared environment. Features • Supports DEC ANSI, IBM Proprinter and Epson ESCIP2 emulations • Flexible paper handling with push/pull tractor and rear or bottom paper feed • Fast-up to 330 cps in draft mode and high quality-IOO cps letter quality • Optional color kit allows for preparation .of professional documents and graphics • Rugged-8000 hour MTBF • Serial and parallel interfaces standard 7 resident typeface fonts and 8 resident barcode fonts • 2 user selectable macro configurations • Up to 5 part forms Country or Region OderNumber LA30N-CA North America, Japan LA30N-AD Denmark United Kingdon, Ireland LA30N·AE Germany LA30N·AG Italy LA30N·AI France LA30N·AP Spain LA30N·AS Israel LA30N·AT Australia, New Zealand LA30N·AZ Switzerland LA30N·CB Central Europe LA30N·CC Accessories and Supplies LA30R·KA LA30N black ribbon LA30N color ribbon LA30R·KC LA30N printhead LA30R·PH LA30N color kit LA30R·CK LA30N platen cleaner PCXXA·PC Connectivity Options LATprint Thin Wire Ethernet Interface LNXXD·AA Parallel Interface Cable for PCs (10 ft) BC19M·I0 Parallel Interface Cable for PCs (6 ft) BC19M·06 9-pin PC type-to-MMJ Adapter H8571·J 25-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter H8575·A 9-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter H8575·B 25-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter H8575·D MMJ-to-25-pin Male Adapter (connects to existing RS-232 25-pin cables H8671·A 20mA Active Host Mate-n-Lock-to-EIA-423 DEC connect MMJ Passive Converter H8673·AA 20mA Active Host R111-(6-pin)-to-EIA-423 DEC connect MMJ Passive converter H8673·AB 20mA Active Host DB25-to-EIA-423 DEC connect MMJ Passive converter H8673·AC 7.16 Printers Impact Printers LA30N Companion Printer (continued) Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight Power Requirements Voltage/frequency Power consumption Operating environment Hardware Characteristics Interfaces Noise level Print Speed Resolution 132mm (5.1 in.) 432mm (22.4 in.) 330mm (13 in.) 8.5 kg. (18.7 lb.) 100 to 120 VAC +/- 10%; 50/60 Hz 200 to 240 VAC -10%, +6%, 50/60 Hz Average: 120 VA; maximum: 240 VA 5 to 38 degrees C (-4 to 140 degrees F), 10% to 95% RH (no condensation) Centronics Parallel and DEC423 serial, RS232 compatible Average 55 dBA @ 10 cpi @ 12 cpi Letter quality 100 cps 120 cps Correspondence 200 cps 240 cps Draft quality 300 cps 360 cps 400 cps High-speed 333 cps 360 x 180 dpi Letter quality Correspondence 180 x 180 dpi Draft quality 120 x 180 dpi 90 x 180 dpi High-speed draft 360 x 360 dpi Graphics Printers 7.17 Impact Printers A third-generation wide carriage dot-matrix printer, the LA30W represents the latest technology, offering rapid printing speed, flexibility, and dependability. A proven performer in multiple environments, the LA30W is ideal for use in a wide range of industries from banking and pharmaceuticals to healthcare, education and government. The LA30W companion printer meets varied printing and paper handling requirements, and has the flexibility to work with most personal computers, terminals and workstations -- in either a personal or shared environment. Features • Supports DEC ANSI, IBM Proprinter and Epson ESCIP2 emulations • Flexible, wide carriage paper handling with push/pull tractor and rear or bottom paper feed • Fast-up to 330 cps in draft mode and high quality-IOO cps letter quality • Optional color kit allows for preparation of professional documents and graphics • Rugged-8000 hour MTBF • Serial and parallel interfaces standard 7 resident typeface fonts and 8 resident barcode fonts • 2 user selectable macro configurations • Up to 5 part forms OderNumber Country or Region LA30W-CA North America, Japan LA30W-AD Denmark LA30W·AE United Kingdon, Ireland LA30W·AG Germany Italy LA30W·AI France LA30W·AP Spain LA30W·AS LA30W·AT Israel Australia, New Zealand LA30W·AZ Switzerland LA30W·CB Central Europe LA30W·CC Accessories and Supplies LA30R·KA LA30W black ribbon LA30W color ribbon LA30R·KC LA30R·PH LA30W printhead LA30R·CK LA30W color kit PCXXA·PC LA30W platen cleaner Connectivity Options LNXXD·AA LATprint Thin Wire Ethernet Interface BC19M·I0 Parallel Interface Cable for PCs (10 ft) BC19M·06 Parallel Interface Cable for PCs (6 ft) 9-pin PC type-to-MMJ Adapter H8571·J H8575·A 25-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter H8575·B 9-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter H8575·D 25-pin Female-to-MMJ Adapter H8671·A MMJ-to-25-pin Male Adapter (connects to existing RS-232 25-pin cables H8673·AA 20mA Active Host Mate-n-Lock-to-EIA-423 DEC connect MMJ Passive Converter H8673·AB 20mA Active Host RJ11-(6-pin)-to-EIA-423 DECconnect MMJ Passive converter 20mA Active Host DB25-to-EIA-423 DECconnect MMJ Passive converter H8673·AC 7.18 Printers Impact Printers LA30W Companion Printer (continued) Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight 132mm (5.2 in.) 570mm (22.4 in.) 330mm (13 in.) 8.5 kg. (18.7 lb.) Power Requirements Voltage/frequency Power consumption Operating environment 100 to 120 VAC +/- 10%; 50/60 Hz 200 to 240 VAC -10%, +6%, 50/60 Hz Average: 120 VA; maximum: 240 VA 5 to 38 degrees C (-4 to 140 degrees F), 10% to 95% RH (no condensation) Hardware Characteristics Interfaces Noise level Print Speed Resolution Centronics Parallel and DEC423 serial, RS232 compatible Average 55 dBA @ 10 cpi @ 12 cpi 120 cps Letter quality 100 cps 200 cps 240 cps Correspondence 360 cps Draft quality 300 cps 400 cps High-speed 333 cps 360 x 180 dpi Letter quality Correspondence 180 x 180 dpi Draft quality 120 x 180 dpi 90 x 180 dpi High-speed draft 360 x 360 dpi Graphics Printers 7.19 Impact Printers The LA400 MultiPrinter is a high-resolution, wide-carriage, receive-only, impact, dot-matrix printer. It is well suited for various environments from the factory floor to the desktop to the data center. The LA400 MultiPrinter incorporates a 24wire printhead. It is a heavy-duty forms printer designed for average usage of up to 10,000 pages per month. The LA400 MultiPrinter is also designed for the IBM personal computer environment with its built-in IBM Proprinter XL24 emulation mode and parallel interface. The LA400 MultiPrinter's paper and forms handling capabilities make it ideal for a variety of applications. For users who need spreadsheet and simple color output, the LA400 MultiPrinter offers a wide carriage and multi-color printing capability. The rugged modular design of the LA400 MultiPrinter makes it very reliable for high-volume printing in areas such as online transaction processing, engineering and science, financial services, insurance, and banking. Features • 400 chis draft printing speed (burst); 133 chis letterquality printing speed (burst) • Prints in black or optional color ink using snap-in ribbon cartridges • Compatibility with Digital and IBM Proprinter applications through Digital and IBM protocols • 10 resident bar codes • Wide carriage enables printing 17.5-inch (44.6centimeter)wide paper • Optional second push or pull tractor Order Number LA400-CA LA400-AB Country or Region . U.S., Canada, Mexico, South America Belgium LA400-AD Denmark LA400-AE U.K., Ireland LA400-AG Germany, Austria LA400-AH Holland LA400-AI Italy LA400-AS Spain LA400-AT Israel LA400-AZ Australia, New Zealand LA400-AP France LA400-AK (Fr) LA400-AL (Gr) LA400-CC Switzerland 7.20 Printers Central Europe • Automatic gap control (AGC) • Equipped with built-in serial (DEC-423) and parallel (Centronics) interfaces • Handles up to six-part forms as well as envelopes and labels • Superior paper handling such as document-ondemand, autoload, autopark, and automatic paper path sensing • 400 million character print head life • Four user-defined macro settings Impact Printers LA400MuitiPrinter (continued) Accessories and Supplies LA40R-KA LA40R-KC LA40X-CK LA40X-PT LA40X-PL LA40X-PS LA400 black ribbon LA400 color ribbon LA400 color motor Additonal push tractor Pull tractor Printer stand Cables and Adapters H8673-AA H8673-AB BC19M-IO H8575-A H8575-B H8571-C H8571-D H8571-J 20 rnA active host Mate-N-Lok-to-EIA-423 DEC connect MMJ passive converter 20 rnA active host RJ11 (6-pin) to EIA-423 DECconnect MMJ passive converter IBM/Centronics parallel cable 25-pin female-to-MMJ adapter 9-pin male-to-MMJ adapter (DEC) 25-pin cable-to-MMJ adapter 25-pin maie-to-MMI adapter (modem) 9-pin PC-type-to-MMJ adapter Specifications Physical Characteristics Height Width Depth Weight 31.0 em (12.2 in.) 66.5 em (26.1 in.) 38.0 em (14.9 in.) 18 kg (39.6Ib) Operating Environment Temperature Relative humidity Altitude 10 0 to 40 0 C (50 0 to 1040 F) (operating) 10% to 90% (operating) 2400 meters (8000 feet) maximum (operating) Printers '7.21 Impact Printers The LA600 MultiPrinter dot matrix printer offers capabilities approaching those of a high-quality, high-volume network line printer for a fraction of the price. The LA600 includes Digital's popular DECansi (PPL2) protocol, ensuring LA210, LA310, and LA424 compatibility. It also offers other popular printer emulations such as IBM ProPrinter XL24, Epson LQ2550/l 060 and Philips GP emulation for Digital's European customers. The LA600 MultiPrinter can serve PCs, workstations, PC LANs, and Ethernet or TCP/IP networks. The LA600 MultiPrinter is an ideal workgroup printer for financial industry professionals using spreadsheet and business graphics applications. Its multipart-form printing capability makes it the most cost-effective high volume dot matrix printing solution for environments such as service, retail, insurance, government, and data processing. Features • Low-cost dot matrix printing at line printer speed (300 lpm) • Five different paper paths: continuous paper, single cutsheet, multipart forms, envelopes, card stock • Rugged, 400M-character life, 24-wire printhead for maximum reliability and superior print quality Low 53 dBA noise level Order Number • Flat Bed printing technology with Automatic Gap Control (AGC) for precise, bi-directional, jam-free printing • Prints up to 6-part forms • Wide, 136-column carriage designed for spreadsheets • Built-in serial and parallel interfaces • Prints in color with optional color kit Country Region LA600-CA North America, 120 V LJ600-AD Denmark, 220 V LA600-AE U.K., Ireland, 240 V LA600-AI Italy, 220 V LA600-AK Switzerland, 220 V LA600-AT Israel, 220 V LA600-AZ Australia, New Zealand, 240 V LA600-CB Central Europe, 220 V Accessories and Supplies LA60R-KA LA600 ribbon cartridge, black (x6) LA60R-KC LA600 color ribbon cartridge LA60X-CK Color option motor (order color ribbons separately) LA60X-MC 128K memory card LA60X-PS Printer stand LA60X-SF Automatic sheet feeder (cutsheet) LA60X-SG Automatic sheet feeder (multipart and envelopes) 7.22 Printers Impact Printers LG04pluslLGL4plus, LGOSplus/LGLSplus, and LG12plus Printers Third-generation LOp Ius printers have been updated. The L004plus/L0L4plus, the lowest volume printers of the series, now generate output at 475 lines-per-minute. The LOOSplus/LOLSplus is the medium-volume printers at SOO lines-perminute; the L012plus is the high-speed model at 1,200 lines-per-minute. The series offers a variety of emulations, including ANSI, IBM, ProPrinter, LP, LO, Epson, and P-Series protocols. The LOp Ius series also offers several optional installed emulation programs, Magnum Code V (VOL) and Printronix Oraphics Language (POL), that create a true open systems family of printers. The LOp Ius printers maintain heavy duty cycles. They are flexible enough to accommodate bills of lading, invoice printing, bar codes and labels using POSTNET, multipart forms (up to six parts) and graphics. The LOplus series has a model to match any high speed, high throughput needs. Features • High speed printing at a low cost • Lower cost pedestal mounted 475 and SOO pin versions Multi-part forms printing • Supports 13 bar code symbologies and POSTNET • Upgrade able - affordable migration from 475 lpm, to SOO or 1200 lpm • Flexible connectivity - both Dataproducts and Centronics parallel interfaces are standard • LAN connectivity via the RapidPrint 200, an optional Ethernet interface device supporting TCP/IP, LAT and Novell network protocols • Precise accuracy of dot placement (.002") vertical registration) due to updated shuttle design • High throughput mixed text and graphics - third generation ANSI code • Supports virtually all line printer software applications-only printers capable of ANSI and POL or VOL emulations • Software backward compatible with existing LO series printers - L004/06/12 LG04plusILGL4plus Line Printer LG04-**ILGL4-** 475 Lines per minute LG04P-**ILGL4P-** With Printronix Graphics Language (PGL) installed LG04V-**ILGL4V-** With Magnum Code V Graphics Language (VGL) installed LGOSpiuslLGLSpius Line Printer LGOS-**ILGLS-** 800 Lines per minute LGOSP-**ILGLSP-** With Printronix Graphics Language (PGL) installed LGOSV-**ILGLSV-** With Magnum Code V Graphics Language (VGL) installed LG 12plus Line Printer LG12-** 1200 Lines per minute. LG12P-** With Printronix Graphics Language (PGL) installed LG12V-** With Magnum Code V Graphics Language (VGL) installed Upgrade Kits LGSUP-AA Upgrade from LG04pius to LG08plus (pedestal and cabinet versions) LGSUP-AB Upgrade from LG08plus to LG 12plus (cabinet versions only) LGSUP-AC Upgrade from LG04plus to LG12plus (cabinet versions only) LGXXV-UV VGL Upgrade Kit LGXXP-UP PGL Upgrade Kit Supplies and Options LGXXR-SR 60-yard Ribbon (black) (LGplus and LGLplus) LGXXR-LR 100-yard Ribbon (black) (LGplus only) BC19M-I0 PC Parallel cable HS575-E MMJ Adapter (RS232) HS5S5-AE MMJ Adapter (EIA422) DSTPP-AA RapidPrint 200 DSTRO-CA RapidPrint 500 (twisted pair) DSTRP-DA RapidPrint 500 (thin wire) ** Country kits AA = U.S. and Japan AC=Canada AD = Denmark AE = U.K., Ireland and Asia AI =Italy AP = France AS = Spain AT = Israel AZ = Australia and New Zealand BS = Mexico CB = Switzerland CC = Central Europe Printers 7.23 Printer Software SPD: 44.15 UPI: 09* DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS, delivers PostScript printing to the OpenVMS environment for both Digital and third-party printers. It drives and controls Digital's PrintServer and DEClaser PostScript printers along with several third-party PostScript printers, such as Hewlett- Packard LaserJets and Apple LaserWriters. DCPS is a layered product used with systems running OpenVMS VS.S or greater. Note: DCPS is offered in three packages: DCPS-Base, DCPS-Open, DCPS-Plus. See chart for highlights of each package. Refer to the SPD for detailed information. Features • Offers full support for all Digital PostScript printers and selected third-party PostScript printers. • Automatically detects the printer language (data protocol) of files and converts them to PostScript. • Automatically detects PostScript appended to a text data stream (ASCII, DEC ANSI (PPL3), PCL, Proprinter) and lets a job begin with text printing, then switch to PostScript if it is encountered. • Provides "lay-up" which prints multiple logical page images' on one side of a sheet of paper (number-up or N-up), or offsets page images for appropriate margins when binding or hole punching. • Supports printing in a heterogeneous environment of OpenVMS and PCs networked via PATHWORKS. Printing can be performed from a variety of systems including MS-DOS, MS-Windows, OS/2 and Macintosh desktops, as well as from all OpenVMS applications and environments. Also supports printing via TCP/IP services for OpenVMS. DCPS Packages • DCPS-Base drives Digital PostScript printers and supports their features (tray selection, two-sided, etc.). DCPS-Base prints PostScript and DEC ANSI (PPL3). Note: The OpenVMS license includes the right to operate DCPS-Base. • DCPS-Open drives selected third-party PostScript printers (such as LaserJet and LaserWriter printers from HewlettPackard and Apple, respectively) and supports their device-specific features while printing PostScript and DEC ANSI (PPL3). (Currently supported printers listed in the DCPS SPD.) • DCPS-Plus includes advanced features such as Automatic Data Type Detection and Translation, number-up (N-up), lay-up and a full range of translators for the most common printing languages, in addition to the DEC ANSI translator of DCPS-Base. Features are supported on both Digital and third-party PostScript printers. QL-09FA*-AA QL-09LA*-AA QL-09KA*-AA QL-09MA*-AA QA-09NAA-H* QA-09NAA-GZ DCPS-Open for OpenVMS VAX (traditional license) DCPS-Plus for OpenVMS VAX (traditional license) DCPS-Open for OpenVMS Alpha(traditionallicense) DCPS-Plus for OpenVMS Alpha (traditional license) DCPS media and documentation DCPS documentation Note: For listed features, DCPS licenses must be ordered separately. These are traditional CPU licenses which support clusterwide printing via queues on licensed CPU. 7.24 Printers Printer Software DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS (DCPS) (continued) DCPS Features for DCPS-Base, DCPS-Open, and DCPS-Plus Base Digital Printer Support Input tray Output tray Sides Non-Digital Printer Support Input tray Output tray Sides Automatic Datatype Detection Printing Languages (Data Types) PostScript ASCII DEC PPL3 ANSI PCL Level 4 Proprinter XL24E DDIF Bitonal Image ReGIS TEKTRONIX 4010/4014 Open X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ~umber-U~ Layup Definition Page Orientation Sheet Count (Fast Copies) Messages to user Page Size (Logical) Sheet Size (Physical) Page Limit '/SETUP ANSI Printing; Features FONTS USED Tab !HEADER /SPACE /FEED /FORM Margins Form LengthlWidth Wrap/Truncate Page Setup Setup 'COPIES IPAS S ALL /NOTIFY PostScript Tools Plus X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Printers 7.25 Printer Software SPD: 54.74 UPI: 3QO DECprint Supervisor for Xerox Printers (DSX) for OpenVMS Alpha is a layered software product that runs on OpenVMS Alpha systems and provides access to Xerox Laser Printing Systems (LPS). DSX provides the interface between Xerox printers and the OpenVMS printing and queuing system. DSX uses the OpenVMS PRINT command, with which OpenVMS customers are familiar. DSX software provides access to the advanced functions and high-speed printing that Xerox LPS printers are known for. The DSX software is well suit~d for printing high-speed, high quality cut sheet documents as well as complex documents with a mix of text, graphics and images DSX supports four data streams: ASCII text, Line Conditioned Data Stream (LCDS), Metacode (in 512-byte blocks), and Image. Features DSX software supports the following: • • • • • The DCL PRINT command and qualifiers Simplex and duplex printing Portrait and landscape printing Highlight color on printers so equipped Page imposition (number up) of up to four page images per sheet Offset stacking of print sets Forms JDLs, JDEs, and DJDEs from the command line or through device control library and the DEFINEIFORM command Communication through a shared disk on a dedicated SCSI channel providing high-speed transfer (5 MB per sec) of print jobs to the printer and printing at the rated speed of the Xerox LPS printer Downloading of printer resources from the Open VMS system to the printer using the Management and Diagnostic utility Uploading printer resources from the printer to the OpenVMS system using the Management and Diagnostic utility for the purposes of modifying or backing up the resources. Xerox Printers Supported: 4250IMRP black and white printer with XDDI software 4850 highlight color printer, release 5.0 4090 black and white printer model 3 with XDDI software 4890 highlight color printer, release 5.0 4135 black and white printer, release 3.6s 4635 black and white printer, release 3.0 QL-3QOAA-3B Software License Software Media (CD-ROM): QA-3QOAB-H8 Software Documentation: QA-3QOAA-GZ Software Product Services QT -3QOA *-** * Denotes variant fields. For additional infonnation on available services, refer to the appropriate price book. 7.26 Printers Printer Software PrintServer Software SPD: 48.09 UPI: OV9 A PrintServer printer includes hardware and licensed software. The PrintServer Software delivers PCL and Adobe PostScript printing and handles all the print management and network communication functions for PrintServers in HPUX, IBM AIX, NetWare, Windows 95 and Windows NT, OpenVMS, Digital UNIX, Solaris, Silicon Graphics IRIX, SunOS and ULTRIX operating environments. Macintosh printing support is provided through P ATHWORKS and thirdparty products. PrintServer Software has two discrete components-supporting host and print client. Supporting Host Software The Supporting Host Software provides management functions and file services which the system manager uses to control the PrintServer system. It also downloads the PostScript and PCL interpreters to the PrintServer system. Client Software Any system that sends a print job directly to a PrintServer system is called a "client," and runs the Print Client component of the PrintServer Software. The client software includes a print supervisor that processes requests from designated print queues; software translators that convert non-PostScript files into PostScript language; software that handles communication between the host and the PrintServer over the network; and support for accounting services. This software supports the loading of soft fonts, soft forms, and other PostScript "resources" as a permanent memory-resident printing feature. There is no limit to the number of clients that can share a PrintServer system. Features • Simultaneous support for TCPIIP, DEC net and protocols. Many types of systems can share the same Print- Server system via TCPIIP, DECnet Ethernet, and networks. • Support for one-and two-sided printing, portrait and landscape page orientation, mUltiple page images per side (number up), and margin alteration. These features enable customized placement of the document pages on paper. Centralized job accounting provides system managers with summaries of PrintServer system use, tracking usage and costs for each print job. • System managers can control who is allowed to print to a PrintServer printer. • Automatic datatype detection and translation from non-PostScript files to PostScript. • Translators for ANSI, ASCII, ReGIS, Tektronix, PCL, DDIF Bitonal (CCITT G3 and G4), Proprinter. • PostScript error messages and notification of job status are automatically sent to the user. • Automatic loading of soft fonts, forms, logos, and other PostScript resources as permanent printer resources, so the most frequently used items will always be there, always ready. • PRInt Status Manager (PRISM) provides monitoring and management of PrintServer printers. Console functions show jobs currently queued, status of Internet subsystem, display of PrintServer configuration, aborting of specific jobs, creation of new accounting and event log files, and printer's supplies (paper and toner) status. QL-OV9A9-AA QL-OV9A9-RA QA-OV9AA-H1 QA-OV9AB-H1 QA-OV9AC-H1 QA-OV9AD-H1 QA-OV9AE-H1 QA-OV9AG-H1 QA-OV9AH-H1 QA-OV9AJ-H* QA-OV9AK-H1 QA-OV9AQ-H1 QT -OV9xx-** PrintServer Software Traditional License PrintServer Software Update License 2 PrintServer Software for OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha PrintServer Software for ULTRIX (VAX and RISC)2 PrintServer Software for SunOS PrintServer Software for HP-UX PrintServer Software for IBM AIX PrintServer Software for NetWare PrintServer Software for Windows 95 amd Windows NT PrintServer Software for Digital UNIX PrintServer Software for Solaris PrintServer Software for Silicon Graphics IRIX PrintServer Software Services 1 denotes M =magtape, 8 =CD-ROM, 5 =TKSO, P =QIC, P =DAT, C =3.5-inch diskette, 7 =5.25-inch diskette 2 Supporting Host only. For Print Client software for OpenVMS, refer to DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS. For ULTRIX, refer to ULTRIX operating system. Printers 7.27 Printer Software SPD: 28.80 UPI: VEN (VAX), OHP (Alpha) Distributed Queuing Service (DQS) allows OpenVMS users on any node in a DEC net network to use any OpenVMS printer anywhere in the network, as easily as they use a printer directly connected to their own computer. Running on both VAX and Alpha platforms, DQS is compatible with the user's local print commands, and requires no rewriting of applications. DQS moves jobs from a queue on one system to a queue on another, and also manipulates jobs in the remote queue. DQS supports all OpenVMS printer types, and permits users and applications to address remote printers as they access local printers. It also supports user-written print symbionts for third-party printers and plotters. Features • Provides fast, high-performance access to any printer anywhere in the OpenVMS DECnet network-both VAX and Alpha. • Supports wide area and local area networks. • Distributes reports to geographically distributed sites • Is fully compatible with standard OpenVMS print commands and qualifiers. • Protects investment; requires no user training and no rewriting of application software. • Enhances flexibility of network configuration. • Provides security by enabling managers to control which systems may have access to which printers. VAX Distributed Queuing Service QL-VENA *-AA QA-VENAA-HS QA-VENAA-HM QA-VENAA-GZ Single-user license TK50 9-track magtape Documentation DEC Distributed Queuing Service (DQS) QL-OHPA*-AA QA-OHPAA-GZ 7.28 Printers Single-user license Software documentation Digital NAS Packages Digital NAS Packages Digital NAS Client/Server Packages deliver middleware software products for the integration of applications and data in a distributed multi-platform environment. They deliver to the customer the de jure and de facto public standards-based Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) and component software to make client/server computing possible. The Digital NAS Packages simplify the process of acquiring and maintaining client/server software with a single license, distribution kit, service and update contract from Digital. These Packages are offered as standalone products as well as in complete hardware/software systems. Digital NAS Client 150 The Digital NAS Client 150 provides base client software services; choice of network transports, Graphical User Interface (GUI), print and file sharing, object technology, clustering, and message queuing which allow the integration of data and applications in a distributed, multi-platform client/server environment. Digital NAS Base Server 200 The Digital NAS Base Server 200 provides the following client and server services; choice of network transports, Graphical User Interface (GUI), storage management, remote software distribution, object technology, and message queuing which allow the integration of data and applications in a distributed, multi-platform Client/Server environment. Digital NAS Client 250 Extends the Digital NAS Client 150 base environment with database, system management, forms interface, and enhanced printing services. Digital NAS Server 300 Extends the Digital NAS Base Server 200 with the following services; database, system management, forms interface, clusters, mail server, and enhanced printing. Digital NAS Production Server 400 Extends the Digital NAS Server 300 with services to enhance the reliability and availability of applications, data and systems for business critical environments such as transaction processing. All Digital NAS Client/Server Packages provide the following customer benefits: • Simplified ordering-Each Client/Server package has one part number, installation procedure, discounted price and service contract. This reduces the time, effort and cost of selecting base enabling client/server software. • Open Client/Server Environment-Digital NAS Packages combine general purpose middleware services and transport software to enable distributed multi-platform client/server computing. Customers can protect their investments by more fully integrating applications and data in a changing, yet standards-based Client/Server environment. • Line item software products-Digital NAS Client/Server Packages are sold as line item software products, and can be included in complete hardware/software systems. The Digital NAS Client 150 or 250 ships with OpenVMS VAX, OpenVMS Alpha and Digital UNIX workstations, while Digital NAS Base Server 200 ships with server systems. Digital NAS Packages-by Platform Digital NAS Packages OpenVMS VAX OpenVMS Alpha Digital UNIX Digital NAS Client 150 x X Digital NAS Base Server 200 X X X Digital NAS Client 250 X X X Digital NAS Server 300 X X X Digital NAS Production Server 400 X X X For a complete listing of order numbers, SPD numbers, contents of packages and platforms supported, refer to the "Digital NAS Packages at a Glance" charts on the following pages. Digital Network Application Support (NAS) 8.1 lJigital NAS Packages Contents Service/Component Product Digital NAS Client 150 V8.0 for OpenVMS VAX Workstations QL-36PA*-** SPD 62.99 Target: Delivers base client services to workstations to match the Digital NAS Base Server 200 and is included with most workstations Digital NAS Base Server 200 V8.0 for OpenVMS VAX Systems QL-MCIA*-** SPD 36.86 L&M L&M L&M L&M L&1 L&M L&1 L&M I&M L&M L&M 4&M Presentation Services ** DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Printing Services DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for Open VMS VAX, Base DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS VAX, Open DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for Open VMS VAX, Plus D04 D04 OSI GL7 TCPIIP,NFS 3MS XAI X-Windows Motif, PEX 09N 09F 09L OV9 ISO SPDL ISOIECMA DPA Management Services POLYCENTER Software Distribution for Open VMS B14 L&l 2&M 2&M 2&M L&M VAX (Client) Network Transport *** DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS V AX End System DECnet-VAX End Node PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Macintosh) PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager) PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware) DEC TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS VAX Operating System Specific (DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS and shipped as a separate kit) L&M L&M Presentation Services DECforms for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only System DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS VAX ** QL-XVDA *-** SPD36.89 l&M Printing Services DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for Open VMS, Base L&M L&M L&M L&M L&M L&M L&3 Upgrades: L&M L&1 L&M L&1 I&M 8.2 OMG/CORBA L&3 V8.0 for OpenVMS VAX Workstations Digital NAS 150-250 Upgrade QL-37NA *-** XK.B GHV XKB GHV Digital NAS Client 250 match the Digital NAS Server 300 X-Windows Motif, PEX L&M L&M Target: Extends the Digital NAS Client 150 including additional services to XAI PrintServer Software for OpenVMS Communication and Control Services ObjectBroker for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only Run-Time Only Option DECmessageQ for Open VMS VAX L&M Target: Provides the base client/server services to match the Digital NAS Client 150 and is bundled with mos server systems Presentation Services DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS VAX ** Communication and Control Services ObjectBroker for Open VMS VAX Run-Time Only DECmessageQ for Open VMS VAX Run-Time Only Option Network Transports DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS VAX End System DECnet-VAX End Node DEC TCPIIP Client for OpenVMS Operating System Specific VMScluster Client (DCE Runtine Services are licensed with Open VMS and shipped as a separate kit) Postscript OMG/CORBA D04 D04 YPC A93 Appletalk AN Manager OEN VHR IPX TCPIIP, NFS VNS XAI FIMS X-Windows Motif, PEX OSI 09N 09L VEN ISO SPDL DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS, Plus DEC Distributed Queuing Services for OpenVMS Communication and Control Services ObjectBroker for OpenVMS V AX Run-Time Only Option DECmessageQ for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS VAX (Client) Management Services POL YCENTER Performance Data Collector for OpenVMS POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS V AX, (Client) XK.B GHV XNL OMG/CORBA etwork Transport *** DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS VAX End System DECnet-VAX End Node DEC TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS Operating System Specific VAXcluster Software for OpenVMS VAX D04 OSI D04 VHR TCPIIP,NFS VBR GXX POSIX Digital Network Application Support (NAS) POSIX for OpenVMS (DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS and shipped as a separate kit) ISOIECMA DPA Postscript GXl B14 Digital NAS Packages I Digital NAS Packages At A Glance (continued) Digital NAS Product Digital NAS Server 300 V8.0 for OpenVMS VAX Systems QL-MC2A*-** License and/or Media L&M L&M SPD 36.85 I&M L&M L&M L&M 4&M L&M L&M L&M L&M Target: Management focused server which extends the Digital NAS Base Server 200 to match the Digital NAS Client 250 L&M L&M L&3 L&M UPGRADES Digital NAS 250 to 300 Upgrade QL-29PA*-** Digital NAS 200 to 300 Upgrade QL-MC3A*-** L&M L&l 2&M 2&M 2&M L&M L&l l&M Digital NAS Production Server 400 V8.0 for OpenVMS V AX Systems QL-MC5A*-** SPD40.63 I Contents Service/Component Product UPI's Presentation Services DECforms for OpenVMS Run-Time Only System DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS ** Printing Services DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for Open V¥S V AX, Base DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS VAX, Plus DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS VAX, Open DEC Distributed Queuing Service for OpenVMS Print Server Software for OpenVMS Communication and Control Services MAILworks Server for OpenVMS ObjectBroker for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only DECmessageQ for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only Option Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS (Client) Management Services POLYCENTER Performance Advisor for OpenVMS POLYCENTER Performance Data Collector for OpenVMS POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS VAX, (Client) POLYCENTER Software Distribution (Server) Network Transports *** DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS VAX Extended Function DECnet for OpenVMS VAX Full Function PATHWORKS forOpenVMS (Macintosh) PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager) PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware) DEC TCP/IP Services for OpenVMS V AX Operating System Specific VAXc1uster Software for OpenVMS V AX POSlX for OpenVMS (DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS and shipped as a separate kit) Standards Supported VNS XAI FlMS X-Windows Motif, PEX 09N 09L 09F VEN ISO/SPDL YCZ X400, XAPI OMG/CORBA XKB GHV XNL GX2 GXl B14 ISOIECMA DPA Postscript Postscript MSL; CMP; SNMP B13 DOS OSI DOS YPC A93 OEN VHR Appletalk LAN Manager IPX TCPIIP, NFS VBR GXX POSIX VNS XAI RMS X-Windows Motif, PEX 09N 09L 09F VEN OV9 ISO SPDL ISOIECMA DPA Presentation Services L&M L&M l&M L&M L&M L&M 4&M DECforms for OpenVMS V AX-Time Only System ** DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS VAX Printing Services DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS VAX, Base DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS VAX, Plus Extends Digital NAS Server 300 with services to enhance reliability and availability of applications, data, and systems for business critical environments such as transaction processing. L&M L&M L&M L&M L&M L&M DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for OpenVMS V AX, Open DEC Distributed Queuing Service for OpenVMS PrintServer Software for VMS Communication and Control Services MAILworks Server for OpenVMS ObjectBroker for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only DECmessageQ for OpenVMS VAX Run-Time Only Option ACMS for OpenVMS Reliable Transaction Router for Open VMS V AX, Full Function Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS VAX, Client UPGRADES Digital NAS 200 to 400 upgrade QL-MKRA*-** L&M L&M L&M L&3 Management Services POLYCENTER Performance Advisor for OpenVMS POLY CENTER Performance Data Collector for OpenVMS POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS Client POLYCENTER Software Distribution (Server) Target: YCZ XKB GHV 076 XNK XNL GX2 GXl B14 B13 Postscript X400, XAPI OMG/CORBA MIA,STDL MSL, CMIP, SNM Digital NAS 300 to 400 upgrade QL-MC4A*-** Digital Network Application Support (NAS) 8.3 Digital NAS Packages Contents Service/Component Product Digital NAS Production Server 400 VS.O for OpenVMS VAX Systems (continued) QL-MC5A *-** SPD40.63 etwork Transport DECnetlOSI for Open VMS VAX Extended Function DECnet-for OpenVMS VAX Full Function D05 2&M PATHWORKS for Open VMS (Macintosh) YPC 2&M P ATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager) A93 OEN L&M L&l *** 2&M L&M PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware) DEC TCPIIP Services for Open VMS VAX Operating System Specific VHR L&l VAXcluster Software for OpenVMS VAX VBR I&M POSIX for OpenVMS VAX L&I RMS Ioumaling for Open VMS VAX GXX VDV Volume Shadowing for Open VMS VAX AB2 L&I OSI D05 ppletalk CPIIP;NFS POSIX (DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS Digital NAS Client 150 VS.O for Open VMS Alpha resentation Services L&M Workstations DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha ObjectBroker for Open VMS Alpha Run-Time Only DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only Option L&M QL-36NA *-** SPD 62.9S MV4 X-Windows Motif, PEX 06V OHK OMG/CORBA Communication and Control Services L&M etwork Transport L&I DECnet for Open VMS Alpha End System MTF Target: L&Ivi DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS Alpha End Node MTF Delivers base client services to L&M DEC TCPIIP Client for OpenVMS Alpha OM2 workstations to match the Digital NAS Base Server 200 and is included with most workstations L&l QL-23EA *-** SPD44.57 Target: Provides base clientlserver services 3MR Presentation Services -Windows Motif, PEX L&M ** l&M Printing Services DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS Alpha Base 09N ISO SPDL L&M DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS Alpha Plus 09M ISOIECMA DPA L&M DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS Alpha Open Postscript 4&M PrintS erver Software for Open VMS 09K OV9 06V OMG/CORBA L&M DECwindows Motif for Open VMS Alpha Communication and Control Services ObjectBroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only L&M to match the Digital NAS Client 150 and is bundled with most serve CPIIP,NFS (DCE Runtine Services are licensed with OpenVMS Digital NAS 200 Base Server VS.O for Open VMS Alpha System Operating System Specific VMS cluster Client OSI DECmessageQ for Open VMS Alpha Run-Time Only Option MV4 OHK Management Services POL YCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS L&3 systems OEF Alpha Client etwork Transport DECnet for Open VMS Alpha End System MTF OSI L&M DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS Alpha End Node MTF LAN Manager 2&M PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (LAN Manager) PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Netware) A93 L&I 2&M 2&M P ATHWORKS for Open VMS (Mackintosh) DEC TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS Alpha L&M A93 YPC CPIIP,NFS OLX Operating System Specific (DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS and shi ped as a separate kit) Digital NAS Client 250 Presentation Services DECforms for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only System DEC windows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha OJ9 MV4 MS -Windows Motif, PEX VS.O for OpenVMS Alpha Workstations L&M L&M QL-XVEA *-** SPD44.57 I&M DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS Alpha Base 09N ISO SPDL L&M DECprint Supervisor (DSPS) for OpenVMS Alpha Plus 09M OHP ISOIECMA DPA, Postscript OMG/CORBA ** Printing Services L&M DEC Distributed Queuing Service for OpenVMS Communication and Control Services Target: Extends Digital NAS Client 150 L&M ObjectBroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only 06V including additional services to L&M DECmessageQ for Open VMS Alpha Run-Time Only Option OHK match the Digital NAS Server 300 L&M Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS Al ha Client 2AR 8.4 Digital Network Application Support (NAS) Digital NAS Packages I Digital NAS Packages At A Glance (continued) Digital NAS Product License and/or Media Digital NAS Client 250 VS.O for OpenVMS Alpha Workstations (continued) L&3 L&M L&l L&M L&M QL-XVEA *-** SPD44.57 L&l I&M Digital NAS Server 300 VS.O for OpenVMS Alpha System~ QL-XV9A *-** SPD44.55 Target: Management focused server which extends Digital NAS Base Server 200 to match Digital NAS Client 250 L&M L&M I&M L&M L&M L&M 4&M L&M L&M L&M L&M L&3 L&M L&M L&M UPGRADES Digital NAS 250 tp 300 Upgrade QL-29QA *-** Digital NAS 200 to 300 Upgrade QL-29SA*-** L&l L&M 2&M 2&M 2&M L&M L&l l&M Digital NAS Production Server 400 VS.O for OpenVMS Alpha System~ QL-23RA*-** SPD44.56 L&M L&M l&M L&M Target: Extends Digital NAS Server 300 with services to enhance reliability and availability of applications, data, and systems for business critical environments such as transaction processing L&M L&M 4&M L&M L&M L&M L&M L&M L&M J UPl's Contents Service/Component product Management Services POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS Alpha Client POLYCENTER Performance Data CoIlector for OpenVMS Network Transport DECnet for OpenVMS Alpha End System DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS Alpha End Node DEC TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS Alpha Operating System Specific VAXcluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha POSIX for OpenVMS (DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS and shipped as a separate kit) Presentation Services DECforms for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only System DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha ** Printing Services DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha Base DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha Plus DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha Open DEC Distributed Queuing Service for OpenVMS PrintServer Software for OpenVMS Communication and Control Services DEC MAILworks Server for OpenVMS ObjectBroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only Options Reliable Transaction Router for Open VMS Alpha Client Management Services POLYCENTER Software Distribution (Client) POLYCENTER Software Distribution (Server) POLYCENTER Performance Advisor POLYCENTER Performance Data CoIlection Network Transport DECnet for OpenVMS Alpha Extended Function DECnetlOSI for OpenVMS Alpha Extended Function PATHWORKS for VMS (LAN Manager) PATHWORKS for VMS (Netware) PATHWORKS for VMS (Macintosh) DEC TCPIIP Services for OpenVMS Alpha Operating System Specific VMScluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha POSIX for OpenVMS (DCE Runtime Services are licensed with OpenVMS and shipped as a separate kit) Presentation Services DECforms for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only System ** DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS Alpha Printhig Services DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS Alpha Base DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Plus DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS, Open DEC Distributed Queuing Service (DQS) PrintServer Software Communication and Control Services MAILworks Server for OpenVMS ObjectBroker for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only DECmessageQ for OpenVMS Alpha Run-Time Only Option ACMS for OpenVMS Run-time System Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS (Full Function) Reliable Transaction Router for OpenVMS Alpha Client Standards Supported OEF 29M MTF MTF OM2 OSI IrCPIIP, NFS MUZ OKF POSIX 019 MV4 FlMS pc-Windows Motif, PEX 09N ISO/SPDL ISOIECMA DPA Postscript 09M 09K OHP OV9 3NG 06V OHK 2AR OMG/COBRA OEF 2Q5 29N 29M MTG MTG A93 A93 YPC OLX OSI !LAN Manager IrCPIIP, NFS MUZ OKF POSIX 019 MV4 ~S pc-Windows Motif, PEX 09N 09M 09K OHP OV9 ISOSPDL; 3NG 06V OHK 2Ql 2AQ ISOIECMA DPA; 1P0stscript OMG/CORBA [MIA, STDL 2AR Digital Network Application Support (NAS) 8.5 Digital NAS Packages Digital NAS Product Digital NAS Production Server 400 VS.O for OpenVMS Alpha Systems (continued) QL-23RA *-** SPD44.56 UPGRADES Digital NAS 200 to 400 Upgrade QL-29TA*-** Digital NAS 300 to 400 Upgrade QL-29UA *-** Digital NAS Client 150 VS.O for Digital UNIX Alpha Systems Contents Service/Component product License andlorMedi L&3 L&M L&M L&M L&I L&M 2&M 2&M 2&M L&M L&I I&M L&I L&I L&M L&M L&M QL-36MA *-** SPD62.97 Management Services POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS Alpha Client POLYCENTER Software Distribution for OpenVMS Alpha Server POLYCENTER Performance Data Collector for OpenVMS POL YCENTER Performance Advisor for Open VMS Network Transport DECnet for OpenVMS Alpha Extended Function DECnet/OSI for OpenVMS Alpha Extended Function PATHWORKS for VMS (LAN Manager) PATHWORKS for VMS (Netware) PATHWORKS for VMS (Macintosh) DEC TCPflP Services for OpenVMS Alpha Operating System Specific VAXcluster Software for OpenVMS Alpha POSIX for OpenVMS Alpha Volume Shadowing for Open VMS RMS Joumaling for OpenVMS Alpha (DCE Runtime Services are licensed with Open VMS and shipped as a separate kit) Communication and Control Services DigitflJ DeE runtime Services fer Digital Lrr-~IX ObjectBroker DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX Operating System Specific (MOTIF, NFS, TCMP, CDA in base OIS) UPl's Standards Supported OEF 2Q5 29M 29N MTG MTG A93 A93 YPC OLX MUZ OKF 2AI OVH DIM OTT OSI LAN Manager TCPIIP,NFS OSIX OSFUCE OMG/CORBA 2WS Target: Delivers base client service to workstations to match the Digital NAS Base Server 200 and is included with most workstations Digital NAS Base Server 200 V8.0 for Digital UNIX Alpha Systems QL-306A *-** SPD 62.73 4&M L&M L&M L&M Target: Provides base client/server services to match Digital NAS Client 150 L&M L&M and is bundled with most server systems 2&M L&I L&I Digital NAS Client 250 V8.0 for Digital UNIX Alpha Systems QL-06PA*-** SPD44.38 L&M L&4 L&M L&M L&M Target: Extends Digital NAS Client 150 including additional services to match Digital NAS Server 300 L&M Printing Services PrintServer Software Communication and Control Services Digital DCE runtime Services for Digital UNIX ObjectBroker DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX anagement Services POLYCENTER Network Save and Restore for UNIX Alpha (Server) POLYCENTER Advanced File System Utilities Network Transport PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX Operating System Specific Logical Storage Manager Digital UNIX Server Extensions (MOTIF, NFS, TCPIIP, CDA in Base OIS) Communications and Control Services Digital DCE runtime Services for Digital UNIX ObjectBroker DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX Management Services POLYCENTER Scheduler Agent POLYCENTER Advanced File System Utilities Network Transport DECnet OSI for Digital UNIX End System Operating System Specific (MOTIF, NFS, TCPIIP, CDA in Base OIS) UPGRADES Digital NAS 150 to 250 Upgrade QL-37LA *-** 8.6 Digital Network Application Support (NAS) OV9 OIM OTT 2W8 OSFDCE OMG/COBRA 2AL OEG 054 2GV MT6 OIM OTT 2W8 OSFDCE OMG/COBRA OMO OEG MTJ OSI Digital NAS Packages I I NASPackages·At A Glance (continued) Digital NAS Product Digital NAS Base Server 300 VS.O for Digital UNIX Alpha Systems QL·06RA*.** SPD 44/30 Target: Management focused server which extends Digital NAS Base Server 200 to match Digital NAS Client 250 License and/or Media Printing Services PrintServer Software OV9 L&M L&M L&M Communications and Control Services Digital DCE runtime Services for Digital UNIX ObjectBroker DECmessageQ for Digital UNIX OIM OTT 2WS L&M L&M L&M L&M UPGRADES L&l QL·309A *.** UPl's 4&M 2&M Digital NAS to 300 Upgrade Contents Service/Component product L&l Management Services POLYCENTER Scheduler Agent POLYCENTER Network Save and Restore for UNIX Alpha (Server) POLYCENTER Adv. File System Utilities Network Services DECnetlOSI for Digital UNIX Alpha Extended Function PATHWORKS for Digital UNIX Operating System Specific Logical Storage Manager Digital UNIX Server Extensions (MOTIF, NFS, TCPIIP, CDA in Base O/S) Standards Supported OSFDCE OMG/COBRA OMO 2AL OEG MTK 0541 OSI 2GV MT6 Digital NAS 250 to 300 Upgrade QL·29RA *.** * ** *** **** Media is available either with Digital NAS Package or through consolidated distribution services Motif includes a number of local language variants. See SPD or Installation Guide for full list DECnetlOSI supersedes DEC net-VAX Extensions ObjectBroker (New name for ACA Services starting with V2.S. ACA available until V2.S) Notes: 1 Provided with OpenVMS. 2 PATHWORKS is licensed separately on a per client basis or with concurrent use server licenses, not provided with Digital NAS. 3 The client software binaries must be downline loaded from an OpenVMS system running the POLYCENTER Software Distribution Server. 4 Licensed with the appropriate DEC printer. Previously DEC PrintServer supporting Host for VMS. Digital Network Application Support (NAS) 8.7 Index - 33lJXR, 3.14, 4.21 -4460XR,4.4 470XR,4.4 3480XR,4.4 49GAX, 3.14,4.21 49JAX, 3.14,4.21 49XR, 3.14, 4.21 -553XR, 3.41,4.22 53XRA,4.22 -6691XU, 3.50, 4.22 694XR,4.22 694XU, 3.50 -7751Pl, 2.152, 2.179, 4.18 751P2, 2.152, 4.18, 2.179 751XR,2.171 752Pl, 2.152, 2.179, 4.18 752P2, 2.152, 2.179, 4.18 752P3,4.18 752P4,4.18 752XR,2.171 753Pl, 2.152,2.179, 4.18 753P2, 2.152, 2.179, 4.18 753XR,2.171 754Pl, 2.152, 2.179, 4.18 754P2, 2.152, 2.179, 4.18 754XR,2.171 756Pl, 2.152, 2.179, 4.18 756P2, 2.152, 2.179, 4.18 756XR,2.171 756XS, 2.200 75U13,4.17 75U14,4.17 75U23,4.17 75U24,4.17 75U33,4.17 75U34,4.17 75U63,4.17 75U64,4.17 75U73,4.17 75U74,4.17 75U83,4.17 75U84,4.17 75UC3,4.18 75UD4,4.18 75UG5,4.18 75UH5,4.18 75USS, 4.10, 4.15 75UXX, 4.7, 4.12 75UYY, 4.8, 4.13 7FATA,4.23 7FETB,4.23 7FFTB,4.23 7JATB,4.23 7JAVB,4.23 7MAMD,3.59 7MAME,3.59 7MAMH,3.59 7MARD,3.68 7MARE,3.68 7MARH,3.68 7MATA,4.23 7MAVA,4.23 7YCAA,3.59 7YCHA,3.59 - AAdvantage Upgrade Program, 4.1 Alpha XL 300 and 366 Advantage Configurations, 1.69 Alpha XL 300 Base Systems, 1.70 Alpha XL 366 Base Systems, 1.71 Alpha XL Country Kits, 1.75 Alpha XL Personal Workstation for Windows NT, 1.68 Alpha XL Workstation Options, 1.72 AlphaServer 1000 5/300 CPU Upgrades, 4.3 AlphaServer 1000 Pedestal, Rackmount, Cabinet, 2.14 AlphaServer 1000 to AlphaServer 1000A Upgrades, 4.3 AlphaServer 1000A Pedestal, Rackmount, Cabinet, 2.34 AlphaServer 2000 CPU Upgrades, 4.4 AlphaServer 2000, 1.57 AlphaServer 2100 CPU Upgrades, 4.4 AlphaServer 2100 LP Rackmount, 2.105 AlphaServer 2100 RM to AlphaServer 2100A RM Upgrades, 4.5 AlphaServer 2100 to AlphaServer 2100A Upgrades, 4.5 AlphaServer 2100A CPU Upgrades, 4.5 AlphaServer 2100A Rackmount and Cabinet, 2.89 AlphaServer 2100A, 2.73 AlphaServer 400 4/233 CPU Upgrades, 4.3 AlphaServer 400 Diagrams, 2.13 AlphaServer 400, 2.1 AlphaServer 4000 to AlphaServer 4100 Upgrades, 4.6 AlphaServer 4000/4100, 2.121 AlphaServer 4100/4000 Diagrams, 2.146 AlphaServer 4100/4000, 2.121 AlphaServer 8200 Diagrams, 2.166 AlphaServer 8200 Rackmount, 2.169 AlphaServer 8200 Upgrades, 4.7 AlphaServer 8200, 2.149 AlphaServer 8400 Diagrams, 2.195 AlphaServer 8400 Rackmount, 2.198 AlphaServer 8400 System Upgrades, 4.12 AlphaServer 8400, 2.175 AlphaStation 200 4/166 and 4/233 CPU Upgrades, 4.2 AlphaStation 20041233 CPU Upgrades, 4.2 AlphaStation 255/233 Advantage Configurations, 1.3 AlphaStation 255/233 and 255/300, 1.1 AlphaStation 255/233 Base Configurations, 1.4 AlphaStation 255/300 Advantage Configurations, 1.6 AlphaStation 255/300 Base Configurations, 1.7 AlphaStation 5001266500/333-500/400500/500, 1.11 AlphaStation 5001266 Advantage Configurations, 1.13 AlphaStation 5001266 Base Configurations, 1.14 AlphaStation 500/333 Advantage Configurations, 1.16 AlphaStation 500/333 Base Configurations, 1.17 AlphaStation 500/400 Advantage Configurations, 1.19 AlphaStation 500/400 Base Configurations, 1.20 AlphaStation 500/400 MHz CPU Upgrades, 4.2 AlphaStation 500/500 Advantage Configurations, 1.22 AlphaStation 500/500 Base Configurations, 1.23 AlphaStation 600 51266 Advantage Configurations, 130 AlphaStation 600 5/266 and 5/333 Base Configurations, 1.33 AlphaStation 600 51266 and 5/333, 1.28 AlphaStation 600 51266 Rackmount, 1.39 AlphaStation 600 5/333 Advantage Configurations, 1.31 AlphaStation 600 5/333 CPU Upgrade, 4.2 AlphaStation 600 5/333 Rackmount, 1.38 AlphaStation Country Specific Keyboards, 1.45 AlphaStation Country Specific Power Cords, 1.45 AlphaStation Options, 1.44 -BB400X, 3.56 BA30P, 2.125 BA346,6.11 BA350,6.4 BA353,6.13 BA355,6.7 BA356, 6.4, 6.10 BA35R,6.6 BA35X,6.4 BA362,6.12 BA364,6.12 BA36X, 6.12 -cCartridge Tape, 6.82 CCMAA,5.43 CCMHA,5.43 CCMLA,5.43 CCMRA,5.43 CD-ROM Drive, 6.72 CIPCA PCI-to-CI Storage Host Adapter for OpenVMS Systems, 6.49 CIPCA,6.49 Clustering Information, 5.1 Colorwriter LSR 2000+, 7.14 CT-A254V, 2.106 CT-A255V, 2.106 CT-ANlBC, 2.199 CT-ANIBD,2.199 CT-ANlBF,2.199 CT-ANlDD,2.199 CT-ANlDF,2.199 CT-N254V, 2.107 CT-N255V, 2.107 CT-PB62A, 1.39 CT-Y254V, 2.107 CT-Y255V, 2.107 - DDA-252S1,2.75 DA-252Yl,2.91 DA-253S1,2.75 DA-253Yl,2.91 DA-254S1,2.75 DA-262Fl,2.91 DA-263Fl,2.91 DA-264Fl,2.91 DA-28IAB,2.150 DA-281AD,2.150 DA-281AY, 2.152 DA-281BB,2.150 DA-28lBC, 2.150 DA-28lBD,2.150 DA-281BF,2.150 DA-28lBY, 2.152 DA-281CB,2.150 DA-281CD,2.150 DA-28lDB,2.150 DA-28lDC, 2.150 DA-28lDD,2.150 DA-28lDF,2.150 DA-282FB,2.150 DA-282FD,2.150 DA-282FF,2.150 DA-291AC, 2.176 DA-291AD,2.176 DA-291AF,2.176 DA-291AY, 2.178 DA-29lBC, 2.176 DA-29lBD,2.176 DA-291BF,2.176 DA-29lBU, 4.16 DA-29lBY, 2.178 DA-29lDD,2.176 DA-29lDF,2.176 DA-29lDF,2.177 DA-29lDU, 4.16 DA-292FC, 2.177 DA-292FD,2.177 DA-292FF,2.177 DA-292FU,4.16 DA-51FAB,2.123 DA-5IHAB,2.123 DA-52FAB,2.124 DA-52HAB,2.124 DA-AMIAB,2.170 DA-AMIAD,2.170 DA-AMlBB, 2.170 DA-AMlBC, 2.170 DA-AMIBD, 2.170 DA-AMlBF,2.170 DA-AMICB,2.170 DA-AMICD,2.170 DA-AMlDB,2.170 DA-AMlDC, 2.170 DA-AMlDD, 2.170 DA-AMlDF,2.170 DA-AM2FB,2.170 DA-AM2FD,2.170 DA-AM2FF,2.170 DA-AN2FD,2.199 DA-AN2FF,2.199 DAT Tape Drive Autoloader, 6.90 DAT Tape Drive, 6.90 DECcolorwriter 1000, 7.12 DEClaser 3500,7.11 DECprint Supervisor for OpenVMS (DCPS), 7.24 DECprint Supervisor for Xerox Printers for OpenVMS Alpha, 7.26 Digital UNIX TruCluster Systems Configuration Information, 5.23 Disk drives, 6.67 Diskette Drive, 6.71 Distributed Queuing Service, 7.28 DLT Magazine Tape Subsystems, 6.86 DLT Tape Drive, 6.76 DLTTape Specifications, 6.88 DN-244D1, 2.58, 2.59 DN-245D1, 2.58, 2.59 DN-252S1,2.74 DN-252Yl,2.90 DN-253S1,2.74 DN-253Yl,2.90 DN-254S1,2.74 DN-254Yl,2.90 DN-262Fl, 2.91 DN-263Fl,2.91 DN-264Fl,2.91 DN-51FAA,2.122 DN-5IHAA,2.122 DN-51ZlJ,4.6 DN-51Z1K,4.6 DN-51Z1L,4.6 DN-52FAA,2.124 DN-52HAA,2.124 DV-31GAB,3.9 DV-3IGCB,3.9 DV-3lJCB,3.9 DV-3lJCC, 3.18 DV-31SCA,3.9 DV-31SCC, 3.18 DV-416CC, 3.37 DV-418CC, 3.28 DV-45AFC, 3.46 DV-47AFC, 3.46 DWZZA,6.48 DWZZB,6.47 DY-252S1,2.75 DY-252Yl,2.92 DY-253S1,2.75 DY-253Yl,2.92 DY-254S1,2.75 DY-254Yl,2.92 Index DY-262Fl,2.92 DY-263Fl,2.92 DY-264Fl,2.92 DY-281AB,2.150 DY-281AD,2.150 DY-281AY, 2.152 DY-281BB,2.150 DY-281BC, 2.150 DY-281BD,2.150 DY-28lBF,2.150 DY-28lBY, 2.152 DY-281CB,2.150 DY-281CD,2.150 DY-28lDB,2.150 DY-28lDC, 2.150 DY-28lDD,2.150 DY-28lDF,2.150 DY-282FB,2.150 DY-282FD,2.150 DY-282FF,2.150 DY-291AC, 2.176 DY-291AD,2.176 DY-291AF,2.176 DY-291AY, 2.178 DY-29lBC, 2.176 DY-29lBD,2.176 DY-291BF,2.177 DY-291BU, 4.16 DY-291BY, 2.178 DY-29lDD,2.176 DY-29lDF,2.177 DY-29lDU, 4.16 DY-292FC, 2.177 DY-292FD,2.177 DY-292FF,2.177 DY-292FU,4.16 DY-51FAB,2.123 DY-5IHAB,2.123 DY-52FAB,2.124 DY-52HAB,2.124 DY-AM1AB,2.170 DY-AM1AD,2.170 DY-AMlBC, 2.170 DY-AMlBD,2.170 DY-AMlBF,2.170 DY-AMICB,2.170 DY-AM1CD,2.170 DY-AMlDC, 2.170 DY-AMlDD,2.170 DY-AMlDF,2.170 DY-AM2FD,2.170 DY-AM2FF,2.170 DY-AN1BF,2.199 DY-AN2FD,2.199 DY-AN2FF,2.199 -EEZ31,6.70 EZ32,6.70 EZ64,6.70 EZ69,6.70 -FFlexible Diskette Drive, 6.71 Flexible Optical Media Specifications Chart, 6.101 - HH9AlO,2.125 Helical Scan Tape Drive, 6.93 HS211,6.61 HS221,6.61 HS241,6.61 HSDlO,6.29 HSD30, 6.31 HSBO, 6.34 HSJ40, 6.35 HSJ42,6.35 HSJ44,6.35 HSZ40, 6.37 - 1Impact Printers Comparison Chart, 7.3 - KKFMSA XMI Diskffape Adapter (DSSI), 6.27 KFMSA,6.27 KFPEA,4.5 KFPEN,4.5 KFPEY,4.5 KZESC, 6.45 KZPAA PCI-Based Fast SCSI-2 Controller, 6.26 KZPAA,6.26 KZPAC, 6.39 KZPSC, 6.42 KZPSA-PCI-Based Fast Wide Differential (FWD) SCSI Controller, 6.25 KZPSA,6.25 KZQSA Q-bus Storage Adapter, 6.26 KZQSA,6.26 -LLA30N Companion Printer, 7.16 LA30N,7.16 LA30W Companion Printer, 7.18 LA30W, 7.18 LA400 MultiPrinter, 7.20 LA400, 7.20 LA600 MultiPrinter, 7.22 LA600, 7.22 LF02,7.12 LG04,7.23 LG04plus/LGUplus, LG08plus/LGL8plus , and LG 12plus Printers, 7.23 LG08,7.23 LG12,7.23 LN14A,7.11 LN14M,7.11 LN14N,7.11 LN14P, 7.11 LN17 and LN17ps Network Printers, 7.9 LN17,7.9 LN17N,7.9 LNC01,7.14 LPS17,7.6 LPS32,7.5 -MMagazine Tape Subsystems, 6.84 Media Robot Utility V 1.0, 6.116 MEMORY CHANNEL Controller, 5.42 MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect, 5.42 MicroV AX 3100 Comparison Chart, 3.9 MicroVAX 3100 Desktop Server Board Upgrades, 4.21 MicroVAX 3100 Model 40 Base Servers, 3.9 MicroVAX 3100 Model 40, 85, and 96 Advantage Servers, 3.9 MicroVAX 3100 Model 88 and 98 Advantage Servers, 3.18 MicroVAX 3100, 3.8 MicroV AX 85 and 96 CPU Upgrades, 3.14 MicroVAX 98 CPU Upgrades, 3.21 - NNAS at a Glance, 8.1 NAS, 8.1 Network Application Support, 8.1 Nonimpact Printers Comparison Chart, 7.1 - 0OpenVMS Cluster Interconnect Table, 5.2,5.3 OpenVMS Cluster Systems Configuration Details, 5.1 Optical Drive, 6.73 Optical Library, 6.74 - pPB4IU,4.2 PB42U,4.2 PB43U, 4.2 PB470,1.3 PB471, 1.3 PB47A,l.4 PB480, 1.6 PB48A,1.7 PB51C, 2.3 PB5IU,4.3 PB523,2.2 PB524,2.2 PB525,2.2 PB541,1.13 PB54A,1.14 PB551,1.16 PB55A,1.17 PB561,1.19 PB56A,1.20 PB56U, 4.2 PB571,1.22 PB57A,1.23 PB621,1.30 PB62A,1.33 PB62U, 4.2 PB641, 1.31 PB64A,1.33 PB64S, 1.39 PB75B,2.15 PB75C, 2.16 PB75P, 2.17 PB75R,2.18 PB75S, 2.18 PB75U,4.3 PB76B,2.35 PB76C, 2.36 PB76P, 2.38 PB76R,2.40 PB76S, 2.39 PB77U,4.3 PB78B,2.36 PB78C, 2.36 PB78P, 2.38 PB78R,2.40 PB78S, 2.39 PB78U,4.3 PCI to MEMORY CHANNEL Interconnect, 5.42 POLYCENTER Archive/Backup for OpenVMS, 6.103 POLYCENTER File Optimizer V2.1A for OpenVMS, 6.112 POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for Digital UNIX, 6.111 POLYCENTER Hierarchical Storage Management for OpenVMS, 6.110 POLY CENTER NetWorker Save and Restore V3.2 for Digital UNIX, 6.108 POLYCENTER Save Set Manager V 1.1 for Open VMS, 6.105 POLYCENTER Sequential Media Filesystem for OpenVMS V 1.2, 6.113 Printer Software, 7.24 Printers, 7.1 PrintServer 17/600,7.6 PrintServer 32 Plus, 7.5 PrintServer 32 P lus/PrintServer 17/600 Specifications, 7.7 PrintServer Software, 7.27 PV71A,3.2 PV7IU,3.7 PV7IU,4.21 - QQ-Bus and Storage Expansion Pedestal, 3.56 QIC Tape Drive, 6.100 - RReel to Reel Tape Device, 6.98 RRD45,6.72 RW525,6.75 RW531. 6.75 RW532,6.75 RW536,6.75 RWZ52,6.73 RX26,6.71 RZ26N,6.67 RZ28D,6.67 RZ28M,6.67 RZ29B,6.67 -sSF346,6.66 Shelves for HSJ and HSZ Controllers, 6.4 Shelves for SW500 and SW800 Cabinets, 6.4 SN-A22AA, 1.69 SN-A22WW, 1.69 SN-A23AA,1.69 SN-A23WW, 1.69 Solid State Disks, 6.69 Storage Library System, 6.102 StorageWorks 16-bit BA346 Deskside Expansion Pedestal, 6.11 StorageWorks 16-bit BA356 Deskside Expansion Pedestal, 6.10 StorageWorks 8-bit and 16-bit Supported Devices for 16-bit BA346,6.17 StorageWorks 8-bit and 16-bit Supported Devices for 16-bit BA356 and BA36R, 6.16 StorageWorks 8-bit BA353 Desktop Expansion Unit, 6.13 StorageWorks 8-bit Supported Devices for 16-bit BA346, 6.17 StorageWorks 8-bit Supported Devices for 16-Bit BA356 and BA36R, 6.15 StorageWorks BA355 Rackmount enclosure, 6.7 StorageWorks BA35R and BA36R 8-bit and 16-bit Rackmount Shelves, 6.6 StorageWorks BA35R andBA36R Rackmount Shelves, 6.6 StorageWorks BA362 and BA364 Office Expansion Enclosures, 6.12 StorageWorks Cabinet Comparison Chart, 6.18 StorageWorks Desktop Backup/Archiver, 6.106 StorageWorks Device Carriers and BA356 Shelves, 6.4 StorageWorks DLT Tape Specifications, 6.88 StorageWorks DWZZA SCSI Bus Extender and Signal Converter, 6.48 StorageWorks DWZZB SCSI Bus Extender and Signal Converter, 6.47 StorageWorks Enterprise Storage Arrays, 6.55 StorageWorks EZ3x1EZ6x Solid State Disks, 6.69 StorageWorks FDDI Server FamilyHS211, HS221, and HS241, 6.59 . StorageWorks HSDlO Array Controller, 6.28 StorageWorks HSD30 Array Controller, 6.30 StorageWorks HSJSeries Array Controllers, 6.33 StorageWorks HSZ40 Array Controller, 6.36 Index StorageWorks Network Storage Array Family-SWXNA, 6.50 StorageWorks Pedestal Comparison Chart, 6.10 StorageWorks RAID Array 210 Subsystem, 6.44 StorageWorks RAID Array 230 Controller ISubsystem, 6.41 StorageWorks RAID Array 2301PIus Controller Subsystem, 6.38 StorageWorks RAID Software V2.2 for OpenVMS Systems, 6.115 StorageWorks RRD45 CD-ROM Drive, 6.72 StorageWorks RW500 Optical Library Family, 6.74 StorageWorks RWZ52 Multifunction Optical Drive, 6.73 StorageWorks RX26 Flexible Diskette Drive, 6.71 StorageWorks RZ Family of Disk Drives, 6.67 StorageWorks SF346 DSSI Expansion Subsystem, 6.66 StorageWorks Software, 6.102 StorageWorks Storage Solutions, 6.1 StorageWorks Supported Devices for 8-bit BA350, BA35R and BA353,6.14 StorageWorks SW300 Deskside Cabinet, 6.18 StorageWorks SW301 DSSIRAID Subsystem,6.65 StorageWorks SW500 Departmental Cabinet, 6.21 StorageWorks SW830 CI RAID Subsystem, 6.63 StorageWorks SW8xx Data Center Cabinet, 6.23 StorageWorks TKZ9E 8 mm Helical Scan Tape Drive, 6.93 StorageWorks TL810 DLT Automated Tape Library, 6.76 StorageWorks TL812 DLT Automated Tape Library, 6.77 StorageWorks TL820 DLT Automated Tape Library, 6.78 StorageWorks TL822 DLT Automated Tape Library, 6.80 StorageWorks TLZ09 DAT Tape Drive and TLZ7L Autoloader, 6.90 StorageWorks TZ87ffZ88 DLT Cartridge Tape Drives, 6.82 StorageWorks TZ877ffZ875 Magazine Tape Subsystems, 6.84 StorageWorks TZ887ffZ885 DLT Magazine Tape Subsystems, 6.86 StorageWorks TZKll Quarter-Inch Cartridge (QIC) Tape Drive, 6.100 SW300, 6.18 SW301,6.65 SW3D2,6.56 SW3D3,6.56 SW3D4,6.56 SW500,6.21 SW5XP,6.21 SW800,6.23 SW820,6.23 SW821,6.23 SW822,6.23 SW830, 6.63 SW852,6.56 SW853,6.57 SW8Dl,fi.5fi SW8Ml, 6.56 SW8M2,6.56 SW8M3,6.56 SW8T1,6.56 SW8T4,6.57 SW8T5,6.57 SW8T6,6.57 SW8XP, 6.23 SWXNA,6.52 ·T TKZ60, 6.96 TKZ60ffKZ61ffKZ62 Tape Drive Family, 6.95 TKZ61,6.96 TKZ62,6.96 TKZ6R,6.95 TKZ9E,6.93 TL81O,6.76 TL812,6.77 TL820, 6.79 TL822,6.80 TLZ09,6.91 TLZ7L,6.91 TradeIn '96 Advantage Upgrade Program, 4.1 TruCluster Available Server Software, 5.25 TruCluster Production Server Software, 5.32 TruCluster Systems Configuration Information, 5.23 TSZ07 Reel to Reel Tape Device, 6.98 TSZ07,6.98 TZ87,6.83 TZ875,6.84 TZ877,6.84 TZ885,6.86 TZ887,6.86 TZ88N,6.83 TZKll,6.100 . u· Upgrades, 4.1 . V· VAX 4000 106A CPU Upgrades, 3.41 VAX 4000 Comparison Chart, 3.27 VAX 4000 Expansion Pedestals (B400X), 3.56 VAX 4000 Mod31 505A and 705ACPU Board Upgrades 3.50 VAX 4000 Model106A Advantage Servers, 3.37 VAX 4000 Model 106A CPU Board Upgrades, 4.22 VAX 4000 Model 106A Rackmount, 4.22 VAX 4000 Model 108 Advantage Servers, 3.28 VAX 4000 Model 505A and 705A Advantage Servers, 3.46 VAX 4000 Models 505A1705A CPU Board Upgrades, 4.22 VAX 4000, 3.26 VAX 7000 and VAX 7000 Rackmount, 3.58 VAX 7000 Board Upgrades, 4.23 VAX 7000 Enterprise Expansion Packages, 3.59 VAX 7000 Rackmount Systems, 3.68 VAXIDEC 7000 Incabinet Upgrades to AlphaServer 8400, 4.16 VAXstation 4000 Board Upgrades, 4.21 VAXstation 4000 Model 96,3.1 VAXstation 4000 Upgrades, 3.7
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Create Date : 2014:04:16 09:55:46-08:00 Modify Date : 2014:04:16 10:07:40-07:00 Metadata Date : 2014:04:16 10:07:40-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.55 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:98ebb763-2f70-9b4a-bf08-a6a0a81a115f Instance ID : uuid:7437537b-bbd3-4140-8691-a07577ec5f8d Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 581EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools